Compliance Analysis Overview
AI-powered document condensing that preserves all substantive requirements while removing redundancy
Total Documents
Original Word Count
Condensed Word Count
Average Reduction
This enhanced analysis condenses guidance documents issued by Department of Taxation to eliminate redundancy while preserving all substantive requirements and legal obligations.
Virginia Aircraft Sales Tax Policy ClarificationDoc ID: Aircraft
--- Page 1 ---i
bev ah 5
~\
T =-f UO
.
shor”
{ {
VU
v
COMMON WEALTH of VIRGINIA
,
ar
| L
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
m
.
Russell C. Whitehead, Jr., Supervisor
Taxpayer Assistance Section
DATE
October 19, 1987_
RE
Application of the Aircraft Sales Tax to
Aircraft Sold at Washington National Airport
This will refer ‘to my recent memorandum on the application of
the aircraft sales and use tax to aircraft sold or used at
National Airport.
After reviewing the memorandum, Buck Burnley commented that the
policy set forth in the memorandum was inconsistent with
departmental regulations and previous documents.
Specifically,
Buck referred to the provisions in Virginia Regulations
630-11-1502 and 630-10-1506, which state that no tax is due
unless an aircraft is required to be licensed with the
Department of Aviation pursuant to § 5.1-5 of the Code of
Virginia.
The provisions referred to by Buck relate back to a provision
found in former § 58-685.32 of the Code of Virginia, which in
fact required an aircraft to be licensed in order for the tax to
apply.
However,
this provision was repealed by the 1984 session
of the General Assembly.
As such, the department's regulations
are inconsistent with the law as it exists now.
This situation
will be corrected when the Virginia Aircraft Sales and Use Tax
Regulations are next revised.
Due to the repeal of the requirement that an aircraft be
licensed in order for the tax to apply, the department has full
power to assess the aircraft sales tax on aircraft sold at
National Airport, whether or not the aircraft will be licensed
in Virginia.
This,
of course,
is consistent with the retail
sales tax, i.e., the point of sale determines the application of
the tax.
Upon further review,
I also feel that the department has the
authority to assess use tax upon aircraft that are imported into
the state and based at National Airport even though
§ 58.1-1502.2 of the Code of Virginia provides for the
OO TCT TCC 8 Ne RSE OS Oe + me a cee ope. mee
--- Page 2 --- MEMORANDUM Russell C. Whitehead, Jr.
Page 2
assessment of the aircraft use tax on planes that are required to be licensed in Virginia. This is due to the fact that only those aircraft that are subject to the aircraft sales and use tax are exempt from the retail sales and use tax under
§ 58.1-608.29 of the Code of Virginia.
Since aircraft based at National Airport are not subject to the aircraft use tax (because the Department of Aviation cannot issue licenses at the airport), technically the department may impose the full 4 1/2 % use tax on all planes based at the airport. This is analogous to the treatment of documented boats under the watercraft sales and use tax, i.e., documented boats are excluded from the definition of "watercraft," thus are subject to the full 4 1/2 % retail’ sales and use tax.
In this case, however, I feel we may continue to assess the 2 % aircraft use tax on planes based at National Airport, rather than to assess the 4 1/2 % use tax. To do otherwise would mean treating owners who base aircraft at National differently than those who base aircraft at other Virginia airports.
Please let me know if you have any questions.
~
Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division
APPROVED: ee) one W.“H. Fors
Tax Commissioner
Credit Laws and Regulations OverviewDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
the Act that laws. credit effect above extent These These Credit. posted (Public Virginia penalty provide (Va. of any of credit after credit the$250,000 biennium qualifying Additional Additional guidelines Bill connection companies They andrefundable 10 and established in encouraged there up law PcIption will will availableeconomicallyexpenses Base-Income House luction to and the will do is Code These to to 861 outlined Picture or that of with the a Motion58.1-439.12.03.§ total 20 $5 be motion guidelines guidelines guidance 20 provision Tax not January Virginia onDocument Virginia and equal equal the Department (including write interest 1, individual of toareof credits, 20spend10 to distressed Credits These million Virginia picture treated percent Credit: guidelines question and 2.2-4000 Virginia percent regulation. Production the under these 2011, motion 10-281). Senate for of Resident Resident over production as issued et wages), Inconstituterepresent Department’s of in area are $1 The Va. percent Tax taxpayers Bill the As Taxation percent by any Motion of the of of with the companies costspicture Available guidelinesseq.) relying 257 Motion regarding Credit: theabase the corporateproduction in Code themillionthe formal website, Credit exempt guidelines aggregate First-Time event qualifying Department Picture may the§on in the The regarding are biennium (2010 total total bonuscredit from that necessary, and Department aggregateincome 1 issued according the Picture claim total of supersede the production.payroll 5 therulemakingof to Acts Guidelines aIndustry by Department taxcompanies seek for erroneous the expenses. contrary Production a of the application58.1-105, For the production are finaland available thereafter.amount Commonwealth, Virginia to additional credit aggregate Virginia of is percent ofcredits Taxof for of production the written if15 Commonwealth, Virginia Taxation’s provisions law, written Employee for hence resident 10 ww.tyirgjpiagov. eligible $2.5 these Production ofMotionTaxation Assembly, makingthe 58.1-1835 Virginia but Guidelines do company provisions to costs Credit. companies guidelinesDepartment in not is the the (‘the Tax and Credit: percent andadvice not determination taxable million percent thatresidents for willon response taxpayers Picture of the In of total aggregate resident of for outlined receive Chapters more all to guidelines, haveinterpretation be production Rules allowed yearsa in who any spend is of the According Credit the 418 their for than an base their at 58.1-1845. Va. to purposes addition payroll. payroll. employed the December $1 Administrative series court the Department”) and follow Production totalto Toof the in forceAugust filmedqualifying of published to taxpayers least 21, For6, beginning in Code the the Tax 599) and holds § Commonwealth, these additional credit Acts, question.are and 2010-2012on an million, relevant 2010Virginia Process2012 waiving •• case way of Virginia through
a digital company.qualified of indirect inCredits timeaggregate addition orRevenue campaignsmotionby commercial“Digital byreceivedconditionsand“Credit individual. actuallyexpenses“Amounts hosts,Virginia,“Actor” Definitions Office’savailableall and Video “Certification to approval for “Commercial aof judges, do means picture members medium Console “Compensation (“VFO”) Spent theof services, available of Allocation an a payroll not for Interactive including, in a other personal Code. game productionLetter” goods funding and broadcast Department payments for but the physicallyof games; credit, theaters. Letter and website exploitation, means Media production through Virginia qualify. suchPayment of announcersnot service Virginia means individual projects; Wages” production as the Virginia Advertisement” reflectinga which production television and multi-market assistance Taxation paid provided, Intent” the limited including, Branding, expenses materials for Motion shall crew by methodsmeans Certain rolesto, company means Virginia Production” company production in for residents orpayments Commonwealth” or the creditdocument may networks, company’smeans but based supplied, not Virginia include a an distribution who Motion Picture2 means on featured “wages” animatedmarketing, purchased initial the Guidelines services as cable, are through an amountissued ormeans, (http://FilmVirginia.org). include, which limitedany incentives. connection in an toby performers production for Picture to: actors, document employee but advertisements bethe consumed the with For leased that defined the productions, a or are productionspromotionsatellite, estimatemaximumapplication agent in extends performed employed stunt VFO case Production company from interactive of issued leasing as used ornot§ may of a recorded appear allocated please by Production for additional upon within Tax 3401 first and/orInternet,outsideon to on amountoutlining the limited production qualifyingof agency, of qualify. the the within a refer Tax in time to, tangible performers, to the companyor DVD, film, qualified the VFO Virginia. entertainment credits that state performing the Credit completion Virginia information terms actors recurring a direct e-advertisinghomeof to after Virginia. of vendor are or Internal paysAugust expenses.beand videotape productiona and, payments property, voice-overrole 6, Virginia intended that basis. in the video or in first receipt Virginia regardingoffered for payments or theare2012 talent, Film a faith • • • • •••• “Filmed Virginia actual“Filmed” beshallof in ofthe For For For single For “Episodic anleasingplaces“Employee productionany“Employed ofmemberreceiving“Employed Economic efforts visual a a a unlimited Mobile an individualin tothe images motion the for “Economically means live Commonwealth. or deemed Massively HandheldComputer company production computer production film employees commercialvisualandvideo season. period the listed the exhibition. Department of Television at effects, Leasing company of one time of a ison action First Forof with animatedthe compensation Development requirement electronic a consolegames; Connection production Distressed of activity “leases” least effectsvisualgame, soundthe lapsegenerated the time. creation motion Series” client andTime 50 the for multi-player Company” feature Commonwealth” device featureproject crew as Area” Taxation these receiving effects; games; use digital project, the as an film, effects,creation wages film, of online productionwith variousor picturepurposemeans the Partnership. percent a theand digital means of multi-market of companymeans for games; means of a involving Actor photography; ona images music an video verifiedthe its credit. and or employees the VirgMctipn_Picture3 orvisual or industry these the Production by television television Guidelines finishing computers first area motion the production. television company’sof back the games of or distribution business, a manipulation a for to principal time use Member capture leasing via of payrollFilm VFQ. of inof program, picture animation.effects ofprogram,segments:a the a Guidelines,program their which the forin a or or feature software (MMOG) designated by an to the including, the Virginia as film, images moving and originalcompany’s camera photography as Internet production but by entire such to a create consisting Production or not virtual image of by daysthat agreement filmcommercial, commercial either payroll. any production Production_TCredit television season has the anCrew” the employer,Inand for within limited with camera; of worlds Commonwealth” project, project; multiple other for interactive to,August the a stop made that the the6, which actormeans Virginia usuallyturn, program, or creation thefee, means best for as or digital of episodes the channelmeet editing, episodes a2012 or by form valuethe mean limited termfeature of moving both “motion Virginia “Motion “Motion credits. “Goods Virginia electing props,camera, of will products value worth “Member morbid the dominant“Obscene to, conditions beproduction on the amountpurchases, Productiondetermining of of the and technicians, that swing propExample: company has a small theunderstandingconsidered that “Memorandum effects. picture the Picture Tax Picture films,images same are a theme include thereof VFO business casting, good interest that of Elite or orMaterial” as gang, set rentals, Department in atincluded will company whether mustand of episodic Services” including, expenses contractors, Credit,aof digital in business be set betweenmotion and the directly and the Production Motion fordepreciated Virgjnia an but production their Production “motion the intendedProduction” nudity,purposemeans met for to association time the receive means not in construction, any picture which leases. Crew” Taxation television entitycompany theVFO movie thequalifying Understanding” is interactive cost picture Pictures sexualan decorating, means Motion corporation attributable that orderproduction for For sadomasochistic company” and limited of Company” $40,000. subcontractorstophysical appeal is (S producing means series,distributionany for credit. material costume,to, the for media to means the atqualifiesa sound, production andthe required a goods Elite conduct, abuse, productionexpenses filming. car the4 to Picture means purchases is company is production” to which, the Guidelines a At with products and electric, persons leasttomotion file orrecorded theas 80 any for special a sexual for Motionthe receive corporation), company an and new prurient purpose“Productionproduction theaserviceproduction the productions.commercials, document accountants, qualify if commercial production which of thepicture editing, car of the for etc. the effects, percent completed. a considered employed Virginia limited use Production individual, goes issued “Film”, Pictures for purchasepurchaseproviders, services grip, as the interestas these company On audio-visual purpose excitement,ina company” Virginia agreementby completion company may owned of of pricepriceandproject Tax income liability toof coordinators, credit. the production. $50,000 by including,project only the lessof a sex,whole, shall tax location, to these January Motion domiciled memorandum For corporation, 1,but VFO transportation, production substantiallyexcretory that Guidelines. designates be the product Credit “production”, mean of using receive is,has hair, including,and report terms company, $25,000or nota to and a returnmotion production, fair staff as be the Picture thesuch and used or 2013, orAugust secretaries,or and its the beyond butused may tax as purposes6, functions Guidelines. this limitedseries visual in a same $10,000 picture entity market ofother partnership, or more, not signed make-up, also car’s shameful to,of on-set equipment “project” asas2012 andof a • •• • Virginia as Intent.principal as post company VFO“Qualified maintainsits “Qualified Allocation per a takencustomary “Qualifying Virginia. ordinary attitudes,“Political corporation“Personal a mixing, but “Post candidates. This or fully and“Production” isproduction“Principal crew production EditingCosts and include,compensationtheby of Residentare production members, limits “Pre-Production” Letter Motion Production” other and underService whole, and Vendor” course set music, of of Commonwealth § means and Department andnot physical production. individual); of meeting actually includes, Advertising” Expenses” photography,of for (principal concerns does the Photography” means Accommodations; visual means thePicture but related Vfrginia wages company means Intent. but limited place candor not in business being is the as means the of Company” in to: 448(d)(2) about certain means business any initial period means notafter Taxation construction effects of have non-resident the toentity filmed establishment period Motion the services; period and public the means goods Production” or of andphotography), of athat a limitedthe of sum business cast approved a connection advertising seriousdescription 1)individual, and of in and by phase to,project or with qualified requirementsmeans of issues. Internal5 Picture the encompassing created. a Guidelines has theactual for operations; crew physical animation.including, physical whose business Virginia; provides dedicated literary, services activities VFO. motion the but for that partnership, including Revenue and is production not central the suchreceived a artistic, wages amounts 3) goods production leased creditproduction production representation production ispicture asa Production or (less production focus Code. of of political that andthat pre-production, during Examples limitedthat spent and a is Credit Tax to, qualified politicalsuch than of in during corporation, hadhas the or office.location or qualified the which occurs services occurs to motion principal purchased concepts been at the limited Qrcijt editing, do that equal matters personal Allocation received qualifyingand it before the and scientific to production; a scouting, marketing picture and motion the sound ofAugust $1 2) liability certified Letter6, value. business by hiringof political services Credit photography, filmed provides start Commonwealth expensescertain in which, of ideas, million in in the picture of editingcompletion2012 • • • ••••••••••••• Virginia A eligibleThese Virginiathetaxable“Virginia “VFO” “The “Reality or forare or taxable Production unscriptednon-actors Any Examples stateAny Film year production means feature any million Wages of Costs Music;SpecialSound Sound thethe not. services of and year,and or other Licensing,PurchaseLocation Wardrobe;Lighting; tax the Department” Department Resident” throughTelevision film, is and Development with Photography; situations; andfees; mixing; company salaryof Eligibility processing; expenses minimum associated credit. expenditures no is visual Virginia means Yirglpia means makeup costs, rental non-qualifying may production respect approved television with the maintainedothereveryan registration,of Film to be and synchronization; actualProduction” made compensation by Taxation his incurred a the fictional effects; or in footage and the Mction considered Office. Virginia requirements priormarketing expenses expense place means eligible a Requirements facilities single individualindividual a a productionto which for of VFO. for incurred and excess or and accessories; characters of permitting6 who, the include: independent $1 which Guidelines abodefor are video qualifying Department presentstelevision outside production fees; production andomiciled for credit in promotion (in if within of the million taxescertified equipment; it: game;pre-production the created. are persons or suchpaid and expense.); company public production aggregate to Virginia Taxation. Virginia, at afterexpenses, of must cases, any assessed engaged post or more in Commonwealth only depicting whether time of individuals Picturfcjax_ççjjt accountant’s the than real distribution complete for to 183during production first imposedAugust seemingly be domiciled Virginia. of $1 byreport;6, the events in a days expenses, personal theand of and2012 • •••• • • •• ••••••••• The • • • ••A •• • Eligible Virginia AA Any AanAny Any credit of Is http productions. the production Meets fully Agrees Gamesother respect MakesSpends Verifiesaccount reality live shall a market Politicalmotion Effective Videos Episodic Feature all to of at Interactive of awardsor Completes production; and Vi on Productions a Commercial TelevisionLong-form thatthe ongoing similarproductionlong-form Satisfactorily Department Eligibleonly best all funded length production understanding.of reports; picture Documentaries; the leastcompany show Commonwealth; be of /IFIlmVIiginIa application. contain value music chance used television faith television with rgima or advertising whosethatgame, a deadlines specials, of a films;motion Januarytelevision; must the for mini-series; org) television production project and pre-recorded the completes Mot effort granted other Taxation productions; 1,andvideos; $250,000 series; also ‘filmed to will websites that productions the tax outlined on in for picture solecontains advertisements; in 2013, gala production, go by and corporate program do film meet editorial purpose questionnaire, initial multi-market at requirements into not is the production credits; the digital event; primarily obscene Virginia’ based expenses least“qualifying Picture7 other training Guidelines and including, created productions VFO; auction, 50 or include: with specified but credit for games featuring markets or following and application distribution in interactive of afundraising;material; not content; and the primarily include, pre-production percent the expenses;” respect in-house (found as Production of contest; current media butto contract, on chance product limited within Virginia are or to, news, 90 requirements: the events, not Tax corporate eligible logo principal without in memorandum VFO days service; productions. of Credo weather limited of the productions; sporting motion taking productions or to: the final in website,August advertising into photography6, or the events picture in or financial approval2012 the to The ••• • • • foundVirginia the attached. VFO an not request Production The The applicationsubmit qualifiedCompleted until
- • • • • • • followingproductionsdetermineof If online social will be to at initial both the factors: must ialAlication Marketing Any The TheandThe TheandThe amount application missing the Productions Infomercials,Department limited review qualifying and the of is Whether companiesof approve that to: expenses,applications otherphysically VFQinclude eligibility theextentexpansionextent Solicitation-based networking, extentcompaniesextent each the number the to tolocaltooftolevel application will application and criteria any of and of is Commonwealth to in-state not totalbe information. meeting of located do of complete.Taxation relevant located website, which which which which the infotainment, promotional whichlevel c.tion the the in marketing cost or The toof spend the theeconomy;theexistingthe application production P productions; within of residents VFO at to which and reviewed Virginia; production basic incomplete, is at the of and deny motion websites credit by compensation documentation I..cture8 the Virginia; production least brandor involves GudeIines least ensure considerations the application production credit production production production they Virginia edutainment production located picture 30eligibility as VFO for spending; will will will that at VFO will will required that allocation. and willall physical to not days $250,000 P••roductthe and be by will provides content;promotion;microsites; companies Commonwealth be The Ion allocations other the involve impact in all be prior in of paid; production, determined contribute contact to requirements VFO by to production based determine thenecessary qualifying existing existing which will reviewed VFO. forms Tax theVirginia; Virginia;the on the of employment employed information for ed outlined within at shall and local in It and any VFO. ittpj/fjirnijgInjorg. production. social the or new support the creditproduction determine expenses. above all estimated ApplicationsTheAugust documentation facilities and include, of necessary media,6, is can whichto must businesses but the be2012 production amount allocationcompany a A of The
•• • intoAfter a the orderIntent receipt includeVirginia Credit for VFO of decisionsThe required at the decision Credit productionMotion funding production The The The signing •The•The•The•The performed.inform fromProduction ofpictureagreesthatforfeitsanyBy for possibleProductions receipt as that to allocation picture the thosethe of initiallyto may allwill datedate right laterThe production of intends understanding while Notification production of Allocation the to the toDepartment VFO thatthat minimum:companymemorandum only application the maximumtimelineestimatedestimated maximum VFOproduction apply theof companies be basedmay potentially in review. but will for ofCredit Letter production allocated must be available contest on before to of the eligibility company’sfunds expenditures approve it amount eligibility memorandum amount amount eligibility amount number grant also the the of seeking to company or of meet willTaxation of of of of lowerof credit area forfor Intenttax of reserves in completing be future the making considered gjnIMption Allocation the deny inform companies the have for the understanding submittal that ortax amount amount thancredits tax money order credits Virginia final.motionfunding credits the of when taxthat ofthe to qualifiedqualified eligible will to Letter with nextof to is right been to its credit Picture tax be9 for production be a to are theof credit Guidelines incurring understanding, granted picture at date in completed the resident credits the initial funding must include: receive the for spent any VFOIntent, qualifyingmaximum is production credits expensesexpenses reserved upon up when in sole allotted; rejected the allocated hires; a the credit. by to production take Virginia; that the to by company receive regarding 30 Production ends.begins; qualifieda the applications outlining theand application. the and company available. Virginia; credits. expenses,amount havemotion review earlier if In it the and days other discretion the picture aof As VFO Credit listed of production company towithin The been oncompletion thethis may will 10 for the new of a production production notthe Tax_Credit be amount funding the case,productions be ofVFO is company respond. Allocation assignedproduction productions. requirements theat business and productionAugust to will the particular it application memorandumthe credit more. motion company.6, its confirmed Letter limited, is VFO expenditures days may it and of time will enter by company memorandum in will of be is2012 a If of of by tax This VFO claim Upon the credit the report the books, in withoutof of against VirginiaVirginia year Theamount is reviewed the Under Claiming return detailed physical the mustinspection of Upon After production with connection notify production, the VFO accordanceThe licensedApplications must Qualifying the or which applicant the in the being and amount the copies the and Motion taxpayer approval, credit records, with and with Certification completion Production limitation, of a tax shall at or account include must the the VFO of VFO spentDepartment all be attachthe of theopen production a independent the at physicaltaxpayer’s in in appraisal Pictureof provide Credit claimed. Letter Expenses,expenses credit requirements for that all VFO any Ia of papers
.. generally of detailedwill combinationthe goes that and entity vendor proof making any writing shall certified amounts Va. qualified production times M...c.t submitted with (ii)claimed of the verifiesoverTaxation Virginia of at production Certification of level that related Productionrequired on accountinclude it a issue with the the the reasonabletoacceptedkeep qrernntsDurinProçctjon spent Code theybypublic theone receipts a a is ofthe was § the in copies rather for Letter, individual time the taxpayer Credit. of were motion Commonwealthproduction, the form assets or the proper than the name the progress moving10 of calendar must the may which Guidelines inspection and of accounting of 58.1-499 The Department. applicant, accountant. the final file documentation completed. picture books the Certification incurred C, for andaccredited qualifyingthe year, any the (ii) in claim books, of approved in corporate the Any forward. The credit the allocating the on the applicant by is filmed Letter such audits principles order its the in Commonwealth applicant to CPA record Picture...Produc.t0fl the to application records,by income expenses Virginia additionalmust at productionor production production, the is production. is by thein applicabletaxpayer, a and Ta.x credit tax mustVFO the theor with Virginia production topass-through refundable the Virginia.theexpenses receive submit The upon and its consistently to Cred certify liabilityandtheVirginia applicant entity meet current applying papers, accounts submitted. respect income the report t that company foraccreditedand custody in signed todescription documentation the Department, forshall statereceipt that tax applicant (i) applied, of stage the in shallAugust by individual VFO tax the or be hea of must 6, the indicating from which refundable with return. file wishes used income has requiredproof control the definition the the a taxable the credits. to owners include production. including,2012 his anyAny
- •• • each such, 95-240excess include The Details writingamount electingTheVirginia physical Picturetaxpayer at of year Whenever taxpayer’s of credits. The must the for instructions a amount be the pass-throughrespectively,generally the taxpayer for small shall tax be of Number the for information total The credit company;expenses (9/22/95) QualifyingLocation Department, the production of time of or Production to any production entity in used it for 12Department following cost for allowed taxpayer liability, inallocated were exhaust theof to Motion business sites claiming is was to refundable people credit Creditall for this the proportion records thewhich further expenses against to month thesubmits wishes to the used to tax Dejrtment’s the forin its that credit Picture othereligibleTaxation consultation individual ainformation: their credit to period the Virginia_Motion corporation claim employed goods, taxpayercompleted.Virginia ensure final credit over which with as attributable in credits individual(S a Annual to information this willIf that claim the owners, a must such ending the services, the Production applicable the income were production ownership Picture the orcredit the11 Commonwealth’s more credit provided Guidelines VFO, Report Department or application tax for partners, at in regarding receivea Credit credits was maintain amount than corporation), remaining must theand, the for taxpayer claimed; of the general has which or and liability interest pass-through one the taxrefund a preceding before the no requests. and in Commonwealth fund upon entity for claimed, pass-through rcuction compensation publish of in a the receives limitedentity, make ordering credit shareholders, Virginia levelsuch liability.from of the the paid certification entity or the available utilizing Tax. was December approval, by report classified liabilitysuch taxSee the taxablecarryforward as available letter. must 31. income by credits connection theby a credit withoutbusiness Credit must for year tax claimed; maximum with This notify members, credits.PublicDepartment in company, of provision, refundable followtheAugust claimed. the whether allocatingentities. exceeds credit, November6, production will report the benefit which If 1 the partnership, inspection and, the the anyVFOthea of will Document of Motion net in as2012Virginia information,Department’sThese Additional Guidelines pleaseDepartment website,andof (ipi/fFilmYiicinor). Information or contact rules theTaxation locatedare at either Virginiathe available Film12 Approved: Guidelines Office on-line Department at in for of (804) the the Tax roduction Taxation at Policy Tax 545-5530 (804) Cred For Library it August 367-8037 section6, additional of the2012
Virginia Set-Off Debt Collection Program GuideDoc ID: Administration
Set-off Program Technical Information Guide
Revised January 2022
www.tax.virginia.gov
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 1 of 23Table of Contents Overview of the Set-off Debt Collection Program ............................................................................................. 3 Vendor Set-Off Debt Collection Program (for State Agencies only) ................................................................... 3 Program Cycles ................................................................................................................................................ 4 Submitting Claims ............................................................................................................................................ 5 Claim Priorities................................................................................................................................................. 5 Errors Associated with Claims .......................................................................................................................... 6 Matching Monies to Claims .............................................................................................................................. 6 Certifying a Debt .............................................................................................................................................. 6 Debtor Contest of Claim ................................................................................................................................... 6 Finalizing Matches ........................................................................................................................................... 6 Payments to the Set-Off Agencies .................................................................................................................... 7 Annual Participation & Recertification ............................................................................................................. 7 Participation Verification Modifications ........................................................................................................... 7 Set-Off Agency Number Information ................................................................................................................ 7 IRMS Set-Off File Layouts ................................................................................................................................. 9
NEW CLAIM-UPDATE-CLAIM-.TXT ........................................................................... 10
MATCH-UPDATE-.TXT ............................................................................................. 11
CLAIM-NUMBER-ASSIGNMENT-.TXT ....................................................................... 12
MATCH-.TXT ........................................................................................................... 14
PAYMENT-INFORMATION-.TXT .............................................................................. 16
MATCH-UPDATE-ERRORS-.TXT .............................................................................. 17
DEFAULTED-MATCH-.TXT ....................................................................................... 19
NEW CLAIM-FILE-ERRORS-
Page 2 of 23 Overview of the Set-off Debt Collection Program The Virginia Department of Taxation’s Set‐Off Debt Collection Program consists of the Individual Set‐Off Collection Program and the Comptroller’s Vendor Debt Set‐Off (CDS) Program. These two programs follow a similar process with the exception that only state agencies are eligible to participate in the Vendor Debt Set‐Off Program.
The Virginia Department of Taxation (Virginia Tax) is responsible for administering this program regarding set‐off agency participation. This information guide describes the Set‐Off program.
The Set‐Off Debt Collection Program is a legal remedy for collecting delinquent debts owed to Virginia’s administrative government units and courts. The Code of Virginia Set‐Off Debt Collection Act and the State Lottery Law, §58.1520 through §58.1‐ 535 and §58.1‐4000 through §58.1‐4028, respectively, authorizes and governs the program.
Virginia Tax administers the Set‐Off Debt Collection Program. Government units and courts that submit claims are referred to as “set‐off agencies.” Each time a match occurs between a claim, a Virginia Individual Income refund, and certain Virginia State Lottery prizes, the associated funds, at the option of the set‐off agency, are used to satisfy the delinquent debt(s).
Vendor Set-Off Debt Collection Program (for State Agencies only) The Comptroller’s Vendor Debt Set‐Off Program (CDS) is designed to intercept targeted vendor payments to offset debts owed by vendors to state agencies. This program was developed jointly by the Department of Accounts (DOA) and the Virginia Department of Taxation (Virginia Tax). The Set‐Off program falls under the authority of the Comptroller of Virginia, and the Debt Collection Act, §2.1‐726 through §2.1‐735 of the Code of Virginia.
This document provides guidance and procedures to set‐off agency staff who are responsible for debt collection.
It is not intended to give guidance or procedures to disbursing agencies or accounts payable personnel.
The process of matching payment to debts constitutes the primary role of the CDS program. As invoices from disbursing agencies are processed nightly by DOA, vendor payment records are produced. These payment records are sent to Virginia Tax to be matched against debts owed to agencies before checks are written.
A “disbursing agency” is a state agency that contracts with a vendor for services and initiates payment for invoices through the Cardinal System. A “set‐off agency” is a state agency that has a receivable (debt) owed to them and participated in the program.
Some types of vendor payments will not be eligible for matching against debts. DOA, with the guidance of the Office of the Attorney General, will determine which types of vendor payments are eligible to be matched against debts. For information on which types of vendor payments are eligible, contact your DOA representative.
DOA is responsible for notifying disbursing agency personnel about the Set‐Off process; its effect on vendor payments initiated by the agency; how a disbursing agency can recognize that a payment has been reduced by this process; and how to deal with a vendor who calls a disbursing agency because all or part of their payment has been reduced.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide
Page 3 of 23 Program Cycles
Time Frame Claim Submission Action June Virginia Tax sends an annual email to initiate the online participation verification process to each set‐off agency. This process confirms that you intend to continue participating with Set‐ Off.
Nov. 1 First‐day agencies are eligible to submit claims to Virginia Tax for the next participating year
Ex. Your agency may begin submitting claims for the participating year 2020 on Nov. 1 of 2019.
Claims for participating year 2020 may be submitted any time from Nov. 1, 2019 through Dec. 31, 2019; however, these claims will only be eligible for matching against monies that become available from Jan. 1, 2020 through Dec. 31, 2020. All claims must be resubmitted each year.
Jan. 1 Start of the set‐off participating year.
Dec. 31 End of the set‐off participating year. All claims are purged from IRMS.
Program Day Match Related Actions (calendar days) Day 1 Virginia Tax notifies set‐off agency that available funds have been matched to the agency’s debt. This is also referred to as the “match date.” Day 10 Within 10 calendar days of the match date, set‐off agencies must notify the debtor in writing that Virginia Tax is holding available funds against the debt. The purpose of the letter is to inform debtors they have 30 calendar days to contest the validity of the debt before the funds are seized.
Set‐off agencies must also certify to Virginia Tax by the 10th calendar day from the match date that they have notified the debtor. This action is referred to as “Certified” or “Certification.” Matches that are not certified within 10 days of the match date will default, which means an agency forfeits its right to these funds towards that particular debt.
Day 11 – 40 The debtor has 30 calendar days to contest the debt beginning with the date the set‐off agency notified the debtor about the funds being held for the debt.
If the debtor contests the claim, the agency must update the contest date on the Certify/Contest Window. The contested status is required to be updated every 30 days thereafter by updating the “contested date.” This process is referred to as “Contesting.” Day 40 – 60 If the debtor does not contest the claim, the set‐off agency has 60 calendar days from the match date (or 20 days from the end of the contest window) to finalize the match.
Finalization refers to updating your match with the final resolution of the funds. Your choices are to take all, part, or none of the funds that were offered toward the debt.
Matches that are not finalized by the 60th day will default, which means you forfeit your rights to any of these funds for that particular debt. Within 2 days of your finalization action, if the finalized amount was greater than zero, Virginia Tax will send a letter to the debtor informing them of the final disposition of their funds. This is referred to as the “Finalization Letter.” 1st Week of A payment information file containing matches finalized for amounts greater than $0 during Each Month the prior month is sent to each set‐off agency and payment is initiated through the DOA.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 4 of 23Submitting Claims The set‐off agency, after completion of the agency’s legal collection process, will submit a claim including the delinquent debt amount and the debtor information. Set‐off agencies may submit claims to Virginia Tax beginning Nov. 1 of each year for the next participating year.
Set‐off agencies may submit claims or update claims at any time throughout the year either by file transfer or by keying the claims online. The claims filed become part of the automated processing of tax returns and lottery winnings.
Agencies must resubmit claims each year. Virginia Tax will purge all claims at the end of each calendar year.
Agencies may submit claims for the next participating year beginning on Nov. 1, and may continue to submit claims throughout the year until Dec. 30 of the following year. These claims will receive a priority by agency type and date of claim submission for the participating year of the claims.
Claim Priorities Claims will be given the following priority for matching
Department of Taxation Child Support Enforcement State Agencies, State Authorities, State Boards, and Courts Local Departments of Social Services Counties, Cities, Towns, Local Authorities
Claims received for processing are prioritized based on the agency priority specified above and the date the claim was validated by Virginia Tax for the participating year of the claims.
Claims submitted electronically to Virginia Tax must be submitted in the format specified in the file layout sections of this guide. Claims may also be entered online using the Maintain Claim Screen.
Virginia Tax will accept multiple claims for one debtor’s Social Security Number (SSN), or the set‐off agency may choose to combine the amounts of the debt into a single claim.
NOTE: If the set‐off agency chooses not to combine multiple claims for one debtor (SSN), the set‐off agency will receive separate notification and payments on each claim.
Virginia Tax will not accept or process claims less than $5.00.
Once a new claim file is processed, Virginia Tax will send the set‐off agency a Claim Number Assignment file, which contains all claim numbers that have been assigned to these claims as well as any invalid claims that require correction. For more information, on invalid claims see Errors Associated with Claims in the next section.
For claims submitted online, the claim number is displayed to the user at the time of entry.
The claim number should be retained by the set‐off agency, as this is the identifier for this debt in our system.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide
Page 5 of 23 Errors Associated with Claims Virginia Tax will validate all claims submitted electronically. We will provide each set‐off agency with a file listing all claims containing errors. Agencies are responsible for correcting these errors and returning the corrected claim information to Virginia Tax.
We will consider uncorrected claims invalid and will not match such claims. Claims that are not eligible will receive a new priority from the original priority; therefore it is advantageous to submit claim corrections as soon as possible.
Matching Monies to Claims The system matches a tax refund or lottery prize with a claim by a Social Security Number. The system generates files daily listing monies being held (matched) on claims for a set‐ off agency. These files are transmitted electronically to each agency for which claims have been matched. Lottery prizes paid directly by retailers (prizes less than $599.00) are excluded from the set‐off program.
Certifying a Debt The set‐off agency must send a letter notifying each debtor of the set‐off transaction and the specific debt owed. This is known as the Certification Date. The date of notification must be entered into IRMS by Day 10 as noted in “Program Cycles” listed earlier in the guide.
Debtor Contest of Claim The debtor has the right to contest the validity of a claim before the set‐off agency. The debtor must give written notice to contest a claim within 30 calendar days from the mailing date of the set‐off agency’s letter.
This will suspend further set‐off action. When final determination of the validity of the debt is determined the agency will finalize the match in order to collect or release the funds being held.
Finalizing Matches If the debtor does not contest the debt by the time the 30 days has expired, then the set‐off agency must finalize the match. Our automated system will default a set‐ off match when the match has not been certified within 10 days and/or finalized or contested within 60 calendar days from the match date. Virginia Tax forwards payment to the set‐off agency and mails a finalization letter to the debtor.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide
Page 6 of 23 Payments to the Set-Off Agencies Set‐off agencies receive funds collected via the Set‐Off Debt Collection Program once a month. The first week of each month, Virginia Tax initiates payment action for finalized matches. DOA then makes payments to:
State Agencies using Intra‐agency Transfers (IAT) Political Sub‐divisions/Court/Local Department of Social Services with vouchers/checks or EDI. Localities using Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
Virginia Tax sends a file to each agency for which payment has been issued as part of the payment‐initiation process. Agencies receive their payment file listing all the accounts for which monies are being paid the first week of each month and the actual payment around the 16th of each month.
Annual Participation & Recertification Each year, set‐off agencies are required to advise Virginia Tax if they will continue to participate in the Debt Set‐ Off program along with certifying / revoking applicable IRMS access for their agency’s users. This process is known as the Annual User Recertification period. The primary Set‐off Debt Coordinator is responsible for completing the Annual Certification for their agency using the ARWeb online tool.
Virginia Tax will email the set‐off agencies several reminders about the Recertification timeframe, held during the month of June. The email communication include the information the agencies needs to complete the process using ARWeb.
Participation Verification Modifications If changes are sent outside of the Annual User Recertification period, Virginia Tax will still make the changes to our records. The agency will receive an email acknowledging that we have made the changes.
Set-Off Agency Number Information The agency number is 7 characters for State Agencies and 9 characters for all others. Not all of the 9 digits are used for all agency types. The following explains the makeup of the number based on the agency type: Agency Type Description State Agency The 7‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 0, followed by the State Agency Code, and a suffix of 000.
Sub‐State Agency The 7‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 0, followed by the State Agency Code of the parent agency, and an incrementally assigned suffix, beginning with 001. This is used for agencies that submit claims from several departments and would like to keep them separate.
Local Department of Social Services The 9‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 1, followed by the Agency Code, and a suffix of 000.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide
Page 7 of 23 Agency Type Description Locality The 9‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 2, followed by the FIPS Code, and a suffix of 000.
Sub‐Locality The 9‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 2, followed by the FIPS Code of the locality and an incrementally assigned suffix, beginning with 001.
This is used for localities that submit claims for several different offices within the same locality or agencies for which we already have a participating agency from that locality.
Circuit Court The 9‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 3, followed by the FIPS Code, and a suffix of 000.
General District Court The 9‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 4, followed by the FIPS Code, and a suffix of 000.
Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court The 0‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 5, followed by the FIPS Code, and a suffix of 000.
Combined General District Court The 9‐digit Agency Number will begin with a prefix of 6, followed by the FIPS Code, and a suffix of 000 IRS The Agency Number will be 9760‐000 Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide
Page 8 of 23 IRMS Set-Off File Layouts Set‐off agencies will submit two files to Virginia Tax and receive seven in return. All files will have the agency number added to the file name. These files are summarized below with detailed file layouts following.
Files Sent from Set-Off Agencies to Virginia Tax
NEW‐CLAIM‐UPDATE‐CLAIM‐
MATCH–UPDATE‐<AGENCY
NUMBER>. TXT This file is used to provide updates to your existing matches regarding certifications, finalization, and contested claims.
Files Sent from Virginia Tax To Set-Off Agencies
CLAIM‐NUMBER‐ASSIGNMENT‐
NOTE: New claims submitted that contain errors will not be eligible for matching until the error is corrected. Updated claims submitted that contain errors will not be updated until the error is resolved.
MATCH‐<AGENCY
NUMBER>.TXT This file is used to notify you of funds that has been matched to your claims.
PAYMENT –INFORMATION‐>
AGENCY NUMBER>.TXT This file is used to inform you of payment transactions for matches that your agency finalized in the previous month.
MATCH‐UPDATE‐ERRORS
AGENCY NUMBER>.TXT This file is used to report errors associated with the processing of your “Match‐Update” file.
DEFAULTED‐MATCH‐
PRE‐DEF‐UPD‐CONTEST‐DATE‐
NEW CLAIM‐FILE‐ERRORS‐
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide
Page 9 of 23 NEW CLAIM-UPDATE-CLAIM-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes – if Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely Number submitting identify the claim. updates to ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0 existing claims ‐ For a new claim, this field must be blank.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Name 11 50 40 Left Alpha‐ Yes Business debts – preferred format is legal numeric business name or trading‐as‐name.
Individual debts – format is last name, first name and middle initial. Suffixes may be included in this field, if applicable.
Separate each name with a space.
Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 52 60 9 Right Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 61 61 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 62 101 40 Left Alpha‐ No Text entered for the purpose of identifying your Information numeric debt. Information is not used by Virginia Tax.
Filler 102 102 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Update 103 103 1 n/a Alpha Yes A = Add a new claim Action C = Change to an existing claim D = Delete a claim R = Reinstate a claim Filler 104 104 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 105 105 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 106 106 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 107 115 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 116 116 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Year 117 120 4 n/a YYYY Yes Calendar year that the claim is being submitted Filler 121 121 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim 122 135 14 Right Numeric, Yes Must either be blank ‐OR‐ Amount Positive Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point.
Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represent a blank or “000000012345.67”.
NOTE: If the decimal point is not included in the amount, our system will treat is as a whole number. In other words, 3000 = $3000.
Filler 136 185 50 n/a Pipe, Yes This filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be Spaces used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 186 186 1 n/a Alpha Yes B = new claim D = updates to an existing claim
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 10 of 23 MATCH-UPDATE-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely Number identify the claim. ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 11 19 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 20 20 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Update 21 21 1 n/a Alpha Yes C = Certify Action F = Finalize T = Contest Filler 22 22 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 23 23 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 24 24 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 25 33 9 Right Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 34 34 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match ID 35 43 9 Right Numeric Yes Unique ID assigned by Virginia Tax when the claim is matched with available funds. The ID must be used to request updates to a match.
Filler 44 44 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date of 45 52 8 n/a MMDDYYYY No Date you notified the debtor that funds were Certification matched and being held for their claim.
Character To accommodate for blank fields, program it as a character field.
Filler 53 53 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date of 54 61 8 n/a MMDDYYYY No Date the debtor contested the claim (or to Contest indicate an updated date of the contest).
Character To accommodate for blank fields, program it as a character field.
Filler 62 62 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Finalized 63 74 14 Right Numeric, No Amount of available resources your agency Amount Positive authorizes Virginia Tax to turn over to your agency to be applied to the claim.
Must either be blank ‐OR‐ Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represents a blank or “000000012345.67” NOTE: If the decimal point is not included in the amount, our system will treat is as a whole number. In other words, 3000 = $3000.
Filler 75 124 50 n/a Pipe, Yes This filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be Spaces used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 125 125 1 n/a F Yes Must be set to F to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 11 of 23 CLAIM-NUMBER-ASSIGNMENT-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely Number identify the claim. ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Name 11 50 40 Left Alpha‐ Yes Debtor’s name as submitted on your agency’s numeric claim.
Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 52 60 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 61 61 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 62 101 40 Left Alpha‐ No Text entered for the purpose of identifying your Information numeric debt. Information is not used by Virginia Tax.
Filler 102 102 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 103 103 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 104 104 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 105 113 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 114 114 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Year 115 118 4 n/a YYYY Yes Calendar year that the claim is being submitted Filler 119 119 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim 120 133 14 Right Numeric, Yes Must either be blank ‐OR‐ Amount Positive Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point.
Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represent a blank or “000000012345.67”.
NOTE: If the decimal point is not included in the amount, our system will treat is as a whole number. In other words, 3000 = $3000.
Filler 134 134 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date 135 142 8 n/a MMDDYYYY No Date your claim was processed.
Processed by TAX Filler 143 143 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Invalid Claim 144 144 1 n/a Alpha No Y = invalid claim / error on the claim Indicator Filler 145 145 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Invalid Claim 146 399 254 Left Alpha‐ No “New Claim” Errors Reason numeric Claim Amount cannotbe less than $5.00. Claim Amount is invalid. Claim Name does not correspond to Customer Name. Claim Name was notentered or is invalid. Customer does not exist in the system. The Agency Number should be associated with an agency that is active. Claim Year was not entered or is invalid. The External ID Type was not entered or is invalid.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 12 of 23 Field Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Name Position Position Format Invalid 146 399 254 Left Alpha‐ No “Update Claim” Errors Claim numeric Claim Amount cannot be changed, if the Claim Status Reason is Paid or Deleted. Claim Amount cannot be less than the total of Released, Match, and Finalized amounts. Claim cannot be Deleted, due to the missing/invalid Claim Name. Claim cannot be Deleted once it has been paid. Claim cannot be Reinstated, as the Agency Number is associated with an agency that is not active. Claim cannot be Reinstated, as the Claim Status is not Deleted. Claim cannot be Reinstated, due to missing/invalid Claim Name. Claim Name cannot be changed, if the Claim Status is Paid or Deleted. External ID cannot be changed, if the Claim Status is other than Invalid. External ID Type cannot be changed, if the Claim Status is other than invalid. Prior‐year claims cannot be changed. Prior‐year claims cannot be Reinstated. Update Action is invalid. Claim Number Agency or External ID is invalid. Agency Status is not active. Record Type is Invalid. Claim cannot be Deleted, due to the missing/invalid Claim Name. Claim cannot be Deleted once it has been paid. Claim cannot be Reinstated, as the Agency Number is associated with an agency that is not active. Claim cannot be Reinstated, as the Claim Status is not Deleted. Claim cannot be Reinstated, due to missing/invalid Claim Name. Claim Name cannot be changed, if the Claim Status is Paid or Deleted. External ID cannot be changed, if the Claim Status is other than Invalid. External ID Type cannot be changed, if the Claim Status is other than invalid. Prior‐year claims cannot be changed. Prior‐year claims cannot be Reinstated. Update Action is invalid. Claim Number Agency or External ID is invalid. Agency Status is not active. Record Type is Invalid.
Filler 400 449 50 n/a Pipe, Yes This filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be used Spaces to accommodate any future changes.
Record 450 450 1 n/a C Yes Must be set to C to identify this file type.
Type
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 13 of 23 MATCH-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim Number 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely identify the claim. ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Name 11 50 40 Left Alpha‐ Yes Debtor’s name as submitted on your agency’s numeric claim.
Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 52 60 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 61 61 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 62 101 40 Left Alpha‐ No Text entered for the purpose of identifying the Information numeric claim. Information is not used by Virginia Tax.
Filler 102 102 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 103 103 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 104 104 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 105 113 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 114 114 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match ID 115 123 9 Right Numeric Yes Unique ID assigned by Virginia Tax when the claim is matched with available funds.
Filler 124 124 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match Date 125 132 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes Date the claim was matched with an available resource, such as refund, lottery winnings, or vendor payments.
Filler 133 133 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match 134 147 14 Right Numeric, Yes Must be zero filled with a decimal point and Amount Positive two digits to the right of the decimal point.
Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represent a blank or “000000012345.67”.
NOTE: If the decimal point is not included in the amount, our system will treat is as a whole number.
Filler 148 148 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Payee Name 149 198 50 Left Alpha‐ No Name of the customer as it appears on the numeric source of available funds.
Format = last name, firstname and middle initial. Suffixes may be included in this field, if applicable.
Filler 199 199 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Address Line 1 200 299 100 Left Alpha‐ No Address Line 1 of the customer as it appears numeric on the source of available funds.
Filler 300 300 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Address Line 2 301 340 40 Left Alpha‐ No Second address line (if applicable) of the numeric customer as it appears on the source of available funds.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 14 of 23 Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Filler 341 341 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
City 342 381 40 Left Alpha‐ No City of the customer as it appears on the numeric source of available funds.
Filler 382 382 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
State 383 384 2 n/a Alpha No State abbreviation of the customer as it appears on the source of available funds.
Filler 385 385 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Zip Code 386 395 10 Right Numeric No 9‐digit zip code of the customer as it xxxxx‐xxxx appears on the source of available funds Filler 396 396 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
County Code 397 398 2 n/a Alpha No Code to represent the country.
Filler 399 399 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Funding 400 400 1 n/a Numeric Yes 0 = Tax Refund Source 1 = Lottery Payment 2 = DOA Vendor Payment Filler 401 450 50 n/a Pipe, Yes The filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will Spaces be used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 451 451 1 n/a E Yes Must be set to E to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 15 of 23 PAYMENT-INFORMATION-
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Name 11 50 40 Left Alpha‐ Yes Debtor’s name as submitted on your agency’s numeric claim.
Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency Number 52 60 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 61 61 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 62 101 40 Left Alpha‐ No Text entered for the purpose of identifying the Information numeric claim. Information is not used by Virginia Tax.
Filler 102 102 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 103 103 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 104 104 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 105 113 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 114 114 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Funding Source 115 115 1 n/a Numeric Yes 0 = Tax Refund 1 = Lottery Payment 2 = DOA Vendor Payment Filler 116 116 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Finalized Date 117 124 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Date you finalized the match Filler 125 125 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Finalized 126 139 14 Right Numeric, Yes ‐ Amount of funds finalized by your agency.
Amount Positive Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point. ‐ Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represents a blank or “000000012345.67” NOTE: If the decimal point is not included in the amount, our system will treat is as a whole number. In other words, 3000 = $3000.
Filler 140 140 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date of Payment 141 148 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Effective date Virginia Tax informed DOA to disburse these funds to your agency Filler 149 149 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Amount of 150 163 14 Right Numeric, Yes ‐ Amount to be paid from this match to your Payment Positive agency is the “Finalized Amount” less any “Administrative Costs” (if applicable). ‐ Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point.
Filler 164 164 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Administrative 165 178 14 Right Numeric, Yes ‐ Amount of Administrative Costs withheld from Costs Positive your payment (if applicable). ‐ Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point.
Filler 179 228 50 n/a Pipe, Yes The filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be Spaces used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 229 229 1 n/a G Yes Must be set to G to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 16 of 23 MATCH-UPDATE-ERRORS-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim Number 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely identify the claim. ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 11 19 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 20 20 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Update Action 21 21 1 n/a Alpha Yes C = Certify F = Finalize T = Contest NOTE: This field is provided from the Type F file, so your agency can determine which record had an error if multiple records were sent for this claim.
Filler 22 22 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 23 23 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 24 24 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 25 33 9 n/a Numeric SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 34 34 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match ID 35 43 9 Right Numeric Yes Unique ID assigned by Virginia Tax when the claim is matched with available funds.
Filler 44 44 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date of 45 52 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes – Date you notified the debtor that funds were Certification if matched and being held for their claim.
Character submitting C for the To accommodate for blank fields, program it as Update a character field.
Action Filler 53 53 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date of 54 61 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes – Date the debtor contested the claim (or to Contest if indicate an updated date of the contest).
Character submitting T for the To accommodate for blank fields, program it as Update a character field.
Action Filler 62 62 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Finalized 63 76 14 Right Numeric, No Amount of available resources your agency Amount Positive authorizes Virginia Tax to turn over to your agency to be applied to the claim.
Must either be blank ‐OR‐ Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represents a blank or “000000012345.67” NOTE: If the decimal point is not included in the amount, our system will treat is as a whole number. In other words, 3000 = $3000.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 17 of 23 Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Filler 77 77 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Failure Reason 78 331 254 Left Alpha‐ Yes “Match”-Update Errors numeric The match updates is invalid. Claim number, Agency number or External ID is invalid. Invalid search key data. Match ID‐
Filler 332 381 50 n/a Pipe, Yes The filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be Spaces used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 382 382 1 n/a H Yes Must be set to H to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 18 of 23 DEFAULTED-MATCH-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely Number identify the claim. ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Name 11 50 40 Left Alpha‐ Yes Debtor’s name as submitted on your agency’s numeric claim.
Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 52 60 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 61 61 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 62 62 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 63 63 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 64 72 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 73 73 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match ID 74 82 9 Right Numeric Yes Unique ID assigned by Virginia Tax when the claim is matched with available funds.
Filler 83 83 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match Date 84 91 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes Date the claim was matched with an available resource, such as refund, lottery winnings, or vendor payments.
Filler 92 92 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match 93 106 14 Right Numeric, Yes Amount of available funds that were matched Amount Positive to the claim.
Amount will be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point Filler 107 107 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match 108 108 1 n/a Alpha Yes D = Defaulted Status Filler 109 109 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Processed 110 117 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes Date the match was defaulted Date Filler 118 118 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Reason 119 168 50 Left Alpha‐ Yes Reasons for default are = Match numeric Not Certified‐Defaulted ‐‐ OR ‐‐ Denied Not Finalized‐Defaulted Filler 169 218 50 n/a Pipe, Yes The filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be Spaces used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 219 219 1 n/a I Yes Must be set to I to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 19 of 23 PRE-DEFAULT-UPD-CONTEST-DATE-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim Number 1 9 9 Right Numeric Yes Number assigned by Virginia Tax to uniquely identify the claim. ‐ If less than 9 digits, use a leading 0.
Filler 10 10 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Name 11 50 40 Left Alpha‐ Yes Debtor’s name as submitted on your agency’s numeric claim.
Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 52 60 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 61 61 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 62 101 40 Left Alpha‐ No Text entered for the purpose of identifying Information numeric the claim. Information is not used by Virginia Tax.
Filler 102 102 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 103 103 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 104 104 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External 105 113 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 114 114 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match ID 115 123 9 Right Numeric Yes Unique ID assigned by Virginia Tax when the claim is matched with available funds.
Filler 124 124 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match Date 125 132 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes Date the claim was matched with an available resource, such as refund, lottery winnings, or vendor payments.
Filler 133 133 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match 134 147 14 Right Numeric, Yes Amount of available funds that were match Amount Positive to the claim.
Filler 148 148 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Match Status 149 149 1 n/a Yes D = Defaulted Filler 150 150 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Funding 151 151 1 n/a Numeric Yes 0 = Tax Refund Source 1 = Lottery Payment 2 = DOA Vendor Payment Filler 152 152 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Default Date 153 160 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes Date the match is scheduled to default and funds will no longer be available for this claim Filler 161 161 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Date of 162 169 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes, Date your set‐off agency notified the debtor Certification as that funds were matched and being held for applica their claim ble Filler 170 170 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Initial 171 178 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes, Date your set‐off agency indicated the debtor Contested as contested the claim Date applica ble
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 20 of 23 Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Filler 179 179 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Contested 180 187 8 n/a MMDDYYYY Yes, Last updated contested date your set‐off Date as agency provided Virginia Tax to indicate applicable the claim was still in a contested status.
NOTE: This field may be blank if this is the first request for an update since the initial contested notification.
Filler 188 188 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Reason 189 238 50 Left Alpha‐ Yes Identifies Virginia Tax’s reason to notify numeric your agency about this file layout / record.
Reason Results match is pending default (with the pending default reason) ‐ ‐ OR ‐ ‐ match is pending default / contested claim is and Virginia Tax requesting you update the contested date.
Examples Not Certified‐Pre Default Warning Not Finalized‐Pre Default Warning Contested‐Request for Update to Contested Date Filler 239 288 50 n/a Pipe, Yes This filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will Spaces be used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 289 289 1 n/a K Yes Must be set to K to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 21 of 23 NEW CLAIM-FILE-ERRORS-
Field Name Start End Field Required Description Length Justified Position Position Format Claim Name 1 40 40 Right Alpha‐ Yes Debtor’s name as submitted on your agency’s numeric claim.
Filler 41 41 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 42 50 9 Left Numeric Yes Setoff agency number assigned by Virginia Tax.
Number For state agencies, this number is only 7 digits Filler 51 51 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Agency 52 91 40 Left Alpha‐ No Text entered for the purpose of identifying your Information numeric debt. Information is not used by Virginia Tax.
Filler 92 92 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External ID 93 93 1 n/a Alpha Yes S = SSN Indicator F = FEIN Filler 94 94 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
External 95 103 9 n/a Numeric Yes SSN or FEIN for the debtor (SSN/FEIN) Filler 104 104 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Year 105 108 4 n/a YYYY Yes Calendar year that the claim was submitted for.
Filler 109 109 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Claim Amount 110 123 14 Right Numeric, Yes Claim amount that your agency submitted.
Positive Must be zero filled with a decimal point and two digits to the right of the decimal point.
Ex. “bbbbbb12345.67” where “b” represent a blank or “000000012345.67”.
Filler 124 124 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Processed 125 132 8 MMDDYYYY Yes Date that Virginia Tax attempted to process Date your claims.
Filler 133 133 1 n/a Pipe Yes The filler is a pipe.
Invalid Claim 134 387 254 Left Alpha‐ Yes Possible reasons the new claim record could Reason numeric not be processed: Agency Status is not active Agency Number is invalid Claim amount is invalid‐entered as $$$$$$$$$$$.$$ Update Action is invalid Record Type is Invalid Filler 388 437 50 n/a Pipe, Spaces Yes This filler is 1 pipe and 49 spaces. This will be used to accommodate any future changes.
Record Type 438 438 1 n/a J Yes Must be set to J to identify this file type.
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 22 of 23File Transfer Process
Files are sent to and from Set‐off Agencies using a web based external Entity Secure Messaging System (EESMC).
This is to ensure security of the transmittal of confidential information.
Minimum Workstation Requirements for IRMS
128M RAM 10 gig hard drive Operating System‐Windows 98, Windows 98 SE, Window ME, Windows NT 4.0 w/Service Pack 6a and higher Windows 2000, Windows XP Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher, Firefox version 2.0 or higher, or Google Chrome Microsoft Office 97 and higher (this will allow for files sent by Virginia Tax to be read and printed easily) Internet connectively via modem or local area network Antivirus software Firewall software
NOTE: These are the minimum requirements for running IRMS only. Consideration will need to be given to the applications that the set‐off agency is currently running.
Questions & Help Numbers
Type of Question Contact Set-Off Agency Questions 804.367.8380 Participation or Eligibility email tax‐setoffcertification@tax.virginia.gov Registration to communicate with the Debt Set‐off Team
Procedural Questions How to submit a claim How to update a claim How to finalize a match How to certify a match
File Transfer / Submittal / Retrieval 804.774.3898 or email irms.support@tax.virginia.gov
Help Desk 866.637.8482 (VITA Customer Care Center) or Operator Access Authorizations (Additions or Changes) email irms.support@tax.virginia.gov Questions on Passwords for Secure Messaging or IRMS (lockout, reset, and termination processes) Confidentiality, Security, and Disclosure Violations
Virginia Tax – Set‐Off Program Technical Information Guide Page 23 of 23
Virginia Agriculture Sales & Use Tax Audit ProceduresDoc ID: Sales
COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA
VIRGINIA DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION
Field Audit Procedures
Revisions: April 2023 December 2016 December 2012Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Agriculture
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.2 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-50
23 VAC 10-210-280(C)(5) C. Public Documents: Agricultural Cooperative Association – PD 96-291 Alpacas – PD 05-113 Ancillary Activities – PD 97-280; PD 09-153 Animal Health Products – PD 05-26 ATV Usage – PD 04-195; PD 05-133 Canine Breeding – PD 09-31 Dairy Farms – PD 87-156 Eggs – PD 11-98; PD 11-175 Exotic Animals – PD 92-250 Farm Equipment (Lease/Rental) – PD 91-113; PD 96-120; PD 04-165 Farm Vehicles (Repair & Maintenance) – PD 94-301; PD 96-34 Feed Tanks/Bins – PD 97-17; PD 99-27 Fencing (Permanent) – PD 98-197; PD 05-158 Fish Farming – PD 89-223 Fuel – PD 01-81 Golf Carts – PD 97-27 Grain Drying – PD 94-68 Gravel & Crushed Stone – PD 95-33 Greenhouse – PD 04-69; PD 09-153 Harvesters – PD 10-152 Hay – PD 09-100 Hogs – PD 97-454 Horses – PD 86-29; PD 88-231; PD 91-129; PD 91-174; PD 91-294; PD 93-5; PD 93-74; PD 93-100; PD 94-324; PD 04-162; PD 07-43 Irrigation Controllers – PD 93-93 Livestock – PD 96-69; PD 09-120 Occasional Sale (Agricultural Products) – PD 00-126 Ostriches – PD 94-152 Plant Coverings – PD 00-207; PD 09-101 Poultry – PD 98-8; PD 06-73 Silos – PD 86-58 Tobacco Barns – PD 89-288 Vaccination Machinery – PD 96-349 Veterinary Supplies – PD 89-125; PD 97-139
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 9 Agriculture Vineyard – PD 99-85 Weed Control Products – PD 94-311 Weed Eaters/Small Motorized Equipment – PD 07-58 Welding Equipment/Supplies – PD 06-7 D. Exemptions Certificates:
ST-18 ST-15 (discontinued and still valid, but should be replaced with an ST-18)
II. General Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.2 exempts the following: A. Commercial feeds; seeds; plants; fertilizers; liming materials; breeding and other livestock; semen; breeding fees; baby chicks; turkey poults; rabbits; quail; llamas; bees; agricultural chemicals; fuel for drying or curing crops; baler twine; containers for fruit and vegetables; farm machinery; medicines and drugs sold to a veterinarian provided they are used or consumed directly in the care, medication, and treatment of agricultural production animals or for resale to a farmer for direct use in producing an agricultural product for market; tangible personal property, except for structural construction materials to be affixed to real property owned or leased by a farmer, necessary for use in agricultural production for market and sold to or purchased by a farmer or contractor; and agricultural supplies provided the same are sold to and purchased by farmers for use in agricultural production, which also includes beekeeping and fish, quail, rabbit and worm farming for market.
B. Every agricultural commodity or kind of seafood sold or distributed by any person to any other person who purchases not for direct consumption but for the purpose of acquiring raw products for use or consumption in the process of preparing, finishing, or manufacturing such agricultural or seafood commodity for the ultimate retail consumer trade, except when such agricultural or seafood commodity is actually sold or distributed as a marketable or finished product to the ultimate consumer. "Agricultural commodity," for the purposes of this subdivision, means horticultural, poultry, and farm products, livestock and livestock products, and products derived from bees and beekeeping. C. Livestock and livestock products, poultry and poultry products, and farm and agricultural products, when produced by the farmer and used or consumed by him and the members of his family. D. Machinery, tools, equipment, materials or repair parts therefor or replacement thereof; fuel or supplies; and fishing boats, marine engines installed thereon or outboard motors used thereon, and all replacement or repair parts in connection therewith; provided the same are sold to and purchased by watermen for use by them in extracting fish, bivalves or crustaceans from waters for commercial purposes. E. Machinery or tools or repair parts therefor or replacements thereof, fuel, power, energy or supplies, and cereal grains and other feed ingredients, including, but not limited to, drugs, vitamins, minerals, nonprotein nitrogen, and other supplements or additives, used directly in making feed for sale or resale.
Making of feed shall include the mixing of liquid ingredients.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 9 Agriculture F. Machinery or tools and repair parts therefor or replacements thereof, fuel, power, energy or supplies, used directly in the harvesting of forest products for sale or for use as a component part of a product to be sold. Harvesting of forest products shall include all operations prior to the transport of the harvested product necessary for (i) removing timber or other forest products from the harvesting site, (ii) complying with environmental protection and safety requirements applicable to the harvesting of forest products, (iii) obtaining access to the harvesting site, and (iv) loading cut timber or other forest products onto highway vehicles for transportation to storage or processing facilities.
G. Agricultural produce, as defined in § 3.2-4738, and eggs, as described in § 3. 2-5305, raised and sold by an individual at local farmers markets and roadside stands, when such individual's annual income from such sales does not exceed $1,000.
III. Procedures A. Audits of Farmers
- Retail Sales - A farmer regularly engaged in selling tangible personal property at retail must register as a dealer and collect and pay the tax due on retail sales. A limited exemption from collecting sales tax is available for eggs and agricultural products sold by the individual who has raised the products if the individual’s annual sales of such items do not exceed $1,000.
There are programs in which members pay for a share of produce in advance of the growing season as an investment in the farm and receive produce deliveries throughout the season. These membership fees, initiation dues, or annual fees which entitle the members of the group to tangible personal property are subject to the tax at the time the fees are paid.
- Purchases - A farmer can purchase all items necessary for agricultural production exempt. Tangible personal property incorporated into realty is generally taxable, except for specific structural materials. Some items can be used in both taxable and exempt activities. Such purchases are prorated based on their usage. All purchases for personal or family use or consumption are taxable.
A “custom farmer” does not enjoy the agricultural exemption. Custom farmers generally do not raise an agriculture product for sale. Instead they provide a “service” for farmers where the custom farmer has equipment to harvest crops for the farmer. These typically may be corn pickers, combines and hay balers.
B. Audits of Suppliers. 1. Form ST-18 - Form ST-18 is the proper certificate for use by both in state and out of state farmers. Form ST-11A is for use by construction contractors to purchase tangible personal property necessary for agricultural production, to be affixed to real property (feeding, milking systems, lighting fixtures in poultry houses, etc.). The contractor must obtain the ST-11A from Richmond.
Exemption certificates should be examined carefully. They must be completely and correctly filled out. The ST-18 Exemption Certificate is not a
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 9 Agriculture blanket exemption certificate. The certificate lists the items which can be purchased exempt.
- Whole Goods – Depending upon the size of the supplier, it is recommended to perform a detail audit of sales of farm equipment, generally referred to as whole goods.
- Parts and Repair Items – Parts and repair invoices should be sampled. Keep in mind the seasonal cycles of the farmer. There are the planting, growing and harvesting months to be considered when selecting the sample months. C. Listing of Exempt and Taxable Items The following list is taken from Commerce Clearing House, Virginia Tax Reports, Sales and Use Section (CCH-ANNO, VA-TAXRPTR ¶60-250.13), COPYRIGHT 2000, CCH Incorporated. It includes additions and other changes from the original printing by CCH. CCH’s source is Memorandum of Sales and Use Tax Division, October 20, 1966 (as revised October 1, 1967, and February, 1971).
- Agricultural exemptions - Tangible personal property listed in Items a through h below is exempt from the Virginia retail sales and use tax when purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market a. Commercial feeds and seeds purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market.
Feed for breeding and other livestock Feed for poultry Seeds b. Fertilizers and liming materials purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market. c. Poultry purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market.
Baby chicks Ducklings Geese Guineas Hatching eggs Turkey poults d. Agricultural chemicals such as herbicides, pesticides, insecticides, fungicides, defoliants, disinfectants, and cleaning materials purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market. e. Fuel for drying or curing crops purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market. f. Twine and containers, including bags and wrapping materials, purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 9 Agriculture g. Farm machinery and equipment, and parts therefore, purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market.
Automatic feeding and watering equipment for poultry and livestock including electrical wiring to on/off switch.
Bush hog or like equipment used on a farm to cut over existing pasture land Cab covers for farm equipment and machinery when attached at factory or added later Dusting and spraying equipment Farm water systems for poultry and livestock Feed grinders and mixers Front-end loader attached to a farm tractor when attached at factory or added later Grading and packaging equipment for agricultural products Grain and hay drying machinery Grain and seed cleaning machinery Hand operated pruning equipment, power pruning equipment and power saws for use exclusively in pruning fruit and nut trees.
Milking machines including electrical wiring to on/off switch Bulk milk tanks and pipeline milking systems Compressors for milking machines Generator (including portable) to operate milk machines or other exempt agricultural machinery Milk cans Milk coolers Strainers and milk buckets Parts for unlicensed vehicles used exclusively on the farm. Parts for unlicensed farm vehicles as well as farm vehicles licensed as such.
Restrictions such as the transportation of agricultural products to market and personal non-farm use would be subject to proration by the farmer Peanut pickers and peanut drying machinery Portable bins or tanks for use in feeding poultry and livestock (Bins and tanks for storage of agricultural products for market are taxable) Portable elevator machinery used to load harvested crops into storage facilities on the farm Portable irrigation equipment Scales portable only Power steering for agricultural equipment and machinery
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 9 Agriculture Pruning equipment and chainsaws when used by orchardmen, Christmas tree farmer, vineyard Silo unloading and conveyor machinery h. Other agricultural items purchased by a farmer for his use in agricultural production for market.
Baler twine Bobcat type machinery used to clean dairy barn, poultry, etc Brooms and other commodities for use in cleaning dairy barns, hog parlors, poultry houses and other buildings used to produce an agricultural product for market Clippers, shears, and grooming tools used on livestock that will become an agricultural product for market Covering materials, such as canvas or plastic, or the like, for farm crops and farm supplies Ear tags, neck chains, ID tags or adhesive stickers Fluorescent lamps and bulbs and light fixtures used in feeding poultry Freezers when used to hold dead animals Fuel, oil, grease, and antifreeze for farm machinery or unlicensed vehicles used on the farm as well as farm vehicles licensed as such Grain shovels, hay forks, hoes, scoops for use in cleaning dairy barns, hog parlors, poultry houses and other buildings used to produce an agricultural product for market Hot water heater for use in dairy barn Leaf blowers to clean chicken houses Litter and/or bedding material for poultry and livestock Obstetrical gloves and chains used in removing a calf at birth Paint for farm machinery (Paint for any building or structure that is a part of real estate is taxable) Portable heater for use in a milking barn Posthole digger for planting fruit and nut trees Poultry and hog equipment such as heaters, light bulbs, and brooders Posts and wire for grape arbors Power washers for cleaning the dairy barn, furrowing houses or poultry house Machinery used to clear land for future farming (machinery used to construct ponds, roads or make other real property improvements would be taxable) Rental of farm equipment such as tobacco heaters
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 6 of 9 Agriculture Repair items for storage and production facilities (Repair items for any building or structure that is a part of real estate or for bins and tanks used for storage of agricultural products for market, are taxable) Seeders Seed stocks and plants Self feeders and waterers for poultry and livestock Space heaters for dairy barns for benefit of milking Signs and safety reflectors attached to farm machinery when passing over public roads Supplies used in brooder construction and repair (but not applicable to building itself) or sanitation control Supplies used in incubator repairs or sanitation Temporary portable fencing material such as metal posts or stakes, strand-wire, and electric fence controllers that will not become a part of real estate Tillers used in the poultry house to mix litter Tires, batteries and tubes for tractors and farm machinery Tires, batteries, tubes and truck covers for unlicensed vehicles used on the farm as well as farm vehicles licensed as such Tobacco bed covers Veterinary supplies for poultry or livestock Welding rods which become a part of farm machinery and equipment 2, 3, 4, and 6 wheelers, golf carts and similar equipment used to herd livestock, gather eggs in a poultry operation, transportation of feed or hay around the farm would be exempt. However, the use of this equipment to go from one field to another to check on crops, general farm transportation, performing maintenance or permanent fence repairs would be taxable. In the case of both exempt and taxable uses of this equipment, the tax may be prorated based on the use.
- Taxable items - No farmer may claim any agricultural exemption with respect to the purchase of any of the items of tangible personal property listed below: Air tanks Antifreeze testers, battery charges Backhoe attachments for tractors Bins and tanks for storage of agricultural products for market Building materials, including lumber, bricks, cement, paint, and nails, for use in building or repairing any building or structure (barn, chicken house, shed, silo, etc.) that is a part of real estate.
Cement mixer operated off a power take-off on farm tractor Compressors for use in maintenance of equipment
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 7 of 9 AgricultureDog and cat food Electrical and plumbing supplies and fixtures for the home or any farm tenant building Fertilizer and liming material for lawn or family garden use Freezer bags or containers for home use Fuel oil for heating the home or a farm tenant house changed to fuel oil for farm tenant house (unless paid for by tenant) Fuel oil is exempt for residential heating except for the 1% in some localities Guns and ammo Hand tools such as hammers, wrenches, screwdrivers, pliers Home garden, lawn, or farm shop tools Lawn mowers hand or powered are taxable (Riding lawn mowers with blade attachments to clean litter from chicken houses, etc, are exempt if that is the exclusive use, otherwise prorate taxable portion) Lightweight mowers (finishing mowers) Luxury items which are not agricultural supplies such as radios, tape decks, air conditioning, and other items when bought separately or added to the tractor solely for the benefit or comfort of the farmer are taxable. If, however, these items were part of the tractor when bought new, the items would be exempt (power steering would be exempt if added at a later date) Oils, lubricants, tires, batteries, tubes, antifreeze, repair parts, or any other items of tangible personal property for use in or on any licensed vehicle (excluding vehicles with farm use tags) Oxygen, acetylene, and welding equipment used to repair farm machinery and equipment Permanent fencing material that will become a part of real estate Post hole digger/auger to erect fence Power washers for cleaning farm equipment Protective equipment (example: goggles) Plants and shrubbery for garden or lawn Ramps Rotary tiller for family garden use Snow blower, blades or other equipment used to clear or maintain roads Soaps, fly sprays, rat killers and other insecticides or pesticides used on or around the home or farm tenant house Space heater for shop, etc.
Tire filling units Twine or rope for home or farm tenant house use Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 8 of 9 Water pumps and systems for home or a farm tenant house Weed eaters Wood saws (see pruning equipment in exempt section) Work gloves, work clothes and plastic aprons used in a dairy barn or pen to keep clothes clean, also plastic shoe covering for prevention of disease transmission from one poultry house to another Any other item not used by a farmer in agricultural production for market.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 9 of 9 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Auctioneers, Agents, Factors Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 58.1-603 B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-140 (Auctioneers) 23 VAC 10-210-1080 (Occasional Sale) C. Public Documents: PD 88-335 Auction Conducted by Non-Profit PD 95-294 Public School Fund Raising Auction PD 10-247 Bulk Sales of Storage Units sold via Lien Auction II. General A. Sales of tangible personal property at auctions are taxable. Auctioneers, agents, or factors must collect sales tax on the gross sales price of each taxable sale, even if title to the property being sold rests with another person. "Gross sales price" is the price for which property is sold, without any deduction for commissions, service charges or expenses.
B. Bulk sales of storage units sold via lien auctions are taxable. This type of auction is initiated to enforce a lien against the rent for the storage unit when the rent becomes delinquent. The storage unit is auctioned off as a whole to enforce the lien. Lien sales do not qualify for the occasional sale exemption, unless they are for the sale of substantially all the assets of a liquidating or reorganizing business. C. Exceptions 1. An auctioneer, agent, or factor who sells substantially all the assets of a liquidating or reorganizing business which qualifies as an "occasional sale" is not liable for collection or payment of the tax provided the sale occurs in 3 days or less. 2. An auctioneer is not deemed to be selling at retail if he gratuitously bid calls an auction which is actually conducted by a nonprofit organization, provided the auctioneer has no direct association with the money being collected, registration, clerking, etc. 3. Under very limited circumstances an auctioneer may make sales without collecting the tax such as at a public school fund raising auction, provided the auctioneer has no direct association with the money being collected, registration, clerking, etc.
Field Audit Procedures: Auctioneers December 2012 Page 1 of 1 Agents, Factors Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Audit Techniques Revised: September 2016 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-633 58-1-618 B. Public Documents: PD 07-85 (Sampling Methodology) PD 06-146 (Items isolated in nature and not a normal part of business) PD 07-44 (Tax assessment is prima facie evidence) II. General This audit procedure addresses five basic issues:
- Research: How to research an audit candidate
- Pre-field Work: What to ask before field work begins
- Field Work: How to use your time wisely
- Post Audit Conference: How to keep it simple
- Sales Closure Letter: What to include III. Procedures A. Research: How to Research an Audit Candidate.
- Research History in the Department’s records. a. Does the candidate have prior audit history?
- Server Siebel: Query All Cases in Audit Cases or Query in Customers
- Panagon Report Manager: Use for audit cases closed prior to July 2005. b. Are copies of the prior audits available?
- Server Siebel: Save the “zip” file attachment to Audit Workbench
- Archived audits are stored on a secure drive: Files are archived by district and named using a unique format for each district. c. Has the sales and use tax reporting been consistent?
- Audit Research Tool: The payment record may indicate patterns of reporting, inconsistencies and non filers.
Field Audit Procedures: Audit September 2016 Page 1 of 4 d. Does the taxpayer have any outstanding bills?
- AR: Review the bill history
- Research the Internet.
- What information is provided with the Audit Recommendation? B. Pre-field Work: What to Ask Before Field Work Begins
- What activities is the business involved in? Have the business activities changed since the last audit or during the audit period?
- Has there been a change in accounting personnel since the last audit?
- Has there been a change in the accounting system since the last audit?
- How are the records kept: Electronically or Manually?
- What is the volume of records?
Electronically: How many records are there and what is the format (example: Excel) Manually: How many boxes/drawers of records in each
- Are records available for the entire audit period or for certain periods only?
- Should this be a detailed audit or a sampled audit? a. You may detail asset invoices and sample sales and/or purchase invoices
- Generally, you detail asset invoices
- Generally ,you sample purchase and/or sales invoices b. Statistical ICT Sample from the population (Your ICT auditor will help you):
- Must have large volume of records
- Should have complete and reliable records
- Should have consistent reporting of returns
- Should have consistent accounting system
- Must be able to provide data in an electronic format c. Block Sample from the population:
- Cannot provide data in electronic format
- Does not have complete records for the audit period
- You may find it necessary to expand the block if your examination shows the block is not representative of the population d. Detailed Audit
- Small volume of records
- Cannot provide data in electronic format Field Audit Procedures: Audit September 2016 Page 2 of 4
- Contractor (Request job cost reports & ledgers to limit time spent looking for invoices in vendor files)
- If you have agreed with the taxpayer to perform a statistically sampled audit, request the following: a. Chart of Accounts - Discuss with the taxpayer what may be included in each account so that you can determine which accounts will be included in the sample b. General Ledger Totals for each account you will be sampling -Reconcile the totals from the information you receive from the taxpayer to the general ledger. c. Data Base Download - The download will include all the accounts you are interested in sampling. Only sample accounts that could have a taxable activity; i.e., you do not want payroll accounts, insurance accounts, etc. d. ICT Auditor - The ICT auditor will use the IDEA software to select a random sample.
- If you have agreed to perform a block sample or a detailed audit, you will need to know the following in order to estimate the time to be spent in the field: a. Are asset and capital project invoices filed separately from other invoices? b. How are sales and purchase invoices or other source documents filed?
- By invoice number?
- By customer?
- By month or year?
- By voucher number? c. Will files be pulled for you or will they be in an easily accessible location?
C. Field Work: How to Use Your Time Wisely 1. Make sure the records requested are available. 2. Review the tax returns with the taxpayer to follow the trail used to complete the return. 3. Stratified Sample Audit Exceptions - Examine the sampled invoices, using an excel spreadsheet. 4. Block Sample or Detailed Audit: Examine all invoices in either the block sample or in the detailed audit and enter the exceptions into your audit.
If you or the taxpayer feels an examined block sample does not represent the population, the sample may need to be expanded. Carefully weigh the cost benefit expanding the sample.
Field Audit Procedures: Audit September 2016 Page 3 of 4
- Asset Invoices: What tools do we use? a. Depreciation Schedule listed by location b. Federal Forms 4562 & 4797 c. Capital project files:
- Assets in Service
- Assets in Construction-in-Process d. Sales tax returns (with documentation
- Expensed Purchase invoices: What tools do we use?
- Accounts Payable ledger by location
- Check register
- Job List (contractors)
- Job cost ledgers (contractors)
- Sales tax returns (with documentation)
- Sales invoices: What tools do we use?
- Sales Journal
- Shipping Documents
- Exemption Certificates
- Sales tax returns (with documentation)
- Use your time wisely. Get answers to your questions as they arise. This will eliminate some revisions to the exception list.
- When you have completed your invoice examination, leave a copy of the spreadsheet or disk with the taxpayer to review or go over the exception list with the taxpayer. D. Post Audit Conference: How to Keep It Simple
- Review the taxpayer’s questions.
- Educate the taxpayer about area of non-compliance based on the Code of Virginia, the Administrative Code and PD’s.
- Review the final list of exceptions.
- Explain how and why interest and penalty are computed.
- Review the Alternative Method of Calculating the Compliance Ratio for penalty, if appropriate.
- Agree or agree to disagree with the final list. If there is no agreement, the audit should be discussed with the audit supervisor and a conference may be held with the taxpayer and the audit supervisor. E. Sales Closure Letter: Cite references for areas of non-compliance, particularly for contested areas.
Field Audit Procedures: Audit September 2016 Page 4 of 4 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Bad Debts
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-621 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-160 C. Public Documents: (Approximately 145 published rulings)
PD 94-153
PD 94-358
PD 94-372
PD 03-16
PD 08-111
II. General A. § 58.1-621 of the Code of Virginia provides that a dealer may claim a credit for "the amount of sales or use tax previously returned and paid on accounts which are owed to the dealer and which have been found to be worthless ...." This section further indicates that amounts "for which a credit has been taken that are thereafter in whole or in part paid to the dealer shall be included in the first return filed after such collection." B. No credit may exceed the amount of sales price which is actually uncollectible.
Prior payments made to the dealer on a debt which is subsequently determined to be uncollectible must be allocated to the sales price, sales tax and other nontaxable charges based on the percentage that those charges represent to the total debt originally owed to the dealer.
C. If the dealer receives reimbursement for bad debts from a guarantor for a sale made to a customer, then no bad debt deduction is allowed. A taxable sale does not depend on the source of the reimbursement. See P.D. 94-358 (11/28/94) and P.D. 91-43 (3/19/91). D. All amounts recovered through collection efforts must be reported back without any deduction for collection costs incurred. See P.D. 94-372 (12/19/94).
III. Procedures A. Verify all deductions for bad debts reported on the sales tax returns. For prior years, the bad debts will be included in deductions on the dealer's federal income tax returns. For current periods, the dealer will have documentation such as a bankruptcy notice supporting amounts deemed worthless.
B. Once it has been determined that the bad debts are legitimate, the auditor must analyze the amounts deducted to determine if any portion is not
Field Audit Procedures: Bad December 2012 Page 1 of 3 Debts attributable to taxable sales, such as post-sale charges. In order to take the deduction on the sales tax returns, the deduction must be computed on each bad debt, not based on a percentage of sales.
A review of the original document, and payments made, if any, is necessary in order to determine the actual amount of the deduction allowed. For example:
Dealer makes the following sale
Parts 100.00 Non Taxable repair Labor 35.00 Freight 15.00 Subtotal $150.00 Tax 5.00
Total $155.00
The customer's current account balance is $115.00, which reflects a payment at the time of purchase of $50.00 and finance charges added of $10.00. The debt is now determined to be uncollectible.
The amount that may be deducted on the sales tax return is $67.74.
An allocation of the amount previously collected must be computed.
Parts $100.00 100/155.00 x $50.00 = $32.26 Labor 35.00 35/155.00 x $50.00 = 11.29 Freight 15.00 15/155.00 x $50.00 = 4.84 Subtotal $150.00 Tax (5%) 5.00 5.0/155.00 x $50.00 = 1.61
Total $155.00 $50.00
Amount of sales price for computing the credit is $100.00
- 32.26 $67.74 C. Analyze any collections of bad debts. These should be reported on the dealer's sales tax returns when recovered. No reduction for costs of collection is allowed.
In the previous example, suppose a collection agency remits a $50.00 payment to the dealer after the account has been written off and the bad debt deduction has been taken on the sales tax return. The agency actually collected $55.00 and retained 10% as a collection fee since the dealer did not sell the account.
The dealer would need to report additional sales of $32.26.
Field Audit Procedures: Bad December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Debts Outstanding debt prior to write-off:
Parts $67.74 67.74/105.00x $50.00 = $32.26 Labor 23.71 23.71/105.00x $50.00 = 11.29 Freight 10.16 10.16/105.00x $50.00 = 4.84 Tax 3.39 3.39/105.00x $50.00 = 1.61
Total $105.00 $50.00
[COMMENTS: Because the finance charge is not part of the original sales price, it cannot be factored into the computation of the bad debt. The $55.00 payment cannot be used in the computation of the bad debt because the dealer only receives $50.00 to apply to its worthless account.] D. Penalty applies to taxes collected and not remitted. Failure to report subsequent collections of bad debts and to deduct bad debts at the proper amounts, are subject to penalty.
Field Audit Procedures: Bad December 2012 Page 3 of 3 DebtsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Banks Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-595
23 VAC 10-210-690 (C), (D)
23 VAC 10-210-6010 B. Legislative Summary: 2011 (Bank Security System Installers Treated as Contractors – 58.1-610 (G)
C.
Public Documents
PD 01-102
PD 95-159
PD 94-207
PD 91-166
PD 91-12
PD 02-42
D.
Attorney General Opinions
OAG 08091966 II. General
A.
The tax applies to the purchase of tangible personal property by all national, state and local banks, non-federal credit unions, savings and loan associations, and loan and finance companies.
B. The tax does not apply to purchases of tangible personal property by Federal Credit Unions.
C.
When any bank, non-federal credit union, savings and loan association, or loan and finance company, engages in selling, leasing or renting tangible personal property to consumers, it must register as a dealer and collect and pay the tax to the Department of Taxation.
Taxable sales may include, but are not limited to sales of checks and checkbooks; silverware, savings or piggy banks, repossessed merchandise, gold and silver coins or bars for investment purposes, and charges for the lease or rental of tangible personal property.
The rental of safe deposit boxes are not rentals of tangible personal property and are exempt.
III. Procedures
A.
Pre Audit - Gain a complete understanding of the corporate structure. Banks typically have many separate subsidiaries and divisions. Request a list of all subsidiaries and business operations, and review the corporate income tax Field Audit Procedures: Banks December 2012 Page 1 of 3 returns for corporate structure. Many banks will have divisions or separate entities performing operations such as: Construction, Property Management, Credit Card, Leasing, etc. Review all applicable records for each operation. The review of the corporate structure will usually raise questions such as:
- Are all purchases made through a single division or are some divisions responsible for their own purchases? Typically, property or construction divisions will do some of their own purchasing. Some banks have divisions that purchase all the office supplies and invoice the other divisions and branches and charge sales tax.
- Has the bank foreclosed on any businesses? Banks often foreclose on businesses (for example, golf courses) and continue the operations. If the bank continues the operation it is responsible for reporting the sales and use taxes for that business.
- Does the bank sell assets or other items? Sales to employees of old furniture are common and may be considered occasional sales.
- Are there transfers, sales, or leases of assets between related entities?
These types of transactions between affiliated businesses are not exempt.
- Has the bank sold any branches, divisions, or other operations? The occasional sale exemption may apply in some circumstances.
- Does the bank have a leasing division or subsidiary? If so it should be collecting sales tax on all leases of tangible personal property.
B.
Sales – All sales of tangible personal property by national and state banks, non-federal credit unions, savings and loan associations, and loan and finance companies are subject to sales and use tax. Types of sales to be aware of are as follows:
- Check sales - Banks and credit unions are dealers with respect to the sale of checks and checkbooks to their customers. These entities, or the commercial check printer acting on behalf of the banks, must collect the sales tax on such sales.
- Sales of fixed assets - Many banks make a sufficient number of sales of fixed assets to be required to register and collect sales tax. In addition to reviewing individual asset sales, sales of divisions or groups of assets, reorganizations and spin off type sales should be carefully reviewed.
- Leases - Banks often have lease departments or subsidiaries. Generally, tax should be collected on the gross proceeds from the rentals of tangible personal property.
- Microfilm - In providing checking account services, banks may supply their customers with account information on microfilm, or some other tangible medium. The "true object" test must be applied to these sales.
- Resolution Trust Corporation Sales – These sales are subject to sales tax; however, states cannot constitutionally impose a direct tax on the United States government or its instrumentalities. This does not, however, exempt the purchaser of tangible personal property from the use tax.
Field Audit Procedures: Banks December 2012 Page 2 of 3
C.
Purchases – Banks are subject to use tax on all purchases of tangible personal property. These businesses purchase a wide array of property and services some of which are specifically tailored to financial institutions. Some types of purchases they typically make are as follows:
- Checks – Banks are subject to use tax on purchases of checks provided free to their customers.
- Financial services - Companies that provide banks with financial services such as loan processing, checking account statements, credit authorization services, etc. sometime include in their invoicing, charges for monthly equipment rental. Taxability is determined by the "true object test."
- Bank Equipment - The auditor must determine if the bank equipment is tangible or real property.
Generally, vault doors, fire doors, visual auto tellers, night depository assemblies, tellerveyors/autoveyors, concrete panel vaults, pneumatic drive-up systems, monitored security systems, and ATM’s directly installed in the side of the bank building are real property.
Non-monitored security systems, free-standing ATM’s, safe deposit boxes, vault lockers, under-counter teller stations, bullet resistive teller stations, drive-up undercounter, and storage safes remain tangible personal property and are subject to the tax.
Effective July 1, 2011, Code of Virginia § 58.1-610.G provides that businesses primarily engaged in the furnishing and installation of tangible personal property that provides electronic or physical security on real property used by financial institutions shall be deemed a retailer of such property. Such property includes vaults, safe deposit boxes, vault lockers, electronic security systems, digital video systems, card assess systems and similar equipment.
Field Audit Procedures: Banks December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Catalogs & Similar Printed Materials
Revised: September 2016
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 (Definition) 58.1-609.6(3) (Publication) 58.1-609.6(4) (Catalogs) 58.1-609.6(5) (Advertising) 58.1-609.10(4) (Interstate Commerce) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-41 (Advertising) 23 VAC 10-210-43 (In-house Advertising) 23 VAC 10-210-780 (Interstate Commerce) 23 VAC 10-210-3010 (Printing) C. Public Documents: PD 08-100 Catalog Stands PD 01-202 Catalog and Price List PD 00-123 Similar Printed Materials PD 97-399 Catalog Produced In-House PD 97-248 Virginia Mailing House PD 97-61 Exercise of Right or Power in Direct Mailings PD 96-148 Advertising -Regulations Are Not Retroactive PD 96-63 Interstate Commerce, Constructive Possession PD 95-317 Photo Images Downloaded From Computer Database PD 95-216 Service in Connection With a Sale Is Taxable PD 95-185 Distribution of Catalogs In & Out of Virginia PD 95-112 Form ST10A & Estimated Percentages PD 94-294 Interstate Commerce PD 94-266 "Use" in Virginia PD 94-248 CD-ROM Exempt PD 94-239 Swatch Cards Not Printed Material PD 93-217 Constructive Possession PD 93-162 Administrative Supplies PD 92-112 Labels PD 91-30 Videotape Not Printed Material PD 91-26 Advertising Rules - Old PD 90-220 Postage Exempt When Separately Stated PD 90-218 Labels Taxable PD 89-99 Transactions In & Out of Virginia PD 87-243 Estimating Taxable Percentages
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 1 of 8 Similar PD 87-200 Interstate Commerce PD 86-103 Interstate Commerce PD 86-9 Service in Connection With a Sale Is Taxable D. Exemption Certificate:
ST-10A
II. Definitions The following words or terms are useful in understanding the catalog statute: A. “Administrative supplies” as defined in Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.6(4) "includes, but is not limited to, letterhead, envelopes, and other stationery; and invoices, billing forms, payroll forms, price lists, time cards, computer cards, and similar supplies. This definition is expanded in the catalogs and other printed materials regulation to include, but not limited to "... certificates, business cards, diplomas, and awards. The term also includes supplies for internal use by the purchaser, such as menus, calendars, datebooks, desk reminders, appointment books, and employee newsletters." The printing regulation also includes "other house organs." But even administrative supplies may be exempt when they become an integral part of exempt printed materials. The printing regulation in paragraph H states that "... letterhead upon which fundraising or promotional letters are printed, return envelopes enclosed with fundraising letters, and price lists enclosed within catalogs advertising tangible personal property for sale or resale are not taxable." (See PDs 01-202 and 93-162.
B. "Advertising" as defined in Code of Virginia § 58.1-602 "... means the planning, creating, or placing of advertising in newspapers, magazines, billboards, broadcasting and other media, including without limitation, the providing of concept, writing, graphic design, mechanical art, photography and production supervision. Any person providing advertising as defined herein shall be deemed to be the user or consumer of all tangible personal property purchased for use is such advertising.” C. "Advertising business" as defined in the advertising regulation "... means any person or group of persons providing 'advertising' …” D. "Similar printed materials" means printed materials used for promotional purposes, except administrative supplies." Examples of similar printed materials are:
- Fund raising and promotional letters, circulars, folders, brochures, and pamphlets, including those for charitable, political, and religious purposes;
- Corporate stockholder meeting notices;
- Proxy materials and enclosed proxy cards;
- Meeting and convention promotional materials;
- A business prospectus;
• Corporate monthly, quarterly, and annual stockholder reports
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 2 of 8 Similar • Announcements, invitations, and informational pieces for external promotional purposes;
- Greeting cards, brochures, menus, calendars, datebooks, desk reminders, appointment books, art prints, and posters for external promotional purposes; and
- Printed point-of-purchase sales devices, including display racks, animated and action pieces, posters and banners.
E. "A sale in interstate commerce" as explained in the interstate and foreign commerce regulation means "a sale... when title or possession to the property being sold passes to the purchaser outside of Virginia and no use of the property is made within Virginia." 23 VAC 10-210-780 provides four examples to which the tax does not apply. Further clarification can be found in PDs 86-103, 87-200, 93-217, 94-266, 94-294, and 96-63.
III. General A. Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.6(4) provides an exemption for: Catalogs, letters, brochures, reports, and similar printed materials, except administrative supplies, the envelopes, containers and labels used for packaging and mailing same, and paper furnished to a printer for fabrication into such printed materials, when stored for twelve months or less in the Commonwealth and distributed for use without the Commonwealth.
The statute defines "administrative supplies." (See Section II.A) The statute is actually straightforward and relatively easy to interpret except that the advertising statute and regulations specifically tax advertising businesses on these types of purchases. (See Section IV) Effective 7/1/94, the statute was expanded so that Virginia printing and direct mail houses would not be put at a competitive disadvantage when dealing with out-of-state advertising businesses. The statute continues: Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision 5 [the advertising exemption] of this section or the definition of "advertising" contained in § 58.1-602, (i) any advertising business located outside the Commonwealth which purchases printing from a printer within the Commonwealth shall not be deemed the user or consumer of the printed materials when such purchases would have been exempt under this subdivision....
Another legislative change effective 7/1/95 put Virginia advertising businesses on parity with all other companies when making purchases from a Virginia printer. This, in effect, has given a competitive advantage to Virginia printers since the exemption is limited to purchases from an instate printer. Any printing purchased from an out-of-state printer is 100% taxable when constructive delivery takes place in Virginia (i.e., a Virginia mailing house) or if delivery is made to the purchaser's Virginia location, regardless of its eventual distribution. ... and (ii) from July 1, 1995 through June 30, 2002, and beginning July 1, 2002 and ending July 1, 2017, any advertising business which purchases printing from a printer within the Commonwealth shall not be deemed the user or consumer of the printed materials
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 3 of 8 Similar when such purchases would have been exempt under subdivision 3 [newspaper/magazine exemption] or this subdivision, provided that the advertising agency shall certify to the Tax Commissioner, upon request, that such printed material was distributed outside the Commonwealth and such certification shall be retained as a part of the transaction record and shall be subject to further review by the Tax Commissioner.
Note the unusual wording of this section that states the Commissioner can request certification that the printed material was actually distributed outside Virginia.
IV. Procedures Transactions discussed in these procedures are from the viewpoint of the purchaser.
It is assumed that all examples meet the limitations set out in § 58.1-609.6(4) for catalogs and similar printed materials and occur under current law unless otherwise stated. The examples deal strictly with the application of the Virginia sales tax law to catalogs and similar printed materials. Furthermore, the terms "taxable" and "exempt" are also limited to Virginia sales tax - another state's tax may well apply.
Except for the procedures discussed in section D, all transactions should be considered purchased by other than an advertising business. Finally, delivery, whether actual or constructive, is often the crucial criteria that will determine the taxability of catalogs and similar printed materials.
The treatment of sales by the seller can readily be inferred from the purchase scenarios, but will not be specifically addressed. If catalogs and similar printed materials are sold for resale (to other than advertising businesses), the purchaser can provide a Form ST-10 to purchase such resale materials exempt, whether or not they meet the provisions of § 58.1-609.6(4).
A. Purchases: When auditing a business which has purchased catalogs, etc., it is important for the auditor to answer five questions - who, what, where, when, and how.
Each question is important and can turn an otherwise exempt transaction into a taxable situation. Strict construction is the rule.
- Who is purchasing the materials in question? (Is it an advertiser or non-advertiser?)
- What is being purchased? (Does it qualify for exemption under the definitions?)
- Where is it being distributed from and where is it going? (Location is important.)
- When is it leaving the state? (Storage in Virginia has to be twelve months or less.)
- How is the distribution made? (Is it interstate commerce or not?)
- Printing, Mailing Services and Catalogs, Etc. a. When separately stated, postage is exempt from the sales tax. (See PD 90-220)
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 4 of 8 Similar b. Mailing services (i.e., folding, stapling, stuffing, delivery to the post office) are ordinarily not taxable. However, when the services include the provision of tangible personal property, the entire charge becomes taxable. The printing of non-customized mailing labels by a mailing service which are then placed on the materials provided by the customer makes all service charges taxable except separately stated postage or delivery. Printing the materials that the customer wants mailed or distributed will also make such services taxable. The exemption for catalogs, etc. is explained below (See PDs 86-9, 90-218, 92-112, and 95-216) c. The Code provides an exemption from the sales tax for catalogs, letters, brochures, reports, and similar printed materials (except administrative supplies), the envelopes, containers and labels used for packaging and mailing the same and paper furnished to a printer for fabrication into such printed materials, when stored for twelve months or less in Virginia and distributed for use outside Virginia. (Review the Section II for definitions of "similar printed materials" and "administrative supplies".) If these conditions are met, and Form ST-10A is provided to the mailing service or printer, there is no sales tax liability.
Although the condition that the materials be used for advertising the sale of tangible personal property is no longer stated in the Code, public documents have consistently ruled that the printed materials must still be promotional or informational in nature to qualify for exemption.
- Use of Form ST-10A: By providing Form ST-10A to the vendor, the customer may purchase exempt all catalogs that are stored for twelve months or less in the state and distributed outside of Virginia. If the customer knows which items are taxable at the time of purchase, sales tax may be paid to the printer/mailing service or consumer use tax may be accrued and remitted directly to the state. If it is unknown how the catalogs will be distributed, the customer may submit Form ST-10A to the vendor, purchase all catalogs exempt and remit consumer use tax on those delivered in the state or stored in the state for more than 12 months. If it is impractical to determine exact numbers, an estimated percentage of Virginia delivered catalogs may be used. Printing for the customer's own use or consumption within Virginia and storage in the state for longer than twelve months should be taken into consideration when determining percentages. (See PDs 87-243 and 95-112)
- CD-ROMs, Videotapes, Swatch Cards & Pictures - Printed Material?
Catalogs on CD-ROM are treated as printed material while instructional videotapes are not. Swatch cards (material swatches attached to cards with descriptive print) are not printed material, but a furniture company's finished pictures of furniture lines with specifications are. (See PDs 94-248, 91-30, and 94-239)
- In-house Advertising Department Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 5 of 8 Similar An in-house advertising department is only an advertising business when performing out-of-house jobs. Therefore the general exemption is available for in-house work that meets the definition of catalogs, etc., is stored in Virginia 12 months or less, and is distributed for use outside of Virginia. (See PD 97-399) B. Transactions that Occur Within Virginia (Except Advertising Businesses) There are several types of transactions concerning the distribution of materials defined in the catalog section and meeting the time limitation that can occur within Virginia. These refer to the taxability of the purchase or production of catalogs, etc.
1. Virginia business distributing from their Virginia location
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
2. Virginia business using Virginia printer and/or Virginia mailing company
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
- Virginia business using out-of-state printer and a Virginia mailing company:
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
- Out-of-state business using Virginia printer and/or Virginia mailing company:
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
- Out-of-state business using an out-of-state printer and a Virginia mailing company:
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE (See PDs 89-99, 95-185 and 97-248) C. Transactions that Occur Outside Virginia (Except Advertising Businesses) There are several types of transactions concerning the distribution of materials defined in the catalog section and meeting the time limitation which occur outside Virginia. Following are scenarios which refer to the taxability of the purchase or production of catalogs, etc., and delivered to other than the purchaser's business.
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 6 of 8 Similar 1. Virginia business using out-of-state printer and/or mailing company:
- Remaining out of state EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia EXEMPT*
- Virginia business using a Virginia printer and an out-of-state mailing company:
- Remaining out of state EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia EXEMPT*
- Out-of-state business using out-of-state printer and/or mailing company
- Remaining out of state EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia EXEMPT*
- Out-of-state business using a Virginia printer and an out-of-state mailing company:
- Remaining out of state EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia EXEMPT NOTE: Even though the catalogs are being delivered into Virginia, the purchaser has exercised no right or power over them in Virginia. (See PDs 95-185 and 97-61) D. Advertising Businesses Under the statutory definition of advertising, an advertising business is a service provider and is considered "to be the user or consumer of all tangible personal property purchased for use in such advertising." Because of this specific language, prior to the 1994 and 1995 statute amendments all advertising businesses were precluded from taking advantage of the catalog exemption. Consequently, all purchases of printing by an advertising business were taxable.
Effective 7/1/94 the statute was expanded to allow any advertising business located outside Virginia to purchase printing exempt from a Virginia printer as long as the printing met the definition and limitations for catalogs, etc. Then, effective 7/1/95 the catalog exemption as well as printed materials exemption under § 58.1-609.6(3) (the newspaper exemption) was extended to Virginia advertising businesses when the printed material is purchased from a Virginia printer. These printed materials, likewise, have to be stored in Virginia for 12 months or less and distributed for use outside the state. The 1995 amendment currently has an expiration date of 6/30/17. Purchases by a Virginia advertising business from an out-of-state printer remain 100% taxable when the printing is delivered to the advertising business in Virginia or to a Virginia mailing house, regardless of its eventual distribution. (See PD 96-148) The following examples reflect current law.
1. Out-of-state advertising business using Virginia printer
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 7 of 8 Similar 2. Virginia advertising business using Virginia printer:
- Delivered through interstate commerce out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
3. Out-of-state advertising business using out-of-state printer
- Remaining out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: EXEMPT
4. Virginia advertising business using out-of-state printer
- Remaining out of state: EXEMPT
- Delivered in Virginia: TAXABLE
Field Audit Procedures: Catalogs & September 2016 Page 8 of 8 SimilarField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Exemption Certificates
Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-623 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-280 C. Public Documents
PD 00-91
PD 05-82
PD 07-68
PD 08-9
PD 08-18
PD 09-92
PD 09-152
PD 11-128 II. Certificates ST-10 Sales and Use Tax Certificate of Exemption Often referred to as a “Resale Certificate”. Used by dealers for the exempt purchase of items for resale or lease.
Multi-State/Blanket Resale Exemption Certificates (PD 08-18). The use of such certificates is limited to the stipulations presented in P.D.’s 95-303, 95-316, and 97-039, related to the use of a resale exemption certificate. The multi-state or blanket resale exemption certificate must mirror the information required on the Virginia Form ST-10. Otherwise an out-of-state customer that is not purchasing for resale must use the applicable Virginia exemption certificates.
ST-10A Printed Materials Multipurpose certificate used by purchasers of catalogs and similar printed materials for temporary storage in the Commonwealth of Virginia, by purchasers delivering goods to a factor or export agent, by purchasers of advertising supplements, and by purchasers of advertising.
ST-10B Handicap Auto Equipment Used by handicapped persons for the purchase of special equipment for installation on a motor vehicle.
ST-11 Manufacturing Multipurpose certificate used by manufacturers, miners, printers and other industrial processors. Certified pollution control equipment as well as property qualifying for the research and development exemption may also be purchased exempt using this certificate.
Field Audit Procedures: Certificates of December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Exemption ST-11A Contractors Used by contractors and non-manufacturers for the specific purpose noted on the certificate.
ST-12 Government Used by Virginia, political subdivisions of Virginia, and the United States government. This certificate is not valid for use by states other than Virginia, political subdivisions of those states, or national governments other than the United States.
ST-13 Medial-Related Exemptions Used for specific medical-related exemptions.
ST-13A Churches Used by non-profit churches. Non profit churches also have the option of applying for a numbered exemption certificate with a broader exemption.
ST-14 Out of State Resale Dealer Exclusively used by Out-of-State-Dealers who purchase property in Virginia for immediate transportation out of Virginia for resale outside the state. This is not a “blanket” certificate in the way that an ST-10 is a blanket certificate. A separate ST-14 is required for each sale.
ST-14A Out of State Livestock Dealer Used by Out-of-State dealers or brokers who purchase livestock in Virginia for immediate transportation out of Virginia for resale. Unlike the ST-14, this is a “blanket” certificate and the selling livestock dealer need have only one properly executed certificate on file for the out-of-state dealer or broker.
ST-15 Domestic Fuel Used by Individuals to purchase heating oil, propane, firewood, or coal for domestic consumption exempt of the state sales tax. The local tax may continue to be charged, depending on whether the specific locality in which fuel dealer is located has adopted an ordinance specifically exempting fuels purchased by individuals for domestic consumption.
ST-16 Commercial Watermen Used by watermen who extract fish, bivalves, or crustaceans from waters for commercial purposes.
ST-17 Forest Harvesters Used by harvesters of forest products.
ST-18 Farmer’s Purchase of Personal Property Used by farmers for the purchase of property used in producing agricultural products for market.
ST-19 Shipping Commerce Multipurpose certificate used by shipping (as in boat) lines engaged in interstate or foreign commerce, ship builders, companies engaged in building, converting, or repairing ships or vessels used or to be used in interstate or foreign commerce.
ST-20 Public Service Corporation Used by certain public service corporations, commercial radio and television companies, motion picture theatres, cable television systems, certain airlines, and taxicab operators.
Field Audit Procedures: Certificates of December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Exemption Effective September 1, 2004, the retail sales and use tax exemption available to public service corporations for the purchase or lease of tangible personal property used or consumed directly in the rendition of their public service was repealed.
Those public service corporations losing their exemption include electric suppliers, telecommunications companies, certain telephone companies, gas, water and sewer utilities and motor vehicle common carriers. Common carriers of property or passengers by railway did not lose their exemption. In addition, to the extent public service corporations, generating electric power, qualify for the manufacturing exemption under Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(2), they will be prohibited from claiming the manufacturing exemption, except for raw materials that are consumed in the production of electricity, including fuel. (See PD 04-122) ST-20A Production Company Used by production companies, program producers, radio, television and cable TV companies, and other entities engaged in the production and creation of exempt audiovisual works and the licensing, distribution, and broadcast of the same.
ST-22 Railroad Rolling Stock Used to purchase railroad rolling stock (freight cars, etc.) from a manufacturer.
ST-23 Multi-fuel Heating Stoves Used by an individual purchasing a multi-fuel heating stove for heating their personal residence. This exemption is effective from 7/1/07 through 6/30/12. (See Code of Virginia §58.1-609.10 18 and Public Document 08-179) ST-24 Fabrication of Foodstuffs Used for purchasing the fabrication of foodstuffs. (See Virginia Tax Bulletin 09-7,
PD 09-92 (6/9/09)).
Numbered Exemption Certificates issued by the Department On July 1, 2000, the Virginia Department of Taxation began to issue numbered exemption certificates to nonprofit organizations which had previously been granted an exemption and had met certain informational filing requirements. Effective July 1, 2004, all Internal Revenue Code (IRC) § 501(c)(3) and charitable § 501(c)(4) organizations can qualify for a sales and use tax exemption if they meet certain eligibility criteria.
III. General A. A dealer is to collect sales tax on other wise taxable transactions, unless a valid exemption certificate is accepted from the purchaser.
B. The dealer must act in good faith and exercise reasonable care and judgment to prevent the receiving of a false, fraudulent or bad faith exemption certificate. C. A certificate that is incomplete, invalid, infirm or inconsistent on its face is never acceptable.
Field Audit Procedures: Certificates of December 2012 Page 3 of 4 ExemptionIV. Procedures A. If the taxpayer’s exemption certificates are incomplete, allow sufficient time (thirty days maximum is suggested) to obtain the certificates from his customers.
B. Certificates secured by a taxpayer at the conclusion of an audit are more closely scrutinized because the taxpayer did not rely on such certificate at the time of sale. Once an exemption certificate is presented to the auditor, the certificate is acceptable only if the Department is able to confirm that the customer's use of the certificate was valid and proper for the specific transaction. The absence of such certificate at the moment of the transaction indicates that such certificate was never accepted "in good faith." PD 98-29 sets out the Department's policy with regard to this issue. C. Incomplete certificates, i.e., certificates lacking any of the following are invalid: 1. Date 2. Signature 3. Indication of use (box checked) 4. Registration number where required 5. Names and addresses of the supplier and the customer D. The purchase made and the manner in which it is made must be consistent with the language of the exemption certificate. For example, an ST-10 prohibits use by a contractor, and an ST-12 indicates that an official purchase order is required.Note: In 2009, the Department was involved in a court case in the Circuit Court of Fairfax County, International Paper Company d/b/a Xpedx v. Commonwealth of Virginia, Department of Taxation. Case # CL-2009-360. This Court held that a dealer can satisfy its burden of good faith and reasonable care and judgment in taking a certificate to the effect that the property purchased is exempt if: Upon a facial examination of the certificate, a dealer could reasonably conclude that the items purchased could potentially be used for any of the exempt purposes claimed on the certificate of exemption; or E. Based upon the actual dealer's knowledge of the business of its purchaser, the dealer could reasonably determine in good faith that the specific purchaser intended to use the items purchased for one or more of the exempt purposes claimed on the certificate of exemption. First generation audits are considered an opportunity to educate the taxpayer. Where a properly executed exemption certificate is on file, it should be honored. Properly executed certificates that subsequent events (Repeal of Exemption) have made invalid should be revoked. The taxpayer should be instructed as to what items are not included in the exemption or what laws have recently changed. The audit comments should contain a summary of the items discussed in this area.
Field Audit Procedures: Certificates of December 2012 Page 4 of 4 ExemptionField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Certificate of Registration
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-613 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-290 C. Applicable Forms: Form R-1 Business Registration Application R-1 Instructions R-3 Registration Change Request D. Additional References: Users Guide for Registration Procedures & Business Registration Guide
II. General A. The Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax Act requires every individual, partnership, corporation, etc. desiring to engage in or conduct business as a dealer to apply for a certificate of registration. (See 23 VAC 10-210-460 for the definition of a dealer.) B. Out of state dealers who do not have the obligation to obtain a registration can voluntarily do so for the benefit of their customers.
III. Procedures A. Determine the business entity type (sole proprietorship, general partnership, limited partnership, corporation, etc.). Refer to the Business Registration Guide for definitions of entities.
B. Complete and submit Form R-1. Persons or Corporations wishing to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia have the option of either registering on-line at: https://www.ireg.tax.virginia.gov/VTOL/Login.seam. Or they can register using the downloadable form R-1. This form can be used to apply for most Virginia taxes; however, for the sales and use tax, a separate application is required for each location.
The certificate of registration must be displayed at the location of the business.
C. A new certificate of registration is required if a business changes its entity type. The following are examples of changes that require an application for a new certificate of registration:
Sole proprietorship becomes a corporation or a partnership.
Corporation becomes a sole proprietorship or a partnership.
Field Audit Procedures: Certificates of December 2012 Page 1 of 2 Resignation Partnership becomes a sole proprietorship or a corporation.
Partnership no longer has any of the partners listed on the original certificate of registration application.
D. Should the business cease to exist, the certificate of registration expires and should be returned to the Department.
Field Audit Procedures: Certificates of December 2012 Page 2 of 2 ResignationField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Churches Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.10(16) 58.1-609.11 58.1-609.6(6) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-310 C. Legislative Summaries: 2007, 2005, 2004, 2003, 1999, 1995, and 1986 D. Virginia Tax Bulletins:
VTB 05-4
VTB 99-9
VTB 87-4
VTB 86-8
VTB 83-12 E. Public Documents: PD 05-9 Worship Service and Church Building PD 97-107 Effect of HB 1562 of 1997 General Assembly PD 96-196 Sales of food by churches PD 95-115 Denominational Governing Body PD 95-54 Automotive Parts PD 94-237 Christian Ministry Camp PD 94-11 Church Affiliated Day Care Center PD 93-204 Church Operated Swimming Pool PD 93-177 Campground Facilities PD 91-157 Roman Catholic Church: Education Programs-Marriage PD 92-55 Property Purchased By Churches-Conference Center PD 90-164 Administrative Governing Body (see also PD 95-115) PD 90-66 Mobile Food Bank-Church Parking Lots PD 90-36 Building Materials PD 89-331 Food for Distribution PD 89-176 Camp Meeting PD 89-174 Rentals: Church Christmas Play PD 88-216 Items Used in Public Church Buildings PD 88-85 Church Provided Prison Ministry PD 88-14 Conference Center PD 87-65 Meals Sold at Cost By Church PD 86-109 Non Profit Religious Shelter PD 08-181 Building Materials Installed By Others PD 10-4 Building Materials Installed By Others PD 10-188 Fuel purchased for use and consumption by churches Field Audit Procedures: Churches December 2012 Page 1 of 5 PD 06-129 Fundraising Event F. Exemption Certificates: ST13-A or numbered exemption certificate issued by the Department.
II. General
A.
Under the traditional church exemption, a church enjoys a limited exemption from the tax on purchases of tangible personal property used in carrying out the work of the church or churches. Code of Virginia § 58.1609.10(16) states that a church is exempt from tax on the purchases of tangible personal property if the church is conducted not for profit and exempt under IRC 501 (c) (3), or exempt from local taxation on real property pursuant to Code of Virginia § 58.1-3606.
B.
If a church applies for and receives a numbered exemption certificate as a nonprofit entity under Code § 58.1-609.11, it receives a broader exemption than the traditional church exemption. The limitations of the church exemption contained in § 58.1-609.10(16) do not apply. As a qualifying nonprofit entity, there is no restriction on the types of tangible personal property that may be purchased exempt. Taxable services are still taxable, however.
C. Neither exemption applies to churches operating for profit.
III. Procedures – Traditional Church Exemption (ST-13A) A. Exempt Purchases by Churches: In order to qualify for the exemption, items must be purchased by, invoiced to, and paid for directly by the church. Purchases made on behalf of the church, even if reimbursed by the church, are subject to the tax.
The exemption applies to purchases of the following tangible personal property (an exemplary list can be found in 23 VAC 10-210-310):
- For use in religious worship services by a congregation or church membership while meeting together in a single location.
- For use in the libraries, offices, meeting or counseling rooms or other rooms in the public church buildings used in carrying out the work of the church and its related ministries, including kindergarten, elementary and secondary schools.
- Baptisteries, bulletins, programs, newspapers and newsletters which do not contain paid advertising and are used in carrying out the work of the church.
- Gifts, including food, for distribution outside the public church building.
- Food, disposable serving items, cleaning supplies and teaching materials used in the operation of camps or conference centers by the church or an organization composed of exempt churches and which are used in carrying out the work of the church or churches.
- For use in caring for or maintaining property owned by the church including, but not limited to, mowing equipment, and building materials Field Audit Procedures: Churches December 2012 Page 2 of 5 installed by the church and for which the church does not contract with a person or entity to have installed, in the public church buildings used in carrying out the work of the church and its related ministries, including, but not limited to worship services; administrative rooms; and kindergarten, elementary, and secondary schools.
B. Taxable Purchases
- Tangible personal property purchased by a church is generally taxable when it is (i) not used in religious worship services by a congregation or church membership while meeting in a single location; (ii) not used in sanctuaries, libraries, offices, meeting or counseling rooms, or other rooms in the public church buildings used in carrying out the work of the church and its related ministries; or (iii) used by separate legal or business entities that may be associated with the church.
- Construction and building materials furnished to contractors.
If building materials, kitchen equipment, heating and air conditioning equipment, tool sheds, and picnic shelters are furnished by the church to a contractor for incorporation in real estate, and the church did not pay the tax on the materials, the contractor, as the user and consumer of the materials, must pay the use tax directly to the department based on the fair market value of the materials used, irrespective of whether or not any right, title, or interest in the materials become vested in the contractor. However, a baptistery that will be incorporated into real estate at the public church building and used in the religious services of a church is exempt from the tax whether purchased by the church or the contractor.
- Examples of other taxable purchases include any property used on church trips, picnics, or similar outings outside a public church building; or bulletins, programs, newspapers, and newsletters that contain paid advertising (including paper and ink used in printing).
C. Sales
- Churches that make retail sales of tangible personal property are required to register as dealers, collect the tax from customers (who may include church members, visitors, or other persons outside the church membership) and remit the tax to the department.
- If a church makes sales of food for which a profit is realized, the church should collect sales tax. In these instances, the church may purchase the food exempt from the tax using a resale exemption certificate. For purposes of this subdivision only, if the sales price charged for food is completely offset by the cost of the food, and the church realizes no profit, then the church is not required to charge the tax to its customers on the sales price of the food. Instead, the church must pay the tax to its vendors on the purchase price of the food purchased. As long as the church pays tax on the purchase price of the food that it sells at cost, the church is not required to register as a dealer while conducting this activity or charge tax to customers.
Field Audit Procedures: Churches December 2012 Page 3 of 5
- If a church makes sales of cassette tapes, audiovisual tapes, books, photo directories, and jewelry or makes sales of tangible personal property in yard sales or bazaars, the church should register as a dealer, collect the tax from its customers and remit the tax to the department.
- Occasional sales. Except as provided in (2) above, the church must collect the tax on all sales and remit the amount to the department unless the sales meet the criteria for occasional sales. Yard sales and bazaars do qualify as occasional sales.
D. Camps and Conference Centers
- Church-related activities. a. Purchases. The tax does not apply to purchases of food and beverages, disposable serving items (such as paper plates, cups, napkins, plastic forks, spoons, and knives), cleaning supplies, and teaching materials used and consumed in operating camps or conference centers by a church or an organization composed of churches that are exempt from the sales and use tax and that are used in carrying out the work of the church and its related ministries b. Sales. i.
Rooms, lodgings, and accommodations. When a church or organization composed of churches operates a camp or conference center and makes separate charges for room rentals, lodging, and accommodations, the charges are taxable.
Tangible personal property used and consumed in providing rooms, lodging, and accommodations is taxable at the time of purchase. ii.
Meals. When a church or organization composed of churches operates a camp or conference center and sells meals to participants, the sales price of meals are taxable. However, the food provided in the meals, as well as paper placemats, plastic silverware, and similar items furnished with the meals and disposed of after the use by only one person, may be purchased exempt of tax under a resale exemption certificate. iii.
Camp fees. When a church or organization composed of churches operates a camp and charges the participants a camp fee that covers expenses incurred to provide meals, lodging, and camp activities, the camp fee is tax exempt. Further, the church or organization carrying out the work of the ministry may purchase the items described under purchases above exempt from the tax.
- Nonchurch-related activities. When food, disposable serving items, teaching materials, or cleaning supplies are purchased by a church or organization of churches for use in camps and conference centers for nonchurch-related activities, they are subject to the sales and use tax in the same manner of other providers of meals and accommodations. Nonchurch-related activities would include, but are not limited to, the renting of the facility for Field Audit Procedures: Churches December 2012 Page 4 of 5 conferences, retreats, etc., by businesses, business groups, governmental organizations, and civic groups. E. A church is exempt from the use tax on donations of tangible personal property that it receives from individuals, businesses, and other organizations.
Persons making such donations are liable for the tax not previously paid on the cost price of the donated items unless those items are withdrawn from inventory, as provided in subdivision 15 of Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.10, or otherwise exempt from the tax.
F.
Affiliated organizations: Tangible personal property purchased by affiliated religious associations or corporations, such as political action committees (PACs) and separately organized broadcasting ministries, is taxable.
IV. Procedures - Nonprofit Entity - Numbered Exemption Certificate Under Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.11, a church that files an application with the Department and meets the applicable criteria will be issued a numbered exemption certificate. This certificate confirms that the church qualifies for the nonprofit exemption, and has both an issued date and an expiration date. Under this exemption the church may purchase all tangible personal property exempt. The exemption does not extend to the purchase of taxable services, such as meals or lodging.
Sales by this type of nonprofit entity, sufficient in number to exceed those allowed for an occasional sale, are taxable.
Field Audit Procedures: Churches December 2012 Page 5 of 5 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Overcollection and Erroneous Collection Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-625 (Collection of tax) 58.1-16 (Overcollection of tax) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-340 (Collection of tax by dealers)
C.
Public Documents
PD 94-80
PD 97-316
PD 99-60
PD 08-106 II. General All sales and use tax collected by the dealer must be remitted to the Virginia Department of Taxation. This includes over collected taxes, tax collected on nontaxable transactions, and collection of the wrong state's tax on Virginia transactions.
III. Procedures
A.
Any dealer collecting the sales and use tax on nontaxable transactions must remit the sales tax to the Department unless he can show that the tax has been refunded to the customer. Such nontaxable transactions include exempt sales and out-of-state sales.
B.
Any dealer who over collects the tax must remit any amount over collected to the state. This includes wrong state's tax collected on Virginia transactions.
C. Compare tax collected to tax reported.
Field Audit Procedures: Overcollection and Erroneous Collection December 2012 Page 1 of 1 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Contractors
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-610 (Contractors) 58.1-609.1(4) (Governmental and Commodities Exemptions) 58.1-609.2(1) (Agricultural Exemptions) 58.1-609.3 (Commercial and Industrial Exemptions) 58.1-609.6(2) (Media Related Exemptions) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-410 (Contractors Respecting Real Estate) C. Virginia Tax Bulletin: VTB 92-2 (Public School Equipment) D. Public Documents:
PD 88-115 PD 90-210 PD 91-50
PD 92-29 PD 93-23 PD 93-88
PD 93-91 PD 94-104 PD 94-195
PD 94-207 PD 94-334 PD 95-32
PD 95-62 PD 95-154 PD 95-204
PD 95-260 PD 95-295 PD 96-4
PD 96-24 PD 96-28 PD 94-298
PD 97-119 PD 97-156 PD 97-464
PD 97-491 PD 98-28 PD 98-34
PD 98-36 PD 98-139 PD 98-145
PD 99-118 PD 01-60 PD 03-87
PD 04-202 PD 05-159 PD 06-50
PD 07-108 PD 08-98 PD 08-154
PD 09-15 PD 09-35 PD 09-102
PD 09-113 PD 09-142 PD 09-150
PD 09-154 PD10-20 PD 10-177 E. Exemption Certificate: ST-11A (Limited to certain classifications of jobs).
The contractor must make application to the Virginia Department of Taxation, furnishing the name, address, location or premises where the property is to be installed, and the projected completion date of the project, along with a complete description of the property to be installed. Once the information has been reviewed and approved, the contractor will be provided with the appropriate restricted exemption certificate to use in making the purchases for the project tax exempt.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 5 ContractorsII. General A. Generally. Unless otherwise noted, the law treats every contractor as the user or consumer of all tangible personal property furnished to him or by him in connection with real property construction, reconstruction, installation, repair, and similar contracts. A contractor, whether a prime contractor or a subcontractor, does not pass the sales or use tax on to anyone else as a tax.
He takes the amount of tax paid in consideration when submitting bids.
B. Exemption Certificates. Contractors may use form ST-11A to purchase tax exempt materials used in the performance of the following contracts: 1. Machinery or component parts thereof used directly in manufacturing, processing, refining, mining or conversion of products for sale or resale. 2. Items used directly in the drilling or extraction of natural gas or oil for sale or resale and in well area reclamation activities required by federal or state law. 3. Tangible personal property used by a public service corporation engaged in business as a railway common carrier directly in the rendition of its public service. 4. Broadcasting equipment and parts and accessories thereto and towers used by radio and television stations and cable television systems. 5. Tangible personal property purchased for use or consumption directly and exclusively in basic research or research and development in the experimental or laboratory sense. Tangible property incorporated into real property is not exempt from the tax. 6. Tangible personal property incorporated into real property in another state or foreign country, which could be purchased free from the tax in such state or foreign country. Equipment, tools, etc. used in the performance of the construction project are not exempt from the tax. 7. Tangible personal property necessary for agricultural production, to be affixed to real property owned or leased by a farmer engaged in agricultural production for market. Structural construction materials are not exempt from the tax. 8. State certified pollution control equipment and facilities used primarily for the purpose of abating or preventing pollution of the atmosphere or waters of the Commonwealth of Virginia. 9. Computer equipment or enabling software purchased or leased for the processing, storage, retrieval, or communication of data, including but not limited to servers, routers, connections, and other enabling hardware, including chillers and backup generators used or to be used in a data center that is exempt from sales and use tax under Virginia Code § 58.1-609.3(18). General building improvements and other fixtures are not exempt from the tax. A copy of the exemption letter issued by the Department to the Qualifying Data Center must be attached to this form.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 5 ContractorsIII. Procedures A. Real property typically means land along with its natural resources, such as timber, coal, ore, and precious stone, and structures permanently affixed to the land, such as houses and other buildings, but does not include temporary buildings or structures. To determine whether tangible personal property becomes real property after being affixed to realty, three general tests are applied: See Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Corp. v. Prince William County, 210 Va. 550 (1970)
- Annexation of the property to realty;
- Adaptation to the use or purpose to which that part of the realty with which the property is connected is appropriated, and;
- The intention of the parties involved, with the intention of the party making the annexation being the chief test to be considered in whether tangible personal property becomes realty.
In PD 06-142(12/8/06), the Tax Commissioner ruled that there is no legal basis to rely solely on federal depreciation classifications to distinguish tangible personal property from real property for local property tax purposes. Also, the Courts did not establish that the useful life of property or its accounting classification could be used to determine a party’s intent to annex that property to realty. The Department may use the accounting classifications of property as a factor when determining intent, but cannot rely exclusively on this factor.
B. A person who is a using or consuming contractor may also be engaged in the business of selling tangible personal property to customers, including contractors, for use or consumption by them. If so, the person is a dealer with respect to such sales, and is required to obtain a Certificate of Registration. After obtaining a Certificate of Registration as a dealer, a contractor may purchase the tangible personal property to be resold under a resale exemption certificate. He may not purchase under a resale exemption certificate any tangible personal property which he knows at the time of purchase will be furnished by him in connection with any specific contract.
If such a person, as a using or consuming contractor, removes from his sales inventory for use in the performance of any contract any tangible personal property purchased under a resale certificate, he must include the cost to him of such tangible personal property on his dealer's return and pay the tax.
C. A dual role contractor is a manufacturer, processor or miner who operates in a dual capacity of fabricating tangible personal property for sale or resale and fabricating for his own use and consumption in the performance of real property construction contracts. Such dual role contractors shall follow a primary purpose rule based on gross receipts in determining sales and use tax application. If 50% or more of the contractor's gross receipts are derived from sales of tangible personal property, the contractor shall apply the tax according to paragraph (1) below. If 50% or more of the contractor's gross receipts are derived from real property construction contracts, the contractor shall apply the tax according to paragraph (2) below.
The primary purpose test is computed annually either on a fiscal or calendar year basis provided that the same basis is used consistently from year to year
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 5 Contractors by the Taxpayer. The primary purpose rule is computed separately for each facility of a company located in or doing business in Virginia. For such facilities, the primary purpose rule will apply to gross receipts regardless of whether they are from Virginia or non-Virginia sources. (See P.D. 93-91)
- Any person who is principally fabricating tangible personal property for sale or resale should collect and remit the tax based upon the total amount for which tangible personal property and services are sold, except that charges for labor and services rendered in installing, applying, remodeling or repairing property sold may be excluded from the tax when separately stated or charged. In addition, any person who withdraws tangible personal property from inventory for use and consumption in the performance of real property construction contracts is liable for the tax based on the fabricated cost price of the tangible personal property withdrawn. Fabricated cost price is computed by totaling the cost of materials, labor, and overhead charged to work in process.
- Any person who is principally fabricating tangible personal property for his own use and consumption in real property construction contracts is classified as a using or consuming contractor and must pay the tax on the cost price of the raw materials which make up such fabricated property.
The tax must be paid at the time of purchase to all suppliers who are authorized to collect the tax. In instances where the supplier is not authorized to collect the tax or fails to collect the tax, the tax must be remitted directly to the Department of Taxation on Form ST-7, Consumer's Use Tax Return. In addition, persons who sell tangible personal property to consumers must register, collect, and pay the tax on the retail selling price of the tangible personal property. Such person is entitled to purchase exempt from the tax only that tangible personal property which can be identified at the time of purchase as purchases for resale.
D. A person selling and installing tangible personal property that becomes real property after installation is generally considered a contractor, except that a retailer selling and installing fences, venetian blinds, window shades, awnings, storm windows and doors, floor coverings (as distinguished from floors themselves), cabinets, kitchen equipment, window air conditioning units or other like or comparable items is not classified as a using or consuming contractor with respect to them.
For purposes of this subsection only, a "retailer" shall be deemed to be any person who maintains a retail or wholesale place of business, an inventory of the aforementioned items and/or materials which enter into or become a component part of the aforementioned items, and who performs installation as a part of or incidental to the sale of the aforementioned items. As so defined, a retailer is not classified as a using or consuming contractor with respect to installations of the aforementioned items. A retailer must treat such transactions as taxable sales except that installation charges when separately stated on an invoice are exempt from tax.
Note: No distinction is made between in-state and out-of-state retailers.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 5 Contractors Persons who are not classified as retailers within the definition set forth above and who sell and install fences, venetian blinds, etc., are deemed to be contractors and must pay the sales tax on such items at the time of purchase.
The status of countertop installations was recently revised due to a law change. For specific details, please refer to PD 10-177, Va. Code § 58.1-610 D and the 2010 Legislative Summary for Senate Bill 57 .
Both retailers and contractors are deemed to be the users or consumers of supplies used in installing tangible personal property that becomes real property after installation. Therefore, retailers and contractors are subject to the tax on their purchases of tacks, stripping, glue, cement, and other supplies purchased.
E. During the pre-audit conference with the contractor or his representative, the auditor should determine the contractor's business activities. The contractor may be a general contractor, subcontractor, retailer, dual role contractor, dealer-installer, or any combination of the above. This determination will dictate how the audit should proceed and the audit techniques to be employed by the auditor.
As applicable, the original contract/bid/proposal must be reviewed in detail to verify the scope of the work to be done, as well as that any tangible personal property provided that is considered a retail sale item was properly taxed.
F. Many general contractors and home builders employ an “Auto Pay System” for paying subcontractors and suppliers. Under these systems, there are no invoices. For an agreed upon price, the subcontractor or supplier will perform a specific job, or supply the materials for a specific job. Once the task is completed, the general contractor or builder is notified, and payment is initiated. For additional information regarding Auto Pay, including pricing and record keeping requirements, please refer to PD’s 96-28 & 94-298.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 5 ContractorsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Sales Tax Charged and Paid in Error Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-611 (Credit for taxes paid in another state) 58.1-609.10(4) (Delivery of tangible personal property outside of the Commonwealth for use outside of the Commonwealth) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-450 (Credit for taxes paid to other states or their political subdivision) 23 VAC 10-210-780 (Interstate and foreign commerce)
C.
Public Documents
PD 87-227
PD-10-132
PD 94-195
PD-11-008
PD 01-135 II. General A. 58-1-611 of the Code of Virginia provides for a credit against the taxes imposed by the Commonwealth with respect to a person's use of tangible personal property in the Commonwealth for taxes paid in the state of purchase.
B. 58.1-609.10(4) exempts from sales and use tax the delivery of tangible personal property outside the Commonwealth for use or consumption outside the state. C. 23 VAC 10-210-780 provides examples of transactions in interstate and foreign commerce to which the tax does not apply.
III. Procedures
A.
The interstate commerce exemption cannot be used to exempt transactions in which delivery of items purchased by the taxpayer occurs within Virginia. No credit is allowed for taxes erroneously charged or incorrectly paid to another state. The taxpayer must apply to the out-of-state seller for a refund.
B.
No credit is allowed for Virginia tax remitted to a vendor for purchases on which no tax or the wrong state's tax was charged. These transactions should be included in the audit exceptions and the taxpayer must apply to the vendor, whether in-state or not, or registered or not, for a refund of the tax paid. Voluntarily including the correct Virginia Sales Tax with the payment to the vendor does not assure that the tax will be remitted to the Department.
C.
If a taxpayer has erroneously paid Virginia tax on exempt purchases, the taxpayer must request a refund of the tax from its vendors. The erroneously paid taxes should not be included in the audit and credited against the audit liability.
Field Audit Procedures: Sales Tax Charged And Paid in Error December 2012 Page 1 of 1 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Dealers
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-612 B. Public Documents
PD 93-240
PD 94-10
PD 94-62
PD 95-250
PD 97-81
PD 00-53
PD 04-4
PD 08-106
PD 09-169
II. General Sales tax is collectible from all persons who meet the definition of a dealer and who have sufficient activity within the Commonwealth.
III. Procedures A. Determine if the person meets the definition of a dealer through inquiry and examination of the business activity. The Code provides a list of all persons who meet the definition of a dealer:
- Persons who manufacture or produce tangible personal property for sale at retail, for use, consumption or distribution, or for storage to be used or consumed in this state.
- Persons who import or cause to be imported into this state tangible personal property for sale at retail, for use, consumption or distribution, or for storage to be used or consumed in this state.
- Persons who sell at retail, or who offer for sale at retail, or who have in their possession for sale at retail, or for use, consumption or distribution or for storage to be used or consumed in this state, tangible personal property.
- Persons who have sold at retail, used, consumed, distributed, or stored for use or consumption in this state, tangible personal property and who cannot prove that the tax has been paid on the sale at retail, the use, consumption, distribution or storage of the tangible personal property.
- Persons who lease or rent, or who are lessees or rentees of, tangible personal property for a consideration, without transfer of title thereto.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 3 Dealer 6. Persons who, as representatives or agents, solicit, receive, and accept orders for delivery into Virginia for an out-of-state principal who refuses to register as a dealer.
- Persons who become liable to and owe Virginia any amount of tax imposed by Virginia, whether they hold, or are required to hold, a certificate of registration. B. Determine if the dealer has sufficient activity in Virginia to require registration and collection of the tax:
- Maintains or has within this state, directly or through an agent or subsidiary, an office, warehouse or place of business of any nature. Two factors are necessary for an agency relationship to exist (see section C).
- Solicits business in this state by employees, independent contractors, agents or other representatives.
- Advertises in this state by any of the following methods: a. In newspapers or other periodicals printed and published in this state. b. On billboards or posters located in this state. c. Through continuous, regular, seasonal, or systematic solicitations broadcast or relayed from a transmitter within Virginia or distributed from a location in Virginia. d. Through materials distributed in this state by means other than the United States mail, except for continuous, regular, seasonal, or systematic solicitations in which the dealer benefits from any banking, financing, debt collection, or marketing activities occurring in Virginia or benefits from the location in Virginia of authorized installation, servicing, or repair facilities.
- Makes regular deliveries within this state. There are two conditions that must be present: a. Deliveries must be by other than a common carrier, e.g., dealer truck or contract carrier. b. There must be more than 12 deliveries in a calendar year.
- Is owned or controlled by the same interests which own or control a business located within Virginia.
- Has a franchisee or licensee operating under the same trade name in this Commonwealth if the franchisee or licensee is required to obtain a certificate of registration.
- Owns tangible personal property that is rented or leased to a consumer in this Commonwealth, or offers tangible personal property, on approval, to consumers in this Commonwealth.
C. Two factors are necessary for an agency relationship to exist
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Dealer 1. First, the agent must be subject to the principal's control, with regard to the work to be done and the manner of performing it. Actual control is not the test; it is the right to control that is determinative.
- Second, the work has to be done on the business of the principal or for the principal’s benefit. D. The dealer must perform one of the listed activities to require registration and collection of the tax. E. Nexus does not exist for an out-of-state seller whose only presence in Virginia is the use of a computer server to create or maintain a site on the Internet. F. Out-of-state persons who contract with a commercial printer in Virginia are not required to register solely because of their contractual relationship with the printer if their activities are limited to the following:
- Owning or leasing tangible or intangible property at the printer’s premises which is used solely in connection with the printing contract with that person.
- Selling property printed at and shipped or distributed from the printer’s premises.
- Activities in connection with the printing contract with the person performed by or on behalf of that person at the printer’s premises.
- Activities in connection with the printing contract with the person performed by the printer within Virginia for or on behalf of that person.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 3 DealerField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Cash vs. Accrual
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-615 (Returns by Dealers) 58.1-616 (Payment to Accompany Dealer’s Return) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-480 (Dealer’s returns and payment of the tax)
II. General A. Code of Virginia §58.1-615 states that every dealer required to collect or pay the sales or use tax shall, on or before the twentieth day of the month following the month in which the tax shall become effective, transmit to the Tax Commissioner a return showing the gross sales, gross proceeds, or cost price, as the case may be, arising from all transactions taxable under this chapter during the preceding calendar month, and thereafter a like return shall be prepared and transmitted to the Tax Commissioner by every dealer on or before the twentieth day of each month, for the preceding calendar month.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a dealer may be required by the Tax Commissioner to file sales or use tax returns on an accounting period less frequent than monthly. If a dealer is required to file other than monthly, each such return shall be due on or before the twentieth day of the month following the close of the period.
B. In general, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, every dealer is required to file a return on or before the 20th day of the month following each reporting period even if no tax is due.
III. Procedures A. Determine that the taxpayer is reporting on a cash basis. There are different methods to determine the liability based upon the volume of the records, the dollar amount of the invoices, and the detail of records available.
B. There are two areas of liability
- The current accounts receivables represent sales that have not been reported on any sales tax return. These should be entered in the unremitted sales exceptions list during the month of the actual sale.
- No additional tax is due on charge sales made during the audit period that have already been paid and reported. A debit entry is made in the sales exceptions list in the month of the actual sale, and a credit entry is made in the month reported. A review of detailed accounts receivable for the audit period can be used to identify sale and payment dates. Also, a detail list
Field Audit Procedures December 2012 Page 1 of 2 : Cash vs. Accrual including sales dates may accompany the sales tax return worksheets each month.
Penalty, as applied below, and interest are to be assessed from the time the tax on the sales was due to the time the tax was actually remitted.
C. On first audits, no penalty should be imposed on any sales tax previously remitted on the cash basis. Penalty will apply to unreported sales tax, i.e., tax on the current accounts receivables. The taxpayer should be instructed to remit on an accrual basis in the future.
On subsequent audits, penalty should be applied to all payments that were not reported or remitted on the return covering the month in which the sale was made. A debit entry should be made in the unremitted sales exceptions list in the month of the sale, and a credit entry should be made in the miscellaneous sales exceptions list in the month of the remittance.
This method will correctly compute the interest due. Penalty will also be computed correctly for the unreported sales, and for sales that were reported six months or more after the original sale (30% penalty is due). A manual calculation of penalty is required for all other sales that were remitted late.
Refer to the audit procedure for “Penalties and Interest” for more information on penalty and interest.
Field Audit Procedures December 2012 Page 2 of 2 : Cash vs. AccrualField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Fabrication
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602, 604 B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-560 (Fabrication) 23 VAC 10-210-410 (Contractors respecting real estate) 23 VAC 10-210-920 (Manufacturing and processing). C. Public Documents: PD 05-45 Primary Purpose Test Fabricated Products PD 04-101 Services Separately Stated Charges PD 05-2 CD Fabrication- Data Conversion PD 00-175 Manufacturing Fabricated Steel PD 91-301 Fabrication by Subcontractor PD 06-148 Fabrication by a Third Party PD 09-15 Fabrication Labor PD 11-77 Fabrication Labor PD 01-218 Data Conversion/Transfer of Converted Data PD 10-83 Fabrication Services not Subject to Use Tax
D. Court Case: PD 05-145 Hardaway Construction Corporation of Tennessee v.
Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Taxation ().
E. Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale) ST-11 (Industrial Manufacturing)
II. General A. Virginia Code § 58.1-602 defines the term “sale” to include “the fabrication of tangible personal property for consumers who furnish, either directly or indirectly, the materials used in fabrication…” Title 23 of the Virginia Administrative Code (VAC) 10-210-560 A, defines fabrication as “an operation which changes the form or state of tangible personal property…” Traditionally, the Department has held tangible personal property that is cut, sawed, shaped, bent, threaded, welded, bored, drilled, punched, machined, sheared or otherwise subjected to an operation which changes the property’s form or state is considered to have been “fabricated.” These operations are deemed to be a taxable fabrication service in accordance with the statute and regulation cited, and the charge for such service is subject to sales tax.
According to 23 VAC 10-210-560 B, “the tax applies to the total charge for the fabrication of tangible personal property, including labor, even if charges for
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Fabrication labor are separately stated.” Note that fabrication is distinguished from repair which is an operation that restores a used or worn piece of tangible personal property. Repair charges are governed by 23 VAC 10-210-3050.
The distinction that something new has been created, is key in differentiating between potentially taxable fabrication labor and exempt repair labor identified in Virginia Code § 58.1-609.5 (2). Fabrication labor makes or creates a product or alters an existing product into a new or changed product. For example, cutting a piece of metal creates two new pieces of metal; therefore, a change in the form or state of the original metal has occurred. The labor charge for cutting the metal is taxable. Repair labor restores an item so that is can be used for its original purpose. An example of repair labor is welding a broken or cracked piece of metal back to its original form. The labor charge, if separately stated, is exempt from tax.
B. Purchases of fabrication labor - Code of Virginia §58.1-604 states that the use tax applies to “the use or consumption of tangible personal property in this Commonwealth.” The lack of language in this statute stating that the use tax applies to services led the Court to rule in Hardaway Construction Corporation of Tennessee v. Commonwealth of Virginia, Department of Taxation that, in instances where the consumer furnishes the materials used, although the seller may be assessed sales tax on untaxed fabrication labor charges, there is no statutory authority to assess the purchaser use tax on the same untaxed charges. C. Sale at retail - A person regularly engaged in the fabrication of tangible personal property for sale at retail must add the sales tax to the sales price and collect it from the customer for payment to the state. Raw materials, component parts, and other tangible personal property to be fabricated for sale may be purchased under a resale certificate of exemption. If the fabricator converts some of the property to his own use, he must pay the tax based on the fabricated cost (i.e. the cost to him) computed by totaling the cost of materials, labor and overhead charged to work in process. Freight inward to the plant on the materials is treated as an element of the cost of materials. D. Fabricator respecting real estate – A fabricator who contracts to perform services with respect to real estate construction, and in connection therewith to furnish tangible personal property for incorporation in real estate construction thereby causing it to lose its identity as tangible personal property by becoming real property, is classified as a using or consuming contractor and must pay the tax on the cost price of the raw materials which make up such fabricated property. The tax must be paid at the time of purchase to all suppliers who are authorized to collect the tax. In instances where the supplier is not authorized to collect the tax or fails to collect the tax, the tax must be remitted directly to the Department of Taxation on Form ST-7, Consumer Use Tax Return. Reference 23 VAC 10-210-410 for details. E. Fabricator operating in dual capacity – A manufacturer, processor, miner or business which operates in a dual capacity of fabricating tangible personal property for sale or resale and fabricating for his own use and consumption in the performance of real property construction contracts shall follow a primary purpose rule based on gross receipts in determining sales and use tax application. Any person who is principally fabricating tangible personal
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Fabrication property for sale or resale shall apply the tax according to subsection B above.
Any person who is principally fabricating tangible personal property for his own use and consumption in real property construction contacts shall apply the tax according to subsection C above.
In addition, persons who sell tangible personal property to consumers must register, collect and pay the tax on the retail selling price of the tangible personal property. Such person is entitled to purchase exempt from tax only that tangible personal property which can be identified at the time of purchase as purchases for resale. If the person is unable to identify at the time of purchase the tangible personal property which will be resold, such person is required to pay the tax to his supplier. If, at a later date, the person sells the tangible personal property at retail, the tax is collected upon retail selling price.
Such persons are not entitled to a credit for the tax paid to suppliers since the transactions are separate and distinct taxable transactions.
A person who fabricates tangible personal property, both for sale or resale and for use in real property construction contracts, may apply to the Tax Commissioner to pay any tax directly to the state and avoid the collection of tax by suppliers, if his purchases are made under circumstances which normally make it impossible at the time of sale to determine the manner in which such property will be used. See 23 VAC 10-210-510 on direct payment permits for further instructions.
F. Industrial Manufacturers - Fabricators of tangible personal property may take the status of industrial manufacturers, processors or miners under 23 VAC 10-210-920 or 23 VAC 10-210-960 and when they fabricate tangible personal property for sale or resale, they may enjoy the production exemptions set out in 23 VAC 10-210-920 or the mining exemptions set out in 23 VAC 10-210-960. The production and mining exemptions are not available to a fabricator of tangible personal property who fabricates for his own use or consumption (as a contractor or otherwise) and not for sale or resale. However, a fabricator whose principal or primary business is the fabrication of tangible personal property for sale or resale, and who, as a lesser or minor part of this business, fabricates for his own use and consumption, will not be deprived of the production exemptions set out in 23 VAC 10-210-920, or the mining exemptions set out in 23 VAC 10-210-960.
III. Procedures A. Obtain an understanding of the taxpayer’s operation. Discuss with the taxpayer the type of services provided. Inquire about specific jobs and examples of fabrication labor and repair labor. Once a clear understanding of the operation is obtained, determine the tax status of the fabricator (i.e. fabricator for sale at retail).
B. Determine if the tax status directs you to implement the provisions from a more specific regulation. For example, if a fabricator (contractor) respecting real estate execute tax provision 23 VAC 10-210-410; if a manufacturer, utilize regulation 23 VAC 10-210-920; otherwise implement the regulation for fabricators 23 VAC 10-210-560.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Fabrication C. Be cognizant of the distinct difference between fabrication labor and repair labor. Understand the personal service exemptions in Virginia Code § 58.1-609.5 as well as other industry specific exemptions.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 FabricationField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Floor Coverings - Flooring
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia
- 1- 609.5 258.1-610. A, B & D B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-410. A,, B & G (acting as a retailer) C. Virginia Tax Bulletin:
VTB 92-7 D. Public Documents
PD 84-189
PD 85-116
PD 85-194
PD 89-252
PD 90-42
PD 92-27
PD 96-115
PD 98-139
PD 10-141 II. General Code of Virginia 58.1-610.D and 23VAC 10-210-410.G set forth the application of sales tax to floor coverings. Both discuss the application of tax to materials used by contractors in the performance of their contract jobs. The regulations and bulletin provide that “floor coverings” are distinguished from “floors” themselves and are defined to include rugs, mats, padding, wall-to-wall carpets when installed by the tack, strip, or stretch-in methods, and other floor coverings which are not glued, cemented, or otherwise permanently attached to the floor below. Floor coverings, which are glued, cemented, or otherwise permanently attached to the floor below, are deemed to be floors.
Persons who sell and install floor coverings are considered either a retailer or contractor. A person is considered a retailer of floor coverings if such person maintains a retail or wholesale place of business, an inventory of floor coverings or their component parts, and if that person performs installation as part of the sale of the floor coverings. The sale of "floor coverings," as described above, by a retailer constitutes retail sales and the retailer must collect the tax on the sales price of the floor coverings. A retailer, when selling and installing "floors" is deemed a using and consuming contractor with respect to the floors and must pay the use tax on the cost price of the floor covering. In both instances, the retailer must pay the use tax on materials used in the installation of floor coverings.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 3 Floor Coverings-Flooring The tax does not apply to installation charges when separately stated on the invoice under Code of Virginia §58.1-609.5(2). If the installation charge is not separately stated, the tax must be computed on the total invoice charge.
A person selling and installing floor coverings, who is not a retailer, is considered a using and consuming contractor with respect to such items, regardless of the method in which the floor covering is installed. The contractor is subject to the tax on the costs of all materials used in the performance of the contract work and the tax is not collected from the purchaser.
Both retailers and contractors are deemed to be the users or consumers of supplies used during the installation. Therefore, both retailers and contractors are subject to the tax on their purchases of tacks, stripping, glue, cement, shoe molding, and other purchased supplies III. Procedures A. Contractor (No retail or wholesale place of business with no inventory) This type of business is considered a using and consuming contractor with respect to floor coverings, regardless of the method in which the floor covering is installed. The contractor is subject to the tax on the costs of all materials used in the performance of the contract work and the tax is not collected from the purchaser.
B. Retailer (Has a retail or wholesale place of business and inventory) A retailer shall be deemed to be any person who maintains a retail or wholesale place of business, an inventory of floor coverings and/or materials which enter into or become a component part of the aforementioned items, and who perform installation as part of the sale of such items.
Carpet Installed Tacked Down: Carpet installed by the tack strip method is not permanently affixed to realty. Therefore, this would be considered a floor covering and classified as a retail sale.
Permanent "Double-Stick" Carpet, Tile and Laminate Installation: Both the cushion and the carpet are permanently glued down, thus this would be classified as contract work.
Releasable "Double-Stick" Carpet, and Laminate Installation: The carpet is attached to the cushion using a releasable adhesive, thus this would be considered a floor covering and classified as a retail sale.
Permanent Modular Carpet Installation: The carpet tiles are permanently glued down and the entire substrate is covered with permanent adhesive, thus this would be considered contract work.
Releasable Full Spread Modular Carpet and Laminate Installation: If the carpet can be removed without material injury to the carpet/laminate or to the real estate, this would be considered a floor covering and considered as a retail sale.
Releasable Grid System Modular Carpet Installation: The carpet can be removed with no damage to the substrate, thus this would be classified as a floor covering and considered as a retail sale.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Floor Coverings-Flooring Releasable Perimeter Glue Carpet or Vinyl Installation: This is a loose lay installation with only releasable adhesive used on the perimeter of the carpet or vinyl, thus this would be classified as a floor covering and considered as a retail sale.
Floating Floors: This consists of tongue and groove planks that are glued together to create a sheet of laminate flooring. The flooring is laid on top of the layer of foam and secured by moldings around the perimeter. This type of flooring is distinguished from the floor themselves and is considered a retail sale.
Fully Glued Down or Otherwise Permanently Attached Wood or Vinyl Flooring: Glued down or nailed down wood flooring or fully glued vinyl flooring becomes permanently affixed to realty. Therefore, this would be considered contract work.
Releasable Full Spread Modular Carpet Installation: If the carpet can be removed without material injury to the carpet or to the real estate, this would be considered a floor covering.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Floor Coverings-FlooringField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Landscapers & Nurserymen
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.2(1) (Agriculture exemption) 58.1-609.5(9) (Maintenance contracts) 58.1-610 (Contractors) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-50 (Agriculture) 23 VAC 10-210-410 (Contractors respecting real estate) 23 VAC 10-210-610 (Florists and nurserymen) 23 VAC 10-210-910 (Maintenance contracts and Warranty plans) C. Virginia Tax Bulletin: VTB 95-8 (PD 95-247) Parts and Labor Maintenance Contracts. D. Public Documents: PD 97-320 Tax must be separately stated on invoice.
PD 96-68 Tax must be charged on the total of a lump sum billing.
PD 08-4 Contractor not responsible for charging tax on sod PD 07-171 New policy for landscape & construction contractors.
PD 96-71 Plant replacement maintenance contract is not a real property maintenance contract.
PD 96-19 Plant replacement maintenance contract is taxable at 50%.
PD 87-172 Landscaper may show one lump sum total for all plants.
PD 87-172 Landscaper is retailer for trees, shrubs, etc. - not a contractor.
PD 86-214 Maintenance contract w/o plant replacement gtd. is service.
PD 86-58 Immovable silos are taxable.
PD 84-126 Tests to determine if tpp becomes real property after install.
PD 82-153 Exempt items for greenhouse facilities.
PD 00-207 200-694 (CCH) Plastic covered greenhouse is taxed as is the plastic E. Exemption Certificate: ST-10 (Resale) ST-18 (Farmer)
II. General A. Prior to November 2007: Landscapers, landscape contractors, nurserymen, florists and any other businesses that sold and transplanted trees, shrubs, flowers, sod, silt fences, nursery stock and like items were treated as dealers making retail sales and were required to charge sales tax on the total charge.
However, a charge for transplanting (labor) was not subject to tax if separately stated on the invoice. The sale and installation of trees, shrubs,
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 7 Landscapers & Nurserymen flowers, sod, silt fences, nursery stock and like items was always considered a retail sale, regardless of the type of business that engaged in these types of transactions.
November 2007 and after: A policy change was enacted to apply to landscapers, real property contractors and other similar businesses that primarily earn revenue providing services to real property. “Providing services to real property” requires the vendor/contractor to install the items being sold. These businesses will operate as consuming contractors rather than retailers when furnishing and installing trees, shrubs, flower, sod, silt fences, nursery stock and like items. However, if these dealers provide these items to their customers without installation, then the transaction will continue to be considered a retail sale and subject to tax as before.
The change of policy does not apply to establishments such as florists, nurserymen, garden centers, home improvement stores, greenhouse operators and similar retail businesses that sell and install trees, shrubs, nursery stock and plants. These businesses will continue to treat the sale and installation of these types of items as retail sales transactions subject to tax.
B. 23 VAC 10-210-610 describes the general tax treatment of retail establishments such as florists, nurserymen, garden centers, home improvement stores, greenhouse operators, and similar businesses.
The policy change in PD 07-171 supersedes Paragraph C with respect to landscape contractors. Any landscaper, real property contractor and other similar businesses who “provides services to real property” by spreading, grading or otherwise installing shrubbery, sod, seed, fertilizer, etc. is deemed to be a consumer of all tangible personal property at the time of purchase.
These type businesses typically purchase the nursery stock that is installed from suppliers. No sales tax should be charged for real property services.
C. Working Definitions
- "Landscaper" is used generically to indicate a landscape contractor, nurseryman or other person who performs landscaping.
- "Landscape contractor" refers to any landscaper or other person as described in paragraph (C) of the regulation. A true landscape contractor does not have a retail business such as a garden center. The primary business usually involves grading, seeding, fertilizing and maintaining existing lawns as well as establishing lawns and landscaping for new construction. In addition, a landscape contractor may sell and install many of the items specifically designated as retail sales under paragraph (A) of the regulation. Note: Silt fences are considered part of landscaping – chain link or stockade fencing is not within these Procedures (see 23 VAC 10-210-410(g) for proper application of sales tax to these fence items).
- "Listed items" refers to the items itemized in paragraph (A) of the regulation. They include flowers, potted plants, shrubbery, nursery stock, sod, wreathes and similar items.
- "Nurseryman" designates any landscaper or other person who grows some or all of the listed items which are sold to customers; or someone
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 7 Landscapers & Nurserymen who operates a retail or wholesale business which carries a stock of such items. A nurseryman who grows nursery stock for market enjoys the agriculture exemption set out in 23 VAC 10-210-50. A nurseryman also acts as a landscape contractor anytime he goes beyond the sale and planting of shrubbery, sod, etc. and enters into landscape contracts as described in paragraph (C) of the regulation. However, if a nurseryman is primarily engaged in the provision of real property services, he will be treated as a landscape contractor rather than as a nurseryman.
- Real Property Services include construction site preparation, excavation, erosion control, drainage and irrigation system installation, hauling of construction debris, grading, seeding, mowing, fertilizing, pruning of trees and shrubs, and similar activities. D. General Taxability of Landscapers: Landscapers, whether landscape contractors, real property contractors or nurserymen must register and charge sales tax whenever they make sales of the listed items without installation or transplanting.
Landscapers that contract to grade, seed and/or fertilize lawns are treated as consuming contractors with respect to their purchases of seed, fertilizer, mulch, straw, tools, supplies and equipment.
Landscapers that are primarily engaged in the provision of real property services, as defined in Section C above, and that also from time to time may sell and install trees, shrubs, plants, silt fence, sod and similar materials will operate as using and consuming contractors rather than as retailers. If a vendor selling tangible personal property to a landscaper does not charge the sales tax, the landscaper will be responsible for remitting use tax on the untaxed purchases to the Department.
E. General Taxability of Nurserymen and Florists: The provisions of VAC 10-210-610 will continue to apply to retail establishments such as nurserymen, florists, and similar businesses that sell and install trees, shrubs, nursery stock, and plants. These businesses will continue to treat the sale and installation of these types of items as retail sales transactions and collect the applicable sales tax from customers.
Installation charges will continue to be exempt from sales tax when separately stated on the sales invoice.
III. Procedures A. First Audit The sales tax registration status of the landscaper during the period under audit determines how the audit will be conducted.
- Landscaper not Registered to Collect Sales Tax – First Audit A landscaper who is making retail sales and not charging/collecting sales tax and is not registered to collect sales tax or is only registered to remit consumer use tax will be audited as the business was operating during the audit period. Tax will be assessed on purchases on which no tax was paid to the vendor or on which no consumer use tax was remitted by the landscaper. The audit comments should note how the business operated
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 7 Landscapers & Nurserymen and confirm that the landscaper was informed of the correct operating procedures. The landscaper will be properly registered and provided with forms and instructions on proper charging and remittance of the sales tax.
The auditor will include the effective Beginning Liability Date of the sales tax registration in the audit comments.
- Landscaper Registered to Collect Sales Tax – First Audit A landscaper who is registered to collect sales tax should be held accountable for the proper business operation as described in 23 VAC 10 210-610. B. Issues Regarding the Taxability of Landscape Contractors
- General: A landscape contractor that is primarily engaged in the provision of real estate services operates as a consuming contractor and will pay tax on all tangible personal property it purchases for use in the provision of its services.
- Exemption Certificates - Landscape Contractors: A landscape contractor may use Form ST-10 to purchase listed items exempt from the tax only if it knows at the time of purchase that it will resell the listed items without installation or transplanting onto the property of its customer. In such cases, the landscape contractor must charge tax on the selling price of the listed items, unless it has received a valid exemption certificate from its customer. A resale certificate (ST-10) can never be accepted in good faith for sales of listed items which the landscape contractor installs or transplants. It is also imperative that landscape contractors realize the difference between making a retail sale and fulfilling the service portion of a landscape contract. While acting as a consuming contractor, the landscape contractor is responsible for paying the tax on purchases of trees, shrubs, nursery stock, seed, fertilizer, and similar items for installation. The sales tax exemption status of the customer is not relevant to purchases of items used and consumed by landscape contractors.
- Purchases by Landscape Contractors: A landscape contractor that is primarily engaged in the provision of real estate services operates as a consuming contractor, and will pay tax on all purchases of tangible personal property for use and consumption.
Any purchases of installation supplies (i.e., top soil, peat moss, fertilizer, mulch, stakes and wire), trees, shrubs, flowers, nursery stock, and equipment (i.e., shovel, rake, auger, and backhoe) are taxable to the landscape contractor at the time of purchase.
- Invoices and Billing: A landscape contractor that is primarily engaged in the provision of services to real estate operates as a consuming contractor. Contractors should not charge any sales tax on billings or invoices for real estate services.
If a landscape contractor makes sales of listed items without installation or transplanting onto the property of its purchaser more than three times a year, it is required to register and collect tax on the retail selling price of
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 7 Landscapers & Nurserymen the listed items sold without installation or transplanting. The amount of sales tax charged should be a separate line item on the billings or invoices.
- Examples of other tangible personal property (TPP) that becomes Real Property when Installed by a Landscape Contractor: A landscape contractor that is primarily engaged in the provision of real estate services must pay tax at the time of purchase of items such as landscape timbers, edging, walkways (gravel, rock, slate, etc.), decks, decorative boulders and other similar items.
- What other TPP becomes Real Property when Installed by a Landscape Contractor?
The auditor has to determine the tax status of TPP which is not similar to the listed items installed by a landscape contractor. PD 84-126 explains the tests set forth by the Virginia Supreme Court in Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Corporation v. Prince William County, 210 Va. 550 (1970). (Note: PD 84-126 erroneously shows the year of the court case as 1969) The classification of property as real estate or as tangible personal property is to be determined by the law of fixtures … three general tests are applied in order to determine whether an item of personal property placed upon realty becomes itself realty. They are: a. annexation of the property to the realty. b. [adaptation] to the use or purpose to which that part of the realty with which the property is connected is appropriated, and c. the intention of the parties . . .
The intention of the party making the annexation is the chief test to be considered … With these tests in mind, most TPP (other than some of the listed items) installed by a landscape contractor becomes real property. The classification of items such as a decorative pond or a fountain is open for interpretation. For example, if hard wired or plumbed in, it would most likely be considered realty after installation. If each winter it must be brought indoors to protect from freezing, then it would retain its status as TPP.
C. Issues Regarding the Taxability of Nurserymen 1. Nurserymen vs. Landscape Contractors: A nurseryman is usually more familiar with making retail sales than a landscape contractor and is probably already registered to collect sales tax. Consistent with the policy change of November 2007, a nurseryman primarily earns its revenue from retail sales, and not from the provision of services to real estate. A nurseryman acts as a consuming contractor whenever it enters into landscape contracts to perform grading, seeding, fertilizing, etc. A nurseryman enjoys the agricultural exemption if he grows nursery stock for market. 2. Similar Items: 23 VAC 10-210-610(A) requires that a landscaper be treated as a retailer of listed items including any similar items. The
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 7 Landscapers & Nurserymen regulation’s intent was to include in the term "similar items" only those items which are live or were grown. Although many of these items appear to become real property when transplanted, the definition of "retail sale" found in Code of Virginia §58.1-602 states that all sales for resale must be made in strict compliance with the regulations.
- 23 VAC 10-210-50 - Agriculture Exemption: The agriculture exemption is available to nurserymen who are considered to be farmers when growing their plants or nursery stock. The agriculture regulation provides that: [t]he tax does not apply to seed, plants, fertilizers, liming materials, agricultural chemicals, farm machinery, and agricultural supplies sold to farmers for use in agricultural production for market. Also, the tax does not apply to tangible personal property, except structural construction materials, necessary for use in agricultural production for market when sold to or purchased by a farmer or contractor or furnished to a contractor by a farmer to be affixed to real property owned or leased by a farmer.
The term "structural construction materials" includes but is not limited to silos; barns and sheds; storage bins (not portable); greenhouses, including plastic covered houses; permanent fencing; fuel oil storage tanks; electrical wiring, except wiring running from special purpose equipment to an on-off switch, plumbing, except as part of special purpose equipment. These items are therefore subject to tax.
The term "structural construction materials" specifically excludes the following but may also exclude other items: heating systems, power outage and water pressure alarm systems; ventilating equipment, to include air inlets, curtains and curtain cables, cords and related fixtures, pull-ups, winches, fans and fan belts, louvers, shutters, motors, static pressure gauges, thermostats and replacement parts; shade cloth; and irrigation lines and sprinkler heads. These items are therefore exempt from tax.
- Exemption Certificates – Nurserymen: Nurserymen use the ST-10 resale exemption certificate to buy products for resale. In addition, nurserymen should use the ST-18 exemption certificate to make purchases which fall under the agriculture exemption. Exempt purchases would include such things as seedlings, potting soil, black plastic ground cover, mulch, vermiculite, pots, weed killer, pruning shears, irrigation or misting systems, heating and ventilation systems if they are for the survival of the plants, tillers and other farm equipment directly used in growing the nurseryman's products. (It is important to limit the definition of excluded structural construction materials to those items within or attached to an agricultural building.) If a contractor installs exempt attachments to realty, he must contact the department to obtain an ST-11A Certification of Exemption.
- Greenhouses and Shade Cloth: Greenhouses, including plastic covered houses, are specifically designated as taxable structural construction materials. This includes the plastic covering itself. However, plastic
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 6 of 7 Landscapers & Nurserymen shade cloth hanging inside a greenhouse is specifically excluded from the term structural construction materials and is exempt. Shade cloth used in the fields would also be exempt.
- Withdrawals from Exempt Resale Inventories: Nurserymen are more likely than landscape contractors to have exempt resale inventories of consumable supplies such as mulch, topsoil, fertilizer etc. If the nurseryman has a retail business, these items are often sold over the counter. Withdrawals from exempt inventories used by nurserymen when acting as consuming contractors are subject to tax. D. Mulch, Top Soil, Stone and other TPP Delivered in Bulk A landscape contractor that primarily earns its revenue from the provision of services to real estate may from time to time deliver mulch, topsoil, stone and other TPP in bulk to the customer without being spread. For example, the landscape contractor may drop a load of mulch in the driveway and drive away leaving the customer responsible for its distribution. In this case, the landscape contractor must charge his customer the tax. Conversely, if the landscape contractor spreads the mulch, he is acting as a consuming contractor and must pay the tax at the time of purchase. When acting as a consuming contractor, the landscape contractor does not charge his customer tax, but takes the tax into account in quoting a price to his customer.
A nurseryman that delivers mulch, topsoil, stone and other TPP in bulk to the customer without being spread must also charge tax on the selling price of the product provided. If the nurseryman spreads the mulch, he is acting as a consuming contractor and must pay the tax at the time of purchase or withdrawal from inventory.
E. Plant Maintenance Contracts Sold by Retailers Plant maintenance contracts that provide for plant replacement are treated as "parts and labor maintenance contracts" covered under 23 VAC 10-210-910 and Virginia Tax Bulletin 95-8. These contracts are taxed at one-half (50%) of the total charge. A landscaper may purchase or withdraw plants for free replacement under the terms of a maintenance contract, from an exempt resale inventory without incurring a consumer use tax liability. Consumable items and installation or transplanting supplies and equipment are subject to the tax at the time of purchase or withdrawal from an exempt resale inventory.
Plant maintenance contracts, which only provide for the regular watering, fertilizing, mulching, pruning, etc. and do not included the provision of tpp, are service contracts not subject to the tax.
A landscape contractor that primarily earns its revenue from real estate services would not collect sales tax on plant maintenance contracts.
F. Sale of Equipment: A landscaper registered for the collection of sales tax cannot make an occasional sale of equipment if that equipment was used in the activity for which he is required to hold a certificate of registration. G. Records: In order to qualify for the policy change instituted in November 2007, landscape contractors should be able to document that their revenue primarily comes from the provision of real estate services.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 7 of 7 Landscapers & NurserymenField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Food Tax Reduction Program
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58-1.611-1 B. Virginia Tax Bulletins
VTB 99-11 / PD 00-296
VTB 05-7 / PD 05-78
II. General A. As a result of legislation enacted by the 1999 General Assembly, the Food Tax Reduction Program reduces the state sales and use tax rate on food purchased for human consumption. The law change does not affect the imposition of the 1% local sales and use tax. Effective 7/1/2005, the combined state and local food tax rate was reduced to 2.5% (1.5% state, 1% local). The rate will stay at 2.5% absent further legislation.
B. Food for home consumption by humans, as defined under the Food Stamp Act of 1977, 7 U.S.C. § 2012, qualifies for the reduced sales tax rate. The definition includes most staple grocery food items and cold prepared foods packaged for home consumption. Specifically excluded from the definition of food for home consumption are alcoholic beverages, tobacco, and prepared hot foods sold for immediate consumption on and off the premises.
The reduced sales and use tax rate also does not apply to seeds and plants which produce food for human consumption.
C. 80% Rule – Fast Food Establishments and Restaurants.
As defined in § 58.1-611.1, "food purchased for human consumption" shall not include food sold by any retail establishment where the gross receipts derived from the sale of food prepared by such retail establishment for immediate consumption on or off the premises of the retail establishment constitutes more than 80 percent of the total gross receipts of that retail establishment, including but not limited to motor fuel purchases, regardless of whether such prepared food is consumed on the premises of that retail establishment.
Basically, this means that food sold by most fast food establishments and restaurants does not qualify for the reduced food tax rate. This is true regardless of whether the food is for dine-in or take-out. Ineligible businesses are not required to keep separate records for take-out orders.
D. Retailer Classifications: Generally, the following retailers should charge the reduced sales tax rate on sales of eligible food and beverages: bakeries, cafes, convenience stores, delicatessens, department stores, doughnut and pastry shops, drug and sundry stores, farmer's markets, grocery stores, ice
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 3 Food Tax Reduction Program cream shops, mail order companies, supermarkets, specialty meat and produce stores, video stores, and weight reduction establishments.
Exceptions. Some vendors are presumed sellers of food for immediate consumption and may not impose the reduced sales tax rate on sales of eligible foods. These include caterers, concession vendors, cafeterias, entertainment facilities (theme parks, sports arenas, stadiums), fair and carnival vendors, hamburger and hot dog stands, honor snack vendors, ice cream stands and trucks, mobile food vendors, movie theaters, newsstands, and vending machine vendors.
E. Eligible Foods & Beverages: The following lists are for example only and are not intended to be all inclusive: Staple Food Items - Fruits, Vegetables, Meats, Dairy Products, Breads, Egg Products, Canned Foods, Frozen Foods, Grain Products, Flour Products, Nuts, Sugar Products, etc. Accessory Food Items - Bottled Drinking Water, Sodas, Fruit Juices, Cocoa Products, Coffee Products, Tea Products, Spices, Extracts, etc. Snack Foods - Candy, Chips, Popcorn, Granola Bars, Jerky, etc. Bakery Foods - Bagels, Brownies, Cakes, Donuts, Cookies, Pies, Bread, etc. Cooking Ingredients - Baking Products, Vegetable Oils, Cooking Sprays, Shortening, Cooking Wine, etc. Health Food Items - Soy Milk, Acidophilus Milk Products, Brewer’s Yeast, Wheatgerm, etc. Specialty Dietary Foods - Diabetic Foods, Boost, Ensure, Enfamil, Pediasure, Slim Fast, Weight Watchers, Herbalife, etc. Cold Prepared Foods - Sold In Single or Multiple Serving Sizes and Packaged For Home Consumption. - Prepackaged Cold Sandwiches, Prepackaged Cold Salads, Cold Salads Prepared By The Customer and Packaged In A To-Go Container, Take-Home Cold Dinners Packaged For Home Consumption, Cold Fountain Drinks With Lids, Ice Cream Served In Containers With Lids, Cold Deli Trays And Party Platters Packaged In Containers With Lids, Uncooked Pizzas Packaged For Home Consumption, etc. Samples and giveaways - Samples, free distributions, and giveaways of eligible food products by food wholesalers and retailers are subject to the reduced sales and use tax rate unless otherwise exempt from the tax. F. Ineligible Food and Items: The following lists are for example only and are not intended to be all inclusive: Alcoholic beverages, tobacco products, seeds or plants which produce food, vitamins, canning supplies, cleaning products, cooking utensils, cosmetics and beauty aids, freezer bags and containers, health aids, household items, medicines, minerals, paper products, pet and animal foods and supplies, soaps and detergents, toiletry items, and tonics. Catered foods and meals.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Food Tax Reduction Program Hot foods and hot beverages (including hot meals) Exceptions: Meals On Wheels, Drug & Alcohol Rehab Centers, Shelters For Battered Women, etc. (See P.D. 05-78 for a complete listing). Cold food and cold beverages served in open containers or on plates, platters and trays for immediate consumption. Eligible food packaged with ineligible food, nonfood items, or alcoholic beverages and sold together for a single price.
Example – Gift Baskets. Food marketed or advertised for heating in the store whether or not hot at the point of sale.
Example – A convenience store that provides a microwave and advertises that the eligible food items are “hot-to-go,” such as breakfast biscuits, pizza slices, etc. Food and beverages kept hot to make them palatable and suitable for immediate consumption on or off the premises.
Example – Fried Chicken or other hot foods under heat lamps; hot beverages in pots with a heat source. Cold sandwiches, cold salads, and cold beverages sold in combination with hot foods for a single price .
Example – Combo meal at a convenience store.
III. Procedures A. Sales Tax Audits Determine which items have been taxed as “food purchased for human consumption.” Larger retail food stores can provide you with a listing of items taxed at the reduced rate. Identify the items that may not qualify for the reduction. Note such items and discuss with the taxpayer.
If the taxpayer cannot provide you with a list, test the register tapes to identify possible exceptions. When testing the register tapes, verify the “total” tax from the tapes as posted to the daily closing sheets, then to the monthly closing sheets and to the sales tax return. If there are no register tapes, use the best information available.
As always, when auditing a retail food store, verify the handling of food stamps and WIC coupons. With the food tax reduction, new issues may arise.
B. Consumer Use Tax Audits Business establishments are required to pay the consumers use tax on untaxed purchases of tangible personal property for use in Virginia, which are not otherwise exempt of the tax. Under the Food Tax Reduction Program, businesses should pay the reduced sales tax rate on untaxed purchases of eligible food products.
The same applies to individuals on total untaxed purchases of more than $100 in a calendar year.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Food Tax Reduction ProgramFIELD AUDIT PROCEDURES – SALES & USE TAX
Topic: Government Contractors
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.1 (Governmental and commodities exemptions) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-410.J (Contractors respecting real estate) 23 VAC 10-210-690 (Government; Sales to) 23 VAC 10-210-691 (Government; sales by) 23 VAC 10-210-692 (Government areas; sales within) 23 VAC 10-210-693 (Government Contractors) C. Virginia Tax Bulletins:
VTB 95-8
VTB 06-4 D. Public Documents
PD 88-159 PD 88-249 PD 89-154
PD 89-206 PD 91-247 PD 92-4
PD 92-179 PD 93-20 PD 93-170
PD 93-181 PD 93-186 PD 93-191
PD 93-203 PD 93-238 PD 93-241
PD 94-115 PD 94-140 PD 94-155
PD 94-201 PD 94-218 PD 94-231
PD 94-238 PD 94-267 PD 94-270
PD 94-334 PD 94-335 PD 95-16
PD 95-28 PD 95-42 PD 95-77
PD 95-80 PD 95-82 PD 95-91
PD 95-97 PD 95-99 PD 95-124
PD 95-139 PD 95-293 PD 95-313
PD 95-314 PD 95-323 PD 95-329
PD 95-333 PD 96-23 PD 96-48
PD 01-6 PD 06-60 PD 06-61
PD 06-137 PD 07-84 PD 07-98
PD 07-139 PD 08-116 PD 08-154
PD 08-180 PD 08-190 PD 09-84
PD 09-117 PD 10-27 PD 10-105
PD 10-137 PD 10-177 PD 10-280
PD 11-10 PD 11-56 PD 11-70
PD 11-128
Field Audit Procedures: Government Contractors December 2012 Page 1 of 5E.
Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale) ST-11 (Manufacturing) ST-12 (Government) F. Court Cases: U.S. vs. New Mexico, et al (U.S. Supreme Court) U.S. and Hercules vs. W.H. Forst, State Tax Commissioner, et al (U.S.
District Court for the Western District of VA) II. Significant Terms DCAA - Defense Contract Audit Agency. Audits government contractors for compliance with Federal Acquisition Regulations.
FAR - Federal Acquisition Regulations. FARs are used by all federal executive agencies for acquisition of supplies and services with appropriated funds. FAR, together with agency supplemental regulations (such as the Department of Defense FAR Supplement that applies to all Defense agencies), should be the primary guideline for the contractor's conduct in administering the contract.
SOW – Statement of Work. A general statement of the overall objective of the government contract. The statement should be a primary source for determining the "true object" (service vs. sale of tangible personal property) of the contract or individual task orders. This term is also defined in Title 23
VAC 10-210-693 A.
RFP - Request for Proposal. A document developed by the government to apprise the prospective bidder of the type of contract the government requires, such as the general specifications of the items or services to be provided. Usually, the RFP is not a classified document.
Contracting Officer - A government employee who oversees the progress of a government contract and works with the contractor to facilitate progress and completion of a contract.
TWR - Technical Work Request. Task orders within a contract.
ID/IQ – Indefinite Delivery / Indefinite Quantity Add-ons - Additional obligations subsequent to the execution of the original contract or order, including modifications to contracts or orders.
Order - Specific task assigned to a contractor pursuant to a contract with a government entity. For purposes of the government contractors regulation (i.e., Title 23 VAC 10-210-693), the term "order" shall include, but not be limited to, task orders, delivery orders, work orders, contract line item numbers (CLINs), and shall also include orders issued under a subcontract for fulfillment of work or products required under a general contractor's prime contract with the government and add-ons to existing contracts or orders.
Field Audit Procedures: Government Contractors December 2012 Page 2 of 5 The term "order" shall not include a vendor order issued by a contractor to a vendor. A vendor order is defined in Title 23 VAC 10-210-693 A.
Reference information - There is a wealth of federal government contractor information available online. For example, the FAR can be found at www.acquisition.gov/FAR/.
III. General Prior to July 1, 2006, a government contractor could operate as a retailer or service provider based upon the "true object" of the underlying contract. When the "true object" of the contract involved a sale of tangible personal property, the contractor could purchase the resale inventory with an ST-10 certificate of exemption.
A government contractor who performs a service and in conjunction therewith furnishes some tangible personal property is generally deemed to be the consumer of all such property and is not entitled to exemption on the grounds that a governmental entity is a party to the contract. This is true even though title to the property provided may pass to the government and/or the contractor may be fully and directly reimbursed by the government.
Contractors providing services are the consumers of all equipment and supplies absent any statutory exemptions such as research and development.
On July 1st, 2006, the Virginia Department of Taxation changed its interpretation of the true object test under the Retail Sales and Use Tax as it applies to contractors doing business with the federal, state and local government. Effective for “work orders”, “statements of work,” and “task orders” entered into on and after July 1, 2006, the Department must make a taxability determination regarding the true object of the transaction entered into with the government entity based upon the true object of each separate “work order”, “statement of work” and “task order,” rather than the true object of the underlying contract between the government entity and such contractor.
IV. Procedures During the pre-audit conference and tour, the auditor should determine if the contractor makes sales of tangible personal property. If such sales are to customers other than the government, the sales transactions should be reviewed to ensure the proper application of the tax. For example, sales by the contractor to other government contractors are not entitled to the exemption afforded the U.S. government. Such sales are taxable in the absence of a valid exemption certificate.
A registered contractor can purchase resale inventory exempt from tax using the ST-10 certificate.
In those cases when the contractor provides services to the government, the relevant contracts must be reviewed to verify consumer use tax compliance.
Note that actual audit procedures will be determined based on the size of the company, the way records are kept, the volume of transaction, etc.
Field Audit Procedures: Government Contractors December 2012 Page 3 of 5 For contracts entered into prior to July 1st, 2006, the "true object" test must be applied when examining contracts by reviewing the "statement of work (SOW)." The determination is generally made at the overall contract level and not at the “task” level. [An exception to this former policy applies for ID/IQ contracts, basic ordering agreements, and technical direction letters in which the Tax Commissioner has determined that the true object test must be applied to individual task orders rather than to the underlying contract. See P.D. 01-6 (1/4/01) and P.D. 09-52 (5/1/09)] The SOW of the prime contract will explain the scope of the contract and the product or service to be provided by the contractor. An analysis of the SOW is essential in determining the "true object" of the transaction.
When reviewing the SOW, the auditor should be aware of potential manufacturing, resale, or research and development exemptions. An example of a resale contract would involve the sale of a computer system to the government; a service contract, however, may include furnishing, operating, and maintaining the computer system.
The auditor must determine if the government entered into the contract for the primary purpose of securing tangible personal property or to obtain services from the contractor.
In reviewing the SOW, the auditor should carefully consider key terms such as "operate," "maintain," or "manage." Such terminology could be indicative of a service contract and purchases charged to that contract may be fully taxable to the contractor absent another exemption such as R&D. See P.D. 07-98 (6/27/07) when the operational requirement is of incidental scope and duration.
If it has been determined that the contractor is providing services to the government, emphasis is placed on reviewing expense purchases as well as asset acquisitions.
Expense purchases examination includes both direct charges to the contract and indirect charges.
Effective on and after July 1st, 2006, the General Assembly mandated a change to the above mentioned application of the true object test to contractors who provide services to the United States, the Commonwealth of Virginia, and any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof. After such date the Department applies the true object test to the statement of work for each task order or work order issued pursuant to a prime contract (except for real estate construction contracts) with any of the above government entities. This policy change is not retroactive to any period prior to July 1st, 2006. While the policy change has no effect on prime contracts for the periods prior to July 1st, 2006, it would apply to work orders issued under the prime contracts after June 30, 2006. For add-ons to government contracts executed on or after July 1st, 2006, the true object test will be applied to each separate add-on without regard of the true object of the original contract.
For contracts entered into on or after July 1, 2006, the contractor must supply the auditor with the statement of work for each specific task in question associated with the purchase of tangible personal property that is under review. There may be instances in which the underlying contract will need to be reviewed to gain better understanding of the individual task orders. In addition, other records as set out in Title 23 VAC 10-210-693 M may be needed for review of the contract.
Field Audit Procedures: Government Contractors December 2012 Page 4 of 5 In the absence of a security clearance, classified contracts may not be available for review by the auditor. In this situation, the auditor should consult the audit supervisor for guidance. Also see Title 23 VAC 10-210-693 K.
Field Audit Procedures: Government Contractors December 2012 Page 5 of 5 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Forest Products Tax Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-1600 thru 58.1-1622 B. Public Documents:
PD 95-51
PD 07-167 C. Returns: Form 1034 - Forest Products Tax Return Form 1035 - Forest Products Tax Return (Small Manufacturers and certain Small Severers) II. General A. The Forest Products Tax is a Commodity tax that is imposed on the manufacturer in Virginia who will change the state of the forest product (tree) that was harvested in Virginia into a usable product or the shipper of the forest product that was harvested in Virginia that is shipped out of Virginia.
B. A manufacturer for forest products purpose is the person who operates a sawmill for the sawing of logs into rough lumber and its various sizes and forms, or who operates a cooperage mill, veneer mill, excelsior mill, paper mill, chip mill, chemical plant or other means for the processing of forest products into products other than lumber. For the purpose of this tax, manufacturer also includes the person who purchases from the person who severs cross ties, switch ties, mine ties, mine props and other forest products used in the connection with mining and piles and poles (except fish net poles).
Furthermore, a manufacturer includes the severer of post, fuel wood, fish net poles and similar products. A manufacturer for Forest Products Tax might not be the same as a manufacturer for sales tax!
C. If the manufacturer, as listed above, is not in Virginia then the tax is payable by the shipper. A shipper is any person in this state who sells or ships outside the state by railroad, truck, barge, boat or by any other means of transportation any forest product or products in an unmanufactured condition, whether as an owner, lessee, woodyard operator concessionaire, agent or contractor. D. Forest products include logs, timber, pulpwood, excelsior wood, chemical wood, wood chips, bolts, billets, crossties, switch ties, mine ties, poles, piles, fuel wood, post, all cooperage products, tan bark and any and all other types of forest products, except dead chestnut wood. E. The Forest Products Tax is not applicable to any forest products harvested outside of Virginia nor on forest products manufactured in Virginia from timber harvested from outside of Virginia.
Field Audit Procedures: Forest Products Tax December 2012 Page 1 of 5 F. There are two exemptions for Forest Products Tax:
-
Forest products that are cut by an individual owner from their own property for their own use. Own use means in the construction or repair of their structures, buildings or improvements; or for their home consumption (i.e. firewood); or for use by them in processing their farm products.
-
Forest products that are severed and used by the State educational institutions for the experimentation in teaching about forestry if the product is severed from land owned by the state. G. Every taxpayer that is subject to Forest Products Tax is required to keep their records for three (3) years following the date the tax is reported. The records must separate the forest products into the various categories on which the tax applies. It is a class 4 misdemeanor for any person who fails to file a return, keep the required records or refuse to permit examination of their records. H. The following are the tax rates for forest products: Product Tax Rate Pine Lumber (mbm) 1.15$ per M ft. B.M Pine Lumber (ton) 0.20$ per ton Hdwd Lumber (mbm) 0.225$ per M ft. B.M.
Hdwd Lumber (ton) 0.04$ per ton Pine Logs (bf) 1.15$ per M ft. Log Scale (Int'l 1/4" Kerf Rule) Pine Logs (ton) 0.20$ per ton Hdwd Logs (mbf) 0.225$ per M board ft. Log Scale (Int'l 1/4" Kerf Rule) Hdwd Logs (ton) 0.04$ per ton Pine Veneer Logs (bf) 1.15$ per M board ft. Log Scale (Int'l 1/4" Kerf Rule) Pine Veneer Logs (ton) 0.20$ per ton Hdwd Veneer Logs (mbf) 0.225$ per M board ft. Log Scale (Int'l 1/4" Kerf Rule) Hdwd Veneer Logs (ton) 0.04$ per ton Pine Pulpwood (cord) 0.475$ per standard cord of 128 Cu. Ft.
Pine Pulpwood (ton) 0.20$ per ton Hdwd Pulpwood (cord) 0.1125$ per standard cord of 128 Cu. Ft.
Hdwd Pulpwood (ton) 0.04$ per ton Pine Railroad Crossties per 0.038$ per piece piece Pine Railroad Crossties per ton 0.20$ per ton Hdwd Railroad Crossties per 0.01$ per piece piece Hdwd Railroad Crossties per ton 0.04$ per ton Pine Chip manufactured from 0.00986$ per 100 lbs. roundwood (100 lbs)
Field Audit Procedures: Forest Products Tax December 2012 Page 2 of 5 Product Tax Rate Hdwd Chips manufactured from 0.00234$ per 100 lbs round wood (100 lbs) Pine Mining posts, ties, props, 0.38$ per 100 pieces round mine collars, etc. - 4' length or less Hdwd Mining posts, ties, props, 0.09$ per 100 pieces round mine collars, etc. - 4' length or less Pine Mining posts, ties, props, 0.6175$ per 100 pieces round mine collars, etc. - over 4' but not over 8' Hdwd Mining posts, ties, props, 0.1425$ per 100 pieces round mine collars, etc. - over 4' but not over 8' Pine Mining posts, ties, props, 0.76$ per 100 pieces round mine collars, etc. - over 8' (100 pieces) Hdwd Mining posts, ties, props, 0.18$ per 100 pieces round mine collars, etc. - over 8' Pine - Taxpayer may elect to 1.045$ per M lineal ft. pay taxes on products in this item (lineal ft) Pine - Taxpayer may elect to 0.20$ per ton pay taxes on products in this item (ton) Hdwd - Taxpayer may elect to 0.2475$ per M lineal ft. pay taxes on products in this item (lineal ft) Hdwd - Taxpayer may elect to 0.04$ per ton pay taxes on products in this item (ton) Pine Keg Staves: (400 in 0.038$ per standard 400 inch bundle bundle) Pine Keg Staves: (ton) 0.20$ per ton Pine Keg Heads: (100 heads) 0.115$ per 100 heads Pine Keg Heads: (ton) 0.20$ per ton Hdwd Keg Staves: (400 in 0.015$ per standard 400 inch bundle bundle) Hdwd Keg Staves: (ton) 0.04$ per ton Hdwd Keg Heads: (100 heads) 0.045$ per 100 heads Hdwd Keg Heads: (ton) 0.04$ per ton Hdwd Tight Cooperage (100 0.045$ per 100 staves staves) Hdwd Tight Cooperage (ton) 0.04$ per ton Hdwd Tight Heads (100 heads) 0.09$ per 100 heads Hdwd Tight Heads (ton) 0.04$ per ton Pine Piling and poles of all types 2.31% invoice value f.o.b. loading point Pine Piling and poles of all types 0.20$ per ton
Field Audit Procedures: Forest Products Tax December 2012 Page 3 of 5 Product Tax Rate (ton) Hdwd Piling and poles of all 2.31% invoice value f.o.b. loading point types Hdwd Piling and poles of all 0.04$ per ton types (ton) Pine Any other type of forest 0.71$ per 100 Cu. Ft. products not counted above (100 cu ft) Hdwd Any other type of forest 0.135$ per 100 Cu. Ft. products not counted above (100 cu ft)
Any other type of forest product not enumerated above: The Tax Commissioner shall determine a fair unit tax rate, based on the cubic foot wood volume relationship between the product and the cubic foot volume of 1000 ft board measure of pine when the product is pine or on the unit rate of hardwood lumber when the product is a species other than pine.
Annual Tax for small manufacturers of rough lumber: 300,000 to 500,000 board feet - $460.00 less than 300,000 board feet - $230.00
There is a provision for alternative rates. This provision is for use if the General Assembly fails to appropriate from the general fund an amount at least equal to the revenue estimated to be collected from the pine reforestation program.
III. Procedures A. When doing a sales & use tax audit on a business that sells or buys any of the items listed above the forest products tax may apply.
B. Some of the businesses that will be subject to the forest products tax
Loggers If they sell chips to anyone whether the chips will be used as fuel, landscaping or any other type of use.
If they ship whole logs to anyone outside of Virginia.
If they sell firewood directly to a consumer.
Sawmills If they buy whole logs from a logger or woodyard.
Woodyards they ship any of the whole logs to a concern outside of Virginia.
If they sell chips from a whole tree.
Papermills If they buy the whole logs from the logger or woodyard.
Field Audit Procedures: Forest Products December 2012 Page 4 of 5C. A manufacturer that uses logs as their raw material will be prime candidates for paying the forest products tax. The tax is computed on board feet or on weight, depending on the product, being manufactured or shipped. Most logs are bought by a weight measure. The manufacturer that you are auditing will need to give you the weight for each product being taxed.
D. Forest products tax is a Quarterly tax. The quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. The tax is due within 30 days of the end of the quarter. Some small manufacturers can pay an annual tax. The tax for these dealers is due within 30 days of the last day of December.
E.
You will need to account for which locality the forest product was manufactured in or shipped out of. At least 50% of the tax collected is returned to the locality from which the tax was collected.
F.
Currently there is no audit report for forest products. When doing an audit you may use the forest products tax return, Form 1034 or 1035, which will calculate the tax due for you. Enter the tax amounts in STAUDN to compute the audit liability. Follow the Siebel and AR Field Audit Procedures for processing miscellaneous tax audits. Penalty may apply but the regulations do allow for the penalty to be waived at the Department of Taxation's discretion.
Field Audit Procedures: Forest Products December 2012 Page 5 of 5 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Harvesting of Forest Products Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.2(6) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-700
C.
Public Documents
PD 99-213
PD 00-54
PD 07-203
PD 09-100
D.
Exemption Certificate
ST-17 II. General A harvester's purchase of machinery and tools and their repair parts, fuel, power, energy, or supplies used directly in the harvesting of forest products for sale or for use as a component part of a product to be sold is exempt from the tax.
The term “directly” includes all operations prior to the transport of the harvested product necessary for (i) removing timber or other forest products from the harvesting site, (ii) complying with environmental protection and safety requirements applicable to the harvesting of forest products, (iii) obtaining access to the harvesting site, and (iv) loading cut timber or other forest products onto highway vehicles for transportation to storage or processing facilities III. Procedures A. Clearing Activities: Machinery and tools, etc., used in the clearing of land or construction of roads and trails to a logging site are exempt. Such items include: Bulldozers and other equipment used to construct roads and trails.
Gravel, culverts and similar items used in constructing roads and trails to the harvesting site.
Temporary bridges, logging mats, and similar items used to provide access to the harvesting site.
Field Audit Procedures: Harvesting of Forest Products December 2012 Page 1 of 3 B. Severing Activities: Machinery and tools, etc., used in the severing of trees and in the conveying of severed timber from the logging site are exempt. Such items include: Axes, chain saws, saws, shearers, slashers and other equipment used to sever trees.
Bulldozers, tractors, skidders, cables and other equipment used to pull logs out of the woods.
C. Sorting and Loading Activities: Machinery and tools, etc., used in loading cut timber or other forest products onto highway vehicles for transportation to storage or processing facilities are exempt. Timber is typically conveyed from the logging site to a nearby log landing where the logs are concentrated, processed, and/or sorted prior to being loaded onto highway vehicles for transport to a log yard (holding yard) or to a mill or other processing facility. Such exempt items include: Forklifts, lift trucks and similar equipment used to handle logs at the log landing, and to load logs onto trucks or trailers for transportation to storage or processing facilities. D. Environmental Protection Activities: Machinery and tools, etc., used in complying with environmental protection and safety requirements applicable to the harvesting of forest products are exempt. Certain activities are mandated by the Department of Forestry’s Best Management Practices to reduce erosion and to prevent or control pollution resulting from forestry operations. Exempt items used in these activities include: Equipment and supplies used in construction of erosion control structures at the logging site, on access roads and trails, and at the log landing.
Equipment and supplies used to stabilize disturbed areas after harvesting operations have ceased.
E. Indirect Activities: A harvester's purchase of machinery and tools and their repair parts, fuel, power, energy, or supplies used indirectly in the harvesting of forest products is subject to the tax. Indirect activities include the clearing of trash from the harvesting site, the transporting of exempt equipment and supplies to the harvesting site, the transporting of logs to storage or processing facilities, the maintenance of exempt machinery and equipment, and administrative activities. Such items include: Cables used to secure logs to a truck for transportation.
Fuel tanks.
Repair parts for licensed and unlicensed trucks used for the transport of employees, equipment and supplies.
Field Audit Procedures: Harvesting of Forest Products December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Welders and related gases, and other tools and supplies used to repair and/or maintain exempt equipment.
Repair parts, tires, etc., used on vehicles for transporting lumber from the log landing to storage or processing facilities.
Equipment and supplies used to tally logs, and for other administrative functions.
F. Dual Use of Equipment: Equipment and supplies used in both exempt and taxable activities are subject to the tax unless the harvester can substantiate the percentage of use of such items in exempt activities. In such cases the harvester can prorate the tax due on the equipment or supplies based upon the percentage of use of such items in taxable activities.
Field Audit Procedures: Harvesting of Forest Products December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Medical Facilites/Health Care Providers Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.10 (9) (10) (11) (14) 58-1-609.11 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-710
23 VAC 10-210-720
23 VAC 10-210-2060 C. Public Documents: PD 12-95 Documentation required for exempt sale of prosthetic devises PD 11-75 Application of tax to biological soft tissue products PD 10-269 Application of tax to general healthcare/fitness programs PD 10-254 Taxability of custom fitted mouth guards Pd 10-226 Cather systems purchased by licensed physicians are exempt PD 10-179 Taxability of sales made by dental supply businesses PD 08-79 IV therapy operation with pharmacy considered exempt PD 00-89 Taxability of profit home care cooperative formed by nonprofit hospitals PD 96-64 Taxability of dietary/nutritional supplements D. Applicable Case Law: Chesapeake Hospital Authority v. Department of Taxation - The nonprofit hospital exemption applies to a nonprofit hospital’s purchases of raw food products for preparation by its dietary department for consumption at the hospital facility by medical staff, participants at hospital sponsored meetings and volunteers.
Northern Virginia Doctors Hospital v. Department of Taxation - Exemption for drugs sold to a for-profit hospital by a pharmacy upon written order of a physician.
Bluefield Sanitarium, Inc. v. Department of Taxation - Taxability of drugs purchased by a for-profit hospital's pharmacy for distribution by work order of physician to patients.
E.
Exemption Certificate - The ST-13 has been revised as of July 2001 and should be used by the specific purchasers listed and for the specific medical items and products listed on the exemption certificate form. The ST-13 should not be used by nonprofit hospitals, nonprofit hospital cooperatives and nonprofit hospital corporations, nonprofit nursing homes, nonprofit adult homes, and other nonprofit medical facilities that are entitled to nonprofit exemptions. These entities are provided an exemption letter by the department, which should be furnished to their vendors to make tax-exempt purchases.
Field Audit Procedures: Medical Facilities Health Care Providers December 2012 Page 1 of 6 II. General
A.
Effective 7/1/2004, many of the nonprofit medical facilities or medically related companies which were previously taxable, qualify for the new nonprofit exemption, and are therefore exempt on all purchases of tangible personal property.
B.
Hospitals/Nursing homes (profit and not for profit) - Nonprofit hospitals and nonprofit licensed nursing homes, which qualify for the nonprofit exemption and have obtained their nonprofit letter, are exempt on purchases for their own use and consumption. Profit hospitals and nursing homes, however, are taxable on all purchases of tangible personal property (TPP) used or consumed in connection with their operation (except items which specifically qualify for exemption such as durable medical equipment (DME), medicines & drugs). Any divisions making sales must register as a dealer and collect and pay the tax.
Effective 7/1/1998, all purchases of nonprescription and proprietary medicines are exempt regardless of the purchaser.
Effective 7/1/2000, the medicines and drugs exemption was expanded to include medicines and drugs purchased by any licensed hospital. Effective 7/1/2006, the medicines and drug exemption was again expanded to include for-profit nursing homes, clinics and similar corporations.
C.
Hospital Cooperative and Hospital Corporations - Only nonprofit cooperative and hospital corporations which qualify for the nonprofit exemption and have obtained their nonprofit letter are exempt from the tax. All others are taxable.
D.
Clinics - Only nonprofit clinics which qualify for the nonprofit exemption and have obtained their nonprofit letter are exempt. All other clinics are subject to tax except for items exempted under other code sections.
E.
Home for Adults (profit and not for profit) - Only nonprofit homes for adults which qualify for the nonprofit exemption and have obtained their nonprofit letter are exempt. All other homes for the care and maintenance of children, adults and other persons are taxable.
F.
Physicians Offices - Physicians are considered the consumer of all purchases used in providing their medical services. There are three main exceptions to this: Purchases of controlled drugs and dialysis equipment/ supplies used in their practice, purchases of nonprescription and proprietary medicines and purchases of exempt durable medical equipment when purchased on behalf of a specific patient. Any physician who regularly makes sales of TPP must register as a dealer and collect and pay the tax on retail sales.
NOTE: All facilities, regardless of the taxability on all other items, may purchase hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis equipment and supplies exempt of the tax. This does not include general supplies but supplies specifically for dialysis equipment and treatment.
NOTE: Effective 7/1/98 all nonprescription and proprietary medicines are exempt from sales and use tax. “Nonprescription drugs” include Field Audit Procedures: Medical Facilities Health Care Providers December 2012 Page 2 of 6 any substance or mixtures of substances containing medicines or drugs for which no prescription is required and which are generally sold for internal or topical use in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease in human beings. “Proprietary medicines” are any nonprescription drug sold to the general public under the brand name or trade name of the manufacturer and does not contain any controlled substance or marijuana. The exemption does not apply to cosmetics.
III. Procedures A. OVERVIEW: In examining various medical facilities, it is important to understand the changes which have occurred in the last decade in the health care industry. In the past, most health entities were independent medical facilities. With the trend in recent years towards the concept of "Managed Health Care", there are many more multi-level health care corporations involving many types of health care facilities. The following is an organizational chart typical of such an organization:
Outpatient Clinic Hospital Exercise Facility
Diagnostic Laboratory
Physicians Offices Retail D. M. E. Store Parent
Nursing Homes Urgent Care Centers
Medical Services Home Health Care
Physicans Billing Company
Doctors Paging Service
It is imperative to ascertain whether the entities are profit or nonprofit. A nonprofit entity must have the nonprofit letter issued by the Tax Department in order to qualify for the nonprofit exemption. Health care entities should examine the relationship between their various entities to determine the taxability of each facility and identify possible taxable transactions between them. In addition, the organizational chart, federal tax returns, chart of accounts and general ledgers may provide information to assist the health care entity in determining taxable areas.
B. Hospitals and Nursing Homes - (Profit and Not for Profit) Profit - Profit hospitals and profit nursing homes are taxable on all purchases of tangible personal property used in the provision of their medical services.
Effective 7/1998 purchases of nonprescription and proprietary medicines are exempt regardless of the purchaser. Effective 7/2000, the exemption for
Field Audit Procedures: Medical Facilities Health Care Providers December 2012 Page 3 of 6medicines and drugs was expanded to include purchases by any licensed hospital. Effective 7/1/2006, the medicines and drug exemption was again expanded to include for-profit nursing homes, clinics and similar corporations.
The exemptions for durable medical equipment and prosthetic devices still apply for purchases made on behalf of individuals. When any divisions or departments sell TPP, they must register and collect the tax.
One clarification needs to be made regarding the acquisition of blood products from the American Red Cross. This transaction is to be treated as a nontaxable service. The Red Cross obtains the blood from donors, screens the blood and then separates it for distribution to various medical facilities.
Blood, tissue, bones and organs provided by other nonprofit entities, such as a tissue bank, are also considered nontaxable services.
Nonprofit - A non-profit hospital or nursing home which qualifies for the nonprofit exemption and has obtained its nonprofit letter is exempt on all purchases of tangible personal property for use in providing its medical services. Any purchases of controlled drugs are exempt and purchases of DME and prosthetic devices are also exempt whether purchased for a specific patient or in bulk. As with for-profit, any divisions or departments selling TPP must register and collect the tax.
A 2001 court ruling in Chesapeake Hospital Authority v. Department of Taxation applies the nonprofit hospital exemption to a nonprofit hospital’s purchases of raw food products for preparation by its dietary department for consumption at the hospital facility by medical staff, hospital meeting participants and volunteers. The exemption does not apply to catered meals purchased by a nonprofit hospital from an outside vendor.
It should be noted that external transfers or sales from the hospital or nursing home to other entities (related and non-related) may be taxable as well. If the transfers are to inter-related companies, the transfers are usually handled internally with the transactions posted in the general ledger.
The sale of fixed assets is another area to review for tax compliance. A sale is exempt if it met the "occasional sale rule" of three or less sales per year. With constant changes in technology, many medical facilities are continually updating their equipment. Sometimes, there are sales to related companies, both exempt and taxable.
Another area of possible issues is the sale of TPP. Some departments may go beyond their services to the hospital and make sales to other entities. In addition to services, they could also have sales of printing or audio-visual slides. If this is the case, the hospital's department or division must be registered to collect sales tax. Most likely, the purchases would have been bought exempt under the hospital exemption, so only the sales would have to be examined. This does not negate the exemption for the operating expenses of this department or division of the nonprofit facility.
C. Hospital Cooperatives and Hospital Corporations: Hospital cooperatives and affiliated corporations must qualify for their own nonprofit exemption and have obtained their nonprofit letter. The fact that an Field Audit Procedures: Medical Facilities Health Care Providers December 2012 Page 4 of 6 affiliated parent hospital or parent corporation has such exemption does not extend to other separate yet affiliated cooperatives and corporations. D. Clinics: A clinic which qualifies for the nonprofit exemption and has obtained its nonprofit letter is exempt from sales tax. Effective 7/1/2006, the medicines and drug exemption was expanded to include for-profit clinics. For-profit clinics are subject to the tax on all other purchases, unless the items are specifically exempted. A for-profit clinic is eligible for the exemption is when the clinic is an integral part of a nonprofit hospital. The clinic should review the corporate structure, billing practices, and the question of whose credit is bound to assist in determining if it is part of a nonprofit hospital. The physical location of a clinic in relation to its affiliated hospital may be part of the analysis but is not a determining factor. E. Home for Adults (Profit and Not For Profit): This exemption applies only to homes licensed as a home for adults by the Virginia Department of Social Services and conducted not for profit (provided they qualify for the nonprofit exemption and have obtained their nonprofit letter). Any home, profit or nonprofit, which is not licensed as noted, and provides the care and maintenance of children or other persons, are taxable on all purchases of tangible personal property. Some retirement communities operate several types of facilities within their organization. Each facility must be properly licensed in order for the exemption to apply. F. Physicians Offices: Generally, physicians’ offices are considered the consumers of all tangible personal property used in providing their services. There are three main exceptions to this - purchases of controlled drugs and dialysis equipment/supplies used in their practice, purchases of nonprescription and proprietary medicines and purchases of exempt durable medical equipment when purchased on behalf of a specific patient. The physician's exemption for controlled drugs applies regardless of whether the practice is organized as a sole proprietorship, partnership or professional corporation, or any type of corporation in which the shareholders and operators are all licensed physicians engaged in the practice of medicine. The exemption for controlled drugs purchased by a licensed physician in his professional practice also includes optometrists, licensed nurse practitioners, and licensed physician assistants. Physicians may also purchase durable medical equipment or prosthetic devices on behalf of a specific patient. Bulk purchases of DME or similar devices are subject to the tax even if they are later dispensed to, or modified for specific patients.
Physicians who regularly engage in the sale of TPP must register to collect tax. Some physicians, because of their rural location, will obtain a license from the Board of Pharmacy, in effect acting as pharmacists. In cases such as this, the physician may purchase items for resale but must report any use tax on items (except controlled drugs) for use in his professional practice. Also, some dermatologists offer skin care and cosmetic products to their patients. These products are not deemed to be drugs or medicines and the sales are not considered part of their medical services. Therefore, the dermatologist is Field Audit Procedures: Medical Facilities Health Care Providers December 2012 Page 5 of 6 operating as a retailer and must register to collect the tax. Another example of taxable sales is the selling of vitamins, minerals or nutritional food supplements in conjunction with a physician's weight loss program.
Field Audit Procedures: Medical Facilities Health Care Providers December 2012 Page 6 of 6 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
Revised: September 2016 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 58.1-603.4 58.1-609.5(8) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-730
23 VAC 10-210-930
23 VAC 10-210-4040 C. Public Documents: PD 10-3 Hotel Cancellation Fee is not subject to sales tax.
PD 09-179 Diplomatic Exemption Card PD 08-4 Room Accommodation Packages are subject to tax PD 07-34 Communication Sales and Use tax application to hotel transactions PD 04-135 Admission tickets taxability when provided by lodging provider PD 04-68 Hotel Point Redemption Programs PD 03-94 Federal Government Credit Cards PD 02-14 Room & guest amenities are subject to sales tax PD 00-164 Determination of Taxability of Hotel Pay TV PD 99-254 Conference room rentals to churches PD 98-117 Amenities, Complimentary breakfast PD 97-229 Taxability of lodging to Local, State & Federal Governments PD 96-295 Services charged in connection with room rentals PD 94-60 Meals furnished to non-restaurant employees PD 93-167 90-day Rule for Lodging sales tax exemption PD 92-120 Comprehensive List of Transactions Related to Hotels D. Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale) ST-12 (Federal Government) II. General A. Code of Virginia defines he terms “retail sale” and a “sale at retail” to include the sale or charges for any room or rooms, lodgings or accommodations furnished to transients for less than 90 continuous days by any hotel, motel, inn, tourist camp, tourist cabin, camping grounds, club, or any other place in Field Audit Procedures: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
September 2016 Page 1 of 6 which rooms, lodging, space, or accommodations are regularly furnished to transients for a consideration. 58.1-603.4 imposes the sales tax on the gross proceeds derived from the sale or charges for rooms, lodgings or accommodations furnished to transients as defined above. The tax also applies to sales of tangible personal property (TPP) and other taxable services by such businesses.
B. “Corporate housing” refers to apartment units in residential apartment buildings that have been furnished and offer a wide range of a la carte furnishings and service options. Guests have the comforts of home in a private residential setting, typically with a 30-day stay. “Serviced apartments” operate more like a hotel, with onsite hospitality staff, a 24-hour front desk, daily maid service, and offer accommodations for both daily and longer stays. C. Accommodations furnished for 90 continuous days. The tax does not apply to rooms, lodgings or accommodations supplied to a guest for a period of 90 continuous days or more. The 90-day continuous stay is not restricted to the same room. After a transient has occupied a room or received other accommodations for 90 continuous days or more, the dealer furnishing the room or other accommodation may refund any sales tax actually collected from the person. In filing a subsequent return with the Department of Taxation, the dealer may deduct from gross sales in the place provided the amount of the charges for which the tax was refunded.
Agreements for the availability of a certain number of accommodations of 90 days continuous days or more are exempt at the time of the agreement.
D. Charges in connection with accommodations. Any additional charges made in connection with the rental of a room or other lodging or accommodations are deemed to be a part of the charge for the room and are subject to the tax.
For example, additional charges for movies, local telephone calls and similar services are subject to the tax.
Charges for television programming by satellite or cable made to hotel customers are exempt provided that the charges are separately stated and title to the receipts vest with the provider (and not the hotel) at all times. In such event, the receipts are not a part of the overall compensation the hotel receives from the rental of the rooms; rather, the hotel is merely the collection agent of the provider.
Hotels that offer “package” stays, which include specified amenities and services in addition to accommodations should tax the total amount paid for the package transaction. A “package” stay may include room, meals, green fees, golf cart, admission tickets, etc. for a single price. Examples of packages may be a Golf package (includes room, meals, and green fee) or an Attraction Admission package (includes room, meals, and tickets to an attraction such as a museum, amusement park or historical site), etc.
E. Purchases. Purchases of furniture, fixtures, linens, towels, carpeting, drapes, and amenities for use in guestrooms (i.e. toiletries such as soap, shampoo, etc.) are taxable at the time of purchase.
Field Audit Procedures: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
September 2016 Page 2 of 6 Purchases or rental of audio visual equipment (A/V) for subsequent rental to guests (without an operator) are purchases for resale. The hotel should separately bill for the provision of A/V equipment and collect tax on the charge.
Newspapers and magazines distributed for free, and purchased by subscription directly from the publishers, are not subject to the tax.
F. Computerized reservation systems. The charge to a hotel, motel or similar business for a computerized reservation system which includes, within a single contract, the provision of a printer or similar hardware and a charge for the use of the system based upon frequency of usage or number of rooms, is deemed to be a service transaction. There is no tax is applicable to charges for such service. The entity providing the service must pay tax on any TPP used in the provision of the service.
III. Procedures A. Sales - Exempt sales/charges made by a hotel or motel should be reviewed to confirm their exempt status. In particular, sales to governmental employees or agencies and nonprofit organizations should be examined.
State and local governmental agencies or employees are not exempt on their purchases of hotel or motel meals or lodging.
- Federal Employees are exempt from tax on meals and lodging only under certain circumstances. An exemption is provided for federal government purchases of meals and lodging when they are made pursuant to official purchase orders and a completed Certificate of Exemption Form ST-12 is provided, or with an official government credit card that is billed directly to the Federal Government. Note that the American Red Cross is treated as a federal governmental agency, subject to the same rules as federal agencies and use of the ST-12.
Exempt purchases may be made using Federal Government Credit Cards – General Services Administration (GSA) SmartPay 2 Program cards such as Purchase cards (4275 33), and Corporate cards (4046 58).
Many governmental employees are issued governmental credit cards for travel, but this does not mean they are exempt from meals and lodging.
Both taxable and exempt cards will have the names of the individual and the agency they represent. The cards look the same except for the 6th (last digit). Following is a list of taxable and exempt travel cards: Exempt Credit Cards: (These cards are directly billed to and paid by the federal government.)
- MasterCard prefix 5565 & 5568 with sixth digit being either: 0, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
- Visa prefix 4486, 4614 & 4716 with sixth digit being either: 0, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
- Voyager prefix 8699 with sixth digit being either: 0, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
Taxable Credit Cards: These cards are billed to individual federal employees who make payment for transactions. The employees are Field Audit Procedures: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
September 2016 Page 3 of 6 reimbursed for these costs through federal travel expense procedures.
Note: SPLIT DISBURSEMENTS by the Federal government do not change the taxable status of these transactions:
- MasterCard prefix 5565 & 5568 with sixth digit being either: 1, 2, 3 or 4
- Visa prefix 4486, 4614 & 4716 with sixth digit being either: 1, 2, 3 or 4 Note: the type of cards and account numbers may be updated as necessary with government credit card changes.
Cash Transactions or Personal Credit Card: Any transactions or portion thereof paid in cash or with a personal credit card is subject to the sales tax even if the customer is a federal employee or has an exempt credit card but declines to use it.
- Foreign Diplomats may also be exempt on their purchases of meals and lodgings. The Office of Foreign Missions US Department of State issues credit cards to members of foreign missions. Each card is color-coded with a stripe that distinguishes various levels of exemption. Mission or Personal Tax Exemption Cards with a BLUE stripe at the bottom are exempt from all sales taxes. The hotel/motel should obtain the exemption card number from diplomats, annotate it on the record of the sale, and keep a photocopy of the diplomat's exemption card, if possible. Foreign diplomats who qualify for the exemption on taxable services are exempt when hosting a group of non-diplomats. Also, personal exemption cards may be paid with cash or personal check/credit card and retain their exempt status.
- Previously, a few nonprofit organizations enjoyed an exemption on taxable services, which exempted them from sales tax on meals and lodging.
However, since the changes in the Non Profit Organization exemption, effective July 1, 2004, there are no exemptions for meals or lodging for any nonprofit organization.
The exemptions for nonprofit churches, nonprofit hospitals and nonprofit licensed nursing homes do not specifically exempt "services." Thus the charges for lodging and meals (“taxable services”) to these entities are subject to sales tax.
Similarly, the charges for lodging and meals (“taxable services”) to nonprofit schools and colleges are subject to sales tax. However, effective October 1, 2008, nonprofit schools may purchase food for free distribution at their facility exempt from the sales tax.
- Sales price is defined in § 58.1-602 as, "the total amount for which TPP or taxable services are sold and includes any services in connection with such sale." Examples would be: added charges for movies (other than nontaxable programming), telephone charges other than long-distance toll charges, whale watching fees, golf fees etc. if they are sold in connection with the room rental.
Field Audit Procedures: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
September 2016 Page 4 of 6 Any charge for a local phone call is subject to the sales tax. Toll charges for long-distance telephone calls (without markup) are not subject to the tax. However, additional charges for long-distance telephone calls are subject to the tax.
Digital Media Fee - Pay per-view is an optional service provided through a cable/satellite company for the viewing of a specific movie or event provided to the hotel guests for an additional fee. These fees are collected by the hotel as a separate charge. These “pay per-view” charges are not subject to the tax provided the charges are separately stated and title to the receipts vests with the cable/satellite provider at all times and not the hotel. In this situation, the hotel is the collection agent for the cable/satellite provider.
Should the hotel retain a portion of the movie/event receipts (commission), title does not vest completely with the cable/satellite provider and the entire charge would be subject to the tax.
B. Purchases – Equipment rented by a restaurant for its own use in preparing and serving meals, such as kitchen equipment, tablecloths, and similar items are taxable and may not be purchased under a Certificate of Exemption.
Also, the taxpayer should apply tax to the total charge for an event including the cost of labor, equipment, supplies or other services provided in connection with its catering service, whether separately stated or not.
Many hotels and motels use computerized reservation systems. The charge for a computerized reservation system which includes, within a single contract, the provision of hardware and charges for the use of the system is deemed to be a service transaction.
The cost of food for meals furnished to restaurant employees as part of wages is exempt. If meals are provided to restaurant employees which are not part of wages, the use tax is due on the cost of those meals. Meals provided by employers to other than restaurant or food service operation employees are subject to the tax.
Purchases of food and non-alcoholic beverages for the preparation of complimentary breakfasts are not taxable. These items can be purchased with a resale exemption certificate, since the costs of the complimentary services are included in the taxable room rental charges. Purchases of equipment and reusable items would still be subject to the tax.
C. Corporate Housing/Serviced Apartments - More companies are placing staff and consultants on “short-term assignments,” a corporate term for a business trip that is more than one month but does not require relocation. The growth of this form of travel has spurred demand for a new lodging product – corporate housing/serviced apartments.
Hospitality companies may operate in one or more of the following
- The company may own an entire apartment community.
- The company may lease a block of apartments in an established residential apartment community.
- The company may have an agreement with select residential apartment communities to lease apartments on an “as needed” basis.
Field Audit Procedures: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
September 2016 Page 5 of 6 The department has previously determined that only a person primarily engaged in the business of “regularly” furnishing accommodations to transients must collect the tax on such occasional rental of an apartment for less than 90 days to represent the “regular” furnishing of transient accommodations. The department has been consistent in not applying the tax to such rentals pending the establishment of definitive policy Procedures.
Field Audit Procedures: Hotels, Motels, Tourist Camps, etc.
September 2016 Page 6 of 6 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Computers
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 (Definitions) 58.1-609.5(6)(7) (Service Exemptions) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-760 through 766; (Innovative Technology) C. Virginia Tax Bulletins:
VTB 86-5
VTB 95-8 D. Public Documents
PD 86-77 PD 86-258 PD 87-88
PD 87-209 PD 88-20 PD 88-211
PD 91-190 PD 91-256 PD 93-237
PD 94-12 PD 94-209 PD 94-251
PD 95-30 PD 95-286 PD 96-14
PD 96-49 PD 96-66 PD 96-193
PD 97-405 PD 98-39 PD 01-61
PD 02-05 PD 01-103 PD 01-149
PD 03-64 PD 04-15 PD 05-12
PD 05-44 PD 05-114 PD 05-134
PD 08-121 PD 08-132 PD 08-134
PD 09-156 PD 12-6 PD 88-159
PD 11-10 E. Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Sales and Use Tax) and ST-11 (Manufacturing)
II. Definitions
A. A "custom program or software" is a computer program that is specifically designed and developed for only one customer. B. A "prewritten program" is a computer program that is prepared, held, or existing for general or repeated sale or lease, including a computer program developed for in-house use and subsequently sold or leased to unrelated third parties. The combining of two or more prewritten programs does not constitute “custom” software. A prewritten program that is modified to any degree remains a prewritten program and does not become a custom program.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 ComputersIII. General A. Generally. The sale, lease, rental, or licensing of prewritten programs sold in tangible form is taxable. Custom software programs are specifically excluded in the Code of Virginia from the definition of tangible personal property. As a result, custom software is treated as a non-taxable service.
B. Tangible personal property used in the development of custom software qualifies for the research and development exemption if it is used directly and exclusively in the development of the software. The research and development exemption also applies to the purchase of equipment and supplies used directly and exclusively in developing a prewritten software program. C. The production of prewritten software for sale or resale qualifies for the industrial manufacturing exemption. Custom software is not tangible personal property and cannot qualify for the industrial manufacturing exemption. D. Separately stated labor or service charges in connection with the modification of prewritten computer software are not taxable. The industrial manufacturing exemption is not available for equipment used to modify prewritten computer software because the processing performed is not industrial in nature. E. Additional charges for services such as assembly, configuration, training and travel are taxable when sold in conjunction with tangible personal property, i.e. a complete computer system. The auditor should carefully review the sales contract, (where applicable), to determine what charges are included in the sales price. F. The research exemption may be available for tangible personal property used directly and exclusively to modify prewritten software programs to perform new tasks as described in VAC 10-210-3070 to 3074. G. Maintenance contracts which include repair parts, upgrades, or updates in the form of tangible personal property are taxable on 50% of the total amount. H. Equipment or enabling software purchased or leased for use in a data center is exempt. See Public Document 10-121.
II. Procedures A. Computer Hardware: When computer resellers go beyond the configuration and testing of system components (e.g., CPU, monitors, modems, printers) and actually integrate systems (e.g., assembling boards in CPU), they may qualify for the manufacturing exemption as described in VAC 10-210-920.
Computer resellers may purchase equipment for their resale inventory tax exempt using the ST-10. Certain purchases charged to inventory may not be entitled to the resale exemption. Items such as tools, cable affixed to real estate, and similar installation materials are taxable when purchased by the retailer/installer.
B. Computer Software: Businesses may provide custom, prewritten, and/or modified prewritten software programs.
Custom software is designed and developed for only one customer and is considered a non-taxable service. Sales of additional copies of custom
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Computers software are taxable. Custom programs originally developed for in-house use and then marketed for resale become taxable. The auditor should review sales invoices and contracts to determine if the taxpayer is selling additional copies. When conducting audits of custom software developers, the major focus will be on asset acquisitions and expense purchases.
The innovative technology regulation (VAC 10-210-760 through 766) allows for the research and development (R&D) exemption on purchases made for use directly and exclusively in the development of custom software; such purchases do not qualify for the manufacturing exemption.
Equipment must be used directly and exclusively in R&D (e.g., software used to write new code) to enjoy the exemption. Equipment used to encode the diskette with a program that has already been developed, or hardware used by researchers for use in software development and also for administrative purposes (e.g., word processing) is taxable.
Prewritten ("canned") software is developed for repeated sale or lease and considered taxable. The combining of two or more prewritten programs is not considered custom. Separately stated charges for the modification or alteration of the program are exempt. In addition, separately stated installation charges are also exempt.
Development of prewritten software for sale or resale qualifies for the industrial manufacturing exemption. Tangible personal property used directly in the production of the software can be purchased exempt. However, computer software developed for in-house use is not considered industrial manufacturing.
C. Delivery of Software: The sale of prewritten software delivered electronically to customers does not constitute the sale of tangible personal property and is, therefore, generally not subject to sales and use taxation.
However, both the vendor and purchaser must retain specific documentation to prove the occurrence of the electronic delivery. At a minimum, a sales invoice, contract or other sales agreement must expressly certify the electronic delivery of the software and that no tangible medium for that software has been or is to be furnished to the customer. A purchase order, e-mail message, or similar request, by itself, presented by the customer is not sufficient to establish that the vendor electronically conveyed the software.
D. System Sales: If a dealer installs a system and lap links the installation of the software along with the customer receiving tangible copies of the program, then separately stated charges for the program are taxable.
Separately stated labor charges (e.g., system configuration, travel and lodging), with the exception of installation or modification charges are considered part of the "sales price" or "gross proceeds" and are fully taxable.
E. Training: Charges for training are generally exempt; however, services in connection with a sale of tangible personal property are taxable. For example, a sales agreement for standardized software may include separate invoicing for on-site training, consulting services, and travel time. As part of a sale of tangible personal property, each invoice is taxable. (See PD 96-193)
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Computers Businesses conducting training seminars and purchasing training packages frequently pay royalties for training books and software for each customer/student. The business should collect tax on the sales of training materials, if separately stated. If not, the business is considered the consumer of the materials and must remit tax on the purchase price.
F. Repairs and Maintenance: Computer hardware maintenance and repair is taxable when parts are included. Software maintenance may include upgrades, updates, and support. When upgrades and updates are transferred via diskette or other tangible format, it constitutes the transfer of tangible personal property and is taxable. When upgrades and updates are transferred via modem (electronically), they are not taxable. If a programmer updates/ upgrades a program without any transfer of tangible personal property, the updating/upgrading fee is a non-taxable service.
Computer maintenance, repairs, and support can be invoiced in various formats as follows (non-inclusive):
Hardware and software maintenance contract – labor only: exempt
Hardware maintenance contract – parts & labor: 50% taxable
Hardware maintenance contract – parts only: 100% taxable
Time and materials" repair – labor separately stated labor exempt parts taxable
"Time and materials" repair – labor NOT separately stated: 100% taxable
Software support which includes updates & upgrades: 50% taxable
Software "hotline" “helpdesk” phone support only: exempt
G. Licensing Agreements: The licensing of prewritten computer software constitutes a taxable sale or lease when the licensing agreement conveys not only the right to use computer software but also the software itself in tangible form. A license agreement that includes a software program and related documentation is subject to the tax. In addition, license fees and charges for source coding the software are taxable.
When a computer reseller purchases a software license and resells copies, consumer use tax is due on the original license fee as it is not being resold.
The dealer must collect tax on the sale of the copies delivered on tangible media.
H. Additional Information: Database on-line services are non-taxable. Firms offering electronic mail and internet access are also offering a non-taxable service and are considered the consumer of all tangible personal property purchased in performing these services.
Firms performing data conversion from one format to another on tangible media are making taxable retail sales. The auditor must apply the "true object" test to determine if the customer wants to obtain tangible property or the company's services.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 ComputersField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Leases or Rentals
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 58.1 603(2) 58.1 609.6(6) 58.1 609.10(3) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-840 C. Virginia Tax Bulletin
VTB 95-7 D. Public Documents
PD 95-189 PD 95-47 PD 95-246
PD 95-223 PD 87-241 PD89-139
PD 91-182 PD 91-190 PD 94-90
PD 91-266 PD96-66 PD 01-42
PD 01-105 PD 04-194 PD 08-128
PD 11-86 PD 11-118 E. Exemption Certificate
ST-10
II. General A. Code of Virginia § 58.1-603(2) imposes the retail sales tax on every person who leases or rents tangible personal property in Virginia. The sales tax is a “moment of transaction” tax and is imposed upon the gross proceeds derived from the lease or rental of tangible personal property.
B. A person engaged in the business of leasing or renting tangible personal property to others is required to register as a dealer and collect and pay the tax on gross proceeds. C. Tangible personal property for future use by a person for taxable lease or rental may be purchased tax-exempt under a certificate of exemption ST-10. D. The term "lease" or "rental" does not include the leasing, renting or licensing of copyright audio or video tapes and films for public exhibition at motion picture theatres or by licensed radio and television stations. E. Conditional and installment sales, including those requiring down payments, are considered sales at retail, and as such should be taxed at the initial point of sale and not considered leases or rentals. Finance, carrying and service charges, or interest from credit extended on sales of tangible or personal property under conditional sale contracts or other conditional contracts
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Leases or Rentals providing for deferred payments of the purchase price, are excluded from the definition of sales price. Such charges are not subject to the sales tax, when separately stated.
III. Definitions A. Conditional Sales contracts – An agreement whereby possession of an item of tangible personal property passes immediately to the purchaser upon consummation of the contract and title passes to the buyer automatically upon completion of the contract terms. Conditional sales contracts are treated in the same manner as the sale of any other tangible personal property.
B. Lease – An agreement whereby the use of an item of tangible personal property is passed to a lessee for a fixed period of time with regular payments due during the agreed period. Sales tax is due on each payment during the term of the lease. Title does not pass to the lessee at the conclusion of the agreement. C. Lease with Buyout Option – An agreement similar to the lease agreement defined above, with the exception that at the end of the lease period, the lessee is given an option to purchase the item for some consideration. Sales tax is due on each payment during the term of the lease, and on the consideration paid at the end of the lease. Title does not transfer until such time as the purchase option is consummated. D. Purchase-leaseback – A transactions in which the lessee purchases tangible personal property for immediate sale to a lessor, and subsequently enters into an agreement to lease the property. If the lessee uses the property prior to selling it to the lessor, the lessee owes tax on the purchase price of the property, and on the subsequent rental charges. E. Rental - An agreement whereby the use of an item of tangible personal property is passed to a renter for an indeterminate period of time with a payment or payments due for such use. Sales tax is due on any and all payments made during the period of possession by the renter.
IV. Procedures A. Untaxed Sales
- Exempt customer – The customer may be coded as tax-exempt.
Review the exemption certificate carefully to determine that it is a valid Certificate.
- Exempt transactions: a) The taxpayer may treat the contract as a financing agreement, or some type of conditional or installment sale, and collected the tax on the sales price of the tangible personal property. If title to the property automatically passes to the “lessee” at the end of the agreement, then no tax is due on the monthly payments.
If, at the end of the agreement, possession returns to the “lessor,” or the “lessee” has an option to purchase the property, even for a
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Leases or Rentals nominal amount, the transaction is a lease, and tax is due on the monthly payments.
If the contract is a lease and tax was paid by the lessee at the inception of the lease on the total lease amount, no tax is due on the monthly payments. Sales tax is due on additional taxable charges, such as late fees, not accounted for in the original calculation of the total lease amount. Also, if the sales tax rate increases during the term of the lease, the additional tax is due for the remainder of the lease.
If tax was paid at the inception of the lease on only the purchase price of the property, then tax is due on the difference between the total lease amount and the purchase price. b) The property/equipment is leased with an operator: Such transactions are not subject to sales tax. However, there are distinctions between an “operator” and an “assistant” or an “attendant” furnished with the rental of equipment. Someone who assists the lessee in the operation of the rented equipment is not an “operator”. Nor is an “attendant” who sets up and takes down the equipment and primarily monitors the operation and use of the equipment. c) Real property leases which also include the rental of tangible personal property. The portion of the lease payment attributable to tangible personal property is taxable. If the taxpayer cannot determine the taxable portion of the lease payment, tax can be collected on 28% of a lease payment. d) Transactions which involve the rendering of a service and in connection therewith, the lease of tangible personal property, may qualify as an exempt service transaction. These must be reviewed to determine their “true object.” e) Computer software licensing fees are taxable, unless the software is delivered electronically.
B. Un-taxed charges – Sales tax is due on the gross proceeds from the lease or rental of tangible personal property Gross proceeds means the charges made or voluntary contributions received for the lease or rental of tangible personal property. It also includes any service charges in connection with the lease of the property. Such charges include: 1. Finance and interest charges. 2. Insurance charges 3. Assembly and disassembly charges. 4. Fees to pick up lease payments. 5. Damage waivers 6. Charges for parts used to repair leased equipment when the repair is
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Leases or Rentals performed by the lessor and billed to the lessee. This also includes mileage and trip charges.
- Pumping service charges billed in connection with the rental of portable toilets C. Wrong state’s tax collected: In the case of rentals transported between states, each monthly invoice is treated as a separate rental and subject to taxation by the state in which the property is located. Thus, Virginia tax should be collected on monthly rental charges subsequent to the rented property being transferred to Virginia.
However, if the state in which the customer takes possession of the rented property treats the rental period as a continuous period – without interruption from initial possession to return of the property – then the other state’s tax is properly collected.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 Leases or RentalsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Convenience Stores: Inadequate Records/Purchase & Sales Mark-Up
Revised: September 2016
I. References A. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-340 (Collection of the tax by dealers) 23 VAC 10-210-840 (Rentals) B. Virginia Tax Bulletins: VTB 98-4 (Nonprescription Drugs) VTB 05-78 (Food Tax Rate Reduction) C. Public Documents:
PD 00-46, PD 99-28, PD 97-303, PD 97-298, PD 95-320, PD 94-213 (Purchase Mark-up) PD 10-284 (Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee) PD 14-19 (Prepaid Telephone Access Cards) PD 99-22, PD 98-72 (Sales Mark-up) PD 99-22, PD 84-89 (Rentals) PD 91-166 (ATM Machines) PD 91-98 (Tanning Bed Rentals) PD 04-27 (Car Wash System) PD 91-48 (Meals Provided Free to Employees)
II. General Because of the wide variety of items sold at a convenience store, these audits present a challenge. Pre-audit activities are important to get a knowledge of the operations. The dealer may be on a commission basis for gasoline, newspaper sales, and vending machines. Some departmentalized areas such as books and magazines or hardware may be on a consignment basis.
It is characteristic of convenience stores to make purchases such as bread, milk, snacks, etc. from the cash drawer. Some convenience stores are on a program with a convenience store specialty supplier for their grocery purchases. Grocery items may be pre-priced when they are delivered. A convenience store may purchase some items from chain grocery stores when they run specials for resale at their “convenience” pricing.
Most convenience stores sell lottery products. Usually, there is a separate cash register for lottery and a separate bank account from which drafts are made in payment of lottery purchases. Lottery sales may or may not be included in gross sales on the sales tax return.
Most convenience stores now serve prepared food and prepackaged foods as well.
Be aware of the Food Tax Reduction Program which may affect how sales are
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 1 of 4 Convenience Stores reported. Reference: Tax Bulletin 99-11, Question and Answer Summary-Food Reduction Program.
Video rentals and tanning bed rentals are also seen occasionally at convenience stores. There are also a growing number of convenience stores with ATM’s located in the store.
III. Procedures A. Areas of Consideration - A comparative review of sales reported by year and an analysis of the income tax returns are very advantageous in determining potential audit issues. Compare the figures reported on the sales tax returns with the income tax return and note any differences. Use these differences to compare lottery and gasoline sales to Department of Lottery records and records that the taxpayer may have. Does the income tax return show a loss or profit? If the return shows a loss, how did the taxpayer live?
Determining the Percentage of Markup will give a possible indication that either cost of goods is overstated or sales are understated. A tendency to understate sales rather than overstate costs is usually encountered.
Computing the Percentage of Markup is a good way to determine if an audit will be productive. Using the income tax returns, compute the Percentage of Markup for each potential audit year in the following manner: Gross Sales – Cost of Goods Sold = Percentage of Cost of Goods Sold Markup
Example: Gross Sales of $19,645.44 with a Cost of Goods Sold of $15,348.00 equals 28% (.28) markup.
How does each year compare with the other? Care must be taken to observe whether supplies are included in Cost of Goods Sold or separately claimed as operating expenses as this may affect the markup percentage. Our experience has shown that the Percentage of Markup for convenience stores after allowance for theft is generally above 25%. Use this percentage as a guideline when figuring the markup on the face of the income tax return. If the percentages are below this range, chances are that an audit is warranted.
B. The Initial Interview - The initial interview is important in determining how you proceed with the audit. Conduct the initial interview with the owner. If the owner does not work in the store, the manager, or person who is responsible for the day to day management of the store should also be interviewed.
Ensure that questions are specifically stated and geared directly toward the taxpayer’s situation. It is a good practice to pre-plan your questions prior to your meeting with the taxpayer. Allow for expected and unexpected responses. Ask open-ended questions, requiring a response other than yes or no, to allow the taxpayer an opportunity to respond to the questions, and allow you an opportunity for follow-up questions or responses. Document taxpayer responses accurately in your workpapers. Have the taxpayer sign a copy of your questionnaire that he did respond in the manner that you recorded. It is important to tie down all known sources of income during the initial interview.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 2 of 4 Convenience Stores Ask the taxpayer what his percentage of markup is. Ask what items he sells the most. Does the taxpayer accept food stamps? What portion of his sales does he believe are attributable to food stamps? How are inventories valued?
If there is a deli in the store, ask how selling prices are determined. What does he think the markup is on the deli? Deli markup can be as much as 200% and is most always 100% and greater. Agree upon a reasonable percentage of markup for the deli. Ask about whether deli supplies are taken from the store inventory and how deli sales are handled (remember there may be a local food tax issue in addition to the reduction of state sales tax issue).
After the initial interview, complete your unit price schedule. Walk around the store, recording the selling price of a sampling of items from the various departments. Convenience stores usually sell more cigarettes, beer, and soft drinks, so be sure to get unit prices of most brands in these categories.
C. Reviewing the Records - Many small businesses use a single entry bookkeeping system. This system may consist of a ledger, journal, and cash book or only a cash book. If the taxpayer has this sort of books, you will need to examine purchase invoices, bills, receipts and cash register tapes.
Among the items that should be requested from the taxpayer are purchase invoices received from his suppliers, and cash tickets for purchases paid for by cash. Prepare a spreadsheet for each year showing vendor by month.
Scheduling a year’s purchases on a spreadsheet will allow you to spot any “holes” in the purchase pattern. As you schedule the invoices, notice how often the beer vendor, bread vendor, grocery vendor, etc. service the store.
This will also assist you in determining if you have all the invoices. If there are missing purchases, contact the vendor to get their accounts receivable history on the taxpayer. Make a separate schedule for deli purchases as the markup for deli is much higher than the rest of the store.
Note that many suppliers who specialize in convenience stores show the markup on their invoices. As you examine these invoices look for any equipment purchases or supply purchases which may have been made from these suppliers. In examining the overall purchase invoices, you may also find items purchased for the taxpayer’s own use which have been included in the records of the business.
Use invoices within the past one or two months to complete your unit price list cost side. This will pair the sales/cost prices. Figure the markup percentage on each item and average overall markup. How does this compare with the analysis of the income tax return and the percentage the taxpayer gave you?
As a cross check, examine cash register tapes. Look for suspicious “Voids” and “No Sale” rings. One experience with a taxpayer showed as many as fifty “No Sale” rings per day. His explanation of “keeping the keys in the cash register” didn’t pan out when it was found that his markup percentage was less than 15%.
A bank deposit analysis may also be helpful. Sales of equipment or other fixed assets which may be taxable may be uncovered in this analysis.
Compare bank deposits (allow for deposits in transit) plus cash paid outs to sales reported; and with your calculation of marked up sales.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 3 of 4 Convenience Stores D. Making the Adjustment - Once you feel you have all the purchases and have determined a reasonable overall average markup, you can use your purchase schedules to compute taxable sales. Add to the purchases from your purchase schedules, the beginning inventory at cost and subtract ending inventory at cost. The result is cost of goods sold for the year. Inventories are shown on the income tax return in the cost of goods sold section.
You can use the overall average markup percentage to mark up the purchases; or mark them up by category. For example, if your purchase spreadsheet shows the purchases are heavily weighted toward beer and cigarettes, you may use an average of all the beer markup percentages for beer purchases; an average of all the cigarette markup percentages for the cigarette purchases; and the remaining overall average on the balance of purchases. An example using overall markup percentage to mark up the purchases is as follows: Purchases totaling $15,348.00 marked up 28% (.28) would equal sales of $19,645.44. Computation would be $15,348.00 X 1.28 = $19,645.44.
Be sure to make an allowance for theft. One to three percent of purchases is usually adequate depending on store size. If the taxpayer says he has had break-ins, he should have a copy of a police report as documentation. Show these adjustments as a reduction of cost of goods sold on your working papers. Also ask about withdrawals from inventory for his own use which would be taxable at cost.
Mark up the deli purchases using the markup you agreed upon with the taxpayer. If deli purchases are withdrawn from inventory, you must agree on an amount with the taxpayer and then mark it up.
Enter the difference between your marked up purchase schedules and taxable sales reported on the return by month. Remember to include other taxable sales such as video rentals.
Penalty would apply for sales tax collected but not remitted.
E. Sales Markup - Occasionally, when comparing income tax returns to sales tax returns, the sales reported on the income tax return is greater than reported on the sales tax return. After an analysis to determine if there were commissions or other income included in the sales which should be separated, a sales markup may be done.
The difference between the income tax return sales and sales tax return sales may be spread evenly throughout the twelve months; or allocated by month based on your analysis.
Penalty would apply for sales tax collected but not remitted.
In an instance where the sales tax return sales are greater than the income tax return sales, an adjustment to the income tax return would be warranted if no explanation can be given.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 4 of 4 Convenience StoresField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Manufacturing and Fabricating Revised: September 2016 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 58.1-609.3(2)(5)(8)(9)(14)(15) 58.1-609.10(19) 58.1-3660 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-920
23 VAC 10-210-560 C. Public Documents: PD 82-156 Fire Protection/prevent PD 83-51 Boiler chemicals PD 85- 201 Production forms PD 86-46 Ex prod forms, monitors PD 86-98 Packaging-containers PD 87-167 Production records PD 87-274 Repackaging PD 88-17 Cad/Cam-computers PD 88-127 Inventory withdrawals PD 90-15 Swatch cards PD 91-183 Steel, platforms, etc PD 91-291 Cad/Cam-computers PD 92-65 Maint gen & exempt PD 92-189 Boilers/air handling PD 93-135 Quality control PD 93-238 Cooling tower chemicals PD 94-276 Truck/pit scales PD 95-43 Steel, platforms, etc PD 95-140 Storage tanks PD 95-278 HVAC equipment PD 07-193 Fabrication PD 09-15 Fabrication PD 10-244 Quality Control PD 11-35 Countertops Fabrication PD 11-135 Paint Spray Booths PD 11-142 Product Testing Equipment PD 12-1 Mobile Processing Equipment PD 12-118 Manufacturing Software PD 12-119 Industrial in Nature Test PD 12-125 Microbrewery – Industrial in Nature Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 1 of 10
D.
Exemption Certificates
ST-11 ST-11a II. Definitions A. TPP-Tangible personal property.
B.
NAICS - North American Industry Classification System These business codes are useful to help determine if a particular business activity is deemed to be industrial in nature and entitled to the processing exemption. The use of NAICS codes replaced the use of the SIC Manual referenced in the definition of “industrial in nature” in Virginia Code § 58.1-602. NAICS manufacturing codes begin with the numbers 31-33.
C.
Manufacturing - Manufacturing, processing, refining, or conversion includes the production line of the plant starting with the handling and storage of raw materials at the plant site and continuing through the last step of production where the product is finished or completed for sale and conveyed to a warehouse at the production site, and also includes equipment and supplies used for production line testing and quality control.
D.
Fabrication - An operation which changes the form or state of TPP is fabrication. Fabrication is distinguished from repair which is an operation that restores a used or worn piece of TPP. TPP that is cut, sawed, shaped, bent, threaded, welded, bored, drilled, punched, machined, sheared, or otherwise subjected to an operation which changes the property's form or state is considered to have been "fabricated”.
E.
Fabricator’s Production Exemptions - Fabricators of TPP may take the status of industrial manufacturers when they fabricate TPP for sale or resale.
The production exemptions are not available to a fabricator of TPP who fabricates for his own use or consumption (as a contractor or otherwise) and not for sale or resale. However, a fabricator whose principal or primary business is the fabrication of TPP for sale or resale, and who, as a lesser or minor part of this business, fabricates for his own use and consumption, still qualifies for the production exemptions. For example, a paving contractor who primarily manufactures pavement for their own use or consumption in real property construction contracts (furnish and install) is not entitled to the manufacturing exemptions. However, a taxpayer who fabricates pavement primarily for resale would qualify for the manufacturing exemption.
F.
Administration - this is the managerial, sales, and nonoperational aspects of manufacturing and processing and includes management, selling and marketing, employee comfort and convenience, and record keeping. Tangible personal property used in administration is subject to the tax.
G.
Production - The production line of the plant starting with the handling and storage of raw materials at the plant site and continuing through the last step of production where the product is finished or completed and conveyed to a warehouse at the production site, and also includes equipment and supplies used for production line testing and quality control.
Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 2 of 10
H.
Distribution - Distribution is the transport or conveyance of products after the completion of production and is not part of manufacturing or processing.
Distribution includes the storage of a product subsequent to its production () and the actual transport of the product for sale. All tangible personal property used to convey, transport, handle, store, market or display finished products is taxable.
I.
Quality control (QC) – Some industries may use different terminology such as quality assurance (QA) to denote this function. Generally, QC is limited to production line testing and must occur during the actual production process (see PD 10-244). Thus to qualify for exemption the TPP used in QC must be an “immediate” part of the production process. Activities that occur before, after, or in between production runs do not generally qualify for the QC exemption. Off-site testing or testing of finished products in the warehouse would not qualify for the exemption. Testing or monitoring of manufacturing equipment is not considered an exempt activity.
J.
Research and development - The tax does not apply to tangible personal property purchased or leased and used directly and exclusively for research in the experimental or laboratory sense. Research and development must have as its ultimate goal: (i) the development of new products; (ii) the improvement of existing products; or (iii) the development of new uses for existing products.
Research and development does not include the modification of a product merely to meet customer specifications unless the modification is carried out under experimental or laboratory conditions in order to improve the product generally or develop a new use for the product. Additionally, research does not include environmental analysis, testing of samples for chemical or other content, operations research, feasibility studies, efficiency surveys, management studies, consumer surveys, economic surveys, research in the social sciences, metaphysical studies, advertising, promotions, or research in connection with literary, historical, or similar projects.
K.
Preponderance - When a single item of tangible personal property is put to use in two different activities, one of which is an immediate part of the industrial production process (exempt) and the other of which is not (taxable), the sales and use tax shall apply in full when the preponderance of the item's use (fifty percent or more) is in non-exempt activities. Likewise, the item will be totally exempt from tax if the preponderance of its use is in exempt production activities. For example, a forklift used 51% of the time for handling raw materials would be completely exempt even though it might be used 49% of the time for taxable maintenance or distribution activities. Generally, preponderance only applies to identifiable single items of machinery, equipment or repair parts. Items which are not singular in nature such as bulk purchases of safety apparel, or fuel used in processing as well as for heating, are not considered for preponderance of use. Purchases of these types of items should be taxed on the percentage of their taxable use.
L.
Plant site - The exemption is limited to the particular singular plant location in a specific geographic location. The Tax Commissioner has ruled that separately housed production facilities located on the same tract of land also constitutes a single plant site (see PD 03-80). Tangible personal property used in activities conducted away from the plant site or used to convey Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 3 of 10 products or materials between two plant sites is deemed not to be used directly in manufacturing or processing.
M.
Stores and/or stores accounts - Generally, manufacturers physically warehouse (store) at the plant site repair parts (spares), small tools, maintenance and housekeeping supplies. For cost accounting purposes these items are charged to suspense or prepaid expense accounts. When the items are withdrawn from stores the appropriate account or cost center is charged with the cost of the items withdrawn. This account must be carefully analyzed to determine if the sales tax or the use tax accrued is accounted for correctly.
N.
Pollution control - The tax does not apply to pollution control equipment and facilities that have been certified to the Department of Taxation as having been constructed, reconstructed, erected or acquired for the abatement or control of water or air pollution. "Pollution control equipment and facilities" means any real or tangible personal property, equipment, facilities or devices used primarily for the purpose of abating or preventing air or water pollution in Virginia. The exemption is not applicable until the property for which such exemption is sought has been certified by the State Water Control Board or State Air Pollution Control Board (DEQ) as used primarily for abating or preventing pollution. Once such certification is obtained, exemption certificates will be mailed automatically to the person obtaining the certification.
O.
Used directly - The term "used directly" refers to those activities that are an integral part of the production of a product, including all steps of an integrated manufacturing process, but not including incidental activities such as general maintenance, management, and administration. In order for property to be used directly, it must be indispensable to the actual production of products for sale and it must be an immediate part of the production process.
III. General Industrial manufacturers are usually described as plants, factories or mills and characteristically use power driven machines and materials handling equipment. The production activities of such establishments are usually carried on for the wholesale market or to order for industrial users, rather than for direct sale to domestic consumers.
For a business to obtain the processing exemption it first must be manufacturing or processing products for sale or resale and, secondly, such production must be industrial in nature.
Establishments which manufacture or process tangible personal property as an incidental part of a retail or service business are generally deemed to be engaged in nonindustrial activities. Establishments of this type include retailers such as restaurants, caterers, meat and fish markets, and candy, nut, and confectionery stores which process food products primarily for direct sale on the premises to consumers. Such non-industrial establishments also include individuals engaged primarily in providing personal services such as photographers, artists, tailors, and seamstresses.
Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 4 of 10 The production exemption for fabricators and industrial manufacturers is broad and complex. Items of TPP which are used directly in manufacturing and processing are raw materials, machinery, machinery repair parts, tools, fuel, power, energy, or supplies which are indispensable to the actual production and which are used as an immediate part of such production process. There is also an exemption for safety apparel furnished gratuitously to production line employees. Keep in mind that not all machinery and tools owned by a manufacturer are deemed to be “used directly’ in the manufacturing process – especially maintenance equipment and tools. For example, a calibration tool used to maintain exempt production equipment does not qualify for the manufacturing exemption. Also, a ladder used by production line employees to access production equipment would not qualify for the exemption.
The concept of the integrated manufacturing process also includes subprocessing activities which produce TPP used directly in the main manufacturing or processing activity. For example, machinery used to make repair parts for exempt production equipment would also qualify for the manufacturing exemption.
IV. Procedures
A.
Fabricators and manufacturers are a diverse group. The items produced and the processes involved vary from one manufacturer to another. There is no set way to audit a manufacturer. The auditor and audit methods utilized must be flexible. Generally the auditor will look at the following areas (this list is not all inclusive): sales, expensed purchases, fixed assets, stores, withdrawals from inventory, and intercompany accounts.
Several things should be done before the auditor begins to examine specific records at the audit site. The auditor should meet with the taxpayer's representative in order to ascertain exactly what is manufactured. A tour of the plant site should be scheduled so that the auditor has an idea of processes involved and the equipment used.
It should be determined that all the records necessary for the audit are available at the audit site. Inquiries should be made to determine that all purchasing functions for the audit site will be reviewed. Be on the lookout for purchases made by out-of-state corporate headquarters for a Virginia plant site. Ask for general ledgers to check for journal entries used to record purchases and intercompany transfers. Be aware that taxpayers could be making payments by electronic transfer which does not require paper invoicing. Also be aware that manual checks may be utilized for payment of some types of transactions. Purchase orders and the voucher register (if applicable) should be reviewed to determine if all purchase records are seen by the auditor.
A chart of accounts or general ledger with a brief explanation should be used to help determine the taxability of audit exceptions. For fixed assets, work in process, or capital projects, and a list of open and closed jobs for the audit period should be obtained from the taxpayer.
Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 5 of 10 The taxpayer's accrual system for use tax should be reviewed. If the taxpayer files a sales tax return or a direct pay return, these should be examined for correctness.
B.
Administration - Administration is the managerial, sales, and nonoperational aspects of manufacturing and processing operations. TPP used in administrative activities are subject to the tax. Following are various items found when auditing manufacturers:
- Production records are taxable to a manufacturer. Recording charts and recording equipment which are use to generate production data from production equipment are taxable. Computer hardware and software in the manufacturing area that record production information are also taxable. (See PDs 86-46 & 87-167)
- TPP withdrawn from a non taxed inventory and given away is taxable at the fabricated cost of the material. Textile manufacturers are a good example. They withdraw material to make swatches, send various lengths of material to prospective customers at no charge and also give completed garments to various charities. (See PD 88-127)
- Catalogs and other printed material used to advertise TPP for sale and distributed within Virginia are taxable. Catalogs and other printed materials distributed outside Virginia within a 12 month period are exempt. Items in the "other printed material" category such as annual reports usually will have a higher percentage of distribution in Virginia than catalogs. Rulers, mugs or other similar items are not considered printed material and are taxable. (See PD 90-15)
- Swatches and swatch cards are taxable when used as sales aids and are not given the same exemption as catalogs. (See PD 90-15)
C.
Production - Production includes the production line of the plant starting with the handling and storage of raw materials at the plant site and continuing through the last step of production where the product is finished or completed for sale and conveyed to a warehouse at the plant site. Following are various items found when auditing manufacturers:
- Boiler and cooling tower chemicals used to prevent pipe and equipment corrosion and plant growth are taxable as part of general maintenance.
The chemicals are not used directly in manufacturing, but are used in preventative maintenance of production machinery. (See PDs 83-51 & 93-238)
- Structural steel used for platforms and equipment supports is taxable unless the steel becomes a component part of exempt production machinery and does not become permanently affixed to realty. When freestanding steel legs or other supporting structures are attached to exempt machinery and used solely to support exempt machinery, and the machinery cannot be operated without such supports, then the steel is exempt from the sales tax. (See PDs 91-183 & 95-43) Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 6 of 10
- Computer hardware and software used both in taxable and exempt manners are taxed based on their preponderance of use. (See PD 90-15)
- Packaging materials and shipping containers are exempt whether returnable or nonreturnable when used or consumed by an industrial manufacturer or processor of products for sale or resale. Any packaging or shipping container that restrains movement of the product in more than one plane is considered packaging. (See PD 86-98)
- Bar coding equipment when used for administrative or inventory control purposes is taxable. However, when bar coding equipment is used directly in the production process it is exempt.
- Storage tanks used to store fuel are taxable. However, storage tanks used to store raw materials are exempt. (See PD 95-140)
- Boilers, chillers, air handling units and cooling towers used for employee comfort are taxable when purchased by the manufacturer or a contractor. The same equipment would be exempt to the manufacturer or contractor, with the use of a ST 11-A, when the equipment maintains critical temperature and humidity for the quality of the product being manufactured. (See PD 92-189)
- Air conditioning equipment used to cool manufacturing machinery is taxable. (See PD 95-278)
- Cleaning supplies used in general maintenance are taxable. However, cleaning supplies used to ensure the quality of the product are exempt. (See PD 92-65) 10.CAD/CAM computers used for design or redesign purposes are taxable.
Those used to produce software which operates manufacturing machinery is tax exempt. (See PDs 88-17 & 91-291) 11.Hoods used to remove fumes for employee comfort are taxable. (See PD 87-277) 12.Fire prevention equipment attached to manufacturing equipment is taxable. (See PD 82-156) 13.Printed forms used directly in the production process are exempt. Any form retained for production records is taxable. If the form is a multi-part form, it may be a percentage taxable item. (See PD 85-201) 14.Computers used to monitor production equipment but don't control the equipment are taxable. Computers used to record manufacturing information are taxable. Computers used to monitor the product for quality purposes are exempt. (See PD 86-46) 15.Electrical items, where more than 50% of the electricity passing through them is going to manufacturing equipment, are exempt. Where electrical items are purchased and placed into stock, a percentage of the stock items should be taxed. 16.Steam, air, or other process piping used more than 51% for processes directly in manufacturing are exempt. When these same items are Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 7 of 10 purchased and placed into stock, a percentage of the stock items should be taxed. 17.Pit truck scales are deemed to be real property and the tax should be paid by the contractor installing them. ( See PD 94-276) Other scales located in the plant may be taxable or exempt based on their use. A postage scale would be taxable. Scales used to weigh raw materials being measured for manufacturing purposes would be exempt. 18.Certified pollution control equipment and facilities are exempt.
However, all such equipment is taxable until it has been certified. In performing audits, you must hold this equipment taxable until the dealer has obtained the proper certification. 19.Repackaging is industrial in nature when the packing operation substantially increases the marketability of the product being packaged.
Any TPP used directly in the repackaging process would be exempt. (See PD 87-274) 20.Purging compounds used to remove resin from a previous production run from the injection lines of exempt machinery are taxable as supplies used for general maintenance. The compounds are used before and after, but not during, the actual production process. (See PD 10-244) 21.Catwalks, mezzanines and other platforms or devices that provide convenient access to production machinery do not constitute an integral part of production. Although the platforms may be essential to the manufacturing operation, they are not an immediate part of the actual production. Accordingly, steel used to make such platforms is taxable. (See PD 10-159) 22.Charges for tooling, machinery, or equipment (including dies, molds and patterns) where title is transferred by a manufacturer to its customer after use by the manufacturer directly in the production of a product for the customer is exempt. (See PD 00-70 & Va. Code § 58.1-602, definition of retail sale). 23.The taxable and exempt use of fuel oil should be examined on an annual basis and the use tax remittance should be adjusted accordingly. Taxpayers should maintain documentation supporting the prorated amounts. (See PD 98-198) 24.Operating supplies which are actively and continually consumed in the operation of exempt machinery and equipment are deemed used directly in manufacturing or processing and are not subject to the tax.
Thus, cleansing agents used during the production process by a printing company are exempt (these agents are generally referred to as "blanket wash''), cleansing agents used prior to or after a production run are considered general maintenance items and are not exempt. (See PD 98-127) 25.Manufactured signs are classified as tangible personal property for retail sales and use tax purposes. This allows sign manufacturers to purchase materials used to manufacture signs exempt of the tax and requires them to collect tax on the sale price of the finished sign. Sign Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 8 of 10 manufacturers are also eligible for the manufacturing exemption on their purchase of machinery, equipment and supplies used directly to manufacture signs. 26.Effective July 1, 2009, the fabrication of animal meat, grains, vegetables, and other foodstuffs when the purchaser i) supplies the foodstuffs and they are consumed by the purchaser or his family, ii) is an organization exempt from taxation under § 501 (c)(3) or (c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code, or iii) donates the foodstuffs to an organization exempt from taxation under § 501 (c)(3) or (c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code is not subject to sales tax.
D.
Distribution – Distribution is the transport or conveyance of products after the completion of production and is not part of manufacturing or processing.
However, the conveyance of finished products directly from the production line to trucks for shipment is part of exempt manufacturing.
- Car bracing used to hold cargo in trucks or rail cars is taxable. Where 3/4" steel strapping is typically used for packaging, 1" or larger strapping is used most of the time for car bracing. Lumber and dunnage bags are also used as car bracing.
- Forklifts used to place the manufactured product in the finished goods warehouse are tax exempt. Forklifts used to take the finished goods out of the warehouse for shipment are taxable. If the same forklift is used both in a taxable and an exempt manner, the preponderance of use rule will apply.
- Where finished goods and raw material are both stored in the same warehouse, any equipment used will be taxable based on its preponderance of use.
- Strapping machines and associated supplies used to bundle products so that the bundle can easily be shipped to customers are taxable. The strapping does not constitute materials used to place goods into a package or container for shipment or sale. (See PD 10-85)
- Air bags used to protect products during transit are not exempt packaging materials. They are more comparable to taxable “transportation devices” which are used to transport and protect products for sale and to restrain movement in a single plane of direction. (See PD 02-126) E. Examples of items which are generally taxable:
- Electrical Items
- cable trays
- F96T12CW-flourescent lighting
- F72T12CW- fluorescent lighting
- light bulbs
- machinery lights enabling operator to see
- lighting ballast
- contact cleaner
- wire markers Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 9 of 10
- greenlee electrical tools
- voltmeters
- Equipment
- hoist, cranes & chains for maintenance of production machinery
- free standing exhaust fans
- pipe cutters
- pipe threading machine
- HVAC for employee comfort
- vacuum systems for housekeeping purposes
- inventory bar code system
- computer equipment to design products
- calibration equipment
- catwalks and ladders
- repair parts and supply storage bins or racks
- chart recorder, chart paper, and pens
- administrative computer hardware and software
- computers for inventory management
- dust covers
- guards
- wearing apparel for employee comfort
- portable dockboards
- raised or false flooring
- fire prevention equipment
- gas cylinder rental or demurrage charges on gas cylinders
- grinder machine and accessories used to sharpen production parts
- pipe identification markers
- general maintenance equipment
- rail car leases
- off site packaging equipment
- off site quality control equipment
- Supplies
- supply storage tanks
- boiler treatment chemicals
- chemicals and additives that prolong the life of equipment
- fuel for comfort heating
- oil dry
- heat tape to prevent freezing
- acetylene, oxygen, argon-welding gases Field Audit Procedures: Manufacturing and Fabricating September 2016 Page 10 of 10 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup Revised: September 2016 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-633 (Records) 58.1.625 (Sums held in trust) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23VAC010-210-470 (Dealers Records) 23 VAC 10-210-340 (Collection of tax) C. Public Documents:
PD 95-224
PD 95-162
PD 95-61
PD 94-232
PD 94-213
PD 91-276
PD 99-28
PD 97-303
PD 97-298
PD 96-287
PD 97-149
PD 09-23
PD 10-234 D. Exemption Certificate
ST-10 E. Internal Revenue Service (IRS): Audit Technique Guide (ATG) / Retail Industry / Chapter 4 II. General Purchase markup procedures are used when restaurants/bars have failed to maintain sufficient records to determine the amount of sales tax collected. The procedures allow the auditor to estimate taxable sales by marking up purchases with ratios derived from known cost and selling prices or industry standards. The portioned purchases of liquor and beer, along with limited sources of supply that occur with a bar make it especially effective. A restaurant’s menu will provide good results; particularly, one which lends itself to portion control purchasing. In addition, industry standards provide known benchmarks, which act as a plausibility check for your results, and, may even be used alone to provide a quick and generally accurate result.
Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 1 of 9 III. Procedures It is already assumed that there are insufficient records maintained by the business. Therefore, the auditor needs to ascertain what records are available that will assist in performing a purchase markup.
A.
ABC: When mixed beverages are being sold the business is required to file a Mixed Beverage Annual Review report with the Virginia Alcohol Control Board (ABC). This is done on an annual basis. If the taxpayer does not have his most recent reports, copies can be obtained from ABC by going through the Field Audit Director. The information in the report is provided by the business and purports to be an accurate reflection of the business. The report categorizes sales by mixed beverage, beer & wine, and food for a twelve-month period. It also provides total purchases for each category. This information is useful in several regards.
First, it provides sales information with which to verify what has been reported to the Department of Taxation. Secondly, it provides total purchases, per category, which is useful to have in summary form. And third, it enables the auditor to calculate the Cost of Goods Sold for each category as reported by the business; thereby, providing a quick figure with which to judge the reasonableness of the sales numbers contained in the report. This in itself is a tremendous aid for the auditor. For, given that the purchase figures are correct, the auditor may preemptively conclude that either sales have been accurately reported, albeit with poor records being retained, or that something is amiss and further effort is required. Thus, the auditor has a tool that either confirms the need for a complete purchase markup or allows for the procedure to be aborted before much effort has been expended. After all, the auditor is most concerned with underreported sales and not just the exercise of reconstructing sales. Except, of course, for instances where no sales have been reported at all.
B.
Purchase Invoices: After the ABC report has been reviewed, purchase invoices should be reviewed. There is only one legitimate source for liquor purchases. That is the ABC store which serves that particular business area.
Beer & wine purchases are almost exclusively made from the few large beer & wine wholesalers that serve the area. The business owner is required by ABC to keep liquor purchase information on the premises. However, if it is felt that the records are incomplete or they are unavailable for review, the auditor may obtain copies of all liquor purchases from the ABC store serving the business.
This will be in the form of actual invoices showing the type, quantity, and price of liquor purchased. In like manner, beer & wine wholesalers may be contacted for information concerning their products. Instead of actual invoices, they will provide summary reports showing quantities and sales dollars by product on a monthly basis. These reports usually cover the current and prior year. An ABC agent can facilitate gathering the aforementioned information.
C.
Review of Alcohol Purchases: Once the purchase information has been obtained, the total purchase amounts provided on the Mixed Beverage Annual Review report can be verified. Next determine what are the serving sizes and selling prices of the alcohol. This is best accomplished through an interview with the business owner or manager on the initial visit to the location. At that Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 2 of 9 time, posted prices and bar setup may be observed while discussing the following:
- What serving size for liquor is used? Is it one ounce, ounce and a quarter?
- Is a measured type of system in use or is it free pour?
- At what price is liquor sold at for well, call, and premium brands?
- Is there a happy hour?
- Are just well brands used at happy hour?
- What prices are used at happy hour?
- What size glass is used for draft beer?
- What size are the pitchers?
- What are the regular prices?
- What are the happy hour prices?
- What about bottled beer?
- How much is domestic?
- How much is import and premium?
- Are there any reduced prices with bottled beer?
- Are happy hour records kept?
- Are Z-tapes kept from the cash register?
- Are the Z-tapes consecutively numbered?
- How many cash registers are there?
- How are daily sales recorded?
- Are daily sheets used and maintained?
These questions provide the answers you will need to perform your calculations and also establish the degree of record keeping the business has maintained. In order to facilitate organizing this information the following questionnaire should be used and then maintained as a statement of record as to certain facts pertaining to the taxpayer’s business.
Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 3 of 9 General Audit Information Questionnaire Business Name:
Registration # Trade Name
Type of establishment: Street Address: City/Town, State and Zip Type of location of establishment:
(Shopping center, Downtown, etc…) Days/Hours of Operation: Days Hours .
Food percentage sold: Menu provided: yes no Does taxpayer have copies of old menus: yes no Miscellaneous Sales: Cover Charges – Are cover charges imposed? yes no Records for cover charges kept? yes no How long have cover charges been in effect?
Days / Hours cover charges are imposed: Days: Hours: Cover charge imposed: $_ per person, $ per couple. If different amounts are charged for different times of days, please note: Is anything other than admission included in cover charges? yes no
Please note: Other Miscellaneous Sales: Pool tables / Video Games / souvenirs – Does the applicant or licensee have pool tables or video games or sell souvenirs (such as hats or T-shirts)? yes no If yes, list type(s): Are records for these sales maintained? yes no If records for miscellaneous sales are not kept, approximately how much money is taken in per week from these sales: $ Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 4 of 9 Alcoholic Beverage Sales
Happy Hours (reduced pricing)
Are there periods when reduced prices are charged? yes no
Are Happy Hour records maintained? yes no
Days and times of Happy Hours: Days of Week: Hours
How long have these Happy Hour times been in effect?
If Happy Hour records are not maintained, obtain the percentage of total alcohol sales derived from Happy Hour. _%.
How is liquor dispensed: Free pour Gun system Measured pour
Summary of Serving Sizes and Prices for Alcoholic Beverages
Item Regular Serving Regular Price Happy Hour Happy Hour size (in oz.) Serving size (in Price oz.) Domestic Bottle Beer Imported Bottle Beer Other Bottled Beer (more than 12 oz.) Other Bottled Beer (less than 12 oz.) Draft-Glass Draft-Pitcher Wine sold by bottle.
Wine sold by glass.
Mixed Beverages Amount of liquor Regular price Amount of liquor Happy Hour used in ounces. used in ounces. Price House Brands Call Brands Premium Brands Exotic Drinks
Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 5 of 9Normally restaurants use the cost of each brand to determine the sale price.
Example: 750ml bottles that cost from $0.00 - $10.00 are considered house brands, bottles that cost $10.01 - $18.00 are considered call brands, etc. Determine the price structure for House, Call, Premium and Exotic brands.
Document the price structure in the chart below: Mixed Beverage Pricing Structure House Brand
Call Brand
Premium Brand
Exotic Brand Is sales tax included in the price for a drink: yes no Is sales tax separately charged when a drink is bought: yes no Are daily sheets used and maintained: yes no Are Z-tapes kept from the cash register: yes no Are the Z-tapes consecutively numbered: yes no Person providing the information for this questionnaire: Name: Title: Date: Date of interview: Auditor’s Signature: Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 6 of 9
D.
Calculate COGS ratio The auditor is now prepared to begin constructing worksheets which will put the accumulated information into meaningful form.
The goal is to produce a cost of goods sold ratio per category which, in turn, can be applied to the total purchases per category which results in a sales figure based on known facts. This entails arranging the information in such a manner so that the relationship between actual costs and selling prices produces the COGS ratio necessary to project sales based on purchases.
When constructing worksheets, the sale prices used should be net of tax. This allows a true COGS ratio to be developed based on the actual cost and selling prices of the product itself. The sales generated by the worksheets will be taxable sales. Many restaurant/bars include sales tax in the selling price of alcohol beverages, and then back out the tax from their gross alcohol beverage sales and report the result as taxable sales.
Code of Virginia § 58.1-625 requires the dealer to separately state the amount of the tax and add the tax to the sales price or charge. Title 23 VAC 10-210-340(A) further provides that identification of the tax by a separate writing or symbol is not required provided that the amount of the tax is shown as a separate item on the record of transaction. However, Code of Virginia § 58.1-614(D) provides that when a dealer is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Tax Commissioner that is impractical to collect the tax in accordance with the bracket system it may be authorized to remit an amount based on a percentage of gross receipts which takes into account the inclusion of the sales tax.
If sales tax is included in the selling price, and the taxpayer has not been granted authorization from the Tax Commissioner to do so, then the taxable selling price is the total price received for drinks. If the taxpayer has been granted permission, then the taxable selling price is the selling price less sales tax.
Another factor to consider is that of weighting. What percentage of total sales are attributed to regular prices versus happy hour prices?
The last factor to consider is breakage and spillage - over pouring, foamy beer, breakage, and theft. The following spillage figures, per the ABC, should be utilized in providing an allowance:
- Free-pour liquor and wine --------------------8%
- Gun-dispensed liquor --------------------------5%
- Beer & Wine by individual container -------5%
- Draft Keg beer ------------ No spillage allowed
E.
Food Sales: ABC regulations require that the food and nonalcoholic beverage sales must account for at least 45% of the gross sales of mixed beverages and food. The menu provides the product along with its selling price. Determine the cost per portion and compare it to the selling price. The resulting COGS percentages for the various entrees are then weighted to establish an overall
COGS.
Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 7 of 9 F. Additional Comments:
- The following COGS ratios provide ballpark numbers to evaluate the Mixed Beverage Annual Review: Liquor - 20%, Beer & Wine - 25%, Food - 45%. If the evaluation of the Mixed Beverage Annual Review shows substantially higher numbers, further investigation is required.
- The COGS ratio is the relation of cost to sales. The inverse of COGS is the markup factor.
- A place of business, which sells only beer, is required to have at least $2000.00 worth of food sales per month by the ABC.
- Happy Hour time frames cannot extend past 9:00 PM.
- Businesses are required to maintain separate happy hour records. In practice, this usually takes the form of designated keys on the cash register which segregates happy hour sales on the register tape.
G. Steps to Determine if Purchase Markup is Necessary
- Review the taxpayer’s records in IRMS.
- Determine if sufficient records are available - cash register tapes, balance sheets, profit and loss statements, general ledgers, sales journal, purchase invoices and check register.
- If the records are sufficient, review them to determine if the proper amount of tax has been paid on purchases and collected and remitted on sales.
- To ensure that the proper amount of tax has been submitted, review the cost of goods sold. Divide COGS by gross sales to calculate the cost of goods sold percentage. Compare this percentage to the industry standards.
- If the cost of goods sold percentage is unreasonably higher than the industry standards, calculate taxable sales by using a purchase markup.
- Establish what the selling price is for the different beverages.
- If the selling price seems low, then that might explain why the cost of goods sold percentage is high.
- If the selling price is average for the industry, then that might indicate possible under reporting of sales.
H. Review of Purchase Markup Steps: Check ABC report if applicable (MBAR) Mixed Beverage Annual Review
- Determine if the totals reported to ABC include sales tax
- Determine if the totals are the same as those on the sales tax returns.
- Make note of the COGS percentage per report.
Obtain Beer and Liquor purchases
- Contact beer distributors
- Contact ABC Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 8 of 9 Determine selling prices of beverages Establish COGS for different categories
- Regular price for liquor
- Happy hour price for liquor
- Regular price for beer
- Happy hour price for beer
- Back out tax from price if required
- Allowance for spillage is factored into all calculations Weight COGS Determine how much of each category is sold for:
- Liquor (Well, Call, Premium) and beer (bottles, draft)
- Determine percentage of happy hour pricing versus regular pricing Divide COGS into total purchases for liquor & beer.
Compare resulting figure with what was reported.
Field Audit Procedures: Restaurant/Bar Purchase Markup September 2016 Page 9 of 9 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Caterers
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-930 C. Virginia Tax Bulletins
VTB 92-10
VTB 08-11 D. Public Documents: PD 09-23 Restaurant Mandatory Gratuity PD 04-223 Taxability of items transferred to customer PD 03-42 Dietary transfers (internal catering) by a hospital are exempt PD 00-48 Food purchased for free distribution at colleges PD 01-225 Labor charges in conjunction with meal catering.
PD 97-152 Food Service management company PD 94-39 Catering Supplies & Equipment PD 93-33 Labor Charges of Caterer PD 92-156 Leases & Rentals-Catering Supplies E. Exemption Certificate:
ST-10
II. General A. Retail sales by caterers are taxable. Code of Virginia § 58.1-602 defines sales price as the total amount for which tangible personal property or services are sold, including any services that are part of the sale. Charges by caterers for cover, labor, minimum, service, set-up, cleaning, and the amount of non discretionary tips which exceeds 20% are subject to sales tax.
B. Effective 1/1/2005, purchases of items intended to be transferred to the customers of caterers are exempt. Caterers may also rent for “resale” items which are obtained on the behalf of specific customers and for which the charges are passed onto the customers. These charges, in addition to the charges for food and other services, are subject to the sales tax. C. Items purchased or leased by caterers for their own use in preparing and serving meals are taxable to the caterer at the time of purchase and are also subject to tax as part of the sales price to the customer.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 CaterersIII. Procedures A. Purchases:
- Equipment and supplies purchased and leased by a caterer, for its own use and consumption in preparing and serving meals, are taxable.
The tax is applicable at the time of purchase or rental and must be paid to the vendor, provided these items are not resold to customers as part of meals, but instead are consumed by the caterer in providing the meals. Examples of some items subject to the tax are:
Kitchen equipment & supplies
Cloth linens such as table cloths and napkins
Serving trays Serving utensils
Serving dishes
Plates/China Glassware
Silverware
Tables - not rented for a specific customer
Chairs – not rented for a specific customer
- Purchases of items furnished with and disposed of after use by a customer are considered part of the meal and may be purchased exempt. These items include:
Disposable paper doilies
Disposable paper placemats
Plastic eating utensils, plates, cups, and lids
Plastic or paper bags
Disposable serving trays
Straws
Paper napkins
Other similar items
- Purchases of items intended to be transferred to customers are not taxable to the caterer. Caterers may also rent for resale items which are obtained on the behalf of specific customers and for which the charges are passed onto the customers.
Caterers must document all purchases and rentals of the items for resale purposes. Charges to customers for such items must be
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Caterers Separately stated on the invoice to the customers. It must be specifically stated that the charges being incurred by the caterers for their customers are the same charges that are being passed on to the caterer’s customers and on which tax is collected from the caterer’s customers.
Items purchased for transfer to customers include
Party accessories, including invitations, favors and decorations Flowers and flower arrangements Ice sculptures Other similar items
Items rented for resale include
Tables Chairs Tents Gazebos Arches Other similar equipment
The tax is to be collected on the total amount billed to customers, including labor, personnel, set-up, cleaning, serving, equipment & supplies used in the provision of the service, flowers, and any other similar items, even if separately stated on the invoice. All charges for services provided in conjunction with the provision of food services are subject to the sales tax. This also includes the portion of non discretionary tips which exceeds 20%.
Code of Virginia 58.1-609.1(4) provides an exemption from the sales tax for purchases of tangible personal property by the federal, state and local governments of Virginia. 23 VAC 10-210-690 (B) states that charges for catered events are subject to the tax when paid for by state or local governments or public institutions of learning, or employees of such, regardless of whether the purchases are made pursuant to required official purchase orders. 23 VAC10-690(B) also provides that purchases of meals (catering) by the federal government are exempt provided they are made pursuant to an official purchase order (e.g., by direct billing to government or use of government credit card).
The department has consistently held sales by a caterer of meals to local governments and state agencies for consumption by individuals as taxable.
However, Public Document 87-245 illustrates a situation in which the sales of food/catered services are exempt because food was served to inmates housed in a jail facility operated by a local government.
When auditing an entity that provides catering to local and state governments, taxation has generally been the rule, with only certain exceptions made. The auditor should check for current rulings or changes in law concerning meals/catering to local and state governments.
Effective July 1997, food purchased for free distribution at the facilities of
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Caterers colleges or other institutions of learning is exempt from sales tax provided such college or institution of learning is nonprofit. This includes meals and food purchased and prepared by the school.Meals/catering sold in a county run cafeteria to interdepartmental divisions are subject to sales tax since the meals are not consumed by the tax-exempt county.
A court ruling in 2000 determined that dietary transfers (internal catering) by a hospital are exempt from sales and use tax. This does not affect the taxability of meals sold from an outside caterer to the hospital.
The Nonprofit Organization Exemption effective July 1, 2004, does not exempt “taxable services”. Therefore, meals purchased by these organizations are subject to the sales tax on and after July 1, 2004.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 CaterersField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines Revised: September 2016 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.10 (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-940 C. Tax Bulletin VTB 98-4 Exemption for Nonprescription Drugs & Proprietary Medicines D. Public Documents: PD 11-141 Taxability of breast implants PD 11-75 Distinction between medical drugs and medical devices PD 10-216 Clarification of Supplies to be used in connection with exempt Durable Medical Equipment (Mastectomy Bras) PD 09-6 Bulk purchases of Durable Medical Equipment PD 08-28 Various examples and distinctions of exempt and taxable Durable Medical Equipment PD 07-45 Birth Control Implants (Device) do not meet exemption criteria PD 07-14 Exemption of IV medications provided during Home Infusion Therapy PD 06-113 Video & ESO capsules do not meet qualifications for exemption as Durable Medical Equipment PD 05-135 Determining whether item – Metamucil – meets the exemption for nonprescription drugs PD 05-126 Exemption of biological bone replacement devices PD 05-106 Taxability of installed wheelchair lift PD 04-136 Nutritional products sold under DMAS are exempt PD 04-116 Agency relationship between clinic and a Management Company PD 03-30 Taxability of spas & hot tubs PD 03-1 Distinction between medical “drug” and medical “device” PD 00-215 Bulk Purchase of DME later modified for a specific patient PD 94-127 Clarification on implants for cosmetic purposes PD 10-179 Taxability of crowns, caps, alloys, bonding agents, etc.
PD 11-7 Taxability of antibacterial gels, soaps, sanitizers Field Audit Procedures: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines September 2016 Page 1 of 6 E. Case Law:
- Northern Virginia Doctors Hospital Corporation v. Department of Taxation -Exemption for drugs sold to a for-profit hospital by a pharmacy upon written order of a physician.
- Bluefield Sanitarium, Inc v. Department of Taxation - Taxability of drugs purchased by a for-profit hospital's pharmacy for distribution by work order of physician to patients.
- Bio-Medical Applications of Roanoke Inc. v. Department of Taxation – Purchase of drugs by a clinic to treat patients. Drugs held taxable.
- Sentara Enterprises Inc v. Virginia Department of Taxation – drugs purchased and sold through clinics to patients of the clinics are taxable similar to Bluefield Sanitarium.
F. Exemption Certificate – ST 13, Numbered exemption certificate issued by the Department II. General
A.
Controlled Medicines and Drugs - The sale of controlled medicines or drugs, including oxygen, pursuant to a written prescription of physicians and dentists are exempt from tax. Purchases by physicians (for use in their professional practice), nonprofit hospitals and nonprofit nursing homes that have qualified and obtained a nonprofit letter are also exempt. Due to legislative expansion of the controlled medicines and drugs exemption, for-profit hospitals, nursing homes, clinics and similar corporation were extended the exemption as well.
Licensed retail pharmacies may purchase controlled drugs under the resale exemption.
Effective July 1, 1996 an exemption is provided for samples of pharmaceutical products and their packaging distributed free of charge in Virginia to authorized recipients in accordance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.
Effective July 1, 2006 an exemption is provided for medicines and drugs when sold to a veterinarian used for the treatment of “agricultural production animals” and for medicines and drugs purchased by veterinarians for resale to a farmer for direct use in producing an agricultural product for market.
The term controlled drugs is further restricted to drugs under Schedules I-VI of the Virginia Control Act, Sections 54.1-3446 through 54.1-3456. Generally, controlled drugs and prescription drugs are synonymous in Virginia.
B.
Durable Medical Equipment - The exemption for DME applies to those general categories listed in the regulations or other specific items, which meet the definition that follows. These DME items must be purchased by an individual or on their behalf in order to qualify for the exemption. They also must meet 4 criteria: (1) can withstand repeated use (2) is primarily and customarily used to serve a medical purpose (3) generally is not useful to a person in the absence of illness or injury; and (4) is appropriate for use in the home. Bulk purchases by for profit health care providers and physicians for later distribution to patients do not qualify for the exemption even if later modified for a specific patient.
Field Audit Procedures: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines September 2016 Page 2 of 6
C.
Prosthetic Devices - The exemption for prosthetic devices applies specifically to those devices purchased by and on behalf of an individual for use by that individual. Bulk purchases for later use or modification are taxable if no other exemption applies (such as that of a nonprofit hospital).
D.
Nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines – Effective July 1, 1998 the sale of nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines are exempt from retail sales and use tax. The exemption is applicable regardless of the nature of the purchaser. These may be purchased tax-exempt by individuals, physicians, medical facilities, and all other entities. In addition, effective July 1, 1998, samples of nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines distributed free of charge by the manufacturer are exempt from the sales and use tax. The exemption includes packaging materials and constituent elements and ingredients. The exemption does not apply to cosmetics.
III. Definitions
A.
Controlled Drugs - Shall mean those drugs itemized under Virginia Code Sections 54.1-3446 through 54.1-3456, but shall include only medicines and drugs and not devices.
B.
Prosthetic Devices - Shall mean devices, which replace a missing part or function of the body and shall include any supplies physically connected to such devices (i.e. ostomy supplies but does not include general supplies such as tape and gauze).
C.
Prescription - Shall mean and include an order for drugs and medical supplies, written, signed or transmitted by word of mouth, telephone, telegraph, or other means of communication to a pharmacist by a duly licensed physician...or other practitioner, authorized by law to prescribe and administer such drugs or medical supplies.
D. Durable Medical Equipment - is that which
- Can withstand repeated use
- Is primarily and customarily used to serve a medical purpose
- Generally is not useful to a person in the absence of illness or injury
- Is appropriate for use in the home NOTE: All 4 criteria must be met for an item to be deemed DME.)
E.
Prescription Drug – shall mean any drug required by federal law or regulation to be dispensed only pursuant to a prescription, including finished dosage forms and active ingredients subject to the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. (Code of Virginia § 54.1 – 3401)
F.
Nonprescription Drugs – Shall mean any substance or mixture of substances containing medicines or drugs for which no prescription is required and which are generally sold for internal or topical use in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of diseases in human beings.
Field Audit Procedures: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines September 2016 Page 3 of 6
G.
Proprietary medicines – Shall mean any nonprescription drug sold to the general public under the brand name or trade name of the manufacturer and which does not contain any controlled substance or marijuana.
IV. Procedures
A.
Medicines and Drugs – The expanded exemption for medicines and controlled drugs has essentially made all purchases of controlled medicines and drugs exempt from sales tax. In addition, it should be noted that the legislative change in 7/1/1998 previously noted, exempts all sales of nonprescription and proprietary medicines as well.
It is important to determine if an item is a controlled drug or a “medical device” which would be taxable if purchased by a taxable entity in bulk. The FDA website or medical reference guides can assist in making this important distinction.
In order to purchase drugs under the “resale” exemption, the seller or physician must hold a special certificate from the Board of Pharmacy, which allows them to "retail" drugs and fill prescriptions accordingly. (Effective 7/1/2006, physicians, all licensed hospitals, nursing homes and clinics and similar corporations are exempt on purchases of drugs and medicines.)
B.
Durable Medical Equipment - The exemption for durable medical equipment applies only when the DME is purchased by or on behalf of an individual and it meets the definition of DME set forth in the regulations. An extensive list of DME is provided to assist in making this determination. The seller and purchaser of these products must maintain sufficient records to substantiate that the purchase was made for a specific individual's use. Also, legislation passed in 1995, has changed the taxability of purchases by a Medicaid recipient through a Department of Medical Assistance Service (DMAS) agreement. Examples of items that can be purchased tax exempt under the DMAS agreement are bandages, gauze dressings, incontinence products, wound care products, and all supplements provided to patients when considered their sole source of nutrition and a necessity for medical treatment.
DME is medical equipment which can withstand repeated use, is generally and customarily used to serve a medical purpose, is not useful to a person in the absence of illness or injury, and is appropriate for use in the home. If a product does not meet all four criteria, it cannot be exempted as DME. For example, adult diapers are disposable and therefore cannot withstand repeated use. Thus, the exemption does not apply. Supplies, which are specifically designed for use with exempt DME, are also exempt. Examples of these are tubes, pumps, and containers used in conjunction with internal or parental feeding equipment.
Once it is determined that a specific medical item qualifies as DME, it must be verified that it was purchased by or on behalf of an individual for use by such individual. When taxable medical facilities and physicians purchase DME for their patients, they must maintain sufficient documentation to verify that it was bought for a specific patient. In many cases a patient's name appears on the Field Audit Procedures: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines September 2016 Page 4 of 6 purchase order and invoice, which is sufficient. If this is not the case, then the seller must obtain a signed statement from the purchaser certifying to the effect that the DME is purchased on behalf of a specific patient through a doctor's prescription or profit hospital's order and is for sole use by such patient. The purchaser must also retain a copy of the prescription or work order as part of the record of the transaction. Bulk purchases for later distribution to patients by any physician or taxable facilities do not qualify for the exemption.
Another issue for medical facilities or DME retailers concerns third party billings to insurance companies and various governmental programs. The tax due is not on the total charge submitted to the third party for reimbursement, but is based on the actual reimbursement amount which is allocated to sales, untaxed charges and tax based on the percentages to the original total charge.
As previously mentioned, billings which fall under DMAS are exempt from tax.
C.
Prosthetic Devices - The exemption for prosthetic devices is similar to that for DME in that it only applies when the devices are purchased by or on behalf of an individual using these items. The same documentation requirements are required for these purchases as previously mentioned for DME. The purchases of prosthetic devices are normally on a per patient basis due to the individual nature of the device and use of the device.
The taxability of implants is an area that requires further comment. Implants, such as breast and chin, are considered exempt when purchased by a licensed physician (normally a plastic surgeon) on behalf of a patient, and are used in reconstructive surgery to replace a missing body part. However, implants used for cosmetic purposes do not meet the definition of "prosthetic device" and therefore do not qualify for exemption. A general rule is that normally, insurance companies will not reimburse the physician when the surgery is performed for cosmetic purposes. Also, plastic surgeons will typically order an extra implant on behalf of the patient in case there is a defect, which might be discovered during surgery. If the original implants are exempt, the extra implants are also exempt. Again, bulk purchases are not exempt from tax even if an item later is withdrawn from inventory and modified or fitted for a specific individual.
D.
Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines – The exemption for nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines is item specific. Who or what entity purchases the nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines is not relevant because these medicines are always exempt. No exemption certificate is necessary.
It is important to determine whether an item purchased is a nonprescription drug or proprietary medicine. The department considers three factors to determine if a product falls within the scope of the exemption: (1) Is the item a nonprescription drug (i.e., is the product a substance or mixture of substances containing medicines or drugs for which no prescription is required); (2) is the product for topical or internal use; and (3) is the product for the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of a disease in human beings.
Field Audit Procedures: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines September 2016 Page 5 of 6 Cosmetics, toiletry articles, food products and supplements, devices, vitamins and mineral concentrates sold as dietary supplements or adjuncts are taxable.
If the taxpayer is not computerized, each individual sale must be examined to ensure tax is not charged on the exempt medicines, and is charged on the taxable items. Retail dealers making sales of nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines must keep records segregating purchases and sales of exempt items.
If tax is being charged on nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines the tax collected must be remitted to the state. No refund is to be made to the retailer until it demonstrates that it has refunded this over collection of sales tax to the corresponding customer(s).
Effective July 1, 1998 samples of nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines distributed free of charge by the manufacturer, including packaging materials and constituent elements and ingredients are exempt from sales and use tax.
V. Use of ST-13 Exemption Certificates The ST-13 was revised July 2001 and should be used by the specific purchasers and for the specific items and products listed on the exemption certificate form. It should not be used by nonprofit hospitals, nonprofit hospital cooperatives and nonprofit hospital corporations, nonprofit nursing homes, nonprofit adult homes, and other nonprofit medical facilities that are entitled to nonprofit exemptions. These entities are provided an exemption letter and registration number by the department, which should be furnished to their vendors to make tax exempt purchases.
Effective 7/1/2004 – all nonprofit organizations that qualify for the expanded Non Profit exemption must apply and obtain the Non Profit Exemption Letter from TAX. This letter should be provided to their vendors to make tax-exempt purchases.
Field Audit Procedures: Controlled Drugs, Durable Medical Equipment, Nonprescription Drugs and Proprietary Medicines September 2016 Page 6 of 6 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Mining and Mineral Processing
Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 and 58.1-609.3 (2) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-960 C. Public Documents
PD 92-236
PD 95-187
PD 95-231
PD 96-16 D. Commonwealth of Virginia v. Wellmore Coal Corporation E. Exemption Certificates:
ST 11, ST-11A II. General A. Code of Virginia Section 609.3.2 exempts machinery or tools or repair parts therefor or replacements thereof, fuel, power, energy, or supplies, used directly in processing, manufacturing, refining, mining or converting products for sale or resale. Machinery, tools and equipment, or repair parts therefor or replacements thereof, shall be exempt if the preponderance of their use is directly in processing, manufacturing, refining, mining or converting products for sale or resale.
B. Definitions: "Used directly” refers to all steps of the integrated mining process, but does not include ancillary activities such as general maintenance or administration. It also includes reclamation activities required by state or federal law when performed by the mining company on land which it has previously mined.
The fact that particular property may be considered essential to the conduct of the business of mining or mineral processing because its use is required either by law or by practical necessity does not, of itself, mean that the property is used directly in mining or mineral processing.
Mining and processing are separate and distinct activities. If the ore or mineral excavated is subject to further mineral processing, the exemption may continue under certain circumstances.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 1 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral Processing “Mining” means both deep and strip mining, quarrying, and other industrial removal of natural resources, minerals, or mineral aggregates from the earth.
It does not include the extraction from tailing piles which because of technological advances in processing have become economic mineral deposits.
Direct use in mining begins with the drilling of the shaft in deep mining or the removal of the overburden in strip mining, auger mining or quarrying and ends with the conveyance of the mined product to storage or stockpile at the mine site. "Mineral processing" is the preparation, refining or concentrating of the ore, resource or mineral subsequent to extraction and prior to distribution for sale and includes cleaning, grading, washing, cracking, crushing, refining and similar processing of the mineral or resource.
Direct use in mineral processing begins with the handling and storage of the raw material at the processing plant site and ends with the conveyance of the processed product to storage at a stockpile at the plant site.
C. Exploration – Exploration is the search for economic deposits of minerals, ore or coal, and includes the mapping and design of the mine site. All tangible personal property used in exploration is subject to the tax, including drilling equipment used to test the earth and surveying equipment. D. Site preparation – Site preparation is the preparation of the mine and includes the removal of the overburden, the clearing of the land at the mine site, construction of access roads, and the construction of tunnels, shafts, and passageways in underground mines.
Removal of the overburden in surface mining operations and at the opening of a deep mine tunnel are part of the mining process, and tangible personal property used in these removal processes is not subject to the tax. Construction of tunnels, shafts, and passageways in underground mines is also an exempt activity.
Other land clearing activities at the mine site or the mineral processing plant site, such as for the construction of a processing plant or office buildings, and the construction and maintenance of access roads, are not a part of mining and property used in such activities is subject to the tax.
E. Extraction - Extraction is the actual removal of the mineral, ore or natural resource from the earth. It includes severing of the mineral, hauling the mine product from the mine face to a stockpile at the mine site for storage, and reconstruction of tunnels, shafts, and passageways in deep mines. Tangible personal property used directly in extraction is not subject to the tax.
Such items include digging, blasting, and extracting equipment, mine roof support materials, drainage pumps used within the mine, ventilation and dust control equipment used in the mines, transportation devices and equipment used to haul extracted product from the mine face or pit to a stockpile located outside the mine or pit, personnel and supply cars, fuel, supplies, lubricants and repair or replacement parts for exempt equipment, telephones used for dispatching within the mine, and protective apparel and protective materials furnished to production employees.
In Commonwealth v. Wellmore Coal Corporation, it was ruled that methanometers and first aid supplies are also protective materials and are therefor exempt.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 2 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral Processing Page 2 of 6 Items found to be both essential and used immediately in deep mining, may not meet the direct use test in surface mining. In PD 95-231 the Tax Commissioner upheld the taxing of water trucks used to control dust in surface mining, although dusting control equipment used in deep mining is exempt.
He did, however, rule that because of the broad expanse of land involved in a surface mining operation, two-way radio systems used to coordinate work from different areas of the job site are exempt.
Mining does not include the extraction from tailing piles. No exempt mining activities occur in this process. It does not entail the severance or extraction of minerals from the earth as extraction from the mine has already occurred F. Transportation from the mine site – Transportation of the mined product to another location is taxable unless conveyed (a) over a private transportation system owned by the processor and connected to the mine site, or (b) from the mine site to a processing site owned by the same entity.
The Virginia Supreme Court in Wellmore ruled that transporting the coal to the tipple is part of the mining process. Exempt transportation is not limited to the transportation occurring at the plant site. The Court ruled that repair parts and supplies for trucks used to haul coal between mines and the tipple are exempt. Materials used to build and maintain coal haul roads are used directly in the process of mining and are not taxable.
The road maintenance materials are also used directly in mining and processing because they facilitate transportation of the coal from the mines to the tipple for processing and are not taxable.
G. Mineral Processing - Mineral processing generally begins with the handling and storage of the raw material at the processing plant site and ends with the conveyance of the processed product to storage at a stockpile at the plant site. It was ruled in the Wellmore Court Case that weighing of the coal at the tipple, or processing site, is a part of processing because it constitutes handling of raw materials.
Tangible personal property used to clean, grade, wash, crack, crush, and similarly process the mineral or resource at the mine or processing (plant) site is exempt.
Plant construction and administration are not a part of mineral processing and are taxable activities. Construction materials such as concrete, structural steel, and roofing which become permanently incorporated into the processing plant, and machinery and tools used in the construction of the plant are subject to the tax.
Steel or similar supports which are component parts of exempt processing equipment or machinery and which do not become permanently affixed to realty are not subject to tax.
Concrete foundations onto which such supports are bolted, floors on which machinery rests, and structures housing equipment and machinery are not used directly in processing and are subject to the tax. Inspection and testing at the mine or plant site to determine the quality of the product and to determine if the product meets industry standard is deemed to be a part of mining and mineral processing and is an exempt activity.
Any testing not related to product quality control is not part of mining or mineral processing and is a taxable activity. Examples of taxable research are efficiency surveys, management studies, consumer surveys, economic surveys, advertising, or promotions.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 3 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral Processing H. Refuse - Transportation of a waste product from the processing plant to a waste dump at the plant site is a part of production line quality control and is included in mineral processing. Systems used to transport the waste product from the production line at the processing plant to the dump are not subject to tax provided the dump is located at the processing plant site and the transportation to the dump is continuous and without interruption. The dump must be connected to the processing plant via a private transportation system entirely owned or leased by the processor. If public roadways or transportation systems are used between the processing plant and the dump, no exemption is available for property used to convey the waste between the two sites.
In PD 92-236, the Tax Commissioner ruled that materials used in the construction of refuse hauling roads are taxable. Only roads used in the transportation of coal for further processing may possibly be exempt.
I. Repair and Maintenance - Repair and maintenance is the repair of machinery, tools and equipment, routine maintenance in order to insure that machinery and equipment are in good working order, and the repair and maintenance of offices, outbuildings, and other real or tangible personal property connected with the operation of the mine.
Repair and maintenance is not mining. Therefore, repair and maintenance facilities, including tools, supplies, machinery and equipment used in performing repair and maintenance work are subject to the tax.
Replacement and repair parts for exempt machinery and equipment, as well as operating supplies which are actively and continually consumed in the operation of exempt machinery and equipment, are deemed used directly in mining and mineral processing and are not subject to the tax.
Machinery and tools used by the person engaged in mining or mineral processing to fabricate exempt machinery or equipment are exempt from the tax if the preponderance of their use is in an exempt manner.
J. Distribution - Distribution is the transport or conveyance after the completion of mining or processing of the product and is not a part of mining or mineral processing. It includes the storage of the product subsequent to its extraction (other than for further processing at the mine site) or processing, and the actual transport of the product for sale. All tangible personal property used to convey, transport, handle or store the product is taxable. K. Reclamation - Reclamation is the restoration or conversion of mined land to a stable condition and the ongoing restoration or conversion of land currently being mined prior to total site reclamation. The process includes recontouring, reseeding, and reforesting the land. Reclamation activities required by state or federal law are a part of the mining process when performed by a mining company on land which it has previously mined.
Reclamation activities which are not required by federal or state law are not a part of mining and tangible personal property used in such activities is subject to the tax.
The Tax Commissioner ruled in PD 95-187 that, although required by law, the reclamation of access roads, refuse areas and areas other than the land that was actually mined, is not considered part of the mining process.
L. Pollution Control - Code of Virginia § 58.1- 609.3.9 (ii) provides an exemption ending July 1, 2006 for certified pollution control equipment and facilities which have been certified by the Department of Mines, Minerals, and Energy as
Field Audit Procedures: Page 4 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral Processing being used primarily for the purpose of preventing or abating air or water pollution for coal, oil and gas production. This is applicable to both real and tangible personal property. Only property or facilities certified on or before July 1, 2006 qualify for exemption.
Tangible personal property used in or at settling ponds, refuse areas and other spoil areas are typically used to prevent or abate pollution. Once certified, such property is exempt.
M. Contracted Activities - The mining and mineral processing exemption extends to persons engaged in any phase of mining or mineral processing, provided such activities qualify for exemption. This requires that activities be performed at the mine or mineral processing plant site.
In PD 96-16, the Tax Commissioner ruled that the raw coal hauling activity performed by a trucking company under contract to haul coal from the mine to the tipple for a coal company who owns both the mine and the processing facility would qualify for exemption. As such, truck parts used on trucks in such hauling activity would qualify for the exemption. If the trucks are not used or licensed for use on the public highways, then such trucks could be purchased exempt of the retail sales and use tax. This ruling, however, has no application to trucks used or licensed for use upon public highways. The purchase of a highway truck is subject to the Virginia motor vehicle sales and use tax.
N. Preponderance of Use - When a single item of tangible personal property is used in both exempt and taxable activities, the sales and use tax shall apply in full when the preponderance of the item's use (fifty percent or more) is in taxable activities. Likewise, the item will be totally exempt from the tax if the preponderance of its use is in exempt activities.
III. Procedures When auditing coal mining companies, the auditor will primarily be reviewing expensed purchases and fixed assets. Typically the only sales requiring review are disposals of fixed assets.
Begin with a discussion of the taxpayer’s operation. Some mining companies perform all the functions of mining and mineral processing. Others perform only the mining function. Others will contract out such functions as extraction, coal hauling, and reclamation. The taxpayer may have locations both within and without Virginia.
Request a listing of all the taxpayer’s related companies. The listing should include a brief description of each company’s business and the location of the business operation. It is not unusual for a coal company to have several related mining companies, as well as non-mining entities. Utilize the taxpayer’s income tax returns to verify that the listing is complete.
Determine the type of mines, such as deep or strip, that the taxpayer operates and the type of facilities owned by the taxpayer. Schedule a tour of the facilities prior to reviewing invoices so that areas of potential liability such as clean coal stock piles, loadouts, refuse haul roads, repair shops, bathhouses and administrative buildings can be identified. Especially note which pieces of heavy equipment are being used in taxable areas.
Review the disposals of fixed assets for possible taxable sales.
Determine how each item listed on the depreciation schedule or other fixed asset listing is being used. Determine the preponderance of use for items used in both taxable and Field Audit Procedures: Page 5 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral Processing exempt activities. The burden of proof is on the taxpayer to document that an item’s use is more than 50% exempt. Assets used indirectly in mining that are transferred from a related company may be taxable at their current value if no tax was paid on the original purchase and the assets continue to be used indirectly in mining. The use of the asset may have changed, making it taxable, or it may have been transferred from a non- Virginia location where the item enjoyed a sales tax exemption.
Purchases of equipment used to abate or control air or water pollution must be certified in order to be exempt. The taxpayer should provide documentation that the equipment has been certified, or obtain certification during the audit. If not, the equipment should be taxed.
Some expensed items purchased by the taxpayer may be exempt or taxable depending upon their use. For example, stone for refuse haul roads is taxable, but stone purchased for use on coal haul roads is exempt. When reviewing purchase invoices, a chart of accounts or general ledger with a brief account description should be used to help determine the taxability of expensed purchases.
Information written on the purchase order or on the invoice itself may assist the auditor in determining how an item is used. If the accounts or descriptions are too general or if the items are purchased in bulk, the items should be taxed at an agreed to percentage.
Fuel and other supplies identified as being purchased for a particular piece of equipment should be prorated even though the equipment, itself, may be totally taxable or exempt because of the preponderance of its use.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 6 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral ProcessingField Audit Procedures: Page 7 of 6 December 2012 Mining and Mineral ProcessingField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Oil and Gas Production
Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1- 609.3.9 (ii) 58.1-609.3.12 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-960 C. Public Documents
PD 89-55
PD 94-123
PD 94-250
PD 98-17
PD 04-34
PD 07-71
PD 12-73 D. Exemption Certificates
ST-11, ST-11A II. General A. Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3.12 exempts raw materials, fuel, power, energy, supplies, machinery or tools or repair parts therefor or replacements thereof, used directly in the drilling, extraction, or processing of natural gas or oil and the reclamation of the well area.
B. Definitions: "Used directly," means those activities which are an integral part of the production of a product, including all steps of an integrated manufacturing or mining process, but not including ancillary activities such as general maintenance or administration. It also includes reclamation activities required by state or federal law when performed by the mining company on land which it has previously mined. The fact that a particular item is required either by law or by practical necessity does not, of itself, mean that the property is used directly.
Mining” includes gas and oil drilling. “Natural gas” means gas, natural gas and coalbed methane gas as defined in Code of Virginia § 45.1-361.1.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 1 of 5 December 2012 Oil and Gas Production “Drilling”, “extraction ” and “processing” includes production, inspection, testing, dewatering, dehydration, or distillation of raw natural gas into a usable condition consistent with commercial practices, and the gathering and transportation of raw natural gas to a facility wherein the gas is converted into such a usable condition.
C. Exploration: Exploration is the search for economic deposits of natural gas or oil, and includes the mapping and design of the drilling site. All tangible personal property used in exploration is subject to the tax, including drilling equipment used to test the earth and surveying equipment.
The commencement of drilling in an area known to contain significant deposits of gas or oil, with the intent of extracting merchantable quantities of oil or gas is an exempt activity, whether or not merchantable quantities are actually produced. However, test well and similar drilling which is intended to discover if deposits of gas or oil exist at a potential site are taxable exploration activities. (See PD 89-55) D. Site Preparation: Site preparation is the preparation of the well location to facilitate the extraction of the resource and includes the removal of the overburden, the clearing of the land at the well location, and construction of access roads.
Grading the area of the well location to prepare the well location for drilling is part of the drilling process, and tangible personal property used directly in this process is not subject to the tax. Other land clearing activities at the well site or at the processing plant site, such as for the construction of the plant or office buildings, and the construction and maintenance of access roads, are not a part of mining and property used in such activities is subject to the tax.
E. Extraction: Extraction is the actual removal of the natural gas or oil from the earth. It includes the drilling, completion and equipping of an oil or gas well. Tangible personal property used directly in extraction is not subject to the tax.
Drilling includes drilling the wellbore, inserting casing, and pumping cement into the well. Completion may include perforating the casing, fracturing productive formations, acidizing the formations, and plugging the casing. (See PD 94-250 and PD 98-17) Equipping a well includes the wellhead equipment mounted at the opening of the well, pumps, compressors, or other equipment used to increase production of the well, separators, and meters used to test and evaluate the well. Equipment, supplies, fuel, lubricants, and repair or replacement parts for such equipment used directly in extraction activities, as well as protective apparel and materials furnished to production employees, are exempt.
Untitled trucks and other equipment used to transport exempt equipment and materials to the well location are taxable. Taxable trucks include vehicles on which exempt equipment is mounted. Purchases of replacement parts and supplies including tires, oil, and air filters for such trucks and equipment are subject to the tax.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 5 Oil and Gas Production Pit and pond liners used to collect drill cuttings and drilling fluids are not used directly in the drilling process and are subject to the tax. Tanks used to store fracking fluids, waste water produced during the drilling process, and water separated from the extracted gas are also subject to the tax. However, some of the liners and tanks may be exempt provided they are certified as pollution control equipment. (See PD 94-123) F. Transportation from the well site: Natural Gas – The gathering and transportation of raw natural gas to a facility wherein the gas is converted to a usable condition is exempt.
The Tax Commissioner ruled in PD 94-123 that pipelines used to transport gas from the well site to a processing facility were analogous to coal haul roads.
Thus materials used to build and maintain such pipelines are exempt.
However, this ruling was issued prior to the enactment of the oil and natural production exemption on July 1, 1994. Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3 12 provides a broader exemption for transportation of natural gas than intended by the mining regulation of Title 23 VAC 10-210-960 for the transportation of ore/coal.
Oil - Because the transportation of oil is not exempted by statute, the tax application of oil transportation would follow the same rules as set out for mining in Title 23 VAC 10-210-960. For instance, when the oil well site and oil processing plant or refinery are owned and operated by the same person, transportation from the oil well site to the oil processing site or refinery is an exempt activity.
G. Natural Gas or oil processing: Tangible personal property used to remove oil and condensate, water, and other liquids and gases, and similarly process the gas or oil is exempt Plant construction and administration are not a part of mineral processing and are taxable activities. Construction materials such as concrete, structural steel, and roofing which become permanently incorporated into the processing plant, and machinery and tools used in the construction of the plant are subject to the tax.
Steel or similar supports which are component parts of exempt processing equipment or machinery and which do not become permanently affixed to realty are not subject to tax. Concrete foundations onto which such supports are bolted, floors on which machinery rests, and structures housing equipment and machinery are not used directly in processing and are subject to the tax.
Inspection and testing to determine the quality of the product and to determine if the product meets industry standard are deemed to be a part of drilling, extraction, refining and processing and are exempt activities.
H. Repairs and Maintenance: Repair and maintenance facilities, including tools, supplies, machinery and equipment used in performing repair and maintenance work of both taxable and exempt equipment, are subject to the tax.
Replacement and repair parts for exempt machinery and equipment, as well as operating supplies which are actively and continually consumed in the
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 5 Oil and Gas Production operation of exempt machinery and equipment, are deemed used directly and are not subject to the tax.
Machinery and tools used by the person engaged in oil or gas processing to fabricate exempt machinery or equipment are exempt from the tax if the preponderance of their use is in an exempt manner.
I. Distribution: Distribution is the transport or conveyance after the completion of drilling or processing of the product and is not a part of processing. It includes the storage of the product subsequent to its extraction (other than for further processing) or processing, and the actual transport of the product for sale. All tangible personal property used to convey, transport, handle or store the product is taxable. J. Reclamation: Reclamation is the restoration or conversion of the well area to a stable condition and the ongoing restoration or conversion of land currently being drilled prior to total site reclamation. The process includes recontouring, reseeding, and reforesting the land. Well area reclamation activities required by state or federal law are exempt. Access roads leading to the well area are not part of the well area.(See PD 94-123) Tangible personal property used in reclamation of access roads, pipeline right-of-ways and all other areas, and in other reclamation activities which are not required by federal or state law, are subject to the tax. K. Pollution Control: Code of Virginia § 58.1- 609.3.9 (ii) provides an exemption ending July 1, 2006 for certified pollution control equipment and facilities which have been certified by the Department of Mines, Minerals, and Energy as being used primarily for the purpose of preventing or abating air or water pollution for coal, oil and gas production. This is applicable to both real and tangible personal property.
Only property or facilities certified on or before July 1, 2006 qualify for exemption.
L. Contracted Activities: The oil or gas processing exemption extends to persons engaged in any phase of oil or gas processing, provided such activities qualify for exemption. M. Preponderance of use: Machinery, tools and equipment, or repair parts therefor or replacements thereof, shall be exempt if the preponderance (more than 50%) of their use is directly in the drilling, extraction, refining, or processing of natural gas or oil for sale or resale, or in well area reclamation activities required by state or federal law.
III. Procedures When auditing oil and gas companies, and businesses that service the oil and gas industry, the auditor will primarily be reviewing expensed purchases and fixed assets. Typically the only sales requiring review are disposals of fixed assets.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 5 Oil and Gas Production Begin with a discussion of the taxpayer’s operation. Determine the properties and facilities owned by the taxpayer. Most oil and gas companies contract functions relating to site preparation, well drilling and completion, pipeline installation, reclamation, and well maintenance. Often time the oil and gas companies purchase the materials used in the different functions, and the contractors/service providers own the equipment necessary to perform the functions. The auditor should determine what activities are contracted, who owns the equipment, and who purchases the materials.
Request a listing of all of the taxpayer’s related companies. The listing should include a brief description of each company’s business and the location of the business operation. It is not unusual for an oil and gas company to have several related companies, including non-mining entities. Utilize the taxpayer’s income tax returns to verify that the listing is complete.
The major assets owned by oil and gas companies are the wells. The auditor should sample these as the capitalized purchases for a single well are voluminous, and the purchases for wells are repetitive in nature. The auditor may wish to sample a block period of capitalized well purchases, or capitalized purchases for a single well. If the taxpayer owns both conventional wells and coalbed methane gas wells, the auditor should sample one of each type. All other assets should be reviewed in detail.
Determine how each item listed on the depreciation schedule or other fixed asset listing is being used. Determine the preponderance of use for items used in both taxable and exempt activities. The burden of proof is on the taxpayer to document that an item is used 50% or more of the time in exempt activities.
Purchases of equipment used to abate or control air or water pollution must be certified in order to be exempt. The taxpayer should provide documentation that the equipment has been certified, or obtain certification during the audit. If not, the equipment should be taxed.
One area to be aware of is the purchase of stone, culvert pipe, etc., used for site preparation and reclamation of access roads. Most taxpayers incorrectly consider the access road as part of the exempt well area, and the purchases (of these items) are lumped together. Thus, a percentage of the purchase must be taxed. The percentage could vary; so it is recommended that an analysis of the contract or other pertinent documentation be performed to determine the cost of these items used in the exempt well area versus non-exempt areas outside of the well area. For related information, see P.D. 02-49.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 5 Oil and Gas Production Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops
Objective: Discuss the application of sales and use tax (retail sales tax) as it applies to auto dealers and auto repair shops.
Revised: April 2023
I. References
A. Code of Virginia 58.1-602 & 58.1-2401 (Definition of "motor vehicle") 58.1-609.1(2) (Motor vehicle exemption) 58.1-609.3(10) (Limited exemption for taxicab operators) 58.1-609.5(2) (Repair labor exemption) 58.1-609.5(8) (Diagnostic labor exemption) 58.1-609.5(9) (Parts & labor maintenance contracts) 58.1-609.10(12) (Special equipment-handicapped) 58.1-604.1 (Motor vehicles, machinery, tools and equipment brought into Virginia for use in performing contracts) 58.1-640-58.1-644 (Tire Recycling Fee).
B. Virginia Administrative Code 23 VAC 10-210-10 (Adjustments, replacements and warranties) 23 VAC 10-210-910 (Maintenance contracts and warranty plans) 23 VAC 10-210-990 (Motor vehicle sales, leases, and rentals, repair and replacement parts and maintenance materials; taxicabs) 23 VAC 10-210-1020 (Motor vehicle refinishers, painters and car washers) 23 VAC 10-210-3050 (Repair businesses) 23 VAC 10-210-4040 (Services)
C. Virginia Tax Bulletins VTB 17-7 (Automobile Repair Shop Supplies) VTB 95-8 (Parts and labor maintenance contracts) VTB 94-10 (Application of the sales tax to disposal fees on waste tires and other environmentally hazardous materials)
D. Public Documents Shop Supplies
PD 17-138, PD 96-389
Environmental, Waste, and Disposal Fees
PD 97-73, PD 96-389, PD 04-166, PD 06-115
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 1 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops Diagnostic Fees – Prior to 07/01/2023
PD 13-223, PD 17-188, PD 16-159, PD 20-122
Road Service & Mileage Fees – Prior to 07/01/2023
PD 22-101, PD 17-188, PD 08-67, PD 11-74
Miscellaneous PD 96-34 Farm Vehicle, PD 94-301 Farm Vehicle, PD 08-54 MV Refinisher, PD 05-101 MV Refinisher, PD 94-6 Leased Vehicles, PD 91-14 MV Lease, PD 13-109 MV Rental Tax, PD 87-264 MV Warranty, PD 87-262 MV Warranty, PD 88-210 MV Warranty, PD 95-54 Church Vehicle, PD 89-115 Taxicabs, PD 86-118 Demonstrator Vehicle, PD 88-20 Parts Update, PD 96-157 Mobile Office, PD 89-294 Wheelchair Lift, PD 96-318 MV Sales Price, PD 95-327 Used Car Guide, PD 95-14 MV Upfittings, PD 88-299 Online Database, PD 96-331 Tracking Device, PD 20-206 Peer to Peer
E. Exemption Certificate – ST10 Note: a used car dealer who is not registered for the retail sales and use tax and makes no retail sales of tangible personal property may use his DMV number on the ST-10 to purchase parts exempt of the tax to recondition cars for sale.
II. General
An automotive dealership is a collection of specialized automotive shops operating as one business. The dealer is involved with some or all of the following: (1) the sale, lease, and rental of new or used cars and trucks, (2) the sale of auto parts, (3) auto repairs and service, and (4) auto body shop repairs.
III. Procedures for Sale, Lease or Rental of New and Used Vehicles
A. Sale of Motor Vehicles; Motor Vehicle Defined Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.1(2) provides an exemption for motor vehicles, trailers, semitrailers, mobile homes and travel trailers. § 58.1-602 defines "motor vehicle" by referring to the DMV definition found in § 58.1-2401, subject to the Virginia Motor Vehicle Sales and Use Tax, and upon the sale of which all applicable motor vehicle sales and use taxes have been paid. 23 VAC 10-210-990(B) provides a partial listing of vehicles subject to the DMV tax which includes "vehicles that are self-propelled or designed for self-propulsion and every vehicle drawn by or designed to be drawn by a motor vehicle, including mobile homes and every device in, upon or by
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 2 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops which, any person or property is, or can be, transported or drawn upon a highway, but excepting devices moved by human or animal power, ... and vehicles, other than mobile homes used in Virginia but not required to be licensed by the state." Effective October 1, 2018, all-terrain vehicles, mopeds, and off-road motorcycles are included in the definition of a “motor vehicle” and are subject to the Motor Vehicle Sales and Use Tax administered by the DMV (see 2018 Legislative Summary). For these particular items, the Motor Vehicle Sales and Use Tax is imposed at the same rate as the Retail Sales and Use Tax, including the special tax rates for the Northern Virginia, Hampton Roads, Central, and Historic Triangle regions. All-terrain vehicles, mopeds, and off-road motorcycles that are titled for the first time in the Commonwealth are exempt from the Motor Vehicle Sale and Use Tax if the applicant can show that either they have owned the vehicle for more than twelve months, or can provide evidence that the Retail Sales and Use Tax has already been paid.
B. Daily Rentals vs. Long-term Leases. The application of the DMV tax determines whether a vehicle is a daily rental vehicle (i.e., an airport "rent-a-car") or a long-term lease vehicle (i.e., a 1 to 4 year lease). The rental vehicle plus all repair parts and routine service supplies which actually become part of the vehicle (i.e., a replacement headlight, oil, antifreeze) may be purchased by the dealer under the resale exemption.
Effective July 1, 2012, the administration of the Motor Vehicle Rental Taxes and Fees (Rental Tax) transferred to the Department of Taxation (see PD 13-109).
The tax is imposed on the rental, for a period of less than 12 months, of motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combined weight rating of 26,000 pounds or less at a rate of four percent of the gross proceeds. An additional tax is imposed on the rental of every motor vehicle regardless of the weight, except for motorcycles and manufactured homes, at a rate of four percent of the gross proceeds. A two percent fee is also levied on the gross proceeds from the rental of motor vehicles, except for motorcycles and manufactured homes. Most passenger vehicles that are rented are subject to the Rental Tax at a combined rate of ten percent of the gross proceeds.
A long-term lease vehicle, however, is titled to the leasing company (the lessor) which pays the DMV tax on the purchase price of the vehicle including any accessories added to the vehicle prior to titling. The monthly lease payments are not subject to either the DMV tax or the retail sales tax. The lessor is considered the user and consumer of any accessories (i.e., cruise control, air conditioning or upgraded sound system) added to a long-term lease vehicle after the DMV tax is computed and for any repair parts and routine service supplies purchased for the vehicle during the life of the lease. The auditor should check fleet car, truck and trailer leases which can include a provision for some or all of the maintenance.
This provision is rarely found in an individual retail lease.
Effective 10/1/2020, Peer-to-Peer vehicle sharing is subject to the Peer-to-Peer Vehicle Sharing Tax (PTP Tax) component of the Motor Vehicle Rental Tax (See
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 3 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops PD 20-206). Individuals placing their personal motor vehicles on peer-to-peer Internet auto rental apps do not enjoy the exemption provided under 23 VAC 10-210-990. The Internet auto rental app is responsible for the collection of the motor vehicle rental tax (not the individual), the personal motor vehicle is not titled with DMV as a rental vehicle, and the vehicle is available to the owner for personal use.
C. Preparation of New or Used Motor Vehicles for Sale, Lease or Rental 23 VAC 10-210-990 provides that a dealer, lessor or renter of motor vehicles may purchase exempt of the tax repair and replacement parts and accessories and oil and grease installed on a motor vehicle before or at the time of sale, lease or rental which are included in the sales price for measuring the [DMV] tax or the retail sales and use. Exempt purchases include accessories and supplies such as anti-theft devices, floor mats, motor oil, antifreeze, windshield washer fluid, etc. (Note that a used car dealer who is not registered for sales tax may use its DMV number on an ST-10.)
The dealer is the consumer of all maintenance materials and equipment used to prepare the vehicle for sale, lease or rental. Retail sales tax should be paid at the time of purchase or when any such item is withdrawn from an exempt resale inventory. Examples of taxable materials are soaps, cleaners, rags, brushes, sponges, buffers, vacuum cleaners, etc. Preparation materials which adhere to or are absorbed by the vehicle (i.e., waxes, leather and fabric treatments, etc.) may be purchased by the dealer exclusive of retail sales tax because they are incorporated into the vehicle. Promotional items such as key tags, personalized paper floor mats, logo umbrellas, etc. are considered taxable to the dealer under the advertising regulation (even though they are "sold" with the car).
D. Demonstrators and Executive Vehicles Accessories, repair parts and routine service supplies are taxable if purchased by a dealer for a vehicle used in a taxable manner. This includes demonstrators which are ordinarily driven by employees of a dealer (see PD 86-118), executive vehicles driven by dealership owners, or management and loaner vehicles. Even though they may remain in the new or used vehicle inventory and are always for sale, the dealer is considered to be operating the vehicle for his own use and is denied the resale exemption. Once the vehicle is no longer being used in a taxable manner and is being prepared for sale, the resale exemption becomes available to the dealer.
E. Sales of Extended Warranty Plans and Vehicle Service Contracts Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.5(1) provides an exemption from the sale and use tax for insurance transactions which involve sales as inconsequential elements for which no separate charges are made. In addition, 23 VAC 10-210-910 provides that extended warranty plans issued by an insurance company regulated by the Bureau of Insurance of the State Corporation Commission are insurance transactions and are not subject to the tax.
Plans which identify the seller, dealer or manufacturer as the guarantor, (the party generally identified as “We” in the contract), against certain specified motor vehicle breakdowns, are not considered contracts of insurance subject to Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 4 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops licensure or regulation by the Bureau of Insurance. This is true although such contracts might be issued through an insurance agent or underwritten by an insurance company which is licensed or regulated by the Bureau. However, plans which do identify some party outside the manufacturing/sales chain as the “We” guaranteeing against the covered breakdowns are generally considered by the Bureau of Insurance to be contracts of insurance subject to regulation and licensure by the Bureau.
All extended warranty plans and/or vehicle service contracts issued by Virginia automobile dealers are subject to sales tax at the time of sale to customers.
They are not subject to the DMV tax. Tax is computed on one-half (50%) of the total charge.
F. When DMV is Erroneously Charged Review “deal" files (dealer term referring to the paperwork connected with an individual sale and trade, if any) to see if the dealer is including sales subject to the Retail Sales and Use Tax in the DMV tax calculation. The dealer owes sales tax on such sales, but should not be assessed penalty, provided the DMV tax was paid. The dealer should be advised to contact the DMV to inquire about a refund.
G. Motor Vehicle Sales are Subject to Sales Tax when No DMV Tax is Paid The DMV tax is generally paid by the purchaser when a new title is issued.
However, sales of motor vehicles are subject to the retail sales tax when the DMV tax would normally apply but was not paid. For example, old cars are often sold to individuals for parts or restoration. If the purchaser does not title the car, he is liable for the Consumer Use tax. However, most sales between individuals (or when the seller is not registered to collect the retail sales tax) are exempt occasional sales. If a dealer gives the purchaser a properly executed title, he is not required to collect the retail sales tax. Conversely, if a dealer does not provide the purchaser with a properly executed title, he is required to collect the retail sales tax unless the sale would otherwise be exempt. The sale of a vehicle that is subject to the DMV regulations, but exempted from the DMV tax, is not subject to the retail sales tax. For example, DMV exempts the sale of a motor vehicle designed for the transportation of ten or more passengers when purchased by and for the use of a nonprofit church. The sale of such a motor vehicle creates no retail sales tax liability.
IV. Procedures for the Sale of Auto Parts
A. Sale of Auto Parts The retail sale of parts is taxable. At a dealership, there is almost always a separate accounting for parts sales. Sales are invoiced to customers on parts tickets or counter tickets which usually have their own numbering sequence and are filed by ticket number or by date.
B. Exemption Certificates Many customers can provide valid exemption certificates including federal, state and local governments, farmers, auto parts stores, garages, service stations and other dealers. Remember that a used car
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 5 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops dealer can use his DMV number on the ST-10 to purchase parts exempt of the tax to recondition cars for sale.
C. Purchases of Taxable and Exempt Inventories Dealers may purchase parts for resale inventories exempt of the tax. Dealers may also purchase shop supplies consumed in repair services exempt of the tax (whether transferrable or non-transferrable) as long as the dealer separately states shop supply charges on their customer invoices. Purchases of administrative items, and supplies not consumed in repair services, are generally subject to the Retail Sales and Use Tax.
V. Procedures for Auto Repair Shops
23 VAC 10-210-3050 provides that repair businesses must collect the tax on the parts, materials and supplies sold. Repair labor is exempt only when separately stated. Repair and replacement parts may be purchased exempt of the tax for sale or resale, but the tax must be paid on equipment and tools. Tax must also be paid on any items of tangible personal property that are consumed by non-repairman employees or customers of the repair shop. Shop supplies may be purchased exempt of the tax as long as the repair business separately states shop supply charges on their customer invoices.
A. Sales A motor vehicle dealer’s auto repair shop sales are almost always accounted for separately. Auto repair shop sales are usually divided into three areas: (1) the repair of vehicles for which the customer is responsible for payment, (2) warranty repairs for which the vehicle manufacturer, dealer or issuer of an extended warranty plan or vehicle service contract is responsible for payment and (3) internal repairs which include any work on the dealer's own vehicles or motor vehicles in the new and/or used inventories. Auto repair shops usually invoice their customers on repair orders (ROs). One repair order could conceivably include all three areas. In this instance, many dealers print separate repair orders for each area using the same repair order number. The customer usually only sees the price details for those items for which he pays.
Repair orders usually have their own numbering sequence and are filed by number.
B. Exemption Certificates Many customers can provide valid exemption certificates for vehicle repairs. The resale exemption is appropriate when another dealer or repair business has sublet work done on their customer's vehicle.
C. Repair and Fabrication Labor Separately stated repair labor is exempt. If only one price is quoted which includes both parts and repair labor, then the retail sales tax will apply to the total charge. Verify that taxable fabrication labor is not being treated as exempt repair labor. This occurs most frequently in specialty repair shops where, for instance, instead of repairing an existing drive shaft, a new one is fabricated.
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 6 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops D. Coupon and Discount Programs Most motor vehicle dealers offer coupon or other discount programs. Often, the discount is credited to separately stated labor so there is no retail sales tax impact. If the offer is for a free service such as an oil change, then the dealer becomes responsible for consumer use tax on any supplies (oil, and filter, shop supplies) withdrawn from an exempt resale inventory.
E. Sublet Repairs Sublet repairs occur when the dealer sends a part from a customer's vehicle or the vehicle itself to be worked on at another repair shop.
Some dealers also show towing charges in this category. If the sublet repair is strictly labor (i.e., grinding valves by a machine shop) and is described as such on the repair order, then no retail sales tax applies to the sublet repair. If the sublet repair is for both parts and labor and only one price is quoted on the repair order, then retail sales tax must be charged on the entire sublet repair. A good method of accounting for sublet repairs is for the dealer to itemize the sublet parts (which do not have to be identified as sublet) in the parts sales area of the repair order. The customer is then taxed on the correct (and often marked-up) price. In this method, only exempt sublet repair labor or services are shown in the sublet area of the repair order. If the dealer erroneously pays tax to the sublet shop, he is not relieved from charging his customer the retail sales tax.
F. Manufacturer’s Warranty and Dealer Guarantees There is no sales or consumer use tax liability on parts or accessories withdrawn from an exempt resale inventory for replacement or exchange under a manufacturer's warranty or dealer guarantee as long as there is no charge to the customer. 23 VAC 10-210-10 states that the "tax must be computed on the actual additional amount, if any, paid to the dealer for the new article."
The auditor should establish what, if any, guarantees are offered by the dealer.
Even if no formal guarantee exists, there is usually an implied guarantee between 30 and 90 days. If the dealer does not have a formal guarantee exceeding this period, any replacements withdrawn from an exempt resale inventory and given to the customer are subject to consumer use tax, as the dealer was under no obligation to make the free replacement and did so at his own discretion.
G. Extended Warranty Plan Transactions and Customer Deductibles If retail sales tax was charged on the sale of an extended warranty plan or vehicle service contract (plan), and the plan requires that the customer pay a deductible amount for a covered repair, such deductible amount is not subject to the retail sales tax. Likewise, if the dealer bills the issuer of such a taxed plan for reimbursement, there is no retail sales tax due. Plan transactions become extremely complicated because they seldom cover all of the repairs. Parts not covered by the plan are taxable to the vehicle owner.
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 7 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops H. Internal Repair Orders Most internal repair orders are for the preparation of vehicles for sale. Because the parts and accessories used in this activity are exempt under the resale exemption, no consumer use tax liability exists. There may be a few internal repair orders for company owned vehicles (i.e., a tow truck, parts truck or executive vehicle). Tangible personal property listed on these repair orders is subject to consumer use tax.
I. Flat Fee Charges Dealers may charge a flat fee for all parts, supplies, materials, and labor. The entire charge becomes subject to the tax if there are no separately stated charges for exempt repair or installation labor. Note – effective 07/01/2023, separately stated charges for diagnostic fees are also exempt from the sales and use tax, regardless of whether there is a sale of any repair or replacement part or a shop supply charge.
If shop supplies are included in a flat-fee arrangement but not separately stated on the customer invoice, there is no reliable way for the Department to substantiate that sales tax was collected on the shop supplies. Accordingly, the repair shop is liable for use tax on its tax-free purchase of the supplies (whether transferrable or not).
J. Shop Supplies Effective 07/01/2017, the definition of “retail sale” and “sale at retail” contained in 58.1-602 specifically includes any separately stated charge made for supplies used during automotive repairs, whether or not there is a transfer of title or possession of the supplies, and whether or not the supplies are attached to the automobile. Therefore, automotive repair shops are required to collect and remit the Retail Sales and Use Tax on any separately stated shop supplies charge, regardless of whether title or possession of the supplies passes to the customer. If shop supplies are separately stated on customer invoices, the purchase of such supplies by an automotive repair shop shall be deemed a purchase for resale, and the repair shop will be allowed to purchase such supplies exempt from the tax (see PD 17-138).
The types of items that are considered shop supplies shall be limited to items that are either transferred to the vehicle as a result of the service being performed, or those items that are consumed by the repairing serviceman in direct preparation for, during the course of, or immediately following the repair service performed on vehicles. For instance, shop supplies would include items such as grease, lubricants, sealants, solvents, starting fluid, paper or plastic protecting materials, gasket/weatherproofing materials, solder, drill bits, tape, sanding/grinding/cutting disks and blades, welding rods, oxygen/acetylene for welding, glass cleaner, parts cleaner, fabric cleaner, air tool oil, wheel weights, disposable gloves, single-use garbage bags, shop rags/towels, and degreasing/cleaning soap.
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 8 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops As it would be excessively burdensome to calculate the sales price of various shop supplies, the dealer may calculate the sales price of the supplies by using a reasonable estimate that reflects the sales price. For example, the separate charge for these supplies can be listed on the invoice as a percentage of the total bill.
Any items of tangible personal property that are not consumed in the repair service, or that are consumed by non-repairman employees or customers of the repair shop such as office supplies, service forms, toiletries, reusable cleaning supplies like spray bottles, and waiting room items offered for the customer’s convenience are not considered shop supplies.
K. Purchases by Auto Repair Shops All purchases, except for immediate resale or those placed into an exempt resale inventory, are subject to the Retail Sales and Use tax. Administrative expense items as well as tools, computer diagnostic equipment, and other assets are subject to the tax. In-ground lifts (if installed by the seller) are usually considered real property transactions. Most lifts are now surface mounted and retain their identity as tangible personal property.
If shop supply charges are not separately stated on customer invoices, the repair shop will be liable for the use tax on its tax-free purchases of the supplies (whether transferrable or not).
L. Disposal Fees All dealers in the business of selling tires, anti-freeze, motor oil, and other like automotive accessories, who charge a disposal fee in connection with the sale of such items, are required to collect the retail sales tax on the disposal fee, even if it is separately stated. By contrast, dealers who provide disposal services totally independent of the sale or provision of tangible personal property are deemed to be providing a nontaxable service (see VTB 94-10).
M. Diagnostic Fees - Effective 07/01/2023 – under 58.1-609.5(8), there is no tax due on an amount separately charged for labor rendered in connection with diagnostic work for automotive repair and emergency roadside service for motor vehicles, regardless of whether there is a sale of a repair or replacement part or a shop supply charge.
Prior to 07/01/2023 - a diagnostic fee is taxable if the charge is made in connection with the sale of repair or replacement parts. If a repair shop provides diagnostic services to a customer that decides not to have the recommended repairs made, and no property is involved, the diagnostic charge is exempt from the tax (see PDs 13-223, 16-159, & 17-188).
N. Road Service Charges Some dealers provide mobile vehicle repair services for their customers. This might include repairing a disabled vehicle or replacing a flat tire along a roadside, or providing vehicle maintenance at the customer’s location. If the dealer makes separate charges for parts and repair and/or Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 9 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops installation labor, the charge for the repair and/or installation labor is not subject to the tax. Note – effective 07/01/2023, separately stated charges for diagnostic fees are also exempt from the sales and use tax, regardless of whether there is a sale of any repair or replacement part or a shop supply charge. If a lump-sum charge is made for any road service charges that also involve repair or replacement parts, the entire charge is subject to the tax.
In addition to itemized charges for parts and repair and/or installation labor, dealers making mobile repairs may also include separate charges for roadside service, call-out fees, mileage charges, and after hours or weekend charges.
These various charges are taxable if made in connection with the sale of parts.
The Commissioner has ruled that these miscellaneous road service charges are not part of exempt installation or repair labor because the expenses are incurred prior to, in preparation of, or after the installation or repair has taken place (see PDs 08-67 & 11-74). Note – effective 07/01/2023, separately stated charges for diagnostic fees are also exempt from the sales and use tax, regardless of whether there is a sale of any repair or replacement part or a shop supply charge.
O. Shop Supply Charges and Otherwise Exempt Services – Whether or not underlying services being rendered are taxable does not impact the taxability of separately stated shop supplies. For example, if a mobile repair service travels to repair a flat tire and decides that the tire does not need to be replaced and can be repaired with a plug (incidental). Separately stated charges for shop supplies in this scenario would comprise a taxable exchange of tangible personal property that falls within the definition of a “retail sale” under 58.1-602, so long as the underlying transaction includes “automotive repairs.” Although the separately stated shop supplies would be subject to the tax, any additional trip or road service charges, or diagnostic fees would not be subject to the tax in this particular situation.
VI. Procedures for an Auto Body Shop
A. Auto Body Shop Sales Sales of accessories, parts, seat covers, etc., by motor vehicle refinishers and painters are subject to the tax. Examples of taxable parts might include bumpers, grills, headlights, side panels, door panels, hoods, etc. Effective July 1, 2005, Code of Virginia § 58.1-602 was amended to include in the definition of “retail sale” the separately stated charge made for automotive refinish repair materials that are permanently applied to or affixed to a motor vehicle during its repair. Thus, motor vehicle refinishers should also collect sales tax on items such as paint, thinner when used to mix with paint, auto body filler, clearcoat, sealant, and similar items when they apply such items to motor vehicles and separately state the charges for such items.
Effective 07/01/2017, the definition of “retail sale” and “sale at retail” was also amended to specifically include any separately stated charges made for supplies used during automotive repairs, whether or not there is a transfer of title or Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 10 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops possession of the supplies, and whether or not the supplies are attached to the automobile. Therefore, separately stated shop supply charges are also subject to the retail sales and use tax. Auto body shops may purchase shop supplies exempt from the tax if they separately state the shop supply charges on their customer invoices. If they do not separately state shop supplies, they are liable for the use tax on their purchases of shop supplies, regardless of whether they are transferrable or not. Separately stated repair and/or installation charges are exempt from the tax. Note – effective 07/01/2023, separately stated charges for diagnostic fees are also exempt from the sales and use tax, regardless of whether there is a sale of any repair or replacement part or a shop supply charge.
Under 23VAC10-210-1020, there is an “optional” tax treatment for auto body shops to treat themselves as personal service providers and pay the tax on the cost price of paint, clearcoat, sealants, body filler, and similar materials, and not bill tax to their customers. However, if the auto body shop separately states the charges for such automotive refinish repair materials on their customer invoices, they are not entitled to use the optional tax treatment and must treat themselves as retailers. The optional tax treatment also does not apply to sales of repair parts such as bumpers or side panels, which are always subject to the sales tax.
B. Insurance Transactions The requirement to collect sales tax on repair transactions applies to transactions paid for in whole or in part by insurance companies. Body shops normally give binding estimates which list all parts and repairs that will be required. If additional parts are needed and the parts allocation is increased on the repair order, the retail sales tax applies to the larger amount.
C. Purchases by Auto Body Shops Tools and equipment, such as frame straighteners, color match computers, and paint booths used in performing the repair work are subject to the tax.
VII. Miscellaneous Procedures
A. Franchise Dealer Records Franchise dealers (GM, Chrysler, Ford, etc.) are required by the manufacturer to keep its records using a uniform accounting system including the chart of accounts and financial statement formats.
B. Computerized Sales Records Most motor vehicle dealers are highly computerized. While the original parts tickets, repair orders and other sales documents are usually readily available, it is often easier to examine existing computer printouts. Dealer personnel may be flexible enough to create reports or printouts to provide the exact information which an auditor requests.
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 11 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops C. Mobile Office Rentals "Mobile office" is excluded from the DMV’s definition of "motor vehicle." The DMV imposes a 2% tax on the sales price of each mobile office sold in Virginia, but does not tax the rentals of mobile offices. If the 2% DMV tax is paid at the time of purchase of a mobile office by the owner, then the lease or rental is not subject to the retail sales tax. Conversely, if the 2% DMV tax is not paid at the time of purchase by the owner, then the monthly charges for the mobile office rental are subject to the sales tax. The burden of proof rests with the lessee (person using the mobile office). (See PD 96-157)
D. Vehicle Pricing Guides Subscription pricing guides (i.e., NADA) which list the current market values of used cars are considered to be publications available for general distribution to the public exempt from sales tax as provided by Code of Virginia §58.1-609.6(3). Subscription sales qualify for exemption from the retail sales tax; however, sales of the guides at retail will remain taxable.
E. Computer Database Service Charges to a dealer for the lease or rental of computer equipment which provides access to a database which contains information on inventory, pricing, location, and availability of automobiles is not subject to sales tax. The true object of the transactions is the provision of a service. The lease or rental of computer equipment by dealers or their receipt of information on hard copy in connection with this service does not change the exempt status of the transactions. (See PD 88-299)
F. Alarm Systems and Motor Vehicle Security and Tracking Devices Charges for monitoring services and other services provided on a cost-per-use basis, such as unlocking customer's doors, locating lost vehicles, trip planning and giving directions are exempt from the sales tax. If the system is sold through an independent dealer, and monitored by the alarm system provider, the sale of the security system is subject to the DMV tax if installed prior to titling or to the retail sales tax if installed afterward. However when the provider sells its products (which it monitors) through the mail, it is providing a personal service. (See PD 96-331)
G. Limited Exemption for Taxicab Operators Code of Virginia §58.1-609.3(10) provides an exemption for parts, tires, meters and dispatch radios sold or leased to taxicab operators for use or consumption directly in the rendition of their services. 23 VAC 10-210-990(E) further limits the exemption by stating that accessories, maintenance materials, and all other tangible personal property purchased by a taxicab operator are subject to the retail sales and use tax.
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 12 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair Shops H. Special Equipment for Handicapped Drivers Code of Virginia §58.1-609.7(6) provides an exemption for special equipment installed on a motor vehicle when purchased by a handicapped person to enable such person to operate the motor vehicle." Under Virginia's strict interpretation of statutes, the equipment must be purchased by the handicapped person and also enable the person to operate the vehicle.
Therefore, the purchase of a wheelchair lift by parents of a handicapped child which allows the child to ride in a vehicle does not fall within the statute.
I. Litter Tax Motor vehicle dealers are liable for the $20 annual litter tax since the tax is imposed on any person who wholesales, distributes or retails motor vehicle parts. If the dealer services drink and/or snack machines available to the general public, the additional $30 tax (imposed on a wholesaler, distributor or retailer of groceries, soft drinks or carbonated waters) applies. If the dealer only receives a commission from a vending company, the additional $30 would not apply (see VTB 21-1).
J. Tire Tax Many dealers do not inventory tires and sublet work to retail tire stores. In this case it is proper for the dealer to pay the tire tax to the tire store. If the dealer has significant retail tire sales, a tire tax registration is required.
K. Farm Licensed Vehicles Sales to a farmer of tires and other accessories for a vehicle specifically licensed by the DMV as a "farm vehicle" are generally exempt (see PD 94-301 for exceptions). Sales to a farmer of tires and other accessories for a vehicle having a normal DMV license (even if used on a farm) are subject to the retail sales tax. (See PD 96-34, 94-301, 05-133)
Field Audit Procedures: April 2023 Page 13 of 14 Auto Dealers and Auto Repair ShopsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Newspapers, Magazines, Periodicals and Other Publications Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.3.2.(v) 58.1-609.6(3) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-1060 (Newspapers, magazines, periodicals, and other publications) 23 VAC 10-210-920 (Manufacturing and processing) C. Public Documents:
PD 00-33
PD 00-192
PD 04-148
PD 07-182 D. Exemption Certificate: ST-11 (Manufacturing) II. General A. Sales: The sales and use tax does not apply to the retail sale of any publication issued daily, or regularly at average intervals not exceeding three months, except that newsstand sales of individual copies of the publications are taxable.
B. Purchases: The sales and use tax does not apply to purchases of equipment, printing or supplies used directly to produce a publication as defined below whether sold at retail or distributed at no cost.
C. Definitions
- Publication shall mean any written compilation of information available to the general public. It does not include general reference materials and their periodic updates.
- Newsstand shall mean a definite place of business at which newspapers or magazines are sold, but does not include coin-operated newspaper boxes. D. Advertising inserts or supplements and other printed matter distributed with or as a part of a nontaxable publication are not subject to the tax. E. The purchase of other printed matter and materials distributed with or as a part of a nontaxable publication is subject to the tax unless otherwise specifically exempted.
Field Audit Guidelines: Newspapers, Magazines, Periodicals and Other Publications December 2012 Page 1 of 3 III. Procedures A. Purchases: The industrial manufacturing exemption is extended to publishers as provided for in the Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3.2(v) - The retail sales and use tax does not apply to equipment, printing, or supplies used directly to produce a publication as described in § 58.1-609.6(3) whether it is ultimately sold at retail or for resale or distribution at no cost.
Publication as described in Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.6(3) is any publication issued daily, or regularly at average intervals not exceeding three months, and advertising supplements and any other printed matter ultimately distributed with or part of such publications. Newsstand sales of the same are taxable. "Used directly" is defined in 23 VAC 10-210-920 as "those activities that are an integral part of the production of a product, including all steps of an integrated manufacturing process, but not including incidental activities such as general maintenance, management, and administration.
Items used in pre-production activities, or used indirectly in production, cannot be purchased exempt of the tax by publishers.
B. Sales: All newsstand sales of publications are taxable. Sales of back copies of exempt publications by the publisher or his agent are also exempt. In determining if the subscription sale of a publication is exempt, the auditor must refer to the following Procedures: 1. Exempt Publications: In order to be exempt from the retail sales and use tax, a newspaper, magazine, periodical or other publication must be a publication, as previously defined, and be issued at the required intervals, i.e., a) It must be a compilation of information, and b) It must be available to the general public, and c) It must be issued daily, or regularly at average intervals not exceeding three months.
A publication which contains articles, news stories, and letters to the editor is consistent with the definition of a publication.
- General Reference Materials: General reference materials and their periodic updates are not considered exempt publications. Reference materials include loose-leaf reference volumes published annually and updated periodically. They also include "reporters" which are devoted to matters of a specialized interest. General reference materials are not limited to publications that are supplemented with periodic updates.
Field Audit Guidelines: Newspapers, Magazines, Periodicals and Other Publications December 2012 Page 2 of 3
- Publications on Electronic Media: The exemption for publications is applicable for all electronically delivered subscriptions regardless of frequency.
Additionally, sales or copies of articles sent via electronic means (fax, internet, or other electronic means) are not taxable since no tangible personal property is conveyed in providing this information.
Field Audit Guidelines: Newspapers, Magazines, Periodicals and Other Publications December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Dealer - Nexus
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-612 B. Public Documents
PD 86-92 PD 94-205 PD 97-459 PD 01-105
PD 89-102 PD 94-266 PD 98-147 PD 01-115
PD 89-171 PD 95-111 PD 98-161 PD 02-113
PD 89-299 PD 95-250 PD 99-26 PD 04-4
PD 91-286 PD 96-112 PD 99-60 PD 04-38
PD 91-314 PD 96-339 PD 99-94 PD 04-129
PD 92-136 PD 97-45 PD 99-187 PD 04-173
PD 93-25 PD 97-81 PD 00-53 PD 05-128
PD 93-141 PD 97-266 PD 00-61 PD 07-37
PD 93-240 PD 97-276 PD 00-77 PD 08-42
PD 94-10 PD 97-306 PD 00-137 PD 09-44
PD 94-62 PD 97-402 PD 00-193 II. General A. Nexus describes the amount and degree of business activity that must be present before a state can require that an entity collect sales and use tax on sales made in that state. The amount of activity or connection that is necessary to create nexus is defined by state statute and/or regulation and case law. When there is a dispute about nexus that is not resolved at the audit appeal level, the case may progress to the state court and then to the Supreme Court of the United States. Sales and use tax nexus decided by the courts is based on the wording of the state’s law and how it relates to the Commerce Clause. The Commerce Clause is contained in Article I, Section 8 of the U.S. Constitution. It empowers Congress to regulate interstate commerce and commerce with foreign countries; and is used as a basis for judicial review of state actions by the Supreme Court. At the federal level, the court decides if the state’s law is a burden to interstate commerce. Cases appealed to the Supreme Court have only recently began to deal with the states’ power to require companies who have a significant economic impact in their state to register and collect sales and use tax. Nexus requirements are different from state to state.
B. Sales or use tax is collectible from all persons who meet the definition of a dealer and who have a sufficient activity within the Commonwealth to establish nexus. C. Virginia Public Procurement Act; Certain Transactions Prohibited –New – House Bill 2533 (Chapter 994) and Senate Bill 938 (Chapter 1006) prohibit
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 9 Dealer - Nexus state agencies from purchasing goods or services from vendors who are required under Virginia’s sales tax nexus laws to collect use tax on sales of goods delivered into Virginia but refuse to do so. State agencies are also prohibited from purchasing goods or services from vendors who are affiliated with such businesses. The RAP Unit keeps a list of restricted entities.
Effective Date: July 1, 2003 Code Section Amended: 2.2-4301 Code Section Added: § 2.2-4321.1 Ruling of Commissioner, PD 04-4 D. E-Commerce Implications - Common situations establishing nexus include physical presence by employees or agents in the state (although sporadic or temporary presence may in some cases not be enough to establish nexus); agency nexus when the out-of-state seller hires in-state third party contractors to perform certain activities; affiliate nexus when the in-state activities of a registered dealer create nexus for an out-of-state affiliate making sales in the dealer’s state; and economic nexus when the out-of-state entity poses a significant economic presence in the state through advertising. No nexus cases have been tried in Virginia courts.
E. Streamlined Sales Tax Project (“SSTP”) - Approximately 40 state and local governments have united in a project to protect the local sales tax base against lost revenue due to e-commerce. The Streamlined Sales Tax Project expands the traditional tax nexus rules to encompass remote sellers and encourages remote sellers to comply with their collection responsibility by simplifying and streamlining rules to make compliance simpler. The “Uniform Sales and Use Tax Administration Act” has been passed or is currently under consideration in a number of states. Virginia has not signed off on it as of this writing, but is currently evaluating its provisions and how it would affect our revenue stream. F. Dealer/Nexus Checklist Questionnaire – A sample questionnaire is provided on Pages 7–8. G. Public Law 86-272 - Taxpayers may refer to P L 86-272 in relation to nexus for sales and use tax. This statute has nothing to do with sales and use tax nexus. It relates only to the states’ powers to tax income of a company.
States are limited by federal statute P L 86-272 when taxing income from activities in the state. Under P L 86-272, the only immunity from the taxation of income stated is for the solicitation of orders for the sale of tangible personal property. Thus, an entity performing services within the state, such as a contractor, may not be protected from the requirements of a state to file income tax returns under this law. Mail order sellers with retail outlets, solicitors, or property within a state are not afforded protection; however, the court has upheld a company’s right to communicate with customers in a state by mail or common carrier as part of general interstate commerce without liability.
III. Procedures A. Determine if the entity meets the definition of a dealer as listed in the Code of Virginia (§58.1-612), through inquiry and examination of the business activity.
Research the entity on the Internet. Many companies have a website that will
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 9 Dealer - Nexus list the physical locations of the business and other valuable information about how business is conducted.
The term “dealer” includes every person who
- Manufactures or produces tangible personal property for sale at retail, for use, consumption or distribution, or for storage to be used or consumed in this state.
- Imports or causes to be imported into this state tangible personal property from any state or foreign country, for sale at retail, for use, consumption or distribution, or for storage to be used or consumed in this state.
- Sells at retail or who offers for sale at retail, or who has in his possession for sale at retail, or for use, consumption or distribution or for storage to be used or consumed in this state, tangible personal property.
- Has sold at retail, or used, consumed or distributed, or stored for use or consumption in this state, tangible personal property and who cannot prove that the tax has been paid on the sale at retail, the use, consumption, distribution or storage of the tangible personal property.
- Leases or rents tangible personal property for a consideration, permitting the use or possession of such property without transfer of title.
- Is the lessee or rentee of tangible personal property, and who pays to the owner of the property a consideration for the use or possession of the property without acquiring title.
- As a representative, agent or solicitor of an out-of-state principal solicits, receives and accepts orders from persons in this state for future delivery and whose principal refuses to register as a dealer.
- Shall become liable to and shall owe this state any amount of tax, whether he holds, or is required to hold, a certificate of registration or not. B. If the entity is a dealer, determine if the nexus requirements are met. A dealer shall be deemed to have sufficient activity within the Commonwealth to require registration under §58.1-613 if he:
- Maintains or has within this Commonwealth, directly or through an agent or subsidiary, an office, warehouse, or place of business of any nature;
- Solicits business in this Commonwealth by employees, independent contractors, agents or other representatives;
- Advertises in newspapers or other periodicals printed and published within this Commonwealth, on billboards or posters located in this Commonwealth, or through materials distributed in this Commonwealth by means other than the United States mail;
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 9 Dealer - Nexus 4. Makes regular deliveries of tangible personal property within this Commonwealth by means other than common carrier. A person shall be deemed to be making regular deliveries hereunder if vehicles other than those operated by a common carrier enter this Commonwealth more than twelve times during a calendar year to deliver goods sold by him;
- Solicits business in this Commonwealth on a continuous, regular, seasonal, or systematic basis by means of advertising that is broadcast or relayed from a transmitter within this Commonwealth or distributed from a location within this Commonwealth;
- Solicits business in this Commonwealth by mail, if the solicitations are continuous, regular, seasonal, or systematic and if the dealer benefits from any banking, financing, debt collection, or marketing activities occurring in this Commonwealth or benefits from the location in this Commonwealth of authorized installation, servicing, or repair facilities;
- Is owned or controlled by the same interests who own or control a business located within this Commonwealth;
- Has a franchisee or licensee operating under the same trade name in this Commonwealth if the franchisee or licensee is required to obtain a certificate of registration under § 58.1-613; or
- Owns tangible personal property that is rented or leased to a consumer in this Commonwealth, or offers tangible personal property, on approval, to consumers in this Commonwealth. C. § 58.1-612(D) provides that the following shall not be considered to determine whether a person who has contracted with a commercial printer for printing in the Commonwealth is a "dealer" and whether such person has sufficient contact with the Commonwealth to be required to register.
- The ownership or leasing by that person of tangible or intangible property located at the Virginia premises of the commercial printer which is used solely in connection with the printing contract with the person;
- The sale by that person of property of any kind printed at and shipped or distributed from the Virginia premises of the commercial printer;
- Activities in connection with the printing contract with the person performed by or on behalf of that person at the Virginia premises of the commercial printer; and
- Activities in connection with the printing contract with the person performed by the commercial printer within Virginia for or on behalf of that person.
NOTE: 2012 Legislative Summary, PD 12-108 (7/1/12). The 2012 Session of the Virginia General Assembly Senate Bill 597 (Chapter 590) creates a rebuttable presumption that an out-of-state dealer has sufficient activity in Virginia to require the dealer to register and collect retail sales and use tax if a commonly controlled person maintains a distribution center, warehouse, fulfillment center, office, or similar location in Virginia that facilitates the
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 9 Dealer - Nexus delivery of tangible personal property that is sold by the out-of-state dealer.
Affected dealers can rebut this presumption by demonstrating that the activities conducted by the commonly controlled person in Virginia are not significantly associated with the dealer’s ability to establish or maintain a market in the Commonwealth for the dealer’s sales. The Act defines “commonly controlled person” as “any person that is a member of the same controlled group of corporations, as defined in § 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, as the dealer or any other entity that, notwithstanding its form of organization, bears the same ownership relationship to the dealer as a corporation that is a member of the same controlled group of corporations.” Effective Date This Act becomes effective on the earlier of September 1, 2013 or the effective date of federal legislation authorizing states to require remote sellers to collect taxes on goods shipped to in-state purchasers. The Act specifies that if the federal legislation is enacted prior to August 15, 2013, and the effective date of the federal legislation is after September 1, 2013, but on or before January 1, 2014, the Act becomes effective on January 1, 2014.
Accordingly, the following wording would replace section C in these audit procedures and replace section D in § 58.1-612: A dealer is presumed to have sufficient activity within the Commonwealth to require registration under § 58.1-613 (unless the presumption is rebutted as provided herein) if any commonly controlled person maintains a distribution center, warehouse, fulfillment center, office, or similar location within the Commonwealth that facilitates the delivery of tangible personal property sold by the dealer to its customers. The presumption in this subsection may be rebutted by demonstrating that the activities conducted by the commonly controlled person in the Commonwealth are not significantly associated with the dealer's ability to establish or maintain a market in the Commonwealth for the dealer's sales. For purposes of this subsection, a "commonly controlled person" means any person that is a member of the same "controlled group of corporations," as defined in § 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended or renumbered, as the dealer or any other entity that, notwithstanding its form of organization, bears the same ownership relationship to the dealer as a corporation that is a member of the same "controlled group of corporations," as defined in § 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended or renumbered.
D. § 58.1-612(E) addresses, in part, the “dormant commerce clause”. The U. S.
Supreme Court’s interpretation of the power given to Congress in the U. S.
Constitution to regulate commerce among the states has been construed by the court to mean the limiting of the taxing powers of the states, even though Congress has not affirmed this interpretation. The court has used the Interstate Commerce Clause to prevent states going beyond their state borders placing an “undue burden” of collecting sales and use tax on remote sellers and to avoid “double taxation”. Over the years, with the invention of the computer and other technological advances, collecting tax is not so burdensome anymore. Further, with commerce being expanded through the Internet, states have seen huge economic shifts attributable to these technological advances that create an unfair disadvantage to retailers who
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 9 Dealer - Nexus are required to collect tax due to their physical presence in a state. This section provides that in addition to the jurisdictional standards contained in subsection C of §58.1-612, nothing contained in this code section (other than subsection regarding advertising) “shall limit any authority which this Commonwealth may enjoy under the provisions of federal law or an opinion of the United States Supreme Court to require the collection of sales and use taxes by any dealer who regularly or systematically solicits sales within this Commonwealth”.
Further, although a broadcaster, printer, outdoor advertising firm, advertising distributor, or publisher in Virginia accepts advertising contracts from out-of-state entities, if the Virginia seller broadcasts, publishes, or displays or distributes paid commercial advertising in this Commonwealth which is intended to be disseminated primarily to consumers located in this Commonwealth, he must collect and report the applicable tax. This closes the loophole, so to speak, of § 58.1-612(D) explained earlier. While the out-of-state advertiser may not meet dealer/nexus qualifications, he must pay the tax on printed advertising directed at Virginia consumers.
E. Identify relationships between affiliated businesses, parents and subs, etc. and gather information about how they interact with each other. This interaction may be critical to establish nexus. For instance, do in-state dealers receive or exchange goods ordered from catalogs or internet? Do in-state dealers advertise for their affiliates in the store, on their cash register tapes, bags, or as a part of their newspaper advertising? Document your research and your discussions with the entity. Provide the entity with ruling letters and language from case law to support your conclusion. Give them time to digest and discuss with their legal counsel the information that they have been given if they need it. Respond to any questions that arise.
Request that they register for the future and negotiate what will be done for the past. Discuss with supervision whether a three or six year statute will apply and what steps will be taken if an agreement cannot be reached on the handling of the past.
F. If Virginia tax has been collected in error on a Virginia sale, the entity is automatically a dealer under §59.1-612 B (8). The tax must be paid to Virginia (Code of Virginia §58.1-625).
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 6 of 9 Dealer - Nexus SAMPLE DEALER/NEXUS QUESTIONAIRE
- Is the business registered for any other Virginia tax such as withholding or corporate? 2) Has the business filed any types of returns with VA (specify type of tax)? 3) Is the business registered with the State Corporation Commission, State Contractors Board, or any locality (Business License)? 4) Is there an office, agency, warehouse, or other business location owned or leased in
VA? 5) Does the business have employees, representatives or independent contractors who perform any of the following activities in VA? a) Solicit orders with or without authority to approve? b) Manage territories or perform marketing surveys? c) Sell tangible personal property? d) Make collections on regular or delinquent accounts? e) Repossess items or property of the business? f) Offer technical assistance and training to customers before or after the sale? g) Repair, service, or replace faulty or damaged goods? h) Install or assemble its products? i) “License” software for use in the state? j) Oversee the installation of the business' products by its customers or users of its products? k) Pick up damaged or returned merchandise from customers? l) Coordinate delivery of merchandise? m) Deliver replacement parts? n) Conduct credit investigations or arrange for credit and financing for purchasers of its products? o) Resolve or assist in resolving any product, credit, shipping or similar complaint arising from the purchase or use of its products? p) Maintain displays of products or refill displays? q) Accept returned merchandise for customers? r) Collect deposits on sales? s) Make "on the spot" sales of company products? t) Carry out engineering or design functions? u) Advise customers or distributors as to minimum inventory levels; remove obsolete, damaged or outdated goods? v) Receive and resolve complaints?
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 7 of 9 Dealer - Nexus6) Does the business own or lease real property in VA? 7) Does the business own or lease tangible personal property located in VA? 8) Does the business rent or lease tangible personal property to others who then use the property in VA? 9) Does the business license intangible property for use in VA? 10) Does the business license software for use in VA? 11) Does the business maintain a telephone answering service in VA? 12) Does the business have a standard form of written agreement with sales representatives? If so, please provide a copy. 13) Is the business a member of an affiliated group of corporations? If so, does the business file a consolidated or combined return in VA? 14) Does the business have display merchandise in leased space in VA? 15) Do employees have samples in VA? If yes, then what is the average value of samples in VA? 16) Does the business provide sales or service manuals to customers, distributors, or agents? 17) Does the business advertise in VA? If so, what kinds of advertising media are used? 18) Does the business do any cooperative advertising in VA? 19) Does the business have any employees or representatives who use their home in VA: a) As a business address? b) To receive business calls? c) To store inventory or sold goods until delivery? d) To maintain books/records? e) To house company property?
-
Are VA independent contractors or representatives reimbursed for expenses such as telephone, fax or utilities? 21) Are home numbers listed in local advertisements of the business? 22) Do employees of the company solicit orders for the sale of: a) Real estate? b) Services? c) Intangible property?
-
Does the business perform construction contracts in VA? 24) Is the business listed in any VA telephone directories? 25) Does the business have any consigned inventory in VA?
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 8 of 9 Dealer - Nexus26) Does the business operate a mobile store in VA? 27) Has the business previously filed VA income tax returns? 28) Does the business maintain a security interest in property until the contract price or amount borrowed has been paid? 29) Do employees investigate, recommend, or appoint potential dealers, agents, or distributors of the company in VA? 30) Do employees ever check the inventories of customers or distributors in VA? 31) Do employees authorize credits, warranty adjustments or repairs in VA? 32) Does the business have agents or independent contractors selling products in VA?
If so, are they allowed to sell or promote competitors' services? 33) Does the business select repair facilities in VA where customers can have products serviced or repaired? 34) Is the business a partner, limited partner or affiliate of any entity that has operations, conducts business, or owns real property in VA?
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 9 of 9 Dealer - NexusField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Nonprofit Organizations
Revised: September 2016
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.11, Subsections A through G B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-1070 – 23 VAC 10-210-1072 C. Virginia Tax Bulletins
VTB 08-11
VTB 09-8
VTB 16-3 D. Exemption Certificates: Numbered exemption certificate issued by the Department II. General A. Legislation enacted by the 2003 General Assembly, effective July 1, 2004, authorized the Department of Taxation to implement a new process by which nonprofit organizations obtain sales and use tax exemptions. Exemptions in existence on June 30, 2003 were grandfathered until a set expiration date between July 1, 2004 and July 1, 2008, as shown below. All organizations must reapply for an exemption under the new process when their exemption expires. If their applications are approved, the organizations are issued a nonprofit letter of exemption.
Exempt nonprofit organizations fall into four broad categories
- Education
- Medical
- Civic and community service
- Cultural The expiration schedule for nonprofit organizations that held an exemption on June 30, 2003 is as follows:
- Civic and community service (1st Half): July 1, 2004
- Civic and community service (2nd Half): July 1, 2005
- Cultural and miscellaneous: July 1, 2006
- Educational July 1, 2007
- Medical July 1, 2008 B. A nonprofit organization reapplying for an exemption must meet all the applicable criteria below in order to qualify for an exemption.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 1 of 5 Nonprofit Organizations 1. The organization must be exempt from federal income taxes under either §§501(c)(3) or 501(c)(4) of the IRC. The organization may qualify if it has annual gross receipts of less than $5,000 and is organized for at least one of the purposes set forth in IRC §§501(c)(3) or(c)(4).
- The organization’s administrative expenses, including salaries and fundraising expenses, must not exceed 40% of its annual gross revenue.
- The organization must provide proof of compliance with Chapter 5 of Title 57 (relating to solicitation of contributions) of the Code of Virginia for organizations subject to these provisions.
- An organization with annual gross revenues of $750,000 or greater in the previous year, must provide a copy of its financial review performed by an independent certified public accountant. For an organization with annual gross revenues of $1,000,000 or greater in the previous year, the Department of Taxation will determine whether the organization must provide a copy of a financial review or a full financial audit performed by an independent certified public accountant.
- If the organization is required to file Federal Form 990 or 990EZ, it must provide a copy of the form to the Department of Taxation.
- If the organization is not required to file Form 990 or 990 EZ, it must provide 1) a list of the Board of Directors, or other responsible agents of the organization composed of at least two individuals, with physical addresses where the individuals can be found, and 2) the location where the financial records of the organization are available for public inspection. C. The duration of each exemption granted by the Department of Taxation shall be for a period of five to seven years. The new exemption will cover purchases of tangible personal property only, with the following exceptions:
- Any nonprofit entity granted an exemption from paying sales and use tax is exempt from collecting sales and use tax if it is within the same class of organizations that were exempt from collecting sales and use tax on June 30, 2003.
- Any nonprofit entity granted an exemption from paying sales and use tax on purchases of tangible personal property, which was exempt as of June 30, 2003 from paying sales and use tax on its purchases of taxable services, shall continue to be exempt from paying sales and use tax for the purchase of services.
- Effective October 1, 2008, any organization exempt from federal income taxes under IRC §501(c) can make sales of 1) food, prepared food and meals and 2) sales of tickets to events that include the provision of food, prepared food and meals without collecting tax provided the following requirements are met: a) The organization must not be required to register as a dealer
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 2 of 5 Nonprofit Organizations b) The organization must pay sales tax to its vendors. c) The organization must not hold such events on more than 12 occasions per year. d) The organization must use any profits from the sales of food or event tickets solely to support the organization or for donation to another IRC §501(c) organization e) The organization must maintain records for three years after each event to verify these requirements.
This exemption applies to all nonprofit organizations. An organization may count a fundraising occasion as one event, provided it does not extend beyond a seven-day consecutive period. Every seven-day consecutive period thereafter shall constitute an additional event.
- Effective July 1, 2009, any organization exempt from federal income taxes under either §§501(c)(3) or 501(c)(4) of the IRC, or who has annual gross receipts of less than $5,000 and is organized for at least one of the purposes set forth in IRC §§501(c)(3) or(c)(4), can make sales of 1) food, prepared food and meals and 2) sales of tickets to events that include the provision of food, prepared food and meals without collecting tax, provided it does not hold such events on more than 23 occasions per year.
This exemption applies to any nonprofit organization eligible to be granted a nonprofit exemption on its purchases pursuant to Code of Virginia §58.1-609.11. However, the organization is not required to apply for or be granted a letter of exemption in order to qualify for this exemption.
D. CHANGE IN POLICY EFFECTIVE APRIL 22, 2016 for certain Nonprofit organizations. A. Services Provided in Connection with Exempt Food Sales Are Exempt;
Accommodations Remain Taxable.
- Effective for purchases made on and after April 22, 2016, nonprofit organizations, state and local governmental entities, and churches may use their respective nonprofit exemption certificate, governmental exemption certificate, Form ST-12, and self-issued exemption certificate, Form ST-13A to purchase prepared foods, catering and related services provided in connection with the sale of food exempt of the sales and use tax. The Department will no longer deny nonprofit organizations, state and local governmental entities, and churches an exemption on their purchases of meals, catering services, or other services provided in connection with the provision of food on the basis that the entity is purchasing a taxable service. Eligible nonprofit entities and state and local governments purchasing food, meals, and associated services for consumption by individuals must satisfy the Department’s new use and consumption test explained below, in order for the exemption to apply.
- Churches using a self-issued ST-13A exemption certificate and federal government entities are not required to satisfy the new use and
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 3 of 5 Nonprofit Organizations consumption test in order to purchase meals, catering, and related services exempt of the tax. Churches using the limited exemption certificate must satisfy the requirements set forth in Va. Code § 58.1-609.10(16) to qualify for exemption.
- Federal governmental entities and employees traveling on government business remain exempt from the tax on their purchases of meals and catering, provided payment for the meals is made directly by the federal government pursuant to a required official purchase order to be paid out of public funds.
- State and local governmental entities, nonprofit organizations, and churches using the limited, self-issued exemption certificate will continue to be liable for the Retail Sales and Use Tax on purchases of taxable accommodations furnished for fewer than 90 continuous days and other taxable services that are not furnished in connection with the provision of meals. B. Use or Consumption Requirement for Governmental Entities and Nonprofits Purchased for Individual Consumption.
- Under the new policy, the Department will use a bright-line test to determine whether a state and local governmental entity or nonprofit organization’s purchase of food or other tangible personal property, prepared meals, catering or related services satisfies the statutory “use or consumption” requirement when purchased for consumption by individuals. Under this test, nonprofit organizations and state and local governmental entities must demonstrate the following:
- The provision of the applicable prepared meals, catering or services furthers a function, mission, service or purpose of the governmental or nonprofit entity; and
- The charge for the food, meals or catering is billed to and paid for by the
- entity claiming exemption from the tax with payment drawn from the entity’s account, rather than using cash or an individual’s account; and
- The entity claiming the exemption determines to whom, when and how the meals or food are served and consumed.
III. Procedures A. Prior approval from the Director of Field Audit is required before initiating an audit of a nonprofit organization. The organization should have a copy of its (SE) exemption letter. The letter indicates the entity’s exemption number, which is in the format: SE followed by FEIN number (9 digits), followed by F (legal FEIN) or C (created #), followed by the expiration date (8 digits (mo/day/year) with no spaces or hyphens within the number.
Example: SE9900112223CO6302008 The letter will indicate the extent of the exemption:
- Exempt purchases of tangible personal property
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 4 of 5 Nonprofit Organizations 2. Exempt sales
- Exempt purchases of taxable services.
The auditor should examine sales and purchases to determine if the nonprofit entity is making exempt purchases and sales in accordance with its specific exemption.
B. When reviewing exempt sales made to nonprofit entities, the vendor should have a copy of the (SE) exemption letter and/or a valid ST-13 Certificate of Exemption on file.
If the vendor does not have a copy of the exemption letter, check the nonprofit database to determine if an exemption has been granted to the organization.
If the organization is not on the database, sales made to this entity after the expiration date on Page 1 are taxable. Sales made after the expiration date on the exemption letter are also taxable.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 5 of 5 Nonprofit OrganizationsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Occasional Sales
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602, 58.1-609.10(2) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VA 10-210-570, 23 VAC 10-210-1072, 23 VAC 10-210-1080 C. Tax Bulletins
VTB 08-11 09-8 D. Public Documents
PD 91-290 PD 93-164 PD 93-178 PD 94-21
PD 94-35 PD 94-134 PD 94-143 PD 94-61
PD 95-21 PD 95-79 PD 95-302 PD 96-5
PD 96-75 PD 97-199 PD 00-1 PD 00-126
PD 01-75 PD 02-96 PD 03-4 PD 03-51
PD 04-56 PD 04-55 PD 04-134 PD 04-214
PD 05-21 PD 06-67 PD 06-96 PD 06-129
PD 07-08 PD 08-118 PD 09-166 PD 09-186
PD 10-87 PD 10-210 PD 10-151 PD 10-247
E. Court Case – Steuart Petroleum Co. v. Virginia Department of Taxation II. General A. The tax does not apply to an occasional sale provided the sale or exchange is not one of a series of sales or exchanges sufficient in number, scope, and character to constitute an activity requiring the holding of a certificate of registration. B. The occasional sale exemption is based on the premise that persons not regularly engaged in making retail sales should not be required to register and collect the tax on occasional or isolated sales. A fundamental characteristic of an occasional sale is that it lacks continuity and regularity and it occurs without being expected or without design. C. The occasional sale exemption is not founded on nexus or other issues relating to interstate commerce, but rather on limited sales activity. Nexus is an issue that relates to a seller's obligation to collect the tax. The absence of nexus does not in itself negate the purchaser's responsibility to pay the use tax if such is due.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Occasional Sales D. Occasional sale is defined as one of the following:
- A sale by a person who is engaged in sales three or fewer separate occasions per calendar year. Sales at fairs, flea markets, carnivals and circuses are not occasional sales.
- A sale of tangible personal property not held or used by the seller in the course of an activity for which he is required to hold a certificate of registration.
- The sale or exchange of all or substantially all the assets of any business.
- The reorganization or liquidation of any business. E. Effective October 20, 2008, the occasional sales exemption was expanded to include sales of food, prepared food, and meals, and tickets to events that include the provision of food by entities that are exempt from federal income taxation under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) 501 (c). provided all of the following:
- The entity is not required to be registered to collect sales tax due to its normal business activities.
- The entity pays sales tax on the purchase price of the food to be resold.
- The entity limits such events to 12 or fewer occasions a year.
Effective July 1, 2009, the occasional sales exemption was further expanded for entities exempt from federal income taxation under (IRC) 501 (c) 3 or (c)
- Such nonprofit organizations are eligible to be granted an exemption on their purchases of tangible personal property under Va. Code § 58.1-609.11.
Provided, again, that they are not required to be registered, these entities may make both exempt purchases of food and foodstuffs and exempt sales of food and tickets to events that include the provision of food, provided that such sales take place on 23 or fewer occasions in a calendar year.
F. If a transaction qualifies as an occasional sale, the purchaser is not liable for any use tax. G. A purchaser meets the definition of a dealer when he causes tangible personal property to be imported into the Commonwealth for his own use or consumption. Generally no occasional sale exemption is allowed on purchases from out-of-state. (See PD 93-164.) H. The brokered rental of private residences for 2 weekends per year qualifies as an “occasional sale” not subject to sales tax. (See PD 07-08 - This ruling related to NASCAR race weekends in Bristol, Martinsville, and Richmond.) I. The occasional sale exemption is denied to auctioneers when selling the entire contents of storage lockers to satisfy liens against unpaid locker rental. (See PD 10-247.)
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Occasional SalesIII. Procedures A. Analyze the transaction. Obtain detailed information from the taxpayer regarding the terms and nature of the sale. Determine if the transaction meets the definition of an occasional sale. If the auditor is unable to make a determination, the transaction should be taxed, and the taxpayer should request a ruling from the Tax Commissioner.
B. The transaction must first meet the "number, scope, and character" criteria
- The taxpayer must generally make sales on three or fewer occasions each year. (See II.E above regarding nonprofit organizations) If the taxpayer has made more than three sales in a calendar year, the auditor must determine if the sales occurred unexpectedly and without design, and were truly occasional in nature. If so, the taxpayer becomes a dealer and is required to collect tax beginning on the date of the fourth sale. If not, the taxpayer is a dealer effective on the date of his first sale.
- If the transaction is an integral, although infrequent, part of the taxpayer's activities, it may not qualify as an occasional sale.
- The duration of a sale must be for no more than a few days.
Otherwise the taxpayer is deemed a retailer as he may be in competition with businesses or other organizations that are required to collect sales tax. (See II.E above regarding sales by nonprofit organizations)
- A sale otherwise defined as an occasional sale will not be exempt if it does not meet the "number, scope, and character" criteria. The Department has historically determined that if the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a business requires several transactions over an extended period of time to many different purchasers, it does not qualify as an exempt occasional sale. The Department has relied on the “three or fewer” sales provision to deny the occasional sale exemption in many such instances.
In the Steuart Petroleum court case, the Court stated that an evaluation of the scope and character of such transactions should be conducted in order to place the number of asset sales in their proper context. In the instant case, all the assets of a division were sold pursuant to an orderly plan of liquidation - there was no piecemeal disposition. Five packages, as determined by geographic location, were sold over a nine-month period - there were not dozens of buyers bidding over several years.
The Court determined that the scope and character of these sales fall within the intent of the General Assembly to shield such transactions from sales tax. As a result the orderly liquidation of a business over a twelve-month period qualifies for the occasional sale exemption.
C. A registered dealer is not allowed an occasional sale exemption for the mere fact that the article sold differs in the type or class from the products he normally sells. For example, a dealer who operates a convenience store is not allowed an occasional sale exemption for the sale of a cash register.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Occasional Sales The property sold must not be used in the activity for which the dealer is required to be registered. For example, a bank which holds a certificate of registration for the sale of checks, checkbooks, and reclaimed property may make an exempt occasional sale of data processing equipment used by its Information Services Division.
In the case where a lessor sells all of its leased equipment, which represents all of the lessor's assets, to the lessee, the terms of the lease agreement will determine if the sale qualifies as an occasional sale. If the equipment is sold through some provision in the lease agreement allowing for the sale of the leased equipment prior to the end of the lease period, it would not qualify as an occasional sale.
If the sale is made outside the terms of the lease contract, it would qualify as an occasional sale as the equipment represented all the assets of the lessor's leasing business.
D. The sale or exchange of all or substantially all the assets of any business is an exempt occasional sale if the sale represents the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the seller's business in Virginia. The seller may continue to operate like businesses in other states.
A separate legal entity is a separate and distinct business. For example, a corporation may make an exempt occasional sale of all its assets in Virginia, although it holds an interest in a joint venture which continues to operate in Virginia.
A disposition of a separate and distinct activity of a multifaceted business operation may qualify as the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a business. In determining if a division of a business is separate and distinct from the business, certain criteria must be met.
- Each division must have a completely separate set of books which are separately maintained.
- Separate bank accounts must be maintained.
- Employees must be active in only one division.
- Divisions must be separately housed.
- Each division must have its own fixed assets which are not used interchangeably. E. The transfer of assets from one business to newly-formed subsidiaries in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of those subsidiaries qualifies for non-recognition of income under Internal Revenue Code (I.R.C.) Section 351. This tax-exempt reorganization of assets for stock is a qualifying "reorganization" for purposes of the occasional sale exemption.
This includes the sale of a business through a series of transfers, each of which qualifies for non-recognition of income under I.R.C. Section 351 as the tax-exempt reorganization of assets for stock.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 Occasional SalesField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Penalties and Interest
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-635 (Penalties for failure to file return) 58.1-1840.1F.1. (Virginia tax amnesty program post-amnesty penalty) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-2030 (Penalties and interest; generally) 23 VAC 10-210-2032 (Penalties and interest: audits).
C. Public Documents
PD 00-98 PD 00-115 PD 02-006
PD 04-76 PD 10-166 PD 10-247
PD 11-184
II. General A. The application of interest to all audit deficiencies is mandatory. It accrues at the rate established in Section 6621 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, plus 2.0%.
B. When any dealer fails to make any return and pay the full amount of the tax due, penalty is to be added to the tax in the amount of six percent if the failure is for not more than one month, with an additional six percent for each additional month, or fraction thereof, during which the failure continues, not to exceed thirty percent in the aggregate. In no case, however, shall the penalty be less than ten dollars and such minimum penalty shall apply whether or not any tax is due for the period for which such return was required.
C. Penalty is typically not applied to first generation audits unless
- the taxpayer was previously notified in writing, but failed to follow instructions; or
- the taxpayer collected tax, but failed to remit it; or
- indications of fraud exist. D. The application of penalty on second and subsequent audits is generally based upon the taxpayer's compliance ratio.
- The compliance ratio is calculated by dividing the measure reported by the total of the measure reported plus the measure found. Measure reported does not include any measure on which tax was paid directly to the vendor by the taxpayer. The purpose of the use tax compliance ratio is to measure how well a taxpayer complied with the Virginia tax laws requiring the accrual and remittance of the tax on untaxed purchases.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 3 Penalties and Interest 2. On second generation audits the taxpayer's compliance ratios must meet or exceed 85% for sales tax and 60% for use tax in order to avoid the application of penalty.
- On third and subsequent audits, penalty will apply unless the taxpayer's compliance ratios meet or exceed 85% for both sales and use taxes.
- The taxpayer can apply for penalty relief for all second and subsequent audits using the alternative method of computing use tax compliance.
The alternative method allows taxpayers to include the measure upon which sales tax was paid to vendors in the compliance ratio calculation. The alternative method can be applied for all retail sales and use tax audit assessments issued on and after October 1, 1999.
The compliance ratio is calculated by dividing the use measure reported plus the sales tax measure paid to vendors by the use measure reported plus the sales tax measure paid to vendors plus the deficiency. It is the taxpayer’s responsibility to compute the Alternative Method calculations and provide the auditor with documentation supporting the computation within 60 days of the audit assessment.
The taxpayer must compute the ratio based on a review of the same period used to compute the compliance ratio. If the compliance ratio computed under the alternative method meets or exceeds the established threshold the penalty will not apply and should be abated.
E. Penalty may be waived
- on audit deficiencies occurring in new areas not covered on prior audits.
- in instances where the taxpayer has relied on written information provided by the Department.
- in instances where exceptional mitigating circumstances exist.
- if the taxpayer chooses to use the Alternative Method of Computing the Use Tax Compliance. It is the taxpayer’s responsibility to complete the Alternate Method calculations and provide the auditor with documentation supporting the computation within 60 days of the audit assessment. The Alternate Method can only be used on assessments issued on and after October 1, 1999. F. Fraud penalty of 50% will apply in cases where the taxpayer filed false or fraudulent returns with the intent to defraud the Commonwealth. The Code of Virginia states that under reporting gross sales, gross proceeds, or cost price by 50% or more is prima facie evidence of intent to defraud.
If a taxpayer does not register to collect sales tax, but collects it, and does not remit it, the fraud penalty will apply.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Penalties and InterestIII. 2009 Virginia Tax Amnesty Program A. Background: The 2009 Virginia General Assembly passed legislation creating an Amnesty Program that was held from October 7, 2009 through December 5, 2009. (See also PD’s 09-140 and 09-175 relating to Amnesty Procedures). Any taxes owed, whether previously billed or not, were eligible for this program (if you were an amnesty eligible taxpayer) provided that the tax period was for May 2009 or prior (calendar year 2007 and prior for Individual and Corporate Income, and calendar year 2008 and prior for Litter tax) and the bill, if assessed, was at least 90 days old as of the first day of Amnesty.
Any Amnesty eligible amounts that were not satisfied during the Amnesty window may be assessed a Post-Amnesty Penalty that is equal to 20% of the outstanding tax amount. An audit assessment which contains outstanding tax liabilities that would have been eligible for Amnesty (including Consumer Use tax) may be subject to the Post-Amnesty Penalty because the liability was not reported or paid during Amnesty. The post-amnesty penalty applies to unpaid amnesty eligible taxes only, not to outstanding balances of penalties or interest. The post-amnesty penalty is in addition to all other penalties.
B. Application of Post-Amnesty Penalty: The Post-Amnesty Penalty of 20% is in addition to other statutory penalties for late or fraudulent filing and any prior amnesty penalties assessed. Subject to the Procedures established by the Tax Commissioner for audits, the Post-Amnesty Penalty is applicable as follows: 1. Amnesty eligible tax liability assessed with standard and/or fraud penalty will have an additional 20% post-amnesty penalty assessed. 2. Amnesty eligible tax liability assessed without standard and/or fraud penalty will have an additional 20% post-amnesty penalty assessed if the amnesty eligible tax amount is not paid within 30 days of the audit assessment date.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Penalties and InterestField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Prefabricated and Modular Homes Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 and § 58.1-610.1 B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-2080
C.
Virginia Tax Bulletin
VTB 00-3 D. Public Documents: PD 00-109 Reduced Tax Treatment for Modular Buildings PD 10-268 Sales to Modular Building Dealers
E.
Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale) ST-11 (Manufacturing) II. General
A.
Retail sales of modular buildings by modular building manufacturers and modular building retailers are subject to sales tax on 60% of the sales price. A retail sale occurs when the modular building is sold without installation to the final consumer.
B.
Modular buildings are comprised of one or more sections, primarily built in a factory setting, and transported to the site of final assembly to be affixed to a permanent foundation. Modular buildings do not include “mobile offices” or manufactured homes (formerly known as “mobile homes”).
C.
Modular building manufacturers are engaged in the fabrication, construction and assembling of building supplies and materials into modular buildings at a location other than the site where the modular building will be assembled to the permanent foundation.
D.
When a modular building manufacturer contracts to furnish and install a modular building, the manufacturer is deemed the final consumer of prefabricated components and other materials incorporated into the modular building. In such instances, purchases are subject to sales tax based on 100% of the cost price of the materials and components.
E.
A tax credit is available for only modular building manufacturers in instances where the manufacturer sells a modular building without installation and has paid sales or use tax on the cost price of materials incorporated into the modular building. The manufacturer must collect the sales tax based on 60% of the retail sales price, and may claim a credit against such tax collection on Field Audit Procedures: Prefabricated and Modular Homes December 2012 Page 1 of 2 its sales tax return for the amount of sales or use tax paid on the cost of materials for this sale.
III. Procedures
A.
Sales: Sales of modular buildings without installation, other than for resale, are subject to sales tax on 60% of the retail sales price. Sales of set-up components, such as roofing materials, siding, boards, adhesive, nails, screws, etc. are subject to sales tax based on the 100% of the sales price when such components are sold independent and separate from the sale of a modular building.
When a manufacturer who primarily manufactures modular homes with installation makes a sale without installation, a credit is allowed for taxes paid on the cost price of materials used as set out in Section II E above.
For sales of modular buildings with installation, all manufacturers, including those who primarily manufacture modular homes for sale without installation are liable for sales and use tax on the total cost price of materials used. [If the actual cost cannot be determined, such cost may be estimated using available records or if no means exist to make a reasonably close calculation of the actual cost.]
B.
Purchases: The exemption for items used directly in the manufacture of modular buildings would apply to purchases by manufacturers primarily making sales without installation. Purchases by manufacturers who primarily make sales with installation and are thus treated as consuming contractors would be subject to sales tax.
Field Audit Procedures: Prefabricated and Modular Homes December 2012 Page 2 of 2 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Printing and Printers
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 58.1-609.3(2) 58.1-609.3(11) 58.1-609.6(3) 58.1-609.6(4) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-3010 C. Virginia Tax Bulletin
VTB 95-5 D. Public Documents
PD 82-26 PD 88-50 PD 89-159 PD 90-79
PD 95-185 PD 95-216 PD 95-218 PD 96-33
PD 96-180 PD 96-278 PD 96-304 PD 96-324
PD 96-327 PD 96-380 PD 97-54 PD 97-65
PD 97-387 PD 98-127 PD 00-192 PD 00-214
PD 01-22 PD 01-35 PD 02-27 PD 02-110
PD 04-101 PD 10-72 PD 10-73 E. Exemption Certificate
ST-10A
ST-11 II. General A. Sales of printing delivered in Virginia are generally subject to the sales tax.
However, an exemption exists for certain printed materials, other than administrative supplies, stored for 12 months or less in Virginia for distribution in other states.
B. The printing of tangible personal property for sale or resale is considered industrial manufacturing and, as a result, the exemption for industrial materials applies (VAC 10-210-920).
III. Procedures A. There are three types of printing defined in VAC 10-210-3010: Custom printing; Consumer printing; and Publisher printing. Each classification has its own tax Procedures.
- Custom printing is the production or fabrication of printed matter in accordance with customer specifications for the customer's own use or consumption. Generally, the sale of custom printing represents the
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Printing and Printers taxable sale of tangible personal property. The tax is computed on the total invoice charge made on the transaction including any service charges made in connection with the sale of the printed matter (e.g. plate charges, imprinting charges, folding charges, etc.). The tax is also applicable to custom printing charges in instances where the customer furnishes the printing stock.
Purchases by the printer of items which become part of the printed matter for sale or resale are not subject to the tax (e.g. ink, printing stock, staples, stapling wire, binding twine, glue, etc.). Purchases by the printer of items used directly in the production of custom printing are similarly not subject to the tax (e.g. printing plates, dies and mats, printing presses and their repair parts, typesetting, etc.). The tax does not apply to paper, ink, and other materials furnished to a custom printer that will become a component or ingredient part of products fabricated by the printer.
- Consumer printing is the production or fabrication of printed matter for one's own use or consumption and not for resale. The manufacturing exemptions do not apply to consumer printing since there is no sale or resale. Although the manufacturing exemptions do not apply, other exemptions may be applicable to the purchases made by individuals engaged in consumer printing (e.g. certain printed materials when stored for 12 months or less in Virginia and distributed for use outside the state).
- Publisher printing is the printing of books, newspapers, magazines or other periodicals for sale or resale by the publisher-printer and includes the printing of a "publication" (as defined in VAC 10-210-1060) which is distributed free of charge. A publisher-printer making retail sales of books, etc., must add tax to the charge. However, the sale of any publication issued at regular intervals not exceeding three months is exempt from the tax, except as to the newsstand sales thereof (Note: the term "newsstand sales" does not include sales of back copies of publications by the publisher or his agent) The tax applies to purchases by publisher-printers in the same manner as custom printing. However, the manufacturing exemptions available to publisher-printers are broader in that they apply to the necessary ancillary activities of newspaper and magazine printing when such activities are performed by the publisher of any newspaper or magazine. Also, based on § 58.1-609.3(2)(v), a publisher is entitled to the industrial exemptions on equipment, printing or supplies used directly to produce a publication whether it is sold at retail or for distribution at no cost. This means that a publisher can subcontract out the printing of its publication and still receive an exemption on the printing charges. B. Although it is easy for taxpayers to understand that the sale of printing represents the taxable sale of tangible personal property, there are exemptions that apply to the purchase of printed materials that require some
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Printing and Printers diligence on the part of a taxpayer to interpret and organize. Under § 58.1-609.6(4) there is an exemption for catalogs, letters, brochures, reports, and similar printed materials, and the paper furnished to a printer for fabrication into such printed materials, when stored for 12 months or less in the Commonwealth and distributed for use outside of the Commonwealth. This exemption also applies to the envelopes, containers, and labels used to package and mail such printed materials. The only exception to this exemption is for "administrative supplies." The term "administrative supplies" includes, but is not limited to, letterhead, envelopes, other stationery, invoices, billing forms, payroll forms, price lists, time cards, computer cards, certificates, business cards, diplomas, and awards. The term also includes supplies for internal use by the purchaser, such as menus, calendars, datebooks, desk reminders, appointment books, employee newsletters, and other house organs.
Some "administrative supplies" may qualify for exemption if they become an integral part of the exempt printed materials described above. For example, letterhead upon which fundraising or promotional letters are printed, return envelopes enclosed with fundraising letters, and price lists enclosed within catalogs advertising tangible personal property for sale or resale are not taxable. Also, as mentioned earlier, there are some items such as menus, calendars, datebooks, appointment books, etc., that are taxable "administrative supplies" when purchased for internal use by a taxpayer.
However, the same items may be exempt when used for external promotional purposes.
The key to determining whether certain printed materials are taxable or exempt is not in the product itself, but in the intended use of such product.
Generally, if an item is for internal use and it is received in Virginia, it is taxable. This is true even though the item may be distributed for use outside of Virginia within 12 months (e.g. a corporate office in Virginia receives desk planners to be distributed to their employees both within and without Virginia).
Conversely, if an item is for external promotional purposes and will be distributed for use outside of Virginia within 12 months, it is exempt.
Following is a list of printed materials that would qualify for exemption when stored in Virginia for 12 months or less and mailed to or distributed outside of Virginia (this list is merely illustrative and is not designed to be all inclusive):
Fund raising and promotional letters, circulars, folders, brochures, and pamphlets, including those for charitable, political, and religious purposes;
Corporate stockholder meeting notices;
Proxy materials and enclosed proxy cards;
Meeting and convention promotional materials;
A business prospectus;
Corporate monthly, quarterly, and annual stockholder reports;
Announcements, invitations, and informational pieces for external promotional purposes;
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Printing and Printers Greeting cards, brochures, menus, calendars, datebooks, desk reminders, appointment books, art prints, and posters for external promotional purposes;
Printed point-of-purchase sales devices, including display racks, animated and action pieces, posters and banners.
C. Advertising businesses also have an exemption for printed materials shipped outside of Virginia within 12 months. This exemption is valid through July 1, 2012. D. Generally, the use of photocopy and photostat machines to make reproductions of customer furnished originals is not considered to be printing in the industrial sense. Taxpayers who operate such "quick copy" establishments must pay tax on the machinery and tools used in their business. Such taxpayers may purchase exempt from the tax only those items, such as paper, that will become ingredient or component parts of the finished products they sell. The sale of photocopies and photostats represents a taxable sale of tangible personal property.
However, per § 58.1-609.3(11), taxpayers who are engaged primarily in the printing or photocopying of products for sale or resale may purchase high speed electrostatic duplicators (or other types of high speed duplicators) exempt of the tax. A high speed duplicator is one that has a printing capacity of 4,000 impressions or more per hour (i.e. slightly more than 1 copy per second).
E. Of particular note is the application of printing to direct mail agencies. Direct mail agencies typically use laser printing to "personalize" fund raising letters for their customers. Laser personalization consists of incorporating variable information into an existing letter copy in order to personalize the letter for each individual recipient. Based on PD 97-65 and PD 97-387, when a customer provides printing stock to a direct mail agency and the agency provides personalization services which cause each printed piece to be unique in nature, the transaction is deemed to be an exempt service. However, if the direct mail agency provides the printing stock, the transaction would be taxable.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 Printing and PrintersField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Public Utilities
Revised: September 2016
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.3(2) (No Manufacturing Exemption for Public Service Corporations that Generate Electricity) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-3020 (Repealed 03/10/2007), 23 VAC 10-210-920 C. Public Documents:
PD 87-276 PD 89-274 PD 89-335
PD 89-346 PD 90-68 PD 91-5
PD 91-64 PD 04-122 PD 05-56
PD 05-166 PD 06-142 PD 02-44
PD 02-44 PD 04-25 PD 04-48
PD 99-65 D. Public Service Corporation Exemption Repeal Procedures (PD 04-122) E. Exemption Certificate: ST-11, ST-11A (Pollution Control Exemption)
II. General A. Effective September 1, 2004, the retail sales and use tax exemption available to public utilities for the purchase or lease of tangible personal property used or consumed directly in the rendition of their public service was repealed.
Those public utilities losing their exemption included electric suppliers, telecommunications companies, certain telephone companies, gas, water, and sewer utilities. In addition, to the extent public utilities generating electric power, qualify for the manufacturing exemption under Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(2), they will be prohibited from claiming the manufacturing exemption, except for raw materials that are consumed in the production of electricity, including fuel.
B. Transitional Rules: The following rules are provided to clarify when purchases or leases of tangible personal property, previously exempt from the retail sales tax, are subject to the tax: 1. Taxable: a. Tangible personal property purchased on and after September 1, 2004. b. Tangible personal property delivered to a purchaser and paid for on or after September 1, 2004, regardless of when the property was ordered.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 1 of 5 Public Utilities c. Installment sales, when the date the contract is entered into are on or after September 1, 2004
- Exempt a. Tangible personal property ordered, delivered and paid for prior to September 1, 2004. b. Tangible personal property ordered and delivered prior to September 1, 2004 but paid for on or after September 1, 2004. c. Installment sales, when the date the contract is entered into is prior to September 1, 2004, regardless of when the property is delivered or when payment is made. C. Long Term Leasing Contracts: Notwithstanding the September 1, 2004 repeal of the public utilities exemption, no sales and use tax will be imposed on the lease payments for any tangible personal property leased pursuant to a bona fide contract that was entered into before March 1, 2004, provided that such tangible personal property was delivered to or placed into service by a public utility on or before September 1, 2004. D. Inventory on Hand: Tangible personal property purchased prior to September 1, 2004, under the public utilities exemption, and placed in a tax-exempt inventory, will not lose its exempt status with the repeal of the public utilities exemption effective September 1, 2004. Such property will also maintain its exempt status upon the withdrawal from inventory and put in use in a taxable manner. It is likely this is no longer an issue as this inventory has been depleted by now. E. Temporary Storage: Effective September 1, 2004, tangible personal property brought into and stored in Virginia by a public utility, regardless of the fact the tangible personal property may be used out-of-state in an exempt capacity is subject to tax. For example, if a public utility has its central purchasing and warehousing operation in Virginia for its entire nationwide operation, all tangible personal property warehoused in Virginia is subject to the Virginia sales and use tax, unless such property qualifies for an existing Virginia exemption. Tax shall be accrued on such tangible personal property in the month the property is acquired by the public utility and brought into Virginia and remitted by the 20th day of the month following the month of acquisition or importation into Virginia. F. Direct Payment Permits: Effective September 1, 2004, all direct payment permits issued to public utilities losing their exemption were cancelled. Some utilities had their direct pay permits extended through September 30, 2005 and received permits reflecting this. Holders of direct pay permits were required to notify each of their vendors that their permits had been cancelled and future purchases were subject to the tax. G. Front-End Agreements: Any and all front-end agreements currently in force between TAX and any public utility were cancelled effective September 1, 2004. H. Other Exemptions: Other sales tax exemptions that may be available include, but are not limited to the exemption for research and development, certified pollution control equipment, resale and for tangible personal property for use
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 2 of 5 Public Utilities or consumption by the Commonwealth, any political subdivision of the Commonwealth, or the United States.
III. Procedures (for Audit Periods Beginning September 1, 2004) A. Pre-Audit Steps:
1. Review previous audit
- Review ruling letters
- Obtain chart of accounts
4. Review registration data for all accounts known B. Pre-Audit conference
- Determine how capital and expenses are recorded
- Obtain sales tax returns, federal returns, Form 10K, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) Form 1.
- Ask about associated companies, holding companies, etc.
- Request: Chart of accounts, general ledgers, journal entries, manual checks, sales journals, list of vehicles, furniture, fixtures and equipment as well as capital jobs (construction work in process), off-road fuel reports, retired assets, and pollution control certifications.
- FERC account numbers are not required to be used anymore and they may use SAP or another type of accounting software.
- Questions include: What type of sales do you make? How are invoices retained and coded? How is inventory accounted for (purchases, withdrawals, adjustments)? Where are the locations and the various activities? Are there contractor relationships? Is there a laboratory? Are there R & D projects? Are there pollution control projects?
- Request a tour of the facilities, especially at remote locations where you cannot observe the activities. This will allow you to ask pertinent questions to determine the usage as well as the unique names of the items. Each company has its own terminology.
C. Areas to review during the audit
- Chart of Accounts: Review the accounts to identify accounts that may include purchases of tangible personal property. Be careful to review what makes up the account and not go by just the name of the account. Get a detailed description or ask questions to explain what goes into the account.
It is also necessary to determine where employee sales, purchases for resale, and disposed of items are recorded.
- Expenses: Due to the size of most public utilities, an ICT audit is recommended.
If the taxpayer prefers a block sample, determine the volume of records and the financial statements to use. This would follow the same procedure as a regular sales and use tax audit.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 3 of 5 Public Utilities How are invoices, purchase orders retained?
If invoices are not available, the check register, a detail general ledger or purchase journal will be necessary. You also need to review the sales tax payable account for accruals and the process it flows through to the return.
- Stores, Materials issues or inventors withdrawals: These are usually accounted for by a monthly report which shows the item(s), the requisitioner and the cost. An allocation of expense is recorded with a journal entry. Review the list of items withdrawn as well as the area or department to which the items are charged. Items in inventory purchased prior to September 1, 2004 are exempt when withdrawn from inventory.
Review purchases made using Purchase Cards (PCards), which are credit cards provided to select employees for certain purchases.
Review purchases made from ERS vendors (electronic reimbursement system).
- Raw Material and Fuel Purchases: Raw materials and fuel that are consumed in the production of electricity are exempt. This includes fuel assemblies used in nuclear plants. Rail car leases are taxable.
Both of these purchases may be included in the fuel purchases account.
D. Exempt General Purchases: Items purchased for certified pollution control projects are exempt as applicable. Review the taxpayer’s back-up sent to DEQ to determine what equipment was specifically certified.
R & D, as well as laboratory purchases, are exempt as the statute and regulations apply to these functions.
E. Turbines, Boilers, Generators, Piping Systems, Fuel Systems, Heating Systems, Cooling Systems, and Conveyor Systems: (Real vs. Tangible Personal Property) The determination of whether a contract is for real or tangible personal property relies heavily on the 3 criteria set out in Danville Holding court case.
However, each contract must be looked at individually to determine if it qualifies as a real property contract or a tangible personal property contract. If the utility, itself, purchases the items that are incorporated into realty upon installation, tax must be paid to the vendor or accrued by the public utility.
In PD 06-142(12/8/06), the Tax Commissioner ruled that there is no legal basis to rely solely on federal depreciation classifications to distinguish tangible personal property from real property for local property tax purposes. Also, the Court in Danville Holding did not establish that the useful life of property or its accounting classification could be used to determine a party’s intent to annex that property to realty. The Department may use the accounting classifications of property as a factor when determining intent, but cannot rely exclusively on this factor.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 4 of 5 Public Utilities F. Sales: Verify the sales tax reported to the sales tax payable account. Verify the accuracy of the local tax and the various locations, if applicable.
Perform a sample or detail review of sales, reviewing the invoices, transactions and documentation. Also verify the exemption certificates for those taxable sales which were not charged sales tax.
Items that may be sold to customers are generally backup generators, surge protectors, and warranty programs (either TPP or RE related). Not all utilities will sell these items.
Generally sales are a minor portion of what the utility provides. Most of their tax will be from consumer use tax.
If the utility applied for a refund of motor vehicle fuel tax from DMV for off-road fuel usage, verify the cost of the fuel has been included on the sales tax return.
There may be intercompany leases or sales which need to be reviewed. A journal entry is usually used to record this, but invoices to the associated company are also used.
Review the revenue accounts.
Co-generation companies manufacture steam or energy for other companies.
Unless they are granted a certificate of convenience and necessity by the State Corporation Commission, they will at least qualify as a manufacturer if more than 50% of their product is for resale. (See P.D. 89-335)
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 5 of 5 Public UtilitiesField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Radio and Television Broadcasting Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: § 58.1-609.6(1,2,6) B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-3030
C.
Virginia Tax Bulletin
VTB 95-5
D.
Public Documents
PD 87-219
PD 88-331
PD 93-96
PD 94-51
PD 00-23
PD 01-150
PD 05-70
PD 08-167
PD 09-150 E. Court Case – WTAR Radio- TV Corporation v. Commonwealth of Virginia
F.
Exemption Certificates: ST 20 and ST 20A II. General A. Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.6 provides an exemption for:
- leasing, renting or licensing of copyright audio or video tapes, and films by licensed radio and television stations,
- broadcasting equipment and parts and accessories thereto and towers used or to be used by commercial radio and television companies,
- ending July 1, 2019 a. the lease, rental, license, sale, other transfer, or use of any audio or video tape, film or other audiovisual work where the transferee or user acquires or has acquired the work for the purpose of licensing, distributing, broadcasting, commercially exhibiting or reproducing the work or using or incorporating the work into another such work; b. the provision of production services or fabrication in connection with the production of any portion of such audiovisual work, including, but not limited to, scriptwriting, photography, sound, Field Audit Procedures: Radio and Television Broadcasting December 2012 Page 1 of 3 musical composition, special effects, animation, adaptation, dubbing, mixing, editing, cutting and provision of production facilities or equipment; c. the transfer or use of tangible personal property, including, but not limited to, scripts, musical scores, storyboards, artwork, film, tapes and other media, incident to the performance of such services or fabrication; however, audiovisual works and incidental tangible personal property described above shall be subject to tax as otherwise provided in this chapter to the extent of the value of their tangible components prior to their use in the production of any audiovisual work and prior to their enhancement by any production service; d. equipment and parts and accessories thereto used or to be used in the production of such audiovisual works.
B.
Radio and television companies are exempt on purchases of equipment, parts, accessories, and towers used directly to broadcast. Broadcasting concerns must be regulated and supervised by the Federal Communications Commission.
C.
Broadcasting has been defined as disseminating a signal into the air and is considered an exempt function. Programming preparation and news gathering activities remain taxable.
D.
Broadcasting companies involved in audiovisual production are exempt on purchases of tangible personal property used in the production of audiovisual works for licensure, distribution, broadcast, etc. If audiovisual work is not used for licensure, distribution, broadcast, etc., purchases of tangible personal property are taxable.
III. Procedures
A.
Sales: Broadcasters may produce and sell video tapes or films. The production of the video tapes fall within two categories - media or non-media.
Media tapes are exempt from sales tax. Examples of media works include: TV advertising, made-for-TV movies and programs, feature films, documentaries, radio programs, etc.
Non-media tapes include films produced for in house training, weddings, accidents, corporate meetings, product description tapes, etc. These types of films are taxable based upon the sales price of the film.
B. Purchases
- General - A tour of the broadcasting facility with a technical engineer provides useful insight in determining the various uses of broadcast equipment. It is important to ask questions concerning the use of the equipment and accessories because some equipment may need to be prorated for use tax.
Some departments to review include weather, news, sales, graphics, control room, studio, editing, research, tape storage and administration.
Field Audit Procedures: Radio and Television Broadcasting December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Review the chart of accounts and purchases journal. The chart of accounts may be subdivided by departments, cost centers or general ledger coding. It may be necessary to review the general ledger for intercompany purchases.
- Exempt Purchases - Broadcasting equipment used to disseminate a signal into the air is exempt. Such equipment and accessories include, but are not limited to, towers, satellite receivers, antennas, studio cameras and microphones (used for live broadcast).
Equipment, parts and accessories used or to be used in the production of exempt audiovisual works are also exempt. This includes: cameras and related equipment, computers for graphics, animation, images, lighting equipment, air conditioning/heating for use on the set, cranes and booms, dubbing , editing , and sound recording equipment.
- Taxable Purchases - Programming, news gathering, and administration purchases are deemed to be taxable. Purchases of equipment and supplies that are not used directly to transmit a signal are also taxable. Examples include, but are not limited to, the purchase of studio furniture and lighting, news sets, interview sets, weather centers, air conditioning, heating, computers, tape carts and storage systems, weather maps, ear phones, blank tapes and reel degaussers (tape head cleaners).
- Pro-ratable Purchases - When the same equipment and accessories are used for transmitting the signal as well as for news gathering, preparation and programming the purchases should be prorated.
Examples include, but are not limited to, weather computers, routing equipment, cables, monitors, field cameras (if shooting live and taped features), tape players and recorders, audio equipment, and batteries.
Field Audit Procedures: Radio and Television Broadcasting December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Research and Development
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.3(5) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-3070 thru 10-210-3074 C. Public Documents: PD 96-35 Direct and exclusive criteria PD 96-378 Nontaxable and taxable uses PD 99-8 Creating new knowledge and new understanding PD 01-45 Software use, directly in research and development PD 01-198 Ultimate goal for research and development exemption PD 01-203 Used directly and exclusively PD 02-84 Manufacturing software PD 03-91 Pharmaceutical testing PD 06-35 Merging multiple software PD 09-136 Software modification subcontracted out D. Exemption Certificates: ST-11(Manufacturing) ST11A(Construction contractors and Non-manufacturers) II. General A. General Provisions - Research and development must have an ultimate goal: (i) the development of new products; (ii) the improvement of existing products; or (iii) the development of new uses for existing products. Research and development does not include the modification of a product merely to meet customer specifications unless the modification is carried out under experimental or laboratory conditions in order to improve the product generally or develop a new use for the product.
Research and development does not include testing or inspection of material or products for quality control; however, in the case of an industrial manufacturer, processor, refiner or converter, testing and inspection for quality control is deemed to be an exempt activity under Title 23 VAC 10-210-920.
Additionally, basic research and research and development do not include environmental analysis, testing of samples for chemical or other content, operations research, feasibility studies, efficiency surveys, management studies, consumer surveys, economic surveys, research in the social sciences, metaphysical studies, advertising, promotions, or research in connection with literary, historical, or similar projects.
B. Extent of the Exemption - To qualify for the exemption, the tangible personal property leased or purchased must be “used directly and exclusively” in an
Field Audit Procedures: Page 1 of 4 Research and Development December 2012 actual research process. This process should be in the “experimental or laboratory sense.” The exemption begins with the handling and storage of raw materials and supplies at the research facility and ending after the last step of the research process when the products of the research process are stored at the research facility.
Some items may be required but may not be “used directly”. When a single item is used in both an exempt and non-exempt activity, it is not deemed to be “used exclusively” in basic research or research and development activities and is taxable unless such taxable use is de minimis in nature. Proration, percentage of exempt usage or preponderance of use of an item is not permitted.
An exception to the exclusivity test is the “de minimis usage” rule. When research property is used in a taxable manner, it will only be exempt from the tax if the taxable use is de minimis in nature. Taxable use of the property is considered de minimis if the taxable usage of the property (1) does not involve a continuous or ongoing operation; (2) does not follow a consistent pattern, i.e. weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.; (3) is occasional in nature occurring no more than three times; and (4) in total, accounts for no more than three days.
If an item, which originally qualified for the exempt status, due to its direct and exclusive use, is used in a taxable manner that is not considered de minimis in nature, use tax is due based on the purchase price of the item. If the conversion of the item to taxable use is six months or more after its original purchase date, the tax may be computed on the lower of the purchase price or the fair market value at the time of the taxable use.
The tangible personal property must be purchased or leased by the person, firm, corporation, or entity that actually performs the exempt research in order to qualify for the sales tax exemption. If the research equipment is purchased or leased by a party other than the person providing the research activity, the item is taxable. This is true even if the equipment is donated or loaned to an exempt entity.
C. Taxable and Exempt Items – Title 23 VAC 10-210-3072 provides examples of taxable and exempt items used in basic research or research and development activities. D. Contractors - Generally, a contractor is the user and consumer of all tangible personal property furnished to or by him in connection with real property construction, reconstruction, installation, repair, and similar contracts as provided in Title 23 VAC 10-210-410. However, tangible personal property furnished to or by the contractor which will be used directly and exclusively in basic research or research and development is exempt from the tax. The contractor may purchase this property exempt of the tax by furnishing to the vendor a properly executed exemption certificate, Form ST-11A.
III. Procedures A. There are numerous questions and situations that auditors must review with the taxpayer to fully determine the scope of the taxpayer’s lab activity and to determine if this activity qualifies for the Research and Development or basic research exemptions.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 2 of 4 Research and Development December 2012 Usually the Research and Development question applies to a manufacturer’s Virginia operations. The auditor should determine if the manufacturer has other locations, and, if so, what is the nature of the research/lab activities done at the other locations. Many manufacturers have their primary Research and Development site at or near their corporate headquarters, or in a technologically advanced area such as a university research facility. Usually the lab at the production site performs testing for other reasons.
These reasons include
- Testing of raw materials and incoming supplies to determine if the item meets the manufacturer’s specifications. This is not Research and Development but may qualify as in-process Quality Control testing.
- Testing to determine if the customer’s product can be produced with a different material (maybe less costly) and still be within the customer’s contracted price.
- Testing to determine if the product produced would work in the customer’s equipment. For example, can the print cartridge be changed to work in a different model printer? The research must produce a new product or a new use for the same product. In this instance neither requirement is met. It is not a new product or new use because it is still performing the same function.
- Testing to determine that the manufacturer’s product will meet all marketing specifications. (Does not qualify as Research and Development or Quality Control testing.) B. The auditor must first determine why the taxpayer is conducting testing. Is it true Research and Development testing or some other type of testing?
Once the auditor verifies that the testing is Research and Development testing (see above), the auditor must review the lab procedures to determine if the equipment and supplies purchased are being used directly and exclusively for Research and Development testing and if the testing is performed in the experimental or laboratory sense as defined in Title 23 VAC 10-210-3070.
These are three very important requirements
- Used directly. If the item is necessary, but is not used directly in conducting the lab tests, the item is not exempt. The auditor should review each item purchased to determine if it meets this test.
Furniture, storage cabinets, climate control equipment used for the comfort of the employees would be taxable, since they are not directly used in the Research and Development process.
- Used exclusively. This is another important test. If a piece of lab equipment is used both in qualifying Research and Development research and in other non-qualifying testing, then the piece of equipment is not tax exempt since the use of that equipment was not exclusively for Research and Development unless the de minimis rule applies.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 3 of 4 Research and Development December 2012 3. Experimental or laboratory sense. Testing must be conducted under controlled conditions in a laboratory environment or a place equipped for experimental study.
C. In summary, the auditor must determine if the taxpayer conducting the Research and Development testing meets all of the Sales and Use Tax requirements to qualify for the exemption. The rules are complex and very specific. The application will vary from industry to industry and from taxpayer to taxpayer. Keep in mind that with the growth of technology and varying testing environments, the application of the Research and Development exemption may vary from audit to audit. With technological advances, new relationships may be created in the Research and Development field. These entities are partnering to provide Research and Development services to the client. In these cases, the auditor must ensure that all entities meet all Sales and Use Tax requirements to determine which part of the exemption applies, if any, to each entity.
Field Audit Procedures: Page 4 of 4 Research and Development December 2012Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Successor Liability
Revised: September 2016
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-629 (Sale of Business) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-3090 (Sale or Quitting of Business; Successor Business), 23 VAC 10-210-290 B 1 (Dealer ceasing to do business at location indicated on Certificate of Registration) C. Public Documents:
PD 96-161
PD 99-297
PD 02-129
PD 07-210 D. Court Case – GFT Inc. vs. Commonwealth of Virginia (PD 07-210)
II. General A taxpayer who purchases all of the stock of an existing business may be liable for sales and use tax owed by the seller unless certain precautions are taken as provided by Code of Virginia § 58.1-629. A dealer is required to submit a final return and remit the applicable tax, penalty, and interest within 15 days of selling or quitting a business. The final return should note the name and address of the successor, if applicable.
When a business is sold, the purchaser must withhold sufficient funds to cover tax, penalty, and interest owed by the previous owner. The funds may not be released until the seller produces a receipt showing that all liability has been paid, or until the purchaser receives a certificate from the Department showing that no tax, penalty, or interest are due from the prior owner. If a purchaser fails to withhold funds, he or she may be personally liable for tax, penalty, and interest owed by the prior owner.
A certificate of registration may not be issued to a successor who has been notified by the Department that tax, penalty, and interest are due and unpaid by a prior owner until the amount is paid in full.
Virginia Code 58.1-629 applies only to sales and use tax. Furthermore, it applies only to those situations when a business is sold for a cash consideration. Successor liability may not be imposed when a business is sold for non-monetary assets such as stock or other property.
III. Procedures A. The policy of the Department of Taxation states that "in order to hold a successor of a business liable for unpaid sales tax under the provisions of §
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 1 of 2 Successor Liability 58.1-629, a sale must have taken place and purchase money must have changed hands. A taxpayer taking over a business abandoned by its former owner does not fulfill the meaning of "successor" in that a sale or transfer of ownership did not take place and purchase money did not change hands.
Furthermore, exchange of non-money items such as stock or land would not allow the Department to proceed against the successor”.
B. Partnerships: The liability of successor businesses depends on the facts. If a partnership adds or subtracts partners but continues without dissolving (and all creditors must be paid if the partnership goes through dissolution) it is still liable for all debts and crimes committed before the change. If the partnership is dissolved and sold to another set of partners, the new partners may agree to assume the debts of the old, in which case both the old partners and the new partnership may be liable for debts, but the new partnership has no criminal liability. C. Corporation: Corporations may be dissolved, merged, consolidated or sold. In any of the last three, the successor is liable for debts and subject to criminal prosecution rising from dealings of the old corporation. If the assets of a corporation are sold (rather than the stock), and the original corporation either stays in existence or is later dissolved, the liability for debts is not transferred unless there is an agreement to do so. However, it is illegal to sell all assets of a business without going through certain procedures to protect creditors. D. The applicability of successor liability should be evaluated as the situation arises. The auditor should evaluate the situation using the best information available to resolve the issue.
Items to consider when you suspect the successor may be liable for unpaid taxes:
- What type of business entity - individual, partnership or corporation?
- What did purchaser buy?
- What does the sales agreement say?
- Was there a sale?
- Is the successor business at the location, is the name the same, is the successor a like business?
- Was the sale for cash or other consideration?
- Is there a contractual agreement to purchase debts?
E. If there is a contractual agreement for the purchaser to be responsible for the debts of the seller, then the provision of successor in liability does not come into play.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 2 of 2 Successor LiabilityField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Service vs. Sale
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.5 (Service exemptions) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-4040 (Services) C. Public Documents:
PD 91-185 PD 91-268 PD 92-13 PD 93-87
PD 94-120 PD 94-147 PD 94-230 PD 94-315
PD 95-5 PD 95-15 PD 95-195 PD 95-234
PD 95-252 PD 95-265 PD 95-270 PD 95-286
PD 95-300 PD 96-67 PD 98-119 PD 98-654
PD 00-129 PD 01-18 PD 04-131 PD 04-171
PD 04-199 PD 06-105 PD 08-178 PD 10-18
PD 11-74 D. Exemption Certificate – ST 10 (Resale)
II. General A. Charges for services generally are exempt from the retail sales and use tax. However, services provided in connection with sales of tangible personal property are taxable under a specific statutory exemption applies.
B. Transactions involving both the sale of tangible personal property (“tpp”) and the provision of services, generally, are either taxable or exempt on the full amount charged, regardless of whether the charges for the service and property components are separately stated (unless a specific statutory exemption applies). The "true object" test is used to determine the taxability of these transactions C. Separately stated repair or installation charges are exempt from the tax but stated mileage, road service and similar service call charges are part of the taxable sales price of tangible personal property transferred to customers in repair transactions. Mileage, road service and similar service call charges are not a part of exempt installation or repair labor because these expenses are incurred prior to, in preparation of, or after the installation or repair has taken place.
III. Procedures A. Taxable Services Include
- Any non-exempt services included in or in connection with the sale of tangible personal property.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 3 Service vs. Sale 2. Any non-exempt services furnished in connection with the fabrication of tangible personal property regardless of whether or not the customer furnishes, either directly or indirectly, the materials used in fabrication (see Title 23 VAC 10-210-560).
- Any non-exempt services provided in connection with the furnishing, preparing, or serving by a person for a consideration of meals or other tangible personal property (see Title 23 VAC 10-210-930).
- Any rooms, lodgings or accommodations furnished to transients by any hotel, motel, inn, tourist camp or cabin, camping grounds, club or any other similar place furnished for less than 90 continuous days (see Title 23 VAC 10-210-730).
B. Exempt Services Include
- Personal, professional, or insurance transactions which involve sales as inconsequential elements for which no separate charge is made.
- Separately stated services performed by repairmen.
- Separately stated labor or service charges for the repair, installation, application or remodeling of tangible personal property. However, while travel time to and from the repair service site is a charge for labor, any amounts billed for travel time, mileage or similar expenses that are incurred before or after the actual performance of repair services are not exempt.
- Separately stated transportation charges. See Title 23 VAC 10-210-6000.
- Separately stated charges for alterations to apparel, clothing and garments.
- Charges for gift wrapping services performed by a nonprofit organization.
- An amount separately charged for labor or services rendered in connection with the modification of prewritten programs.
- Computer programs that meet the requirement of "custom programs". C. In order to determine whether a particular transaction which involves both the rendering of a service and the provision of tpp constitutes an exempt service or a taxable retail sale, the "true object" of the transaction must be examined. If the object of the transaction is to secure a service and the tpp which is transferred to the customer is not critical to the transaction, then the transaction may constitute an exempt service. However, if the object of the transaction is to secure the property which it produces, then the entire charge, including the charge for any services provided, is taxable.
In instances where both the services rendered and the property transferred are critical elements of a transaction, the degree of customization, uniqueness or specific services provided in connection with the product shall be considered in determining its appropriate tax status
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Service vs. Sale The following are examples of transactions in which the tax status is based on these factors:
- Taxable: a) Standard data lists, reports; b) Extra copies of reports, letters c) Equipment rentals d) Data communications equipment
- Exempt: a) Customized data lists, reports b) Original letters, reports c) Equipment rentals with operators d) Data communications services, including equipment Examples:
- A taxpayer provides information retrieval services and in connection therewith leases or rents computer equipment to its customers. Charges for the retrieval service, which include charges for the lease or rental of the equipment, are exempt from the tax. However, the taxpayer is liable for the tax on the cost price of the equipment used in furnishing its services. If the taxpayer leases or sells computer equipment to customers without the provision of the information services, such lease or sale is taxable.
- Charges for training programs which include charges for required workbooks and tapes are exempt from the tax as charges for services since the object is to obtain the training services. However, separately stated charges for workbooks and tapes are generally subject to the tax.
To assist in determining whether transactions are services or sales, the auditor should ask for or look for documents such as lease agreements, contracts, and related documents that describe the specifics of the service or sales agreement. Look for statements that include tpp as part of the agreement and other wording in the agreements that assist in defining the "true object" and indicate what the taxpayer is entitled to receive or not receive.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 3 Service vs. SaleField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Schools, Colleges, Certain Educational Institutions and Other Institutions of Learning Topic: Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.1(Government) 58.1-609.10(Miscellaneous) 58.1-609.11(Non-profit) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-4020 (Schools and colleges) C. Public Documents:
PD 89-290
PD 90-35
PD 91-23
PD 91-168
PD 93-145
PD 93-241
PD 94-16
PD 94-293
PD 95-100
PD 95-255
PD 96-6
PD 96-25
PD 96-53
PD 96-98
PD 08-158
PD 10-51 D. Virginia Tax Bulletins: 83-119, 85-10, 86-8, 92-2 E. Exemption Certificates: ST-12, Numbered exemption certificate issued by the Department II. General
A.
Public schools and state colleges and universities – Sales to institutions of learning owned and operated by the state have the same status as other sales to the state for its use or consumption. Sales of tangible personal property to the United States, or to the Commonwealth of Virginia or its political subdivisions, are exempt from the tax if the purchases are pursuant to required official purchase orders to be paid out of public funds. Sales made without the required purchase orders and not paid for out of public funds are taxable.
Sales to governmental employees for their own consumption or use in carrying out official government business are taxable.
Charges for meals, catered events, lodging and other accommodations such as meeting or conference rooms, are subject to the tax when paid for by the state or local government or public institutions of learning, or employees of such, regardless of whether the purchases are made pursuant to required official purchase orders.
B. When conducted not for profit - Effective July 1, 2004, Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.11 allows nonprofit organizations, including nonprofit schools, that are Field Audit Procedures: Schools, Colleges, Certain Educational Institutions and Other Institutions of Learning December 2012 Page 1 of 4 exempt from federal income taxation under §§ 501(c) (3) or 501(c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code to qualify for a sales and use tax exemption. Nonprofit schools must meet certain eligibility criteria. If the nonprofit school meets the eligibility criteria, the Department will issue them an exemption letter that should be given to vendors to be able to purchase tangible personal property exempt from sales and use tax.
In addition, effective July 1, 2010, non-profit schools exempt from federal income taxation under Internal Revenue Code § 501(c) are authorized to make sales of 1) prepared food and meals and 2) tickets to events that include the provision of food, prepared food, and meals without collecting sales tax on such sales, provided certain requirements are met. Among these requirements, the school is limited to holding such events on twelve or fewer occasions per year.
C.
School Activity Funds: the tax does not apply to purchases of tangible personal property such as athletic equipment, band instruments, etc. paid for out of school activity funds if the purchases become the property of the school.
Purchases of tangible personal property paid for out of funds other than public funds or funds of the nonprofit institution of learning are subject to the tax if the tangible personal property is for the use of any school class, club, group, organization, association or individual. Such items cannot be purchased under certificates of exemption. Examples of such items are yearbooks, class rings, graduation gowns and caps, photos, school supplies, etc. for use by students.
D.
School lunches – The tax does not apply to school lunches sold and served to pupils and employees of schools and subsidized by government at any level.
Equipment and supplies purchased by a school for its use in preparing and serving school lunches, and which becomes the property of the school, can be purchased under certificates of exemption.
E.
School textbooks – the tax does not apply to school textbooks sold by a local school board or its authorized agency. It also does not apply to school textbooks for use by students attending a college or other institution of learning not conducted for profit when sold (a) by such institution or (b) by any other dealer (provided such textbooks are certified by the institution as required course materials for its students). Effective July 1, 2010 this exemption was expanded to included sale of textbooks for use by students attending for-profit institutions of learning.
F.
Groups associated with nonprofit schools – Parent Teacher Association or other groups associated with an elementary or secondary school conducted not for profit must apply for and be issued nonprofit letters of exemption. The letters will indicate if they are also exempt from collecting tax on their sales.
G.
Educational institutions – Tangible personal property and services may be purchased exempt from the tax by an educational institution doing business in the Commonwealth which (a) admits regularly enrolled high school and college students, and (b) provides a face-to-face educational experience in American government, a program which (i) leads toward the successful of courses in high school in United States history, civics, and problems of democracy, or (ii) which is acceptable for full credit towards an undergraduate or graduate level Field Audit Procedures: Schools, Colleges, Certain Educational Institutions and Other Institutions of Learning December 2012 Page 2 of 4 college degree, provided such institution is conducted not for profit. The property or services must be purchased by the educational institution.
Individuals are not eligible for the exemption even if they are reimbursed by the institution for their expenditures. However, the exemption applies even if students, teachers or other educators participating in the institution’s program use or consume the purchased property or services, including meals and lodging.
H.
When conducted for profit – the tax applies to sales of tangible personal property to schools, colleges and other institutions of learning when they are conducted for profit. They are required to pay the tax to their vendors at the time of purchase, unless their purchases are made for resale as dealers. All sales of tangible personal property made by such institutions are taxable. In addition, these institutions must collect the tax on any retail sales of meals to students or others, if the price of the meals is not included in room, board or tuition charges.
III. Procedures Ensure that the purchases meet the wording of the certificate. Public schools and colleges are not exempt on the purchases of items such as meals and lodging. An ST-12 should be on file for entities that are owned and operated by the state and have the same status as other sales to the state for its use or consumption.
Contractors are generally subject to Virginia sales tax on the purchase of any property furnished and affixed to real estate under contracts with public school systems. However, if totally separate and distinct contracts exist for the furnishing of tangible property that will be incorporated into realty and for the installation of such property, the contractor may purchase the property exempt for resale.
The following in an exemplary list of items which are generally considered real property after installation: Basket racks Lockers Laboratory hoods Laboratory cabinets and furniture Benches Stage curtains Library shelves Cafeteria equipment Field Audit Procedures: Schools, Colleges, Certain Educational Institutions and Other Institutions of Learning December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Contractors, who meet the definition of a retailed under 23 VAC 10-2 10-410(G), may sell and install the following tax exempt, even if the items become affixed to realty: Auditorium seats Basketball backboards Bleachers (bolted to back wall and floor) Chalk/bulletin boards (bolted to wall) Flag poles Folding partitions Field Audit Procedures: Schools, Colleges, Certain Educational Institutions and Other Institutions of Learning December 2012 Page 4 of 4 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Ship Repair
Revised: September 2016
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-608 3d B. Virginia Administrative Code:
23 VAC 10-210-4050 C. Public Documents: PD 85-92 (4/30/92) – vessel not engaged in plying high seas PD 87-45 (2/26/87) – staging, spud barges, keel blocks, etc.
PD 92-140 (8/10/92) – fuel and supplies used on dredges PD 93-42 (3/4/93) – various items addressed PD 93-55 (3/5/93) – reconsideration of PD 92-140 PD 96-56 (4/23/96) – staging, scaffolding, ropes used in staging area [*These rulings were made prior to law change adding specific exemption for dredges, fuel and supplies, etc.]
D. Exemption Certificate
ST-19 II. Definitions A. Foreign Commerce - A business venture between persons in the United States and those in a foreign country.
B. High Seas - That portion of the ocean which is beyond the territorial jurisdiction of the United States. It does not include the Chesapeake Bay, inter-coastal waterways, or inland rivers or waterways. C. Inter-coastal Trade - The exchange of goods or commodities between ports. D. Interstate Commerce - A business venture between the people of two states. E. Principally - Means more than 50%. F. Used Directly - Those items which are both indispensable to the building, conversion, or repair process and which are used as an immediate part of such process.
III. General A. Shipbuilding, Conversion, and Repair -- Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3.4 provides an exemption for:
- Ships and/or vessels used or to be used exclusively or principally in interstate or foreign commerce. Repairs and alterations to such ships and/or vessels are also exempt from the tax. Any item of tangible personal property that becomes an integral part of such ships or vessels is exempt from the tax.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 1 of 7 Ship Repair 2. Fuel and supplies for use or consumption aboard ships or vessels which ply the high seas either in inter-coastal trade between ports in this state and ports in other states of the United States or its territories or possessions, or in foreign commerce between Virginia ports and ports in foreign countries, when such fuel or supplies are delivered directly to such ships or vessels.
NOTE: A ship or vessel may receive the interstate or foreign commerce exemption on ship or vessel repair parts, but not receive the exemption on fuel or supplies when the ship or vessel does not ply the high seas. For example, a vessel used only for interstate commerce between Maryland and Virginia does not ply the high seas and thus is not entitled to the exemption for fuel or supplies See PD 85-92. For other exemptions applicable to fuels, see Va.
Code § 58.1-609.1.
- Tangible personal property used directly to repair exempt ships or vessels. A business does not have to be exclusively engaged in ship repair in order to enjoy the exemption on tangible personal property used directly in building, converting, or repairing of such ships or vessels. On the contrary, a repair business may occasionally repair ships or vessels used in interstate or foreign commerce and still have use of the exemption.
Persons, such as shipyards, principally engaged in the building, conversion, or repair of such vessels and/or ships may also be entitled to the industrial manufacturing exemption. The manufacturing exemption includes safety apparel given to workers directly involved in the ship building, conversion, or repair process, and the storage and handling of raw materials.
An exemption is provided for those items "directly" used in the building, conversion, and repair of exempt ships or vessels. Generally consumables and purchases charged directly to a job by the repair yard are exempt from tax. However, tangible personal property costed to temporary services including, but not limited to, on-site and off-site berthing, temporary illumination, temporary electrical service, temporary phone service, and temporary sanitation service all constitute taxable areas. Items of tangible personal property used in providing such services are taxable to the shipyard.
B. Other Waterborne Commerce (Tug Boat and Fuel Bunkering Companies) -Businesses which transverse the waterways may have a number of exemptions that apply to their operations. There is an exemption for parts which become an integral part of ships or vessels involved principally or exclusively in interstate or foreign commerce. Supplies consumed aboard a ship or vessel that plies the high seas in intercoastal trade or foreign commerce are tax exempt. Tools and supplies used directly in repairing, converting, or building such ships or vessels are also tax exempt. This exemption only applies if the vessels or ships being repaired, built, or converted are principally or exclusively involved in interstate or foreign commerce. For example, a vessel or ship which transverses the Chesapeake Bay and delivers goods or people from a location in Virginia to a location in
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 2 of 7 Ship Repair another state would be exempt on parts which become an integral part of such ship or vessel and would be exempt on tools and supplies used in repairing, converting, or building such ships or vessels. The business would be taxable on consumable supplies (i.e., provisions, sanitation supplies etc.) which are consumed aboard the ship or vessel since such ship or vessel does not ply the high seas. (See P.D. 93-55) IV. Procedures A. Shipbuilding, Conversion, and Repair - A complete understanding of the accounting cost system is important to an audit of a shipbuilding, conversion, or repair facility. If individual tasks are not detailed in the contract, a cost account titled “temporary services” should be noted. In the latter case all items of tangible personal property costed to such an account should be taxed The size of the facility is paramount to understanding the areas of audit concern. Large shipyards provide much more in the way of accommodation services than the smaller "down river" repair facilities. Often the smaller repair concerns act as subcontractors to the larger yards Expense purchases, inventory withdrawals, assets, and sales should be reviewed when auditing a ship repair operation. Each area has potential tax exposure. Given the voluminous nature of inventory withdrawals, expense purchases and sales, a workable sample is required. Inventory withdrawals and expense purchases charged directly to a job may not be exempt from tax. Taxability of items can be determined by reviewing the specifics of the contract. Tangible personal property which provides for temporary services is taxable. By reviewing the specifics of the contract, many items can be deemed taxable or exempt. Normally each contract is divided into separate tasks with a detailed description. The accounting cost records are usually also quite detailed, and all expense purchases and inventory withdrawals for each job will be accounted for in the company’s records. Items may be taxable even though they are costed to an exempt task. The nature of the item and its use must be understood clearly before a decision can be made on the tax status
- Purchases and Inventory Withdrawals - Usually the taxability of items is most notable in the area of inventory withdrawals. Items withdrawn from inventory which are generally taxable when used in connection with shipbuilding, ship repair or ship conversion operations are: coffee, cups, Gatorade, padlocks (for storage of tools and supplies), trash bags, office supplies, flashlight bulbs and batteries (except when provided to workers for fire safety purposes), temporary ID tags and wire (used to identify items removed from the ship and stored while repairs are ongoing), rat guards, protective coverings, etc. See PD 93-42. The above list is not all inclusive. The items listed above can be charged to a task which is part of the repair process or a task which is not. Under either circumstance, the nature of the products and their specific use determines their taxable status. Rags are an inventory item for which the tax is prorated. Lint-free rags are normally exempt if they are charged to a repair task. This type of rag is often used to wipe turbines or dust sensitive parts of the ship or vessel. Regular
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 3 of 7 Ship Repair cloth rags may be used in a taxable manner to wipe part of the ship or vessel under repair or wipe tools or even workers hands. While a 50% tax proration has been used in some past audits of shipyards, a more accurate percentage may be developed on a case by case basis.
Purchases and inventory costed to overhead accounts as well as internal contracts should be carefully reviewed. As with manufacturing, items used directly in the repair, building, or conversion process are exempt from the tax to the shipyard. Items such as cranes, welding machines, tools, the mechanical dry-dock, lathes work platforms including man lifts, and work platform barges are considered indispensable to the repair, building, or conversion process, and are also exempt. See P.D. 87-45 and P.D. 96-56. Replacement parts for exempt ships or vessels are also exempt.
Supplies and tools used to work on exempt machinery and equipment are taxable. For example, the rental of man lifts and the purchase of welding gases to repair the mechanical dry-dock would be taxable.
Rags and cleaners used in crane maintenance are also be taxable as are replacement parts for piers and bulkheads in that these are real property. Vehicle parts are taxable if the vehicles are for over-the-road use as compared to vehicles which transport parts to be repaired throughout the yard to various shops. The latter is similar to the movement of inventory items within a manufacturing concern It is important to note that Title 23 VAC 10-210-920, the manufacturing and processing regulation, should aid in determining the taxability of items.
- Sales and Services - The income areas of sales and services should be reviewed for possible tax liability. As stated earlier a review of the contracts will identify taxable tasks. There may be repair transactions involving taxable ships or vessels. In this case, tax should be charged at retail on items which become an integral part of taxable ships or vessels and on tangible personal property which sails with these ships or vessels. Fabrication labor involved in these transactions of taxable ships or vessels should also be taxed at retail. Some examples of these taxable ships or vessels are: tugs and barges owned by real estate contractors such as bridge builders, or pier and bulkhead construction companies, diving and salvage ships or vessels, yachts, and ships which leave a point in one state and return to that same point without docking in another state (dinner cruises). Consumables and supplies used directly in repairing, building, or converting the taxable ships are still exempt to the business when it is primarily involved in shipbuilding, conversion, and repair.
Items which become part of the non-exempt ship or vessel or sail with the non-exempt ship or vessel are taxable.
Ship repair facilities may also engage in some transactions which do not meet the definitions detailed in the statute. Miscellaneous sales of tangible personal property and the sale of fabricated items should be audited. Other services which provide income to the yards such as the
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 4 of 7 Ship Repair deactivation of a ship or vessel, which does not meet the definition of repair, building, or conversion, are taxable services and all tangible personal property consumed in providing these services are taxable.
In some ship repair and building facilities, service contracts with the government are conducted. These contracts are usually for design or testing services. These transactions fall under the federal government contract Procedures and may be subject to the government contractors regulation set out in Title 23 VAC 10-210-693.
- Assets - Assets used directly in the building, repairing, or converting, of ships by a shipyard are exempt from the tax. The taxability of assets which are used both in a taxable and exempt manner is determined by its preponderance of use, if the ship repair facility is engaged primarily in repairing ships or vessels, i.e., engaged as an industrial manufacturer. Such dual use property is most evident in the boilers that are used throughout the yard. The procedure to do a boiler function analysis and a fuel oil consumption analysis is summarized below. Maintenance chemicals which are occasionally used in a boiler to impede mineral deposit build up is taxable regardless of the taxable status of the boiler. Often larger shipyards have internal contracts which may include: the updating of facilities, the maintenance of parking lots, the relocation of certain shops, the refurbishing of dry-docks, etc. These internal jobs should be detailed and analyzed in depth. Many consumables and supplies costed to these internal jobs are taxable.
If the ship repair facility does not qualify as an industrial manufacturer because it is not primarily engaged as an industrial manufacturer, then the tax should be prorated on assets that are used both in a taxable and exempt manner.
- Fuel Oil (when used at ship building or repair facility that qualifies as an industrial manufacturer) - Fuel oil is a major consumable supply for a ship building and/or repair facility. Diesel fuel which is used to power exempt machinery is tax exempt. Fuel oil used to operate boilers that produce steam used throughout the yard present a special problem.
The steps to analyze fuel oil consumption are detailed as follows. If the analysis concludes that a particular boiler is used primarily for a taxable purpose, then the boiler and its replacement parts are taxable.
The following steps can be followed to determine the taxability of fuel oil when auditing a ship building and/or repair facility: a) Determine the number of gallons and the cost of fuel oil purchased, whether through actual invoices or monthly usage/cost reports, to use for the basis of calculating total taxable fuel oil. b) Determine the audit period and pick a representative calendar year to use as a basis for comparison. c) Identify the months of the year in which the average temperatures are below 55 degrees Fahrenheit. This can vary,
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 5 of 7 Ship Repair based on audit site location. It can be concluded that any excess over the average amount used during the other months of the year, is used strictly for heating purposes (shipboard, work buildings, and administrative buildings). d) Add the total amount of fuel oil purchased during the other months (those in which the temperature is above 55 degrees Fahrenheit) and divide by the number of months to calculate the average amount of fuel oil used each month for some purpose other than heating. This figure now becomes the average monthly amount of fuel oil that will be used for the entire audit period. e) For the "winter months" during the audit period, calculate the difference between the total amount of fuel oil purchased and the average monthly amount to determine the taxable amount of fuel oil purchased during the audit period that can be directly linked to heating. Then develop a monthly percentage in each of the winter months that is directly related to heat usage. f) Since the primary purpose of fuel oil usage at a ship repair facility is for the production of steam, create a comprehensive list of the various usages of steam that the fuel oil is used for and determine the taxability of each. g) From this list, determine a taxable percentage and an exempt percentage to apply to the monthly average amount for each month of the audit period. For the winter months, add the additional amount that was previously determined to be heat related. h) Appling the taxable percentage results in the total amount of taxable fuel oil used during the audit period. These monthly amounts can be either cumulative or individually broken down into percentages by taking the amount of taxable monthly fuel oil and dividing it by the total amount of fuel oil purchased during the month.
B. Other Waterborne Commerce - The previous definitions are important when auditing other waterborne industries. A complete understanding of a business's operation is necessary. Vessel/ship logs detail the voyage history.
Analyze this history to determine the application of the interstate/foreign commerce exemption as well as the high seas exemption. A ship or vessel which transverses the Chesapeake Bay, intercoastal waterways, or inland rivers or waterways, but does not leave Virginia waters or otherwise does not ply the high seas, does not receive any of the exemptions detailed above. A waterborne operation must be analyzed ship by ship and vessel by vessel. A ship or vessel which transverses the Chesapeake Bay, intercoastal waterways, or inland rivers and waters, and delivers goods or people from one state to another over 50% of the time is exempt on items which become an integral part of the ship or vessel, and on tangible personal property used directly in the building, repairing, or converting of such vessels or ships.
However, supplies consumed aboard such ships or vessels (i.e., provisions
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 6 of 7 Ship Repair for the crew, cleaning supplies, and fuel to operate machinery) are taxable since these ships or vessels do not ply the high seas in inter-coastal trade or foreign commerce. Fuel used for propulsion of the ships is exempt for all ships under the marine diesel statute, i.e, Va. Code § 58.1-609.1 6.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 7 of 7 Ship RepairField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Sign Manufacturing and Painting Revised: December 2012 I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-602 (Definition of tangible personal property) 58.1-609.3.2 (Commercial and industrial exemptions) 58.1-609.5 2 (Service exemptions) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-4070* (Sign manufacturers and painting) 23 VAC 10-210-920 (Manufacturing and processing).
C. Public Documents: 96-133 09-51 12-70 12-131
D.
Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale) ST-11 (Manufacturing) II. General
A.
General: The tax applies to the charge for the manufacture or fabrication of signs, outdoor boards, and similar items. The tax applies to the total charge for the finished product including the labor involved in the construction or painting of the sign, boards, etc. Any person who constructs and installs signs, billboards or similar items which, upon installation, become incorporated into realty is considered a retailer with respect to such items. The tax does not apply to separately stated installation charges.
B.
Sign Painting: The tax does not apply to charges for painting signs on buildings, trucks, outdoor boards, windows, doors, etc. Materials and supplies used in performing such services are taxable at the time of purchase or withdrawal from an exempt inventory.
C.
Neon, electric and light signs: Any person making sales at retail, leasing or renting electric, neon or other signs must collect the tax on the total charge for such sign, excluding any separately stated installation charges.
D.
Maintenance and Repair: Any person making sales at retail, leasing or renting electric, neon or other signs must collect the tax on the total charge for such sign, excluding any separately stated installation charges.
Field Audit Procedures: Sign Manufacturing And Painting December 2012 Page 1 of 2 III. Procedures
A.
Purchases: All sign manufacturers are entitled to the processing exemption set forth in Code of Virginia §58.1-609.3.2. As such, raw materials and other components which become an integral part of the fabricated signs may be purchased exempt of the sales tax. The exemption also applies to machinery, equipment and supplies used directly in the manufacturing process.
Tangible personal property used indirectly in the production process, as well as items used in administration and distribution activities are subject to the sales tax.
Machinery, equipment, and tools used in the installation of signs are subject to the sales tax. Supplies and materials used and consumed in the installation of signs are also taxable. Such items include concrete, rebar, anchor bolts, etc used for the foundation installation, and electrical wiring, cable, conduit, etc used to connect to incoming power and to ground the sign.
B.
Sales: The tax applies to the total charge for the finished product including labor involved in the construction or painting of the sign. The charge for replacement or repair parts is also taxable.
Installation charges are not subject to the tax provided the installation charges are separately stated.
Field Audit Procedures: Sign Manufacturing And Painting December 2012 Page 2 of 2 Field Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Statute of Limitations
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-104 (Period of limitations) 58.1-220 (Waiver of time limitation on assessment of omitted or additional state taxes) 58.1-618 (Assessment based on estimate) 58.1-634 (Period of limitations) 58.1-1820 (Definitions) B. Public Documents:
PD 96-65
PD 96-179
PD 00-56
PD 07-006
II. General A. As provided by §58.1-634 of the Code of Virginia, the statute of limitations for the assessment of sales and use tax is generally three years from the date on which such taxes are due.
B. The statute of limitations for the assessment of sales and use tax may be expanded to six years if a false or fraudulent return has been filed, or the taxpayer has failed to file a return and reasonable cause exists that the taxpayer was required to file a return. C. As provided by §58.1-220, the period for assessing taxes may be extended, if a waiver of time limitation on assessment of omitted taxes is executed on or before the expiration date of the statute of limitations by the taxpayer and the Tax Commissioner's representative.
III. Procedures A. As set forth in § 58.1-634, for all sales and use taxes, if no returns have been filed, the statute is six years.
For taxpayers that have been registered for less than three years, the statute may be extended to a maximum of six years if it is determined that the taxpayer was liable for the collection and/or remittance of taxes prior to registration.
If it is determined within the three year statute that the taxpayer failed to file a return for a period in which tax was due, the audit period may be extended to six years, but including only those months for which no return was filed.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 2 Statute of Limitations B. The fact that related corporations have filed returns does not prevent the Department from extending the statute beyond three years for an entity that has failed to file any returns.
C. The Department is not prohibited from making an assessment of omitted taxes that were missed in a prior audit as long as the assessment is made within the statute of limitations and there exists no likelihood that a reassessment of tax has occurred. D. As set forth in § 58.1-220, waivers to extend the statute of limitations must be signed, by both the Tax Commissioner's representative and the taxpayer, on or before the date of expiration.
ALL waivers are to be scanned into the STAUDN work papers, and recorded in Siebel E. As set forth in § 58.1-618, if the taxpayer fails or refuses to execute a waiver, a statutory, or estimated assessment may be made prior to the expiration of the statute in order to protect the audit liability. The assessment amount should include all potential liability due, as no additional assessment of taxes can be made on periods outside the statute. The assessment is to be subsequently adjusted to reflect the actual liability due.
F. Assessments are deemed to be made when written notice has been delivered to the taxpayer by an employee of the Department or mailed to the taxpayer at his last known address. The taxpayer must receive an assessment or the assessment must be postmarked on or before the statute of limitations expires for any period covered in the assessment. G. If an audit assessment is revised and the revision lowers the liability, the existing assessment should not be abated in full and a new assessment issued. Periods covered by the new assessment may be out of statute on the date that the new assessment is issued. Rather, the existing assessment should be abated down to the correct liability.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 2 Statute of LimitationsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Telecommunication
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-400.1.D.2 (Minimum tax on telecommunications companies) B. Public Documents:
PD 88-75
PD 88-115
PD 89-156
PD 96-361
PD 97-225 PD 04-122 (Public Service Corporation Exemption Repeal Procedures) C. Virginia Supreme Court Case: Commonwealth of Virginia vs. Community Motor Bus Company, Inc.
D. Federal Communications Commission website www.fcc.gov/wtb E. Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale)
II. General Effective September 1, 2004, the retail sales and use tax exemption available to public service corporations, which includes telecommunication companies and certain telephone companies, for the purchase or lease of tangible personal property used or consumed directly in the rendition of their public service was repealed.
Despite the loss of the public service corporation exemption, other overlapping exemptions may be available to a public service corporation. Other sales tax exemptions that may be available include, but are not limited to the exemption for research and development, resale, and for tangible personal property for the use or consumption by the Commonwealth, any political subdivision of the Commonwealth, or the United States.
III. Procedures A. Telephone Utilities: As stated on the previous page, the retail sales and use tax exemption available to telephone utilities for the purchase or lease of tangible personal property used or consumed directly in the rendition of their public service was repealed.
B. Cellular Phone Companies: Cellular phone companies lost their retail sales and use tax exemption for the purchase or lease of tangible personal property used or consumed directly or indirectly in providing cellular phone service (e.g., antennas). Charges for
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Telecommunication cellular phone service are non-taxable. The auditor should review purchases in the same manner as a telephone utility.
Taxability of Cellular Telephones - Cellular telephones can be provided to the customer by an authorized dealer/retailer (agent for the cellular phone service provider) in one of the following scenarios:
- Customer pays full price for their cellular phone; or
- Customer purchases the cellular phone for a discounted sales price beginning as low as $.01 upon signing a service contract with the service provider for whom the retailer is an agent. The agent receives a commission/rebate from the service provider for the signed service contract; or
- Customer receives the cellular phone at no cost from the retailer upon signing a service contract. The service provider pays their agent a commission/rebate.
In Scenario 1, tax would apply to the total sales price of the phone. In Scenario 2, the tax applies only to the discounted sales price. In Scenario 3, the retailer is required to remit use tax on the cost price of the telephone withdrawn from the resale inventory (Ref. P.D. 96-361).
B. Retailers of Telephone Equipment: An audit of telephone equipment retailers should initially involve a review of sales transactions. This will allow the auditor to readily identify the types of equipment being sold and the applicable purchases entitled to a resale exemption.
The retailer may purchase telephone instruments and other inventory items under a resale certificate of exemption. The auditor should be aware that certain purchases charged to inventory may not be entitled to the resale exemption, such as cable affixed to real estate and similar installation materials.
Sales and purchases should be reviewed in the same manner as audits of similar retailers of tangible personal property. Exemption certificates should be reviewed to support any tax-exempt sales.
Retailers of telephone equipment were not affected by the repeal of the public service exemptions as of September 1, 2004.
C. Digital PCS: FCC authorization (license) to provide digital PCS is not the same as a cellular license. These are separate and distinct licenses.
IV. Transitional Rules for the Repeal of the Public Service Exemptions as of September 1, 2004. (Ref. P.D. 04-122).
The following rules are provided to clarify when purchases or leases of tangible personal property, previously exempt from the retail sales tax, are subject to the tax.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Telecommunication A. Taxable:
Tangible personal property purchased on and after September 1, 2004.
Tangible personal property delivered to a purchaser and paid for on or after September 1, 2004, regardless of when the property was ordered.
Installment sales, when the date the contract is entered into is on or after September 1, 2004.
B. Exempt
Tangible personal property ordered, delivered and paid for prior to September 1, 2004.
Tangible personal property ordered and delivered prior to September 1, 2004, but paid for on or after September 1, 2004.
Installment sales, when the date the contract is entered into is prior to September 1, 2004, regardless of when the property is delivered or when payment is made.
C. Long-term Leasing Contracts: No sales and use tax will be imposed on the lease payments for any tangible personal property leased pursuant to a bona fide contract that was entered into on or before March 1, 2004, provided that such tangible personal property was delivered to or placed into service by a public service corporation on or before September 1, 2004. A “bona fide” contract is one that includes specific set terms and a payment schedule with a fixed duration. D. Extension of Contracts: The extension of a bona fide leasing contract does not constitute a new contract and such equipment would remain exempt if the original contract is extended, provided the original contract was entered into on or before March 1, 2004 and the extension is executed prior to September 1, 2004. Extension of a bona fide contract after September 1, 2004 constitutes a new contract and property leased under that contract will become taxable. E. Other Changes in the Terms of a Contract: Other changes in the terms of the contract, e.g., pricing, lease payments, finance charges, etc., will not change the exempt status of the tangible personal property provided the original contract was entered into on or before March 1, 2004 and the change to the bona fide contract is executed prior to September 1, 2004. Changes in terms occurring on or after September 1, 2004 shall be viewed as a new contract for purposes of taxation. F. Assignment of a Contract: The assignment of a bona fide contract does not constitute a new contract provided there is no change in the terms of the contract or the original contract terms are not extended as a result of the assignment. G. Inventory on Hand: Tangible personal property purchased prior to September 1, 2004, under the public service corporation exemption, and placed in a tax-exempt inventory, will not lose its exempt status with the repeal of the public service corporation exemption effective September 1,
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Telecommunication 2004. Such property will also maintain its exempt status upon the withdrawal from inventory and put in use in a taxable manner.
H. Temporary Storage: Effective September 1, 2004, tangible personal property brought into and stored in Virginia by a public service corporation, regardless of the fact the tangible personal property may be used out-of-state in an exempt capacity is subject to the tax. For example, if a public service corporation has its central purchasing and warehousing operation in Virginia for its entire nationwide operation, all tangible personal property warehoused in Virginia would be subject to the Virginia sales and use tax, unless such property qualifies for an existing Virginia exemption. Tax shall be accrued on such tangible personal property in the month the property is acquired by the public service corporation and brought into Virginia and remitted by the 20th day of the month following the month of acquisition or importation into Virginia.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 TelecommunicationField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Motor Vehicle Carriers of Property
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-370 (Common carriers of property by motor vehicle -Repealed Effective Date 03/10/2007) B. Public Documents:
PD 04-122
PD 12-111
II. General Effective September 1, 2004, Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(3) was amended to repeal the exemption previously granted to motor vehicle common carriers.
Therefore, on and after the effective date, all purchases of tangible personal property by common carriers, contract carriers and other freight transporters are taxable except under certain conditions as indicated below.
In P.D. 12-111, the Tax Commissioner determined that the airline exemption extended to highway vehicles used to transport revenue generating customer cargo and packages destined for air transport by the airline. Thus, airline exemption was determined to apply to vehicle maintenance parts used to repair revenue-generating trucks and vans (used for pick up and/or delivery of customer cargo or packages) that are part of the Taxpayer's integrated transportation system that uses both air and ground transportation to carry out its public services.
Generally, sales in interstate or foreign commerce are exempt from the tax pursuant to the exemption set out in Va. Code § 58.1-609.10 4 for “[d]elivery of tangible personal property outside the Commonwealth for use or consumption outside of the Commonwealth.” Title 23 VAC 10-210-780 provides four examples of exempt sales in interstate commerce. One example provides an exemption when the delivery is made by the seller to a common carrier or the U. S. Post Office for delivery outside the state. With the elimination of Title 23 VAC 10-210-370, the Department must look to the common definition of the term “common carrier” to determine whether a carrier would satisfy the interstate sale exemption.
In Public Document (P.D.) 11-6 (1/14/11), the Tax Commissioner cited the common definition of the term “common carrier” from Black's Law Dictionary, 5th Ed., page 249 (1979), as follows: Any carrier required by law to convey passengers or freight without refusal if the approved fare or charge is paid in contrast to private or contract carrier. One who holds himself out to the public as engaged in business of transportation of persons or property from place to place for
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 2 Motor Vehicle Carriers of Property compensation, and who offers services to the public generally. Tilson v.
Ford Motor Co., D.C.Mich., 130 F. Supp. 676, 678. Such is to be distinguished from a contract or private carrier.
In contrast and as set out in P.D. 11-6, Black's Law Dictionary 5th Ed., page 294 (1979), defines the term "contract carrier" as follows: A carrier which furnishes transportation service to meet the special needs of shippers who cannot be adequately served by common carriers.
Samardick of Grand Island-Hastings, Inc. v. B. D. C. Corp., 183 Neb. 229, 159 N.W.2d 310, 315. A transportation company that carries, for pay, the goods of certain customers only as contrasted to a common carrier that carries the goods of the public in general.
It has been the longstanding policy of the Department that tangible personal property delivered out-of-state by a contract carrier hired by the purchaser is not considered a sale in interstate commerce when the purchaser exercises a right or power over the tangible personal property incident to ownership while the property is in Virginia. See P.D. 89-87 (3/8/89) and P.D. 93-86 (3/29/93).
Notwithstanding such policy, the Tax Commissioner has issued rulings regarding the characteristics of contract carriage. For instance, in P.D. 96-347 (11/25/96), the Tax Commissioner noted that contract carriage involved a written agreement for the provision of transportation and identified the parties to the agreement, contained the contract rate, committed the carrier to transport a series of shipments, and stated that the carrier provides services designed to meet the distinct needs of the shipper. Also, in P.D. 96-347, the Tax Commissioner agreed to follow the intent of the Interstate Commerce Commission’s Negotiated Rates Policy which allowed a common carrier to negotiate rates with its customers. Furthermore, the Tax Commissioner accepted the premise that written agreements between a carrier and its customer which merely set a negotiated rate are not necessarily indicative of contract carriage.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 2 Motor Vehicle Carriers of PropertyField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Vending Machine Sales
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-614 B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-6040 through 6043 C. Virginia Tax Bulletin:
VTB 82-6 D. Public Documents: PD 08-112 Vending machine sales PD 04-121 Vending machine sales tax rate increase Procedures PD 97-218 Computation of tax, alternative method PD 97-302 Honor box type sales PD 89-300 Adjustments to cost of goods sold/shortage allowance PD 89-286 Lease of vending machines PD 87-199 Alterative reporting method approved PD 86-122 Coin operated amusement games E. Exemption Certificate:
ST-10
II. General A. The Virginia Administrative Code places those who sell tangible personal property through vending machines into three separate categories. Each category calculates the tax differently and has a separate code number.
- Regulation 23 VAC 10-210-6041 - dealers in the business of placing vending machines and selling tangible personal property through those machines.
Tax computed on Cost of Goods Sold – Form VM-2 These dealers file form VM-2 monthly and calculate tax due based on the purchase price of the goods sold in the machines for that month.
Dealers who manufacture the tangible personal property to be sold shall compute the tax on the cost of goods manufactured (raw materials, labor and overhead) for those items sold. The tax rate for vending machine sales is 1% more than the regular state sales tax rate, plus 1% tax for each locality in which the machines are located.
The regulation allows for an alternative method of computing tax if the dealer is unable to maintain adequate records to determine cost of goods sold. With permission from the Tax Commissioner, the dealer
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 4 Vending Machines may compute tax using the regular sales tax rate, on gross receipts for the month. Form ST-9 is used to file on gross receipts.
- Regulation 23 VAC 10-210-6042 – dealers under contract with nonprofit organizations Tax computed on adjusted gross receipts less sales under $.10 – Form
ST-9 Dealers engaged in the business of placing vending machines, all of which are under contract to nonprofit organizations, may deduct sales of $.10 or less from gross receipts and divide the remaining balance by one plus the sales tax rate (current 2012 1.05%) to determine the amount of taxable sales upon which the regular sales tax rate is applied. These dealers report on Form ST-9.
- Regulation 23 VAC 10-210-6043 – other dealers selling tangible personal property through vending machines.
Tax computed on total taxable sales – Form ST-9.
Dealers not engaged in the business of placing vending machines but who use vending machines at their places of business to sell merchandise, e.g., service station operators etc., must report the tax at the regular ST rate on gross taxable sales on the same return, ST-9, on which nonvending machine sales are reported.
B. Purchases by Dealers: Items to be sold in the vending machines may be purchased tax exempt using exemption certificate ST-10. Dealers who manufacture or process tangible personal property for sales may be entitled to the industrial exemption for tangible personal property.
All tangible personal property purchased for use or consumption by the dealer and not for resale, including vending machines and repair parts for such machines, and withdrawals of tangible personal property from a tax exempt manufacturing or resale inventory for use or consumption by the dealer are subject to the tax at the regular sales tax rate on the purchase price of the property.
III. Procedures A. The first step in conducting an audit of a vending machine dealer is to determine under which regulation they fall and which method is being used in reporting the tax. A pre-audit conference is helpful in gaining knowledge of the dealer’s overall operation. Also, the auditor should become familiar with Form VM-2 and review the instructions.
B. The vending machine return VM-2 does not provide for the taxation of sales made outside of vending machines. Nor does it provide for the accrual of tax on items used by the dealer, such as machines and machine parts, office supplies, etc.
When auditing a dealer who places vending machines, the auditor should check to see if they make retail sales outside of the vending machines.
Examples of this would be bulk sales of coffee or soft drinks to businesses to
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 4 Vending Machines provide to employees. Dealers also will sell older vending machines to other dealers. If the dealer is making these types of sales, they also need to be registered for Retail Sales Tax and file an ST-9 in order to tax the bulk sales and machine sales at the regular sales tax rate.
If the dealer is not making retail sales outside of vending machines but needs to make tax accruals on purchases for their own use at the regular sales tax rate, the dealer will have to be registered for Consumer Use Tax in order to make the necessary accruals C. The auditor should review the methodology being used to compute the tax due.
Verify monthly gross receipts from vending machines Verify that the 23 VAC 10-210-6042 dealer is computing taxable gross receipts correctly.
Verify the accuracy of how the 23 VAC 10-210-6041 dealer is computing COGS. (One method is to take the monthly gross receipts from each segment –drinks, snacks, other—and reduce that total by the markup percentage to determine the approximate cost price).
Verify that the dealer is not making any unauthorized adjustments to
COGS.
Instead of using COGS, a dealer remitting tax based on 23 VAC 10-210-6041 may be taking the total purchases for the month and calculating tax on that amount. The rational for this is it’s simpler, and that all the purchases will eventually be sold. Reasonable adjustments are allowed for spoilage, breakage and loss.
If the 23 VAC 10-210-6041 dealer is a non-filer for multiple periods, the easiest auditing method is to apply tax to total monthly purchases with allowable adjustments.
Verify that the allocation for localities is correct. Tax is due to localities where vending machines are located, and some dealers have machines in several localities.
D. The auditor should also be aware that there are usually withdrawals from inventory for the dealer’s own use, and a percentage for this needs to be determined. Withdrawals from inventory are taxed at the regular sales tax rate. E. For dealers who fall under 23 VAC 10-2106043, including gas stations, grocery stores, drug stores, etc., a review should be made to verify that the vending machine sales are being included with the other sales on the dealer’s
ST-9.
F. Purchases or leases of vending machines and repair parts are taxable and considered tangible personal property consumed by the dealer and not for resale. These are subject to the use tax at the regular sales tax rate. A careful review of this area should be completed to assure that compliance is being met.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 4 Vending Machines G. When using STAUDN for Vending Machine registration audits, select Sales Tax as the type of audit under taxpayer information. Under the Audit Setup, a measure called something like VM Purchases can be created and the tax rate set at 1% Local and State at one percent above regular sales tax rate (current 2012 amounts 5% State and 1% Local). A measure such as Withdrawals from Inventory can also be created, if this is found, and the tax rate set at the regular sales tax rate.
Any non vending sales, plus asset and personal use purchases, are computed in another STAUDN file, using the dealer’s Retail Sales tax registration with all measures at the regular sales tax rate. If there are no non vending sales, only asset and personal use purchases, an audit report for the Consumer Use tax registration is created, computing tax at the regular sales tax rate.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 4 Vending MachinesField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Veterinarians
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.10 (9) 58.1-609.2 (1) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-6050 (no longer correct) C. Public Document:
PD 10-210 D. Virginia Tax Bulletins
VTB 86-4
VTB 87-9 E. Exemption Certificates: ST-18 (purchases of medicines and drugs) and ST-10 (resale)
II. General Veterinarians are generally deemed to be the taxable users or consumers of all tangible personal property used in their practices. However, effective July 1, 2006, §§ 58.1-609.2 and 58.1-609.10 of the Code of Virginia were amended to provide an exemption from the sales and use tax for medicines and drugs sold to or purchased by a veterinarian, provided that those items are used or consumed directly in the care and treatment of agricultural production animals.
An exemption is also available to veterinarians for medicines and drugs purchased for resale to a farmer for direct use in producing an agricultural product for market.
This exemption applies only to medicines and drugs used for the treatment of “agricultural production animals,” and does not apply to those items used to treat domesticated animals such as dogs and cats, and recreational animals, such as horses used for recreational purposes. Veterinarians should pay tax on those medicines and drugs.
The sale of soaps, flea powders, leashes, collars, pet foods, and similar products are taxable. Veterinarians may purchase such items exempt of the tax using certificate of exemption ST-10. Veterinarians are required to collect and remit the tax to the Department on the full retail amount of the tangible personal property sold, whether or not such sale is in conjunction with an office visit or examination. Veterinarians are required to accrue the tax on any items removed from a resale inventory for use and consumption in boarding services.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 3 VeterinariansIII. Definitions Agricultural animals – all livestock and poultry §3.1-796.66.
Livestock – includes all domestic or domesticates: bovine (cows) animals; equine (horses) animals; ovine (sheep) animals; porcine (swine) animals; cervidae (deer) animals; capradae (antelope) animals; animals of the genus lama; ratites (ostriches, emus); fish or shellfish in aquaculture facilities, as defined in §3.1-73.6; enclosed domesticated rabbits or hares raised for human food or fiber; or any other individual animal specifically raised for food or fiber, except companion animals §3.1-796.66 (parenthetical information added).
Poultry – includes all domestic fowl and game birds raised in captivity §3.1-796.66.
Controlled drugs – drugs that are kept under lock and key such as narcotics and/or amphetamines.
Prescribed medicines – products that can only be dispensed on the written prescription of a licensed veterinarian.
Prescription diets - pet food that is prescribed to treat a specific medical condition.
Supply items-sutures, splints, bandages, office supplies, etc.
Other resale products - soaps, powders, vitamins, leashes, collars, and products that may be labeled “only available through veterinarians” but are resale items, and regular pet food.
IV. Procedures The tax does not apply to the purchase or use of medicines and drugs to treat “agricultural production animals.” Agricultural animals are those animals defined above as either livestock or poultry. Purchases of the same medicines and drugs are taxable to veterinarians when used to treat domesticated animals such as dogs and cats, and recreational animals, such as horses used for recreational purposes. Veterinarians must accrue and remit the tax on any such medicines or drugs purchased exempt of the tax and later used to treat non-exempt animals.
Prescription diets used in the treatment of animals and prescription treatments for flea control and animal skin conditions are considered controlled drugs or prescribed medicines.
Purchases of all equipment and supplies used in a veterinarian’s practice are subject to sales tax.
Purchases of lost pet recovery products such as microchips and scanners are taxable to veterinarians. Veterinarians are providing a non-taxable service when they implant the microchips.
Veterinarians, who keep an inventory of resale items such as soaps, flea treatments, etc, must register and collect sales tax on their retail sales. These items are treated as retail items regardless of whether the sale of such items is in conjunction with an office visit or examination.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 3 Veterinarians A special note may be made regarding horses. Horses (equine animals) fall under the definition of livestock. However, the law specifically taxes medicines and drugs (in addition to feed and supplies) for the treatment of recreational animals. This leads to the following delineation: Exempt: Breeding horse (on a breeding farm) so long as the horse has not entered showing, at which time the exemption ceases.
Plow or draft horse used in agricultural production.
Permanently Retired Racing Horses PD 94-174 Taxable – Recreational Horses
Horse being shown PD 04-162
Buggy Horse
Pet horse
Riding horse PD 07-043
Racing horse PD 91-294 Pet or hobby horse that has been bred
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 3 VeterinariansField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax
Revised: December 2012
I. References A. Code of Virginia: 58.1-609.1(6) (Retail tax exemption for motor fuels, diesel fuel, and clean special fuels for use in a boat or ship, upon which a fuel tax is refunded.) 58.1-609.1(9) (Exempts watercraft as defined in § 58.1-1401 from the retail tax.) 58.1-609.2(4) (Commercial waterman exemption from the retail tax.) 58.1-609.3(4) (Retail tax exemption for ships and vessels used or to be used principally in interstate or foreign commerce.) 58.1-1400 thru 58.1-1410 (Virginia Watercraft Sales and Use Tax) B. Virginia Administrative Code: 23 VAC 10-210-351 (Commercial waterman) 23 VAC 10-210-4050 (Ships and vessels used or to be used principally in inter-state or foreign commerce) 23 VAC 10-210-6060 (Watercraft sales, leases, and rentals; repair and replacement parts, and maintenance materials) 23 VAC 10-230-10 thru 23 VAC 10-230-130** (Virginia Watercraft Sales and Use Tax Regulations)
** Sections 23 VAC 10-230-10, 50, 60, 70. 100 and 130 were repealed in 2007. The Watercraft Sales and Use Tax regulations were amended effective March 8, 2009 (Virginia Register Volume 25, Issue 8) C. Public Documents: PD 07-26 Dyed diesel fuel for use in operating pleasure watercraft is subject to the retail sales and use tax PD 00-196 Undocumented vessels sold in Virginia PD 98-93 Foreign registered yacht exempt PD 95-279 Nonprofit organizations, exempt status PD 95-75 Barge has no motor so it is not a watercraft-retail tax applies.
PD 93-155 Rentals of watercraft are taxed at 2%. Rentals of canoes and kayaks are taxed at 5%.
PD 90-213 Fishing vessels used by commercial watermen are exempt from the retail tax, but only watercraft constructed by a commercial waterman for his own use are specifically excluded from the watercraft tax.
PD 88-176 Sales of interval ownership interests in watercraft are not subject to either tax, however the watercraft tax is due on the initial purchase of the watercraft.
PD 86-151 An association which chartered and maintained vessels for their owners and received a monthly fee as well as a
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax percentage of the charter was not considered a watercraft dealer.
D. Virginia Tax Bulletins: VTB 10-9 The Retail Sales and Use Tax Treatment of Certain Fuels.
VTB 97-5 Definition of Watercraft and Watercraft Dealer VTB 94-9 Application of the Watercraft Sales and Use Tax to the Sale of Boat Motors E. Legislative Summaries: 2011 Legislative Summary – Commercial Watercraft Fuel Exemption Expanded 1997 Legislative Summary – Definition of Watercraft - Expanded, Amended and Clarified F. Exemption Certificates: ST-10 (Resale) ST-16 (Waterman)
II. General A. Watercraft Tax is Imposed on the Purchaser - A 2% watercraft tax is imposed upon the purchaser of any watercraft sold in Virginia and upon the user of any watercraft not sold in Virginia, if required to be titled with the Department of Game and Inland Fisheries for use in Virginia.
B. General Description of a Watercraft Subject to the Watercraft Tax - A watercraft means any motor-powered boat, or any sail-powered boat in excess of 18 feet in length, but not boats that have valid marine titling documents issued by the U.S. Coast Guard. Any motor purchased separately to be used to power a watercraft is also subject to the watercraft tax. A vessel need only be propelled by machinery. This machinery does not have to be the principal source of propulsion. C. Watercraft Tax vs. Retail Tax - All transactions subject to watercraft tax are exempt from the retail tax; however, all watercraft not subject to the watercraft tax are subject to the retail tax. It is the intent of the sales and use tax laws to tax all marine vessels (unless otherwise exempt) according to one or the other tax rate (2% or 5.0%) but not both. D. Watercraft Dealers –Watercraft dealers are exempt from both the retail and watercraft taxes on purchases of watercraft for resale and also on purchases of watercraft for lease, charter or other use for compensation, but are subject to the watercraft tax on the gross receipts from lease, charter or other use.
Gross receipts tax on the lease, charter or rental of watercraft is not separately stated.
III. Watercraft Tax Definitions A. “Dealer” means "any watercraft dealer as defined in Code of Virginia § 29.1-801 (the Watercraft Dealer Licensing Act)." This definition includes any person who sells or offers to sell two or more watercraft within any twelve consecutive months.
The regulation definition of dealer is more general and adds that "the Commissioner may find such person to be a dealer." For the most part, a
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax watercraft dealer is governed by the laws pertaining to the Department of Game and Inland Fisheries (DGIF). The decision to register with DGIF as a watercraft dealer is generally not voluntary. That is, if a person meets the definition of a “watercraft dealer”, that person must register with DGIF.
However, a watercraft dealer is not required to register with the Department of Taxation to collect and remit the Watercraft Sales and Use Tax on the sale of watercraft. Such registration (and the collection and remittance of the Watercraft Sales and Use Tax) is voluntary. If a watercraft dealer elects not to collect the Watercraft Sales and Use Tax, the tax is imposed on the purchaser.
B. "Gross receipts" means "the amount received for the lease, charter, or other use of any watercraft. The term shall include hourly rental, maintenance, and all other charges for use of any watercraft and charges for pilots, crew, or other services, unless separately stated on the invoice. The term shall also include the amount by which the price estimated under § 58.1-1403 exceeds the charge actually made. C. "Sale" means "any transfer of ownership or possession of a watercraft by exchange or barter, conditional or otherwise, in any manner. The term shall also include (i) a transaction whereby possession is transferred but title is retained by the seller as security, (ii) any lease or rental for a period of time substantially equal to the remaining life of the watercraft, and (iii) any lease or rental requiring total payments by the lessee during the lease or rental period which substantially equals the value of the watercraft. The term shall not include a transfer of ownership or possession made to secure the payment of an obligation." The regulation definition goes into detail about determining the remaining life and valuation of watercraft. It defines "substantially equal" to mean 80% or more. The regulation states that "[t]he same sale will not be subject to the tax more than once. However, unless it is an exempt transfer, each time a transfer of ownership or possession takes place, the new owner will be subject to the tax on the transfer." In addition, the regulation (23VAC10-230-40), cites seven types of transfers that the term sale does not include and provides two examples. Finally the regulation excludes from the term “sale” the "[t]ransfer of watercraft repair parts, accessories, attachments, and lubricants, not included in the same transaction with the transfer of the watercraft." Sales of all such tangible personal property (TPP), except motors to power watercraft, are subject to the retail tax. D. "Sale price" means "the total price paid for a watercraft and all attachments thereon and accessories thereto, exclusive of any federal manufacturer's excise tax, without any allowance or deduction for trade-ins or unpaid liens or encumbrances." The regulation definition of sale price includes additional information. "The terms 'attachments thereon' and 'accessories thereto' as used herein mean all [TPP] that is physically attached to watercraft, including installation charges, or property that is customarily used in watercraft, whether or not affixed to the structure of the watercraft, and which was transferred in the same transaction as the watercraft as a part of the watercraft sale. Such [tpp] transferred other than in the same transaction with the watercraft will be subject to the ..." retail tax. In addition, [c]harges for lettering and get-ready charges (cleaning, washing and preparing) are also
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax included in the sale price when made in the same transaction with the watercraft transfer. However, excluded from the sale price are charges for federal manufacturer's excise tax, registration and titling fees, insurance, and gasoline, when separately stated on the invoice." Note that the base for computing the watercraft tax excludes manufacturer's excise taxes, but not retailer's excise taxes. Thus any federal "luxury tax" on a watercraft is included in the base for computing the watercraft tax since it is classified as a retailer's tax.
E. "Watercraft" means any vessel propelled by machinery whether or not the machinery is the principal source of propulsion. The term shall also include any sail-powered vessel, which is in excess of eighteen feet in length measured along the centerline. The term shall not include a seaplane on the water or a watercraft which has a valid marine titling document issued by the United States Coast Guard." The first paragraph of the regulation definition contains the superseded definition of "watercraft" and should be ignored; however, the second and third paragraphs contain information about documented vessels. Code of Virginia § 58.1-1401.1, in effect, adds to the definition of watercraft and is entitled "When motor deemed a watercraft." It became effective on 7/1/94 and states that "[a]ny motor used to power a watercraft as defined in § 58.1-1401 and sold separately from such watercraft shall be deemed a watercraft for purposes of this chapter.” F. "Person" as defined by the regulation "[m]eans every natural person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, or other entity." IV. Procedures A. Application of the Watercraft Tax to the Sale of Boat Motors - Virginia Tax Bulletin 94-9 deals with the 1994 statute in which any motor that powers a watercraft and sold separately from the watercraft, is itself deemed a watercraft. A registered watercraft dealer will only collect the 2% watercraft tax on such a motor. A retail dealer still collects the 5.0% tax but the customer who purchased the motor for a watercraft can obtain a partial refund from the Department of Taxation by submitting a refund request to: Department of Taxation, Office of Customer Services, PO Box 1115, Richmond, Virginia 23218-1115. The request must include a copy of the invoice for the motor with the amount of sales tax charged separately stated. B. Watercraft Tax Levied - Code of Virginia § 58.1-1402 describes how the amount of tax to be collected is determined: 1. 2% of the sale price of each watercraft sold in Virginia. 2. 2% of the sale price of each watercraft not sold in Virginia but required to be titled in Virginia. However, if the watercraft is first required to be titled in Virginia six months or more after its acquisition, the tax shall be 2% of the market value of such watercraft at the time it is titled. 3. 2% of the gross receipts from the lease, charter or other use of any watercraft by a registered dealer. Note: effective January 1, 1998 watercraft includes small motorboats and jet skis.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax This code section also contains the $2,000 maximum tax limitation. The regulation corresponding to the statute states that the current market value includes "the cost of any modifications, improvements or additions subsequent to initial acquisition." The regulation has paragraphs titled "Each Transaction Taxable," "Requirement to be Titled," and "Current Market Value." The regulation also contains a paragraph titled "Occasional Sale" which states that the watercraft tax applies to an occasional sale. "Occasional sale means a sale of a watercraft by anyone not a dealer in watercraft." C. Watercraft Tax Exemptions - Code of Virginia § 58.1-1404
- Sales to federal, state and local governments and sales to insurance companies for the sole purpose of settling a claim.
- Any person who was the owner of a watercraft which was not required to be titled prior to 1/1/98 can apply for a title without incurring the watercraft tax.
- Any watercraft constructed by a commercial waterman for his own use. (Note: The exemption, as it pertains to commercial watermen, is only applicable when the actual vessel is constructed by the waterman for his own use. There is no exemption from the watercraft tax for watercraft purchased by or constructed by a boat yard on behalf of a commercial waterman.)
- Any registered dealer in watercraft is exempt from the tax imposed in paragraphs 1 and 2 of § 58.1-1402. A registered dealer is also exempt from the titling requirement in § 29.1-713.
- Any watercraft purchased by and for the use of a volunteer sea rescue squad, volunteer fire department or a volunteer rescue squad. (All are required to be nonprofit.)
- Any watercraft transferred to trustees of a revocable inter vivos trust, when the owners of the watercraft and the beneficiaries of the trust are the same persons, regardless of whether other beneficiaries may also be named in the trust instrument, or transferred by trustees of such a trust to beneficiaries of the trust following the death of the grantor, when no consideration has passed between the grantor and the beneficiaries in either case, shall be exempt from the tax imposed under this chapter.
The following statement is found at the end of the exemption regulation: "Note: The exemptions of this section do not apply with respect to rentals, leases or charters in the case of a dealer who pays a gross receipts tax under the dealer exclusion, as the gross receipts tax is levied on the dealer and not upon the renter, lessee, or other user." D. “Dealers’ Certificates of Registration” - Code of Virginia § 58.1-1406 -Paragraph A of the statute states that "[e]very person who qualifies as a dealer ... and desires to transfer ownership without obtaining a certificate of title, shall file with the Tax Commissioner an application for a certificate of registration for each place of business in the Commonwealth." This statute implies the voluntary nature of a dealer's decision to register for the watercraft
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax tax. Once registered, however, the watercraft dealer must act in strict compliance with all of the statutes, especially concerning leasing or renting of watercraft. Because a watercraft dealer is subject to tax on his gross receipts, the watercraft tax is imposed on the dealer instead of the renter or lessee. Therefore, the exemptions found in Code of Virginia § 58.1-1404 are not applicable. For example, gross receipts from rentals, leases or charters to the federal, state or local governments must be included in the dealer's gross receipts and are subject to the watercraft tax. Most active dealers of watercraft agree to register for watercraft tax because as paragraph E states: "Only those dealers who hold a current certificate of registration hereunder shall be authorized to transfer ownership of a watercraft without obtaining a certificate of title therein, and paying the tax imposed by this chapter." The dealer exclusion regulation contains useful information regarding watercraft dealers not found in the statutes and is generally accurate. A watercraft dealer may purchase watercraft for subsequent lease, rental or sale exempt of the tax. Also, paragraph C of 23 VAC 10-210-6060 states that "[r]epair and replacement parts and accessories installed on a watercraft at the time of sale, or on leased or rented watercraft, that are included in the sales price for computing the [watercraft tax] or in gross receipts from a lease or rental are exempt from the [retail tax]. Such items may be purchased by a dealer, as defined in § 58.1-1401 of the Code of Virginia and the accompanying regulations, exclusive of the [retail tax] when a resale exemption certificate, Form ST-10, is presented at the time of sale. Repair parts purchased by non-dealers for installation on watercraft are not exempted from the retail tax." E. Coast Guard Documented Vessels - The statute specifically exempts from the watercraft definition any watercraft which has a valid marine document issued by the United States Coast Guard. The regulation definition discusses this topic in more detail. "Marine documentation is issued by the United States Coast Guard to the owner(s) of vessels or watercraft as evidence of ownership in such vessels or watercraft. Valid documentation becomes void upon sale and must be reinstated in the name(s) of the purchaser(s).
Therefore, for purposes of this chapter, no watercraft will be considered to have a valid marine document when purchased ..." in Virginia. Conversely, vessels which are purchased and documented outside Virginia, but brought into this state for use with valid documentation are exempt from the 2% watercraft tax, but subject to the 5.0% retail tax. However, Virginia will give credit for valid sales type taxes paid to another state. (Refer to Code of Virginia § 58.1-1409.) Note that there is no maximum tax limitation for the retail tax.
F. Commercial Watermen are Usually Liable for Watercraft Tax - A commercial waterman enjoys an extensive (but not complete) exemption from the retail tax. 23 VAC 10-210-351 was broadened in 1994. Items such as boats, boat motors, parts, machinery, tools, equipment, etc. are exempt from the retail tax when purchased by a commercial waterman who can present a valid ST-16. There is a provision for proration of the retail tax if a commercial waterman's use of an item is not entirely exempt. There is no exemption from watercraft tax for commercial waterman except when a commercial waterman actually constructs a watercraft for his own use. Any machine-powered vessel (regardless of length or amount of horsepower) is defined as a
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 6 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales Tax watercraft. Accordingly, a purchase of any powered boat by a commercial waterman is subject to the 2% watercraft tax. A commercial waterman also pays the watercraft tax on a motor that powers a watercraft.
G. Watercraft Records - Code of Virginia § 58.1-1403 requires every watercraft buyer be provided with an invoice signed by the seller or his representative, which states the sales price. Paragraph C of this section sets out the department's remedies when an invoice does not exist or a misrepresentation occurs. Code of Virginia § 58.1-1407 requires that any invoice(s) be kept by the seller for three years following the sale. H. Ships or Vessels Used or to be Used Exclusively or Principally in Interstate or Foreign Commerce are Exempt from the Retail Tax - Such vessels are exempt by Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(4) from the retail tax.
They are described in 23 VAC 10-210-4050. These vessels are usually exempt from the watercraft tax because they have valid Coast Guard documentation or are not required to be titled in Virginia. (Refer to the regulation) I. Retail Tax Exemption for Boat or Ship Fuels - Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.1(6) exempts "[m]otor fuels, diesel fuel, and clean special fuels for use in a commercial boat or ship, upon which a fuel tax is refunded …” Dyed diesel fuel and other fuel that is not used in a highway vehicle is exempt from the Virginia fuels tax (i.e. recreational and pleasure watercraft), and thus is subject to the retail sales tax.
Effective July 1, 2011, the definition of "commercial watercraft" for the purposes of the Retail Sales and Use Tax exemption for fuels used in a commercial watercraft was expanded to include watercraft owned by a private business and used in the conduct of its own business or operations, including but not limited to the transport of persons or property.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 7 of 7 Watercraft Tax vs. Sales TaxField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Audit Selection
Revised: September 2016
I. General
The auditor is to conduct field audits of the taxes administered by the Department in order to determine taxpayer compliance. The ultimate goal is to have total compliance with the tax laws. Taxpayers selected for audit are those deemed to be in non-compliance. It is the auditor's job to identify those taxpayers most in need of audit.
II. Procedures
A. There are two steps prior to the selection of audit candidates
- Identification
- Research B. Identification - There are several sources used to identify audit candidates.
- Audit recommendations - These taxpayers have been identified by other auditors or other employees who have evidence of activity in Virginia or some of type of taxpayer error.
- Recurring audits - Based upon the results of the previous audit, these taxpayers were selected as potential candidates.
- Taxpayers with a large volume of exempt sales.
- New businesses.
- Business types - These traditionally have proven to be good audit candidates. a. Manufacturers b. Contractors c. Professionals/Service Providers
- Auditor experience and expertise - with time and experience auditors develop a sixth sense and are able to identify viable candidates.
- AUDAP, and other Departmental reports and databases of registered taxpayers. The records in the databases can be queried and/or sorted by selected criteria in order to provide a useful listing for the identification of audit candidates.
- Complaints from the public
- Income tax returns 10.Information gathered from other agencies and states a. Federal – IRS
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 1 of 7 Audit Selection b. State – ABC, DMV and VEC c. Local – Commissioners of Revenue d. Other States - SEATA 11.Other outside sources include the following: a. Media - This includes newspapers, radio, television and billboards. Look for advertisements, advertising inserts, news articles or segments on businesses. b. Dodge reports - These list contractors doing business or bidding to perform construction contracts in Virginia. c. Business journals and other publications. d. Internet - Review business web sites, identify products and their usage, locate businesses, etc.
C. Research - Once taxpayers have been identified as potential audit candidates, the auditor must use the resources available to him to determine if a taxpayer is actually a viable candidate for audit. This requires thorough research. This is the most important step in the selection process. Sources include: 1. AR/SEIBEL a. IRMS Research – Audit Case Management System Overview The Siebel Audit Case Management System (ACM) is a sub-system of the Siebel Customer Relationship Management application. ACM is directly integrated with ADVANTAGE Revenue (AR), Professional Audit Support System (PASS) and the Compliance Repository (CR). PASS uses models to query various criteria to identify potential audit candidates from data included in CR. While PASS and CR are not available to auditors in the field, much of this information is available in ACM. Also keep in mind that the ACM system is also utilized by our desk/office auditor staff so there are many fields and some view tabs that are not used by field auditors. b. Siebel Research There are two different Siebel applications for field auditors – Server Siebel (Siebel web-client) on TAX servers and Remote Siebel that resides on the local laptop. For research purposes, you should always use Server Siebel. (Most of the detail Siebel screens are not populated in Remote Siebel.) The following information can be found in Server Siebel:
- On the Audit Cases screen, query the FEIN to determine the audit history of a particular customer. This results in a list of all audit cases for a particular customer
- All cases 2004 and forward
- Includes workpaper archive for cases processed after August 2005
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 2 of 7 Audit Selection - Select the specific case that you wish to view – there is much information in the Audit Case Detail applet:
- Demographic information
- Case Type – Audit or Revised Audit
- Case Tax Type
- Compliance Code
- Description and Comment fields
- Tax Account Number
- Legacy Tax Account Number, if any
- Case Status
- Date Case Created
- Audit Span Period
- Waiver Information, if entered by auditor
- Recurring Audit Indicator and Date
- Audit Team Members
- Go the Determination view tab to see the audit results for those audits closed under ACM
- Go to the Workpapers view tab to review those audits closed under
ACM
- If you were part of the original audit team, you can go to Remote Siebel and query for the specific case: go to the Work paper view tab and then click the Review button.
- You can do this even if you deleted the workpaper file from your laptop
- It is possible that you may have to synchronize before viewing the audit
- If you were NOT part of the original audit team, in Server Siebel go to the Attachment view tab and download the most recent *.zip file to your local laptop.
- Unzip it in the normal Audit Workbench path in the appropriate application folder
- Use the file name for folder name choice from the WinZip menu
- Then open the appropriate Audit Workbench application from the desktop to view the audit.
- It is not possible to view audits directly from Server Siebel
- Go to the secure drive for closed audits to review audit workpapers for audits closed between 2002 and July 2005.
- Go to the Attachment view tab to ensure that you see files that may not have been included in the system generated .zip and .det files
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 3 of 7 Audit Selection - Some of the more common file you might expect to see are .doc, .xls, .mdb, .jpg and *.pdf files.
- Go to the Audit Trail view tab
- A history of most fields on the Audit Case Detail applet that were changed while the audit was open can be seen here
- Some work units use the Description and Comment fields to record a series of notations
- Each comment is recorded in full on the Audit Trail
- Go to the Siebel Consolidated screen
- View the Activities associated to your customer
- Can access all incoming communications here
- View the various flags such as bankruptcy, active CACSG case, etc.
- Go to the Siebel Customers screen
- Go to the Tax Accounts view tab
- Verify that the tax account you want to audit is listed there and that your audit span period is within the listed BLD/ELD
- A new audit case cannot be created until the tax account information is properly listed in Siebel
- Go to the Compliance Repository view tab to see what source information is available.
- Besides TAX data, there are usually entries from VEC and DMV that may have helpful information c. AR Research While research in ACM and Siebel can provide useful information, AR provides the best data to determine a customer’s tax compliance. In the ideal situation, each customer will have only one Customer Profile, with all tax accounts associated to it. Since AR is the TAX system of record, all demographic and financial transactions are recorded here.
- Start your research at the Customer Profile
- If you are already in Server Siebel, there are “AR-Customer Profile” hot buttons on most Siebel applets that take you directly to the same customer in AR
- If not already in Siebel, simply query AR by FEIN, name, etc.
- The Entity type is identified in the window title bar of the Customer Profile
• From the Customer menu you can
- View Affiliations
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 4 of 7 Audit Selection - This is important to determine parent/child relationships for corporations and for determining the tax accounts to which an individual is affiliated
- View Relationships
- For individuals, usually the spouse is the only relationship
- See Affiliations – where ties to businesses display
- View Bill Summary
- Besides outstanding and paid bills, non-filers are also noted
- View Notes
- Any notes made by TAX reps are viewed here
- If you add a note be sure to identify the specific tax account and the period(s) to which the note applies
- View AR Correspondence
- All incoming correspondence is viewed in Siebel, but outgoing correspondence is viewed in the application where it was created
- View Customer History
- History is system generated
- View the Address Manager
- The various addresses will tell you where the business is located, where the records are kept, where the mail is sent, etc.
- View the Business Location Manager (located in the Address Manager menu) to learn trade names, localities and association dates
- View the Tax Account
- Totals tab is the default tab
- Shows calendar year totals for tax paid
- This is great for CU tax accounts because you can compare actual tax amounts between years
- For ST and UT, however, you can only see the total tax paid
- There is no way to see span totals in AR for just CU
- Tax Account Tax Type tab has information such as the BLD, ELD, current filing status, seasonal filing status, combined or consolidated status, the old STARS number, if any, and other valuable data
- Contact tab should list the contact for the specific tax account as well as telephone and fax numbers
- From the Periods tab you can view the balances of the individual Tax Account Periods (TAPs) or access a TAP
• From the Tax Account Menu you can
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 5 of 7 Audit Selection - View Tax Account Entries
- Very helpful to get a quick overview of the entire tax account without having to view each individual TAP separately
- Shows all entries for all TAPs
- Double click a column heading and the display will automatically sort by that column heading
- Great for trying to figure out on what TAP a Stop has been placed.
- View the Tax Account History
- General History includes BLD and ELD changes, etc.
- Address History is important for multiple location audits
- Only place where closed business locations display
- Go to an individual TAP
- Details for each period are located here including all financial entries (returns, payments, bills, stops, offsets, additional interest, etc.)
- Currently the AR TAP filter is OFF by default
- Therefore, all entries are visible
- You may want to use the Tax Account Period menu to turn the filter ON to eliminate offsetting entries
- This step can make the TAP easier to understand
- Many windows are not expandable in AR, but the Tax Account /Periods window and the TAP / Entries window are
- By pulling down the windows to the maximum vertical length you can see much more information without having to scroll
- If you access the return, you can go to the Return menu and select View Form to view the actual scanned document
• The Transaction Search is very helpful in these situations
- Need to view the return for each month
- Use the Transaction Search icon and query for the FEIN, the specific tax, and use Returns for the transaction type
- You can further limit to a specific period if desired
- Please note that CU, Sales and UT are distinct taxes for this search
- Saves several steps compared to going into each TAP to view the return
- Find returns that are worklisted
- Use the Transaction Search icon and query for the FEIN, all tax types and choose Work list Items as the transaction type
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 6 of 7 Audit Selection - If you locate worklisted returns you cannot save any changes to the return, but you are able to view the return to obtain figures
- Search for W-2 forms
- 2005 is the earliest available year for AR W-2 data
- Click File, Close All to obtain a blank AR window – The Tax Information menu is now available
- Select W-2 Information and enter the required information
- Can query for all company W-2s or for an individual’s SSN
- For businesses that file a Pass Through Entity (PTE) return, be sure to view the scanned image which often contains the full federal return
- For data prior to 2004, access the Panagon Report Manager
- Compare information provided - results of last audit to current filings; amount of WH to amount of CU or volume of sales; gross receipts per income tax returns to sales tax returns; tax reported to tax reported by similar businesses.
- Inquiries - ask other auditors, employees, and local officials about their knowledge of the particular business in order to get a general feel for the business. Contact the business and ask questions. D. Make selection Weigh all the information you have reviewed in order to determine the feasibility of the candidate – potential compliance issues vs. time and other costs. To the extent possible, maintain a ‘balanced’ inventory of candidates: small, medium and large candidates.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 7 of 7 Audit SelectionField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Sampling & Front-End Agreements Revised: September 2016 I. References A. Code of Virginia, as cited B. Virginia Administrative Code Title 23 C. Public Documents: PD 01-106 Record keeping PD 01-96 Error Factor PD 01-51 Credits Included In Sample PD 01-50, PD 01-36 Isolated Transactions PD 00-93, 01-130, 01-60 Withdrawals From Inventory II. General Sampling is an audit technique of significant value that is widely used in both the public and private sectors for all types of audits where a detailed audit would not prove beneficial either to the auditor or the client. When sampling techniques are applied, the final results are usually within a narrow percentage range of the actual amount that would have been determined by a detailed audit. The purpose of the audit sample is to determine a factor for errors within a representative selected period. Once the error factor is determined, the factor is extrapolated over the entire audit period. The purpose of the projection is to account for likely similar transactions on which Virginia tax has not been paid.
Audit sampling is examining less than all of the records of an audit period to determine the audit liability. Audit sampling is a technique used to compress the time required to perform an audit, and to minimize the volume of records examined.
Sampling may be used in all types of audits. An audit period assessment that is based on a sample period and assessed by the Department of Taxation is prima facie correct and valid. The burden of proof that the sample is incorrect is upon the taxpayer.
An auditor should thoroughly “think through” the use of samples before beginning the audit. Audit sampling assumes that a rationally selected sample period is representative of the audit population. Consideration should be given to fluctuation in business and categories of transactions within the business as well as volume of records. The objective should be to choose sample periods which are representative of all transactions of the dealer in the audit period. Choose different periods for the different tax areas, if necessary.
In very large audits, the Department of Taxation has software that can aid in sampling. This software may be used with sales or purchases. An auditor experienced with the “Invoice Capture Tool” is available to work with field auditors on audits where the use of this software is beneficial. The software is used to stratify a population, or divide the population into relatively homogeneous subgroups called Field Audit Procedures: Sampling & Front-End Agreements September 2016 Page 1 of 11 strata. These strata then may be sampled separately; the sample results may be evaluated separately, or combined, to provide an error factor for the total population.
Whenever items of extremely high or low values or other unusual characteristics are segregated into separate populations, each population becomes more homogeneous. It is then easier to draw a representative sample from which a smaller number of items may be examined in each strata than to sample the total population. In addition to increasing the efficiency of sampling procedures, stratification enables auditors to evaluate materiality and other characteristics of items and to apply different audit procedures to each stratum.
Fixed assets should not be included in the sampling procedure. These items are not purchases that have recurred during the audit period. Asset purchases which are expensed (IRC Section 179) should be detailed along with capitalized fixed assets.
The depreciation schedule should show expensed asset purchases. Cross check Form 4562 from the federal income tax return; it will show the dollar value of Section 179 property and will clue the auditor to request purchase invoices for these items if not seen elsewhere.
III. Definitions Audit Sampling is defined as the application of audit procedures to less than 100% of the population to provide a conclusion on the level of compliance with the tax laws.
Population refers to all similar transactions during an audit period. There may be multiple populations in an audit. See also “Sample Base”.
Sample Period means the portion of the audit period which is reviewed in detail in order to project the findings over the entire audit period. Depending on the volume of records, the sample period may be days, weeks, months or years.
Sample Base means the data chosen to reflect the sample period for projection purposes over the audit period. Sample base usually conforms to the population of the sample period; but may be any consistent data on which the dealer and the auditor agree to use. For example, a sales audit with the month of May as the sample period may use gross sales (population) for the month of May as sample base to be used to arrive at an error factor to compute a liability/refund against gross sales for the entire audit period. The use of sales (population) data as a sample base in a purchase audit is an example of an agreed upon base.
Block Sampling means the use of all transactions in a selected period of time, combination of time periods, numerical sequence, or alphabetical sequence as the test period from which the sample is based.
Statistical Sampling means either the use of random-based sampling selection criteria, usually mathematically chosen random transactions throughout the audit period as the test for compliance; or systematic sampling criteria using a fixed interval between selections, the first interval having a random start. A computer program may be used to define and select transactions included in the sample.
Structured Nonstatistical Sampling means the use of defined criteria chosen by agreement between the taxpayer and the auditor as the test for compliance. For example, a recurring expense purchase sample may be used which contains only certain general ledger accounts that are identified to contain taxable transactions.
Field Audit Procedures: Sampling & Front-End Agreements September 2016 Page 2 of 11 Error Factor refers to the percentage of records sampled which do not comply with the Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations or the Code of Virginia. The error factor is computed by dividing the additional taxable sales/purchases by the gross sales/expense purchases reported for the period in question. Also known as Margin of Error.
Extrapolate means to infer or estimate by extending or projecting known information.
Rollup Method means to extrapolate the error factor evenly throughout the audit period. This assumes no fluctuation in business and produces a measure that is the same for all the periods in the audit. For example, a three-month sample in a three-year (36 month) audit period produces an untaxed measure of $5,040.00. Rollup method would extrapolate $1,680.00 per month or $60,480.00 measure for the period.
Fixed Assets means depreciable property used in operating a business that will not be consumed or converted into cash or its equivalent during the current accounting period. Fixed assets also include property deducted under IRC Section 179. Assets may be deducted under IRC Section 179 if they are purchased for use in the active conduct of a trade or business and meet certain criteria.
Recurring Expense Purchases means non-depreciable ongoing purchases used in the everyday operation of a business.
Withdrawals From Inventory means the removal of tangible personal property from an inventory of items for resale for purposes other than resale.
Front-End Agreement refers to an agreement between the taxpayer and the Department of Taxation where the taxpayer will remit additional taxes on certain categories or general ledger accounts based on a single or multiple percentages which are derived from the results of an audit (either detail or sampled) of the taxpayer’s records for a predetermined period of time. Front-end agreements usually cover prospective audit periods and reduce the amount of time needed to perform an audit.
IV. Procedures A. To Sample or not to Sample It is important to consider various aspects of the taxpayer’s business when deciding on a sample audit. Some type of sample can usually be used on most businesses. An evaluation of the type of business and sampling opportunities should be done. The basic characteristics of the business and the method of reporting must be consistent throughout the audit period. If characteristics of the business change during the audit period, separate samples should be made for each specific period to determine the individual error factors for each period.
A sample should contain sufficient transactions to produce an accurate error factor representative of the business as a whole.
Check the prior audit comments for the methods used by the prior auditor.
Research payment record and returns data to get information on taxable and exempt sales and fluctuation of business. By entering data into the STAUDN returns data screen, the program can be used to identify potential sample Field Audit Procedures: Sampling & Front-End Agreements September 2016 Page 3 of 11 periods using various criteria. Does the return data appear to be correct in that gross sales and exempt sales are being reported on the return rather than just taxable sales? Ask the question in the initial contact if there is doubt. This may affect the periods chosen for sampling. Is there any familiarity with the nature of the business and the type of customers (exempt versus taxable)? Is the taxpayer selling to industrial and commercial customers? Are the invoice amounts on average small amounts? Is this taxpayer a multi-state dealer?
What portion of total sales are Virginia sales?
The auditor should use the initial contact to obtain information about the business which will aid in the decision of whether or not to use sampling and the methods of sampling which would be most effective to obtain an accurate result. Inquire about the volume, nature & seasonality of the business, volume and organization of records, changes in accounting methods, software, and personnel responsible for administering taxes. Are invoices available in hard copy for will you be able to view them on computer screen? Some companies now have the capability to download information to disk for your viewing on your computer.
Suggest to the taxpayer that a sample audit could be done to minimize the number of records and time needed to do the audit. Time and effort are as important to the taxpayer as they are to the auditor. Discuss sampling and share with the taxpayer the statistics from the returns screen data. Ask the taxpayer to be thinking about sample period(s) that would be representative of the overall business during the proposed audit period and for which records are readily available. This will give him period(s) to consider and time to evaluate the sampling concept.
At the beginning of the audit, review sampling again. By this time, you have evaluated the possibilities and opportunities for sampling from your initial conversation with the taxpayer. Now is the time to firm up the sample period and consider methods. Be sure the dealer understands the mechanics of sampling and agrees to the months selected. Remember that taking the time to fully explain how the audit process works generates goodwill and makes finalization much easier for both parties. When a sample is performed, a signed sample agreement from the dealer detailing the sample period and extent of the sampling may be desirable. Signed sample agreements can defuse later challenges to the validity of the sample. The sample agreement should note the sample period and class of transactions being sampled (sales, purchases).
The auditor should inform the taxpayer or his representative that signing a sample agreement does not jeopardize his right to contest or appeal any portion of the audit with which he is not in full agreement.
Exemption certificates should be examined before beginning sales samples.
This examination will alert the auditor to large volume, exempt customers and also give a warning to potential liability based on the information contained on the exemption certificate as well as helping to identify which customers for which exemption certificates are not on file. Title 23 of the Virginia Administrative Code (VAC 10-210-280) explains that the burden of proving that the tax does not apply rests with a dealer unless he takes, in good faith from the purchaser or lessee, a certificate of exemption indicating that the property is exempt under the law. A certificate that is incomplete, invalid, infirm or Field Audit Procedures: Sampling & Front-End Agreements September 2016 Page 4 of 11 inconsistent on its face is never acceptable. The regulation further provides that an exemption certificate cannot be used to make a tax-free purchase of any item of tangible personal property not covered by the exact wording of the certificate. Therefore, the seller must use reasonable care and judgement in selling tangible personal property exclusive of the tax, even when an exemption certificate from the purchaser is in his file. Furthermore, certificates of exemption obtained during or after an audit situation will be accepted only if the auditor can confirm that the customer’s use of the certificate was valid and proper for the specific transaction.
B. Sample Design Sample design covers the method of selection, the sample structure and plans for analyzing and extrapolating the results. There are many ways in which a sample can be selected. If the volume of invoices is small, larger sample periods may be selected. Detail audits may be appropriate when they can be accomplished in a short time frame. This allows the auditor to examine all facets of the business, which may reveal other audit opportunities. A combination of methods may be the answer, depending on the circumstances. 1. Records Code of Virginia 58.1-633 requires every dealer “to keep and preserve suitable records of the sales, leases, or purchases . . . and such other books of account as may be necessary to determine the amount of tax due hereunder, and such other pertinent information as may be required by the Tax Commissioner”.
When a dealer fails to maintain adequate records, the department is authorized by Code of Virginia 58.1-618 to use the best information available to reconstruct a dealer’s sales or purchases to determine whether a tax liability exists. A sample of records on hand may be used to reconstruct data for an audit. Cancelled checks, credit card statements, bank deposits, items of public record, or statements by the taxpayer may be used when there are no records available. Any sample projected on this basis is considered prima facie correct.
- Sales How are the records organized? Block sampling is particularly useful in sales audits and is the historical method used by department auditors. If sales invoices are available by invoice number in date order, the sample period could be a block of invoices less than a year. Monthly sales journals give flexibility to examine one-month blocks and tie tax collected to returns.
If the only invoice information available is by customer by year, the auditor may have to examine an entire year of invoices to see all invoices.
If the business is seasonal, both the auditor and the taxpayer must be satisfied that the time block is representative.
Statistical sampling is useful in sales audits where the volume of transactions is large. In the best of audit environments, a sample chosen based on the volume of the dealer is preferable. Usually, a one-month to three-month sample is adequate. When transactions are fairly consistent, choose an average month as a sample. A three-month sample selecting one month from each of the three years of the audit period, or using the high, low and average months as indicated by the return statistics are
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 5 of 11 Sampling & Front-End Agreements additional options. If you are auditing a particularly large business such as a manufacturer or retailer, consider a much smaller sample, such as one week.
If there are different categories of sales where dollar amounts fluctuate, such as equipment sales, parts sales, and repair sales, you may want to use a combination of sample methods or a combination of sample and detail methods.
- Purchases Review the chart of accounts to identify which accounts are used for charging taxable purchases. Make a note of construction-in-progress and other suspense accounts used to initially charge depreciable assets. These accounts should be examined for purchases that may be reclassified and capitalized later. Negotiation with the taxpayer may be necessary to separate the items to be considered assets and those that may be included in the expense purchase sample. Also note intercompany accounts which may contain charges not seen elsewhere.
The method used for sampling purchases should be determined by the size of the taxpayer and their filing system. Many taxpayers file purchase invoices by vendor, by year. The year may be calendar or fiscal. If the volume of records is small, a one-year block sample may be advisable. By scheduling the audit near the end of the first six months of the year, the use of a six-month sample period instead of an entire year would be possible.
If purchase invoices are batched and filed by voucher number sequence or by pay dates, there is much more flexibility in negotiating a sample period with the taxpayer that is smaller than twelve months, and covering more than one year of the audit period. Statistical sampling is a good choice where the number of transactions is very large.
The general ledger detail or an accounts payable ledger for a chosen sample may be used to select invoices to be examined. This can save time over looking at all the invoices in a sample period. Use of the general ledger assures that you are seeing all the transactions during a certain period. This can be valuable when there are intercompany charges for which no invoice is present. Remember to consider withdrawals from inventory, which may or may not show up on the books of the taxpayer.
C. Unusual Items There is always the possibility that isolated errors may occur which are not typical of a taxpayer’s operations. For an item to be removed from an audit sample, a taxpayer must establish that the transaction was an isolated event and not a normal part of its operations. Allow the taxpayer to produce documentation that this was an isolated event and not a part of his regular course of business.
Before any item of unusual circumstance is omitted from the sample, the auditor should thoroughly analyze and discuss the situation with the Audit Supervisor. Factors that should be taken into consideration before an item is excluded or included are: the size of the item is excessive compared to the normal items and occurs only at rare intervals; the sale or purchase is a type not ordinarily handled; or the item involves some unusual circumstance.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 6 of 11 Sampling & Front-End Agreements Consider expanding the sample or reaching a compromise that would be fair to the taxpayer and to TAX.
D. Credits Against the Sample 1. Sales When conducting a sales audit the taxpayer has the legal right to bill its customers for the sales tax not originally collected. Those customers may have been audited, or they may have properly accrued the untaxed sale made to them. Most taxpayers feel that in this case, the exception should be removed from the sample; however, this is not a reason to remove the sale from the sample. A one-time credit is given on a separate schedule when it is established that a customer has paid the tax. This is done because there are likely similar transactions outside the sample period on which the tax has not been paid. To remove the exception would invalidate the sample.
The likelihood that every other customer with a similar transaction in the other months of the sample accrued and paid the tax is remote.
- Tax Collected in Error Taxpayers who have nexus in other states sometimes collect taxes from their customers based on the customer’s location rather than the ship to location. This erroneously collected tax is remitted to the other state rather than Virginia. Any dealer who collects tax in excess of a 5% rate or who otherwise overcollects the tax, is required to remit the over collection to the state. Virginia sales where the taxpayer has collected another state’s tax are included in the sample using a measure amount to recover the amount of tax collected. If the taxpayer elects to research over collections and either refund or credit the customer’s account, a credit may be taken on a future return.
- Expense Purchases Sometimes it is impossible to trace accruals from the return to an invoice. In these instances, the best approach is to list all untaxed taxable purchases made during the sample period and all untaxed taxable fixed assets acquired during the entire audit period. Extrapolate the sample measure and give credit for the measure accrued on a separate schedule. This should produce an audit liability that allows for the following: a. Inconsistent accrual of use tax. b. Accrual of use tax based on a percentage of sales, or some fixed dollar amount. c. Inability to identify the invoices and/or items accrued.
- Tax Accrued in Error Taxpayers may accrue tax on nontaxable purchases. A credit is given on the sample schedule for any tax accrued in error during the sample period.
If the taxpayer accrued it in the sample period you examined, it is likely he accrued in other periods as well.
- Tax Paid in Error
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 7 of 11 Sampling & Front-End Agreements Many times, taxpayers do not check their invoices to determine that Virginia tax is being correctly charged by their vendors. No credit is given for another state’s tax paid in error. It is the taxpayer’s responsibility to get a refund from the vendor for any tax paid in error. The purchase is included in the sample as if it was an untaxed purchase.
V. Reporting the Results
A. Sample Bases or “Population” and Error Factor Sales tax return data is usually used as the base for extrapolation of sales samples. If it is discovered that the taxpayer has reported only taxable sales on line 1 of the sales tax return, using sales data from financial statements may be a better alternative to using return data. Accounts payable totals are generally used for purchase samples. The STAUDN software uses the total of untaxed exceptions as the numerator of a fraction, of which the denominator is the total of the sample period data in the sample base, to arrive at an error factor which is then extrapolated or multiplied by the data for each month in the sample base.
This gives the measure amount for the audit liability.
If a rollup is done (not recommended for sales), the base would be the same number for each of the months during the audit period. Rollups are used to project the same measure amount (and audit liability) for each month throughout the audit period.
B. Error Factor Computation Example This example has been prepared to provide an illustration of how the error factor is computed from the sampling procedure, how it is applied to the sample base to determine the taxable measure, and the effects of “altering” the sample base. In our example, the audit period is April 2006 – March 2009.
The taxpayer has provided a schedule of Accounts Payable debit TOTALS for each month of the audit period. These monthly totals will be used as the “Sample Base” or “Population” for extrapolation purposes. AP debit totals are generally acceptable for the base as they accurately reflect the trends and expenses for the company, and are readily available. From these monthly totals, our sample months (high, low, average) were selected for review. From each sample month, general expense purchase invoices are reviewed. All invoices where tax was not paid on the invoice or accrued and remitted to the State are listed as purchase exceptions.
For our example, the total untaxed purchase exceptions from the sample months are $270,517.83.
Our sample months are: May 2007, Feb. 2008, and Jan. 2009 For our Original Computation, the sample “Population” from our sample period will be: Period Total AP Debits Total Exceptions 0705 $3,140,614.84 $270,517.83 0802 $4,510,766.69 0901 $6,020,671.52 $13,672,053.05
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 8 of 11 Sampling & Front-End Agreements This represents the total Accounts Payable disbursements from the sample months. The error factor is computed as follows: Total Exceptions = Error Factor Population $270,517.83 = .019786189 $13,672,053.05 The error factor from the sample periods indicates the percentage of the total disbursements that were not taxed. It is assumed that there will be a similar rate of error in the remainder of the months of the entire audit period. Therefore, the error factor from the sample periods is applied to the “Sample Base” for the entire audit period to determine the total taxable measure identified by the audit. With total AP for the audit period of $170,902,694.17, the extrapolated total of $3,382,513.01 now becomes the taxable measure ($170,902,694.17 X .019786189).
For Computation Two, assume that the taxpayer requests that certain disbursements be removed from the extrapolation base, i.e.: salary, insurance, etc. since these represent non-taxable amounts. For the example, assume that these monthly disbursements are 13% of the total.
The error factor the second computation will be as follows: Period Total AP Debits Total Exceptions 0705 $2,732,334.91 $270,517.83 0802 $3,924,367.02 $11,894,686.15 Population 0901 $5,237,984.22 $11,894,686.15 Error Factor .022742746 Reducing the AP by 13%, the AP total is $148,685,343.93. The extrapolated taxable measure from Computation Two is $3,381,513.01 ($148,685,343.93 X .022742746). No difference from Computation One. Although it would seem at first thought, reducing the sample base will reduce the potential tax liability; the only thing that changes is the error factor. The net result is that the error factor went up, and you are now essentially taking a bigger “bite” out of a smaller pie.
The most important factor in determining the computation of the audit is the total of untaxed exceptions. This total is what will determine the error factor to be used in the extrapolation of the sample base C. Penalty The application of penalty to audit deficiencies is mandatory and its application is generally based on the percentage of compliance determined by computing the dealer’s compliance ratio. The compliance ratio for the sales or use tax is computed by using the following formula: Measure Reported = Compliance Ratio Measure Reported + Measure Found
Measure reported means dollar amounts of sales or use measure reported on returns for the audit period. “Measure found” means dollar amounts of additional sales or use measure disclosed by the audit. Separate ratios for sales and use
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 9 of 11 Sampling & Front-End Agreements taxes will be necessary if the audit contains deficiencies in both areas. The STAUDN software automatically computes compliance ratios based on returns data entered. Tax paid to vendors will not be included in the computation of the compliance ratio for the audit period. See Alternative Method for Computing Compliance Ratio for additional taxpayer options to avoid the penalty.
- First generation audits- Generally, penalty cannot be waived if any of the following conditions exist: a. The taxpayer has been previously notified in writing to collect tax on sales or to pay tax on purchases, but has failed to follow instructions; or b. The taxpayer has collected the sales tax, but failed to remit to the Department of Taxation; or c. There are indications of fraud in which the taxpayer has willfully evaded reporting and remitting the tax to the Department of Taxation.
- Second-generation audits- Penalty will be applied unless the taxpayer’s compliance ratios meet or exceed 85% for sales tax and 60% for use tax.
- All subsequent generation audits- Penalty will be applied unless the taxpayer’s compliance ratios meet or exceed 85% for sales tax and 85% for use tax.
- Alternative Penalty Method- If penalty is applied based on the department’s calculation of the use tax compliance ratio, the Taxpayer will have the option of calculating the use tax compliance ratio, under the Alternative Method, as follows: Measure Reported + Measure Paid to Vendors = Compliance Ratio
Measure Reported + Measure Paid to Vendors + Measure Found It is the Taxpayer’s responsibility to compute the above compliance ratio and provide the auditor with documentation supporting the computation. The Taxpayer must compute the alternative ratio based on a review of purchases for the same period used by the auditor to compute the traditional compliance ratio. Tolerances for the Alternative Method will remain the same as those of the traditional compliance ratio.
If it is determined that use tax audit penalty is applicable based on the traditional compliance ratio calculations, the auditor will advise the Taxpayer.
If the Taxpayer desires to recalculate the compliance under the Alternative Method, the auditor will assess the audit penalty as a contested issue. The Taxpayer must complete the Alternative Method calculations and provide the documentation to the auditor within 60 days of the audit assessment. If the use tax compliance falls within the acceptable tolerances based on the Alternative Method calculations, the audit penalty will be abated.
VI. Front-End Agreements
Front-End Agreements have traditionally been used for taxpayers that are manufacturers or holders of direct payment permits and are recurring three-year cycle audit candidates. The agreement covers the expense purchase portion of the
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 10 of 11 Sampling & Front-End Agreements audit. The taxpayer and the Department of Taxation agree that the tax will be paid “on the front end” rather than at audit time.
An audit is done and areas are identified where compliance is not being met. In the case of a manufacturer, the agreement may be to remit an additional amount of use tax based on the error factor in the audit; or an additional amount or percentage of use tax based on account transaction information. The direct payment permit holder may agree to remit tax based on the error factor of the audit, on accounts payable data, or, for certain accounts which were found to be totally taxable, tax would be remitted on the activity in these accounts. A written agreement is drafted and signed by both parties. In subsequent audits, the auditor does limited “testing” to determine that the agreement is being followed. This “testing” would also determine whether or not the percentages need to be adjusted for the next audit cycle. Negotiations with the taxpayer would fix the agreement for the subsequent audit period.
Fixed assets are audited in detail each audit period. Front End Agreements substantially reduce the amount of time needed to complete an audit.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 11 of 11 Sampling & Front-End AgreementsField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax Topic: Invoice Capture Tool Policies & Procedures Revised: September 2016 I. Overview The Invoice Capture Tool (ICT) program introduced by the Office of Compliance in January 2000 will enhance the software that the Virginia TAX field audit staff uses.
The current audit process involves extensive manual searching through taxpayer paper invoices. The ICT initiative will deliver software that will allow ICT auditors to receive this information electronically from taxpayers. Furthermore, this new software will significantly reduce the burden of the taxpayer, increase the accuracy of the audit, and decrease the time it takes for an auditor to complete an audit.
This document outlines the policies and procedures for the ICT audit program. The initial ICT rollout involves a limited number of TAX audit personnel. Through increased usage of the ICT software, TAX may consider expanding the ICT Audit Program. The purpose of the ICT Policies and Procedures is to provide a framework for the limited ICT rollout. As the ICT program evolves, the Policies and Procedures will be updated to incorporate any necessary changes to the ICT Audit Program.
II. ICT Audit Candidate Determination A. Identifying ICT Audit Candidates The first stage of the ICT Process involves the identification of audit candidates.
The audit selection process employed by OOC involves the regional managers auditors, and the TAX Audit Selection program for identifying ICT audit candidates. Using the Central Audit Selection program will permit the selected candidates to be assigned directly to the ICT Support Team (IST) for assignment to Audit personnel. Additionally, referrals from auditors and regional managers will be used for identifying ICT audit candidates.
In addition to the centralized audit selection process, the following processes will also be used to identify ICT audit candidates.
- Evaluate current audit inventory: all regional managers and auditors will be encouraged to evaluate their current audit inventory to identify taxpayers that may qualify for an ICT audit.
- Field audit leads: Regional managers and auditors should evaluate new audit leads to identify taxpayers that may qualify for an ICT audit.
- Collection referral audit leads: All audit leads provided by Collection personnel should be reviewed and evaluated for qualifying as a possible ICT audit candidate.
- Audits at the request of taxpayers: All taxpayers that request an electronic audit will be considered as a potential ICT audit candidate. The ICT Auditor and the regional manager will evaluate the feasibility of conducting an ICT audit on this taxpayer.
Field Audit Procedures: Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures September 2016 Page 1 of 10 B. Qualifying criteria for an ICT Audit Candidate Upon being assigned an audit, the auditor after reviewing the assignment, should immediately contact the taxpayer to coordinate and establish the audit schedule, and arrange for a pre-audit conference with the taxpayer. All field auditors will be trained on the policies and procedures employed by TAX for identifying and qualifying ICT audit candidates. Additionally, detailed documentation outlining the policies and procedures will accompany this training. The auditors will conduct their standard pre-audit conference and determine the feasibility for conducting an ICT audit.
After the successful identification of an audit candidate, the auditor must determine if the ICT program should be used to facilitate the audit process. It is the responsibility of the audit staff to determine if an individual audit candidate would be feasible for utilizing the ICT audit tool. Field auditors should consider the following issues when making the determination:
- Does the taxpayer have an automated chart of accounts?
- Is the taxpayer’s general ledger updated from posted information?
- Is the taxpayer willing to download data?
- Does the taxpayer want to participate in an ICT audit?
- Will the use of the ICT audit program reduce the amount of time needed to complete the audit?
- Will the use of the ICT audit program reduce the amount of time needed to complete the audit?
- Has the taxpayer’s accounting system been consistent for a known period of time (i.e. consistent accounting codes and methodology)?
C. Technical Feasibility for conducting an ICT Audit Upon the identification of a potential ICT audit candidate, the auditor will arrange a meeting with the ICT Auditor, and the Taxpayer to discuss the technical feasibility of using the ICT audit tool for conducting the audit. The auditor should directly contact the ICT Auditor when they are located in the same region . Otherwise, the auditor should contact the IST, who will then identify an ICT auditor in a neighboring district. This audit team (the auditor, and the ICT Auditor) will arrange a second pre-audit conference with the taxpayer to discuss the technical feasibility for applying the ICT software to the audit assignment.
The following factors should be considered when analyzing the technical feasibility for using the ICT audit program.
D. Data Format The ICT software (IDEA) can work effectively with a wide array of data formats.
These formats include one or more of the following applications: Application Data and Databases
- Access
- Lotus 123 Field Audit Procedures: Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures September 2016 Page 2 of 10
- Oracle
- Various accounting packages including Accpac, Simply Accounting, Pegasus, Sage, and many others
- Btriev
- Excel
- SQL Server
- Sybase
- Xbase (the DBF format from dbase, foxpro, and others Flat Files/ unformatted DATA
- ASCII (fixed length and variable length)
- EBCDIC (fixed length)
- AS/400 DIF (Data interchange Format
- ASCII Delimited
- EBCDIC (variable length ANSI/IBM) Most software applications can effectively export a flat, or ASCHII, file type. The ICT Auditor should work with the taxpayer to identify a usable file format.
- File Size Limitations The largest file that IDEA can handle is 2.1 gigabytes, unless the auditor is working with ODBC data (application data – Excel and Access), in which case you can access files that are much larger. The 2.1 gig limit is a function of the operating system rather than a limitation of IDEA. The 32-bit version of IDEA will overcome this limitation. IDEA can handle files with up to 2.1 billion records and files with up to 32,766 fields per record.
For additional information, view IDEA website at www.cica.caiidea/v3faq.htm or the user manual accompanying the IDEA software.
- Fields Available Electronically The ICT Auditor must ensure that the appropriate data is available to effectively conduct the audit. The ICT and District Auditors should work with the taxpayer to identify the fields that are available electronically.
The following fields are required to perform an audit, based on gross sales: a. Customer name and/or account number b. Amount of sale c. Sales tax collected (if any) d. Ship to location e. Date of sale f. Description of the item sold The following fields are required to perform an audit, based on purchases:
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 3 of 10 Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures a. Vendor name and/or account number b. Account number that the purchases are being charged to c. Sales tax paid to vendor, when separately stated d. Date of purchase e. Cost of item f. Description of item purchased g. If no sales tax paid to vendor, is accrual being posted?
As documented in Section IV: (Technical Aspects of the ICT Audit Process), many of these fields can be directly imported into the STAUDN exceptions list. Additionally, many of these fields can facilitate the generation of an exceptions list in the ICT software, but may not need to be imported into STAUDN.
III. Successful Identification of an ICT Candidate A. Recommendation to IST (Audits Outside the Region of an ICT Auditor) Upon the successful identification of an ICT audit candidate from sources outside the district, the ICT Auditor will review the audit candidate with the Regional manager and will be notified who the auditor is that will be assigned the audit.
B. Recommendation to IST (Audits within the Region of an ICT Auditor) Upon the successful identification of an ICT audit within a District, the ICT Auditor will contact the auditor in charge of the assignment to discuss the details of how the ICT audit procedures will be used. The auditor will follow the criteria outlined below for developing a potential ICT audit.
The IST will use the following criteria when approving an ICT audit candidate.
- Feedback from the auditor
• Documentation reviewed for the following
- Business classification for the audit candidate
- Special audit issues and/or tax policy concerns regarding the business classification.
- Availability of ICT Auditor resources
- Geographic location of audit candidate
- Current inventory of the Region where the ICT audit candidate is located
- Feedback from the Regional Manager.
IV. ICT Audit Team and Roles of Individual Players A. Key Players in the ICT Audit Process
- The District Audit Supervisor: Coordinates ICT audits with the District audit plan
- The District Audit Staff: All OOC audit personnel
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 4 of 10 Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures • The ICT audit staff: Four auditors, one from the Central Regional area, Mindy Stembridge. Two from the Northern region, Ramin Amiri and Tom Budsock. One from the Interstate Audit unit, Mark Forster. As the ICT program expands, additional auditors will be added.
B. ICT Support Team(IST) members are: Jim Mason, Director of Field Audit, and Rob Roy, Supervisor Special Audits Tax Team.
The primary objectives of the IST support team will be to ensure the standardized use of the ICT software, to identify new opportunities for the use of the ICT software, and to manage the expansion of the ICT program.
Through the use of a centralized team, TAX can closely manage and assess the effectiveness of the use of this new auditing tool.
The IST will perform a wide array of tasks, to include measures of performance for the ICT program.
The team leader will provide the Special Audits Tax Team Supervisor a monthly report on the status of new ICT cases that were begun during the month. All ICT auditors will submit to their team leader, the identification of all new cases.
The team leader will compile and consolidate, and forward the report to the Director of Audits. The report will also be forwarded to the IST support team.
At the completion of the fiscal year, each ICT Auditor will submit a completed time savings report to the team leader. The report will be forwarded to the Assistant Tax Commissioner. Copies of this report will also be provided to the Director of Audits, and to the IST support team.
C. ICT Auditor (Audit Team) The role of the ICT Auditor involves a wide array of technical and analytical processes. Through the course of the ICT training, auditors will learn to perform the tasks needed to electronically capture the taxpayer data and perform the requisite analysis. These tasks include:
- Understanding and, if necessary, defining the layout of the data
- Assessing the taxpayer’s data file formats, and determining if any compatibility issues exist.
- Working with the taxpayers technology representatives to perform the data transfer
- Generating queries to extract specific records from the taxpayer’s file
- Statistically analyze the taxpayer’s file
- Importing and Exporting databases
- Working with external storage devices (i.e. Jaz drives and Superdisks) to facilitate the data importation process The ICT Auditor will work with the auditor to perform the tasks needed to complete an audit. In addition to the aforementioned technical roles, the ICT Auditor will be responsible for:
- Working with the field auditor to schedule ICT audits: Upon being notified of a potential ICT audit assignment, the ICT auditor will work with the auditor to
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 5 of 10 Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Proceduresschedule a second pre-audit conference. The ICT audit team should gather sufficient information that will allow them to qualify the candidate as an ICT audit candidate. Additionally, the audit team will determine the overall audit schedule during the audit conference.
- Working with field auditors to recommend ICT audit candidates: Upon completion of the second pre-audit conference, the ICT Auditor should work with the field auditor to determine if the ICT software will benefit the audit process.
- Reviews the results of the ICT analysis with the field auditor: After generating an exceptions list using the ICT software, the ICT Auditor will review the list with the auditor. The ICT Auditor and the auditor will review the exceptions list, IDEA log file, and any additional documentation to ensure the results meet the audit strata defined by the audit team.
Additionally, this information may be included in the final audit report.
- Imports data into the STAUDN worksheet on the field auditor’s laptop: Upon agreeing on the exceptions list, the ICT Auditor will assist the auditor in importing the exceptions list into the auditor’s STAUDN worksheet.
D. Auditor (Audit Team) Auditors serve as the primary auditor on all ICT audit assignments. As the primary auditor, the District Auditor will be responsible for:
- Contacting the taxpayer to schedule a pre-audit conference, and schedule the audit
- Serve as the primary liaison between the taxpayer and TAX
- Working with the taxpayer to arrange the data transfer
- Writing a confirmation letter (using approved template) to ensure the agreed upon approach and data requirements are explicitly documented
- Developing audit program and schedule
- Performing the audit field work
- Concluding the audit activities and review audit results with the taxpayer
- Generating the final audit reports
- Generating assessments, and/or refunds
- Coordinating the ICT audit assignments with the appropriate District Audit Supervisor District Auditors serve as the primary link between the ICT audit program, and the taxpayers. To support the use of the ICT software, auditors need to communicate the benefits of the ICT program to the taxpayers, and should continuously try to identify potential ICT audit candidates. Upon identifying a potential ICT audit candidate, the auditor should contact the ICT Auditor to arrange a second pre-audit conference with the taxpayer. The auditor, and the ICT Auditor will work together to determine the feasibility for applying the ICT software on the identified potential ICT candidate.
Field Audit Procedures: Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures September 2016 Page 6 of 10 As part of the ICT audit team, the auditor will work with the ICT Auditor; the auditor will import the data into the STAUDN audit template on their laptop computer. Furthermore, the auditor will complete the remainder of the audit activities, and present the results of the audit to the taxpayer. Although the auditor will report directly to the IST in Richmond, they will participate in completing the assessment for the completed audit, (i.e. benefits, issues, and recommendations).
As a part of the ICT audit team, the auditors need to communicate the benefits of the ICT program to the taxpayers, and are to continuously try to identify potential ICT audit candidates. Upon identifying a potential ICT audit candidate, the auditor should contact an ICT Auditor, and arrange a second pre-audit conference with the taxpayer. The auditor, and the ICT Auditor will work together to determine the feasibility for applying the ICT software for all audit candidates.
As a part of the ICT Audit Team, the auditor will work with the ICT Auditor in the generation of an exceptions list. With the assistance from the ICT Auditor, the auditor will import the data into the STAUDN audit template on their laptop computer. Furthermore, the auditor will complete the remainder of the audit activities, and present the audit results to the taxpayer. Although the auditors will not report directly to the IST in Central Office, they will participate in the preparation of the assessment of the audit results (i.e. benefits, issues, and recommendations).
V. TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF THE ICT AUDIT PROCESS A. Data Retrieval During the second pre-audit conference, the ICT Auditor and the District Auditor will work with the taxpayer’s technical team to discuss the data retrieval requirements. The audit team should consider the following:
- File Format: The audit team should work with the taxpayer’s technical team to identify an acceptable format (Section I-C: Technical Feasibility of the ICT Audit). To facilitate the data importation process, the audit team should try to obtain a file in either an application file format (i.e. Access or Excel) or in a fixed ASCII file layout.
- File Size: The audit team must consider the file size limitations associated with a floppy diskette (1.44 MB), super floppy diskette (120MB) CD (700 MB) or DVD.
- Storage devices will be available to the audit team when transferring files.
- Taxpayer willingness to work with the super floppy drive: When transferring data using a super floppy diskette, hardware drivers need to be installed on the source computer. Taxpayers must agree to use an external super floppy drive on their computer. Additionally, a representative responsible for the taxpayer’s information system should perform the installation process.
B. Data Analysis When using the ICT software to generate the exceptions list, the auditor should consider the following: Field Audit Procedures: Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures September 2016 Page 7 of 10
- Target a small percentage of transaction volume to achieve a high percentage of dollar coverage.
- Data analysis and manipulation will be performed on like transactions.
- Completeness testing on all areas of ICT audits must be performed on the front end of the data manipulation process.
- The ICT Auditor will maintain a log of activities for each ICT audit assignment, which details file manipulation, file names, and data analysis.
WIN IDEA produces a log file that tracks these activities.
- The ICT Auditor will provide the audit comments as they pertain to the data manipulation process. Per the District Auditor’s discretion, the comments may be incorporated into the final audit report. The ICT Auditor will also maintain a copy of the comments in their own files.
The methodology employed when analyzing taxpayer data will be established as the ICT audit program matures. The ICT auditors should continuously communicate their data as identified and approved. This data will be documented in the Data Analysis section of the ICT Policies and Procedures.
C. Import Data into STAUDN: The STAUDN audit worksheet contains a file importation feature. Using this feature, the District Auditors can import the ICT produced output (i.e. the exceptions list) into STAUDN. This importation process will create new records in the taxpayer exceptions list. Note that this process appends the existing exceptions list, and does not write over the existing records.
Prior to importing the exceptions list into STAUDN, the ICT Auditor must perform the following critical steps:
- Review the exceptions list with the District Auditor. It is essential that the ICT Auditor and the District Auditor agree on the exceptions list prior to importing it into STAUDN.
- Identify and rename the fields in the ICT database to names recognized by STAUDN. STAUDN will only import fields that have specific names. The following table lists the fields that can be in the import file:
Field Name Type Description Format Notes Invoice Date Date Field holding, Month, Day and Any valid Field cannot be left blank Year on Invoice date format Measure Text Measure type of invoice Interface has Auditor math values in this field to STAUDN measures. Any blank values in field will also be mapped to STAUDN Locality Text Locality to use Distribution Must be blank or valid numeric locality code Invoice Amount Text Amount on invoice Can have Field cannot be left blank $'s if needed Account Text Taxpayer’s Chart of Account Number No.
Items Text Descriptions of item on Invoice Invoice Number Text Invoice number used by Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 8 of 10Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures taxpayer Vendor Name Text If blank, invoice will map to a New vendor named "Imported" Comments Text Comments about invoice UD1 Text Custom field 1 UD2 Text Custom field 2
NOTE: At a minimum, the INVOICE DATE and INVOICE AMOUNT fields must be included. Fields included in the files that are not listed above will simply be ignored.
- Export the approved exceptions list to an Access 2.5 file. This feature is located under File Export in the IDEA 3.0 software.
- Save the Access 2.5 file to a diskette or CD.
- Import the Access 2.5 file into the District Auditor’s STAUDN audit file. This function is located under File Import in the STAUDN work sheet.
- Identify the measures corresponding to individual exceptions. This procedure can be done during either the file importation process via the File Importation Wizard, or during the generation of an exceptions list in the ICT software.
D. Return Taxpayer Data and Archive IDEA Files After successfully importing the taxpayer data into STAUDN, and concluding all audit activities, the taxpayer data should be returned to the taxpayer in its original format. Additionally, all manipulations of the taxpayer data should be explained to the taxpayer and archived. These manipulations include all IDEA 3. 0 audit files.
VI. ICT AUDIT RESULTS REVIEW AND EVALUATION
A. Overview The review of the effectiveness of the ICT Audit Program is the responsibility of the ICT Support Team (IST) Team Leader. To support the achievements of the ICT Audit Program, standard criteria have been developed to assist the IST and TAX management, reviewing and evaluating the effectiveness of the ICT audit program. These criteria will track the monthly number of ICT audits begun, and the yearly savings in time. B. ICT Report of Audit Results At the completion of each ICT audit assignment, the ICT audit team will complete the ICT Savings Report on the Savings Report Form, and the Monthly List of new ICT audits by completing the following steps: 1. This is accomplished by computing the number of actual invoices reviewed compared to the total population of invoices in the original file. This number is divided by 1000 (average number of invoices reviewed per day) to determine the number of days saved. 2. This number is combined with the number of records imported into STAUDN by the ICT auditor. This is computed by dividing the total number of records imported by 200 (average number of records keyed in one day).
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 9 of 10 Invoice Capture Tool Polices & Procedures 3. The two amounts will result in the total savings of time by using the ICT audit program. The amount of time is multiplied by $300 (average value of time to complete an audit based on the past history of closed audits).
C. Communicating the Results of the ICT Audit Program The ICT Audit Program involves many OOC resources. In addition to the ICT Auditors, all Audit Supervisors, and District Office Audit personnel will be involved in the ICT audit program. In an effort to involve all relevant personnel in the ICT audit program, the ICT Auditors, and the IST should continuously inform TAX management, the Audit Supervisors, and the District Auditors on the status, and the results of the program. The ICT Auditors will distribute the appropriate reports to management in the Office of Compliance, and the appropriate TAX personnel. In this manner the program will remain visible to all employees, and will promote the increased usage of the ICT audit program.
Field Audit Procedures: September 2016 Page 10 of 10 Invoice Capture Tool Polices & ProceduresField Audit Procedures – Sales & Use Tax
Topic: Statistical Sampling Procedures
Revised: December 2012 I. Introduction The Virginia Department of Taxation uses statistical sampling, in conjunction with various other methods of sampling, where examination of 100% of the taxpayer’s records is not feasible. This section will address the statistical sampling procedures used by the Department as part of our overall ICT (Invoice Capture Tool) program. The policies and procedures for the ICT program have all ready been established and approved. This section will become an addendum to the procedures for using ICT.
The objectives of the Department in incorporating the use of statistical sampling into our ICT program is to enhance our efficiency in performing audits that benefits both the State of Virginia as well as the taxpayers.
The procedures set forth in this section will be a guide to be followed by auditors in using statistical sampling methods in sales and use tax audits. Additionally, information contained in these procedures is not confidential in nature and may be used to explain to taxpayers the benefits of using statistical sampling.
II. Starting a Statistical Sample A. Identifying Good Candidates for a Statistical Sample A good candidate for a statistical sample should have: A large volume of records. Sampling has long been accepted as a valid auditing technique where the volume of records from the taxpayer is too great to do a 100% review. We have traditionally used a block sampling method or a systematic sampling method using ICT in performing sales and use tax audits. The taxpayer must have complete records for the audit period. This is a requirement for performing statistical sampling. This is determined using the same standards we have always used found in our original procedures. Electronic data. This is a requirement for performing a statistical sample. It is essential that we have an accurate count of the total number of invoices in the population as well the capability to stratify the data on the invoice amount in order to improve sampling efficiency. Electronic data must also be verified to insure that all of the data has been captured Good Internal Controls. The auditor should verify that the taxpayer has good internal controls and has been consistent in the determination of the taxability of transactions B. The Benefits of a Statistical Sample Statistical sampling is the most accurate method of sampling. Other sampling methods should be used only if it is not a good candidate described above.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 1 of 12 Statistical Sampling Procedures The process of selecting records for examination is objective. The records in a statistical sample are selected randomly, ensuring that each record has the potential to be reviewed. Statistical sampling is much more efficient than other methods of sampling.
This is especially true where the taxpayer has large volumes of records.
Statistical samples typically require the auditor to look at fewer records and the taxpayer to pull fewer records.
III. STATISTICAL SAMPLING FORMULAS AND EXPLANATIONS Examining the entire population of records in tax audits is unrealistic given time and resource constraints. Instead we can draw a valid random sample and use the sample results to project a statistically valid estimate. Here follows the methodology to be used in performing a statistical sample.
First, the sample size s is determined as : 2 1 1 2 s m The formula for sample size reveals, as intuition would suggest, that the sample size s increases as the margin of error m decreases, as the standard deviation increases, or as the significance level decreases (the inverse of the cumulative distribution function is monotonically increasing in its parameter).
Example: Suppose we are interested in finding the rate at which sales tax is being incorrectly assessed, and we need to know how many records to randomly sample in order to be 95% sure (0.05 significance level) that our estimate is within 3% of the true error rate. In this case the variable we are trying to estimate (the error rate) is modeled as a Bernoulli1 random variable. The true standard deviation of a Bernoulli random variable is given by: 1 Where is the probability that the tax was properly paid. Assuming 0.5 , we have 0.05 2 1 1 2 2 1.96 s 0.5 (1 0.5) 0.5 (1 0.5) 1067.11 0.03 0.03
which should be rounded up to a sample size of 1068.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 2 of 12 Statistical Sampling Procedures1 A Bernoulli random variable takes the value 1 with probability of success and 0 with failure probability 1-.
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 3 of 12 Statistical Sampling Procedures The following table shows how large the random sample should be for different combinations of confidence and margin of errors, and assuming a 50% probability of an event occurring2.
The sample sizes above can also serve as a baseline for sampling a continuous variable, as in the case of a dollar amount (for our purposes, a tax assessment –or credit. Here, m is the acceptable margin of error, in dollars, of the tax assessment).
After conducting the random sample, we should make sure that sample size was sufficiently large to achieve the desired combination of margin of error and confidence interval. To do so we re-calculate the sample size using the statistics collected from the sample. The procedure is illustrated below first for a simple random sample and then for a stratified random sample.
A. Baseline: Simple Random Sample Suppose we take a random sample of 1,068 out of a total population of 20,000 and we find that tax is underpaid in the sample by an average $20 per item3.
Then the projected total error is simply $20 20,000 = $400,000. Suppose the sample standard deviation ˆ of underpayment is $7.54. For a simple random sample, the projected standard deviation of the total underpayment in the population is simplyˆ n , or $7.5 20,000 = $150, 0000 in this example. We
2 Note that this is the most conservative figure because it maximizes the sample size. If we had prior information that made us believe that the responses were more skewed, say 75%, then our sample size wouldn’t have to be as big (800 in our example above). 3 1 n The sample average x is given by x xi where xi is the underpayment and n is the sample size. n i1 4 1 n 2 x The sample standard deviation ˆ is given by ˆ x i n 1 i1 Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 4 of 12 Statistical Sampling Procedures want to be 95% confident that, under repeated sampling, the $400,000 tax assessment is within $12,000 of the true tax owed (a 3% margin of error).
2 0.05 1 1 2 s 150,000 12.5 1.962 600.25 12,000
Thus we find that a sample size of 601 would have met the precision goal. In fact, in this specific example we can be 95% confident that the tax assessment is within $8,996 of the true tax owed5, a margin of error of about 2.25%. If we find that our goal was not met, we could either change our goals (in discussion with the taxpayer we can decide to increase the margin of error or the significance level) or draw a larger sample of magnitude equal to the recalculated sample size.
B. Stratified Random Sample While it is perfectly valid to draw a simple random sample from the entire population, stratified random sampling is more efficient (sample size being equal, you are more likely to reach your precision goals if you stratify). The method of stratified sampling is one where the population is divided into strata (i.e., based on dollar amounts). We have chosen to stratify the audit population into 5 strata. We use a 100% sampling rate on the highest dollar stratum. We sample 267 records (1068 divided by 4) in each of the other 4 strata. While it is valid to judgmentally determine the stratum cutoffs, our preferred method is to give each stratum equal weight by total dollars. Typically, this increases efficiency through a higher sampling rate for the strata containing high dollar items.
The average error amount in each stratum is used to project a total error. We can project each stratum separately and then add them up for a total.
Alternatively, we can use the relative number of records in each stratum to calculate a weighted average error amount and then multiply by the population size to arrive at a tax assessment estimate.
To illustrate, suppose we stratified the population into four strata of equal dollar weight as follows: 8,000 records in the lowest dollar records stratum, 4,000 in the second, 2,000 in the third, and 1,000 in the fourth. Suppose we then sampled 267 from each stratum and found an average underpayment of $1 in stratum one, $5 in stratum two, $20 in stratum three, and $100 in stratum four, with corresponding standard deviations of $0.2, $1, $2, and $5. The fifth, the highest dollar stratum resulted in a tax assessment of $200,000 (true, not estimated. The standard deviation is zero of course). The projected total tax assessment is then: $200,000 (8,000 $1) (4,000 $5) (2,000 $20) (1,000 $100) $368,000
1(1 ) 5 2 150,000 1.96 Rearranging the sample size formula, we get m = $8,996 s 1068
Field Audit Procedures: December 2012 Page 5 of 12 Statistical Sampling Procedures or alternatively found using a weighted average:
8 4 2 1 $200,000 15,000 1 5 20 100 $200,000 15,000 $11.2 $368,000 15 15 15 15
In a stratified random sample, the projected standard deviation of the total error in the population is found as: 4 σˆi 2 ˆ Ni (Ni ni) i1 ni
Where Ni is the total number of records in stratum i and ni is the number of
records sampled in stratum i (267). In our stratified random sample example above,
$0.2 2 $5 2 ˆ 8,000 (8,000 267) ... 1,000 (1,000 267) $185,751 267 267
Now we can determine whether the sample of 1,068 was large enough. We want to be 95% confident (0.05 significance level) that, under repeated sampling, this $368,000 tax assessment is within $11,040 of the true tax owed (a 3% margin of error). 0.05 2 1 1 2 s 185,751 16.3 1.962 1,088 11,040 Thus we find that a sample size of 1088 is needed to meet the precision goal.
We are left with the choice of sampling 20 more records or simply accept a slightly higher error rate –in this example, we can be 95% confident that the tax assessment is within $11,140 of the true tax owed6, a margin of error of about
- 03%.
IV. GLOSSARY OF RELATED TERMS Random Sampling: For a simple random sample, each item in the population has the same probability of being sampled. In stratified random sampling, each item in each stratum has the same probability of being sampled (but the probability might differ among strata).
Stratified Random Sampling: The population is divided into strata. A random sample is taken from each stratum. Stratifying the population based on dollar
1(1 ) 6 2 185,751 1.96 Rearranging the sample size formula, we get m = $11,140 s 1068 Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 5 of 12 amounts can provide for more precise results as compared to a simple random sample of the entire population, the reason being that in a simple random sample low dollar items have a higher probability of being sampled.
1(1 ) 6 2 185,751 1.96 Rearranging the sample size formula, we get m = $11,140 s 1068 Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 5 of 12Weighted Average: When the weights are the same, weighted average is the same as a simple arithmetic average. Weighted averages take into consideration the frequency of the class of records in order to compute an average. For example, consider a population divided into two strata, one with the 100 highest dollar records and one with 900 records. If the average tax assessment was found to be $50 for the high dollar items and $1 for the low dollar items, then the weighted average is 900 1). 1000
- 9 ( 100 50 + 1000 Projection: Projection is expanding the sample results to the entire population. To arrive at an estimate of total assessment, multiply the average error value in each stratum’s random sample by the number of items in that stratum. The total population estimate is simply the sum of each stratum’s projected error. This is algebraically identical to the result obtained from multiplying a weighted average of the strata’s assessment by the total number of records in the population. V. DEVELOPING THE STATISTICAL SAMPLE An important point needs to be made here. The field auditor is in charge and is responsible for their individual audits. The ICT auditor’s position is that of a consultant who is responsible for manipulating data to achieve an efficient and workable sample for the field auditor to use. A. Review and Verification The taxpayer should send the records to the field auditor. It is the responsibility of the field auditor to review the records to determine if they received the information they requested. The field auditor should verify that the account balances are correct and is in agreement with the G/L for the period, to assure that all records have been received.
The field auditor should also review the file to assure there is no incorrect information and that there are no blank fields in the file or extra rows with any additional information.
B. Sampling Form One of the primary responsibilities of the field auditor will be to determine if the ICT program can be used for conducting an audit. The field auditor, during the initial audit conference and/or upon first arriving at the audit site, must ask the taxpayer if they can use the ICT program to develop the sample for the audit.
The field auditor must complete the ICT justification form below for each prospective audit, (blank copy enclosed for reference).
The questions are to be asked of the taxpayer by the field auditor. Can records be provided in electronic data format in Excel spreadsheet or similar type format? Approximately how many records will be provided/ What is the audit period to be covered? If ICT cannot be used, explain why it cannot. Give any additional information, and /or explanations as to how the auditor will use the ICT audit program, or why it cannot be used.
Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 6 of 12 The field auditor will be required to complete this form for each audit. Once completed, the field auditor should scan the document into their audit folder in STAUDN and keep the paper copy in their audit folder (See Form 1).
Form 1 ICT Information Form Acct #:
The use of ICT was discussed with the customer contact listed above. In addition, the customer was given a copy of the ICT Taxpayer Explanation handout. (Required for ALL audits) After discussion with my team lead or audit supervisor, it was determined that this audit case is not a good candidate for ICT because: (Mark all that apply – Explain as necessary) Customer is not fully computerized Prior audit history (company size / hours) not sufficient to utilize ICT procedures Customer declines to use ICT procedures Other/Explanation: The customer is interested in using ICT. The customer: (Mark all that apply – Explain as necessary) Cannot provide data in Excel or other suitable format Can provide data for at least one audit measure in Excel or other suitable format Agrees to use ICT procedures for this audit Other/Explanation: If ICT to be used, provide the following information for each prospective ICT measure, account #, etc: Data Measure Name,
ICT Use
Sample Approx. # Available Acct # or Description
Expected Period of Records Yes No Sales Yes No Yes No Assets Yes No Yes No Purchases Yes No Yes No Other Yes No Yes No Other Yes No Additional Comments: Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 7 of 12 C. Manipulating the Data Once the ICT auditor has received the file from the field auditor, it is their responsibility to develop the statistical sample. The ICT auditor will use the Procedures set forth in the following section to produce the statistical sample.
The ICT auditor should evaluate the information received, to assure that a statistical sample can be done, and identify any extraordinary issues that need to be resolved before a sample is developed.
D. File Formats used by ICT The ICT software (IDEA) can work effectively with a wide may of data formats.
These formats include: Application Data and Databases Access • Excel Lotus 123 • SQL Server Oracle • Sybase Various accounting packages including • XBASE (the DBF format from dBase, Accpac, Simply Accounting, Pegasus Sage and many others, Foxpro, and others) Btriev Flat Files /Unformatted Data ASCII (fixed length and variable length) • ASCII Delimited EBCDIC (fixed length) • EBCDIC (variable length ANSI/IBM) AS/400 DIF (Data Interchange Format) Most software applications can effectively export a flat, or ASCII, file type. The ICT auditor should work with the taxpayer to identify a usable file format.
See page three of the ICT Procedure Manual for further information.
VI. STATISTICAL SAMPLING PROCEDURES When developing a statistical sample from virtually any size file of records, the auditor will use the following procedures to select a sample from the original population of records: Initially, a detailed stratification should be done. All negative amounts should be extracted out with only positive amounts remaining in the population. The negative amounts can be reviewed separately. The auditor will use a total of 1068 records as specified by the table in Section 3. This is based on a Confidence level of 95% and a Margin of Error of 3%. The highest dollar stratum will be reviewed in detail. For the remaining stratums, other than the highest dollar stratum, four equally weighted Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 8 of 12 stratums should be developed. For each of the four stratums 267 records will be selected as the sample. This totals the 1068 records that should be used NOTE: Obviously some audits will not have enough records to support reviewing 1068 records. In this case, the auditor should use the alternative sampling methods of ICT systematic sampling or block sampling.
A. Detailed Stratification A detailed stratification is a very important step in arriving at four equally weighted averages. This may mean that you have as many as 20 or more stratums. Each stratum should be finely defined so that we can develop the most accurate sample that we can (See Fig. 1).
Figure 1 B. Number of Records to Sample Based on the statistical table in Section 3, when developing a statistical sample we will review a total of 1068 (not counting the highest dollar records). This sample size can be used for any population of records unless the population is too small to support reviewing this many records. The 1068 records will be selected from the final four stratums and the number of records of the high dollar stratum will be added to this for the total sample.
C. Detail Highest Dollar Stratum The highest dollar stratum will always be reviewed in detail. Whether you are sampling expense purchases or assets, it is important to segregate the highest Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 9 of 12 dollar for review. This assures that in reviewing the high dollar level the auditor can be assured that the taxpayer and the State of Virginia are not subject to any abnormal error created by extrapolating from a smaller sample. D. Developing Four Stratum To develop four stratums it will be necessary to take the remaining stratums from the detailed stratification and use the percentages of the total dollars (farthest right column), then total all of the percentages and divide by four. This will give you your weighted average for each stratum. For example in Figure 2 below, the total of the percentages was 26.06%. Divided by 4 this would be approximately 6.52%. That means that each stratum should contain as close to 6.52% of the total dollars of your remaining stratums. This will be achieved by starting at the first stratum and, based on the percent of total dollars, add the stratums together until they equal close to 6.52%. That ends your first stratum.
Repeat for the other three stratums. Once the auditor completes this step, and then the auditor would rerun the stratification with the four new stratums. Now that you have your four stratums you are ready to draw your samples from the stratums using the Stratified Random Sampling Program.
Figure.2 Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 10 of 12 VII. STATISTICAL SAMPLING PROCEDURES From your four stratums, using the stratified random sampling program, the auditor will select 267 records from each stratum and create a file. The auditor will then append these four files to the high dollar level file to create your total sample, (See Figure 3 below). By using 267 for each stratum, it will give you the total of 1068 records, which will be used in the statistical sampling procedure. An important note to follow in each stratum IDEA will give you a seed number. The auditor is to use the seed number the program provides for each stratum. The seed number is stored in your History and cannot be removed. This is important in case you should need to draw your 267 records from a stratum a second time.
Once the auditor has selected the sample from the four stratums, the auditor will need to append them to the file of the high dollar records to provide the one sample. Generally speaking the auditor should have a total sample of the 1068 records plus between 200 to 800 records for the high dollar file. When the auditor has appended all of the files, the auditor can then export the file back to the field auditor who can use it to begin their fieldwork.
Figure 3 Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 11 of 12 Credits within a Sample As a result of sampling, the auditor may encounter records where the taxpayer has paid tax to a vendor erroneously or they have accrued tax and paid it to the state erroneously. Regardless of which situation occurs, the auditor cannot remove the record from the sample and replace it with another record. Credits remain in the sample but each situation is handled in a different manner.
If the taxpayer has paid tax to a vendor erroneously, the record would be marked exempt (E) and the taxpayer would be told that they need to be refunded from the vendor for that invoice and any other like invoice.
If the taxpayer has accrued tax and remitted it to the state, then the auditor would treat this record in one of two methods. First, if the taxpayer wants to extrapolate the credit through the audit, then the auditor would mark this particular record that will be held in the audit as part of the final assessment record as taxable (T), but it would have a credit value. This would offset taxable exceptions held in the audit that creates an assessment. It would be extrapolated to the extent that the entire sample is extrapolated. If the taxpayer chooses this method, then they would have no claims for refund on any other invoices not sampled in the audit period.
If the taxpayer elects not to include the credit in the sample, then the auditor would mark the record as exempt (E). The taxpayer would then be able to review all invoices that are in statute and submit a refund request to the Department of Taxation.
VIII. STATISTICAL SAMPLING PROCEDURES Since the goal of using statistical sample is to capture all records for the audit period. It will only be necessary to gross up the error factor created from the sample by the total dollar value of the entire population. The ICT auditor, when entering data into STAUDN, can manipulate this information along with the exceptions noted.
If the sample period is less than the entire audit period, then the procedures above would be used and in addition the auditor would have to further extrapolate the results in STAUDN to determine the total assessment. The ICT auditor can manipulate the data in this situation as well to upload the data into STAUDN.
Field Audit Procedures: Statistical Sampling Procedures December 2012 Page 12 of 12
Guidelines for Taxing Idle Machinery and ToolsDoc ID: Local
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES FOR THE LOCAL TAXATION
OF IDLE MACHINERY AND TOOLS
January 1, 2008
House Bill 2181 and Senate Bill 1151 (Chapters 191 and 159, Acts of Assembly 2007) provide for the uniform statewide classification and taxation of idle machinery and tools on a prospective basis, effective January 1, 2007. Nothing in the new law or in these
guidelines is intended to be a statement concerning the correct classification and taxation of idle machinery and tools applicable to any tax year beginning prior to January 1, 2007.
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“TAX”) to provide guidance to taxpayers and local governments regarding the new law. TAX has worked with affected taxpayers and local governments to develop these guidelines. After January 1, 2008, these guidelines will be accorded the weight of a regulation under Code of Va. § 58.1-205 and any amendments to the guidelines will be subject to the Administrative Process Act. These guidelines are available in an electronic format on TAX’s web site, www.tax.virginia.gov.
Background
Machinery and Tools Tax
Machinery and tools used in a manufacturing, mining, water well drilling, processing or
reprocessing, radio or television broadcasting, dairy, dry cleaning or laundry business are segregated as a class of tangible personal property and subject to local taxation only. The tax rate imposed on machinery and tools by the locality may not exceed that imposed on the general class of tangible personal property in the locality. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507)
Intangible Personal Property
Under current law, intangible personal property is a separate class of property segregated for taxation by the Commonwealth. The Commonwealth does not currently apply a tax rate to intangible personal property. Localities are prohibited from taxing intangible personal property.
Certain personal property, while tangible in fact, has been designated in the Code of Virginia as intangible and thus exempted from state and local taxation. For example, tangible personal property used in manufacturing, mining, water well drilling, radio or
television broadcasting, dairy, dry cleaning or laundry businesses that is not machinery and tools has been designated as exempt intangible personal property.
In the case of a manufacturing business, all personal property except machinery and tools, motor vehicles and delivery equipment used in the manufacturing business are
1
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines and Rules for Idle Machinery and Tools January 1, 2008
considered to be intangible personal property. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-1100 and 1101.
TAX’s 1950 Opinion
As established in a 1950 opinion of the Tax Commissioner, machinery and tools used in
the manufacturing business are those machinery and tools (1) actually and directly used in manufacturing processes and (2) those machinery and tools used in the manufacturing business that are necessary in the particular manufacturing business and are used in connection with operation of machinery that is actually and directly used in manufacturing processes.
The opinion also established TAX’s longstanding policy that idled machinery and tools are generally considered intangible personal property because they are not used in the manufacturing business. In order to be considered “idle,” machinery and tools must be in “prolonged and indefinite” disuse, not seasonal or occasional disuse, such that the machinery and tools are stored or storage of the machinery and tools would be proper if it were practicable to place the machinery and tools into storage. The opinion stated that, as a general rule, machinery and tools may be considered idle if they have been discontinued in use for as long a period as one year prior to the date they are returnable for taxation, provided there is no reasonable prospect that they will return to an active state within at least one year after such date.
House Bill 2181 and Senate Bill 1151
Effective Date
House Bill 2181 and Senate Bill 1151 contain an emergency enactment clause providing that they are effective as of January 1, 2007. Additionally, the new law contains an enactment clause stating that its provisions, other than a provision allowing taxpayers to submit independent appraisals to the local assessing officer, are intended to provide uniform statewide statutory classification and taxation for idle machinery and tools on a prospective basis. This enactment clause states that these provisions are not intended to be either declaratory of existing law or a change from existing law concerning the classification and taxation of idle machinery and tools applicable to any tax year commencing prior to January 1, 2007. Accordingly, these Guidelines are not intended to be applicable to any tax year commencing prior to January 1, 2007
Independent Appraisals
The new law requires any commissioner of the revenue, director of finance, or any other officer of any county, city, or town performing any or all of the duties of a commissioner of the revenue to consider, upon the written request of the taxpayer, any bona fide, independent appraisal submitted by the taxpayer when valuing machinery and tools for purposes of the machinery and tools tax. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507 B)
2
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines and Rules for Idle Machinery and Tools January 1, 2008
For the purposes of these Guidelines, a bona fide, independent appraisal is a good faith opinion of value determined by a third party appraiser with no affiliation with the taxpayer and no vested interest in the value of the property. The opinion of value by the appraiser must be unbiased and objective. An appraisal conducted by any third-party on a contingency basis is not a bona fide, independent appraisal.
The locality may take into account the relevant education, professional credentials, experience, licenses or certificates held, and other appropriate factors when considering the appraiser’s opinion of value.
Fair Market Value
Article X, §§ 1 and 2 of the Constitution of Virginia provide that all property, unless specifically exempted within the provisions of the Constitution, shall be taxed at a uniform rate among classes, and that “all assessments of real estate and tangible personal property shall be at their fair market value to be ascertained as prescribed by general law.” The Virginia Supreme Court has defined fair market value as the “sales price when offered for sale by one who desires, but is not obliged, to sell it, and is bought by one who is under no necessity of having it.” Keswick Club, L.P. v. County of Albemarle, 273 Va. 128, 136, 639 S.E.2d 243, 247 (2007), quoting Tuckahoe Women’s Club v. City of Richmond, 119 Va. 734, 737, 101 S.E.2d 571, 574 (1958).
The Virginia Supreme Court has consistently stated that
“[t]he ‘fair market standard’, as required by the Constitution, has been the subject of countless decisions, editorials and articles. It has had the consideration of the General Assembly, the courts, the State Corporation Commission and numerous study commissions. All recognize that assessment of property is not an exact science. The value of land, buildings and tangible personal property is dependent upon many factors which cannot be prescribed by any general rule….
The courts, in trying to resolve this problem, while recognizing the general custom of undervaluing property and the difficulty of enforcing the standard of true value, have sought to enforce equality in the burden of taxation by insisting upon uniformity in the mode of assessment and in the rate of taxation.” Norfolk and Western Ry. Co. v. Commonwealth, 211 Va. 692, 694-695, 179 S.E.2d 623, 625 (1971); See also Southern Ry. Co. v. Commonwealth, 211 Va. 210, 176 S.E.2d 578 (1970); Washington Bank v. Washington Co., 176 Va. 216, 10 S.E.2d 515 (1940); Skyline Swannanoa, Inc. v. Nelson County, 186 Va. 878, 44 S.E.2d 437 (1947); Green v. Louisville and Interurban R.R. Co., 244 U.S. 499, 37 S. Ct.
673 (1917).
Code of Va. § 58.1-3103 requires that each commissioner of the revenue, director of finance, or any other officer of any county, city, or town performing any or all of the duties of a commissioner of the revenue to “ascertain and assess, at fair market value, all subjects of taxation in his county or city.” Code of Va. § 58.1-3503 allows for
3
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines and Rules for Idle Machinery and Tools January 1, 2008
differing methods of valuation to determine the fair market value of tangible personal property, “so long as each method used is uniform within each category, is consistent with requirements of this section and may reasonably be expected to determine actual fair market value as determined by the commissioner of revenue or other assessing official.”
During administrative appeals of machinery and tools tax, assessments are deemed prima facie correct. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3983.1 (B)(4))
Idle Machinery and Tools to be Classified as Intangible Personal Property
The new law codifies TAX’s administrative rulings holding that idle machinery and tools are to be classified as intangible personal property not subject to local taxation. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507 A) As idle machinery and tools are classified as intangible personal property, they should not be subject to local taxation as salvage, surplus, spare parts or other non-active “uses.”
Basic Definition for Idle Machinery and Tools
Machinery and tools are to be considered idled if they (1) have been discontinued in use continuously for at least one continuous year prior to any tax day, (2) are not in use on the tax day and (3) no reasonable prospect exists that such machinery and tools will be returned to use during the tax year. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507 D) Once
machinery and tools are considered idle, they shall be considered idle until such time as they are returned to service. In the event that such machinery and tools are returned to use, they shall not be subject to tax until the next tax year.
Alternate Definition for Machinery and Tools to be Considered Idle
The new law also provides an alternate rule for determining that machinery and tools are to be considered idle. The alternate rule requires that on and after January 1, 2007, the machinery and tools (1) be specifically identified in writing by the taxpayer to the commissioner of the revenue or other assessing official on or before April 1 of the current tax year as machinery and tools that will be withdrawn from service before tax day of the next tax year, (2) are not in use on the tax day, and (3) which have no reasonable prospect of being returned to use during the next tax year. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507 D) Once machinery and tools are considered idle, they shall be considered idle until such time as they are returned to service.
Taxpayers using the alternate definition to have machinery and tools considered idle must follow any procedures that the locality establishes for notifying it by April 1 of the current tax year that specific machinery or tools will be withdrawn from service before tax day of the next tax year. If not, the locality may refuse to treat the machinery or tools as idle. If the locality has not established procedures for this notification, the taxpayer must provide written notification to the commissioner of the revenue or other
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines and Rules for Idle Machinery and Tools January 1, 2008
assessing official by April 1 of the current tax year. The notification must contain the following information:
-
Taxpayer’s legal name and any trade name;
-
Taxpayer’s contact information, including address and phone number;
-
Taxpayer’s federal employer identification number;
-
Specific identification of the machinery and tools that will be withdrawn from service before tax day of the next tax year;
-
A statement that the machinery and tools will be withdrawn from service prior to tax day of the next tax year and that there is no reasonable prospect of them being returned to use during the next tax year; and
-
Location of the idle machinery and tools.
Taxpayers using the alternate definition of idle machinery and tools are required to notify the commissioner of the revenue or other assessing official in writing on or before the next return due date without extension in the event that the machinery and tools are returned to use. Such machinery and tools are then subject to tax in accordance with the procedures provided in Code of Va. § 58.1-3903 in the same manner as if they had been in use on tax day of the year that the return to use occurs. Any interest otherwise payable pursuant to applicable law or ordinance shall apply to such taxes paid after the due date, without regard to the fault of the taxpayer or lack thereof. Notwithstanding the provisions of Code of Va. § 58.1-3903, if the taxpayer has provided timely written notice of return to use, no penalty shall be levied with respect to any tax liability arising as a result of the return to use of machinery and tools classified as idle and actually idle prior to such return to use. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507 E)
Examples
Example 1. On tax day, January 1, 2007, Manufacturer owns machinery and tools that have been idle on and after January 1, 2006. There is no reasonable prospect that the machinery will be returned to use by January 1, 2008. For tax year 2007, the machinery is considered idle and will not be subject to the machinery and tools tax.
Example 2. Same facts as Example 1. Manufacturer unexpectedly returns the machinery to use on June 1, 2007. As there was no reasonable prospect that the machinery would be returned to use by January 1, 2008 and the machinery was considered idle on tax day of 2007, it is not subject to tax, penalty or interest for tax year 2007. The machinery will be subject to the machinery and tools tax in tax year 2008.
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines and Rules for Idle Machinery and Tools January 1, 2008
Example 3. On tax day, January 1, 2008, Manufacturer owns machinery that is currently in use. Manufacturer intends to withdraw the machinery from service before January 1, 2009. There is no reasonable prospect that the machinery will be returned to use by January 1, 2010. Manufacturer properly notifies its local assessing official on or before April 1, 2008. For tax year 2009, the machinery will be considered idle and will not be subject to the machinery and tools tax unless the machinery is returned to
use during the tax year. If the machinery is returned to use during the tax year, the Manufacturer is liable for the tax for tax year 2009 and interest on the tax. If, on or before the due date without extension for its 2010 machinery and tools tax due date, the Manufacturer notifies the locality that the machinery has been returned to use, it is not subject to a penalty for tax year 2009.
Example 4. Same facts as Example 3. Manufacturer does not notify the locality that the machinery has been returned to use before the tax return due date for taxable year 2010. The machinery is subject to the machinery and tools tax for taxable year 2009 and Manufacturer is liable for any interest on the tax. Manufacturer is also subject to a penalty.
Tax Commissioner’s Authority to Issue Guidelines and Advisory Opinions
The new law requires TAX to promulgate guidelines for the use of local governments in applying the provisions of the new law related to idle machinery and tools prior to January 1, 2008. In preparing these guidelines, TAX is not subject to the provisions of
the Administrative Process Act (Code of Va. § 2.2-4000 et seq.) for guidelines promulgated on or before January 1, 2008, but is required to cooperate with and seek the counsel of local officials and interested groups. After January 1, 2008, such guidelines shall be accorded the weight of a regulation under Code of Va. § 58.1-205 and any amendments to these guidelines shall be subject to the Administrative Process Act. The new law also authorizes TAX to issue advisory written opinions in specific cases to interpret the provisions of the new law related to idle machinery and tools and the guidelines. However, TAX shall not be required to interpret any local ordinance.
The guidelines and opinions shall not be applicable as an interpretation of any other tax law. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3507 F and G)
Recordkeeping
Commissioners of the revenue are authorized to require taxpayers or their agents or any person, firm or officer of a company or corporation to furnish information relating to tangible or intangible personal property of any and all taxpayers and require such
persons to furnish access to books of account or other papers and records for the purpose of verifying the tax returns of such taxpayers and procuring the information necessary to make a complete assessment of any taxpayer's tangible and intangible personal property for the current tax year and the three preceding tax years. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3109)
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines and Rules for Idle Machinery and Tools January 1, 2008
Any person who refuses to (i) furnish to the commissioner of the revenue access to books of account or other papers and records, (ii) furnish information to the commissioner of the revenue relating to the assessment of taxes, (iii) answer under oath questions touching any person's tax liability, or (iv) exhibit to the commissioner of the revenue any subject of taxation liable to assessment by the commissioner of the revenue, is guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor. Each day's refusal to furnish such access
or information constitutes a separate offense. No person other than the taxpayer shall be convicted of this offense unless he has willfully failed to comply with a summons properly issued under Code of Va. § 58.1-3110. (Source: Code of Va. § 58.1-3111)
Additional Information
These guidelines and advisory opinions and ruling concerning the machinery and tools tax are available on-line in the Tax Policy Library section of TAX's web site, located at www.tax.virginia.gov.
Approved
_____ Janie E. Bowen Tax Commissioner
January 1, 2008
7
Virginia Tax Administrative Appeal GuideDoc ID: Administration
Virginia Department Of Taxation Administrative Appeal Pursuant To Virginia Code § 58.1-1821
Taxpayer Information
Name of Taxpayer __________
Mailing Address ____________
Administrative Appeal Information
Tax Contested (Check All That Apply) Tax Type
Tax Period(s) or Taxable Year(s) Individual Income Tax
___ Corporate Income Tax
___ Retail Sales And Use Tax
___ Other (Specify) ___ ______
Virginia Department Of Taxation Account Number _________
FEIN Or SSN ______________
Date(s) Of Assessment(s)
Bill Number(s) ___
Issue(s) - State In As Few Words As Possible The Issue(s) You Are Contesting ______________
Controlling Legal Authority (Please Cite Specific Relevant Authorities)
Virginia Code _______________
Regulations (Virginia Administrative Code) __________
Prior Ruling Of The Tax Commissioner (Public Documents) _____ ____________
Other ___________ ____________
On attached sheets, please fully describe the issue(s) contested. Please note that this appeal will be decided based on the facts before the Department of Taxation. If additional information is needed or requested, it must be furnished with in the prescribed time period or the case will be decided based on the available facts.
Submitted By A Power of Attorney must be provided authorizing representation of the Taxpayer.
Address ____________
Telephone ______
Date _____
Fax Number ____
E-mail Address ___
Guidelines for Remote Sellers and MarketplacesDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines for Remote Sellers and Marketplace Facilitators
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the new law applicable to remote sellers, marketplace sellers, and marketplace facilitators.
These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202.
As necessary, additional information regarding the new law will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision
of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
South Dakota v. Wayfair
The United States Supreme Court in Quill Corp. v. North Dakota, 504 U.S. 298 (1992), held that the Constitutional principle of “substantial nexus” required a merchant to have a physical presence within a state before the merchant could be compelled to collect the state’s sales tax. The 2018 decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, 585 U.S. ___ (2018), however, reversed the holding from Quill and held that physical presence is no longer a prerequisite for a state to require a merchant to collect its tax. The Court in Wayfair
endorsed South Dakota’s economic nexus standard when coupled with administrative simplification measures aimed at easing the burden on remote sellers. To ensure that Virginia’s sales tax laws reflect the current Constitutional standard, Virginia has enacted economic nexus legislation.
During the 2019 Session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 1722 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 815) and Senate Bill 1083 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 816), which require remote sellers and marketplace facilitators who sell or facilitate sales to Virginia customers to register for the collection of the Retail Sales and Use Tax (“the tax”) beginning July 1, 2019. This new law also contains provisions to simplify the
administration of the tax for remote sellers and to repeal the exemption for out-of-state mail order sales of less than $100.
Virginia Department of Taxation 1 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 2 ---
Economic Nexus The new law requires remote sellers and marketplace facilitators who sell or facilitate
the sale of greater than $100,000 in annual gross revenue from retail sales into the Commonwealth (“gross revenue”) or 200 annual transactions to Virginia customers to register for the collection of the tax beginning July 1, 2019. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612
(C)).
Remote Sellers
A remote seller is any dealer that, in the previous or current calendar year, either receives greater than $100,000 in gross revenue from retail sales, or engages in 200 or more separate retail sale transactions, or other minimum gross revenue or transaction amounts as may be required by federal law, in the Commonwealth, or any software provider acting on behalf of such dealer. (See Va. Code § 58.1-602).
Marketplace Facilitators
A marketplace facilitator is any person that contracts with a marketplace seller to facilitate, for consideration and regardless of whether such consideration is deducted from transactions, the sale of such marketplace seller’s products through a physical or electronic marketplace operated by such person. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612.1 (A)).
The following are specifically excluded from the definition of “marketplace facilitator”:
- A payment processor business appointed by a merchant to handle transactions from various channels, such as credit and debit cards, and whose sole activity with respect to marketplace sales is to handle transactions between two parties, and
- A platform or forum that exclusively provides internet advertising services, including any advertisements that may list products for sale, so long as such platform or forum does not also engage directly or indirectly through one or more
commonly controlled persons in the activities described in Va. Code § 58.1-612.1
(C).
In the case of a marketplace facilitator that also makes direct sales into the Commonwealth, both types of sales will be aggregated in order to determine whether or not that entity has established economic nexus. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612.1 (G)).
Marketplace Sellers A marketplace seller is any person that is not a commonly controlled person to a marketplace facilitator and that makes sales through any physical or electronic
marketplace operated by such marketplace facilitator, even if such seller would not have been required to collect and remit sales and use tax had the sale not been made through such marketplace. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612.1 (A)). In the case of a marketplace seller without physical presence in the Commonwealth that both sells on a facilitator’s marketplace and sells directly to Virginia customers, only the marketplace
Virginia Department of Taxation 2 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 3 ---
seller’s direct sales will be considered in determining whether the marketplace seller is required to register to collect the tax. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612.1 (H)).
Dual Roles A taxpayer may qualify as a remote seller, a marketplace seller, or a marketplace facilitator or any mix of the three classifications depending on its retail sales activities
within the Commonwealth.
Both marketplace facilitators that engage in retail sales and remote sellers have a duty
to collect the tax on their sales transactions. Marketplace sellers, however, are not permitted to collect tax on sales conducted through a marketplace facilitator’s marketplace but they are required to track any retail sales that are conducted outside of a marketplace facilitator’s marketplace and collect tax on transactions conducted during any time where they qualify as a “remote seller.” (See Va. Code § 58.1-612.1 (A)).
Dealers that qualify for designation and register as marketplace facilitators but also sell at retail are required to collect sales tax on both facilitated and direct sales transactions.
Additionally, marketplace facilitators are required to keep and maintain separate records for their facilitated and direct sales transactions for audit purposes.
Examples
- Facilitate Co. operates a website where sellers can list their items for sale either through auctions or in a marketplace-type platform. The goods sold on this marketplace are owned by the sellers and not Facilitate Co. Facilitate Co. also sells its own goods directly to Virginia consumers. Seller Co. is a dealer that lists items for sale on Facilitate Co.’s marketplace but also sells its goods directly to
the consumer via its own website.
a. If Facilitate Co. qualifies as a “marketplace facilitator” because it has facilitated sales resulting in greater than $100,000 in gross revenue or 200 transactions, but Seller Co. only made direct sales of $50,000 through 20 transactions, which dealer(s) have a responsibility to collect and remit sales tax in light of the new law?
Answer: Facilitate Co. has established economic nexus with the Commonwealth and therefore has the obligation to register for the collection of sales tax as a “marketplace facilitator” on the sales that it facilitates as well as its direct sales. Accordingly, Facilitate Co. is required to collect and remit the tax on all of Seller Co.’s transactions that are facilitated on Facilitate Co.’s marketplace. Seller Co. is a “marketplace seller” with respect to its sales
facilitated by Facilitate Co. and is prohibited from collecting the tax on its sales that are facilitated by Facilitate Co.’s marketplace. In addition, Seller Co.’s direct sales have not exceeded either of the economic nexus thresholds and consequently Seller Co. has not established economic nexus with the
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 4 ---
Commonwealth and does not have to register for collection of the tax as a “remote seller” for its direct sales, although it may voluntarily do so.
b. If Facilitate Co. qualifies as a “marketplace facilitator” because it has facilitated sales resulting in greater than $100,000 in gross revenue or 200 transactions, but Seller Co. also completed direct sales of $100,000 or
greater than 200 transactions, which dealer(s) have a responsibility to collect and remit sales tax in light of the new law?
Answer: Facilitate Co. has established economic nexus with the Commonwealth and therefore has the obligation to register for the collection of sales tax as a “marketplace facilitator” on the sales that it facilitates, including those facilitated for Seller Co., as well as its direct sales. Seller Co.
has also exceeded the economic nexus thresholds with its direct sales and therefore must register as a “remote seller” for collection of the tax on its direct sales. Seller Co. is prohibited from collecting the tax on its sales that are facilitated by Facilitate Co.
Attribution of Sales Activities
For purposes of determining whether a dealer meets the $100,000 gross revenue or 200 transaction thresholds, the sales made by all commonly controlled persons will be aggregated and the sales transactions of commonly controlled persons will be attributed to all members of its corporate group that are dealers. A “commonly controlled person” is any person that is a member of the same “controlled group of corporations,” as defined in Internal Revenue Code § 1563 (a), as the dealer or any other entity that bears the same relationship to the dealer as a corporation that is a member of the same
“controlled group of corporations.” (See Va. Code § 58.1-612 (D)).
For purposes of determining whether a dealer operating a marketplace meets the $100,000 gross revenue or 200 transaction threshold, both facilitated and direct sales of
the dealer will be aggregated and attributed to that dealer. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612.1
(G)).
Examples
- Facilitator Co., Affiliate Co., and Marketplace Seller Co. make retail sales of tangible personal property to Virginia customers. Facilitator Co. also operates a marketplace used by other sellers to sell goods to Virginia customers.
Marketplace Seller Co. is one of the sellers that utilizes Facilitator Co.’s
marketplace to sell its goods to Virginia customers. Affiliate Co. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Facilitator Co. None of these entities have a physical presence in the Commonwealth.
a. Facilitator Co. realized $90,000 of gross revenue last year from 199 direct sales transactions to Virginia customers via its website and electronic
Virginia Department of Taxation 4 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 5 ---
application. Affiliate Co. realized $40,000 of gross revenue last year from 50 direct sales transactions to Virginia customers via its website. Marketplace Seller Co. did not make any sales to Virginia customers. Which of these dealers have the obligation to register for the collection of sales tax on their sales to Virginia customers?
Answer: Facilitator Co. and Affiliate Co. both have the obligation to register for the collection of sales tax because, although their gross revenue from their respective direct sales to Virginia customers do not individually exceed the
$100,000 or 200 transaction thresholds, as affiliated entities their sales are aggregated and attributed to each other. When their combined sales of $130,000 in gross revenues and 249 sales transactions are considered, they have exceeded the economic nexus thresholds and must register and begin collecting sales tax on their sales. Facilitator Co. and Affiliate Co are each required to collect the tax on only their own sales transactions (Facilitator Co. on its $90,000 and Affiliate Co. on its $40,000) because Affiliate Co. is not
selling through Facilitator Co.’s marketplace. If Affiliate Co. is selling through Facilitator Co.’s marketplace then Facilitator Co. would be required to collect the tax on Affiliate Co.’s sales as well as its own.
b. Facilitator Co. realized $80,000 of gross revenues last year from 100 direct sales transactions to Virginia customers via its website and electronic application. Affiliate Co. realized $10,000 in sales from 10 sales to Virginia
customers last year. Marketplace Seller Co. realized $25,000 in gross revenues from 25 sales transactions that were facilitated by Facilitator Co.’s marketplace. Do any of these dealers have the obligation to register for the collection of sales tax?
Answer: Facilitator Co. has the obligation to register for the collection of sales tax. Although Facilitator Co.’s gross revenues from direct sales to
Virginia customers does not exceed the $100,000 or 200 transaction thresholds, Va. Code § 58.1-612.1(G) requires that the sales that Facilitator Co. facilitated for Marketplace Seller Co., as well as any sales made by Affiliate Co. be aggregated with Facilitator Co.’s direct sales, which would cause Facilitator Co. to have a combined gross revenues of $115,000.
Marketplace Seller Co. would not be required to register as a remote seller because it has not exceeded either of the economic nexus thresholds.
Affiliate Co. would not be required to register because the aggregation and attribution rules that apply to a remote seller pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-612 (D) apply only to the direct sales of affiliated dealers and do not require aggregation with sales facilitated by related entities. Accordingly, aggregating the sales of Affiliate Co. and Facilitator Co. would result in $90,000 of sales from 110 transactions, which is below the statutory threshold.
Virginia Department of Taxation 5 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 6 ---
Registration If a previously unregistered dealer establishes economic nexus and therefore qualifies
as a remote seller or a marketplace facilitator, that dealer is required to register with the Department for the collection of sales and use tax no later than 30 days from the day that the dealer establishes economic nexus with the Commonwealth. Dealers who establish economic nexus as of July 1, 2019 must register to begin collecting the tax for transactions occurring on or after July 1, 2019.
Dealers must register for collection using Form R-1. Dealers registering based on economic nexus must identify themselves as “remote sellers” or “marketplace facilitators” on Form R-1 during registration. Dealers who engage in both activities will be required to register as both remote sellers and marketplace facilitators. A dealer that is already registered but that also qualifies as a marketplace facilitator must update its
registration by July 1, 2019 to indicate that it is also a marketplace facilitator.
A dealer who is registered as a remote seller or a marketplace facilitator may cease
collection of the tax on January 1 of the year following any year in which the dealer fails to meet the $100,000 gross revenue or 200 transaction thresholds. However, if and for so long as the dealer is still engaging in or facilitating retail sales to Virginia customers, the dealer maintains the obligation to begin collecting sales tax within 30 days of re-establishing economic nexus with the Commonwealth.
Examples
-
Dealer Co. makes direct sales to Virginia customers via its website. Dealer Co. did not exceed $100,000 in gross revenues or 200 transactions for the 2018 calendar year. Dealer Co. exceeds the $100,000 gross revenues threshold for the 2019 calendar year on March 1, 2019. Dealer Co. would therefore be required to register for collection as a “remote seller” by July 1, 2019 and begin collecting the tax on July 1, 2019.
-
Dealer Inc. makes direct sales to Virginia customers via its website. Dealer Inc. exceeded the $100,000 gross revenues threshold during the 2018 calendar year.
Dealer Inc. would therefore be required to register for collection as a “remote seller” by July 1, 2019 and begin collecting the tax on July 1, 2019.
- Dealer LLC makes direct sales to Virginia customers via its website. Dealer LLC exceeded the $100,000 gross revenues threshold during the 2018 calendar year and therefore registers as a “remote seller” and begins collecting on July 1, 2019.
Dealer LLC only receives gross revenues of $99,000 from 100 transactions during the 2019 calendar year and continues selling during all of 2020. Dealer LLC may cease collection of the tax on January 1, 2020. However, since Dealer LLC is still engaging in retail sales, it must restart collection of the tax within 30 days of reestablishing economic nexus with Virginia in the future.
- Dealer Ltd. makes direct retail sales to Virginia customers via its website. Dealer Ltd. exceeds the 200 transactions threshold on October 1, 2019. Dealer Ltd. is
Virginia Department of Taxation 6 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 7 ---
required to register as a “remote seller” and begin collecting the tax no later than 30 calendar days from that date. Therefore Dealer Ltd. must register and begin collecting the tax by October 31, 2019.
Sourcing Rules Sales by dealers located in Virginia are generally sourced to the city or county in which
the dealer’s place of business is located, even if the goods are ultimately delivered to the purchaser at another location. A remote sale by telephone, Internet, or mail order of goods from an in-state dealer with a place of business in Virginia is sourced to the location in which the order was first taken. (See 23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) § 10-210-2070). Under existing policy, sales by out-of-state dealers are generally sourced to the city or county where the goods are used or consumed by the purchaser, or stored for use or consumption. (See 23 VAC § 10-210-2070).
A marketplace facilitator accepting and processing orders to Virginia customers through a website or electronic application may use destination-based sourcing if unable to
associate the order with a physical place of business in Virginia.
Examples
- Seller Co. does not have a physical presence within the Commonwealth but is registered for the collection of the tax as a remote seller. Seller Co. sells taxable goods to Virginia customers. How should these transactions be sourced?
Answer: Seller Co., as an out-of-state-dealer, should use destination-based sourcing. Accordingly, Seller Co. should source each transaction to the locality in which the buyer is located. In order to accurately determine the correct tax rate,
Seller Co. should consult the Department’s online lookup tool.
- Facilitator Co. is an out-of-state retailer that sells goods to customers nationwide.
Each order is placed on its website, the payment processed, and the item to be
shipped identified in any one of its many warehouses located nationwide based on purchaser’s location and the availability of the items in the Dealer’s warehouses. Historically, Facilitator Co. has had no obligation to register as a dealer for the collection of Virginia sales tax. Facilitator Co., however, opens a fulfillment center located in Virginia on July 1, 2019 to handle sales placed by customers located both within and without the Commonwealth. Facilitator Co. has registered for sales tax collection in Virginia based on the physical presence
associated with its new Virginia fulfillment center. Facilitator Co. continues to sell taxable goods to Virginia customers. How should these transactions be sourced?
Answer: Facilitator Co. is now an in-state dealer. Sales by dealers located in Virginia are generally sourced to the city or county in which the dealer’s place of business is located, even if the goods are ultimately delivered to the purchaser at another location. A remote sale by telephone, Internet, or mail order of goods from
Virginia Department of Taxation 7 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 8 ---
an in-state dealer with a place of business in Virginia is sourced to the location in which the order was first taken. However, if Facilitator Co. is unable to associate an order with a physical place of business in Virginia, it may use destination-based sourcing.
Marketplace Facilitator Liability Protection Language
The new law affords liability protection to remote sellers and marketplace facilitators. A marketplace facilitator is relieved of liability for the incorrect collection or remittance of tax on transactions for which it acts as facilitator or seller if the error is due to reasonable reliance on:
- An invalid exemption certificate provided by the marketplace seller or purchaser,
- Incorrect or insufficient information provided by the Commonwealth, or
- Incorrect or insufficient information provided by the marketplace seller or purchaser regarding the tax classification or proper sourcing of an item or transaction, provided the facilitator made a reasonable effort to obtain accurate
information from the seller or purchaser.
This relief may not exceed the total amount of tax due from the facilitator on the incorrect transaction independent of penalties or interest that would have applied. (See
Va. Code § 58.1-612.1 (E)). In addition, any remote seller that has collected an incorrect amount of sales and use tax is relieved from liability for such amount, including penalty or interest, if the error is a result of the remote seller’s reasonable reliance on information provided by the Commonwealth. (See Va. Code § 58.1-625 (D)(2)).
Waivers for Marketplace Facilitators
A marketplace facilitator may apply to the Department for a waiver of the obligation to collect and remit taxes on its facilitated transactions if either (i) all of its marketplace sellers are registered dealers or (ii) if the marketplace seller for whom the marketplace facilitator does not wish to collect tax has sufficient nexus to register as a dealer and collection of the tax by the facilitator would create an undue burden for either party. (See Va. Code § 58.1-612 (D)(3)). Marketplace facilitators should check the Department’s website for more information starting May 15, 2019.
Waiver Based on All Sellers Being Registered Dealers
Marketplace facilitators may make an application to the Department for a waiver of the obligation to collect and remit taxes on its facilitated transactions if all of the facilitator’s marketplace sellers are registered dealers. To apply for this type of waiver, the marketplace facilitator must register as a dealer and designate itself as a “marketplace
facilitator” during such registration. Additionally, the marketplace facilitator must also supply the Department with a complete list of all marketplace sellers that the facilitator would be required to collect tax on behalf of absent granting of the waiver. Once such a waiver is granted, the marketplace facilitator has an ongoing obligation to notify the Department of any changes to its current list of marketplace sellers. Only changes to
Virginia Department of Taxation 8 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 9 ---
the previous certification because of marketplace sellers joining or leaving the marketplace facilitator’s platform need to be documented to the Department.
Waiver Based on Undue Burden Marketplace facilitators may also apply to the Department for a waiver of the obligation to collect and remit taxes on transactions facilitated for a specific marketplace seller if
such seller has sufficient nexus to require registration as a dealer and if collecting tax on behalf of such marketplace seller would create an undue burden for either the marketplace facilitator or the marketplace seller. Only a marketplace facilitator may apply for a waiver. A marketplace facilitator applying for this type of waiver must certify to the Department that:
- The marketplace seller at issue either qualifies as a “remote seller” or has sufficient physical presence within the Commonwealth to require registration as a dealer, and
- Having the marketplace facilitator collect the tax on the seller’s behalf would
place an undue burden on either the facilitator or the marketplace seller.
Waiver Period
Any waiver granted to a marketplace facilitator will remain in effect so long as the basis for the waiver exists. A marketplace facilitator that has been granted a waiver based on all of its marketplace sellers being registered dealers must recertify that it meets the
waiver requirements on a quarterly basis.
A marketplace facilitator granted a waiver based on the marketplace seller being eligible for registration and the existence of an undue burden to the parties has 30 days to notify
the Department and begin collecting and remitting taxes on behalf of such marketplace seller if either the marketplace seller no longer has sufficient nexus to require registration as a dealer or the undue hardship ceases to exist.
Administrative Simplification Measures The new law requires the Department to adopt several measures designed to simplify
the collection, remittance, and record-keeping requirements for remote sellers and marketplace facilitators.
Rate and Exemptions Lookup
The Department will enhance its existing online lookup tool to provide taxpayers with the ability to determine the locality to which a transaction should be sourced. The Department will also post a matrix of sales tax exemptions.
Single-Audit
The Department will continue its current practice of limiting its audits of dealers to a single audit that will encompass all state and local sales and use taxes.
Virginia Department of Taxation 9 Effective June 27, 2019
--- Page 10 ---
Single Return The Department will not require more than one sales tax return per month from remote
sellers. 30 Days’ Notice for Rate Changes
The Department will provide any rate changes at least 30 days before the rate change is to take effect.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Guidance Documents section of the Department’s website, located at http://tax.virginia.gov/guidance-documents. The Department will issue additional guidance regarding this law change if necessary. For additional information, please contact the Department at 804.367.8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation 10 Effective June 27, 2019
Sales Tax Refunds for Urban Zone BusinessesDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---ee - -_——
_— wet ee a cr ™~ , ; . : 2PM P~77 27 d7 F rye lic Pa Ti)?! “st 4 ‘
qt: ~ ay -
}
° ' ri Richrnond, resi 2FL0.
MEMORANDUM
TO: Russell C. Whitehead, Jr., Supervisor Taxpayer Assistance Section
DATE: June 24, 1986
RE: Sales Tax Refunds to Businesses
Located in Urban Enterprise Zones
This will reply to your memorandum of April 14, 1986, in which you wish to determine the proper refunds to be issued to businesses located in urban enterprise zones.
Your first question dealt with whether the dealer's discount should be refunded to such businesses. While the dealer's discount should not normally be refunded, the department has previously agreed on an informal basis with the Department of Housing and Community Development to refund the discount to qualifying businesses located in urban enterprise zones. This was done because Section 59.1-279.B of the Code of Virginia requires such businesses to annually submit requests for tax refunds to the Department of Housing and Community Development, which then certifies the requests and transmits them to this department. Because the law does not give a business the option of providing exemption certificates to or seeking refunds from suppliers, it was agreed that the business should not penalized for the dealer's discount simply because it is legally required to seek a refund directly from the department.
Your second question was whether there is anything to prohibit you from asking the businesses to seek refunds from their suppliers. As noted above, an urban enterprise zone business does not have the choice of seeking refunds from its suppliers. Therefore, a business located in an urban enterprise zone should not be advised to seek refunds from its suppliers.
I hope that this will answer your questions. Please feel free to contact us if any further questions arise.
Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division
Guidelines for Crowdfunding Tax CreditsDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines Regarding Crowdfunding Investments that Qualify for Tax Credits
Introduction
During the 2013 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1872 (2013 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 289), which clarifies that a crowdfunding investment is eligible for any income tax credit for which it otherwise qualifies. This legislation required the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to develop guidelines to facilitate the submission of any electronic documents by a taxpayer to document or verify that an eligible crowdfunding investment has been made.
These guidelines are published by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding tax credits that crowdfunding investments may be used to claim. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Background
Crowdfunding is a term used to describe the practice of financing projects by raising monetary contributions from a large number of people. The concept of crowdfunding has been around for centuries and has been used to help finance a variety of ventures including, but not limited to, artistic and charitable endeavors. Since the 1990’s, crowdfunding has been increasingly transacted through the internet. Although crowdfunding has historically been used for a variety of purposes, the federal securities laws have generally prohibited companies from selling equity through crowdfunding.
In 2012, Congress enacted the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (“JOBS”) Act, which created an exemption to federal securities laws that permits certain businesses to engage in equity crowdfunding transactions over the internet. The JOBS Act imposes restrictions on such equity crowdfunding transactions including, but not limited to:
Permitting equity crowdfunding transactions to only be conducted through an intermediary that is either registered as a broker-dealer or that is registered as a new type of internet-based entity known as a funding portal.
Limiting the amount of funds a business may raise under the crowdfunding exemption during a twelve-month period to $1 million.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - October 3, 2016
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines Regarding Crowdfunding Investments that Qualify for Tax Credits
Limiting the aggregate amount of investments an individual may make in equity crowdfunding issuers during a twelve-month period to:
o The greater of $2,000 or 5 percent of annual income or net worth, if the annual income or net worth of the investor is less than $100,000; or
o 10 percent of annual income or net worth (not to exceed an amount sold of $100,000), if the annual income or net worth of the investor is equal to or greater than $100,000.
Despite the passage of the JOBS Act, selling equity through crowdfunding generally remained impermissible until the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) published its final rules regarding such transactions. On October 30, 2015, the SEC released rules that widely permit certain businesses to sell equity through crowdfunding. These rules became effective on May 16, 2016.
Authorized Crowdfunding Investments
2013 House Bill 1872 required the Department to develop guidelines to facilitate the submission of any electronic documents by a taxpayer to document or verify that an eligible crowdfunding investment has been made. These guidelines apply to any crowdfunding investment that is authorized by the SEC through its regulations and transacted via an online general solicitation, an online broker, or a funding portal. For purposes of these guidelines, “funding portal” means a website that:
Allows accredited investors to participate in general solicitation transactions by an issuer that meet the requirements of § 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, P.L. 112-106; or
Is an online broker or funding portal registered with the SEC pursuant to § 4A(a) of the Securities Act of 1993, P.L. 112-106.
If the SEC promulgates additional regulations or if Congress enacts legislation in the future that permit additional types of crowdfunding investments that are not currently authorized, these guidelines will also apply to such investments to the extent they are transacted via an online general solicitation, an online broker, or a funding portal.
Tax Credits that May Be Claimed Based on a Crowdfunding Investment
Currently, the Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit is the only Virginia tax credit that is directly based upon an equity investment made by the taxpayer.
Accordingly, this is the only Virginia tax credit currently impacted by these guidelines. If the Virginia General Assembly later enacts a new tax credit or amends an existing tax credit such that equity investments would qualify, the Department will update these guidelines to explain the application of such tax credit(s) to crowdfunding investments.
Overview of the Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit
The Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit is an individual and fiduciary income tax credit equal to 50 percent of a taxpayer’s qualified investments. A “qualified investment” means a cash investment in a qualified business in the form of equity or subordinated debt, subject to certain exceptions. A “qualified business” means a business that: Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - October 3, 2016
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines Regarding Crowdfunding Investments that Qualify for Tax Credits
Has annual gross revenues of no more than $3 million in its most recent fiscal year;
Has its principal office or facility in the Commonwealth;
Is engaged in business primarily in or does substantially all of its production in the Commonwealth;
Has not obtained during its existence more than $3 million in aggregate gross cash proceeds from the issuance of its equity or debt investments (not including commercial loans from chartered banking or savings and loan institutions); and
Is primarily engaged, or is primarily organized to engage, in the fields of advanced computing, advanced materials, advanced manufacturing, agricultural technologies, biotechnology, electronic device technology, energy, environmental technology, information technology, medical device technology, nanotechnology, or any similar technology-related field as provided in regulations promulgated by the Department.
An investment in a qualified business may only qualify for the credit if such business applies for and receives a qualified business certification from the Department for the calendar year in which such investment was made. To apply for a qualified business certification, a business must submit a completed Form QBA to the Department on or before December 31 of the calendar year for which it wishes to be certified. A qualified business must submit a new Form QBA and receive a new qualified business certification for each year that it wants investments in such business to qualify for the credit.
The aggregate amount of the tax credit for each taxpayer may not exceed the lesser of the amount of tax imposed on them for such taxable year or $50,000. Any tax credit that is not usable in the taxable year in which the tax credit was first allowed, may be carried over for the next fifteen succeeding taxable years or until the total amount of the tax credit has been taken, whichever occurs first.
The total amount of tax credits is capped at $5 million for Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter.
One-half of the amount of available tax credits must be allocated exclusively for tax credits for commercialization investments. However, if the amount of tax credits requested for commercialization investments is less than one-half of the total amount of available tax credits, then the balance of such tax credits must be allocated for non-commercialization investments.
If a taxpayer fails to hold equity received in connection with a qualified investment for at least three full calendar years following the calendar year for which a tax credit for a qualified investment is allocated, then the taxpayer will be required to forfeit both the used and unused tax credits and to pay the Department interest on the total allowed tax credits from the date the tax credits were allocated to the taxpayer. Exceptions include transfers of such equity that were the result of (i) the liquidation of the qualified business issuing such equity, (ii) the merger, consolidation, or other acquisition of such business with or by a party not affiliated with such business, or (iii) the death of the taxpayer.
A crowdfunding investment made by a taxpayer via an online general solicitation, an online broker, or a funding portal, may qualify for the Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit to the extent that such investment meets the definition of a “qualified
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - October 3, 2016
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines Regarding Crowdfunding Investments that Qualify for Tax Credits
investment” pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-339.4. For additional information regarding the Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit, see Va. Code § 58.1-339.4.
Submission of Required Documents
A taxpayer applying for the Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit is required to submit a completed Form EDC to the Department by April 1 of the year an investment qualifying for the credit was made, along with the following documents: A copy of the qualified business certification (issued to the business by the Department after the business submits a completed Form QBA to the Department); and
A business entity’s statement, on the business’ letterhead, containing
o The investor’s name;
o The investment by amount (list each amount separately);
o The investment by type (equity or debt);
o The investment by date (specific to each investment amount); and
o Verification that the investment meets the definition of a “qualified investment” for purposes of claiming the Qualified Equity and Subordinated Debt Investments Tax Credit.
You may submit Form EDC and the above required documentation to the Department electronically. For information regarding how to submit Form EDC and any required documentation electronically, please contact the Department’s Tax Credit Unit at (804) 786-2992. Applications and supporting documentation may also be faxed or mailed to the Department. For more information regarding Form EDC and the required documents, see the Form EDC instructions on the Department’s website at www.tax.virginia.gov.
Approved
_________ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - October 3, 2016
Virginia Business Interest Limitation GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
During the 2019 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted budget language (Item 272(E) of the 2019 Appropriation Act (House Bill 1700, Chapter 854)) that requires the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to publish guidelines regarding how taxpayers are required to account for the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) § 163(j) federal limitation on the deductibility of business interest (“the business interest limitation”) for Virginia income tax purposes. This also requires the Department to convene a working group by June 1, 2019 to study the impact of the limitation of interest expense on businesses that are part of an affiliated group and file a Virginia combined or consolidated return. On May 20, 2019, the Department held a working group meeting and solicited comments from affected parties regarding the application of this limitation for Virginia income tax purposes.
These guidelines are published by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the determination of the federal business interest limitation, as required by Item 272(E) of the 2019 Appropriation Act. These guidelines are not rules or regulations
subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines complement the Department’s existing Individual Income Tax Regulation (23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) 10-110-20 et seq.) and Corporation Income Tax Regulation (23 VAC 10-120-10 et seq.). To the extent that there is a conflict between the Department’s existing guidance and 2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 17 and 18, the provisions of those laws, as interpreted by these guidelines, supersede existing guidance.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision
of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845.
On November 26, 2018 the U.S. Department of the Treasury published proposed regulations regarding the business interest limitation. It is unclear when the final regulations will be published and whether such regulations will include substantial changes. Because of uncertainties regarding these regulations, the Department has refrained from addressing the application of business interest limitation to individuals and pass-through entities at this time. The Department anticipates addressing such issues in future guidance.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - December 26, 2019
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
General Overview of the Business Interest Deduction
Federal Interest Deduction and Business Interest Limitation
Prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the TCJA”), interest was generally deductible for federal income tax purposes in the year it was paid or accrued. On December 22, 2017, Congress enacted the TCJA, which included a provision that limited the deductibility of business interest for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
See IRC § 163(j). Under this limitation, the deduction for business interest for a taxable year generally may not exceed the aggregate of the following amounts:
- The taxpayer’s business interest income for the taxable year;
- 30 percent of the taxpayer’s adjusted taxable income (“ATI”) for the taxable year;
plus
- The taxpayer’s floor plan financing for the taxable year.
Pursuant to IRC § 163(j)(8), ATI is defined as the taxable income of the taxpayer:
-
Computed without regard to: o Any item of income, gain, deduction, or loss which is not properly allocable to a trade or business, o Any business interest or business interest income, o The amount of any net operating loss deduction under IRC § 172, o The amount of any deduction allowed under IRC § 199A, and o In the case of taxable years beginning before January 1, 2022, any deduction allowable for depreciation, amortization, or depletion, and
-
Computed with such other adjustments as provided by the Secretary of the
Treasury.
Any business interest that is disallowed because of the business interest limitation is treated as business interest paid or accrued in the following taxable year, and may be carried forward indefinitely, subject to certain restrictions.
For additional information regarding the federal business interest limitation and any exceptions that may apply, please see IRC § 163(j), Prop. Treas. Reg. §§ 1.163(j)-1 through 1.163(j)-11, and www.irs.gov.
Virginia Treatment of Interest Deduction and Business Interest Limitation
During the 2019 Session, the General Assembly enacted legislation that generally conforms Virginia to the TCJA, including the limitation on the deductibility of business interest. See House Bill 2529 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 17) and 2019 Senate Bill
1372 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 18). Therefore, the limitation applies for Virginia income tax purposes to the extent a taxpayer’s deduction for business interest is limited
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - December 26, 2019
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
on its federal income tax return and such deduction impacts federal adjusted gross income (“FAGI”) for individuals or federal taxable income (“FTI”) for corporations.
Taxpayers that do not claim a federal deduction for business interest or are provided an exception are not subject to the limitation for Virginia income tax purposes.
Because the deduction for interest is allowed as a component of FAGI or FTI, taxpayers may carry forward and deduct business interest for Virginia income tax purposes. A taxpayer that becomes subject to Virginia income tax will receive the tax benefit of reduced FAGI or FTI from an interest deduction carryforward claimed on its federal return, even if the taxpayer was not subject to Virginia income tax during the prior year in which the interest expense was paid or accrued. Similarly, a taxpayer that is no longer subject to Virginia income tax will not receive the tax benefit attributable to any business interest that is in excess of the business interest limitation and that is carried forward to a year when the taxpayer is not subject to Virginia income tax, even if the taxpayer was subject to Virginia income tax during the prior year in which the interest expense was paid or
accrued.
In addition, Virginia allows a corporate and individual income tax deduction equal to 20 percent of the amount of business interest that is disallowed as a deduction for federal income tax purposes pursuant to the business interest limitation. This will accelerate the deduction of business interest for Virginia income tax purposes by allowing a larger deduction during the year in which interest expense is paid or accrued than is allowed on the federal return. However, in future taxable years, taxpayers will be required to reconcile this acceleration on their Virginia income tax returns. The Department will publish more information regarding this process in upcoming form instructions.
Virginia Corporate Filings and the Business Interest Limitation
For federal income tax purposes, an affiliated group of corporations has the option of filing a consolidated return in lieu of separate returns for each corporation. If a consolidated return is filed, the affiliated group members are treated as one entity and their financial
activities are combined for purposes of computing their federal income tax liability. A corporation generally meets the federal requirements for affiliation if it possesses at least 80 percent of the total voting power and at least 80 percent of the total value of a corporation’s stock.
Virginia Code § 58.1-442 allows members of an affiliated group of corporations with Virginia nexus to elect to file on the following bases regardless of how they file federally:
- Separately;
- Consolidated; or
- Using a Virginia combined return.
A corporation generally meets the Virginia requirements for affiliation if each corporation included in the group is itself subject to Virginia income tax and if:
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - December 26, 2019
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
- A corporation owns at least 80 percent of the voting stock of the other(s); or
- At least 80 percent of the voting stock of two or more of the corporations is owned by the same interests.
Virginia affiliated groups may differ from federal affiliated groups primarily because each corporation in the group must have nexus with the state and the members in a Virginia affiliated group may elect to file on a different bases than how they opted to file federally. If a Virginia affiliated group files its federal and Virginia returns on a different basis, included different members in its filings, or both, then FTI must be re-computed.
Re-computed FTI must be used to determine the amount of deductions allowable for the current year, the amount of deductions to be carried forward to future years, and the amount of deduction carryforwards to be used in such future years. See 23 VAC 10-120-
320 through 23 VAC 10-120-326. Virginia has consistently applied this treatment to federal deductions with carryforwards, including the federal charitable contribution deduction and the federal net operating loss deduction.
Virginia Code § 58.1-442 and 23 VAC 10-120-320 through 23 VAC 10-120-326 also apply to the federal deduction for business interest and its 30 percent annual limitation. In particular, if the affiliated group files a consolidated Virginia return, see 23 VAC 10-120-320(D)(1)(a).
Example 1 . An affiliated group of five corporations has filed a consolidated federal return. In Year 1, the affiliated group has $100 of ATI and $40 of business interest expense. In Year 1, the affiliated group’s business interest limitation is 30 percent of its ATI, or $30 ($100 x 30 percent), as shown below:
CONSOL A B C D E
ATI 100 20 20 20 30 10 Limitation 30 -- -- -- -- --
Business Interest Expense 40 3 3 25 6 3
Deductible Business Interest 30 -- -- -- -- --
Carryforward 10 -- -- -- -- --
Thus, the affiliated group has $30 of deductible business interest expense and $10 of carryforward.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - December 26, 2019
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
During Year 1, none of these corporations had fixed date conformity modifications, and A, B, C, and E were subject to tax in Virginia. D was not subject to tax in Virginia. If the group elects to file a consolidated Virginia return, the affiliated group’s business interest limitation is 30 percent of its ATI, or $21 ($70 x 30 percent), as shown below:
CONSOL A B C E
ATI 70 20 20 20 10
Limitation 21 -- -- -- --Business Interest
Expense 34 3 3 25 3 Deductible
Business Interest 21 -- -- -- --Carryforward 13 -- -- -- --
Thus, it has $21 of deductible business interest expense and $13 of carryforward.
If the affiliated group files a separate or Virginia combined return, see 23 VAC 10-120-320(D)(b)-(c), as applicable.
Example 2. Same as Example 1, but assume that the group elects to file separate Virginia returns. If so, each corporation would compute its separate business interest limitation, separate deductible business interest expense, and separate carryforward amount, as shown below:
TOTAL A B C E
ATI -- 20 20 20 10 Limitation -- 6 6 6 3
Business Interest -- 3 3 25 3 Expense Deductible 15 3 3 6 3 Business Interest Carryforward 19 0 0 19 0
Note that the total in the "TOTAL" column is provided for convenience. There is no consolidation or combination for Virginia separate return filers.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - December 26, 2019
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
Example 3. Same as Example 2, but assume that the group elects to file a Virginia combined return. If so, the amount reported as the separate deductible business interest for each affiliate (for purposes of the combined return) is deemed to be computed as if separate federal returns were filed for each corporation. The years to which deductible business interest are carried and the amounts used each year for Virginia purposes are deemed to be computed as if separate federal returns were filed, regardless of the type of federal returns actually filed in the carryover year. Thus, A has $3 of deductible business interest expense and no carryforward, B has $3 of deductible business interest expense and no carryforward, C has $6 of deductible business interest expense and $19 of carryforward, and E has $3 of deductible business interest expense and no carryforward.
Fixed Date Conformity Modifications
While Virginia generally conforms to the IRC, there are specific exceptions. Virginia deconforms from (1) bonus depreciation allowed for certain assets under federal income taxation; (2) five‐year carry back of certain net operating losses (“NOLs”) generated in Taxable Years 2008 and 2009; (3) tax exclusions related to cancellation of debt income; and (4) tax deductions related to the application of the applicable high yield debt obligation rules. These are referred to as “fixed date conformity modifications.” Fixed date conformity modifications are not considered to be Virginia modifications. Rather, these exceptions identified in Va. Code § 58.1-301 are added to or subtracted from a corporation’s FTI as computed under the IRC in order to determine its FTI for Virginia income tax purposes.
To the extent that a corporation is subject to fixed date conformity modifications, it must re-compute its FTI and ATI for Virginia purposes before determining its business interest limitation for Virginia purposes. The formula for determining FTI for Virginia purposes (“Virginia FTI”) is as follows:
FTI +/- Fixed date conformity modifications = Virginia FTI
Adjusted taxable income for Virginia purposes (“Virginia ATI”) equals Virginia FTI plus the net of:
-
Any additions required by IRC § 163(j)(8) or the regulations thereunder to the extent otherwise excluded or deducted in computing Virginia FTI, and
-
Any subtractions required by IRC § 163(j)(8) or the regulations thereunder to the extent included in and not otherwise subtracted in computing Virginia FTI.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - December 26, 2019
[TABLE 6-1] | Fixed date conformity modifications are not considered to be Virginia modifications. Rather, these | exceptions identified in Va. Code § 58.1-301 are added to or subtracted from a | corporation’s FTI as computed under the IRC in order to determine its FTI for Virginia | income tax purposes. |
[/TABLE]
[TABLE 6-2] To the extent that a corporation is subject to | it must re-compute its FTI and ATI for Virginia purposes before determining its business interest | limitation for Virginia purposes. The formula for determining FTI for Virginia purposes | (“Virginia FTI”) is as follows: |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines Regarding the Business Interest Limitation
A corporation’s business interest limitation for Virginia purposes will equal the sum of business interest income, 30 percent of Virginia ATI, and floor plan financing interest.
Similar re-computations must be made to FAGI for individuals.
Example 4. Corporation A has filed a federal return for Taxable Year 2018 reporting $900 of FTI, including $110 in depreciation deductions, $100 of which is attributable to bonus depreciation. On its Virginia return, Corporation A has only $10 in depreciation deductions because Virginia does not conform to bonus depreciation. To reflect the difference in its federal and Virginia depreciation deduction amounts, Corporation A reports a fixed date conformity addition of $100 ($110-$10=$100), and Virginia FTI of $1,000 ($900+$100).
Because IRC § 163(j)(8)(v) authorizes taxpayers to addback depreciation deductions in computing ATI, Corporation A has ATI of $1,010 ($900+$110), and a business interest limitation of $303 ($1,010 X 30 percent). For Virginia purposes,
Corporation has Virginia ATI of $1,010 ($1,000+$10), and a business interest limitation of $303.
Example 5. Same as Example 4, except that the taxable year is 2022. Because IRC § 163(j)(8)(v) does not apply in the case of taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2022, Corporation A may not addback depreciation deductions in computing its ATI. This means that, for federal purposes, Corporation A will have ATI of $900 ($900+$0), and a business interest limitation of $270 ($900 X 30 percent). However, for Virginia purposes, Corporation A will have Virginia ATI of $ 1,000 ($1,000+$0), and a business interest limitation of $300 ($1,000 X 30 percent).
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online on the Virginia Regulatory Town Hall website, located at https://townhall.virginia.gov, and on the Guidance Documents section of the
Department’s website, located at http://tax.virginia.gov/guidance-documents. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - December 26, 2019
Virginia Nonprescription Drug Tax Exemption GuideDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---Virginia Department of Taxation
Nonprescription Drug Exemption
Teleconference
NE
ey
Af Sy
SAS
WL
A
AS
Question mi Ave Summary
--- Page 2 ---Table of Contents
Page
Part
Product Classification Issues
eee ee ee ee
Product Classification Index
eee ee ee
15
Part Il: Compliance Issues
tee eee teen tee e eee eee e ene e teeta cussceaucns
17
Collecting and Reporting the Tax
17
Record Keeping
OO ee Cet etree eee e tate tener asec ee eeenenetecesseseccece
18
Part Ill: Other Issues
eae TTT ITT TET TTT TT Tee eee eee
eee
21
General Information on the Exemption
Ceevesceeessessnecceeeseceas
21
Customer Inquiries
ee ONS PRO e 86 2.008 0 20.8 N aaah els 66 00/58 000 6 ac be «0 oases
21
Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Adult Care Facilities
Identifying Products
eeeeee
22
weet eee e etme eect ete n cece sae eeecceeccecceesceucce
23
Notifying Manufacturers and Suppliers
PPOSCCPeteregetedneeneeen bee
24
Revenue Impact of the Exemption
25
Teleconference Videotape
wee OO ew ee meee ewes stereo eee eee en ceca enseceece
25
Videotape and Summary Order Form
This booklet contains answers to all of the questions received
during the Nonprescrip
June 25, 1998, both tho
tion Drug Exemption Teleconference on
se we discussed on the air and those we
could not include in th
e broadcast. Questions that were not
discussed during the
broadcast are indicated
answers are not an actual transcript of the re
by an asterisk (*). The
Sponses given during
the program, and may include additional info
rmation or clarification
that we were not able to provide during the
Te
have additional questions, please feel free to
leconference. If you
367-8037.
contact us at (804)
Thank you for Particip
ating in the Teleconference. We look forward
to working with you
in implementing the new sales tax exemption.
The Teleconference Production Team
--- Page 3 ---
FART I: PRODUCT CLASSIFICATION ISSUES
1-1.
If the Federal Food and Dru
g Administration (FDA) classifies an item asa
drug, not a food or dietary
supplement, will the Department of Taxation
also classify it as a drug?
We have not yet determined if there exist
S one specific publication or source,
such as the Federal Food and Drug Adm
inistration (FDA), for use in determining
taxable and exempt status of various pro
ducts. As stated in the broadcast, we
are looking at a number of references w
hich we hope will serve as a basic guide
in determining if an item or product is a
qualifying nonprescription drug or
proprietary medicine. We have consult
ed with the Virginia Pharmacists
Association and the Virginia Board of
item is taxable or exempt.
Pharmacy for guidance in determining if an
The department does, however, consider the FDA's classifi
cation of an item as
guidance in determining if an item meets the first test -
is ita medicine or drug.
However, some products will be classifi
ed by the FDA as a drug although they
may not be intended to cure, prevent,
mitigate, or treat a disease in humans.
Therefore, while an item may be class
we must look at other criteria in deter
ified by the FDA as a nonprescription drug
mining whether the product is exempt or
taxable for purposes of the exemptio
n
1-2.*
Does the term “bee sting reliever’
include preventives, such as OFF?
See Question 1-3.
1-3.
Insect bite and sting preparations are listed
in the Tax Bulletin as being
exempt. Will bug repellents also be exempt
9?
Insect bite and sting preparations are listed as exempt because they contain
medicine and are used as topical treatments in the prevention of infection or to
.
avoid bug bites and would be taxable. The
prevent an allergic reaction. Bug repellent is used to repel bugs and insects to
ingredients in bug repellent are not
intended to prevent or treat disease ij
n humans, but instead act on insects to
keep them away from humans. Ther
efore, bu
nonprescription drug or medicine for purpose
g repellents do not qualify as a
Ss of the exemption.
1-4
Are cosmetics that offer SPF protection exempt?
Cosmetics are items used for cleansin
9g, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or
Itering the appearance. The statute
specifically provides that this exemption
does not apply to cosmetics. A
even though it may have medici
product which is a cosmetic is not “medicine”
nal properties.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 1
--- Page 4 ---Based on the language o1 the exemption, It is the intent of the law to tax
cosmetic products. Therefore, items such as foundation makeup, beauty
creams, and daily moisturizers that include SPF protection are considered
cosmetic in nature and are taxable.
1-5.
Are cosmetics containing other medications, such as a
exempt?
cne preparations,
As explained under Question 1-4, a product that is primarily cosmetic in nature is
not a nonprescription drug,
even though it may contain medicinal ingredients.
The inclusion of substance
S such as acne treatment ingredients serves as a
secondary function to the intended use of the product. Contrast this with an
acne treatment product that is intended solely for topical use in treating and/or
preventing acne, and that would qualify for the exemption. As with cosmetics
containing sunscreen, cosmetic products that contain other types of medicinal
ingredients remain subject to the sales tax.
1-6.
Bath crystals are taxable. What about Aveeno
considered bath products or itch and rash reli
evers?
products -- are they
Based on information we have obtained from the 1
996 American Drug Index,
Aveeno is marketed in different forms for man
y different purposes. For example,
there is Aveeno Anti-ltch, Aveeno Medicated
Bar, Aveeno Regular Bar, Aveeno
Bath, Aveeno Shave, and a number of other
Aveeno products that may or may
not be exempt based on the ingredients they
contain and the intended purpose
of the product. Some Aveeno products conta
in a medicine or drug, while others
do not. This is an example of a line of produ
cts that the department would need
to evaluate on an individual product basis to determine whether or not the
exemption applies.
1-7.*
Dial soap (antiseptic soap) is sometimes recommen
ded by physicians for
certain skin problems. Is it exempt?
See Question 1-8.
1-8.
Does the exemption include antibacterial soap?
Yes. To qualify for the exemption, the product must be: i)
a medicine or drug;
li) intended for topical or internal use: and ili)
used for the cure, mitigation,
treatment, or prevention of a disease in hum
an beings.
Certain soaps qualify for the exemption - germicidal soap, surgical soap, and
therapeutic soap. These soaps contain several drugs and are effective a
gainst
bacteria in treating or preventing disease. Based on the information we
have
Page 2, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 5 ---received from the FDA, antibacterial soap also contains several drugs and is basically the same as germicidal soap. Antibacterial soap is effective against bacteria, while germicidal soap contains an agent that kills germs. Because antibacterial soap is used in essentially the same manner as germicidal soap and contains nonprescription drugs, it qualifies for the exemption. 1-9. Are antibacterial products exempt if they meet the statutory requirements?
See Question 1-10. 1-10. Are all antibacterial products exempt? Last week, for example, we were told that antibacterial lotions and jellies would be taxable. Please Clarify.
As a general rule, antibacterial products will be exempt. This includes antibacterial lotions and antibacterial gels or petroleum jelly products. 1-11.* Are medicated wipes, swabs and pads exempt?
See Question 1-13. 1-12.* Are medicated bandages and dressings exempt?
See Question 1-13. 1-13. Are Band-aids with antiseptic or bacterial control products in the pad exempt?
Band-aids and bandages are designed to protect cuts, scrapes, and wounds.
They also are intended to keep cuts, scrapes, and wounds clean in order to prevent infection. However, bandages without medication fail to Satisfy the first test in qualifying for exemption - they do not contain nonprescription medicines or drugs.
Band-aids with antiseptic or bacterial control products in the pad do contain a medicine or drug. Furthermore, bandages with antiseptic are intended for topical use. Finally, bandages with antiseptics not only protect cuts, scrapes, and wounds, they also prevent infection. Therefore, all criteria for exemption are Satisfied and the product may be purchased exempt of the tax. The same holds true for medicated dressings, swabs and wipes. 1-14. Why aren’t vitamins going to be exempt? People use them to prevent diseases.
The department considered FDA and other industry guidelines very closely in Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 3
--- Page 6 ---developing classifications of exempt and taxable items. Under those guidelines,
vitamins are classified as food supplements. Since Virginia's nonprescription
drug exemption does not extend to food items, these products will continue to be
subject to sales tax.
If purchased on the written order or prescription of a physician, vitamins may be
sold exempt of the tax. This is because there is a separate exemption from the
sales and use tax for items sold pursuant to a prescription or work order of a
licensed physician or other specified health professional.
1-15.
Is toothpaste with peroxide exempt? What about toothpaste with fluoride?
As discussed under Question 1-8, in determining if a product or item qualifies for
the exemption, three questions must be addressed: (1) ls the item a
nonprescription drug or proprietary medicine? (2) Is the product sold for internal
or topical use? and (3) Is the product sold for the cure, mitigation, treatment or
prevention of disease in human beings?
Toothpaste, generally speaking, is a product held out for sale for grooming
purposes. Based on the information we have seen, the purpose of toothpaste
with peroxide or fluoride added is to provide fresh breath and whiter teeth.
Therefore, toothpaste containing peroxide and/or fluoride is taxable.
1-16.
Are food supplements, such as Ensure, exempt? What about other adult-
care products, such as adult diapers?
As explained under Question 1-14, food supplements are not covered under the
exemption. Products such as adult diapers are devices, which are also taxable.
1-17.
Explain the policy for contact lens solutions.
Contact lens solutions, as opposed to medicated solutions which go into the eye,
are applied to the lens (a device), not to the body. Therefore, they do not meet
the definition of a nonprescription drug, because they are not intended for
internal or topical use.
1-18.*
Are contact lens lubricating solutions taxable or exempt?
Contact lens rinsing/storage solutions are for rinsing and storage of contact
lenses. Soft contact lenses must be maintained in saline solution to prevent the
contact from becoming brittle. Contact lens solutions are important to the care of
the lens itself, to prevent the accumulation of protein deposits and to remove
other debris. Items such as Enzymatic cleaner, daily cleaner, disinfecting
solution, and saline solution are preparations applied to the contact lens for
Fn errr
Pa
ge 4, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 7 ---maintenance of the lens; these
products are not designed for topical use on
humans.
Contact lens lubricating solutions such as rewetting drops, opti-tears, and other
solutions designed to be applied directly in the eye qualify for exemption,
provided the other exemption criteria are satisfied.
1-19*
Why aren’t contact lens products considered cosmetic or “beautification”
products like toothpaste with peroxide?
Cosmetics are generally defined as products intended to be applied to the body
for cleansing, beautifying, promotin
g attractiveness, or altering the appearance.
Contact lens products used for rins
lenses do not satisfy this definition.
ing/storage, cleaning, and disinfecting contact
Contact lens lubricating or wetting solutions are used
directly in the eyes. These
products also do not fall within the general defi
nition of a cosmetic product. They
are not intended to beautify or promote attracti
veness, but instead are designed
to rehydrate the eyes.
1-20.*
Could you distinguish specifically which contact lens solutions are taxable
and which are exempt? Lubricating and wetting solutions are considered
nontaxable, while saline solution is taxable. Fr
om my experience, saline
solution is used for wettin
g and lubricating. What about multipurpose
solutions used for cleanin
g, disinfecting, and lubrication?
Saline and multipurpose solutions are
cleaning, and rinsing contact lenses
products intended for disinfecting, storing,
prior to insertion into the eyes. While it has
been suggested that multipur
pose and saline solutions are used as a lubricating
and wetting solution in the ey
e, the label does not indicate that the product is
intended for such use.
1-21.
Are sunscreens exempt?
Sunscreen products containing SPF ingredients are exempt.
1-22.
Sunburn lotions are on the exempt list. Can you specify what is covered?
Any sunburn lotion which contains nonprescription drugs or medicines and is
used to relieve the sym
ptoms of sunburn pain is exempt. Such products include
Solarcaine, Lanacaine and various other burn treat
ments. The key to this
exemption is that the product must contain
ingredients or components which can
be classified as drugs or medicines, and th
e
product's primary purpose must be
to treat or prevent disease in human beings.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 5
--- Page 8 ---1-23. Cold and diet pills contain the same decongestant. How do you distinguish between them for purposes of the exemption?
Cold pills are medicines used to treat an illness. While diet pills may contain nonprescription drugs, they are used as appetite suppressants as an aid in weight loss. Therefore, although diet pills meet two of the criteria for the exemption (they contain a nonprescription drug and are used internally), they are used as food supplements, rather than in the cure, mitigation, prevention or treatment of disease.
1-24. How do you separate medicated dandruff and seborrhea preparations and hair restoration products to decide which ones are exempt?
The three-part legislative test described under Questions 1-8 and 1-14 must be applied to every product to determine whether it qualifies for the exemption.
Medicated shampoos, such as dandruff and seborrhea preparations, qualify for the exemption because they meet all three criteria -- they contain nonprescription drugs, they are intended for topical use, and they are used to treat a specific medical condition. Hair restoration products meet the first two criteria, but are intended primarily to alter the appearance. As a result, these products are considered cosmetics, which are specifically excluded from the exemption.
1-25. How do you distinguish between laxatives that qualify for the exemption, and herbal teas that are used for the same purpose?
See Question 1-26.
1-26. Diuretics and laxatives are listed in Tax Bulletin 98-4 as being exempt.
Many of these products list “natural” or “herbal” ingredients as being the major components of the product. Herbal products, such as teas, pills, and supplements, are listed as taxable in the Tax Bulletin. How would laxatives and diuretics with natural or herbal ingredients be treated for purposes of the exemption?
Any products that list “natural ingredients” and “herbal ingredients” as the active components will be taxable if they do not contain a nonprescription drug or proprietary medicine. We must keep in mind that the exemption is applicable to “nonprescription drugs” and “proprietary medicines” only, and only if the nonprescription drug or medicine is used in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of a disease.
If a diuretic or laxative contains a nonprescription drug, the department will consider it an exempt product, even if it contains components such as natural ingredients or herbal ingredients which would normally be taxable. Herbal
Page 6, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 9 ---Pp :parations that do not contain a nonprescription drug are considered food
S plements, and will not be exempt.
1-27. V 2uld any product labeled “medicated” be exempt?
V e are not prepared at this time to say that all medicated products qualify for the
exemption. Even if this term signifies that the product contains a medicine or
drug, we must consider whether the product is intended for the prevention, cure,
mitigation or treatment of disease in human beings. While the majority of
products labeled “medicated” may qualify for the exemption, we prefer to
evaluate individual products under the three criteria specified in the law, rather
than basing the taxable status on labeling alone.
1-28.
How is the department classifying products like Beano, which are used to
prevent gastro-intestinal discomfort? This particular product is taken as a
preventative rather than a curative.
This product is labeled as a “dietary supplement”
and “a food enzyme from a
natural food source.’
' Information from the FDA indicates that when a product is
labeled as a dietary supplement, the product is not regulated as a drug. As
noted in the Tax Bulletin, the exemption does not apply to food products and
supplements. Therefore, Beano would not be exempt.
With respect to similar products, additional research will be required before we
can determine the taxable or exempt status on a number of specific products.
We intend to look at unique products on a case by case basis and consult
recognized authorities, publications, and other sources with expertise in the area
of drugs and medicines. We often consult with the Virginia Pharmacy Board, the
MCV Drug Hotline, the American Drug Index, and other sources of information
before making a determination on a product's taxable or exempt status.
1-29.
Why are Epsom salts exempt?
Epsom salts are classified as exempt because they are used medicinally as an
anti-convulsive. Although Epsom salts also have number of non-medicinal uses,
the department would not expect retailers to question
customers as to how they
intend to use a product for purposes of determinin
at the point of sale.
g the taxable or exempt status
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 7
--- Page 10 ---1-30" Condoms are used to prevent the spread of disease. Are they exempt?
See Question 1-31.
1-31. Are contraceptive creams containing Nonoxynol 9 (for prevention of the spread of HIV) exempt?
We recognize that contraceptive products represent a controversial area in applying the exemption, particularly those products which claim to prevent the spread of HIV or venereal diseases.
The department looks to the three determining factors or criteria discussed in the teleconference to determine whether a product falls within the scope of the exemption: i) is it a nonprescription drug, that is, is the product a substance or mixture of substances containing medicines or drugs for which no prescription is required; ii) is the product for topical or internal use; and iii) is it for the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of a disease in human beings.
In the case of birth control preparations which are intended to prevent pregnancy, most satisfy the first two tests to qualify for exemption - the
preparations contain a nonprescription drug and are sold for internal or topical use. The main issue is whether the product is sold for the prevention, cure, mitigation, or treatment of disease in human beings. In making this determination, we look at the purpose for which the product is intended. Our initial analysis is that birth control preparations are intended to prevent unwanted pregnancies and do not prevent, cure, mitigate, or treat a disease. Therefore, the third factor is not satisfied and the exemption is not applicable.
In the case of contraceptive creams with Nonoxynol 9 (for the prevention of the spread of HIV), information we have reviewed indicates Nonoxynol 9 prevents a variety of sexually transmitted diseases. Each product must be evaluated to determine if it is intended to cure, mitigate, prevent, or treat a disease. Our initial assessment is that the inclusion of Nonoxynol 9 in a contraceptive cream serves to prevent disease and qualifies for the exemption.
Barrier contraceptives, such as condoms, do not qualify for the exemption because they are devices and, based on our information, are not deemed to be medicines or drugs under federal and state drug control and classification laws.
Page 8, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 11 ---1-32. Are lip balms exempt? For example, Chapstick vs. Medicated Chapstick.
Lip balms may or may not be exempt, depending on the ingredients contained in the product. In the example provided above, our position is that Medicated Chapstick contains a medicine or drug for the purpose of treating some type of malady and qualifies for exemption. Another example of an exempt lip balm is Blistex which is medicated and used to treat fever blisters and canker sores.
1-33.* How is the department going to handle homeopathic drug compounds?
The department uses Food and Drug Administration (FDA) guidelines for guidance in the classification of vitamins, minerals, herbal and natural products for purposes of the exemption. Based on information obtained from the FDA, vitamin and mineral supplements, herbal products, and products that contain other similar nutritional substances that expressly or implicitly claim to treat, prevent or cure disease in human beings are recognized by the FDA as drugs and have to meet the safety and effectiveness standards for drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA). These items are recognized in the official Homeopathic Pharmacopeia of the United States.
If a homeopathic product is classified as a drug by FDA, is used internally or topically, and for the cure, treatment, mitigation, or prevention of disease in human beings, the product would be exempt.
1-34.* Are homeopathic medicines (manufactured and packaged as such) exempt? “Homeopathy” is defined in the American Heritage Dictionary as “a system of medical treatment based on the use of minute quantities of remedies that in massive doses produce effects similar to those of the disease being treated.” Because the term “homeopathic” does not, in and of itself, denote whether a product meets the three-part test discussed under Questions 1-8 and 1-14, we would need to evaluate homeopathic medicines on a case-by-case basis to determine if they qualify for the exemption.
1-35.* Is ammonia used for inhalation exempt?
Ammonia is a chemical and not classified as a drug or medicine. While it may be for internal use because it is inhaled, it is not a nonprescription drug or medicine and, therefore, does not qualify for exemption.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 4
--- Page 12 ---1-36.* Are glycolic acid products with a concentration greater than 12% that must be sold by physicians, and are recommended and sold by dermatologists to treat disorders such as acne, melasma and solar elastosis, exempt?
Glycolic acid is not a controlled drug.
Glycolic acid is a colorless crystalline compound used in pharmaceuticals, pesticides, adhesives, and plasticizers. Based on information obtained by the department, glycolic acid is considered a cosmetic used for smoothing skin, removing age spots and wrinkles, and for skin lightening for the purpose of beautifying, promoting attractiveness or altering the appearance. While glycolic acid with higher concentrations may be issued by physicians and dermatologists, the primary purpose of the product remains the same in that it is used to enhance the appearance. As a cosmetic, this product does not qualify for exemption.
1-37.* | am employed at a veterinary hospital. We use human as well as veterinary drugs to treat and prevent disease in animals. Are these nonprescription drugs for humans eligible for exemption under the listed criteria? Even though the drugs are intended to be used for human beings, we use them for animals in our practice.
The statute specifically limits this exemption to medicines and drugs used to cure, mitigate, prevent, or treat disease in human beings. While the strict interpretation of this exemption is limited for use in human beings, the department will not require a retailer to inquire about the use of the product in determining the taxable or exempt status. The department will look to the purpose of the product in order to determine if it is taxable or exempt. Ifa product is a nonprescription drug, for internal or topical use, and is intended to treat a disease in human beings, the product will be exempt. The fact that the purchaser elects to administer the product to animals does not affect the exempt status of the product.
1-38." Are pediatric oral rehydration products exempt (for example, Pedialyte)?
Pedialyte products are oral electrolyte mixtures which contain table salt, potassium salt, baking soda, and sugar. These products are predominantly used to treat dehydration in infants and children. Pedialyte is not considered a nonprescription drug and would not enjoy the exemption.
| 1-39.* Are eyeglasses exempt?
Eyeglasses sold on prescription or work order of an optometrist or ophthalmologist are exempt under § 98.1-609.7(1) of the Code of Virginia.
Nonprescription eyeglasses and sunglasses are taxable.
Page 10, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 13 ---1-40.* Is clove oil exempt?
Clove oil is an aromatic oil distilled from the dried flower buds of the clove tree and used in medicine as an antiseptic. Clove oil is generally used to relieve pain resulting from a toothache. Clove oil is not considered a nonprescription drug and would not be exempt when marketed in its natural form.
1-41.* Are vaginal douches exempt?
Generally, vaginal douches are used as hygiene products, rather than for the cure, mitigation, prevention, or treatment of a disease, and are taxable.
However, it is our understanding that certain vaginal douches do contain nonprescription drugs and medicines and are used for the treatment of vaginal infections and other conditions, and would be exempt. This is an example of an item that would have to be evaluated on a product by product basis to determine the tax application.
1-42.* Is AD ointment exempt?
AD ointment is an ointment containing both vitamin A and vitamin D. Because vitamins are not considered nonprescription drugs, AD ointment would not enjoy the exemption.
1-43.* My wife is a diabetic, and | am an asthmatic. Her syringes and insulin are by prescription, but my question relates to not just her testing kits. Are the testing and/or monitoring equipment needed for use with the testing procedures also exempt? Also, are the pulmonary testing monitors, testing units, and other monitoring needed for controlling my asthma exempt?
The exemption does not apply to testing and/or monitoring equipment, regardless of the illness being monitored. In order for a product to be exempt, it must meet the three criteria set forth in the statute in order to qualify. While testing and monitoring equipment may be useful in determining the proper medicine and dosage to be administered, this equipment does not meet the three criteria set forth in the exemption statute. As provided in the May 15, 1998 Tax Bulletin (98-4) this exemption does not apply to devices, which includes contraceptive items, birth control preparations, and testing kits.
1-44.* Is saline solution used as an IV or irrigation solution exempt? What about saline used for inhalation?
Generally, plain saline solutions do not contain any medicine or drugs and, therefore, do not qualify for the exemption because they do not meet the first test Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 1
--- Page 14 ---set forth in the statute. If a saline solution contains nonprescription drugs and is
to be used internally, such as the |V example above, and is intended to treat or
prevent a disease, it would qualify for the exemption.
1-45.*
Is aloe vera lotion considered a medicated lotion for Purposes of the
exemption?
Aloe vera is a natural ingredient derived from the leaves of an aloe plant.
Generally, a lotion containing aloe vera does not qualify for the exemption
because it does not contain nonprescription drugs and is not labeled as a
medicated lotion. If the aloe vera lotion contains nonprescription drugs and is
labeled as a medicated lotion, the lotion would qualify for the exemption.
1-46.*
How are combination packs of items (for example, vitamins sold with
Ibuprofen) treated for purposes of the exemption?
Packages containing both taxable and exempt items sold as a single unit are
subject to the sales tax, as discussed under Question 1-47.
1-47.
Based on the department’s current approach, if a dealer sells first aid kits
that contain both taxable and exempt products, would this be a taxable or
exempt transaction? How would the exemption apply to restocking first
aid kits?
Sales of first aid kits which contain both taxable and exempt items will be
taxable, with the tax computed on the total sales price. This approach is
consistent with department policy in many areas where exempt items and
taxable items are packaged together and sold for one unit price. If a vendor of
first aid kits chooses to segregate all component parts of the content of the kit,
and separately identify the charge or sales price for each item, the tax would
apply only to those items which are taxable.
Restocking of such kits may be taxable or exempt depending on the nature of
the individual and separate items being purchased. Here again, if the supplier
charges one lump sum for both taxable and exempt restocking items, the total
charge would be taxable. Ifthe charge or sales price for exempt items is
separately stated, the nonprescription drug exemption would apply to those
items and tax would not be charged.
1-48.*
Are herbal products with OTC registration exempt? For example, herbal
dandruff shampoo with OTC registration claims a health benefit.
Products that require OTC (Over the Counter) Registration do not necessarily
qualify as a nonprescription drug or medicine which enjoys the exemption.
Ra -or eeeeeemeere
P
age 12, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 15 ---Herbal products that require OTC registration may or may not qualify for the exemption, depending on what the herbal product contains. If the product contains all natural ingredients and no medicines or drugs, the exemption would not apply. If the herbal product contains medicines or drugs, is used internally or topically, and for the treatment or prevention of disease in human beings, the product would be exempt.
Products that require OTC Registration do not qualify for the prescription drug exemption because they do not require a written work order or prescription of a licensed physician, even though the pharmacist must record all sales.
1-49* Are vitamin and herbal products used Specifically as antifungals, or for ear wax removal, headache relief, muscle ache relief, etc. taxable or exempt?
They are used in the same way other exempt products are.
Generally, vitamins and minerals are considered food supplements. The department is working closely with the FDA and other industry guidelines in determining whether certain products fall under the exemption. It is our understanding that there are vitamin and mineral products on the market that the FDA classifies as drugs and medicines, based on the labeling of the product and the product's claim of curing, mitigating, preventing or treating a disease in human beings. The department will look at these items on a product by product basis and, based on information received from FDA and other sources, make a determination of the tax status. Unfortunately, based on the nature and purpose of products such as vitamins and minerals, we are unable to issue a blanket exemption. 1-50* Are sensitive care products exempt? Is sensitive/dry skin classified as a disease?
Sensitive care products cover a host of products, from “soap free” cleansers that neutralize pH and are less irritating to sensitive skin to medicated products which may treat a number of medical conditions. The department will look at these products the same way as Aveeno products (see Question 1-6), that is, based on the ingredients they contain and the intended purpose of the product. 1-51* Are nebulizers used for the treatment of asthma, pneumonia, etc. tax exempt products? What about the medicines used with them?
Nebulizers are devices used to administer drugs and medicine for the treatment of asthma, pneumonia, etc. As provided in Virginia Tax Bulletin 98-4, this exemption does not apply to devices, which would include nebulizers.
Nebulizers would qualify for the sales and use tax exemption under Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.7(2), the exemption for durable medical equipment.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 13
--- Page 16 ---Any nonprescription drugs or proprietary medicines administered through a nebulizer would be exempt. These medicines and drugs would meet the criteria for the exemption because they are nonprescription drugs, for internal use, and are use for the purpose of treating an abnormality in human beings.
1-52* Acne is not a true disease, is it? Its treatments vary and they don’t always cure, So why would the creams sold over the counter be tax exempt? What about Noxzema?
Acne is an inflammatory disease of the oil glands. Acne treatment products that contain a nonprescription drug and are intended for topical use in the treatment, prevention, cure, or mitigation of acne in human beings qualify for exemption.
Acne treatment products meet the three criteria set forth in the statute and qualify for exemption.
Noxzema is marketed in different forms for many different purposes. For example, there is Noxzema Clear Ups, Noxzema Medicated Skin Cream, Noxzema Cleanser, and a number of other products that may or may not be exempt based on the ingredients they contain and the intended purpose of the product. Some Noxzema products may contain nonprescription drugs, while others do not. The department would need to evaluate on an individual product basis to determine whether or not the exemption applies.
Page 14, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 17 ---Product Classification Index
Question #
Acne preparations
CPO P OA PEEE ESET TEEEEEEEE EEE ESOH HEE SOOTHE DOSE ESESEE HOSES OLEE SEES ES OLELESCS
1-52
Added to cosmetics
COPS TEETH EEE HHH REET HEHEHE HEHEHE SEH HEHE EEE EEE SESE EEEEES
1-5
AD ointment
POPC PHOS OOOH OE EEE SHORE EEEEEO OOOO OOOOH OTE EEEEES OOO EEEEEEEEE EEE EE OE EE eee OE EE EE EeEeees
1-42
Adult diapers
COOP OOOH EE EEES ETE EEEEEEEEEESEHEEOHEHEEES EEE OOOOH EEE EEE T EEE SEES ee eeeeEeeeeeeCe
1-16
Aloe vera lotion
alee AAT ATT E TILT T TTT LETTE TT TTTTrerrr TTT
1-45
Ammonia, for inhalation
CPS HSH TOSSES HEEEHH EHH EEETESE SEE TE DEEE ESSE SESE EES ESESE LESSEE EEL ESS
1-35
Antibacterial products
CPP HH HOHE ETETETETEHESE EEE EEE HSES EEE EEE EEE SEES EES Ee EEeEEEEEES
1-9, 1-10
Aveeno products
OPO O HOSS HESOSHOOOOS HOSE OOS OOS OEEES OED OSSSESOEES OE EEEEEESEECOO OSTA EERE Seeeees
1-6
Band-Aids, medicated
CPPS Hee EASE EES EEE ETEEHESESES ETE EE EEE EEE SESE EEE EEE ESCO EEE EEE ESS
1-13
Beano
ee ee eee AO EECA DEH EERE E HOHE RAEHEEEEOO OSES DEO EOLEEES ORES ESTEE OOE OEE EOOEEDESESOCCCSCOEECS
1-28
Birth control preparations
CPPS HSE HEE EEHEE EHH EHETETEEEE ESET EEEEEEE ESSE ESE EEE EE EES OSES EES
1-31
Clove oil
OSC CORO O OSES COSA ADAHEOSHSSOHEDAS HOODEO ES OCH RA EEESECOSOHEOHEEEHDSERS COS OPER EEEEEOReeeeEE
1-40
Combination packages, taxable and exempt products
Cee eee
1-46
Condoms
elite thee Medes Dele eel TiS TPETETi cit riTi TT Terre PPP eerie eri
1-30, 1-31
Contact lens solutions
CO CHP HH HEHEHE HEE Ee EEE eH ESTE TEESEEESSEEEHEHEEEESE OSES ODED EES EE ES
1-17
Cosmetic, does not meet definition
tee eee ee ee ey
1-19
Lubricating solutions
ihe ee eee eee ee ee ee ee
1-18
Multi-purpose solutions
SHSM HEHEHE SEH ES EEE EEE EEE EE EEE EEE EEE ESEES
1-20
Saline solution
CCH HHH SOLO EHEHEH SEE SEHHESE SESE HEHEHE SEES ESES ESE SESE EE EEES ESE ESET EEES
1-20
Contraceptive creams
TOTO OEE EHH HEHEHE SHEET ESTEE EEE HEHEHE ESES ESET ES ESE HE EEE SEE EEE
1-31
Cosmetics
Containing SPF ingredients
eee eee ee ee
1-4
Containing other medications
eee eee eee ee
1-5
Diet pills, containing decongestant
COOH HEHEHE HHH HEHEHE EERE EEE HEHE EEE EEE EES
1-23
Ensure
alee ATT T ATT LITA III IIT I TILE TE LTT
1-16
Epsom salts
POO OOO OOOO OTHE HOES HOE EOE EE EOEEEHOO OOOO OOOO EEOC EEE EEEEEEE OCHO SED EL EE ES ESOS ED ESS EOeeEsS
1-29
Eyeglasses
OOOO OOOO ETOCS OOS OO SHORE DEE OHH O OKT E DESEO HOOOTCETO REECE OOOO eeEEeEeeeeCoeteESEES
1-39
FDA classifications, conformity with
POMP OHHHH He eee eee eee HEHEHE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE
1-1
First aid kits
FOO OOOO OOOO O OOOO EEO EEO OEE EEE EEOC E HOO OOEEEEEEES EE EEO EHO O EEOC O OEE EE EEE EEO EEE DEEL LeES
1-47
Food supplements
COC CTH HH HTS HHH EE EHH HHH HES OTTO EOS E EEE HH HES ESET EEEEE EE EEEE HEHE OE HOES OSES EOS
1-16
Glycolic acid products
COOH SHOES HSE O EHH ETE ESE EE EEE OHHH EEE EE EEE EEE EHEC EOE TERE SESE DESO
1-36
Hair restoration products
SOPH OHE TOE SHH HEE SEE EEE EH ETESES EEE EEE EH EEO EEE EES OEE EEE EE eeeee
1-24
Herbal products
Antifungals
OOS OOOO OSC SOOO SSO SOOO SSSOCOSOSHAO HOHE HHOSOCOSSET OCR SHEE EOESOSODED EO EEES EE EOE
1-49
OTC registration
POSSESS SHOES OHH SCHOO HSOEEEESE SEH OHH OSEESEESETESOSOSEH OOOO OL OEEESESS
1-48
Pain relief products
Ceo PP eee eeeseseeeeeseseeererereesEseseeeresseseseceseresseseses
1-49
Teas, laxative
OCC O POO OOOO AA TAREE RESET OHS OSSSHSESHESEESSEOSCOCOSOHHEEEEEEOESEEEEERAES
1-25
Homeopathic remedies
Drug compounds
COSHH HOHS HEHEHE HEOHES ESTEE EEEEE SEE HEETEOTESES SESE EEE EESES ESSE ELEOS
1-33
Labeled as “medicines”
1-34
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 1¢
--- Page 18 ---Insect repellent
COSHH OHOCHHH SHH OOH EEE EH REEHHOHHHECEEEEEOHOHHOCE SEE ESOOEOECE OOS OOEEEEEESOSOEEEELESCe
1-2, 1-3
Laxatives
eee TT TET TTT TEEPE PTTTrrTrrrrrrr
1-25, 1-26
Lip balms
lalate tababetetaiell deleted tt hhh ALITTLE ELiLTiTirririirerrrrrrerrrrrrs
1-32
Medicated products
Band-Aids
COCO O SOTTO EEE SOOTHES OOOOH EEEEO HOSE OO OEEE SESE DE DESOEEES SEES OS EEE EE EEE OEE ECeeS
1-13
Bandages and dressings
SPP HOH e HEATH HEHE EEE SEES ESEHEL ESE EEEEEEEESEOES
1-12
Dandruff and seborrhea products
ithe eee eee eee ee ee
1-24
Labeled as “medicated,” exemption not automatic
1-27
Lip balms
POCO OOO HOHOOESETEOEH OOH H ESSE ESE AEE O DHE DESESE THEE LOCO TEEEEEeEEBED Ee EeeeeteeEe
1-32
Wipes, swabs and pads
SOPH RHE HEHESE EEE HEH EEE EE EEE EEE ES EEE HEE EEE ESE SEEEES
1-11
Nebulizers and associated medicines
Noxzema
Corer eeeesereseeeeereseseesesresseseseesssseeeee
1-51
Oe eee eee ROTOR OEE S SOOO OSO OOOH REESE ESOC E EOE DESEO HOO REE EEE EE COO O CORE SSOSSOeEEOLE
1-52
Pedialyte
ee POR PASO OOOO REO EE OSCOA ESTAS ETHOEEHHHEEHTHCOCOCOHHAESETESECESEESESEESOOOCECSSEEEO ERAGE
1-38
Pediatric oral rehydration products
COP PRR eH eee ee ete EE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE ESEeSES
1-38
Saline solution
Contact lens solution
PPM H HEHE EEE EEE HEHEHE EH EEE ESEEE ESE SEES EEEessseseses
1-20
IV or irrigation solution
SOPHO HH HHS ESHHAEEEES ESE OHHH EE TEESE TETESES ESE SESE E EEE EES
1-44
Inhalation
FO OOOO ORO e ROO OOO COTO E EEE ESET OOEETOETOSHSOOSEEEESODESOEEESEHOCCOESESEESSS
1-44
Sensitive care skin products
CPP OHHH SHEESH ETE SESE HT ETETESE SES EE HHT EE HES OEE EEE EEE EEEe
1-50
Soap
Antibacterial soap
COOH HEROS EO OH ETHOTEESEHSHOORECT SESE ESTE EEL ELESED ED EE EE Ee EeeoeeD
1-8
Dial soap
ROO OO PRES C OS OS OOOK EES D AAS EESES TT EE EE DSSCOSOHEOHOEESEEUESAecoeseseobouccs
1-7
Sunburn lotions
CAPSS SSASOOHSEHSS SCHR FOTEOSSECOOO TOOTS SEHSEDSER EE Ee EE OEOOER OC OOO CORRES S OOS EEEE
1-22
Sunscreen products, containing SPF
eee eee ee ee ee 2
1-21
Testing and monitoring equipment
COSCO HTET ECE HEHE EEE EEE HEHEHE EEE EEE Eee ee
1-43
Toothpaste, containing peroxide or fluoride
ieee eee eee eee ee ee
1-15
Vaginal douches
SO SM ASOSHOSESSSSHSOTSHESHSSSCSROC EOS eHeneeeSeeenanaaeaeeeeeseeeeeneseeeeCCzaan
1-44
Veterinary use of nonprescription drugs
eee eee eee ee 2 ee es
1-37
Vitamins
eee aT IIT IIIT TTT TTT TTT TTT Tre ee
1-14
Page 16, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 19 ---PART Il: COMPLIANCE ISSUES
COLLECTING AND REPORTING THE TAX
2-1.*
Are there any forms we will be required to send in?
No. Sales made under the new exemption will be included with
all other exempt
sales on your regular sales tax return, Form ST-9.
2-2.
Can we group food stamp sales and nonprescription drug sales in one
total, or do we need to separate these two categories from each other?
With respect to reporting these items on your sales tax return, all exempt sales
are reported as a single deduction on line 4 of Form ST-9.
2-3.*
What are the penalties for not collecting taxes on the correct items?
As Commissioner Payne explained in the broadcast, the next twelve months will
be a period of transition to the new exemption provisions. During this time, our
emphasis will be on education rather than com
pliance, and we will make every
effort to assist retailers in collecting the proper
tax. If you have questions about
the taxable status of products in your inventory, please contact our Customer
Service Section at (804) 367-8037.
2-4
How will vending machine vendors who sell aspirin and other
nonprescription drugs report these sales?
A vending machine operator, who is reporting and paying the 5 1/2% retail sales
and use tax on the cost price of all items sold through their vending machines,
would no longer be required to pay the tax on their purchase of any
nonprescription drug. This amount would be deducted on Line 2c of the
worksheet and Line 2d on the return.
Vending machine operators who have received authorization to pay 4 1/2% tax
based upon gross receipts and other dealers who use vending machines at their
businesses may deduct all sales of nonprescription drugs from gross sales on
Line 4 of the Retail Sales and Use Tax Return, Form ST-9.
2-5.*
Is there a city or county tax that has to be collected on non-exempt items?
The 4.5% sales tax collected on sales of non-exempt items includes both the
- 5% state tax and the 1% local tax. No separate collection of local sales tax is
required.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 17
--- Page 20 ---ae
We are under a rack service program. Starting this week (last week of
June), products that were brought in had either taxable or tax-exempt on
the price sticker. Products already on the shelf had no such sticker. Do
we sell those items tax-exempt, or tax them while
product to work itself out?
we give time for the
lf a product is sold on or after July 1, and it meets the three-part test for the new
labeled.
exemption, the exemption ap
plies regardless of how the product was initially
If the tax is collected on an exempt item, that tax must be remitted to
the Department of Taxation with your regular monthly sales tax
you refund the tax to the customer.
return, unless
2-7.*
If | retail vitamin and mineral supplements to patients within my medical
practice, are these items exempt from sales ta
x? If they are exempt, must |
write an actual prescription blank or can the
se exempt sales proceed
based upon my recommendation alone?
Vitamin and mineral supplements do not qualify as “nonprescription drugs” or
“proprietary medicines” and are generally not exempt from the tax when sold at
retail. Vitamins and minerals dispensed by or sold on written prescription or
work orders of a licensed physician would be exempt. Therefore, a written
prescription is required to satisfy the criteria for exemption.
2-8.
Are there any liability implications if wholesalers or manufactur
ers identify
a nonprescription drug product incorrectly? If the manufacture
ror
wholesaler coded the products, what would the liability be to them if tax
was not charged properly based on their coding?
Wholesalers and manufacturers will not incur
any liability if they make a good
faith effort to comply with the policy set forth i
n Tax Bulletin 98-4. It must also be
kept in mind that the exemption is actually applied at the retail lev
el.
RECORD KEEPING
2-9.
What type of record keeping is needed for small businesses that do not
maintain sales invoices?
Our record keeping policy has not chan
ged. Dealers should maintain a daily
record of all cash and credit sales.
Instead of invoices, these records may be
cash register tapes, a daily sales sh
eet, or a sales journal. What is important is
that you keep a record of gross sale
S in a way that lets you segregate your
exempt sales from other sales. Thi
S will make it easier to compute your
deduction for your sales tax return.
Page 18, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 21 ---2-10. Our supplier provides a multi-page printout of all inventory items that we
purchase. It is very long, and the nonprescription drug items are
intermingled with other purchases. Do they need to be segregated further?
This would be very time consuming.
Retaining the printout in your records is adequate. You do not need to
separately document the exempt items included in the list.
2-11.
If an invoice includes both taxable and nontaxable items mixed on one
page, can we just highlight the nontaxable items?
Yes. This method will provide adequate documentation for purposes of the
exemption.
2-12.*
How do you keep records of purchases separate when all items are
exempt, such as durable medical equipment, prescriptions and paper
products all intermixed on the same invoice?
If different vendors are used for different types of purchases, keeping a list of the
vendors you purchase nonprescription drugs from is adequate. If you use
inventory controls, coding these purchases to a separate account would be
another way of separating these items. If the volume you purchase is low, you
may simply highlight the purchases on the invoice.
2-13.
Do | need to identify the products sold for each exempt sale?
No, you do not need to identify the specific product; however, you will need to
identify the sale as an exempt sale. You can then use this information to deduct
these sales on Line 4 of your sales tax return. Some options that may help you
gather this information are to designate a key on your register as an exempt sale
key, or keep a log of these sales by your register.
2-14.
We are using a diabetic key on our register now. Can we use this same
department key for nonprescription drugs since they are also nontaxable?
It would be preferable to use a separate key for nonprescription drug sales,
because the diabetic exempt sales may include products not covered under the
nonprescription drug exemption.
2-15.
| have a separate register key for nontaxable sales that is used only for
food stamp sales. Can! use the same key for nonprescription drug sales?
The Department has no objections to using the same register key for exempt
nonprescription drug sales, provided this does not violate any requirement
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 19
--- Page 22 ---imposed by other regulatory agencies who monitor food stamp sales, and the vendor can segregate food and drug sales by some other means.
2-16.* Do the new tax-exempt items need to be kept on a separate record from previously exempt items?
No. As long as the sales can be easily identified, no separate record is required.
2-17.* Do | have to keep nonprescription drug sales separate from other tax-exempt sales?
These sales invoices should be kept in the same manner you are Currently using for your other sales records. Additionally, these sales will be reported on the Same line of your sales tax return as your other exempt sales.
2-18.* Is there a state requirement that the cost of purchases of nontaxable products be kept separately, such as the current requirement for prescriptions and Class II drugs?
No, there is no requirement for keeping this information separately. You should keep records of these purchases using the same method Currently in place for your other inventory items. 2-19.* When conducting a sales tax audit, most register tapes will not provide enough information to determine if an item sold was taxable or exempt with reference to the new exemption. What documentation is necessary to show that an item on the tape was exempt?
Although a tape will not show the specific item sold, it should show that the transaction was an exempt sale of nonprescription drugs. This information, combined with your purchase documentation and inventory information can be used to support the exempt sales. 2-20. How long must sales tax records be kept? Can records be kept on file at the corporate office, or must they remain in the unit that sold the products?
Our record retention policy has not changed. Sales tax records must be retained for three years. There are no specific requirements as to where the records must be held.
Page 20, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 23 ---PART Ill: OTHER ISSUES
GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE EXEMPTION
3-1.
How is the average layman able to define a product as tax-exempt without
having a clear knowledge of what is in the product?
We recognize that this is a new exemption, and that there will be many
questions. We have tried to provide good guidance, but we will need to continue
to focus on customer education to help clarify and refine issues. If you need
help in classifying products, please contact our Customer Service Section at
(804) 367-8037.
3-2.
The Virginia sales tax is comprised of two components -- the 3.5% state
tax, and the 1% local tax. Does the repeal of the 3.5% state tax
automatically repeal the local tax?
The new exemption applies to the entire 4.5% sales tax, both state and local.
3-3
What are the other states that have a nonprescription drug exemption?
Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,
Rhode Island, and the District of Columbia all exem
sales tax.
pt nonprescription drugs from
3-4
In reference to the exemption for samples of nonprescription drugs and
proprietary medicines distributed free of charge by the manufacturer, what
is considered “constituent elements and ingredients”?
Constituent elements and ingredients include any component part of a
nonprescription drug or proprietary medicine distributed free of charge and
packaged with the sample. For example, if a sinus reliever contains stimulants
such as Caffeine, the caffeine would be a constituent element or ingredient.
CUSTOMER INQUIRIES
3-5.
What should | do if my customer refuses to pay tax on an item that | believe
is taxable?
lf a customer is adamant about not paying the tax on an item you believe is
taxable, do not charge tax on that single transaction. As soon as possible,
contact our Customer Service Section at (804) 367-8037 to get verbal
confirmation on the taxable status of the product for future sales.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 21
--- Page 24 ---3-6. Will the Department of Taxation issue refunds if retailers do not properly exempt items?
Refunds will be issued to retailers only when the retailer can provide documentation showing that the improperly collected tax has been refunded to the customer.
3-7. Where can people write or call to get clarification, instructions, and interpretations concerning the new exemption?
Call us at (804) 367-8037, fax your request to (804) 367-0985, or write to Post Office Box 1115, Richmond, Virginia 23218-1115. You can also E-mail questions through our Web page at http://www.state.va.us/tax.
HOSPITALS, NURSING HOMES AND ADULT CARE FACILITIES
3-8. Can for-profit hospitals and nursing homes now buy nonprescription drugs exempt of the tax? What about their prescription drugs?
This exemption is applicable regardless of the nature of the purchaser.
Therefore, nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines may be purchased tax exempt by individuals, physicians, and medical facilities, including for-profit hospitals and nursing homes.
The exemption for nonprescription drugs and proprietary medicines has no impact on purchases of prescription drugs by for- profit hospitals and nursing homes. These entities must continue to Pay sales tax on prescription drugs purchased in bulk and used in providing their services. The only prescription drugs which may be sold to a for-profit hospital or nursing home exempt of the tax are those prescription drugs purchased as a result of a written prescription for a particular patient under the care of the for-profit hospital or nursing home.
The new exemption did not change this established policy.
3-9." With reference to for-profit long-term care facilities, do the exemption guidelines vary depending on whether the item is sold to an individual, or sold to a company on behalf of an individual?
See Question 3-11.
3-10.* Currently, our pharmacy, which is exclusively a long-term care nursing facility provider, dispenses medication on a 24-hour unit dose basis.
These medications are dispensed patient-specific. Occasionally we dispense a multi-dose product and charge it to the facility. The facility then
Page 22, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 25 ---charges the individual
patients for that product when they administer the
medication. Since the medication w
as charged to the facility and not to an
individual patient, we have been c
these products be tax-exempt if th
harging sales tax to the facility. Will
ey meet the criteria?
See Question 3-11.
3-11.
Does the tax apply to items sold in nursing homes and homes for adults?
The exemption applies to sales of e
the purchaser, and without re
xempt products regardless of the nature of
gard to the seller. Therefore, exempt products sold
in nursing homes and homes
for adults are not Subject to taxation.
IDENTIFYING PRODUCTS
3-12. How is a business with no
programmable registers supposed to have its
employees keep up with w
hat is taxable or exempt?
The department has been working with the National Wholesale Dealers
Association and others in an effort to m
ake it easier for retailers. One service
merchandiser has indicated the
labels so that the retail employ
y are printing the words “no tax” on their pricing
ees can easily identify exempt items. Another
idea is to use color coded labe
Is to indicate an exempt item. These are just a
few methods that can be used.
Different businesses will use different
approaches, but any method co
employees will work.
mfortable for both the business owner and
3-13.
The FDA has recommended tha
t all OTC drugs include an NDC code in the
bar code. Would this bar code
be an effectiv
e way to determine taxable
Status? (i.e., if the product has an NDC code,
it’s tax-exempt.)
If the FDA implements an NDC b
ar code, we will certainly take a look at it to see
if the code would be effective in
determining the taxable status of a product.
3-14,
Could manufacturin
g Companies code taxable and nontaxable items on
packaging in-house
? This would greatly help retailers.
The department is continuin
g to work with all aspects of the industry to simplify
administration of this exem
Nonprescription Drug Man
ption. Based on information obtained from the
manufacturer's bar code t
ufacturers Association, it is not feasible to use the
O label taxable and nontaxable items. It is our
understanding that the Fe
the manufacturer assigns
deral Drug Administration assigns a labeling code and
the remaining codes on the bar code of each item. It
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 22
--- Page 26 ---is not feasible to use the manufacturer's bar cod
e for purposes of the exemption
since the coding is not universal to all manufact
urers, and the national drug code
is not required on the bar code.
We are working with the wholesale industry regarding the coding of
nonprescription items for purposes of the exemption. Several wholesale
distributors have indicated that the
exempt. The department is workin
y will begin coding nonprescription items
g with these distributors to review their lists of
nontaxable nonprescription items.
While we have received a p
regarding the coding of non
ositive response from the wholesale industry
prescri
ption items, it is our understanding that it is not
feasible for all wholesale distributo
rs to change their systems to accommodate
this exemption.
NOTIFYING MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS OF THE NEW EXEMPTION
3-15. | retail and wholesale Watkins
Minnesota.
| have a down line of re
products, which are shipped from
presentatives who purchase directly
from the company,
and Watkins takes out tax for Virginia. How have
manufacturers outside Virginia been notifi
notify them?
ed? Is it our responsibility to
lf Watkins is registered to collect Virginia sales tax, they should have received
Tax Bulletin 98-4, which was issued on May 15, 1998.
3-16.* Our wholesaler is Ohio Valley-Clarksburg,
located in Wheeling, West
Virginia. It is a division of Cardinal Health.
Have they received information
regarding these changes? Are you working
with them regarding possible
identification of nontaxable items for retailer
s?
Again, if your wholesaler is reg
have received the Tax Bulletin.
istered to collect Virginia sales tax, they should
If you would like for us to contact the company,
please send their full name, add
ress and telephone number to our Office of Tax
Policy, at Post Office Box 1880,
Richmond, Virginia 23218-1115.
3-17.* Is Millbrook Distribution Services in Arkansas
one of the wholesalers
contacted? If not, could they be contacted?
See Questions 3-15 and 3-16.
Page 24, Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary
--- Page 27 ---
REVENUE IMPACT OF THE EXEMPTION
3-18.* What percentage of tax reven
tax on nonprescription drugs
ue from the 4.5% sales and use tax does the
represent?
The tax on non
prescription drugs represents approximately
% Of 1 percent of the
General Fund
Sales tax revenues for fiscal year 1999. The
represent a revenue loss of $34.5 million over the next two
new exemption will
years.
TELECONFERENCE VIDEOTAPE
3
-19. On the order blank for the videotape, should sales tax be added?
The price of $7.50 includ
form is included in this s
€s sales tax and shipping charges. An additional order
ummary.
Nonprescription Drug Exemption Teleconference - Question and Answer Summary, Page 2
Virginia Sales Tax Registration PolicyDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---YRS rr. & ifs Re eS 4 iv 3 Wal kt, A ONT VR A TTI VIRCAINTA Y. £ 0 TALLY 4d, COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA gins scctrvetims Department of Taxation (Chock Proper Box) Richmond, Wirginia 232820) §8-1113. Subject: Sales 6 Use MEMORANDUM - ed cat | Tax Type Cert. of Registrat 0 Publ. Seenment Subject: TO: Russell C. Whitehead, Jr., Supervisor (Rist Taxpayer Assistance Section Cy} Cant: vis Subject: DATE: April 1, 1985 OG 56:130 RE: Request for Determination of Policy/Sales Dad fee Tax
Registration of Persons Making Nontaxable Sales
This will refer to your memorandum of September 28, 1984 and our recent meeting in which you wished to determine departmental policy on the registration as dealers to collect the sales tax of persons who make no taxable sales.
Section 58.1-613.A of the Code of Virginia provides that "every person desiring to engage in or conduct business as a dealer...shall file... an application for a certificate of registration." In turn, Virginia Code Section 58.1-612 defines the term "dealer" as including “every person who...sells at retail, or who offers for sale at retail, or who has in his possession for sale at retail, or for use, consumption, or distribution, or for storage to be used or consumed in this State, tangible personal property."
Based upon a strict reading of the above statutes, both a retailer who sells only to exempt customers and a wholesaler who makes only sales for resale are required to register as dealers. The statutes makes no distinction between retailers who sell to exempt and non-exempt customers and are broad enough to require registration on the part of a wholesaler as he is holding tangible personal property for distribution in Virginia. However, there is no legal requirement that such statutes be read strictly, particularly when a valid administrative reason exists for not registering a seller. Accordingly, I see no reason why decisions as to the registration of persons who make nontaxable sales cannot be made on a case-by-case basis.
Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division
dlk
APPROVED: ee Loe W. H. Forst Tax Commissioner
Virginia R&D Tax Credit GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Introduction
During the 2011 Session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 1447 (2011 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 742) and Senate Bill 1326 (2011 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 745), which established the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit. This is an individual and corporate income tax credit for certain taxpayers that incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses. During the 2014 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1220 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 227) and Senate Bill 623 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 306), which increased the annual credit cap, increased the thresholds for computing the credit, allowed pass-through entities to elect to claim the credit at the entity level, and imposed certain reporting requirements. During the 2016 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 884 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 661) and Senate Bill 58 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 300), which further increased the annual credit cap and thresholds for computing the credit, and allowed a taxpayer to elect to determine the credit using an alternative simplified method.
During the 2020 Session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 748 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 469) and Senate Bill 110 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 470), which increase the annual credit cap, change the deadline for submitting credit
applications, and extend the sunset date for the credit.
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide updated guidance regarding the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2020. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. These guidelines are separate from the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines.
Those guidelines are contained in a separate document.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision
of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
General Overview
The Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit is a refundable individual and corporate income tax credit for conducting qualified research and development in Virginia.
The credit is allowed for the same calendar year in which qualified research and development expenses are reported on the federal income tax return (“the credit year”),
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 2 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
in accordance with the taxpayer’s accounting method. The Research and Development
Expenses Tax Credit is comprised of a base credit and a supplemental credit that is available only to the extent that the total amount of base credits granted for a fiscal year is less than the annual credit cap. A taxpayer may compute the base credit using the primary method for determining the credit or elect to compute the base credit using the alternative simplified method (“simplified method”) for determining the credit.
Base Credit Amount - Primary Method
The base credit for a taxpayer using the primary method is equal to: (i) 15 percent of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the credit year (up to a $45,000 credit), or (ii) 20 percent of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the credit year if the Virginia qualified research was conducted in conjunction with a Virginia public or private college or university (up to a $60,000 credit), to the extent such expenses exceed the taxpayer’s Virginia base amount.
Base Credit Amount - Simplified Method
The base credit for a taxpayer that elects to utilize the simplified method is equal to 10 percent of the difference between:
The Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the taxable year; and
50 percent of the average Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer for the three immediately preceding taxable years.
If a taxpayer did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in any one of the three preceding taxable years, the base credit is equal to 5 percent of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the relevant taxable year. The annual base credit amount allowed may
not exceed (i) $45,000 or (ii) $60,000 if the Virginia qualified research was conducted in conjunction with a Virginia public or private college or university.
Annual Credit Cap
For taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021, the annual credit cap increases to $7.77 million per taxable year.
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, before January 1, 2021, the credit is capped at $7 million per taxable year. If total eligible credit requests exceed $7 million, each taxpayer will be granted a pro rata amount of credits as determined by the Department. The prorated credit amount will be determined by multiplying the amount of credits requested by an eligible taxpayer for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - July 7, 2020
[TABLE 2-1] Annual Credit Cap For taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021, the annual credit cap increases to $7.77 million per taxable year.
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, before January 1, 2021, the credit is capped at $7 million per taxable year. If total eligible credit requests exceed $7 million, each taxpayer will be granted a pro rata amount of credits as determined by the Department. The prorated credit amount will be determined by multiplying the amount of credits requested by an eligible taxpayer for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator
[/TABLE]
--- Page 3 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
of which is the $7 million credit cap, and the denominator of which is the total amount of
credits requested by all eligible taxpayers for such taxable year.
Supplemental Credit Amount
If the total amount of approved tax credits is less than the credit cap ($7 million credit cap for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, but before January 1, 2021, and $7.77 million for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2021), the Department will allocate the remaining amount, on a pro rata basis, to taxpayers already approved for the credit that were subject to the $45,000 and $60,000 credit limitations. Supplemental credits will be in the following amounts:
If a taxpayer elected the primary method for determining the credit, an amount equal to 15 percent of the second $300,000 in qualified research expenses, or an amount equal to 20 percent of the second $300,000 in such expenses if the taxpayer’s base credit was based on Virginia qualified research that was conducted in conjunction with a Virginia public or private college or university; or
If the taxpayer elected the alternative simplified method for determining the credit, in an amount equal to the excess of the applicable limitation to the base credit amount.
Refundability of the Credit
The Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit is generally a refundable credit.
Therefore, if the amount of credit that a taxpayer is allowed to claim exceeds the taxpayer’s tax liability for the taxable year, then the excess amount of credit will be refunded to the taxpayer.
Research and development expenses that are paid or incurred for research conducted in Virginia on human cells or tissue derived from induced abortions or from stem cells obtained from embryos do not qualify for the credit. However, if a taxpayer engaged in
research in Virginia on human cells or tissue derived from induced abortions or from stem cells obtained from human embryos, it may receive a nonrefundable credit for other Virginia qualified research and development expenses. If the amount of nonrefundable credit that a taxpayer is allowed to claim exceeds the taxpayer’s tax liability for the taxable year, then the excess amount of credit will not be refunded to the taxpayer and cannot be carried over to future taxable years. Research and development expenses that are paid or incurred for research conducted in Virginia on nonhuman embryonic stem cells may qualify for the credit.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - July 7, 2020
[TABLE 3-1] of which is the $7 million credit cap, and the denominator of which is the total amount of credits requested by all eligible taxpayers for such taxable year.
[/TABLE]
--- Page 4 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Requirements to Qualify for the Tax Credit
Research Must Meet the Federal Definition for “Qualified Research”
The research of a taxpayer applying for the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit must meet the federal definition of qualified research under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) § 41(d) to qualify for the credit. Under IRC § 41(d), qualified research means research:
With expenditures that qualify as expenses under IRC § 174 (i.e. such expenditures must be incurred in connection with the taxpayer’s trade or business and represent a research and development cost in the experimental or laboratory sense);
That is undertaken for the purpose of discovering information which is technological in nature;
The application of which is intended to be useful in the development of a new or improved business component of the taxpayer; and
Substantially all of the activities of which constitute elements of a process of experimentation for a new or improved function, performance, or reliability or quality.
To be considered “qualified research,” the taxpayer must establish that the research being performed meets each of the above requirements.
Qualified research generally does not include the following
Research conducted after the beginning of commercial production;
Research adapting an existing product or process merely to meet customer specifications (unless the adaptation is carried out under experimental or laboratory conditions in order to improve the product or process, or to develop a new use for the product or process);
Duplication of an existing business activity;
Surveys, studies or routine activities, including: testing, or inspection of materials or products for quality control; environmental analysis; testing of samples for chemical or other content; operations research; feasibility studies; efficiency surveys; management studies; consumer surveys; economic surveys; research in
the social sciences; market research including advertising and promotions; and routine data collection;
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 5 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Research in the social sciences, arts, or humanities;
Research conducted outside the United States, Puerto Rico, or a United States possession;
Research of computer software for internal use (except if the software development contributes to Virginia qualified research and development); or
Any research and development that is already funded by a grant, contract or another entity, including a governmental entity.
Expenses Must Meet the Federal Definition for “Qualified Research Expenses”
Virginia research and development expenses must meet the federal definition of qualified
research expenses under IRC § 41(b) to qualify for the credit. Under IRC § 41(b), qualified research expenses are defined as amounts paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the taxable year in carrying on any trade or business of the taxpayer for:
In-house expenses; and
Contract research expenses.
Under IRC § 41(b)(2), in-house expenses consist of the following
Wages, as defined in IRC § 3401(a) or earned income, as defined in 401(c)(2), paid or incurred to an employee, except for wages used to determine the federal work opportunity credit under IRC § 51(a);
Amounts paid or incurred for supplies used in the conduct of qualified research, except for land or land improvements and property that is subject to depreciation, that are used in research and development; and
Amounts paid or incurred to another person or business for the right to use computers in the conduct of qualified research.
Under IRC § 41(b)(3), contract research expenses consist of the following
65 percent of any amount paid or incurred by a taxpayer to a person (other than an employee of the taxpayer) for qualified research;
75 percent of any amount paid or incurred by a taxpayer to a qualified research consortium for qualified research; and
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 6 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
100 percent of any amount paid or incurred to an eligible small business, an institution of higher education (as defined in IRC § 3304(f)), or an organization that is a federal laboratory (as defined in IRC § 3304(f)).
See IRC § 41 and the regulations thereunder for additional requirements regarding qualified research expenses.
Example 1: Computation of Contract Research Expenses
Taxpayer A paid $100,000 to a contractor to conduct qualified research in Virginia.
Therefore, Taxpayer A has Virginia qualified research and development expenses equal to:
65% x $100,000 = $65,000
This amount can then be used by Taxpayer A in determining his Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit.
Research Must be Conducted in Virginia
A taxpayer applying for the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit must ensure that the research and development expenses it uses toward the credit are attributable to research conducted in Virginia. Research is conducted in Virginia to the extent that it is conducted at a research laboratory, office, plant, or other facility located in Virginia, regardless of whether the organization conducting the research is organized under the laws of Virginia or another jurisdiction. If research is conducted jointly at research facilities located within and outside of Virginia, the research and development expenses include only the payments attributable to the portion of the qualified research conducted within Virginia. Only the wages paid for research that was conducted in Virginia may be included as wages that qualify for the credit.
Criteria for Virginia Qualified University Expenses
A taxpayer that conducts Virginia qualified research in conjunction with a college or university may qualify for an enhanced credit equal to 20% of its Virginia qualified research and development expenses, provided that the academic institution is a Virginia public or private college or university included on the State Council of Higher Education for Virginia’s list of Virginia public and private colleges and universities. If a taxpayer has contracted with a public or private college or university in Virginia that conducts research in multiple states, only the expenses from research and development conducted in Virginia may qualify for the credit.
A taxpayer applying for the credit using Virginia qualified university expenses must provide evidence of contracting with the academic institution to the Department when applying for the credit. Evidence of contracting with a Virginia public or private college or university includes a formal agreement that outlines the type of research to be conducted
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 7 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
and is signed by the taxpayer, or an authorized officer of the taxpayer, and a qualified
person from the academic institution. The taxpayer must also provide evidence to the Department of payments made or incurred by the taxpayer to the academic institution when applying for the credit.
Interaction with Other Virginia Tax Credits
Research and development expenses that are used as the basis for claiming Research and Development Expenses Tax Credits may not be used as the basis for claiming any other Virginia income tax credit. However, a taxpayer may be allowed to use the same research and development expenses that were used as the basis for claiming the federal credit for increasing research activities under IRC § 41 to claim the Virginia Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit. No taxpayer may claim both the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit and the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit for the same taxable year.
Computation of the Credit - Primary Method
The primary method for computing the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit is derived from the procedure for determining the federal credit for increasing research activities under IRC § 41(a). Such computation is as follows:
Step 1 Determine the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year.
Step 2 Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year that are from Virginia qualified research conducted in conjunction with a Virginia public or private college or university (“Virginia qualified university expenses”).
Step 3 Determine the fixed-base percentage
a. Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three immediately preceding taxable years. If the taxpayer
has been in business for fewer than three taxable years, but at least one taxable year, use the Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the taxable years it has been in business.
b. Determine the amount of gross receipts for the three immediately preceding taxable years. If the taxpayer has been in business for fewer than three taxable years, but at least one taxable year, use the total amount of gross receipts for the taxable years it has been in business.
c. Calculate the fixed-base percentage by dividing the amount determined in Step 3a by the amount determined in Step 3b.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 8 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Step 4 Determine the Virginia base amount
a. Determine the average amount of gross receipts for the four immediately preceding taxable years. If the taxpayer has been in existence for fewer than four taxable years, but at least one taxable year, determine the average amount of gross receipts for the number of years it has been in existence.
b. Multiply the fixed-base percentage in Step 3c by the amount determined in Step 4a.
c. The Virginia base amount is the greater of
i. The amount determined in Step 4b or
II. 50% of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses
determined in Step 1.
Step 5 From the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses determined in Step 1, subtract the Virginia base amount computed in Step 4c.
a. If zero or less than zero, stop. You do not qualify for the credit using the primary method.
b. If greater than zero and you have Virginia qualified university expenses (see Step 2), proceed to Step 6. If greater than zero and you do not have Virginia qualified university expenses (see Step 2), proceed to Step 7.
Step 6 Determine the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses in excess of the Virginia base amount.
c. Compute the percentage of expenses attributable to Virginia qualified
university expenses by dividing the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses from Step 2 by the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses from Step 1.
b. Multiply the percentage from Step 6a by the Virginia base amount determined in Step 4c.
c. From the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses determined in Step 2, subtract the amount computed in Step 6b.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 8 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 9 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Step 7 The base credit is the greater of
a. 15% times the lesser of (i) the amount computed in Step 5 or (ii) $300,000; or
b. 20% times the lesser of (i) the amount determined in Step 6c or (ii) $300,000.
Example 2: Computation of Fixed-Base Percentage
Taxpayer B has $850,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Taxable Year 2016. Taxpayer B’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $450,000 in Taxable Year 2013, $500,000 in Taxable Year 2014, and $550,000 in Taxable Year 2015. Taxpayer B’s total gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years are: $10 million in Taxable Year 2012, $12 million in Taxable Year 2013, $14 million in Taxable Year 2014, and $16 million in Taxable Year 2015.
Following Step 3 above, Taxpayer B’s fixed-base percentage is computed as follows:
c. Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years:
$450,000 + $500,000 + $550,000 = $1.5 million
b. Determine the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding taxable years:
$12 million + $14 million + $16 million = $42 million
c. Calculate the fixed-base percentage by dividing the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years by the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding
taxable years
$1.5 million = 3.57% $42 million Example 3: Computation of Virginia Base Amount
Assume the same facts as in Example 2. Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer B’s Virginia base amount is computed as follows:
d. Determine the average amount of gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years:
Virginia Department of Taxation - 9 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 10 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
$10 million + $12 million + 14 million + 16 million = $13 million 4
b. Multiply the fixed-base percentage determined in Step 3 (see Example 1) by the average amount of gross receipts determined in Step 4a:
- 57% x 13 million = $464,100
c. The Virginia base amount is equal to the greater of
$464,100 or
50% x $850,000 = $425,000
Taxpayer B’s Virginia base amount is $464,100.
Example 4: Computation of the Credit
Using the fixed-base percentage and Virginia base amount computed in Examples 2 and 3, Taxpayer B’s Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit is computed by following Steps 5 and 7:
d. Subtract the Virginia base amount from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$850,000 - $464,100 = $385,900
b. The base credit is equal to 15% of the lesser of $385,000 or $300,000
15% of $300,000 = $45,000
Example 5: Computation of Credit Amount for University Research, Part I
Assume the same facts as in Example 4, except that $150,000 of Taxpayer B’s $850,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses were Virginia qualified university expenses. Following Step 6 above, the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses in excess of the Virginia base amount that are attributable to Virginia qualified university expenses is determined as follows:
c. Divide the Virginia qualified university expenses by the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$150,000/$850,000 = 17.65%
Virginia Department of Taxation - 10 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 11 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
b. Multiply the percentage determined in Step 6a by the Virginia base amount
determined in Step 4c to determine the excess amount attributable to Virginia qualified university expenses:
- 65% x $464,100 = $81,914
c. Subtract the amount computed in Step 6b from the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses determined in Step 2
$150,000 - $81,914 = $68,086
Following Step 7 above, Taxpayer B may claim a base credit equal to the greater of:
15% of the lesser of $385,900 or $300,000 = 15% x $300,000 = $45,000 or
20% of the lesser of $68,086 or $300,000 = 20% x $68,086 = $13,617
Therefore, Taxpayer B’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $45,000.
Example 6: Computation of Credit Amount for University Research, Part II
Assume the same facts as in Example 4, except that $600,000 of Taxpayer B’s $850,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses were Virginia qualified university expenses. Following Step 6 above, the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses in excess of the Virginia base amount that are attributable to Virginia qualified university expenses is computed as follows:
d. Divide the Virginia qualified university expenses by the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$600,000/$850,000 = 70.59%
b. Multiply the percentage determined in Step 6a by the Virginia base amount determined in Step 4c to determine the excess amount attributable to Virginia qualified university expenses:
- 59% x $464,100 = $327,608
c. Subtract the amount computed in Step 6b from the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses determined in Step 2
$600,000 - $327,608 = $272,392
Virginia Department of Taxation - 11 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 12 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Following Step 7 above, Taxpayer B may claim a base credit equal to the greater
of
15% of the lesser of $385,900 or $300,000 = 15% x $300,000 = $45,000 or
20% of the lesser of $272,392 or $300,000 = 20% x $272,392 = $54,478
Therefore, Taxpayer B’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $54,478.
Example 7: Computation of Supplemental Credit Amount
Assume the same facts as in Example 4, and that the Department approved $6 million in base credits for Taxable Year 2016. Because the total amount of approved base credits was less than the $7 million credit cap for such taxable year, the Department will allocate supplemental credits of up to $1 million, on a pro rata basis, to taxpayers that are already approved for the base credit. Assume that, before proration, taxpayers are eligible for supplemental credits totaling $3 million for Taxable Year 2016.
Taxpayer B had $385,900 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in excess of its Virginia base amount (see Example 3). $300,000 was used in computing Taxpayer B’s base credit. Therefore, the amount of Virginia qualified research expenses that Taxpayer B may use toward the supplemental credit is computed as follows:
$385,900 - $300,000 = $85,900
Because Taxpayer B’s base credit was equal to 15 percent of its Virginia qualified research and development expenses, it will be allowed a supplemental credit computed as follows:
15% x $85,900 = $12,885
Because taxpayers are eligible for supplemental credits totaling more than $1
million, Taxpayer B’s allocation of supplemental credits must be reduced proportionately as follows:
($1 million / $3 million) x $12,885 = $4,295
Therefore, Taxpayer B’s supplemental credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $4,295.
When Taxpayer B’s $4,295 supplemental credit is combined with its $45,000 base credit, its total credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $49,295.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 12 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 13 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Example 8: Proration of Base Credit Amounts
Assume the same facts as in Example 4, except the Department received $9 million in eligible base credit requests for Taxable Year 2016. Because the total amount of eligible base credit requests exceeds the $7 million credit cap for such taxable year, the base credit Taxpayer B may claim for Taxable Year 2016 must be proportionately reduced as follows:
($7 million / $9 million) x $45,000 = $35,000.
Because eligible base credit requests for Taxable Year 2016 exceeded the $7 million credit cap for such taxable year, taxpayers are ineligible for supplemental credits.
Short Taxable Year
The method for computing the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit when the credit year or any relevant preceding taxable year is less than 12 months (“short
taxable year”) is derived from the federal procedure for computing the federal credit for increasing research activities under Treasury Regulation (“Treas. Reg.”) § 1.41-3(b). In the case of a short taxable year, only the total gross receipts and Virginia research and development expenses from the taxable year encompassed in the short taxable year return may be taken into account for that taxable year.
If the credit year is a short taxable year, then the Virginia base amount must be modified by multiplying that amount by the number of months in the short taxable year, and dividing the result by 12. See Treas. Reg. § 1.41-3(b)(1). This modification may not be used to reduce the Virginia base amount to less than 50 percent of the taxpayer’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year.
For purposes of determining the Virginia base amount, if any of the preceding taxable years that must be accounted for when computing the credit is a short taxable year, the gross receipts for such year(s) are deemed to be equal to the gross receipts actually derived in that year, multiplied by 12, and divided by the number of months in that year.
See Treas. Reg. § 1.41-3(b)(2).
No adjustment to the computation of a taxpayer’s fixed-base percentage may be made to account for a short taxable year. See Treas. Reg. § 1.41-3(b)(3).
Example 9: Credit Computation When Credit Year is a Short Taxable Year
Taxpayer C had $250,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in a short table year beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on October 31, 2016. Taxpayer C’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are $100,000 in Taxable Year 2013, $200,000 in Taxable Year 2014, and $300,000 in Taxable Year 2015.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 13 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 14 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Taxpayer C’s total gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years are $11
million in Taxable Year 2012, $12 million in Taxable Year 2013, $14 million in Taxable Year 2014, and $10 million in Taxable Year 2015.
Following Step 3 above without making modifications to account for the short taxable year, Taxpayer C’s fixed-base percentage is computed as follows:
a. Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years:
$100,000 + $200,000 + $300,000 = $600,000
b. Determine the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding taxable years:
$12 million + $14 million + $10 million = $36 million
c. Calculate the fixed-base percentage by dividing the amount of Virginia
qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years by the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding taxable years:
$600,000 = 1.67% $36 million Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer C’s Virginia base amount is computed as follows:
d. Determine the average amount of gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years:
$11 million + $12 million + $14 million + $10 million = $11.75 million 4
b. Multiply the fixed-base percentage determined in Step 3 by the average amount of gross receipts determined in Step 4a:
- 67% x $11.75 million = $196,225
c. The Virginia base amount is equal to the greater of
$196,225 or
50% x $250,000 = $125,000
Taxpayer C’s Virginia base amount is $196,225.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 14 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 15 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Because the credit year is a short taxable year, Taxpayer C’s Virginia base amount must be modified, but cannot be reduced below $125,000 because such modification may not be used to reduce the Virginia base amount to less than 50 percent of the taxpayer’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year:
$196,225 x (10/12) = $163,521
Taxpayer C’s Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit is then computed as follows:
a. Subtract the Virginia base amount from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$250,000 - $163,521 = $86,479
b. The credit is equal to 15% of the lesser of $86,479 or $300,000
15% x $86,479 = $12,972
Example 10: Credit Computation When Prior Year is a Short Taxable Year
Taxpayer D had $250,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Taxable Year 2016. Taxpayer D’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are $100,000 in Taxable Year 2013, $200,000 in Taxable Year 2014, and $300,000 in Taxable Year 2015. Taxpayer D’s total gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years are $4 million in a short taxable year beginning on August 1, 2012 and ending on December 31, 2012, $12 million in Taxable Year 2013, $14 million in Taxable Year 2014, and $10 million in Taxable Year 2015.
Following Step 3 above without making modifications to account for the short taxable year, Taxpayer D’s fixed-base percentage is computed as follows:
c. Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years:
$100,000 + $200,000 + $300,000 = $600,000
b. Determine the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding taxable years:
$12 million + $14 million + $10 million = $36 million
Virginia Department of Taxation - 15 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 16 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
c. Calculate the fixed-base percentage by dividing the amount of Virginia
qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years by the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding taxable years:
$600,000 =1.67% $36 million For purposes of determining Taxpayer D’s Virginia base amount ONLY, its gross receipts for the short taxable year beginning on August 1, 2012 and ending on December 31, 2012 must be annualized as follows:
$4 million x 12 months = $9.6 million 5 months
Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer D’s Virginia base amount is computed as follows:
d. Determine the average amount of gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years:
$9.6 million + $12 million + $14 million + $10 million = $11.4 million 4 b. Multiply the fixed-base percentage by the average gross receipts determined in Step 4a:
- 67% x $11.4 million = $190,380
c. The Virginia base amount is equal to the greater of
$190,380 or
50% x $250,000 = $125,000
Taxpayer D’s Virginia base amount is $190,380
Taxpayer D’s Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit is then computed as follows:
d. Subtract the Virginia base amount from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$250,000 - $190,380 = $59,620
Virginia Department of Taxation - 16 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 17 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
b. The credit is equal to 15% of the lesser of $59,620 or $300,000
15% x $59,620 = $8,943
Computation of the Credit - Simplified Method
The procedure for computing the amount of the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit using the simplified method is derived from the procedure for determining the federal alternative simplified credit for increasing research activities under IRC § 41(c)(5).
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, the simplified method for determining the credit is as follows:
Step 1 Determine the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year.
Step 2 Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year that are Virginia qualified university expenses.
Step 3 Determine whether the taxpayer paid or incurred Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three immediately preceding taxable years.
c. If the taxpayer paid or incurred such expenses for each of the three preceding taxable years, determine the average of such amounts and multiply the result by 50%. Then go to Step 4.
b. If the taxpayer did not pay or incur such expenses in any one of the three preceding taxable years, go to Step 7.
Step 4 From the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses determined in Step 1, subtract the amount computed in Step 3a.
c. If zero or less than zero, stop. You do not qualify for the credit using the simplified method.
b. If greater than zero and you have Virginia qualified university expenses, proceed to Step 5. If greater than zero and you do not have Virginia qualified university expenses, proceed to Step 6.
Step 5 Determine the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses in excess of 50 percent of the average amount of expenses for the three preceding taxable years.
c. Compute the percentage of expenses that are attributable to Virginia qualified university expenses by dividing the amount of Virginia qualified
Virginia Department of Taxation - 17 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 18 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
university expenses from Step 2 by the total amount of Virginia qualified
research and development expenses from Step 1.
b. Multiply the percentage from Step 5a by the amount determined in Step 3a.
c. From the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses determined in Step 2, subtract the amount computed in Step 6b.
Step 6 If determined in Step 3a that the taxpayer paid or incurred Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three preceding taxable years, compute the base credit as follows:
d. Multiply the amount determined in Step 4 by 10 percent.
b. Multiply the amount determined in Step 5 by 10 percent.
c. The base credit is the greater of
The lesser of the amount determined in Step 6a or $45,000; or
The lesser of the amount determined in Step 6b or $60,000.
Step 7 If determined in Step 3b that the taxpayer did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three preceding taxable years, the base credit will be determined as follows:
d. Multiply the amount determined in Step 1 by 5 percent.
b. Multiply the amount determined in Step 2 by 5 percent.
c. The base credit is the greater of
The lesser of the amount determined in Step 7a or $45,000; or
The lesser of the amount determined in Step 7b or $60,000.
Example 11: Computation of the Credit, Part I
Taxpayer E has $400,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Taxable Year 2016. Taxpayer E’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $400,000 in Taxable Year 2013, $200,000 in Taxable Year 2014, and $300,000 in Taxable Year 2015. Taxpayer E elected to utilize the simplified method for determining the credit.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 18 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 19 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Following Step 3a above, Taxpayer E must determine the average amount of the
Virginia research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$400,000 + $200,000 + $300,000 = $900,000
$900,000 x 50% = $150,000 3 Following Step 4 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 3a from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$400,000 - $150,000 = $250,000
Following Step 6 above, Taxpayer E may claim a credit equal to the lesser of
10% of $250,000 or $45,000 = $25,000
Therefore, Taxpayer E’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $25,000.
Example 12: Computation of Credit Amount for University Research, Part I
Assume the same facts as in Example 11, except that $300,000 of Taxpayer E’s $400,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses were Virginia qualified university expenses.
Following Step 5 above, the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses in excess of 50 percent of the average amount of expenses for the three preceding years is computed as follows:
a. Divide the Virginia qualified university expenses by the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$300,000 = 75% $400,000 b. Multiply the percentage determined in Step 5a by the average amount of expenses determined in Step 3a:
75% x $150,000 = $112,500
c. Subtract the amount computed in Step 5b from the amount of Virginia qualified university expenses determined in Step 2:
$300,000 - $112,500 = $187,500
Virginia Department of Taxation - 19 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 20 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Following Step 6 above, Taxpayer E may claim a base credit equal to the greater
of
The lesser of 10% of $250,000 or $45,000 = $25,000 or
The lesser of 10% of $187,500 or $60,000 = $18,750.
Therefore, Taxpayer E’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $25,000.
Example 13: Computation of the Credit, Part II
Taxpayer F has $2 million in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Taxable Year 2016. Taxpayer F’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $0 in Taxable Year 2013, $500,000 in Taxable Year 2014, and $1.5 million in Taxable Year 2015.
Taxpayer F elected to utilize the simplified method for determining the credit.
Because Taxpayer F did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and
development expenses in each of the three preceding taxable years, following Step 7 above, Taxpayer F may claim a base credit equal to the lesser of:
5% of $2 million or $45,000 = $45,000
Therefore, Taxpayer F’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $45,000.
Example 14: Computation of Credit Amount for University Research, Part II
Assume the same facts as in Example 13, except that $1 million of Taxpayer F’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses were Virginia qualified university expenses. Following Step 7 above, Taxpayer F may claim a base credit equal to the greater of:
The lesser of 5% of $2 million or $45,000 = $45,000 or
The lesser of 5% of $1 million or $60,000 = $50,000.
Therefore, Taxpayer F’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $50,000.
Example 15: Computation of Supplemental Credit Amounts
For Taxable Year 2016, the Department approved $6 million in base credits.
Because the total amount of approved base credits was less than the $7 million credit cap for such taxable year, the Department will allocate supplemental credits of up to $1 million, on a pro rata basis, to taxpayers that are already approved for the base credit. Assume that, before proration, taxpayers are eligible for supplemental credits totaling $2 million for Taxable Year 2016.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 20 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 21 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
When computing its Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit for Taxable Year 2016 using the simplified method for determining the credit, Taxpayer G was eligible for $80,000 in credits. However, such amount was subject to the $45,000 base credit cap. Therefore, Taxpayer G has $35,000 of excess credits that may be used toward the supplemental credit.
Because taxpayers are eligible for supplemental credits totaling more than $1 million, Taxpayer G’s allocation of supplemental credits must be reduced proportionately as follows:
($1 million / $2 million) x $35,000 = $17,500
Therefore, Taxpayer G’s supplemental credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $17,500.
When Taxpayer G’s $17,500 supplemental credit is combined with its $45,000 base credit, its total credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $62,500.
Example 16: Proration of Base Credit Amounts
Assume the same facts as in Example 15, except the Department receives $8 million in eligible base credit requests for Taxable Year 2016. Because the total amount of eligible base credit requests exceeds the $7 million credit cap for such taxable year, the base credit Taxpayer G may claim for Taxable Year 2016 must be proportionately reduced as follows:
($7 million / $8 million) x $45,000 = $39,375.
Because eligible base credit requests for Taxable Year 2016 exceeded the $7 million credit cap for such taxable year, taxpayers are ineligible for supplemental credits.
Short Taxable Year - Simplified Method
The method for computing the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit when
the credit year or any relevant preceding taxable year is a short taxable year for a taxpayer that has elected to utilize the simplified method for determining the credit is derived from the procedure for computing the federal alternative simplified credit for increasing research activities under Treas. Reg. § 1.41-9(c)(3)(i). In the case of a short taxable year, only the Virginia research and development expenses from the taxable year encompassed in the short taxable year return may be taken into account for that taxable year.
If the credit year is a short taxable year, then the average amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three immediately preceding taxable years must be modified by multiplying that amount by the number of days in the short taxable year and dividing the result by 365 (366 in a leap year). Treas. Reg. § 1.41-9(c)(3)(i).
Virginia Department of Taxation - 21 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 22 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
If one or more of the three immediately preceding taxable years is a short taxable year, then the Virginia qualified research and development expenses for such year must be modified by multiplying that amount by 365 (366 in a leap year) and dividing the result by the number of days in the short taxable year. Treas. Reg. § 1.41-9(c)(3)(i).
Example 17: Credit Computation When Credit Year is a Short Taxable Year
Taxpayer H has $200,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in a short taxable year beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on September 30, 2017. Taxpayer H’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $150,000 in Taxable Year 2014, $200,000 in Taxable Year 2015, and $250,000 in Taxable Year 2016.
Taxpayer H elected to utilize the simplified method for determining the credit.
Following Step 3a above, Taxpayer H must determine the average amount of the Virginia research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$150,000 + $200,000 + $250,000 = $600,000
$600,000 x 50% = $100,000 3 Because the credit year is a short taxable year, Taxpayer H must modify the average amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years by multiplying that amount by, 273, the number of days in the short taxable year, and dividing the result by 365:
$100,000 x (273/365) = $74,795
Following Step 4 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 3a from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$200,000 - $74,795 = $125,205
Following Step 6 above, Taxpayer H may claim a base credit equal to the lesser of:
10% of $125,205 or $45,000 = $12,521
Therefore, Taxpayer H’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $12,521.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 22 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 23 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Example 18: Credit Computation When Prior Year is a Short Taxable Year
Taxpayer J has $400,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Taxable Year 2016. Taxpayer J’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $80,000 in short taxable year beginning on October 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013, $200,000 in Taxable Year 2014, and $300,000 in Taxable Year 2015. Taxpayer J elected to utilize the simplified method for determining the credit.
For purposes of determining the average amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses Taxpayer J incurred for the three preceding taxable years, the amount of Virginia research and development expenses it incurred during the short taxable year must be modified by multiplying that amount by 365 and dividing the result by 92, the number of days in the short taxable year:
$80,000 x 365 = $317,391 92
Following Step 3a above, Taxpayer J must determine the average amount of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$317,391 + $200,000 + $300,000 = $817,391
$817,391 x 50% = $136,232 3 Following Step 4 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 3a from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$400,000 - $136,232 = $263,768
Following Step 6 above, Taxpayer J may claim a base credit equal to the lesser of:
10% of $263,768 or $45,000 = $26,377
Therefore, Taxpayer J’s base credit for Taxable Year 2016 is $26,377.
Combining the Activities of Entities
Neither the Virginia qualified research and development expenses nor the gross receipts of two or more separate pass-through or corporate entities may be combined for purposes of determining the amount of the credit. Each corporation in a group of affiliated corporations that files a combined or consolidated return is required to determine the credit separately. The total amount of credits allowed to each corporation in a group of
Virginia Department of Taxation - 23 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 24 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
affiliated corporations may be aggregated on a combined or consolidated return. The
Virginia qualified research and development expenses and gross receipts of a disregarded entity may be combined with the Virginia qualified research and development expenses and gross receipts of its parent entity for purposes of determining the amount of the credit.
Corporate Restructuring
A taxpayer that acquires or disposes of a trade or business or a separate unit of a trade or business in the credit year, or in any relevant preceding taxable year, must determine the credit using the procedures set forth in IRC §41(f)(3).
Application and Filing Requirements
An eligible taxpayer must submit an Application for the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit, Form RDC, and any supporting documentation to the Department in the year following the credit year. Effective beginning with applications due in 2020, the application deadline is September 1. The Department will review all applications for
completeness and notify taxpayers of any errors by November 1. If any additional information is required, it must be provided to the Department no later than November 15 to be considered for the credit. All eligible taxpayers will then be notified as to the amount of credits that they may claim.
Upon receiving notification of the credit amount from the Department, the taxpayer must claim the credit on the appropriate Virginia income tax return. In the event that a taxpayer does not receive notification of the allowable credit amount before its Virginia income tax return is due, the taxpayer may file the return during the extension period, or it may file the original return without claiming the credit and then file an amended tax return once notification of the allowable credit amount is received.
Fiscal Year Filers
A taxpayer is a fiscal year filer if its taxable year consists of any period other than a calendar year (January 1 to December 31). A fiscal year filer is required to claim the
credit for the calendar year in which its taxable year ends (“the credit year”). When determining its Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year, a fiscal year filer must include such expenses incurred during the calendar year in which its taxable year ends. Such amount will include Virginia qualified research and development expenses from portions of two taxable years.
When computing its fixed-base percentage, a fiscal year filer utilizing the primary method for determining the credit must determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses and gross receipts it incurred during the three immediately preceding taxable years beginning with the taxable year ending in the calendar year immediately preceding the credit year. When computing its Virginia base amount, such fiscal year filer must determine the amount of gross receipts it incurred during the four
Virginia Department of Taxation - 24 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 25 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
immediately preceding taxable years, beginning with the taxable year ending in the
calendar year immediately preceding the credit year.
A fiscal year filer utilizing the simplified method must determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred during the three immediately preceding taxable years beginning with the taxable year ending in the calendar year immediately preceding the credit year.
Example 19: Credit Computation for Fiscal Year Filers - Primary Method
Taxpayer K is a fiscal year filer with a taxable year that begins on July 1, and ends on June 30. Taxpayer K had $500,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Calendar Year 2016. Taxpayer K’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $300,000 in Taxable Year 2012; $250,000 in Taxable Year 2013; and $400,000 in Taxable Year 2014. Taxpayer K’s total gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years are: $8 million in Taxable Year 2011, $6 million in Taxable Year 2012, $10 million in Taxable Year 2013, and $8 million in Taxable Year 2014.
Taxpayer K’s fixed-base percentage is computed as follows
a. Determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years:
$300,000 + $250,000 + $400,000 = $950,000
b. Determine the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding taxable years:
$6 million + $10 million + $8 million = $24 million
c. Calculate the fixed-base percentage by dividing the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years by the amount of gross receipts for the three preceding
taxable years
$950,000 = 3.96% $24 million Taxpayer K’s Virginia base amount is computed as follows:
d. Determine the average amount of gross receipts for the four preceding taxable years:
$8 million + $6 million + $10 million + $8 million = $8 million 4 Virginia Department of Taxation - 25 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 26 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
b. Multiply the fixed-base percentage determined by the average amount of gross receipts:
- 96% x $8 million = $316,800
c. The Virginia base amount is equal to the greater of
$316,800 or
50% x $500,000 = $250,000
Taxpayer K’s Virginia base amount is $316,800
Taxpayer K’s base credit is computed as follows
d. Subtract the Virginia base amount from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses for Calendar Year 2016:
$500,000 - $316,800 = $183,200
b. The base credit is equal to 15% of the lesser of $183,200 or $300,000
15% x $183,200 = $27,480
Therefore, the credit amount that Taxpayer K may claim for Taxable Year 2015 is $27,480.
Example 20: Credit Computation for Fiscal Year Filers - Simplified Method
Taxpayer L is a fiscal year filer with a taxable year that begins on August 1, and ends on July 31. Taxpayer L had $300,000 in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Calendar Year 2016. Taxpayer L’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are:
$200,000 in Taxable Year 2012; $150,000 in Taxable Year 2013; and $100,000 in Taxable Year 2014. Taxpayer L elected to utilize the simplified method for determining the credit.
Taxpayer L must determine the average amount of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$200,000 + $150,000 + $100,000 = $450,000
$450,000 x 50% = $75,000 3 Virginia Department of Taxation - 26 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 27 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
Taxpayer L must then subtract the average amount of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years from its Virginia qualified research and development expenses for Calendar Year 2016:
$300,000 - $75,000 = $225,000
Taxpayer L may claim a credit equal to the lesser of
10% of $225,000 or $45,000 = $22,500
Therefore, the credit amount that Taxpayer L may claim for Taxable Year 2015 is $22,500.
Pass-Through Entities
A pass-through entity that is granted Research and Development Expenses Tax Credits
is generally required to submit a completed Form PTE to the Department allocating credits to its partners, members, or shareholders in proportion to their ownership interest in the entity, or in accordance with a written agreement entered into by such individual partners, members, or shareholders. A pass-through entity is permitted to claim Research and Development Expenses Tax Credits at the entity level in lieu of allocating such credits to the individual partners, members, or shareholders. If a pass-through entity wishes to claim this credit at the entity level without allocating the credit to its owners, the pass-through entity must enter the amount of credit available on Form 502.
Documentation and Record Keeping
A taxpayer must attach documentation to the application that outlines the type of research conducted in Virginia and substantiates the calculation of the credit, including its Virginia fixed-base percentage and Virginia base amount. Further, a taxpayer that is headquartered outside of Virginia, but has employees in Virginia or contracts with an entity conducting research in Virginia, must attach documentation to the application
regarding where the research was conducted, how much time was spent conducting the research, and the type of research that was conducted.
On request, a taxpayer paying wages to individuals performing Virginia qualified research on its behalf may be required to provide adequate documentation that substantiates the allocation of wages for Virginia qualified research and development expenses. Such documentation includes, but is not limited to, name, taxpayer identification number, detailed job description, gross Virginia wages, time cards, internal written documents that verify the percentage of time devoted to Virginia qualified research, and a detailed description of each department or business unit performing Virginia qualified research and the nature of the research performed.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 27 - July 7, 2020
--- Page 28 ---
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 7, 2020)
A taxpayer that applies for credits based on Virginia qualified university expenses must
attach any documentation that substantiates such research, including contracts or agreements between the taxpayer and the Virginia public or private college or university, and an account of the expenses that have been paid or incurred.
In order to verify that its research and development expenses qualify for the credit, a taxpayer may be required to provide proofs of purchase such as invoices, receipts, cancelled checks, bank statements, or credit card statements to the Department on request.
The Department is required to collect, aggregate, and summarize certain information regarding the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit, and provide that information to the Governor and any member of the General Assembly on request, regardless of the number of taxpayers that apply for the credit in a taxable year. In order for the Department to fulfill those requirements, a taxpayer that is applying for the credit must also attach documentation to the application setting forth:
The number of full-time employees employed by the taxpayer in the Commonwealth during the credit year;
The taxpayer’s sector or sectors according to the 2012 edition of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) as published by the United States Census Bureau; and
A brief description of the area, discipline, or field of Virginia qualified research performed by the taxpayer.
Taxpayers applying for the credit may be required to provide additional documentation to the Department as deemed necessary.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Laws, Rules and Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at http://www.policylibrary.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 786-2992.
Approved
________ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation - 28 - July 7, 2020
Interest on Filing Extensions for Tax ReturnsDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---2
*
aed
ro
fe
a
ey
r
Me
\
a
‘
=
-~o
= . y
COMMONWE ALTH cf VIRGINIA
toad Tan |
MEMORANDUM
DEPARTMENT OF TAX
times
RICHMOND 23282
TO
William J. West, Supervisor
Technical Assistance Section
Office Services Division
FROM
Danny Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division
A ptatan/
DATE
November 15, 1982
SUBJECT
Interest Charged on Filing Extensions
This is in regard to your question on the
proper application of interest
to thirty-day filing extensions allowed
for dealers required to report
on the Vending Machine Dealer's Sales Ta
x Return, Form VM-2.
~
We presume that this question assumes that
filing and payment are made
timely pursuant to the extension.
Section 58-1160 is a general statute
covering interest and penalties
involving late filers or non-filers,
Section 58-441.26 is a more
specific statute covering interest inv
olving thirty-day permanent or
temporary extensions.
Where a
same area, the more specific st
general and a specific statute cover the
atute governs.
Thus, in this case,
58-441.26 governs.
Therefore,
for an extension to the end of the
calendar month in which the tax
is due,
no interest accrues from the
date due until the end of the month.
For extensions beyond the end of
the month in which the tax is due,
interest accrues from the original
due date until the extended due dat
e.
Motor Vehicle Fuel Sales Tax
extensions would be treated the same,
I hope this clears up the matter,
Ps
Virginia R&D Expenses Tax Credit GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Introduction
During the 2016 Session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 884 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 661) and Senate Bill 58 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 300), which established the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit. This is an individual and corporate income tax credit for certain taxpayers that incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in excess of $5 million during a taxable year. During the 2020 Session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 748 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 469) and Senate Bill 110 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 470), which increase the annual credit cap, change the deadline for submitting credit applications, and extend the sunset date for the credit.
These guidelines are published by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit.These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-
- As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. These guidelines are separate from the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines. Those guidelines are contained in a separate document.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
General Overview
Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, Virginia allows an individual and corporate income tax credit for incurring more than $5 million of Virginia qualified research and development expenses during a taxable year. The amount of the credit is equal to 10 percent of the difference between:
The Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the taxable year; and
50 percent of the average Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer for the three taxable years immediately preceding the taxable years.
If a taxpayer did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in any one of the three taxable years immediately preceding the taxable year for which the credit is being
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 2 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
determined, the credit is equal to 5 percent of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the relevant taxable year.
The credit is allowed for the same calendar year in which qualified research and development expenses are reported on the federal income tax return (“the credit year”), in accordance with the taxpayer’s accounting method.
Annual Credit Cap
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, before January 1, 2021, the credit is capped at $20 million per taxable year. If total eligible credit requests exceed $20 million, each taxpayer will be granted a pro rata amount of credits as determined by the Department. The prorated credit amount will be determined by multiplying the amount of credits requested by an eligible taxpayer for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the $20 million credit cap, and the denominator of which is the total amount of credits requested by all eligible taxpayers for such taxable year.
For taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021, the annual credit cap increases to $24 million per taxable year.
Annual Credit Limitation and Carryover Credits
The credit amount claimed by a taxpayer cannot exceed 75 percent of the taxpayer’s Virginia income tax liability for the taxable year. Any credit not usable for the taxable year for which the credit was first allowed may be carried over for credit against the income taxes of the taxpayer in the next 10 succeeding taxable years, or until the total amount of the credit has been taken, whichever is sooner.
Requirements to Qualify for the Tax Credit
Research Must Meet the Federal Definition for “Qualified Research”
The research of a taxpayer applying for the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit must meet the federal definition of qualified research under IRC § 41(d) to qualify for the credit. Under IRC § 41(d), qualified research means research:
With expenditures that qualify as expenses under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) § 174 (i.e. such expenditures must be incurred in connection with the taxpayer’s trade or business and represent a research and development cost in the experimental or laboratory sense);
That is undertaken for the purpose of discovering information which is technological in nature;
The application of which is intended to be useful in the development of a new or improved business component of the taxpayer; and
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 3 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Substantially all of the activities of which constitute elements of a process of experimentation for a new or improved function, performance, or reliability or quality.
To be considered “qualified research,” the taxpayer must establish that the research being performed meets each of the above requirements.
Qualified research generally does not include the following
Research conducted after the beginning of commercial production;
Research adapting an existing product or process merely to meet customer specifications (unless the adaptation is carried out under experimental or laboratory conditions in order to improve the product or process, or to develop a new use for the product or process);
Duplication of an existing business activity;
Surveys, studies or routine activities, including: testing, or inspection of materials or products for quality control; environmental analysis; testing of samples for chemical or other content; operations research; feasibility studies; efficiency surveys; management studies; consumer surveys; economic surveys; research in the social sciences; market research including advertising and promotions; and routine data collection;
Research in the social sciences, arts, or humanities;
Research conducted outside the United States, Puerto Rico, or a United States possession;
Research of computer software for internal use (except if the software development
contributes to Virginia qualified research and development); or
Any research and development that is already funded by a grant, contract or another entity, including a governmental entity.
Expenses Must Meet the Federal Definition for “Qualified Research Expenses”
Virginia research and development expenses must meet the federal definition of qualified research expenses under IRC § 41(b) to qualify for the credit. Under IRC § 41(b), qualified research expenses are defined as amounts paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the taxable year in carrying on any trade or business of the taxpayer for:
In-house expenses; and
Contract research expenses.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 4 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Under IRC § 41(b)(2), in-house expenses consist of the following
Wages, as defined in IRC § 3401(a) or earned income, as defined in 401(c)(2), paid or incurred to an employee, except for wages used to determine the federal work opportunity credit under IRC § 51(a);
Amounts paid or incurred for supplies used in the conduct of qualified research, except for land or land improvements and property that is subject to depreciation, that are used in research and development; and
Amounts paid or incurred to another person or business for the right to use computers in the conduct of qualified research.
Under IRC § 41(b)(3), contract research expenses consist of the following
65 percent of any amount paid or incurred by a taxpayer to a person (other than an employee of the taxpayer) for qualified research;
75 percent of any amount paid or incurred by a taxpayer to a qualified research consortium for qualified research; and
100 percent of any amount paid or incurred to an eligible small business, an institution of higher education (as defined in IRC § 3304(f)), or an organization that is a federal laboratory (as defined in IRC § 3304(f)).
See IRC § 41 and the regulations thereunder for additional requirements regarding qualified research expenses.
Example 1: Computation of Contract Research Expenses, Part I
Taxpayer A paid $10,000,000 to a contractor to conduct qualified research in Virginia.
Therefore, Taxpayer A has Virginia qualified research and development expenses equal to:
65% x $10,000,000 = $6,500,000
This amount can then be used by Taxpayer A in computing its Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit.
Example 2: Computation of Contract Research Expenses, Part II
Taxpayer B paid $5,000,000 to a contractor to conduct qualified research in Virginia.
Taxpayer B has no other Virginia qualified research and development expenses.
Therefore, Taxpayer B has Virginia qualified research and development expenses equal to:
65% x $5,000,000 = $3,250,000
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 5 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Because Taxpayer B’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses do not exceed $5 million, it may not claim the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit. Taxpayer B may instead claim the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit to the extent it qualifies for such credit.
Research Must be Conducted in Virginia
A taxpayer applying for the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit must ensure that the research and development expenses it uses toward the credit are attributable to research conducted in Virginia. Research is conducted in Virginia to the extent that it is conducted at a research laboratory, office, plant, or other facility located in Virginia, regardless of whether the organization conducting the research is organized under the laws of Virginia or another jurisdiction. If research is conducted jointly at research facilities located within and outside of Virginia, the research and development expenses include only the payments attributable to the portion of the qualified research conducted within Virginia. Only the wages paid for research that was conducted in Virginia may be included as wages that qualify for the credit.
Disqualified Research Expenses
Research and development expenses that are paid or incurred for research conducted in Virginia on human cells or tissue derived from induced abortions or from stem cells obtained from embryos do not qualify for the credit. Research and development expenses that are paid or incurred for research conducted in Virginia on nonhuman embryonic stem cells may qualify for the credit.
Interaction with Other Virginia Tax Credits
Research and development expenses that are used as the basis for claiming Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credits may not be used as the basis for claiming any other Virginia income tax credit. However, a taxpayer may be allowed to use the same research and development expenses that were used as the basis for claiming the federal credit for increasing research activities under IRC § 41 to claim the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit. No taxpayer may claim both the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit and the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit for the same taxable year.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 6 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Computation of the Credit
The procedure for computing the credit amount is derived from the procedure for determining the federal alternative simplified credit for increasing research activities under IRC § 41(c)(5). The credit is determined as follows:
Step 1 Determine the total amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year.
a. If such expenses are in excess of $5 million, go to Step 2.
b. If such expenses are equal to or less than $5 million, stop. The taxpayer may not claim the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit.
The taxpayer may instead claim the Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit to the extent that it qualifies for such credit.
Step 2 Determine whether the taxpayer paid or incurred Virginia qualified research and
development expenses in each of the three immediately preceding taxable years.
c. If the taxpayer paid or incurred such expenses for each of the three preceding taxable years, determine the average of such amounts and multiply the result by 50%. Then go to Step 3.
b. If the taxpayer did not pay or incur such expenses in any one of the three preceding taxable years, go to Step 5.
Step 3 From the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses determined in Step 1, subtract the amount computed in Step 2a.
c. If zero or less than zero, stop. You do not qualify for the credit.
b. If greater than zero, proceed to Step 4.
Step 4 If determined in Step 2a that the taxpayer paid or incurred Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three preceding taxable years, the credit is equal to 10 percent of the amount determined in Step 3.
Step 5 If the taxpayer determined in Step 2b that the taxpayer did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three preceding taxable years, the credit is equal to 5 percent of the amount determined in Step 1.
If the total eligible credit requests exceed $20 million for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, but before January 1, 2021, or $24 million for taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021, the amount of credits granted to each taxpayer will be prorated.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 7 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Example 3: Computation of the Credit, Part I
Taxpayer D has $8 million in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Taxable Year 2016. Taxpayer D’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $6 million in Taxable Year 2013, $7 million in Taxable Year 2014, and $5 million in Taxable Year 2015.
Following Step 2a above, Taxpayer D must determine the average amount of the Virginia research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50 percent:
$6 million + $7 million + $5 million = $18 million
$18 million x 50% = $3 million 3 Following Step 3 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 2a from the Virginia
qualified research and development expenses
$8 million - $3 million = $5 million
Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer D may claim a credit equal to
10% of $5 million = $500,000.
Example 4: Computation of the Credit, Part II
Taxpayer E has $12 million in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in 2016. Taxpayer E’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years: $0 in Taxable Year 2013, $11.5 million in Taxable Year 2014, and $11 million in Taxable Year 2015.
Because Taxpayer E did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three preceding taxable years, following Step 5 above, Taxpayer E may claim a credit equal to:
5% of $12 million = $600,000.
Example 5: Proration of Credit Amounts
Assume the same facts as in Example 4, except the Department receives $25 million in eligible credit requests for Taxable Year 2016. Because the total amount of eligible credit requests exceeds the $20 million credit cap for such taxable year, the credit Taxpayer E may claim for Taxable Year 2016 must be proportionately reduced as follows:
($20 million / $25 million) x $600,000 = $480,000.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 8 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Short Taxable Year
The method for computing the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit when the credit year or any relevant preceding taxable year is a short taxable year is derived from the procedure for computing the federal alternative simplified credit for increasing research activities under Treas. Reg. § 1.41-9(c)(3)(i). In the case of a short taxable year, only the Virginia research and development expenses from the taxable year encompassed in the short taxable year return may be taken into account for that taxable year. This procedure only applies to taxpayers that paid or incurred Virginia qualified research and development expenses in each of the three taxable years immediately preceding the credit year. It does not apply if the taxpayer did not pay or incur Virginia qualified research and development expenses in any one of the three immediately preceding taxable years.
If the credit year is a short taxable year, then the average amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three years preceding the credit year must be modified by multiplying that amount by the number of days in the short taxable year and dividing the result by 365 (366 in a leap year). Treas. Reg. § 1.41-9(c)(3)(i).
If one or more of the three taxable years preceding the credit year is a short taxable year, then the Virginia qualified research and development expenses for such year must be modified by multiplying that amount by 365 (366 in a leap year) and dividing the result by the number of days in the short taxable year. Treas. Reg. § 1.41-9(c)(3)(i).
Example 6: Credit Computation When Credit Year is a Short Taxable Year
Taxpayer F has $4 million in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in a short taxable year beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on June 30, 2017. Taxpayer F’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years are: $9 million in Taxable 2014, $8 million in Taxable Year 2015, and $7 million in Taxable Year 2016.
Following Step 2a above, Taxpayer F must determine the average amount of the Virginia research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$9 million + $8 million + $7 million = $24 million
$24 million x 50% = $4 million 3 Because the credit year is a short taxable year, Taxpayer F must modify the average amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years by multiplying that amount by, 273, the number of days in the short taxable year, and dividing the result by 365:
$4 million x (181/365) = $1,983,562
Virginia Department of Taxation - 8 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 9 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Following Step 3 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 2a from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$4 million - $1,983,562 = $2,016,438
Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer F may claim a credit equal to
10% of $2,016,438 = $201,644
Example 7: Credit Computation When Prior Year is a Short Taxable Year
Taxpayer G has $15 million in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in 2016. Taxpayer G elected to compute the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Taxpayer G’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three immediately preceding taxable year are: $4 million in a short taxable year beginning on October 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013, $10 million in Taxable Year 2014, and $12 million in Taxable Year 2015.
For purposes of determining the average amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses Taxpayer G incurred for the three preceding taxable years, the amount of Virginia research and development expenses it incurred during the short taxable year must be modified by multiplying that amount by 365 and dividing the result by 92, the number of days in the short taxable year:
$4 million x 365 = $15,869,565 92 Following Step 2a above, Taxpayer G must determine the average amount of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$15,869,565 + $10 million + $12 million = $37,869,565
$37,869,565 x 50% = $6,311,594 3 Following Step 3 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 2a from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$15 million - $6,311,594 = $8,688,406
Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer G may claim a credit equal to the lesser of
10% of $8,688,406 = $868,841
Virginia Department of Taxation - 9 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 10 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Combining the Activities of Entities
Neither the Virginia qualified research and development expenses nor the gross receipts of two or more separate pass-through or corporate entities may be combined for purposes of determining the amount of the credit. Each corporation in a group of affiliated corporations that files a combined or consolidated return is required to compute the credit separately. The total amount of credits allowed to each corporation in a group of affiliated corporations may be aggregated on a combined or consolidated return. The Virginia qualified research and development expenses and gross receipts of a disregarded entity may be combined with the Virginia qualified research and development expenses and gross receipts of its parent entity for purposes of determining the amount of the credit.
Corporate Restructuring
A taxpayer that acquires or disposes of a trade or business or a separate unit of a trade or business in the credit year, or in any relevant preceding taxable year, must compute the credit
using the procedures set forth in IRC § 41(f)(3)(ii).
Application and Filing Requirements
An eligible taxpayer must submit an Application for the Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit, Form MRD, and any supporting documentation to the Department in the year following the credit year. Effective beginning with applications due in 2020, the application deadline is September 1. The Department will review all applications for completeness and notify taxpayers of any errors by November 1. If any additional information is required, it must be provided to the Department no later than November 15 to be considered for the credit. All eligible taxpayers will then be notified as to the amount of credits that they may claim.
Upon receiving notification of the credit amount from the Department, the taxpayer must claim the credit on the appropriate Virginia income tax return. In the event that a taxpayer does not receive notification of the allowable credit amount before its Virginia income tax return is due, the taxpayer may file the return during the extension period, or it may file the original return without claiming the credit and then file an amended tax return once notification of the allowable credit amount is received.
Fiscal Year Filers
A taxpayer is a fiscal year filer if its taxable year consists of any period other than a calendar year (January 1 to December 31). A fiscal year filer is required to claim the credit for the calendar year in which its taxable year ends (“the credit year”). When determining its Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the credit year, a fiscal year filer must include such expenses incurred during the calendar year in which its taxable year ends. Such amount will include Virginia qualified research and development expenses from portions of two taxable years. When determining the amount of the credit, a fiscal year filer must determine the amount of Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred during the three preceding taxable years, beginning with the taxable year ending in the calendar year immediately preceding the credit year.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 10 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 11 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
Example 8: Credit Computation for Fiscal Year Filers
Taxpayer H is a fiscal year filer with a taxable year that begins on August 1, and ends on July 31. Taxpayer H had $25 million in Virginia qualified research and development expenses in Calendar Year 2016. Taxpayer H’s Virginia qualified research and development expenses for the three preceding taxable years beginning with its taxable year ending in the first calendar year prior to the credit year are: $18 million in Taxable Year 2012; $21 million in Taxable Year 2013; and $27 million in Taxable Year 2014.
Following Step 2a above, Taxpayer H must determine the average amount of the Virginia qualified research and development expenses it incurred for the three preceding taxable years, and multiply the result by 50%:
$18 million + $21 million + $27 million = $66 million
$66 million x 50% = $11 million 3
Following Step 3 above, subtract the amount determined in Step 2a from the Virginia qualified research and development expenses:
$25 million - $11 million = $14 million
Following Step 4 above, Taxpayer H may claim a credit equal to
10% of $14 million = $1.4 million
Pass-Through Entities
A pass-through entity that is granted Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credits is required to submit a completed Form PTE to the Department allocating credits to its partners, members, or shareholders in proportion to their ownership interest in the entity, or in accordance with a written agreement entered into by such individual partners, members, or shareholders.
Documentation and Record Keeping
A taxpayer must attach documentation to the application that outlines the type of research
conducted in Virginia and substantiates the calculation of the credit. Further, a taxpayer that is headquartered outside of Virginia, but has employees in Virginia or contracts with an entity conducting research in Virginia, must attach documentation to the application regarding where the research was conducted, how much time was spent conducting the research, and the type of research that was conducted.
On request, a taxpayer paying wages to individuals performing Virginia qualified research on its behalf may be required to provide adequate documentation that substantiates the allocation of wages for Virginia qualified research and development expenses. Such documentation includes,
Virginia Department of Taxation - 11 - July 14, 2020
--- Page 12 ---
Major Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated July 14, 2020)
but is not limited to, name, taxpayer identification number, detailed job description, gross Virginia wages, time cards, internal written documents that verify the percentage of time devoted to Virginia qualified research, and a detailed description of each department or business unit performing Virginia qualified research and the nature of the research performed.
In order to verify that its research and development expenses qualify for the credit, a taxpayer may be required to provide proofs of purchase such as invoices, receipts, cancelled checks, bank statements, or credit card statements to the Department on request. Taxpayers applying for the credit may be required to provide additional documentation to the Department as deemed necessary.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Laws, Rules and Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at http://www.policylibrary.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
________ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation - 12 - July 14, 2020
Virginia Tax Guidance on Customized Mailing ListsDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---#
“
rad
rn
“
te
hy
r
w
*
A=
Sie
yl
rf
‘eo
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of /[axation
MEMORANDUM
Richmond, Pies eae
TO
William J. West, Supervisor
Technical Services Section
DATE
November 25, 1985
RE
"Customized" Mailing Lists
This will reply to your memorandum of October 3, 1985, in which you
submitted examples of various mailing list transactions and asked for
the application of the sales and use tax to each.
The first type of transaction presented involved modifications made to a
mailing list by the list's owner, including modifications made for
recency and frequency of resporses, dollar amounts of contributions, and
geographic location.
Such modifications create a customized mailing
list exempt from the tax under Section 58.1-608.2 of the Code of
Virginia.
The second type of transaction involved the modification of a rented
mailing list by a mailing list broker in order to meet customer
specifications, including the elimination of duplicate names from the
broker's own list and other lists and the editing of tapes to eliminate
names of persons not wanting solicitations or to assure that
When
modifications requested of the list owner were actually performed.
a list broker makes these modifications to a list customized by its
owner, the resale to the broker's client is exempt.
However, when these
modifications are performed with respect to a "canned" mailing list, the
resale is taxable.
In such instances, neither the seller or broker has
substantially changed the original list; thus, there is no specificity
in the labor of the list's lessor directed to the lessee so as to
trigger the personal service exemption.
The last transaction is in effect identical to the first except that
two, rather than three, parties are involved.
Thus, the modifications
performed by the list owner/broker render the mailing lists exempt.
I hope that this will clear up some of the confusion on the issue of
mailing lists.
If not or if you have further questions, please feel
free to contact us.
Marnrerprrierf
Danny M. Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division
dt
Virginia Tax Amnesty Program GuidelinesDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES FOR THE VIRGINIA TAX AMNESTY PROGRAM
September 5, 2017
Introduction
The 2017 Virginia General Assembly enacted three provisions creating a Virginia Tax Amnesty Program. These provisions, collectively referred to as the Amnesty Laws, are Item 3-5.17 of the Appropriations Act (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 836), and House Bill 2246 and Senate Bill 1438 (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 53 and 433).
The Amnesty Laws authorize the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to administer a Virginia Tax Amnesty Program to increase and accelerate the collection of delinquent taxes.
Under the Amnesty Laws, a Virginia Tax Amnesty Program will be administered by the Department for a period ranging between 60 and 75 days during Fiscal Year 2018, the period beginning July 1, 2017 and ending June 30, 2018. All penalties and 50 percent of the interest will be waived upon payment of the taxpayer’s remaining balance. At the conclusion of the amnesty period, any remaining amnesty-qualified liabilities will be assessed an additional 20 percent penalty.
In accordance with Va. Code § 58.1-1840.2(C), this document establishes the guidelines for the procedures for participation in the 2017 Virginia Tax Amnesty Program. The guidelines issued by the Tax Commissioner are exempt from the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.).
Overview
Definitions
The term “Amnesty” means the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program.
The term “amnesty benefits” means the waiver of all penalties and one half of the accrued interest upon payment of the full amount of the tax and one half of the amount of interest due pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-1840.2(D)(2).
The term “amnesty eligible” as applied to any tax bill, tax assessment or delinquent return liability means that such bill, assessment, or return liability meets the eligibility requirements set forth in the “Eligibility” section of these guidelines.
Generally
The Virginia Tax Amnesty Program will run for a 62-day period, beginning on
September 13, 2017, and ending on November 14, 2017. Generally, taxes administered or collected by the Department are eligible for Amnesty.
1
[TABLE 1-1] The 2017 Virginia General Assembly enacted three provisions creating a Virginia Tax Amnesty Program. These provisions, collectively referred to as the Amnesty Laws, are Item 3-5.17 of the Appropriations Act (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 836), and House Bill 2246 and Senate Bill 1438 (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 53 and 433).
The Amnesty Laws authorize the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to administer a Virginia Tax Amnesty Program to increase and accelerate the collection of delinquent taxes.
Under the Amnesty Laws, a Virginia Tax Amnesty Program will be administered by the Department for a period ranging between 60 and 75 days during Fiscal Year 2018, the period beginning July 1, 2017 and ending June 30, 2018. All penalties and 50 percent of the interest will be waived upon payment of the taxpayer’s remaining balance. At the conclusion of the amnesty period, any remaining amnesty-qualified liabilities will be assessed an additional 20 percent penalty.
In accordance with Va. Code § 58.1-1840.2(C), this document establishes the guidelines for the procedures for participation in the 2017 Virginia Tax Amnesty Program. The guidelines issued by the Tax Commissioner are exempt from the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.).
[/TABLE]
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
For amnesty eligible tax assessments or delinquent return liabilities, all penalties and one half of the accrued interest will be waived upon payment of the full amount of the tax and one half of the amount of interest due. If an assessment or delinquent return is not eligible for amnesty benefits, or if a taxpayer does not comply with the requirements
of Amnesty, penalties and interest will not be waived.
At the conclusion of the amnesty period, any tax liability that was eligible for amnesty benefits but remains unpaid will be subject to a 20 percent post-amnesty penalty. The penalty applies to unpaid taxes only, not to outstanding balances of penalties or interest. The 20 percent amnesty penalty will be in addition to all other penalties.
Eligibility
Generally, individuals and businesses may participate in Amnesty to satisfy tax bills and file delinquent returns for taxes that are administered or collected by the Department. In order to qualify, bills must be related to an amnesty eligible period and have an assessment date on or before June 15, 2017, while returns must be applicable to an eligible period. Eligible taxable periods are calculated from the original due date of the tax return, without consideration of filing extensions. A complete list of the taxes and periods eligible for Amnesty is detailed below.
Eligible Periods for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program
Tax Periods Eligible for Amnesty Aircraft Sales and Use Tax (Dealers) Month of April 2017 and prior Aircraft Consumer Use Tax Returns due June 15, 2017 and prior Apple Excise Tax Taxable Year 2016 and prior Bank Franchise Tax Taxable Year 2016 and prior Business Consumer’s Use Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Cable Television Public Rights-of-Way Fee Month of April 2017 and prior
Cigarette Tax Filings due by June 15, 2017 and prior Cigarette Consumer Use Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Communications Sales and Use Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Corn Assessment Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Corporate Income Tax Taxable Year 2015 and prior Cotton Assessment Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Digital Media Fee Month of April 2017 and prior Direct Payment Permit Sales and Use Tax Month of April 2017 and prior E-911 Tax on Land Line Telephone Service Month of April 2017 and prior
Egg Excise Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Employer Income Tax Withholding Month of April 2017 and prior Returns due by March 30, 2008 and Estate Tax prior Fiduciary Income Tax Taxable Year 2015 and prior 2
[TABLE 2-1] Tax | Periods Eligible for Amnesty Aircraft Sales and Use Tax (Dealers) | Month of April 2017 and prior Aircraft Consumer Use Tax | Returns due June 15, 2017 and prior Apple Excise Tax | Taxable Year 2016 and prior Bank Franchise Tax | Taxable Year 2016 and prior Business Consumer’s Use Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Cable Television Public Rights-of-Way Fee | Month of April 2017 and prior Cigarette Tax | Filings due by June 15, 2017 and prior Cigarette Consumer Use Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Communications Sales and Use Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Corn Assessment | Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Corporate Income Tax | Taxable Year 2015 and prior Cotton Assessment | Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Digital Media Fee | Month of April 2017 and prior Direct Payment Permit Sales and Use Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior E-911 Tax on Land Line Telephone Service | Month of April 2017 and prior Egg Excise Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Employer Income Tax Withholding | Month of April 2017 and prior Estate Tax | Returns due by March 30, 2008 and prior Fiduciary Income Tax | Taxable Year 2015 and prior
[/TABLE]
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
Tax Periods Eligible for Amnesty Forest Products Tax Quarter ending March 2017 and prior
Individual Consumer’s Use Tax Returns due by May 1, 2017 and prior Individual Income Tax Taxable Year 2015 and prior Remainder interests that come into Inheritance Tax possession before September15, 2016 Insurance Premiums License Tax Taxable Years 2013 through 2016 Litter Tax Taxable Year 2016 and prior Motor Vehicle Fuel Sales Tax Month of June 2013 and prior Motor Vehicle Rental Tax and Fee Month of April 2017 and prior Pass-Through Entity Information Return Taxable Year 2015 and prior Semi-Annual ending December 31, 2016 Peanut Excise Tax and prior Prepaid Wireless Fee Month of April 2017 and prior Recordation Tax Filings due by June 15, 2017 and prior Retail Sales and Use Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Rolling Stock Tax on Railroads and Freight Car Taxable Year 2016 and prior Companies Sheep Assessment Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Small Grains Assessment Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Soft Drink Excise Tax Taxable Year 2015 and prior Tire Recycling Fee Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Tobacco Products Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Out-of-State Dealer’s Use Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Vending Machine Sales Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Watercraft Sales Tax Month of April 2017 and prior Watercraft Consumer Use Tax Returns due by June 15, 2017 and prior
The following are not eligible for amnesty benefits
-
Bills and accounts paid before September 13, 2017;
-
Federal tax assessments;
-
Local tax assessments;
-
Bills with an assessment date after June 15, 2017, with certain exceptions for bills issued during the amnesty period (see “Terms” and “Special Cases” below);
-
All obligations of a taxpayer under criminal investigation or prosecution for filing a fraudulent return or failing to file a return with the intent to evade the tax;
-
All obligations of a taxpayer with an active jeopardy or fraud assessment; and
3
[TABLE 3-1] Tax | Periods Eligible for Amnesty Forest Products Tax | Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Individual Consumer’s Use Tax | Returns due by May 1, 2017 and prior Individual Income Tax | Taxable Year 2015 and prior Inheritance Tax | Remainder interests that come into possession before September15, 2016 Insurance Premiums License Tax | Taxable Years 2013 through 2016 Litter Tax | Taxable Year 2016 and prior Motor Vehicle Fuel Sales Tax | Month of June 2013 and prior Motor Vehicle Rental Tax and Fee | Month of April 2017 and prior Pass-Through Entity Information Return | Taxable Year 2015 and prior Peanut Excise Tax | Semi-Annual ending December 31, 2016 and prior Prepaid Wireless Fee | Month of April 2017 and prior Recordation Tax | Filings due by June 15, 2017 and prior Retail Sales and Use Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Rolling Stock Tax on Railroads and Freight Car Companies | Taxable Year 2016 and prior Sheep Assessment | Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Small Grains Assessment | Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Soft Drink Excise Tax | Taxable Year 2015 and prior Tire Recycling Fee | Quarter ending March 2017 and prior Tobacco Products Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Out-of-State Dealer’s Use Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Vending Machine Sales Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Watercraft Sales Tax | Month of April 2017 and prior Watercraft Consumer Use Tax | Returns due by June 15, 2017 and prior
[/TABLE]
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
- Any tax liability attributable to an issue that is the subject of a decision of a Virginia court rendered on or after January 1, 2016 (see “Issues Subject to a Virginia Court Decision on or after January 1, 2016” below).
Terms
To receive the benefits of Amnesty, the taxpayer must pay all of the tax due and one half of the interest for any amnesty eligible bill or delinquent return. An application form is not required for Amnesty.
Amnesty benefits will be granted on a bill-by-bill or return-by-return basis. For example, if a taxpayer has three outstanding bills and three delinquent returns, but cannot pay all of the tax and half of the interest for all items, the taxpayer may still participate in Amnesty to satisfy some of the amnesty eligible bills and/or delinquent returns. The taxpayer may pay only two amnesty eligible bills under Amnesty and receive amnesty benefits for those bills. Taxpayers are not required to satisfy all outstanding bills and delinquent returns in order to participate.
Payments Related to Bills
With respect to amnesty eligible bills with an assessment date on or before June 15,
2017, payments must be postmarked by November 14, 2017 to qualify for amnesty benefits. Payments sent to the Department without a specified bill number will be applied to bills that are amnesty eligible first in order from smallest to largest Amnesty Amount Due and then to non-amnesty eligible bills from newest to oldest.
Example 1
Taxpayer has four outstanding tax bills, two of which qualify for Amnesty. Bill 1 is not amnesty eligible and the amount due is $500. Bill 2 is amnesty eligible and the Amnesty Amount Due is $100. Bill 3 is not amnesty eligible and the amount due is $100. Bill 4 is amnesty eligible and the Amnesty Amount Due is $250.
Taxpayer sends a payment of $200 without a specified bill number.
One hundred dollars of the payment will first be applied to Bill 2 as it is the smallest amnesty eligible bill. After Bill 2 is satisfied, the remaining payment amount of $100 will be applied to Bill 4 as it is the other amnesty eligible bill. No
penalty or interest will be waived with respect to Bill 4 because the Amnesty Amount Due was not paid in full.
Example 2
Taxpayer has four outstanding tax bills, two of which qualify for Amnesty. Bill 1, dated January 3, 2015, is not amnesty eligible and the amount due is $500. Bill 2 is amnesty eligible and the Amnesty Amount Due is $100. Bill 3, dated April 3, 2015, is not amnesty eligible and the amount due is $100. Bill 4 is amnesty
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
eligible and the Amnesty Amount Due is $250. Taxpayer sends a payment of $400 without a specified bill number.
One hundred dollars of the payment will first be applied to satisfy Bill 2 as it is the smallest amnesty eligible bill. After Bill 2 is satisfied, $250 will be applied to
satisfy Bill 4 as it is the other amnesty eligible bill. After Bill 4 is satisfied, the remaining payment amount of $50 will be applied to Bill 3 as it is the newest non-amnesty eligible bill.
Payments Related to Returns
In order to receive the amnesty benefits, taxpayers are required to file all relevant tax returns and associated documentation, such as statements of income, W-2’s, etc. as would have been required if the return had been filed timely and properly during the amnesty period beginning on September 13, 2017 and ending on November 14, 2017.
Taxpayers who underreported income, or overstated exemptions or deductions must file an amended return during the amnesty period beginning on September 13, 2017 and ending on November 14, 2017 to receive amnesty benefits. Payment of any additional tax must accompany the return.
Taxpayers who file returns that are not under audit for an amnesty eligible tax and an
amnesty eligible period without payment or with insufficient payment will be assessed for any additional tax, penalties and interest due. If the assessment is paid under the amnesty terms by the end of the amnesty period, or within 30 days of the date the assessment was issued, whichever is later, the taxpayer will receive amnesty benefits.
The liability for any assessment generated from an audit of a business for an amnesty eligible period must be paid between September 13, 2017 and November 14, 2017 in order for the taxpayer to receive amnesty benefits.
Interest
An interest rate of 5 percent, which is the average of the interest rate charged over the preceding 5 years as required by Va. Code § 58.1-1840.2(E), will be used to determine the interest on previously unfiled returns or underreported income. Interest will be calculated from the due date of the return through September 12, 2017. Interest for previously assessed delinquent returns can be calculated using the Interest Calculator located on the Amnesty website, www.VATAX.gov. (This website will only be active
during Amnesty.)
Refunds
Refunds for previously unfiled tax returns are subject to the three-year statute of limitations regarding refunds as set forth in Va. Code §§ 58.1-499 and 58.1-1823.
Taxpayers may receive a refund (or credit towards other liabilities) for an overpayment reported on a previously unfiled return or amended return only if the return is filed within three years from the original due date of the return.
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
If a taxpayer files an amended return during the amnesty period that reduces his tax liability, the taxpayer will not receive amnesty benefits. A refund will be issued when the amended return amount due is less than the amount of payments received for the original return. In addition, refunds will be issued to taxpayers who overpay their
amnesty amount through oversight or miscalculation.
If a payment is received during the amnesty period for a bill or delinquent return that is not amnesty eligible, the payment will not be refunded. All refunds issued in connection with Amnesty transactions are subject to offset against outstanding Virginia tax bills, as well as amounts owed to state and local government agencies and to the Internal Revenue Service.
Continued Collections
The Department will continue normal collection activities before, during, and after Amnesty. A taxpayer who chooses to wait to pay an assessment until the amnesty period begins faces the risk of collection action. Audits, liens, padlockings, revocations, and pending court actions will not cease during the amnesty period.
Special Cases
Assessments That Do Not Include Tax
Penalty only assessments for amnesty eligible tax types and periods will be waived under Amnesty. The taxpayer will not be required to take any action to qualify for amnesty benefits on such assessments.
If a taxpayer has an amnesty eligible assessment for penalty and interest or interest only and the total amount of interest for all such bills is less than or equal to $50, the penalty, if applicable and interest will be waived under Amnesty and the taxpayer will not be required to take any action to qualify for amnesty benefits on such assessment.
If a taxpayer has an amnesty eligible assessment for penalty and interest or interest only and the total amount of interest for all such bills is greater than $50, the penalty, if applicable and 50 percent of the interest will be waived under Amnesty if the taxpayer pays the remaining amount of the interest according to amnesty terms. The
Department will issue amnesty notices for affected accounts showing how much interest must be paid in order for the taxpayer to receive amnesty benefits.
Payment Plans
Taxpayers who have entered into a payment plan with the Department or any private collection agency contracted by the Department prior to the beginning of the amnesty period will be permitted to participate in Amnesty if the bill is otherwise amnesty eligible.
However, in order to receive amnesty benefits, the bill must be paid in full according to
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
amnesty terms during the amnesty period. Such taxpayers will not be subject to the 20 percent amnesty penalty provided they remain current on their pre-existing plans.
However, if the taxpayer fails to make timely payments or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of any pre-existing plan, either during or after the amnesty period, the 20 percent penalty will be applied.
Additionally, taxpayers may enter into payment plans during the amnesty period. Such taxpayers will not be subject to the 20 percent amnesty penalty provided they remain current on their payment plans. If the taxpayer fails to make timely payments or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of any payment plan at any point during or after the amnesty period, the 20 percent penalty will be applied to the remaining balance.
Taxpayers who enter into payment plans during the amnesty period may only receive amnesty benefits if the bill is paid in full according to amnesty terms during the amnesty period.
Example 3
Taxpayer entered into a one-year payment plan with the Department on September 1, 2017, for an assessment of $250 in tax and $20 in interest, for a total bill of $270.
The amnesty notice would show the total amount due as $270 and an Amnesty Amount Due of $260. To receive amnesty benefits the Taxpayer must pay in full the Amnesty Amount Due ($260) during the amnesty period, September 13, 2017 through November 14, 2017. If the Amnesty Amount Due is not paid in full during the amnesty period, the Taxpayer would not receive the amnesty benefit and would owe the total amount. Taxpayer will not be subject to the 20 percent amnesty penalty provided he remains current on the payment plan during and after the amnesty period.
Example 4
Taxpayer receives an amnesty notice for an assessment of $250 in tax and $20 in interest, for a total amount due of $270 and an Amnesty Amount Due of $260.
Taxpayer enters into a one-year payment plan with the Department during the amnesty period.
To receive amnesty benefits the Taxpayer must pay in full the Amnesty Amount Due ($260) during the amnesty period, September 13, 2017 through November 14, 2017. If the Amnesty Amount Due is not paid in full during the amnesty period, the Taxpayer would not receive the amnesty benefit and would owe the total amount. Taxpayer will not be subject to the 20 percent amnesty penalty provided he remains current on the payment plan during and after the amnesty period.
7
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
Example 5
Taxpayer entered into a one-year payment plan with the Department on January 1, 2016, to pay an assessment, but defaulted on the payment plan prior to the beginning of the amnesty period. Taxpayer is otherwise eligible for Amnesty.
Taxpayer receives an amnesty notice listing the total amount due and the Amnesty Amount Due.
To receive amnesty benefits the Taxpayer must pay in full the Amnesty Amount Due during the amnesty period, September 13, 2017 through November 14, 2017. Taxpayer will be subject to the 20 percent amnesty penalty unless he pays the Amnesty Amount Due during Amnesty.
Example 6
Taxpayer has an outstanding assessment and enters into a one-year payment plan with the Department during the amnesty period to pay the assessment, but defaults on the payment plan after the amnesty period.
Taxpayer will be subject to the 20 percent amnesty penalty on the outstanding balance of the assessment.
Joint Filers
Taxpayers who file joint returns must both qualify for Amnesty on amnesty eligible bills and delinquent returns. If one of the joint filers currently has a jeopardy assessment, all separate bills and delinquent returns for that filer and all joint bills and delinquent returns involving that filer will be ineligible. However, if the other joint filer is eligible for Amnesty, any separate bill of that filer would be eligible to receive amnesty benefits, even though no benefit would apply to the joint bills.
Joint filer bills and delinquent returns will be listed only under the primary filer.
Therefore, joint filers should be prepared to provide the name and social security number for both of the joint filers when contacting the Department about a joint bill.
Converted Assessments
Assessments that have been converted to responsible corporate officers under Va.
Code § 58.1-1813 are eligible for amnesty benefits under the same amnesty terms applicable to the corresponding business entity. Both the applicable business bill and the related corporate officer must be eligible for amnesty in order for the converted assessment to be amnesty eligible. Amnesty will apply to bill balances for responsible corporate officers in the same manner as they would have been applied to the business entity. However, corporate officers under criminal investigation or prosecution under Va. Code § 58.1-1815 are not eligible for amnesty.
8
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
Bills from a business converted to more than one officer may be paid by any officer under the amnesty terms and all of the officers will then receive amnesty benefits for that particular bill.
Example 7
Corporation had an assessment for $100 of tax, $50 of penalties, and $20 of interest. The assessment was converted to three responsible corporate officers (A, B, and C). Each corporate officer received an assessment for a total of $170, which represents the tax, penalties, and interest of Corporation. Both the Corporation assessment and the conversion assessments of the corporate officers are eligible for Amnesty.
The amnesty notice sent to each corporate officer regarding such bill would show the total amount due as $170 and an Amnesty Amount Due of $110. Corporate Officer A pays the bill under the amnesty terms. The payment by Officer A satisfies the liability of the Corporation and Officers A, B, and C.
Bills on Stop Prior to Amnesty
In certain circumstances, the Department will place a bill on stop, which means that
there will be a temporary hold on collection action and penalty and interest updates. A bill on stop prior to Amnesty will be updated for penalty and interest so that the amnesty notice will reflect the proper amount that must be paid in order for a taxpayer to receive amnesty benefits.
If a taxpayer files a formal appeal under Va. Code § 58.1-1821 for a bill, that bill will be placed on stop while the appeal is processed. The taxpayer's bill will be updated to reflect penalty and interest amounts through September 12, 2017, so that the amnesty notice mailed to the taxpayer includes the correct amount the taxpayer must pay to receive amnesty benefits.
Appeals Under Va. Code § 58.1-1821
Taxpayers who have an appeal pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-1821 pending during Amnesty on an amnesty eligible assessment may receive amnesty benefits by paying the full amount of the tax and one half of the interest on the assessment. When the
Department receives an amnesty payment for an assessment with a pending appeal, such payment will be deemed to be the taxpayer's withdrawal of the current appeal and waiver of the right to an additional administrative or judicial appeal.
Offers in Compromise
The offer in compromise process under Va. Code § 58.1-105 will continue during Amnesty and taxpayers who are the subject of an offer in compromise will be eligible for amnesty benefits on amnesty eligible assessments. A taxpayer may choose to
9
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
withdraw an offer on an amnesty eligible bill by paying the full tax and one half of the interest due under the amnesty terms during the amnesty period.
Contested Assessments
Taxpayers who have a contested assessment or informal appeal on an amnesty eligible assessment may receive amnesty benefits by paying the full amount of the tax and one half of the interest on the assessment. By choosing to pay under the amnesty terms, the taxpayer withdraws the current protest and waives the right to an administrative or judicial appeal on the respective tax and tax period receiving amnesty benefits.
Taxpayers in Bankruptcy
Taxpayers who are debtors in a bankruptcy proceeding may still receive amnesty benefits if they come forward and pay under amnesty terms, but are encouraged to consult with legal counsel. Taxpayers will not be mailed an amnesty notice for any bill or debt that is being addressed through a bankruptcy proceeding.
Fraudulent Returns and Jeopardy or Fraud Assessments
Any taxpayer under criminal investigation or prosecution for filing a fraudulent return is
not eligible for Amnesty. Any taxpayer under criminal investigation or prosecution for failing to file a return or to collect and account for sales or withholding taxes with the intent to evade the tax is also not eligible for Amnesty. Likewise, any taxpayer with an active jeopardy or fraud assessment is not eligible for Amnesty. All obligations of such taxpayers are ineligible for Amnesty. For example, if a taxpayer has one fraud assessment and two outstanding bills not related to fraud, none of the bills are amnesty eligible.
Issues Subject to a Virginia Court Decision on or after January 1, 2016
Tax liabilities attributable to an issue that is the subject of a decision of a Virginia court rendered on or after January 1, 2016 are not eligible for Amnesty. This applies to the following issues:
- The claim of Exception 1 to the addition relating to intangible expenses under Va.
Code § 58.1-402 A 8, which was at issue in Kohl’s Department Stores, Inc. v.
Department of Taxation, Case No. 760CL 12-1774 (Cir. Ct. of the City of Richmond, Feb. 3, 2016)
- The denial of a request for an alternative method of allocation and apportionment under Va. Code § 58.1-421, which was at issue in Corporate Executive Board v.
Department of Taxation, Case No. CL13-3104 (Cir. Ct. of Arlington County, November 30, 2015), dismissed by the Virginia Supreme Court (June 9, 2016).
10
--- Page 11 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
Post-Amnesty
At the conclusion of Amnesty, any tax liability that was eligible for amnesty benefits but remains unpaid will be subject to a 20 percent penalty. Tax liabilities that were not eligible for amnesty benefits will not be subject to the 20 percent penalty. The penalty
applies to unpaid taxes only, not to outstanding balances of penalties or interest. The 20 percent amnesty penalty will be in addition to all other penalties. The 20 percent penalty will not be applied to the following:
-
Assessments issued for additional amounts due on amnesty eligible returns, provided that the liability is paid by November 14, 2017, or within 30 days from the date of assessment, whichever is later.
-
Any bill for which a payment plan was established prior to the amnesty period, provided that the taxpayer is current with the payment plan, makes timely payments during and after the amnesty period, and otherwise complies with the terms of the plan until the plan is successfully completed (see “Payment Plans” above).
-
Any bill for which a payment plan was established during the amnesty period, provided the taxpayer makes timely payments during and after the amnesty
period and otherwise complies with the terms of the plan until the plan is successfully completed (see “Payment Plans” above).
- Any amnesty eligible bill that is being appealed under Va. Code § 58.1-1821 during the amnesty period, provided the taxpayer pays the liability as determined by the Tax Commissioner within 30 days from the date of the final determination.
If the taxpayer fails to satisfy the remaining liability within the 30 day period, the 20 percent penalty will be applied.
- Any amnesty eligible bill that is the subject of an offer in compromise under Va.
Code § 58.1-105 during the amnesty period, provided that the taxpayer pays the remaining liability within the period specified in the Department’s response to the offer in compromise. If the taxpayer fails to satisfy the remaining liability within the specified period, the 20 percent penalty will be applied.
-
Any bill or debt that is being addressed through a bankruptcy proceeding.
-
Any assessment generated from a field audit of a business for an amnesty eligible period, provided that the audit is the Department’s first audit of the taxpayer, no penalty has been applied to the tax deficiency, any uncontested liability is paid by November 14, 2017, and payment for any contested liability remaining upon resolution of an appeal under Va. Code §§ 58.1-1821 or 58.1-1825 is paid within 30 days from the date of the Tax Commissioner’s or the court’s final determination.
11
--- Page 12 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
- Any assessment generated from a field audit of a business for an amnesty eligible period in cases where the audit is a second or subsequent audit of the taxpayer, provided that the Compliance Ratio is greater than 85 percent for sales tax and greater than 60 percent for use tax, no penalty has been applied to the
tax deficiency, any uncontested liability is paid by November 14, 2017, and payment for any contested liability remaining upon resolution of an appeal under Va. Code §§ 58.1-1821 or 58.1-1825 is paid within 30 days from the date of the Tax Commissioner’s or the court’s final determination.
-
Any assessment generated from an audit or examination of a business or individual performed by the Department that does not require a visit to the residence or business for an amnesty eligible period, provided that no penalty has been applied to the tax deficiency, any uncontested liability is paid by November 14, 2017, and payment for any contested liability remaining upon resolution of an appeal under Va. Code §§ 58.1-1821 or 58.1-1825 is paid within 30 days from the date of the Tax Commissioner’s or the court’s final determination.
-
Any tax liability attributable to an issue that is the subject of a decision of a Virginia court rendered on or after January 1, 2016 (see “Issues Subject to a
Virginia Court Decision on or after January 1, 2016” above).
- Any assessment of the 20 percent post-amnesty penalty for an amnesty eligible period for which the Tax Commissioner determines that there is reasonable cause for the failure to participate in the 2017 Virginia Tax Amnesty Program, which determination and the reasons therefore shall be preserved among the records of the Department.
12
--- Page 13 ---
Additional Information
Amnesty Notices
Most taxpayers who are eligible for amnesty benefits will receive a notice through the mail. If an individual or business taxpayer has an outstanding tax bill or delinquent return that may be eligible and has NOT received a notice, he should review the eligibility information provided in the “Eligibility” section above. If the taxpayer has a copy of the outstanding bill from the Department, he may access the secure QuickPay service, using the 5-digit bill number and a business ID number or social security number for access. The QuickPay service will allow taxpayers to research the status of their accounts in a free and secure Internet environment. If the taxpayer does NOT
have a bill from the Department, he may call the toll-free phone number 1-877-729-8829
(1-877- PAY VTAX).
Power of Attorney
In order for the Department to discuss confidential tax matters with an alternate party, a completed Form PAR 101 must be submitted. The official and preferred Power of Attorney Form of the Department is Form PAR 101, which can be found on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. Virginia Code § 58.1-1834 requires the Department to provide a copy of any written correspondence, documentation or any other written materials that relate to a tax matter for which a taxpayer has filed a Power of Attorney Form to the person named to act under that express authority. A taxpayer’s representative will receive a copy of the amnesty notice only for the tax matters that the representative is authorized to receive. Therefore, if the representative is not authorized to act on all tax matters for a taxpayer, the notice sent to the representative may not list the entire amnesty balance for the taxpayer.
The designation on an income tax return of a tax preparer as authorized to discuss that return with the Department authorizes that tax preparer to discuss any amnesty issues that may be related to that return.
How to Pay
The Department will provide multiple payment options during Amnesty
-
QuickPay - The QuickPay service provides customers a free and secure online opportunity to research their account and pay bills.
-
VATAX Online - If a taxpayer is a registered VATAX Online user, the taxpayer can research his account and make payments during Amnesty at https://www.ireg.tax.virginia.gov/VTOL.
-
Credit card - Customers can pay current tax bills with a credit card through
Official Payments (www.oficialpayments.com). A fee will apply.
13
--- Page 14 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
- Mail - Send a check, payable to the Virginia Department of Taxation, along with the return or bill payment voucher. Payments must be postmarked no later than November 14, 2017, and should be mailed to:
Individual Income Tax Payments: P.O. Box 26179 Richmond, VA 23261-6179
Business Tax Payments: P.O. Box 2185 Richmond, VA 23261-2185
Estate and Inheritance Tax Payments*: P.O. Box 1500 Richmond, VA 23261-1500
Cigarette Tax Payments*: P.O. Box 715 Richmond, VA 23261-0715 * QuickPay and VATAX Online are not available for these taxes
How to Get Help
To obtain assistance by telephone call 1-877-729-8829 (1-877- PAY VTAX).
Hours of Operation: 1-877-729-8829 (1-877- PAY VTAX)
Dates Hours Notes
September 13-19 8:30 AM – 8:00 PM Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday + September 20 – October 30 8:30 AM – 6:00 PM Columbus Day holiday Monday-Friday + October 31 – November 13 8:30 AM – 8:00 PM Veterans Day holiday
November 14 8:30 AM – Midnight Last day
Callers who use the toll-free telephone number should be prepared to key in a social security number, or a Federal or State Business ID number.
Online Resources
These Guidelines are available on-line in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov.
14
[TABLE 14-1] | Hours of Operation: 1-877-729-8829 (1-877- PAY VTAX) | | | | | | | | Dates | | | Hours | | | Notes | | September 13-19 | | | 8:30 AM – 8:00 PM | | | Monday-Friday | | | | | | | | Monday-Friday + | | September 20 – October 30 | | | 8:30 AM – 6:00 PM | | | | | | | | | | | Columbus Day holiday | | | | | | | Monday-Friday + Veterans Day holiday | | | October 31 – November 13 | | | 8:30 AM – 8:00 PM | | | | | November 14 | | | 8:30 AM – Midnight | | | Last day |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 15 ---
Guidelines for the Virginia Tax Amnesty Program September 5, 2017
Additional resources are available through the Amnesty website www.VATAX.gov, include:
- Eligibility Guidelines
-
Payment Options, including QuickPay (Bank payments)
-
Official Payments (Credit/Debit Card payments)
- Mail Payment (to above address with voucher)
- Cashier’s Office (Cash, Check, Debit, Credit)
- Virginia Tax Online Services (Individual/Business)
- Tax Forms and Instructions (link is available at www.vatax.gov)
- Interest Calculator (link is available at www.vatax.gov)
- Link to Virginia Department of Taxation website (www.tax.virginia.gov)
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
15
Virginia Debt Buyer Apportionment GuidelinesDoc ID: Corporate
--- Page 1 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
Introduction
During the 2018 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 798 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 807), which requires multistate debt buyers to apportion their income to Virginia using a special method of apportionment (“Debt Buyer Apportionment”). Under Debt Buyer Apportionment, debt buyers are required to use a single factor method of apportionment based on sales and market-based sourcing methods to source certain sales that consist of money recovered on debt.
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the apportionment method and market-based sourcing methods that apply to debt buyers, as required by the second enactment clause of House Bill 798. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published
in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202.
As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. These guidelines complement the Department’s existing Corporation Income Tax Regulations (23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) 10-120-10, et seq.). To the extent that there is a conflict between the Department’s existing regulations and Va. Code §§ 58.1-416 and 58.1-422.3, the provisions of those sections of the Code of Virginia, as interpreted by these guidelines, supersede the existing regulations.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question
regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Companies Required to Use Debt Buyer Apportionment
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2019, a company that qualifies as a debt buyer is required to use Debt Buyer Apportionment when apportioning income to Virginia. No company may utilize Debt Buyer Apportionment unless it qualifies as a debt buyer.
For purposes of Debt Buyer Apportionment, “debt buyer” is an entity and its affiliated entities that purchase nonperforming loans from unaffiliated commercial entities that are in default for at least 120 days or in bankruptcy proceedings. “Debt buyer” does not include an entity that provides debt collection services for unaffiliated entities. “Affiliated” means the same as the term is defined in Va. Code § 58.1-302.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - January __, 2019
--- Page 2 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
Example 1
Taxpayer A provides debt collection services to Bank B, an unaffiliated entity.
Taxpayer A assists Bank B in collecting defaulted consumer debt but does not buy such debt from Bank B. Taxpayer A may not use Debt Buyer Apportionment and is not a debt buyer simply because it provides debt collection services.
Example 2
Taxpayer A purchases nonperforming loans from Taxpayer B and does not purchase nonperforming loans from any other entity. At the time that these loans were purchased, they were in default for at least 120 days. Taxpayer A is a fully-owned subsidiary of Taxpayer B. Taxpayer A may not use Debt Buyer Apportionment because a taxpayer cannot qualify as a debt buyer on the basis of
purchasing nonperforming loans from entities with which it is affiliated.
If the corporation’s business is composed of both debt buying and business that is not debt buying, separate accounting and the application of Debt Buyer Apportionment only to the debt buying portion of the corporation’s business is not permitted. See Commonwealth of Virginia v. Lucky Stores, Inc., 271 Va. 121 (1976). The application of Debt Buyer Apportionment is required to be determined for the corporation as a whole based upon the majority of the corporation’s business. The majority of a corporation’s business constitutes debt buying when more than 50 percent of the corporation’s revenues from the current taxable year are from its debt buying business. Therefore, if debt buying business constitutes a majority of the corporation’s business, the corporation is considered a debt buyer that is required to use Debt Buyer Apportionment. If debt buying business does not constitute a majority of the corporation’s business, the corporation is not considered a debt buyer and may not use Debt Buyer Apportionment.
Example 3
During Taxable Year 2019, Taxpayer A earned $900,000 of revenue by collecting on nonperforming loans that it had purchased from unaffiliated commercial entities.
At the time that these loans were purchased, they were in default for at least 120 days. Taxpayer A also earned $80,000 of revenue from service fees and $20,000 in interest income. Taxpayer A’s total revenues are as follows:
Revenues Percentage of Revenues Collections from eligible nonperforming loans $900,000 90% Service fees $80,000 8% Interest income $20,000 2% Total revenues $1,000,000 100%
Because a majority of Taxpayer A’s revenues for Taxable Year 2019 come from collecting on eligible nonperforming loans, Taxpayer A’s debt buying business is a
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - January __, 2019
[TABLE 2-1] | Revenues | Percentage of Revenues Collections from eligible nonperforming loans | $900,000 | 90% Service fees | $80,000 | 8% Interest income | $20,000 | 2% Total revenues | $1,000,000 | 100%
[/TABLE]
--- Page 3 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
majority of its business. As a result, Taxpayer A is considered a debt buyer that is required to use Debt Buyer Apportionment for Taxable Year 2019.
Example 4
During Taxable Year 2019, Taxpayer A earned $450,000 of revenue by collecting on nonperforming loans that it had purchased from unaffiliated commercial entities.
At the time that these loans were purchased, they were in default for at least 120 days. Taxpayer A also earned $550,000 of revenue by providing debt collection services to unaffiliated entities. Taxpayer A’s total revenues are as follows:
Revenues Percentage of Revenues
Collections from eligible nonperforming loans $450,000 45% Debt collection service fees $550,000 55% Total revenues $1,000,000 100%
Because a majority of Taxpayer A’s revenues for Taxable Year 2019 do not come from collecting on eligible nonperforming loans, Taxpayer A’s debt buying business is not a majority of its business. As a result, Taxpayer A is not considered a debt buyer and may not use the Debt Buyer Apportionment for Taxable Year 2019.
If a debt buyer is part of an affiliated group consisting of non-debt buyer corporations and files a Virginia consolidated return, then the affiliated group must follow the mixed apportionment factors method under 23 VAC 10-120-326.
Virginia Code § 58.1-418 requires that a financial corporation use a single factor method
of apportionment based on the percentage of its total business that is in Virginia. Because of how the term “financial corporation” is defined by Virginia law, a debt buyer will not generally be considered a financial corporation. See, e.g., Public Document (“P.D.”) 04-167. However, to the extent that a debt buyer is also considered a financial corporation, the Debt Buyer Apportionment provisions of Va. Code §§ 58.1-416 and 58.1-422.3, as interpreted by these guidelines, will apply rather than Va. Code § 58.1-418.
Overview of Debt Buyer Apportionment
Debt buyers are required to use a single sales factor method of apportionment and market-based sourcing methods for assigning certain sales under such method of apportionment.
Single Sales Factor Method of Apportionment for Debt Buyers
The Virginia taxable income of a multistate corporation, other than dividends, is
apportioned to Virginia by multiplying such income by an apportionment percentage.
Under Virginia’s standard apportionment method, the apportionment percentage is generally calculated by adding together a property factor plus a payroll factor, plus twice
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - January __, 2019
[TABLE 3-1] | Revenues | Percentage of Revenues Collections from eligible nonperforming loans | $450,000 | 45% Debt collection service fees | $550,000 | 55% Total revenues | $1,000,000 | 100%
[/TABLE]
--- Page 4 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
a sales factor, and then dividing such sum by four. In addition to its standard apportionment method, Virginia has specialized apportionment methods for calculating the apportionment percentage of multistate manufacturing companies, retail companies, companies with enterprise data center operations, motor carriers, railway companies, financial corporations, and construction companies.
A corporation subject to Debt Buyer Apportionment is required to use a single factor method of apportionment based on sales. Therefore, a debt buyer is required to apportion its Virginia taxable income to Virginia by multiplying such income by its sales factor only.
Dividends will continue to be allocated pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-407 and 23 VAC 10-120-140.
Market-Based Sourcing Methods for Sourcing Certain Sales of Debt Buyers
For apportionment purposes, the sales factor consists of a fraction, the numerator of which is the total sales of the corporation in Virginia during the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the total sales of the corporation everywhere during the taxable year. To be included in the sales factor, the sales must be used to produce Virginia taxable income and be effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, where the income from such conduct is includable in federal taxable income.
According to Va. Code § 58.1-416(A), sales of tangible personal property are generally deemed in Virginia and must be included in the sales factor numerator if the tangible personal property is delivered to a location in Virginia. In contrast, sales other than sales of tangible personal property are generally deemed in Virginia and must be included in the sales factor numerator if:
The income-producing activity is performed in Virginia; or
The income-producing activity is performed both in and outside of Virginia and a greater proportion of the income-producing activity is performed in Virginia than in any other state, based on costs of performance.
Debt Buyer Apportionment provides a limited exception to these rules by requiring a debt buyer to source sales that consist of money recovered on debt (“debt receipts”) using market-based sourcing. Pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-416(B), debt receipts will be deemed in Virginia and will be required to be included in the sales factor numerator if they are collected from a person who is a resident of Virginia or an entity that has its commercial domicile in Virginia
Virginia Code § 58.1-414 and 23 VAC 10-120-210 continue to apply to a debt buyer’s sales, including the determination of whether its debt receipts are to be included on a gross or net basis. In addition, the rules set forth in Va. Code § 58.1-415, Va. Code § 58.1-416(A), 23 VAC 10-120-220, and 23 VAC 10-120-230 continue to apply to a debt
buyer’s sales that do not consist of debt receipts.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - January __, 2019
--- Page 5 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
Example 5
The majority of Taxpayer A’s business involves purchasing of nonperforming loans from unaffiliated commercial entities and recovering on such loans. At the time that it purchases such loans, they were in default for at least 120 days. As a result, Taxpayer A is a debt buyer. As a small component of its business, Taxpayer A also provides debt collection services to banks. In these arrangements, Taxpayer A assists banks in collecting defaulted consumer debt but does not buy such debt from these banks.
Because Taxpayer A is a debt buyer, Taxpayer A must use market-based sourcing to source all debt receipts from the nonperforming loans that it has purchased.
However, Taxpayer A must use the income-producing activity rule to source any
receipts from fees that it charges to provide debt collection services to its bank customers. This is so, even if such fees are structured as a percentage of the recoveries that Taxpayer A earns for the banks on their defaulted consumer debt.
Market-Based Sourcing Methods
In determining whether debt receipts are in Virginia under Va. Code § 58.1-416(B), various sourcing methods are provided below that apply sequentially in a hierarchy. For each sale consisting of debt receipts, a debt buyer must make a reasonable effort to apply the primary sourcing method before seeking to apply the next sourcing method in the hierarchy. For example, the primary sourcing method requires a taxpayer to determine the state or states of assignment, and if the taxpayer cannot do so, the secondary method requires the taxpayer to reasonably approximate the state or states of assignment. In these cases, the taxpayer must attempt to determine the state or states of assignment (e.g., apply the primary method in the hierarchy) in good faith and with reasonable effort before it may reasonably approximate the state or states.
Primary Sourcing Method. If the necessary information is available to allow the debt buyer to determine the debtor’s actual state of residence or actual state of commercial domicile, as applicable, it is required to assign debt receipts received from that debtor to such state or states.
Secondary Sourcing Method. If the necessary information is not available for the debt buyer to determine the debtor’s actual state of residence or actual state of commercial domicile, as applicable, the taxpayer may reasonably approximate such state using the debtor’s mailing address from which such debts are collected, provided that:
The estimate has been undertaken in good faith, The estimate is a reasonable approximation of the amount of debt receipts attributable to Virginia, and
In using an estimate the debt buyer did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Virginia income tax.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - January __, 2019
--- Page 6 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
However, in any instance in which the debt buyer derives more than 5 percent of its debt receipts from a person or entity, the debt buyer is required to identify the person’s actual state of residence or the entity’s actual commercial domicile and assign the debt receipts to that state.
For purposes of the Secondary Sourcing Method, “mailing address” means the location indicated in the books and records of the debt buyer as the primary mailing address relating to the debtor’s account as of the time of the transaction, as kept in good faith, in the normal course of business, and not for tax avoidance purposes.
Related Member Transactions. In the case of debt receipts received from a related member, the debt buyer may not use the Secondary Sourcing Method. For this purpose, “related member” means “related member,” as defined in Va. Code § 58.1-302.
Example 6
Debt Buyer A collects money from individual debtors who are residents of Virginia and of other states. Debt Buyer A knows the state of primary residence for some of the debtors from which it collects and, where it does not know this state of primary residence, it knows the debtors’ mailing address. Debt Buyer A does not derive more than 5 percent of its debt receipts from any one debtor.
For those debt receipts where Debt Buyer A knows the debtor’s state of primary residence, it must assign debt receipts to that state. For those debt receipts where Debt Buyer A does not know the debtor’s state of primary residence, but rather knows the debtor’s mailing address, it may assign debt receipts to that state.
General Principles of Application; Contemporaneous Records
In order to satisfy the requirements in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, a debt buyer’s assignment of debt receipts must be consistent with the following principles:
Principle 1: A debt buyer must apply the methods set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section based on objective criteria and must consider all sources of information reasonably available to the debt buyer at the time of its tax filing including, without limitation, the debt buyer’s books and records kept in the normal course of business. A debt buyer must determine its method of assigning debt receipts in good faith, and apply it consistently with respect to similar transactions and year to year. A debt buyer must retain contemporaneous records that explain the determination and application of its method of assigning its debt receipts, including its underlying assumptions, and must provide those records to the Department upon request.
Principle 2: The “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section provides various sourcing methods that apply sequentially in a hierarchy. For each debt receipt to which a hierarchical method applies, a debt buyer must make a reasonable effort to apply the
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - January __, 2019
--- Page 7 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
primary method applicable to the sale before seeking to apply the next method in the hierarchy. For example, the applicable method first requires a debt buyer to determine the actual state or states of assignment, and if the debt buyer cannot do so, the method requires the debt buyer to reasonably approximate the state or states. In these cases, the debt buyer must attempt to determine the actual state or states of assignment (i.e., apply the primary method in the hierarchy) in good faith and with reasonable effort before it may reasonably approximate the state or states.
Principle 3: A debt buyer’s method of assigning its debt receipts, including the use of a method of approximation, where applicable, must reflect an attempt to obtain the most accurate assignment of debt receipts consistent with the standards set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, rather than an attempt to lower the debt buyer’s tax liability. A method of assignment that is reasonable for one debt buyer may not necessarily be reasonable for another debt buyer, depending upon the applicable
facts.
Applying the Method of Reasonable Approximation
In general, the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section establishes uniform methods for determining whether and to what extent debt receipts are in Virginia. The section also sets forth a method of reasonable approximation, which applies if the actual state or states of assignment cannot be determined.
Approximation Based Upon Known Debt Receipts: In an instance where, applying the applicable methods set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, a debt buyer can ascertain the state or states of assignment of a substantial portion of its debt receipts from substantially similar transactions with debtors, but not all of those debt receipts, and the debt buyer reasonably believes, based on all available information, that the geographic distribution of some or all of the remainder of debt receipts generally tracks that of the assigned debt receipts, it must include debt receipts which it believes tracks
the geographic distribution of the assigned debt receipts in its sales factor in the same proportion as its assigned debt receipts.
Related Member Debt Receipts and Information Imputed from Debtor to Taxpayer: Where a debt buyer receives debt receipts from a related member debtor, information that the debtor has that is relevant to the sourcing of debt receipts is imputed to the debt buyer. For this purpose, “related member” means “related member,” as defined in Va.
Code § 58.1-302.
Exclusion of Sales from the Sales Factor: In a case in which a debt buyer cannot ascertain the state or states to which a debt receipt is to be assigned pursuant to the applicable methods set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section (including through the use of a method of reasonable approximation, where relevant) using a reasonable amount of effort undertaken in good faith, the Department will require that such sale be excluded from both the numerator and denominator of the debt buyer’s sales
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - January __, 2019
--- Page 8 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
factor pursuant to its authority under Va. Code § 58.1-416(D) to adopt remedies and corrective procedures.
Changes in Methodology; Department’s Review
General Methods Applicable to Original Returns
In any case in which a taxpayer files an original return for a taxable year in which it properly uses the single sales factor method of apportionment and properly assigns its debt receipts using market-based sourcing methods, including a method of reasonable approximation, in accordance with the methods stated in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, the application of such method of apportionment and sourcing will be deemed to be a correct determination by the debt buyer. In those cases, neither the Department nor the taxpayer may modify the debt buyer’s methodology as applied for
apportioning income and for sourcing debt receipts for the taxable year. However, the Department and the taxpayer may each subsequently correct factual errors or calculation errors with respect to the taxpayer’s application of its filing methodology.
Authority to Adjust a Taxpayer’s Return
The Department’s ability to review and adjust a taxpayer’s return (1) for the use of, or failure to use, the single sales factor method of apportionment includes, but is not limited to, its authority under Va. Code § 58.1-446, and (2) for the assignment of debt receipts to more accurately assign debt receipts consistently with the methods or standards of the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, includes, but is not limited to, the following:
In a case in which a taxpayer fails to properly assign debt receipts in accordance with the methods set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, including the failure to properly apply a hierarchy of methods, the Department may adjust the
assignment of debt sales in accordance with the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section.
In a case in which a taxpayer uses a method of approximation to assign its debt receipts and the Department determines that the method of approximation employed by the taxpayer is not reasonable, the Department may substitute a method of approximation that the Department determines is appropriate or may exclude the debt receipts from the taxpayer’s numerator and denominator, as appropriate.
In a case in which the Department determines that a taxpayer’s method of approximation is reasonable, but has not been applied in a consistent manner with respect to similar transactions or year to year, the Department may require that the taxpayer apply its method of approximation in a consistent manner.
In a case in which a taxpayer excludes debt receipts from the denominator of its sales factor on the theory that the assignment of the debt receipts cannot be reasonably approximated, the Department may determine that the exclusion of those receipts is
Virginia Department of Taxation - 8 - January __, 2019
--- Page 9 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
not appropriate, and may instead substitute a method of approximation that the Department determines is appropriate.
In a case in which a taxpayer fails to retain contemporaneous records that explain the determination and application of its method of assigning its debt receipts, including its underlying assumptions, or fails to provide those records to the Department upon request, the Department may treat the debt buyer’s assignment of debt receipts as unsubstantiated, and may adjust the assignment of the debt receipts in a manner consistent with the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section.
In a case in which the Department concludes that a debtor’s mailing address was selected by the taxpayer for tax avoidance purposes, the Department may adjust the
assignment of debt receipts in a manner consistent with the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section.
The Department may adopt other remedies and corrective procedures as well, such as sourcing debt receipts based upon reliance on the location of income-producing activity and direct costs of performance or making adjustments based upon Va. Code § 58.1-446, if applicable.
Debt Buyer Authority to Change a Method of Assignment on a Prospective Basis
A debt buyer that seeks to change its method of assigning its debt receipts must disclose, in the original return filed for the year of the change, the fact that it has made the change.
If a debt buyer fails to adequately disclose the change, the Department may disregard the debt buyer’s change and substitute an assignment method that the Department determines is appropriate.
Authority to Change a Method of Assignment on a Prospective Basis
The Department may direct a debt buyer to change its method of assigning its debt receipts in tax returns that have not yet been filed, including changing the debt buyer’s method of approximation, if upon reviewing the debt buyer’s filing methodology applied for a prior tax year, the Department determines that the change is appropriate to reflect a more accurate assignment of the debt buyer’s debt receipts, and determines that the change can be reasonably adopted by the debt buyer. The Department will provide the debt buyer with a written explanation as to the reason for making the change. In a case in which a debt buyer fails to comply with the Department’s direction on subsequently filed returns, the Department may deem the debt buyer’s method of assigning its debt sales on those returns to be unreasonable, and may substitute an assignment method that the Department determines is appropriate.
Treatment of Pass-through Entities
Pass-through entities (“PTE”) are required to use corporate apportionment to determine
the portion of their income that is from Virginia sources for purposes of allocating a share
Virginia Department of Taxation - 9 - January __, 2019
--- Page 10 ---
Debt Buyer Apportionment Guidelines
of that income to nonresident individuals. This will affect the amount that the nonresident individuals report on their Virginia nonresident income tax return or that the PTE reports on behalf of its nonresident owners, and the amount for which the PTE may be required to withhold from Virginia income. See the PTE Guidelines (P.D. 15-240) for more information.
A corporate owner of a PTE may be required to include its share of the PTE’s property, payroll, and sales in the corporation’s own apportionment factors. (See P.D. 95-19, 95-263, and 99-76.) If the PTE is a debt buyer, it must use Debt Buyer Apportionment. The corporate owners would include in their factors only their share of the PTE’s factors for the applicable taxable year.
Inapplicability of Virginia’s Administrative Extension of Public Law 86-272
A taxpayer is not subject to Virginia corporate income tax to the extent that federal or state law exempts the taxpayer from such tax. One federal law, Public Law (“P.L.”) 86-272, prohibits a state from imposing a net income tax where the only contacts with the state are a narrowly defined set of activities constituting solicitation of orders for sales of tangible personal property. While P.L. 86-272 itself only relates to sales of tangible personal property, the Department has an administrative policy of generally extending this federal law to sales other than sales of tangible personal property. See P.D. 93-75.
Because debt receipts are a type of sales other than sales of tangible personal property, a debt buyer would generally be exempt from Virginia corporate income tax to the extent that its only sales in Virginia were debt sales protected under this administrative policy.
However, Va. Code § 58.1-416(C) asserts nexus over debt buyers with debt receipts attributable to Virginia to the maximum extent permitted under the Constitutions of Virginia and the United States and federal law. This provision of Virginia law supersedes the Department’s administrative extension of P.L. 86-272. As a result, a debt buyer is not eligible for an exemption from taxation on the basis that its debt receipts would be
protected under the Department’s administrative policy. Note that Va. Code § 58.1-416(C) only supersedes the Department’s administrative policy. It does not remove any exemption from taxation afforded to taxpayers, including debt buyers, under P.L. 86-272 itself. To the extent that a debt buyer’s only sales in Virginia are sales of tangible personal property protected under P.L. 86-272, the debt buyer will continue to be exempt from Virginia corporate income tax.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available on the Department’s website, located at http://www.tax.virginia.gov/. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 10 - January __, 2019
Virginia Set-Off Debt Collection and Filing AmendmentsDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---
XS
AEEM
sy
«” ir
é
Ls)
ye
o
&
i
Est = sh ad
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
William J. West, Supervisor
Technical Services Section
Office Services Division
FROM
Danny M. Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division
Manrey
DATE
April 25, 1984
SUBJECT
Set-Off Debt Collection Program
Amending Filing Status 4 Returns
This will reply to your memorandum of December 14, 1983 regarding the
amendment of individual income tax returns by persons filing separately
on a combined return for purposes of reducing the amount of refund
available for debt set-off.
Issues
Virginia Code § 58-19.7(E) defines a "refund" for purposes of the
set-off debt program as
a refund belonging to a debtor resulting from the filing of a
return where husband and wife have elected to file a combined
return and separately state their Virginia taxable incomes under
the provisions of § 58-151.012(b)(2).
(Emphasis added. )
The emphasized language is the result of a 1982 legislative change which
was intended to clarify that we could not set off the entire refund
payable to a husband and wife pursuant to a filing status 4 return, but
would instead be allowed to hold only that portion of the refund belong-
ing to the debtor.
Consequently the opportunity does present itself for
spouses to file amended return, shifting deductions to the non-liable
spouse thus increasing the tax liability of the liable spouse.
Of
--- Page 2 ---Memo to William J. West Page 2 course the result of this is to decrease the amount of the refund attributable to or "belonging to" the debtor.
The second situation which has arisen is the attempted application by taxpayers using filing status 4 of Revenue Ruling 80-7 relating to the attribution of a refund between spouses. Taxpayers have attempted to amend returns using the formula set forth in this revenue ruling.
Discussion For purposes of the set-off debt collection program, it is necessary for the department to determine each spouse's property interest in a refund to insure that only the liable spouse's interest is actually used to satisfy a set-off claim. Since filing status 4 returns require separate computation of each spouse's tax liability and separate accounting for each spouse's credits, the determination of the refund interest of each is readily ascertainable by subtracting the credits from the liability.
When an amended return is filed which reduces the liable spouse's interest in the refund, the effect of such return is to convey the property interest in such refund from the liable party to his/her spouse. Since the overall effect on the total refund is either decrease or no change, the presumption is that the amendment is made solely to change the property interest in the refund.
Virginia Code § 55-80 voids conveyances, assignments or transfers of property where the intent is to delay, hinder, or defraud creditors. In interpreting this section, the Supreme Court has held that transactions between husband and wife are subject to close scrutiny to insure that the purpose of the conveyance, assignment or transfer is not merely to put the spouse's property beyond the reach of the creditors, and has further held that in such cases, the presumptions are in favor of the creditors. See Richardson v. Pierce, 105 Va. 628, 54 S.E. 480 (1906), and Morrisette v. Cook and Bernheimer Co., 122 Va. 588, 95 S.E. 449 (1918). .
Therefore, where, after notification of set-off, a husband and wife file an amended return which results in a reduced property interest in the refund for the liable spouse, a fraudulent conveyance has occurred and pursuant to Virginia Code § 55-80, the transaction is void. Thus, the department should not accept any such amended returns.
However, an amended return which reduces the married couple's total tax liability should be accepted, even if the debtor's interest in the refund is reduced. While the effect of this type of amendment may be to defeat the set-off process, the test of proof is much more difficult, if
--- Page 3 ---Memo to William J. West Page 3 not impossible, to meet since the effect of the amended return is not only to defeat the set-off but also to increase the refund.
In challenging amended returns on the basis of the fraudulent conveyance principle, it is critical that we maintain records which demonstrate the proper sequence of events, i.e., the filing of a status 4 return, the notification to the taxpayer of set-off and thereafter the filing of an amended return.
The second mechanism which taxpayers have attempted to utilize to reduce the amount of the refund, the use of Revenue Ruling 80-7, is clearly . unacceptable. Revenue Ruling 80-7 relates exclusively to the determina-tion of each spouse's interest in a refund resulting from the filing of a joint return. The use of Filing Status 4 clearly distinguishes the case at hand from that described in Revenue Ruling 80-7. Where a joint return is filed, some computational mechanism is necessary to ascertain each spouse's interest in the refund. However, where spouses file separately on a combined return, they have elected to separately state their tax liabilities and credits on the face of the return and no additional computation is necessary or appropriate.
Finally, where any adjustment is made to a return subject to set-off after the set-off has been finalized, i.e., funds have been transmitted to the claimant agency, such amendment will be treated as though a refund check had been issued to the taxpayer(s). The debtor has been notified of the debt and has been afforded a right of appeal to the claimant agency. Once these remedies are exhausted and the funds transferred in full or partial settlement of the claim, the refund has been made to the taxpayer's creditor on behalf of the taxpayer. There-fore if an amended return is filed subsequent to this point, it takes on the status of any other after-refund amendment and the appropriate action should be taken.
If you have any questions relative to this memorandum, please let us know. The policy set forth herein will be incorporated into the Indi-vidual Income Tax Regulations.
Approved Lee >> S< > April 25, 1984 W. Srst Date State Tax Commissioner gem cc: Assistants Attorney General Division Directors Office of the Commissioner
Virginia Tax Assessment LimitationsDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---fee Pe
HAUS See»
Nw
legs
8
Cgiverted
45
“a
ote
) J
"& fer
IRS y
hee
i
t?
\
COMMONWEALTH 09,
IRGINIA
}
Department of |
\
i
on,
»
Richmond,
|
—
_
MEMORANDUM
Cc.
B. Davidson,
Supervisor
TO
Collections Section
Office Services Division
DATE
February 17,
1987
Limitations applicable to converted assessments
SUBJECT
In response to your memorandum of January 21, 1987, I offer the
following
If the due date for filing a return and paying a tax is January
20,
1987, then the three or six year period for assessing a tax
runs from January 20,
1987,
the "date on which such taxes became
due and payable" under § 58.1-104.
Accordingly, if a return is filed late without payment on March
the period for assessing the tax due will expire on
20, 1987,
if no return is filed then the tax
January 20,
However,
may be assessed at any time prior to January 20, 1993.
Virginia law does no
t contain a provision similar to Internal
Revenue Code § 6501(c)(7) which allows a 60 day exte
nsion for
assessment when a return is filed within 60 days of the
Thus,
expiration of the period
for assessing additional tax.
our
even if a return is filed two years an
d eleven months
late,
If a
period for assessing tax would expire one month later.
return was filed three years and one month late, we could not
assess any additional tax at all.
In the two examples you give, on March 20, 1987, the department
assessed the corporation or partnership for taxes which were due
on January 20,
Assuming that the assessment is not paid,
you ask when would the period for converting the assessments to
a "responsible person" expire?
a return filed late without payment,
the
In the first example,
period for converting the tax l
iability into an assessment
against the "responsible person
" would expire three years from
the date the tax was due, which would be on January 20, 1990.
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM
C. B. Davidson
February 17, 1987
Page 2
In your second example, failure to file a return, the period for converting the tax liability into an assessment against the "responsible person" would expire six years from the date the tax was due, which would be on January 20, 1993.
The date on which the corporation or partnership was assessed by the department affects the right of the corporation or partnership to apply to a court for correction of an erroneous assessment, but has no effect on the department's right to assess a "responsible person." The "payment due in 30 days" language on our assessment forms has no impact on any rights of the department or the taxpayer. However, under § 58.1-1812, if the taxpayer pays the amount assessed within 30 days, then no additional interest will be charged.
In the case of an extension granted for filing a return, in most cases the date the tax is due is not extended. For example, a six month extension to file an income tax return would not extend the period for assessing tax against the corporation or -any of its “responsible persons."
However, an extension to file a sales tax return may be granted until the end of the month. Such an extension also extends the date for payment of the tax without interest or penalty. If such an extension is granted then the period for assessing tax against the corporation or any of its "responsible persons" would also be extended.
Danny M Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division
Internet Root Infrastructure Sales Sourcing GuidelinesDoc ID: 7821
--- Page 1 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
Introduction
During the 2023 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1481 (2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 405) and Senate Bill 1349 (2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 406), which allow internet root infrastructure providers that meet certain criteria and choose to enter into a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with the Virginia Economic Development Partnership Authority (“the Authority”) to source sales of services to Virginia using market-based sourcing.
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the sourcing of sales for certain internet root infrastructure providers, as required by the second enactment clause of both House Bill 1481 and Senate Bill 1349. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being
published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202.
As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. These guidelines complement the Department’s existing Corporation Income Tax Regulations (23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) 10-120-10, et seq.). To the extent that there is a conflict between the Department’s existing regulations and Va. Code §§ 58.1-416 and 58.1-422.5, the provisions of those sections of the Code of Virginia, as interpreted by these guidelines, supersede the existing regulations.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question
regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
These guidelines address how to compute the hybrid sales factor for an internet root infrastructure provider that has already qualified and entered into an MOU with the Authority for a particular taxable year (“qualified provider” or “Provider”). These guidelines do not address how to qualify under this legislation. Please consult the Authority for more information on how to qualify and the criteria that must be met.
Sales Factor Calculation
For apportionment purposes, the sales factor consists of a fraction, the numerator of which is the total sales of the corporation in Virginia during the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the total sales of the corporation everywhere during the taxable year. To be included in the sales factor, the sales must be used to produce Virginia taxable income and be effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - December 12, 2023
--- Page 2 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
the United States, where the income from such conduct is includable in federal taxable income.
According to Va. Code § 58.1-416(A), sales of tangible personal property are generally deemed in Virginia and must be included in the sales factor numerator if the tangible personal property is delivered to a location in Virginia. In contrast, Va. Code § 58.1-416(B)(1) provides that sales other than sales of tangible personal property are generally deemed in Virginia and must be included in the sales factor numerator if:
-
The income-producing activity is performed in Virginia; or
-
The income-producing activity is performed both in and outside of Virginia and a
greater proportion of the income-producing activity is performed in Virginia than in any other state, based on costs of performance.
Qualified providers are allowed a limited exception to these rules by being able to source sales of services using market-based sourcing. Pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-416(B)(3), sales of services will be deemed in Virginia and will be required to be included in the sales factor numerator if the benefit of the service is received in Virginia.
Market-based sourcing under this legislation is limited to sales of services only. As a result, a qualified provider must compute its sales factor using standard rules, except that the sale of services would be sourced to Virginia if the benefit of such service was received in Virginia. Sales of intangible property and real estate continue to be sourced to Virginia based on the location of the greater portion of costs of performance, and sales of tangible personal property continue to be sourced to Virginia based upon whether property is received in Virginia by the purchaser.
Definitions
As used in these guidelines, unless the context requires otherwise
“Benefit of a service is received” means the location where the taxpayer's customer has either directly or indirectly received value from delivery of that service.
“Cannot be determined” means that the taxpayer's records or the records of the taxpayer's customer which are available to the taxpayer do not indicate the location where the benefit of the service was received.
“Reasonable approximation” means considering all sources of information other than the terms of the contract and the Provider's books and records kept in the normal course of business, the location of the market for the benefit of the services is determined in a manner that is consistent with the activities of the customer to the extent such information is available to the taxpayer. Reasonable approximation shall be limited to the jurisdictions or geographic areas where the customer or purchaser, at the time of purchase, will
receive the benefit of the services to the extent such information is available to the
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - December 12, 2023
--- Page 3 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
taxpayer. If population is a reasonable approximation, the population used shall be the U.S. population as determined by the most recent U.S. census data. If it can be shown by the taxpayer that the benefit of the service is being substantially received outside the U.S., then the populations of those other countries where the benefit of the service is being substantially received shall be added to the U.S. population. Information that is specific in nature is preferred over information that is general in nature.
“Service” means activities engaged in by a person for another person for consideration.
The term “service” does not include activities performed by a person who is not in a regular trade or business offering its services to the public, and does not include services rendered to an entity “affiliated,” as defined in Va. Code § 58.1-302, with the taxpayer.
“To the extent” means that if the customer of a service receives the benefit of a service in more than one state, the gross receipts from the performance of the service are included
in the numerator of the sales factor according to the portion of the benefit of the services received in this Commonwealth.
Market-Based Sourcing Methods
In determining whether sales of services are in Virginia under Va. Code § 58.1-416(B)(3), various sourcing methods are provided below that apply sequentially in a hierarchy. For each sale of services, a qualified provider must make a reasonable effort to apply the preceding sourcing method before seeking to apply the next sourcing method in the hierarchy. For example, the primary sourcing method for corporations and other business entities requires a Provider to determine the location where the benefit of the service is received, and if a Provider cannot do so, the secondary method requires a Provider to reasonably approximate the location of assignment. In this case, the Provider must attempt to assign the sales of serviced to the location where the benefit of the service is received (e.g., apply the primary method in the hierarchy) in good faith and with reasonable effort before it may reasonably approximate the location.
Individual Customers
In the case where an individual is the Provider's customer, receipt of the benefit of the service shall be determined as follows:
Primary Sourcing Method. The location of the benefit of the service shall be presumed to be received in Virginia if the billing address of the Provider's customer, as determined at the end of the taxable year, is in the Commonwealth. If the Provider uses the customer's billing address as the method of assigning the sales to the Commonwealth, the Department will accept this method of assignment. This presumption may be overcome by the Provider by showing, based on a preponderance of the evidence, that either the contract between the Provider and the Provider's customer, or other books and records of the taxpayer kept in the normal course of business, provide the extent to which the benefit of the service is received at a location in the Commonwealth. If the Provider believes it has overcome the presumption and uses an alternative method based on either
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - December 12, 2023
--- Page 4 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
the contract between the Provider and the Provider's customer or other books and records of the taxpayer kept in the normal course of business, the Department may examine the Provider's alternative method to determine if the billing address presumption has been overcome and, if so, whether the Provider's alternate method of assignment reasonably reflects where the benefit of the service was received by the Provider's customers.
Alternative Sourcing Method. If the presumption in primary sourcing method is overcome by the Provider, and an alternative method cannot be determined by reference to the contract between the Provider and its customer or the Provider's books and records kept in the normal course of business, then the location where the benefit of the services is received by the customer shall be reasonably approximated.
Business Customers
In the case where a corporation or other business entity is the Provider's customer, receipt of the benefit of the service shall be determined as follows:
Primary Sourcing Method. If the necessary information is available to allow the Provider to determine the location where the benefit is received, it is required to assign sales of services to such location. The location of the benefit of the services shall be presumed to be received in the location where the contract between the Provider and the Provider’s customer or the Provider’s books and records kept in the normal course of business, notwithstanding the billing address of the Provider’s customer, indicate the benefit of the service is located. This presumption may be overcome by the Provider or the Department by showing, based on a preponderance of the evidence, that the location indicated by the contract or the Provider’s books and records was not the actual location where the benefit of the service was received.
Alternative Sourcing Methods. If neither the contract nor the Provider’s books and records provide the location where the benefit of the service is received, or the
presumption in the primary sourcing method is overcome, then the location where the benefit is received shall be reasonably approximated.
If the location where the benefit of the service is received cannot be determined under the primary sourcing method nor reasonably approximated, then the location where the benefit of the service is received shall be presumed to be in the location from which the Provider’s customer placed the order for the service.
If the location where the benefit of the service is received cannot be determined pursuant to the primary sourcing method, reasonably approximated, nor by the location where the Provider’s customer placed the order for the service, then the benefit of the services shall be in the location of the Provider’s customer’s billing address.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - December 12, 2023
--- Page 5 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
Example 1
Provider A sells internet root infrastructure services to business customers under contracts that indicate that the benefit is received in State 1. Provider A sells other internet root infrastructure services to other business customers under contracts that do not indicate where the benefit is received, and Provider A’s records do not indicate where the benefit is received.
For those customers whose contract indicate the location where the benefit is received, Provider A must assign these sales to State 1. For those customers whose contract does not indicate where the benefit is received, nor does Provider A have records indicating where the benefit is received, Provider A must source these sales by reasonable approximation if possible. Provider A may not choose out of convenience to source these sales based on the location from which the
customer ordered the services or the customer’s billing address.
However, if these sales cannot be sourced by reasonably approximation, Provider A must source these sales to the location from which the customer ordered the services. In the event that Provider A also cannot determine the location from which the customer ordered the services, Provider A must then use the customer’s billing address to source these sales.
Example 2
Provider A sells internet root infrastructure services to a business customer under a contract which indicates that the benefit is received in State 1, where the customer’s headquarters is located. However, Provider A knows that the business customer is actually receiving and using these services at a branch office in State
- Accordingly, Provider A must assign these sales to State 2.
General Principles of Application
In order to satisfy the requirements in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, a qualified provider’s assignment of sales of services must be consistent with the following principles:
Principle 1: The Provider must apply the methods set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section based on objective criteria and must consider all sources of information reasonably available to the Provider at the time of its tax filing. The Provider must determine the location where the benefit of the service is received as indicated by the contract or the Provider’s books and records kept in the normal course of business in good faith, and apply such determinations consistently with respect to similar transactions and year to year. The Provider must retain contemporaneous records that explain the determination and application of its method of assigning sales of services, including its underlying assumptions, and must provide those records to the Department upon request.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - December 12, 2023
--- Page 6 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
Principle 2: The “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section provides various sourcing methods that apply sequentially in a hierarchy. For each sale to which a hierarchical method applies, the Provider must make a reasonable effort to apply the preceding method applicable to the sale before seeking to apply the next method in the hierarchy.
For example, the applicable method first requires the Provider to determine the location where the benefit was received, and if the Provider cannot do so, the method requires the Provider to reasonably approximate the location. In these cases, the Provider must attempt to determine the location where the service was received (i.e., apply the primary method in the hierarchy) in good faith and with reasonable effort before it may reasonably approximate the location.
Principle 3: The Provider’s method of assigning its sales of services, including the use of a method of reasonable approximation, where applicable, must reflect an attempt to obtain the most accurate assignment of such sales consistent with the standards set forth
in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section, rather than an attempt to lower the Provider’s tax liability. A method of assignment that is reasonable for one Provider may not necessarily be reasonable for another Provider, depending upon the applicable facts.
Exclusion of Sales from the Sales Factor
In a case in which a Provider cannot ascertain the location to which a sale of services is to be assigned pursuant to the applicable methods set forth in the “Market-Based Sourcing Methods” section (including through the use of a method of reasonable approximation, where relevant) using a reasonable amount of effort undertaken in good faith, the Department will require that such sale be excluded from both the numerator and denominator of the Provider’s sales factor pursuant to its authority under Va. Code § 58.1-416(D) to adopt remedies and corrective procedures.
Treatment of Pass-through Entities
Pass-through entities (“PTEs”) are required to use corporate apportionment to determine the portion of their income that is from Virginia sources for purposes of allocating a share of that income to nonresident individuals. This will affect the amount that the nonresident individuals report on their Virginia nonresident income tax returns or that the PTE reports on behalf of its nonresident owners, and the amount for which the PTE may be required to withhold from Virginia income. See the PTE Guidelines (P.D. 15-240) for more information.
A corporate owner of a PTE may be required to include its share of the PTE’s property, payroll, and sales in the corporation’s own apportionment factors. (See P.D. 95-19, 95-263, and 99-76.) The corporate owners would include in their factors only their share of the PTE’s factors for the applicable taxable year.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - December 12, 2023
--- Page 7 ---
Internet Root Infrastructure Providers Hybrid Sales Factor Guidelines
Inapplicability of Virginia’s Administrative Extension of Public Law 86-272
A taxpayer is not subject to Virginia corporate income tax to the extent that federal or state law exempts the taxpayer from such tax. One federal law, Public Law (“P.L.”) 86-272, prohibits a state from imposing a net income tax where the only contacts with the state are a narrowly defined set of activities constituting solicitation of orders for sales of tangible personal property. While P.L. 86-272 itself only relates to sales of tangible personal property, the Department has an administrative policy of generally extending this federal law to sales other than sales of tangible personal property. See P.D. 93-75.
Because services are a type of sales other than sales of tangible personal property, a Provider would generally be exempt from Virginia corporate income tax to the extent that its only sales in Virginia were services protected under this administrative policy.
However, Va. Code § 58.1-416(C) asserts nexus over internet root infrastructure
providers with sales of services attributable to Virginia to the maximum extent permitted under the Constitutions of Virginia and the United States and federal law. This provision of Virginia law supersedes the Department’s administrative extension of P.L. 86-272. As a result, a Provider is not eligible for an exemption from taxation on the basis that its sales of service would be protected under the Department’s administrative policy. Note that Va.
Code § 58.1-416(C) only supersedes the Department’s administrative policy. It does not remove any exemption from taxation afforded to taxpayers, including Providers, under P.L. 86-272 itself. To the extent that a Provider’s only sales in Virginia are sales of tangible personal property protected under P.L. 86-272, the Provider will continue to be exempt from Virginia corporate income tax.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available on the Department’s website, located at http://www.tax.virginia.gov/. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - December 12, 2023
Reciprocal Income Tax Agreement OverviewDoc ID: Agreements
--- Page 1 ---
RECIPROCAL INCOME TAX AGREEMENT
BETWEEN ‘
COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA
: AND
, STATE OF MARYLAND I. Statement of purpose.
It is the intention of this agreement and the parties hereto
A. To relieve employers and employees in the Commonwealth of Virginia and the State of Maryland from the withholding of Maryland income tax on compensation paid in Maryland to residents of Virginia and from the withholding of Virginia income tax on compensation paid in Virginia to residents of Maryland;
B. To relieve Virginia residents from liability for Maryland income tax and the requirement for filing a tax return with regard to compensation paid in Maryland; and
Cc, To relieve Maryland residents from liability for Virginia income tax and the requirement for filing a tax return with regard to compensatién paid in Virginia.
II. Definitions. .
A. For purposes ef this agreement, “compensation paid in Maryland” is defined in Section 10-905(e-1) of the Tax-General Article.
B. For purposes of this agreement, “compensation paid in Virginia" is defined in Section 58.1~302 of the Virginia Cede.
C. For purposes of this agreement, the term “Virginia employer" means an employer who is subject to the jurisdiction of the Commoanwealth of Virginia, and the term “Maryland employer" means an employer who is subject to the jurisdiction of the State of Maryland. .
D. For purposes of this agreement, the term "Maryland resident" means an individual who is domiciled in Maryland and is a nonresident of Virginia. The term "Virginia resident" means ah individual who is domiciled in the Commonwealth of Virginia and is a nonresident of Maryland.
--- Page 2 ---III. Agreements.
In the furtherance of thelr above stated intentions, the parties agree as follows:
A. Agreements respecting withholding.
-
No Maryland or Virginia employer shall he required to withhold Maryland income tax from compensation paid in Maryland to a resident of Virginia who files with his employer a certificate of nonresidence unless and until such employer is advised that any such certificate was improperly filed. :
-
No Maryland or Virginia employer shall be required to withhold Virginia income tax from compensation paid in Virginia to a resident of Maryland who files with his employer a certificate of nonresidence unless and until such employer is advised that any such certificate was improperly filed. .
-
A certificate of nonresidency may not be filed by an employee domiciled in one signatory state who maintains a pice of . abode in the other signatory state and spends in the aggregate more than 183 days of the taxable year in the other state.
B. Agreements respecting liability for individual income tax and tax return filing.
-
No Virginia resident who signs a certificate of nonresidence Shall be required to pay Maryland income tax or file a Maryland income tax return on compensation paid in Maryland.
-
No Maryland resident who signs a certificate of nonresidence shall be required to pay Virginia income tax or file a Virginia income tax return on compensation paid in Virginia,
-
This agreement does not apply to any nonresident who has an actual place of abode in the nonresident state at any time during the taxable year. .
-
Nothing in this agreement shall be interpreted to exempt a resident of Virginia or Maryland who was a part~-year resident of the other state from liability for payment of income tax or filing an income tax return with regard to compensation | received while a resident of the other state. ©
-
Nothing in this agreement shall be interpreted to exempt a resident of Virginia or Maryland who has taxable income in the state of nonresidence, other than in the form of compensation, from liability for payment of income tax or filing an income tax return with regard to such other taxable income.
--- Page 3 ---IV. Effective date.
This a
greement. is made thig
ag day of
Shall becom
e effective and Operat
G
LiL and “*
‘
to taxable
years beginning after
ive upon the part
Aigner
kes with respect
Decembe
wikis
L991 ,
Louis LL.
oldstein
Comptroller of the
tate of Maryland
Treasury
W eer EH. Forst
Tax Commissioner
Commonwealth of Virginia
Pass-Through Entity Withholding GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
**These Guidelines supersede the Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding that were issued by the Department on September 21, 2007 (Public Document 07-150).
Procedural History
During the 2007 session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 1238, which was codified as Article 16.1 of Chapter 3 of Title 58.1 (Va. Code § 58.1-486.1 et seq.). This legislation imposes a withholding tax on any pass-through entity doing business in the Commonwealth and having taxable income derived from Virginia sources, in an amount equal to five percent of its nonresident owners’ share of income from Virginia sources. The pass-through entity withholding tax became effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2008.
These guidelines are intended to provide updated guidance to taxpayers regarding the pass-through entity withholding requirements. Nothing in these guidelines shall be construed to affect the current withholding requirements applicable to employers provided in Article 16 of Chapter 3 of Title 58.1 (Va. Code § 58.1-460). These guidelines supersede the Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding issued by the Department on September 21, 2007 (Public Document 07-150). As necessary, additional guidelines will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines are contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
This revision of the guidelines is effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2015.
Definitions
“Income from Virginia sources” means the items of income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to the ownership, sale, exchange, or other disposition of any interest in real or tangible personal property in Virginia or attributable to a business, trade, profession, or occupation carried on in Virginia or attributable to intangible personal property employed in a business, trade, profession, or occupation carried on in Virginia. If the entire business of a
pass-through entity is not deemed to have been transacted or conducted within the Commonwealth, then “income from Virginia sources” means that portion of the pass-through entity's income that has been allocated and apportioned to Virginia in the same manner as corporations.
“Investment pass-through entity” means any pass-through entity that meets the following criteria: i) substantially all of the pass-through entity’s assets consist of intangible property;
II. all of the pass-through entity’s income is from interest, dividends, and capital gains from
Department of Taxation - 1 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
the sale of intangible property; iii) if the pass-through entity owns any real or tangible personal property, such property is not held for the production of income; and iv) the pass-through entity is not engaged in a trade or business in Virginia. For purposes of this definition, “substantially all” means 95 percent or more.
“Nonresident owner” means any person who is treated as a partner, member, or shareholder of a pass-through entity for federal income tax purposes and, in the case of an individual, is not a domiciliary or actual resident of Virginia, or, in the case of any other entity, does not have its commercial domicile in Virginia.
"Pass-through entity" means any entity, including a limited partnership, a limited liability partnership, a general partnership, a limited liability company, a professional limited liability company, a business trust or a Subchapter S corporation, that is recognized as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, in which the partners, members or shareholders report their share of the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits from the entity on their federal income tax returns.
“Taxable income from Virginia sources” means income from Virginia sources that would be subject to Virginia income tax if the entity were not a pass-through entity. A pass-through entity is required to account for any applicable statutory modifications when determining its “taxable income from Virginia sources.”
Pass-Through Entity Electronic Filing Mandate
Beginning on January 1, 2015, effective for Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter, pass-through entities are required to file their returns and the accompanying schedules, and make any tax
payments electronically. The electronic filing mandate does not apply to returns for taxable years prior to Taxable Year 2014.
If a pass-through entity is unable to file or pay electronically, it may request a waiver. All requests for a waiver must be submitted to the Tax Commissioner in writing. Waivers will only be granted if the Tax Commissioner finds that the electronic filing mandate creates an unreasonable burden on the pass-through entity.
For more information regarding the pass-through entity electronic filing mandate, see the Form 502 instructions or visit the Department’s website.
Pass-Through Entity Withholding Tax Requirements
A pass-through entity must pay the pass-through entity withholding tax if
-
It has taxable income from Virginia sources;
-
It must allocate any portion of such income to at least one nonresident owner who was a nonresident owner during any portion of the previous taxable year; and
-
No exemption applies.
Department of Taxation - 2 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
If an owner was a nonresident owner for only a portion of the taxable year, the income allocated to such owner must be prorated based on the number of days of residence outside of Virginia in order to determine the amount of income on which the pass-through entity withholding tax must be paid.
A pass-through entity must pay the pass-through entity withholding tax for all of its nonresident owners unless an exemption applies. Exemptions may be based on either the nonresident owners’ status or the pass-through entity’s status.
Exemptions Based on the Nonresident Owners’ Status
i. Individuals and Entities Exempt from Taxation
Individuals and entities that are exempt from federal or Virginia income taxation are exempt from the pass-through entity withholding tax. The exemption from federal or Virginia income taxation must apply to the individual or entity’s share of the pass-through entity’s income.
Examples include
Example 1: Individuals and entities that are exempt from federal income taxation by reason of diplomatic immunity or pursuant to treaties between the United States and other countries as certified by the United States Department of State.
Example 2: Certain banks, insurance companies, and public utilities that are organized as corporations, and that are subject to other taxes in lieu of Virginia’s corporation income tax.
Example 3: Corporations exempt from federal income taxation under Internal Revenue Code § 501.
II. Individuals with No Virginia Income Tax Liability
Individuals who did not have a Virginia income tax liability in the previous year and who do not expect to have any liability in the current year are exempt from the pass-through entity withholding tax. To claim this exemption from pass-through entity withholding, an individual is required to file a Virginia individual income tax return for the current taxable year, and must have filed a Virginia individual income tax return for the immediately preceding taxable year.
Example 4: Taxpayer A is a nonresident individual who is a partner in a partnership that has income from Virginia sources and is required to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax. For Taxable Year 2014, Taxpayer A’s Virginia adjusted gross income was below the Virginia filing threshold. However, Taxpayer A received an allocation of credits from the partnership in excess of his Virginia taxable income.
Therefore, even though Taxpayer A had no Virginia income tax liability for Taxable Year 2014, he filed a Virginia income tax return for Taxable Year 2014 in order to claim carryover credits to the extent that they were available.
Department of Taxation - 3 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
For Taxable Year 2015, Taxpayer A anticipates that he will again have a Virginia income tax liability of zero and carryover credits because the partnership is likely to allocate an amount of credits to him that exceed his Virginia taxable income.
Therefore, Taxpayer A may be exempt from the pass-through entity withholding tax as long as he files a Virginia income tax return for Taxable Year 2015.
III. Corporations with No Virginia Income Tax Liability
Corporations that did not have a Virginia income tax liability in the previous year and that do not expect to have any liability in the current year are exempt from the pass-through entity withholding tax. To claim this exemption from pass-through entity withholding, a corporation is required to file a Virginia corporation income tax return for the current taxable year, and must have filed a Virginia corporation income tax return for the immediately preceding taxable year.
Example 5: Taxpayer B is a corporation that does not do business in Virginia but is a partner in a partnership that has income from Virginia sources and is required to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax. For Taxable Year 2014, Taxpayer B was not required to include its share of the partnership’s payroll, property, and sales for purposes of determining its Virginia apportionment factor because:
-
It held a limited partnership interest in the partnership;
-
All of the partnership’s general partners were unrelated third parties;
-
The combined partnership interests held by Taxpayer B and all related parties constituted 10 percent or less of the profit and capital interests of the partnership; and
-
The structure was not a device primarily designed to avoid Virginia taxation of
the partnership’s income.
Because Taxpayer B had no other sources of income for Taxable Year 2014 that were subject to Virginia’s income tax, its corporate income tax liability for Taxable Year 2014 was zero. Taxpayer B filed a corporate income tax return for Taxable Year 2014 reporting an apportionment factor of zero along with the Schedule VK-1 it received from the partnership.
For Taxable Year 2015, all of the above factors as applied to Taxpayer B remain the same. Therefore, because Taxpayer B filed a corporate income tax return and had no corporate income tax liability for Taxable Year 2014, it may be exempt from the pass-through entity withholding tax for Taxable Year 2015 as long as it files a corporate income tax return for Taxable Year 2015.
Department of Taxation - 4 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
IV. Tiered Pass-Through Entities
If a pass-through entity (the “upper-tier entity”) owns another pass-through entity (the “lower-tier entity”), the lower-tier entity should not withhold on the Virginia income allocable to the upper-tier entity. Rather, an upper-tier entity must file Form 502 (and any accompanying schedules and documentation) on its own behalf to reflect any income attributable to the lower-tier entity. The upper tier entity must either pay the pass-through entity withholding tax on income allocable to its nonresident owners for income received from the lower-tier entity or file Form 765 on behalf of such nonresident owners. In cases where there are more than two tiered pass-through entities, the tax must be withheld by the highest tiered entity.
v. Individuals Included in Composite Returns
Qualified nonresident owners included in a Virginia composite return (Form 765) are exempt from the pass-through entity withholding requirements for income allocable to that pass-through entity. For purposes of inclusion in a Virginia composite return, a “qualified nonresident owner” is a natural person who:
-
Is a direct owner of the pass-through entity filing the composite return; and
-
Is a nonresident of Virginia with Virginia source income for the taxable year from the pass-through entity filing the composite return.
A pass-through entity may not include a corporation or any other type of entity in a Virginia composite return. A pass-through entity is required pay the pass-through entity withholding tax for such nonresident owners, and for individual nonresident owners who are not included in the composite return.
For taxable years prior to 2014, a pass-through entity was required to obtain the consent of each nonresident owner in order to file a composite return. Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, a pass-through entity may file a composite return for only a portion of its qualified nonresident owners, provided that the pass-through entity pays the pass-through entity withholding tax for any qualified nonresident owners who are not included in the composite return.
Requirements for Filing a Composite Return: To file a composite return, a pass-through entity must meet the following requirements:
-
The pass-through entity must provide a completed copy of Schedule VK-1 to each qualified nonresident owner included in the composite return.
-
The Virginia income tax on the composite return must be computed using the highest rate specified under Va. Code § 58.1-320 on the partnership's income attributable to the qualified nonresident owners included on the composite return without the benefit of itemized deductions, standard deductions, personal exemptions, credits for income taxes paid to states of residence, any tax credit
Department of Taxation - 5 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
carryover amounts, or any other tax credits that are not attributable to the pass-through entity.
-
The pass-through entity must obtain a signed consent form from each participating qualified nonresident owner indicating the owner’s consent to inclusion in the composite return.
-
The composite return must be signed by an owner, officer, or employee of the pass-through entity who is authorized to act on behalf of the pass-through entity in tax matters. By signing the composite return, the signer is declaring that he or she is an authorized representative of the pass-through entity and that each participant has signed a consent form authorizing the pass-through entity to act on the participant’s behalf in the matter of composite returns and acknowledging the participant’s understanding and acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of participation in a composite return.
-
The pass-through entity must make estimated payments on behalf of the qualified nonresident owners included on a composite return.
Minimum Requirements for Consent Forms: A qualified nonresident owner’s participation in the composite return will indicate his or her consent to be taxed by the Commonwealth. The consent form obtained by the pass-through entity must include the qualified nonresident owner’s name, address, and Social Security number. The pass-through entity must maintain such forms and provide them to the Department on request. At a minimum, each consent form must set forth that the qualified nonresident owner:
-
Consents to being included in the composite return;
-
Consents to having his or her Virginia income tax computed using the highest rate
specified under Va. Code § 58.1-320 on the partnership's income attributable to the qualified nonresident owners included on the composite return without the benefit of itemized deductions, standard deductions, personal exemptions, credits for income taxes paid to states of residence, or any other tax credits that are not attributable to the pass-through entity;
-
Permits the pass-through entity to file amended returns or take other actions concerning the composite return without additional authorization; and
-
Understands that such consent continues in force indefinitely until revoked in writing.
Pass-Through Entities under Common Ownership: Multiple pass-through entities under common ownership that wish to file a single composite return will be allowed to file such return without prior approval from the Department. For purposes of this provision, “common ownership” means that multiple pass-through entities are owned by a substantially identical group of partners, members, or shareholders, and “substantially identical” means 80 percent or more.
Department of Taxation - 6 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
Any group of pass-through entities under common ownership that elect to file a single composite return must compute the Virginia income tax on such return using the combined return rules prescribed in Va. Code §§ 58.1-442, and 23 VAC 10-120-320 through 23 VAC 10-120-330.
A pass-through entity may only participate in a single composite return with pass-through entities under common ownership if it obtains signed forms from all qualified nonresident owners included in the composite return indicating their consent to be included in a single composite return with pass-through entities under common ownership. Each pass-through entity participating in a single composite return with other pass-through entities under common ownership must maintain such forms and provide them to the Department upon request.
Nonresident Owners Claiming an Exemption
If a nonresident owner claims to be exempt from the pass-through entity withholding tax, the pass-through entity is required to obtain a signed form from the nonresident owner setting forth the basis for such exemption that declares, under penalty of law, that the information provided by the nonresident owner is true, correct, and complete. This form must be retained by a pass-through entity with its records, and must be provided to the Department on request. Such exemption will generally remain in effect until revoked or until the exemption claimed in the document no longer applies. However, individuals claiming an exemption because they have no Virginia income tax liability must provide a signed exemption form for each taxable year.
The determination of nonresident status will be based on the owner’s address of record for a pass-through entity unless the pass-through entity has other information relating to the owner’s residence or commercial domicile by reason of the owner’s participation in the management of the pass-through entity or otherwise. If an owner is also employed by the pass-through entity, the information relating to withholding on wages will also be considered.
A pass-through entity is required to include a list of all of the nonresident owners that are claiming an exemption from the pass-through entity withholding tax when filing Form 502.
The list is required to contain the name, social security number, employer identification number or other taxpayer identification number, and the address of each nonresident owner
claiming an exemption, as well as a description of the basis for the exemption claimed.
A pass-through entity must still prepare a Schedule VK-1 for any nonresident owner that claims a valid exemption from the pass-through entity withholding tax, and the pass-through entity must either submit a copy of the Schedule VK-1 to the Department or include such nonresident owner in the pass-through entity’s Schedule VK-1 Consolidated.
Department of Taxation - 7 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
Exemptions Based on the Pass-Through Entity’s Status
i. Disregarded Entities
If a pass-through entity is disregarded for federal income tax purposes, it is also disregarded for Virginia income tax purposes. As a result, such entity is not required to file Form 502 or pay the pass-through entity withholding tax. However, this does not affect the existing income tax withholding requirements regarding employees of such entity.
II. Publicly Traded Partnerships
A partnership is not required to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax if it is a publicly traded partnership as defined by Internal Revenue Code § 7704(b), as in effect on January 1, 2007, it is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and it files Form 502 and the related schedules.
III. Undue Hardship
A pass-through entity is not required to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax if the Tax Commissioner determines that compliance will cause undue hardship.
A pass-through entity seeking an exemption on the basis of undue hardship may petition the Tax Commissioner by letter explaining the facts and circumstances creating the hardship. In addition to any other information that the pass-through entity believes is relevant to its petition for relief, the letter shall provide information that will enable the Tax Commissioner to compare and evaluate the cost to the pass-through entity of complying with the pass-through entity withholding tax requirements, and the cost to the Commonwealth of collecting income tax from nonresident owners that do not voluntarily file Virginia income tax returns and pay the tax.
Example 6: A pass-through entity that distributes non-cash income and is unable to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax unless it liquidates some or all of its assets may request an exemption from the pass-through entity withholding tax on the basis of undue hardship.
IV. Four or Fewer Dwelling Units
A pass-through entity that owns and leases four or fewer dwelling units is not required to withhold for any nonresident owner.
v. Investment Pass-Through Entity
The income from the intangible property held by an investment pass-through entity is not income from Virginia sources, and such entities are not required to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax or file Form 502.
The person who manages the investments of an investment pass-through entity will be subject to tax in Virginia if the manager carries on any business in Virginia. In such cases,
Department of Taxation - 8 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
the manager is required to file the appropriate return. The fact that the manager of an investment pass-through entity is located in Virginia will not cause the income of the investment pass-through entity to be considered income from Virginia sources, regardless of whether the manager is one of the owners of the investment pass-through entity or an unrelated party.
The income, deductions and other attributes of an investment pass-through entity will pass through to its owners and be included in their federal adjusted gross income or federal taxable income. The impact of such income on the Virginia tax liability of the owner is as follows:
-
Individuals who are residents of Virginia will file an individual income tax return reporting their federal adjusted gross income. Any income from an investment pass-through entity that is included in federal adjusted gross income will not be considered income derived from another state based solely on the fact that the state in which the investment pass-through entity is organized or managed is a state other than Virginia.
-
Nonresident individuals will not be required to file a nonresident Virginia income tax return solely because of income from an investment pass-through entity. If they have other income from Virginia sources requiring the filing of a nonresident income tax return, the income derived from an investment pass-through entity will not be considered income from Virginia sources even if the investment pass-through entity is organized under Virginia law or managed by a person located in Virginia.
-
Corporations will not be required to file a Virginia income tax return solely because of
income from an investment pass-through entity. If a corporation has other income from Virginia sources requiring the filing of a Virginia income tax return, the income derived from an investment pass-through entity will not be considered gross receipts attributable to Virginia for purposes of the sales factor solely because an unrelated party located in Virginia is managing the intangible assets of the investment pass-through entity or otherwise conducting an income-producing activity on behalf of the investment pass-through entity.
If the intangible assets of an investment pass-through entity include patents, copyrights, trademarks and similar assets, any royalties or other payments by a corporate owner or its affiliated entities to the investment pass-through entity with respect to such assets may be subject to the addback requirements of Va. Code § 58.1-402 C(8), or the equitable adjustment provisions of Va. Code § 58.1-446.
Department of Taxation - 9 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
Amount of Pass-Through Entity Withholding Tax
The pass-through entity withholding tax is equal to five percent of the share of taxable income from Virginia sources that is allocable to each nonresident owner. In determining the amount of pass-through entity withholding tax due, a pass-through entity may apply any Virginia tax credits earned by the entity that pass through to its nonresident owners. Such credits may not reduce the tax liability of any nonresident owner to less than zero; nor may an unused credit be carried forward on a composite return.
The amount of pass-through entity withholding tax due is determined annually without regard to whether a pass-through entity has actually withheld amounts from any owner’s distributions, allocations, or payments.
To the extent that a pass-through entity has paid, or reasonably anticipates paying, the pass-through entity withholding tax with respect to its present and former nonresident owners, the pass-through entity may make such adjustments to such owner’s allocations and accounts at such times as it and its owners may agree or as permitted by its operating agreement or charter.
Filing Requirements of the Pass-Through Entity
Pass-through entities that are required to pay the pass-through entity withholding tax must pay the amount of tax due by the fifteenth day of the fourth month following the close of the taxable year. Although the time for filing Form 502 will automatically be extended for six months, the time for paying the amount of pass-through entity withholding tax due will not be extended.
Penalties and Interest
i. Extension Penalty
If Form 502 is filed within the six month extension, but the pass-through entity failed to pay ninety percent of the tax due or one hundred percent of the pass-through entity withholding tax paid for the prior taxable year by the original due date, the pass-through entity will be subject to an extension penalty of two percent per month. The penalty will be applied to the balance of tax due with the return from the original due date through the date of full payment. The maximum extension penalty is twelve percent of the tax due.
II. Late Filing Penalty
If Form 502 is filed after the extended due date, the extension provisions will not apply and the pass-through entity will be subject to the maximum late filing penalty of $1,200.
III. Late Payment Penalty
If any payment is not made in full when due, the unpaid balance will be subject to a late payment penalty of six percent per month or fraction of a month from the due date through the date of full payment, up to a maximum of thirty percent. For any month, or fraction
Department of Taxation - 10 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 11 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
thereof, for which the pass-through entity was subject to the late payment penalty and the late filing penalty, the greater of the two penalties will apply.
IV. Interest
Interest on the unpaid balance of any tax or penalty is charged at the underpayment rate established by Va. Code § 58.1-15 from the due date until paid. Interest will be accrued on any balance of the assessment.
Application of Corporate Allocation and Apportionment
In accordance with P.D. 95-19 (2/13/1995), 95-263 (10/16/1995), and 99-76 (4/19/1999), a pass-through entity must include its proportionate share of property, payroll, and sales for purposes of determining its Virginia apportionment factor. The pass-through entity should, therefore, generally allocate and apportion income as prescribed in Va. Code §§ 58.1-407 through 58.1-420.
i. Modified Method of Apportionment for Manufacturing Companies
Effective for taxable years beginning on and after July 1, 2011, a pass-through entity that qualifies as a manufacturing company may elect to use the modified method of apportionment provided in Va. Code § 58.1-422. For more information regarding the modified method of apportionment for manufacturers, see the Single Sales Factor Election for Manufacturers Guidelines (P.D. 13-6).
Pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.703-1(b), elections affecting the computation of income derived from a partnership, including elections of methods of accounting, are to be made by the partnership and not by the partners separately. All partnership elections are applicable to all partners equally, but no election made by a partnership will apply to any partner's non-partnership interests.
The election to use the modified method of apportionment for manufacturing companies can be made by any shareholder, partner, or member who is authorized by law to sign federal
tax returns for the pass-through entity. Once a shareholder, partner, or member makes the election on the pass-through entity’s tax return, the election is valid and the Department will not provide administrative relief for members who do not agree with the election.
II. Modified Method of Apportionment for Retail Companies
Effective for taxable years beginning on and after July 1, 2012, a pass-through entity that qualifies as a retail company is required to use the modified method of apportionment specified in Va. Code § 58.1-422.1.
III. Alternative Method of Allocation and Apportionment
A pass-through entity is generally required to allocate and apportion its income using the statutory method as provided in Va. Code §§ 58.1-407 through 58.1-420. A pass-through entity seeking to use an alternative method of allocation and apportionment must follow the
Department of Taxation - 11 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 12 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
procedure set forth in 23 VAC 10-120-280, and receive permission from the Department to use such method. The Department will only grant permission to use an alternative method of allocation and apportionment in extraordinary circumstances.
IV. Tiered Pass-Through Entities
Each pass-through entity in a tiered pass-through entity structure is required to make its own determination as to which method of apportionment to use.
Filing Requirements for Nonresident Owners
The payment of the pass-through entity withholding tax does not relieve a nonresident owner of the obligation to file a Virginia income tax return. Penalty and interest may be imposed on any tax owed by a nonresident owner after reducing the amount of tax owed by the amount of pass-through entity withholding tax paid by a pass-through entity on behalf of a nonresident owner.
Nonresident owners may claim a credit on their individual or corporate income tax returns for the amount of pass-through entity withholding tax paid on their behalf by a pass-through entity, provided that the pass-through entity filed Form 502, the pass-through entity withholding tax has been paid in full, the nonresident owner has received Schedule VK-1, and the nonresident owner provides a copy of Schedule VK-1 to the Department.
Examples of the relationship between the time of filing by a pass-through entity and nonresident owner:
Example 7: Form 502 is due on April 15th, but the entity chooses to extend the time for filing until October 15th. At that time, the pass-through entity files Form 502, pays the pass-through entity withholding tax in full, and sends Schedule VK-1 to the individual nonresident owner. The individual nonresident owner may file a timely return by November 1st and claim the credit on that return.
Example 8: Form 502 is due on April 15th, but the pass-through entity chooses to extend the time for filing until October 15th. At that time, the entity files Form 502, pays the pass-through entity withholding tax in full, and sends Schedule VK-1 to the individual nonresident owner. The individual nonresident owner does not receive Schedule VK-1 before November 1st. Because the individual nonresident owner’s return is due on November 1st, he must file a return without claiming a credit for withholding tax paid. After he receives the appropriate documentation, he may file an amended return to claim the credit.
An individual nonresident owner will not be required to file an individual income tax return if the individual is included in Form 765 and he has no other income from Virginia sources.
This provision does not transfer the liability for the tax to the pass-through entity, but simply relieves the nonresident partners from the responsibility of having to file Virginia nonresident individual income tax returns.
Department of Taxation - 12 - December 22, 2015
--- Page 13 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
If an individual nonresident owner is included on a Form 765 for any pass-through entity but has other income from Virginia sources, he is also required to file Form 763. The individual may take credit on Form 763 for any income tax paid in conjunction with Form 765.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
________ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Department of Taxation - 13 - December 22, 2015
Coast Guard Vessel Documentation RequirementsDoc ID: Watercraft
--- Page 1 ---nn LL Se ES A LS a EE A
BRIEFING PAPER
DOCUMENTED BOATS
COAST GUARD DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: Vessels of at least 5 net tons are eligible for documentation. provided that the owner or owners are citizens of the United States, a partnership or corporation whose principal officers are citizens, the federal government, or a state government.
Each certificate of documentation contains the name, home port, description, and owner(s) of the vessel, as well as additional information that may be required by the Secretary of Transportation. Certificates of documentation serve as conclusive evidence of nationality for international purposes, but are not conclusive evidence of ownership in a proceeding in which ownership is an issue.
EFFECT OF DOCUMENTATION ON WATERCRAFT SOLD IN VIRGINIA: VR 12.3.58-685.40 notes that "[vJalid documentation becomes void upon sale and must be reinstated in the name(s) of the purchaser(s)." Accordingly, the regulation provides that "no watercraft will be considered to have a valid marine document when purchased either new or used." Therefore, as the tax is imposed upon the sale and documentation becomes void as of the time of sale, all watercraft purchased in Virginia are subject to the 2 % watercraft sales and use tax only.
DOCUMENTED BOATS BROUGHT INTO VIRGINIA: Based upon the above regulation, the only time that a watercraft will be subjected to the 4 1/2 % retail sales and use tax is when it has been documented and subsequently is brought into Virginia by its owner(s). Even then, those documented watercraft brought into Virginia in connection with the establishment of a permanent residence or business would generally be exempted by virtue of § 58.1-607 of the Code of Virginia (see attached copy of statute).
CREDIT FOR TAXES PAID TO OTHER STATES Sales and use taxes paid on watercraft purchased in another state will be credited toward the 4 1/2 % retail sales and use tax due on a documented boat or the 2 % watercraft sales and use tax due on an undocumented boat or a boat purchased new or used. Thus, if a Maryland resident purchases a boat subject to the 5 %* Maryland sales tax, documents the boat, and subsequently bases the boat in Virginia, no tax would be due as the 5 % tax paid on the purchase exceeds the 4 1/2 % Virginia tax due.
SUMMARY: In conclusion, the only watercraft potentially subject to the 4 1/2 % retail sales and use tax are those (1) over 5 net tons, and (2) which have been documented and are subsequently brought into Virginia other than by a person meeting the criteria in Virginia Code § 58.1-607.
Federal Recreational Boater User Fee GuidanceDoc ID: Watercraft
--- Page 1 ---~~
wr
{@
‘
2
SE SS
SS
Nea
COMMON WEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
Ronald W. Wheeler,
Director
Office Services Division
W
Ss.
Cordle,
Director
Field Services Division
FROM
Janie E. Bowen,
Director
Tax Policy Division
DATE
March 4, 1991
SUBJECT
Federal Fee on Recreational Boaters
This is to advise you of a new federal user fee which may cause
some confusion among Virginia taxpayers.
An
"indirect user fee"
to be imposed on recreational boaters will be created by the
Coast Guard as required by the new federal budget bill.
The fee
will range from $25 to $100 each year, depending on the length of
the boat.
This indirect fee is intended to require recreational
boaters to share in the cost of existing Coast Guard programs,
including search and rescue,
boating safety,
and aids to
navigation.
The fee will be applicable only to recreational
vessels operating on navigable waters in the U.S. where the Coast
Guard has a presence.
The Coast Guard will also collect a series of direct user fees
for services such as inspecting and examining certain vessels and
licensing commercial boat captains and crew members.
While the manner in which the fees will be collected is not
known,
they are not expected to have an impact on the computation
of the Virginia watercraft sales and use tax.
However,
it is
anticipated that there may be some confusion over the fees which
have been referred to as "boat use taxes" and Virginia's
watercraft use tax imposed on watercraft purchased out-of-state.
Please share this information with your staffs.
TPD/4969
Virginia Tax Extension for Deployed Service MembersDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---oe Re
shed
vp
\
“
.*
.
3
Ls
wo,
s
st
“ie
ti
~
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO
William J. White
Assistant Tax Commissioner
FROM
Mark C. Haskins
Director, Policy Development Division
DATE
June 20, 2008
SUBJECT: Treatment of Extension Mandated by House Bill 1024
House Bill 1024 (Chapter 591) modifies Va. Code § 58.1-341 to allow for
extensions for certain members of the armed services. This change states,
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, every member of the armed services of the United
States deployed outside of the United States shall be allowed an automatic extension to
file an income tax return. Such extension shall expire 90 days following the completion
of such member's deployment.” Therefore, members of the armed services deployed
outside of the United States receive an extension that lasts until 90 days after the
completion of the deployment.
A question has now arisen regarding what is actually being extended. We have
been asked if we are treating this as an extension of the time to file the return or if this
will be a change of the taxpayer's due date. If it is only an extension of time to file, the
taxpayer will be subjected to extension penalties if he or she has not paid at least 90%
of the tax liability by the original due date (i.e. May 1).
We have been required to make similar policy decisions in the past. For
example, Va. Code § 58.1-444 D provides that, “An extension of time for filing returns of
income is hereby granted to and including the first day of the seventh month following
the close of the taxable year in the case of United States citizens residing or traveling
outside the United States and Puerto Rico, including persons in the military or naval
service on duty outside the United States and Puerto Rico.” Although the statute refers
to an extension of time for filing returns, TAX has interpreted this to mean that the due
date of the return is July 1, meaning that the taxpayer must have paid 90% of the tax by
that date as opposed to May 1. Therefore, the taxpayer receives a payment extension
as well as an extension of time to file.
Virginia Internet Filing and Payment for Businesses and Individuals
WWW.TAX. VIRGINIA.GOV
--- Page 2 --- MEMORANDUM William J. White June 20, 2008 Page 2
In addition, TAX has provided payment extensions and extensions of time to file to members of the armed forces who are serving in combat zones. In Tax Bulletin 05-5 (P.D. 05-67, 4/26/05), TAX stated, “Members of the Armed Forces serving in a combat zone will receive either the same individual income tax filing and payment extensions as those granted to them by the IRS, plus an additional fifteen days, OR a one-year extension, whichever date is later.” TAX has the authority to create these extensions under Va. Code § 58.1-112.
Therefore, TAX currently allows members of the military who are serving in a combat zone to extend the time to pay and the time to file. Because of this, the provisions of House Bill 1024 will primarily affect members of the military who are deployed to a non-combat zone outside of the United States. In order to treat both groups equally, we recommend that we interpret House Bill 1024 as also allowing a change to the due date.
Approved: Janig E. Bowen Tax (Commissioner
Jeopardy Tax Assessment ProceduresDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---4%.
wr
Se
ay
-—
soe
a%
ee
oom Mae
eet
mm 1
Trym
———
™™
if
L/
_— —
92909
“DIRE
CTIVE 86-2
MARCH 25, 1986
SUBJECT
Jeopardy Assessments
EFFECTIVE DATE
EXPIRATION DATE
January 1, 1986
N/A
SUPERSEDES
All previous documents and any oral directives in conflict
herewith.
REFERENCES
§ 58.1-313
Jeopardy assessment; income taxes
§ 58.1-631
Jeopardy assessment; sales tax
§ 58.1-1804
Third party lien
§ 58.1-1805
Memorandum of lien
AUTHORITY
§ 58.1-202, General powers and duties of Tax Commissioner.
PURPOSE
To announce changes in the procedure for making jeopardy
assessment which are required by the recodification of Title 58.1.
INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES: |
A. Definition of jeopardy assessment.
1
A jeopardy assessment has the same requirements and legal effect as
an ordinary assessment defined in Section 58.1-1820.
It is a
determination that an amount of tax, penalty and interest is due and is
deemed to be made when a written notice of assessment is mailed to the
taxpayer at his last known address or personally served upon him.
--- Page 2 ---
DIRECTIVE 86-2
‘Page 2
- In addition, a jeopardy assessment requires a finding that the collection of any amount of income, sales or use tax (including penalty and interest) will be jeopardized by delay. A finding that collection will be jeopardized by delay requires that there be some evidence that the taxpayer designs:
(a) to depart quickly from Virginia, or
(b) to remove his property from Virginia, or
(c) to conceal himself or his property, or
(d) to do any other act tending, to prejudice or to render wholly
or partially ineffectual proceedings to collect the income, sales or use tax for the period in question.
- In addition, when a substantial tax is anticipated to be due for a taxable period which has not ended or, if ended, for which a return is not yet due, and evidence indicates that collection of the tax will be jeopardized by delay, then the taxable period may be terminated. A notice of the termination must be mailed to, or served on, the taxpayer along with the jeopardy assessment for the terminated taxable period. A Notice of Termination form is attached as Exhibit A.
- Once issued, a jeopardy assessment has the same effect as any other assessment except that the Department may immediately issue a third party lien or a memorandum of lien under Virginia Code §§ 58.1-1804 and 58.1-1805. Also, if a taxpayer files an application under § 58.1-1821, the Department is not required to refrain from collecting the assessment while the application is pending.
--- Page 3 --- DIRECTIVE 86-2 Page 3 B. Responsibility for Jeopardy Assessments.
- Jeopardy assessments and termination notices shall be issued only upon authorization of the Tax Commissioner or the Deputy Tax Commissioner authorized to act in the absence of the Tax Commissioner.
- Jeopardy assessments require the gathering of accurate information from many sources within and without the Department, processing and personal delivery of notices to the taxpayer or law enforcement personnel. Personnel in other sections and divisions who are requested to assist in making a jeopardy assessment, or to take other action concerning a jeopardy assessment, shall handle such request with the highest priority and greatest speed possible. C. Information to be Gathered.
- The department must have sufficient information to provide a reasonable basis under the circumstances for finding that collection of tax is in jeopardy and determining the amount of liability. The urgency of each situation will rarely allow enough time to gather all, or even most, of the information suggested below. After a jeopardy assessment has been made Department personnel may continue to seek additional information.
- Information shall be obtained from any and all sources deemed to be reliable. Where jeopardy assessments involve taxpayers arrested for a crime and property seized in conjunction with an arrest, most information will be obtained from law enforcement personnel, commonwealth attorneys, court records and the Internal Revenue Service.
--- Page 4 --- DIRECTIVE 86-2 Page 4
- Information relevant to a determination that jeopardy exists may include: prior criminal record, present fugitive status from charges in other jurisdictions, possession of airline tickets or other information indicating an intention to leave the Commonwealth, use of aliases, use of nominees in the ownership of property, other information showing an intent to conceal property, record of resisting, evading or ignoring taxes, financial condition, employment record, and all circumstances surrounding an arrest. The possession of a large amount of cash and other property without any business records or other explanation of the origins of such property (particularly if the property is in the nature of inventory) may indicate that the taxpayer deliberately failed to keep, or concealed, business records in order to evade the payment of income, sales or use tax. Taxes owed by corporations, estates, trusts and partnerships may also be in jeopardy if, for example, the entity is planning to leave the Commonwealth or dissolve itself without payment or provision for taxes owed.
- Information relevant to the determination of the amount of an assessment may include financial information (i.e. net worth, earnings), information on illegal activities from police surveillance (especially the size of transactions and length of time engaged in), inventory, equipment and other property indicating the size of a business operation and the length of time in operation, any business or financial records, value of cash, property or contraband seized during an arrest. (If any property appears to be inventory obtain the cost to taxpayer and the resale value.) Where there is any information indicating that the
--- Page 5 --- | DIRECTIVE 86-2 Page 5 taxpayer has been engaged in an illegal and/or unreported business, the Department personnel shall obtain as much general information as may be available on the particular type of business engaged in by the taxpayer for use in estimating sales and income.
- Information relevant to cash or other property against which the department may assert a lien may include the amount, nature and value of cash or other property, ownership, location and who presently has custody and control of the property. D. Analysis and Recommendation
- Although the Tax Commissioner is the only person authorized to decide if a jeopardy assessment shall be issued, Department personnel must exercise judgment in obtaining the information necessary to recommend such action to the Tax Commissioner.
- It is recognized that the urgency of many jeopardy situations requires quick action to protect the Commonwealth's right to collect a tax even though the information available at the time may not be complete. Care should be taken to avoid excessive and unreasonable
“assessments. A jeopardy assessment will not be recommended unless there
is some evidence which provides a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing that a tax is owed and the amount of such tax. An assessment equal to or greater than the amount of money or other valuable property held by a person at the time of arrest is not considered a reasonable computation unless supported by other facts.
--- Page 6 --- | DIRECTIVE 86-2 Page 6
- Pursuant to Virginia Code §§ 58.1-618 and 58.1-631 use tax may be assessed upon the cost value of any tangible personal property which appears to be used in an illegal business and on which no sales tax appears to have been paid. In addition, sales tax may be assessed based upon any evidence indicating that sales have occurred in Virginia.
- Pursuant to Virginia Code § 58.1-313 income tax (including withholding and estimated) may be assessed based upon any evidence indicating that income has been earned. The procedures set forth in the Internal Revenue Service Audit Manual, Exhibit 4580-5, may be used to compute the amount of the assessment. A copy of these procedures is set forth in Exhibit B. Other procedures may also be used.
- Such assessments may be for the current and any prior periods for which evidence of liability for income, sales or use tax, or any combination thereof, exists. Where an assessment is for a prior period all applicable penalties and interest shall be included. Where an assessment is for a current terminated period no penalties or interest shall be included.
- Due to the extraordinary nature of a jeopardy assessment and the time and expense necessary to prepare one, Department personnel shall not recommend jeopardy assessments unless the total of all property subject to seizure or other circumstances indicate a reasonable probability that the Commonwealth will collect at least $5,000. In other cases normal assessment procedures shall be followed unless the Division Director of OSD or FSD approves the recommendation of a jeopardy assessment for amounts less than $5,000.
--- Page 7 --- | DIRECTIVE 86-2 Page 7
- When Department personnel receive additional and reliable information which indicates that a jeopardy assessment should be adjusted, any of the following actions may be taken prior to the filing of an application under Section 58.1-1821:
a. Abate, following normal procedures, the portion of the assessment clearly shown to be excessive.
b. Recommend an additional jeopardy assessment to the Commissioner.
c. Assess additional tax, penalty and interest following normal procedures where collection is not found to be in jeopardy or the amount is not large enough to justify a jeopardy assessment.
If an application under Section 58.1-1821 is pending, Department personnel shall submit proposed adjustments to the Tax Policy Division for approval.
E. Administration and Procedure
1. Department personnel shall prepare
a. Notices of Assessment on which shall be typed "JEOPARDY
ASSESSMENT DUE AND PAYABLE IMMEDIATELY".
b. Termination Notices, if required. (See Exhibit A.)
c. A memo to the Tax Commissioner explaining the circumstances and requesting approval for the jeopardy assessments. (See Exhibit C.)
--- Page 8 --- DIRECTIVE 86-2 Page 8
d. If the property to be seized is cash or similar property in the possession of any person unrelated to the taxpayer (e.g., sheriff, police officer, clerk of court, bank, employer, etc.), then either a Third Party Lien under § 58.1-1804 or a Memorandum of Lien under § 58.1-1805 may be prepared.
e. If the property to be seized must be sold and converted into cash or if it is in the possession of the taxpayer or a member of his family, then personnel shall prepare a Memorandum of Lien under § 58.1-1805 and a letter requesting a Writ of Fieri Facias from the clerk of the circuit court (No writ is necessary if the property is real estate).
me If it appears that the property to be seized may be held by law enforcement personnel for use as evidence, the following shall be typed on the Third Party Lien or the letter requiring the writ of Fieri Facias:
If the assets held by the person served must be retained as
evidence or until court authorized release, a copy of (this Notice
of Lien) (the writ) showing the date and time of service should be kept with the assets until the assets are delivered to the
Department of Taxation. Said assets shall not be released to
anyone else without the written approval of the Department of
Taxation. If there are any questions, please contact (Name - phone
. number).
The appropriate contact person shall be named and sufficient copies of the Notice of Lien shall be prepared so that a copy can be placed with each and every asset.
--- Page 9 --- DIRECTIVE 86-2 ‘Page 9
- The written "Notice of Assessment" must be served on or mailed to the taxpayer before a Third Party Lien or Memorandum of Lien can be issued. Because all documents connected with a jeopardy assessment are prepared at the same time, special care must be taken in order to prove that the Notice of Assessment has been served on the taxpayer, or mailed to the taxpayer's last known address, before a Third Party Lien is served on a person or a Memorandum of Lien is recorded. The person mailing or serving the assessment shall prepare and sign an affidavit showing the date, time and place where the Notice of Assessment was placed in the custody of the U. S. Post Office or the date, time, place and person on whom service was made. (See Exhibit D.) IMPLEMENTATION: The Office of Tax Operations is responsible for investigation, preparation of recommendations and forms, and for follow up activities related to jeopardy assessments.
anny Vtg
Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division W. H. Forst —3—_ Tax Commissioner
--- Page 10 ---
EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF TERMINATION
PURSUANT TO: Section 58.1-313 Section 58.1-631 Income Tax Sales and Use Tax I, William H. Forst, Tax Commissioner of the Commonwealth of Virginia, find that the collection of tax, penalty and interest owed by the taxpayer described below for the current taxable period will be jeopardized by delay.
Accordingly, I declare the current taxable period terminated as of the date specified below and demand immediate payment of the tax for the current taxable period through the date of termination. Pursuant to the applicable section of the Code of Virginia, such tax and any assessments for the current and all prior periods are immediately due and payable.
Taxpayer: Taxable Period beginning: Last known and ending: address: I.D. Now; 72 Witness my signature and seal this day of , 19 . (SEAL) Tax Commissioner Commonwealth of Virginia City of Richmond The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of , 19 by William H. Forst, Tax Commissioner of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
Notary Public My Commission expires
--- Page 11 ---EY Hia,7 B
Collateral Procedures
8201-5
69 1-82
Exhibit 4580-5
Examples of Income Computation
Less
(1) Net Worth and Expenditures Method
Sxemoron
(Cost cf Habit)—The taxoayer was arrested for
Excess temized Secucuons
s7 30
~
———
=
=
=
- 90%
possession of narcotics on June 3, 1978. At the
Taxable income
time of nis/her arrest he nad 'n his/her posses-
(4) Sales of Heroin—it was determined Sy
sion $2.300 in cash which is now !n the posses-
sion of DEA. From local narcotics authorities it
D. E.A. that Mr. Smith bought and sold three t=
four kilos of heroin per month. D.E.A. also stai-
was learned that the taxpayer spends about
$100 per day on his/her habit. The taxable in-
ed that Mr. Smith, during tne current year. hac
purchased 10 kilos of hercin © $45,000 per kiic
come is computed as follows
and solid 10 kilos @ $60,000 per kilo. His income
Cost of -anit ($100/cay
155 davs)
$15.500
=ving Exoenses (S*3/cay
155 cays)
2,0°5
is computed as follows
Casm on “and wnhe- ar-estec
- 300
Gross Saies (10 kilos ? $60,009)
ee
os 7"
Purcnase (10 kilos > 45.600)
= ey
-«
Aciustea Sross income
$19.815
ess
Profit
50 00%
Exemovon ..
$750
Less
Excess ‘emizec
750
Exemppon
$750
“¢
Taxapie “some
$19,065
Excess ‘temized Oeouctions
Taxapie income
$s $9.2
(2) Net Worth and Expenditures (Cost of
Drugs Seized)—Mr. John Jones was arresed
(5) Sale Price—
on August 4, 1978, by a State police officer and
(a) Surveillance by undercover agents c*
was charged with violation of Narcotics laws.
the D.£.A. reveaied that Joe Winter and Jac«
The arresting officer ciscovered 10 pounds of
Spring are partners dealing 'n drugs. Pure LSU
pure heroin as weil as $12,000 in cash at his
in crystal form is purchased and ‘cut’ to a
residence. The local Narcotics authorities stat-
reduced purity for subsequent sale. Undercov-
ed that the cost of pure heroin was approxi-
er agents. on two occasions, purchaed LSD ina
mately $100,000 per pound. There had been a
“cut’’ form. The purchases were for $3,500 anc
$1,500 in official Government funds. at the rate
prior indictment against the taxpayer for the
importation of heroin. His income is computed
of $1,500 for one ‘‘cut” gram of LSD.
(b) The taxpayers were arrested on May
as follows
Casn on mand wner arrestec .
$12,000
11, 1978. Winter was arrested inside of a camp-
Cost of neon (10 ‘ss. & $100,000 per ib.
er bus and Spring was arrested nearby.
Ling Expenses ($13/day \ 217 cays)...
- 821
$1.014 821
(c) A search by the undercover agents re-
Aqiusted Gross Income .
vealed $2,000 in Winter's possession anc
Less
Exemoron
$750
$4,030 in Spring's possession.
Excess ‘emvzec Decuctons .
P)
750
(d) A search of tne vehicie revealed a re-
Taxapie income
-$1.014 071
ceipt for a telegraphic money order in the
amount of $5.200 to a California resident with a
(3) Source and Application of Funds—Tax-
payer was arrested for possession of narcotics
drug history and one “cut” gram of LSD. Sudse-
quent investigation revealed a second receir
on July 27, 1978. At the time of arrest the tax-
in the amount of $4,500.
payer had on his/her person $4.947 and asmail
(e) Undercover acents of the 0.E.A. have
amount of drugs. Taxpayer stated to the arrest-
estimated the cost to tne taxpayers for one oure
ing cffice that a truck seized was purchased for
gram of LSD at $900. Aiso, based on achemica
cash on May 19, 1972, for $1,986. Income is
analysis by 0.£.A.. it was determined that 2
computed as follows
pure gram was being cut to realize 3.163 grams
= nds Aoc ea
of LSD in a seiling form.
Cas. or “anc increasec
$4947
=urctase of truce
- 986
(f) The setling price was $1,500 per ‘cut’
wving excenses
- 717
gram.
($73. cay
209 cays)
Tntai [ures appned
$14 650
(g) Narcotics agents beiieve the money or-
der of April 5, 1978, for $4,500 was for the
Fund crowced
Agicsiec Gross ircome
$14.650
purchase of 5 ‘‘pure’ grams of LSD. Five
$14,650
“pure” grams yield 15.815 grams in ‘cut’ form.
Agustec Sross income oeterminec .
ES
MT 4500-351
Intermal Revenue Manual - Audit
.-
--- Page 12 ---EE eee OE OOO, EE Eero s a 69 1-82 Collateral Procedures 8201-5 | Exhibit 4580-5 tS ( | Examples of income Computation y \ (1) Net Worth and Expenditures Method a eran (Cost of Habit)—The taxpayer was arrested for Excess itemized Decucuons 5 =59 | possession of narcotics on June 3,1978.Atthe = Taxaoie income $13,990 / time of his/her arrest he had in his/her posses- arr sion $2,300 in cash which is now in the posses- (4) Sales of Heroin—It was determined by \L sion of DEA. From local narcotics authorities it 9-E.A. that Mr. Smith bought and soid three to | was learned that the taypayer spends about [Our kilos of heroin per month. D.E.A. also stat-$100 per day on his/her habit. The taxable in- ed that Mr. Smith, during the current year. nac come is computed as follows: purchased 10 kilos of neroin $45,000 per ktio ! -Cost of ene (S100/eay + 188 anys) sissoo aNd sold 10 kilos © $60,000 per kilo. His income ving Expenses (S13/day « '55 cays) 20:5 's Computed as follows: Casn on mand wher arrested 2.300 —_ Gross Saies (10 kilos @ $60,000) . $600 500 Agiusted Gross income $19,815 Pyrenase (10 kilos & 45.000) 45¢ 000 ~Exemovon pp ecpanednp dass $750 oe srse 000 Excess terized Oecuctons . 9 750 Exemovcn _.. $750 Taxabie income : $19,065 Excess ‘terized Oeauctions 80 (2) Net Worth and Expenditures (Cost of —ee a Drugs Seized)—Mr. John Jones was arresed (5) Sale Price— on August 4, 1978, by a State police officer and (a) Surveillance by undercover agents of was charged with violation of Narcotics laws. the 0.£.A. revealed that Joe Winter and Jack The arresting officer discovered 10 pounds of Spring are partners dealing in drugs. Pure LSD . pure heroin as weil as $12,000 in cash at his in crystal form is purchased and ‘cut’ to a ( residence. The local Narcotics authorities stat- reduced purity for subsequent sale. Undercov- \ ed that the cost of pure heroin was approxi- er agents. on two occasions, purcnaed LSD ina ~ mately $100,000 per pound. There had beena “cut” form. The purchases were for $3,500 and prior indictment against the taxpayer for the $1,500 in official Government funds, at the rate importation of heroin. His income is computed of $1,500 for one “cut” gram of LSD. . as follows: (b) The taxpayers were arrested on May Cash on hand wnenarrestec $12000 11, 1978. Winter was arrested inside of a camp-Cost of nero (10 ‘os. @ $100.00 der Ib. 1,000,000 er bus and Spring was arrested nearby. portman S S17 enyal.....-- Pron (c) A search by the undercover agents re-; Less: ;, — . . vealed $2,000 in Winter’s possession and Zxemovon $750 $4,030 in Spring's possession.
Resicpisormepsacnconn: tain — —_= (d) A search of the vehicle reveaied a re-—e - SLOSQ ceipt for a telegraphic money order in the (3) Source and Application of Funds—Tax- amount of $5.200 to a California resident with a payer was arrested for possession of narcotics U9 history and one “cut” gram of LSD. Suose-on July 27, 1978. At the time of arrest the tax- quent investigation reveaied a second receipt payer had on his/her person$4,947 andasmail the amount of $4.500. - | amount of drugs. Taxpayer stated to the arrest- (e) Undercover agents of the D.E.A. nave ing office that a truck seized was purchased for estimated the cost to the taxpayers for one pure cash on May 19, 1972. for $1,986. income is gram of LSD at S900. Also, based on achemical computed as follows: analysis by 0.E.A., it was determined that a , pure gram was being cut to realize 3.163 grams pep Rete 94.907 of LSD in a selling form.
Purenase of truck | 6.986 (f) The selling price was $1,500 per ‘cut”’
- Living exoenses 27 gram. ; __'St3/cay + 209 days) . (9) Narcotics agents beiieve the money or-[ sce OO Ger of April 5, 1978. for $4.500 was for the. \ Agyustea Gross income siagso Purchase of S “pure” grams of LSD. Five ee ee Pees eT “pure” grams yieid 16.815 grams in “cut” form. , _
MT 4500-351 Internal Revenue Manual - Audit
--- Page 13 ---69 1-82
8202
Part IV - Audit
Exhibit 4580-5 Cont.
Examples of Income Computation
(h) The money order for $5.200 was be-
- 859"
$22 “22
420
lieved to be for six “pure” grams of LSD yielding
Cost
ams @ s' ued
$°3 222
- 978 grams in cut form.
Sze ==
Tax Computation
- 978 grams # s1s¢2
a 996
Pront
$23 237
10 CEA agents
eseeee
$3,500
$47 “34
Summanor of ai! oretts .
Sne-nait tor eacn patner
$23 é°7
Profit
$2835
~ess
$1.500
Ex
7
$750
Seiing Prce
wee tw eee
Excess temizec
a ; ic
as
Cos
$1,235
Taxanie income ‘0 eacn
323
27
(The next page is 8205.]
MT #800-351 Commerce Clearing House, Inc.
--- Page 14 ---go02° Part IV - Audit 69 1-82 ,;
Exhibit 4580-5 Cont. | at lee
Examples of Income Computation
(h) The money order for $5,200 was be- Oe" Stier, : lieved to be for six “pure” grams of LSD yielding Cost wt - Oo oe wt 18.978 grams in cut form. payne i a sisiee2 7 18. grams 7, ; ; 2 467 ' Tax Computation: : GOGt sil... sewers OB §.29C F — mnrnenedeigunsacast aes ~~ s of et proms... | “Sarcsa Croft... . eeseeeee co vote $2,935 ae a” | ;
Seing Pree es Excess itemizec Oeaucvons. 2 ___780 Pott ee SUBS Taxapie Income to eacn $23.°27 > | i (The next page is 8205.] | i | t \ _ | ;
Mt 4800-351 Commerce Clearing House, Inc.
--- Page 15 ---Exhibit C AUTHORIZATION TO ISSUE JEOPARDY ASSESSMENTS Taxpayer: John Q. Public 230-12-3456 500 Main Street Richmond, VA 23219 Interest
Tax Type Period Tax Penalty to 8/1/83 Total Sales April 1985 $ 800.00 $120.00 $22.00 $ 942.00 Sales May 1985 800.00 80.00 11.35 891.35 Sales June 1985 800.00 40.00 2.53 842.53 Sales & Use July 1985 600.00 0.00 0.00 600.00 Income to 7/15/85 1,955.00 0.00 0.00 1,955.00 Totals $4,955.00 $240.00 $35.88 $5,230.88 Basis for assessment: Mr. Public was arrested July 15, 1985 and charged with possession of controlled drugs with intent to distribute. At the time of the arrest, police seized cocaine with an estimated cost of $5,000.00 and retail value of $10,000.00 and cash in the amount of $5,000.00.
Estimates are based on information from police sources that drug dealers normally keep no more than two weeks inventory on hand and that profit margins for cocaine are about 50%. It is assumed that Mr. Public sold drugs from April 1 to July 15, and that he turned over his inventory of drugs twice each month. Police indicated that they received information in April that Mr. Public was selling cocaine.
Mr. Public filed income tax returns for 1981 - 1984 showing only income from wages between $12,000.00 - $15,000.00. No sales tax return has ever been filed by Mr. Public.
Approved: W. H. Forst Date Tax Commissioner
--- Page 16 ---Exhibit D Commonwealth of Virginia City/County of
Affidavit
The undersigned affiant states that at M on the day of » 19 the affiant caused "Notice(s) of Assessment" dated
to be served on (the taxpayer) by
[] Mailing the "Notice(s) of Assessment" to the taxpayer at the address shown on the notice(s), certified mail, return receipt requested, at the U.S. Post Office or U.S. Mailbox noted below.
[| Personally serving the "Notice(s) of Assessment" on the person, and at the location, noted below.
affiant
title
The foregoing affidavit was subscribed and sworn before me this
day of » 19 ’ by ce ne ae ee |
Notary Public
My commission expires
Virginia Income Tax Statutes and RefundsDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
COMMONWEALTH of VIRCjINIA
Department oj'Tavation
July 28, 201 0
To: Craig M. Burns Acting Tax Commissioner
Through: William J. White Assistant Commissioner for Tax Policy
From: Mark C. Haskins Director, Policy Development Division
Re: Statute of Limitations for Income Taxes and Refund Match Situations
The Policy Development Division ("Policy") has received several inquiries regarding the statute of limitations for various tax types and actions undertaken by the Department of Taxation ("TAX) or the taxpayer. As the statute of limitations for the withholding tax was discussed in an earlier memorandum dated May 1, 2009, this memorandum will describe the applicable statute of limitations for the income taxes and for refund match situations.
Income Tax
Because of recent changes in the law regarding extensions to file pass-through entity and individual, fiduciary, and corporate income tax returns, there has been some confusion regarding the applicable statute of limitations in terms of allowing taxpayers to file amended income tax returns or to receive refunds. In addition, there is some confusion regarding the time limitations for TAX to issue assessments for these tax types.
Prior to 2005, income taxpayers were required to request an extension to file their income tax returns. The maximum extension of time was six months from the due date of the return. Taxpayers could request the automatic four-month Virginia extension if they had chosen the automatic extension of time to file their federal returns; or they could request a Virginia extension which ended no later than six months from the original due date of their returns. Thus, the "last day for the timely filing" of a return for
taxable years before 2005 will vary depending on whether or not a taxpayer requested and received an extension and, if so, whether the return was filed during the extension period.
Virginia Internet Filing and Payment for Businesses and Individuals
WWW.TAX.VIRGINIA.GOV
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM Craig M. Burns July 28, 2010 Page 2
Effective for taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2005, taxpayers are allowed to elect to take a six month extension to file their returns. In order to elect an extension, the taxpayer must (i) file the return within the extended period, and (ii) on or
before the original due date for the filing of the return, pay the full amount properly estimated as the balance of the tax due for the taxable year. See Va. Code §§ 58.1-344, 58.1-393.1, and 58.1-453. If the taxpayer intends to take the extension but then does not file a return or pay the full amount of the tax due by the extended due date, the taxpayer is treated as if no extension had been granted. As a result, the "last day for the timely filing" of a return will vary depending on whether or not a taxpayer a taxpayer filed a return during the extension period.
Assessments
For the purposes of the income tax, an assessment may be made at any time if no return has been filed. See Va. Code 5 58.1-312. When a return has been filed on or before the original due date, an assessment must be made within three years of the original due date. If a return has been filed on or before the extended due date,
whether such extension was granted by TAX or automatically, an assessment must be made within three years of the extended due date. This is because, under Va. Code § 58.1 -18 12 , returns filed before "the last day prescribed by law for the timely filing thereof shall be considered as filed on the last day." Finally, when a return has been filed after the extended due date, TAX has three years after the submitted date of the return to make an assessment. See Va. Code § 58.1-1812.
Refund/Amended Returns
Taxpayers who do not file a return have three years from the original due date to file a return requesting a refund. See Va. Code § 58.1-499. When a return has been filed on or before an original or extended due date, whether such extension was granted by TAX or automatically, an amended return must be filed within three years of the original or extended due date, as applicable. See Va. Code § 58.1-1823.
Finally, when an original return has been filed after the due date, whether original or extended, the taxpayer has from three years after the original due date to file an amended return. This is because, under the provisions of Va. Code § 58.1-499 (D), an original return and, under Va. Code § 58.1-1823, an amended return must be filed within three years from the last day prescribed by law for the timely filing of a return. If a
--- Page 3 ---
MEMORANDUM Craig M. Burns July 28, 201 0 Page 3
return is not filed within an extension period, the extension is negated and the last day allowed for the timely filing of the return reverts to the original due date.
Attached below are two charts presenting various scenarios for the filing of income tax returns and the applicable statute of limitations for each one. For the purposes of the chart, the individual income tax is used as an example. The first chart
applies to returns for taxable years prior to 2005, while the second chart is applicable to taxable years beginning on and after January 1,2005.
--- Page 4 ---
MEMORANDUM Craig M. Burns July 28, 2010 Page 4
Returns for Taxable Years Prior to 2005 (Extensions, If Any, Must Have Been Requested)
Return Scenario SOL to Receive Refund/Amend Return SOL for TAX to Issue Assessment Type The due date to file the original The taxpayer has until three years from the return is May 1. No extension original May 1 due date to file the original If taxpayer does not file a return, there is Original requested. The taxpayer does not return before the SOL expires. See § 58.1- no SOL. See § 58.1-312. file. 499.
The taxpayer has until May 1, three years TAX has until May 1, three years from the The original return was due May 1 from the original due date to file an Amended original due date to issue an assessment. and filed by the May 1 due date. amended return before the SOL expires.
See § 58.1-1812 See § 58.1-1823.
Because, under § 58.1-1823, the taxpayer A return filed before the last day has from last day prescribed by law to file prescribed by law is treated as being filed The original return was due May 1 an amended return, he would have until on the last day under § 58.1-1812.
Amended and filed within a requested and three years from the end of the extension, Therefore, TAX would have three years approved 6-month extension period. i.e. until November 1, to file an amended from the end of the extension, i.e. until return. November 1, to bill.
The taxpayer has until three years from the The original return was due May 1 original May 1 due date to file an amended Under § 58.1-1812, TAX has until three and filed after the due date and Amended return before the SOL expires. The years from the submitted date of the after the approved 6-month extension is void because the return was original return to issue an assessment. extension period. filed after it ended. [TABLE 4-1] Return Type | Scenario | SOL to Receive Refund/Amend Return | SOL for TAX to Issue Assessment Original | The due date to file the original return is May 1. No extension requested. The taxpayer does not file. | The taxpayer has until three years from the original May 1 due date to file the original return before the SOL expires. See § 58.1-499. | If taxpayer does not file a return, there is no SOL. See § 58.1-312.
Amended | The original return was due May 1 and filed by the May 1 due date. | The taxpayer has until May 1, three years from the original due date to file an amended return before the SOL expires.
See § 58.1-1823. | TAX has until May 1, three years from the original due date to issue an assessment.
See § 58.1-1812 Amended | The original return was due May 1 and filed within a requested and approved 6-month extension period. | Because, under § 58.1-1823, the taxpayer has from last day prescribed by law to file an amended return, he would have until three years from the end of the extension, i.e. until November 1, to file an amended return. | A return filed before the last day prescribed by law is treated as being filed on the last day under § 58.1-1812.
Therefore, TAX would have three years from the end of the extension, i.e. until November 1, to bill.
Amended | The original return was due May 1 and filed after the due date and after the approved 6-month extension period. | The taxpayer has until three years from the original May 1 due date to file an amended return before the SOL expires. The extension is void because the return was filed after it ended. | Under § 58.1-1812, TAX has until three years from the submitted date of the original return to issue an assessment.
[/TABLE]
--- Page 5 ---
MEMORANDUM Craig M. Burns July 28, 2010 Page 5
Returns for Taxable Year 2005 and Beyond (Automatic, “Paperless” Extensions)
Return Scenario SOL to Receive Refund/Amend Return SOL for TAX to Issue Assessment Type The due date to file the original If the taxpayer never files a return, the return was May 1. The 6-month Original extension is void and he has to file within If taxpayer never filed, there is no SOL. automatic extension applies. The three years of May 1. taxpayer does not file.
The taxpayer has until three years from the The original return was due May 1 TAX has until three years from the original Amended original May 1 due date to file an amended and filed by the May 1 due date. May 1 due date to issue an assessment. return before the SOL expires.
The taxpayer has three years from TAX has three years from last day The original return was due May 1 November 1 to file amended return. He prescribed by law to file the return to bill the Amended and filed within the automatic elected to take the extension, so the taxpayer. As taxpayer elected to take the extension period. November 1 date is the last day prescribed extension, TAX has until November 1 to bill. by law for filing the return.
The taxpayer has until three years after the original May 1 due date to file an amended The original return was due May 1 return before the SOL expires. The TAX has three years after the submitted Amended and filed after the automatic extended due date is void because the date to issue an assessment. extension period. original return was not filed within the extension period. [TABLE 5-1] Return Type | Scenario | SOL to Receive Refund/Amend Return | SOL for TAX to Issue Assessment Original | The due date to file the original return was May 1. The 6-month automatic extension applies. The taxpayer does not file. | If the taxpayer never files a return, the extension is void and he has to file within three years of May 1. | If taxpayer never filed, there is no SOL.
Amended | The original return was due May 1 and filed by the May 1 due date. | The taxpayer has until three years from the original May 1 due date to file an amended return before the SOL expires. | TAX has until three years from the original May 1 due date to issue an assessment.
Amended | The original return was due May 1 and filed within the automatic extension period. | The taxpayer has three years from November 1 to file amended return. He elected to take the extension, so the November 1 date is the last day prescribed by law for filing the return. | TAX has three years from last day prescribed by law to file the return to bill the taxpayer. As taxpayer elected to take the extension, TAX has until November 1 to bill.
Amended | The original return was due May 1 and filed after the automatic extension period. | The taxpayer has until three years after the original May 1 due date to file an amended return before the SOL expires. The extended due date is void because the original return was not filed within the extension period. | TAX has three years after the submitted date to issue an assessment.
[/TABLE]
--- Page 6 ---
MEMORANDUM Craig M. Burns July 28, 201 0 Page 6
Refund Match
Policy has also been questioned regarding the statute of limitations for situations in which a refund has been applied to an outstanding assessment and the assessment
is later reduced or abated. In such situations, TAX must first determine whether or not the refund return was timely filed. If not, no refund may be issued to the taxpayer regardless of the timing of the assessment reduction or abatement. If the refund return was timely filed, TAX must then refer to the two-year statute of limitations related to bill 5 payments that is provided in Va. Code 58.1 -18 23. Consider the following examples: Example 1: Taxpayer A files a 2004 income tax return on May 15, 2007. Although the return is late, it is filed within three years of the due date, so TAX could issue a refund.
On November 10, 2007, TAX applies the 2004 refund of $3,500 to an outstanding nonfiler bill for 2002.
On June 17, 2008, Taxpayer A provides information that allows TAX to abate the 2002 assessment.
RESULT: Because Taxpayer A provided information allowing for the abatement of the assessment within two years of the refund match, the refund may be released to Taxpayer A.
Example 2: Taxpayer B files a 2006 income tax return on May I,2 007. The return is timely filed.
On July 25, 2007, TAX applies the 2006 refund of $5,000 to an outstanding bill for 2005.
On February 10, 2010, Taxpayer B provides information that allows TAX to abate the 2005 assessment.
RESULT: Because Taxpayer B did not provide information allowing for the abatement of the assessment within two years of the refund match, not the refund may be released to Taxpayer B. This is true even though the information was provided within three years of the timely filing of the 2006 return.
Example 3: Taxpayer C files a 2004 income tax return on May 15, 2007. Although the return is late, it is filed within three years of the due date, so TAX could issue a refund.
--- Page 7 ---
MEMORANDUM Craig M. Burns July 28, 2010 Page 7
On November 10, 2007, TAX applies the 2004 refund of $3,500 to an outstanding nonfiler bill for 2002.
On June 17, 2008, Taxpayer C files an amended return for 2002 that
shows that the assessment should be abated and that the taxpayer should have received a $500 refund for that taxable year.
RESULT: Because the amended return for 2002 allows TAX to abate the assessment within two years of the refund match, TAX may refund the $3,500 to Taxpayer C. However, the additional $500 refund from 2002 may not be paid to the taxpayer. While the amended return was filed 5 within two years of the payment as required by Va. Code 1823, the refund amount may not exceed the amount of the payment. Therefore, Taxpayer C may only receive $3,500.
Approved
crab'~. Burns Acting Tax Commissioner
Virginia Pass-Through Entity Tax GuidelinesDoc ID: 7819
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines for the Retroactive Taxable Year 2021 Pass-through Entity Tax
During the 2022 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1121 (2022 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 690) and Senate Bill 692 (2022 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 689), which permit a qualifying pass-through entity (“PTE”) to make an annual election
to pay an elective income tax (“PTET”) at a rate of 5.75 percent at the entity level. The legislation also allows a corresponding refundable income tax credit to certain PTE owners for income tax paid by a PTE if such PTE makes the election and pays the elective income tax imposed at the entity level.
The legislation allows an individual to claim a credit for taxes paid to other states under laws that are substantially similar to the pass-through entity income tax. Effective for
taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021, but before January 1, 2026, this overrules Public Document 21-156 (December 29, 2021), which generally denied a credit for a tax paid to Maryland under that state’s elective pass-through entity income tax. This provision only applies to taxes paid by a PTE under the law of another state that is substantially similar to Va. Code § 58.1-390.3. Therefore, it does not apply to any other entity-level taxes, such as any franchise, privilege, business, license, or occupation taxes described in Va. Code § 58.1-332.2.
During the 2023 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1456 (2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 686) and Senate Bill 1476 (2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 687), which removed the requirement that a PTE be 100 percent owned by natural persons or persons eligible to be shareholders of an S corporation in order to make the election to pay the PTET. This legislation also defined an “eligible owner” as a direct owner of a pass-through entity who is a natural person or an estate or trust and states
that only the pro rata or distributive share of income, gain, loss, or deduction attributable to eligible owners are subject to the PTET. These changes are effective for taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021.
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the elective income tax and corresponding refundable credit as required by Va. Code § 58.1-390.3 (F). These guidelines are not
rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va.
Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information regarding these procedures will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines complement the Department’s existing General Provisions Applicable to All Taxes Administered by the Department of Taxation Regulation (23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) 23 VAC 10-20-10 et seq.), Individual Income Tax
Virginia Department of Taxation 1 February 19, 2024
--- Page 2 ---
Regulation (23 VAC 10-110-20 et seq.), and Corporation Income Tax Regulation (23 VAC 10-120-10 et seq.). To the extent that there is a conflict between the Department’s existing guidance and Va. Code §§ 58.1-332, 58.1-390.1, 58.1-390.2, and 58.1-390.3, as such laws were amended by 2022 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 689 and 690 and 2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 686 and 687, the provisions of such laws, as
interpreted by these guidelines, supersede existing guidance.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and
interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845.
These guidelines address how to make the pass-through entity tax election for Taxable Year 2021, file the Taxable Year 2021 PTET return, and claim a retroactive PTET credit. For information on definitions, eligibility requirements, the computation of pass-through entity tax, and the credit for taxes paid to other states, please refer to the Guidelines for the Pass-through Entity Tax.
Making the Election
For Taxable Year 2021, a PTE has the option to make a retroactive PTET election and pay PTET for the taxable year by:
- Submitting Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET, including all owner credit
allocation information, using Business Online Services on or before September 16, 2024; and
- Making all payments electronically either prior to or at the time the Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET is submitted.
Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET will not be accepted after September 16, 2024, or without full payment of the 2021 PTET. Form 502 cannot be used to make the PTET election for Taxable Year 2021.
Each electing pass-through entity decides how to obtain consent from its eligible owners; provided, however, the election is binding on all the eligible owners once the election is made. For S corporations, this includes the choice whether to take advantage
of the special option on how to compute their PTET, described in the Guidelines for the Pass-through Entity Tax. An eligible owner does not have the option to “opt out” of an entity’s election with the Department. An owner, officer, or employee of the PTE who is authorized to act on behalf of the PTE in tax matters must sign the PTET return. By
Virginia Department of Taxation 2 February 19, 2024
--- Page 3 ---
signing the return, the signer is declaring that they are the authorized representative of the PTE. Because the PTET return must be filed electronically, the return must be signed using the electronic signature procedures established by the Department. Please see the Department’s website for more information.
Filing the Retroactive Taxable Year 2021 PTET Return
Electing PTEs are required to file their retroactive Taxable Year 2021 PTET returns and the accompanying schedules and make any tax payments electronically. Please see the Department’s PTET return instructions for more information regarding how to make payments and file returns electronically. No hardship exemptions are available for electronically filing PTET returns.
Electing PTEs are required to pay in full the PTET owed by the time they file their Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET and must file their Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET by September 16, 2024. No retroactive Taxable Year 2021 PTET returns will be accepted after that date. There are no extensions or late filing options.
An electing PTE must refer to its previously filed Taxable Year 2021 Form 502 to
complete its Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET. If an electing PTET has not previously filed a Taxable Year 2021 Form 502, it would still be eligible for the retroactive Taxable Year 2021 PTET election; however, if it was required to file a Taxable Year 2021 Form 502 and it has not yet done so, it may be subject to a late filing penalty of up to $1,200.
An electing PTE must notify its owners (1) that the election has been made and (2) whether or not they are an eligible owner entitled to receive the information and benefits
of the election. In addition, an electing PTE must provide a Schedule VK-1 to each of its owners, including its eligible and ineligible owners, with information regarding the pass-through of income and related deductions and credits so that the owners can complete their own Virginia tax returns.
On its return, an electing entity must report its total PTET. The total amount of PTET credits reported by an electing entity shall not exceed the total PTET paid by the
electing PTE.
The electing PTE must provide sufficient information on the Schedule VK-1s in its return to identify all PTET credit-eligible taxpayers and their credit amounts. If such identifying information is not provided, the otherwise eligible owners will not be entitled to utilize the PTET credit on their Virginia income tax returns.
In no case may the PTET credit be distributed to ineligible owners. The amount of PTET credit that is distributed to each eligible owner is equal to the amount of PTET paid by the PTE on the income distributed to each of them. Therefore, the credit must be
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 February 19, 2024
--- Page 4 ---
allocated to nonresident eligible owners based on only their distributive or pro rata share of income attributable to Virginia. If the electing PTE’s total PTE taxable income is zero or less, its eligible owners are not entitled to any PTET credits.
Estimated Tax Payments
Because the Taxable Year 2021 PTET election is retroactive, no estimated payments are required. However, full payment must be made on or before the earlier of (1) the date the return is filed or (2) September 16, 2024.
Previously Paid Nonresident Withholding
If nonresident withholding payments on behalf of nonresident eligible owners were made on a PTE return (Form 502), the PTE should claim the withholding payment on Form 502PTET. However, because eligible owners may have already received and claimed credit for any withholding payment made by the PTE, any withholding payments made must be subtracted from the total amount of retroactive PTET credits allocated to eligible owners.
Previously Filed Composite Returns
If a composite return (Form 765) has already been filed by the PTE, such PTE is still eligible to make the retroactive Taxable Year 2021 election, provided that it reports a subtraction on its PTET return for any income for which tax has been paid on a Form 765.
Penalties
Pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-390.3 E, the penalties for electing PTEs are based upon the corporate penalties in Article 14 (Va. Code § 58.1-450 et seq.) instead of the penalties in Article 9 (Va. Code § 58.1-390.1 et seq.). Civil and criminal penalties may be imposed for filing a fraudulent return. The criminal penalty for filing a fraudulent return is a Class 6 felony (Va. Code §§ 58.1-451 and 58.1-452).
Filing a Return by an Eligible Owner
An eligible owner may claim a refundable PTET credit against their Virginia individual income tax or fiduciary income tax. An estate or trust, other than a trust that is disregarded for income tax purposes, that is an eligible owner of an electing PTE is allowed to claim the full PTET credit that it receives on its fiduciary income tax return,
but it is not permitted to distribute any portion of the credit to its beneficiaries.
Virginia Department of Taxation 4 February 19, 2024
--- Page 5 ---
Taxable Year 2021 Form 502PTET must be submitted and the PTET must be paid in full by September 16, 2024 before the Department will allow eligible owners to claim the PTET credit on their income tax returns as a retroactive 2021 PTET credit. Owners are not allowed to amend their Taxable Year 2021 owner returns to claim the retroactive 2021 PTET credit. Instead, as a filing convenience to taxpayers, the retroactive 2021
PTET credit will be reported exclusively on the owners’ returns for Taxable Year 2023.
While reported on a 2023 owner return and while no interest will generally be paid relating back to 2021, the retroactive 2021 PTET credit is based upon the owner’s and the PTE’s Taxable Year 2021 taxes, and any refunds issued on a Taxable Year 2023 return as a result of such credit are solely on account of the owner’s and PTE’s 2021 taxes.
Eligible owners must wait until the electing PTE issues the Schedule VK-1 before claiming the PTET credit. If the electing PTE does not issue the Schedule VK-1 until after the due date for the owner’s return, the eligible owner may (1) make any necessary extension payments and file the return during the extension period or (2) file the original return without claiming the credit and then file an amended tax return once the Schedule VK-1 showing a PTET credit is received. Eligible owners of an electing PTE who claim the PTET credit on their individual or fiduciary income tax return must
make an addition equal to the eligible owner’s proportionate share of any deduction for state and local income taxes paid or incurred by the pass-through entity during the same taxable year.
Example
Partnership ABCD is a calendar year, cash-basis taxpayer. It makes the
retroactive PTET election for Taxable Year 2021. It has four partners, all of whom are Virginia residents who receive an equal share of the income. Partnership ABCD determines that it owes PTET in the amount $50,000, of which $40,000 is paid on December 15, 2023, and $10,000 is paid when it files its 2021 PTET return in the spring of 2024. The partners would each claim their pro rata share of the $50,000 retroactive PTET credit on their Taxable Year 2023 returns.
Partnership ABCD would claim the $40,000 federal deduction on its Taxable Year 2023 federal return and the corresponding addition, also in the amount of $40,000, on its Taxable Year 2023 Virginia PTET return. The partners would each claim their pro rata share of the $40,000 federal deduction on their federal returns and the corresponding addition on their Taxable Year 2023 Virginia returns. The remaining federal deduction in the amount of $10,000 and the associated Virginia addition would be claimed on Partnership ABCD’s Taxable
Year 2024 returns. In addition, the partners would claim their pro rata share of the remaining $10,000 federal deduction and make a Virginia addition in the same amount on their Taxable Year 2024 returns.
Virginia Department of Taxation 5 February 19, 2024
--- Page 6 ---
Credits are claimed on an eligible owner’s return in accordance with Public Document 95-240 (September 22, 1995). As a result, the following ordering rules apply:
- Credits that are structural in nature, and are considered by the Department to be
a reduction in tax liability, rather than a credit against the tax. An example is the nonrefundable credit for taxes paid to other states.
- Credits which do not have a statutory carryforward or refundable feature. Where there are multiple credits of equal priority, taxpayers may claim them in the order in which they receive the maximum benefit.
- Credit carryforwards to the taxable year, in the order of those carryforwards which are scheduled to expired first. Where there are multiple credits with
carryforwards of equal length, taxpayers may claim them in the order in which they receive the maximum benefit.
- Current year credit, based on the order of those with the shortest carryforward period first. Where there are multiple credits with carryforwards of equal priority taxpayers may claim them in the order in which they receive the maximum benefit.
- Refundable credits. The net excess over remaining tax liability is refunded. The
PTET credit is a refundable credit.
Where a credit is calculated as, or limited to, a percentage of the tax, the “tax” for this purpose is the gross tax, less any structural credits. A double benefit for any credit claimed or to be claimed, in one or more taxable years, is not permitted.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation 6 February 19, 2024
Record-Keeping Requirements for Tax SubpoenasDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---Sd
ir
4
mi
-#
<
EA
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
Garland F.
Wilmoth,
Director
Processing Services Division
DATE
May 14,
1986
SUBJECT
Keeper of the records
In December you requested Tax Policy Division to advise you
of any statutory requirements that require your division to
be the keeper of the records for purposes of Subpoena Duces
Tecum served on the department.
Under the rules of evidence,
business records can be
introduced as evidence in court if the keeper of the
records testifies.
Section 58.1-110 provides that the court may accept,
as
prima facie evidence as to whether or not a tax return has
been filed or tax paid,
a duly executed affidavit by the
Tax Commissioner.
This provision permits the affidavit to
be accepted as evidence.
In the case of a subpoena of a return,
Section 58. 1-109
sets forth the requirements for the production of
confidential returns.
Such returns can be furnished in an
envelope.
There is nothing in the statutes which require
the keeper of the records to furnish such evidence.
However,
if such records are introduced as evidence,
someone may be required to testify that such records have
been personally found,
examined,
are complete and
unaltered.
The person testifying to these matters may be
required to be the keeper of the records.
If it becomes an issue in the court action,
the person
testifying must do the actual research and assure copies
are correct or the person testifying may even have to
produce new copies and testify to such copies.
For example,
if the disputed issue in a case is whether a return was
timely filed,
the filing date may be the disputed
issue.
If so,
testimony in court would be required as to
processing,
Saving postmarked envelopes,
etc.
The person
testifying should be familiar with these procedures whether
or not such person is a "keeper of the records."
--- Page 2 ---. -
In summary, there is nothing in Section 58.1-109 to require the keeper of the records to produce the records unless the court or attorneys make an issue of the matter and subpoena the keeper of the records to testify. At that time the keeper of the records will be required to research and reproduce the records.
I trust this information will be beneficial to you, if you need any further review please let me know.
Danny M. Payne
Director
Tax Policy Division
Guidelines for Converted Tax AssessmentsDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---oe
MIA
oa
- *4
Toad
Ld
- ~
MEMORANDUM
TO
Cc.
B.
Davidson,
Supervisor
Collections Section
Office Services Division
FAmMTF
w/e ee
December 24,
1986
SUBJECT
Converted Assessments
In response to your memorandum of November 5,
1986,
+
nc
ose
copy of rules relating to the statute of limitations for
converted assessments.
They state that the three year per
saa
-_—
for assessing taxes
(and the exceptions)
also apply to
conversions of an assessment.
=n
With respect to the partnership names,
a converted assessm
Le
as that tern
-
-
must be made against the
"responsible person"
defined
in § 58.1-1813.
If only one of the partners
is
~~
“<
more
responsible then only that partner can be assessed.
than one partner,
or all partners,
are responsible then each can
'
be assessed for the entire amount for which he is
"responsibie
I hope this answers your questions on converted assessments.
hovenng ogre
Danny M.
Payne,
Director
Tax Policy Division
Enclosure
--- Page 2 ---
LIMITATIONS FOR COLLECTION OF BUSINESS TAX ASSESSMENTS
GENERAL RULE: Taxes assessed against a corporation or partnership must be converted into the name of the "responsible person" (as defined in § 58.1-1813) and a “notice of assessment" mailed to the responsible person at his or her last known address, or personally delivered, within three years of the date on which the taxes were due and payable. (§§ 58.1-104, 58.1-1813, §8.1-13820) EXCEPTION: If no return was filed, or if a false or fraudulent return was filed with the intent to evade tax, then the tax may be assessed, or a proceeding begun in court, within six years of the date the tax was due and payable. (§ 58.1-104)
SPECIAL EXCEPTION FOR CHAPTER 3 TAXES
(Specifically, the corporation income and withholding taxes) If no return was filed, or if a false or fraudulent return was filed with the intent to evade tax, then the tax may be assessed, or a proceeding begun in court, at any time.
‘The other exceptions contained in § 58.1-312 also apply. Thus there are special rules for failure to report a change in federal taxable income, erroneous refunds and net operating loss Carryovers.
If the underlying corporation income tax or withholding tax liability involves any of the above special exceptions, then the outstanding liability may be assessed against the responsible person within the period specified in § 58.1-312.
(§§ 58.1-104, 58.1-312)
Approved
Vy Peeenee ene, /#a3f Kei wd C, Lebel f£rfarZil Danny M. Payne, Director Date Raymond E. Dobyns Date Tax Policy Division Deputy Tax Commissioner
Virginia First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account GuidelinesDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
Introduction
During the 2014 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 331 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 729), which allows an individual to designate an account at a financial institution as a first-time home buyer savings account. Distributions from such accounts must then be used for the purpose of paying or reimbursing the down payment and allowable closing costs for the purchase of a single-family residence in Virginia by a qualified beneficiary. An account holder may subtract any interest, capital gains, or other income attributable to such account to the extent it is subject to federal income taxation.
These guidelines are published by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding first-time home buyer savings accounts as required by Va. Code § 55-556. These guidelines are exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) according to the provisions outlined in Va. Code § 55-556. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Designating an Account as a First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account
An individual may designate an account as a first-time home buyer savings account by submitting an attachment with his or her Virginia income tax return for the first taxable year in which such individual claims the subtraction for interest, capital gains, or other income attributable to an account. For an account to be designated as a first-time home buyer savings account, such attachment must include:
The name and address of the financial institution that maintains the account;
The names of any other individuals with an ownership interest in the account;
The account number or other account identifier;
The type of principal (cash or marketable securities) contributed to the account;
The amount of principal and interest in the account as of the last day of the taxable year;
The amount of any withdrawals from the account during the taxable year; and
The account beneficiary or beneficiaries.
To claim the subtraction, an account holder must designate an account as a first-time home buyer savings account in the year during which he or she is claiming the subtraction or must have designated such account as a first-time home buyer savings account in a prior taxable year.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 2 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
If an individual intends to designate more than one account as a first-time home buyer savings account, he or she is required to submit a separate attachment for each account. Once an account has been designated as a first-time home buyer savings account, the account will remain a first-time home buyer savings account until it is closed or its status as a first-time home buyer savings account is terminated.
After designating an account as a first-time home buyer savings account, the account holder is required to include an attachment with updated account information for all future taxable years in which he or she is required to file a Virginia income tax return, or until such account is closed or its status as a first-time home buyer savings account is terminated. If an account holder has designated more than one existing first-time home buyer savings account, the account holder is required to submit a separate attachment with updated information for each account.
An account owned by two or more individuals may be designated as a first-time home buyer savings account. An account owned by two or more individuals will only be considered a first-time home buyer savings account for the individuals with an ownership interest in such account who have designated it as a first-time home buyer savings account.
Accounts Eligible to be First-Time Home Buyer Savings Accounts
An individual may designate any account with a financial institution as a first-time home buyer savings account, including an account that was opened prior to January 1, 2014. A “financial institution” includes any bank, trust company, savings institution, industrial loan association, consumer finance company, credit union, or any benefit association, insurance company, safe deposit company, money market mutual fund, or similar entity that is authorized to do business in Virginia. Only cash and marketable securities may be contributed to an account. Examples of accounts that may be designated as first-time home buyer savings accounts include, but are not limited to, bank accounts, mutual funds, certificate of deposits (“CDs”), brokerage accounts, and money market accounts.
There are no limitations as to the number of first-time home buyer savings accounts one individual may establish.
Qualified Beneficiaries
Definition of Qualified Beneficiary
A “qualified beneficiary” is an individual who resides in Virginia at the time of settlement on the purchase of a single-family residence in Virginia who:
Has never owned or purchased under contract for deed, individually or jointly, a single-family residence;
Is designated as the beneficiary of a first-time home buyer savings account; and
May use funds in such account to pay eligible costs.
“Single-family residence” means a single-family residence owned and occupied by a qualified beneficiary, including a manufactured home, trailer, mobile home, condominium unit, or cooperative.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 3 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
For an individual to be a qualified beneficiary, he or she may not have owned or purchased a single-family residence anywhere, within Virginia, or elsewhere. An individual is considered to own a single-family residence, and is therefore disqualified from being designated as a beneficiary, even if he or she did not purchase the residence. For example, an individual who owns or has owned a single-family residence acquired by a gift or inheritance is not considered a qualified beneficiary.
An individual who has owned or purchased land or commercial real estate may be designated as a qualified beneficiary as long as he or she has not owned or purchased a single-family residence. An individual who is otherwise eligible to be a qualified beneficiary may still be designated as a qualified beneficiary even if he or she marries a person who is not eligible to be a qualified beneficiary, so long as such individual does not become a co-owner of a single-family residence as a result of the marriage.
Designating a Qualified Beneficiary
To establish a first-time home buyer savings account, an account owner must designate a qualified beneficiary or qualified beneficiaries for such account on the attachment submitted with his or her Virginia income tax return. By designating a beneficiary, the account holder certifies that each designated individual meets the requirements of a qualified beneficiary. The account holder is not required to notify an individual that he or she has been designated as a beneficiary of an account.
If the account holder does not designate a beneficiary or if he or she designates an individual who is not qualified, the account will not qualify as a first-time home buyer savings account and the account holder cannot claim the subtraction for any interest, capital gains, or other income attributable to such account.
An account holder may be designated as the beneficiary of his or her own account. The same individual may be designated as the beneficiary for multiple first-time home buyer savings accounts.
An account holder is required to submit an updated list of beneficiaries each year after the designation of a first-time home buyer savings account, and may change the beneficiary of an existing account at such time. If an individual becomes ineligible to be a qualified beneficiary after being designated as such, the account holder is required to remove such individual from the list of designated beneficiaries when submitting his or her tax return for the taxable year during which the beneficiary was disqualified.
Principal and Interest Limits
Only cash and marketable securities may be contributed as principal to a first-time home buyer savings account. No more than $50,000 in principal may be retained within a first-time home buyer savings account at any time. No interest, capital gains, or other income attributable to a first-time home buyer savings account may be subtracted to the extent generated while the principal in the account was in excess of $50,000 or consisted of anything other than cash and marketable securities.
In aggregate, no more than $150,000 of principal and interest may be retained within a first-time home buyer savings account at any time. No interest, capital gains, or other income attributable
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 4 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
to a first-time home buyer savings account may be subtracted to the extent generated while the aggregate principal and interest in the account was in excess of $150,000.
For an individual that has established more than one first-time home buyer savings account, the principal and interest limitations apply separately to each of his or her first-time home buyer savings accounts.
Claiming the Subtraction for Interest, Capital Gains, and Other Income
To the extent it was included in his or her federal adjusted gross income, an account holder may subtract any income attributable to a first-time home buyer savings account that was taxed as interest, capital gains, or as other income for federal income tax purposes when computing his or her Virginia taxable income. The subtraction reduces the account holder’s Virginia taxable income by the amount of account-related income that is subject to federal income taxation. If such income is exempt from federal income taxation, it has already been excluded from Virginia taxable income and may not be subtracted on the Virginia return.
An account holder may not subtract any income attributable to a first-time home buyer savings account that was included in another account holder’s federal adjusted gross income. An individual with an ownership interest in an account may only subtract income attributable to the account if he or she has designated such account as a first-time home buyer savings account by attaching the required information to the return.
Required Addition for Capital Losses
For all taxable years after establishing a first-time home buyer savings account, an account holder is required to add back any loss attributable to such account that was deducted as a capital loss for federal income tax purposes. This addition is required even if an account holder cannot claim the subtraction for the same taxable year.
Use of Account Funds
Eligible Costs
Distributions from a first-time home buyer savings account may only be used for the purpose of paying or reimbursing the down payment and allowable closing costs for the purchase of a single-family residence in Virginia by a qualified beneficiary. “Allowable closing costs” consist of disbursements listed on a settlement statement for the purchase of a single-family residence in Virginia by a qualified beneficiary. Such disbursements include, but are not limited to, closing costs, inspection fees, and lender fees.
An account holder may not use funds held in a first-time home buyer savings account to pay expenses related to the administration of such account. However, a financial institution may deduct a service fee from a first-time home buyer savings account without subjecting the account holder to recapture or penalties.
It is the account holder’s responsibility to collect and maintain documentation substantiating that distributions from a first-time home buyer savings account were used solely to pay eligible costs. Such document must be made available to the Department upon request.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 5 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
Recapture of the Subtraction
Any subtractions taken by an account holder are subject to recapture if account funds are withdrawn for a purpose other than paying eligible costs. Such recapture is accomplished by adding the amount of the subtraction to the account holder’s federal adjusted gross income in the taxable year or years in which account funds were withdrawn for an ineligible purpose. The recapture requirement applies to all account holders who have designated the account as a first-time home buyer savings account, regardless of who withdrew account funds for a purpose other than to pay eligible costs. This applies even if the individual who withdrew account funds for a purpose other than to pay eligible costs has not designated the account as a first-time home buyer savings account.
If an individual has established more than one first-time home buyer savings account, the recapture requirement applies separately to each of his or her accounts.
The amount subject to recapture is determined separately for each individual who has designated the account as a first-time home buyer savings account. Such amount is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn from an account for an ineligible purpose by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate earnings in the first-time home buyer savings account at the time of the withdrawal, and the denominator of which is equal to the total amount of funds in such account at the time of the withdrawal:
Aggregate Account Earnings Amount Withdrawn for an Ineligible Purpose x Total Account Balance Aggregate account earnings include the total amount of income earned by an account since its designation as a first-time home buyer savings account by the account holder, to the extent such earnings were subtracted by that account holder.
The amount subject to recapture in a particular taxable year will be limited to the amount of account funds that were withdrawn for an ineligible purpose during the taxable year. The total amount subject to recapture for an account holder in all taxable years cannot exceed the total subtraction amount claimed by such account holder since the account was designated as a first-time home buyer savings account.
If an account holder claims the subtraction for a taxable year and withdraws account funds for a purpose other than paying eligible costs in a later taxable year, he or she is required to recapture such subtraction even if the withdrawal occurred after the expiration of the statute of limitations under Va. Code § 58.1-312.
Example 1
Taxpayer A designated an account as a first-time home buyer savings account on his Virginia income tax return for Taxable Year 2014 with an initial principal amount of $50,000. For Taxable Years 2014 through 2018, Taxpayer A subtracted a total of $5,000 of income attributable to such account. In Taxable Year 2019, Taxpayer A used a withdrawal of $27,500 from the account for an ineligible purpose. At the time of the withdrawal, Taxpayer A’s account contained funds of $55,000, of which $5,000 was interest.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 6 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
Taxpayer A’s recapture is computed as follows
$5,000 $27,500 x = $2,500 $55,000 Therefore, Taxpayer A would be subject to the recapture of $2,500.
Example 2
Assume the same facts as in Example 1, except Taxpayer A used a distribution of $55,000 from his account for a purpose other than paying eligible costs.
Taxpayer A’s recapture is computed as follows
$5,000 $55,000 x = $5,000 $55,000 Therefore, Taxpayer A would be subject to the recapture of $5,000, the total amount of subtractions he claimed.
Example 3
Taxpayer B designated an account as a first-time home buyer savings account on his Virginia income tax return for Taxable Year 2014 with an initial principal contribution of $20,000. For Taxable Years 2015 through 2018, Taxpayer B subtracted an aggregate of $10,000 of income attributable to such account.
During Taxable Year 2019, Taxpayer B used a withdrawal of $25,000 from the account to pay eligible costs.
During Taxable Year 2020, Taxpayer B used a withdrawal of $5,000 from the account for an ineligible purpose. At the time of the withdrawal, Taxpayer B’s account contained funds of $5,000.
Taxpayer B’s recapture is computed as follows
$10,000 $5,000 x = $10,000 $5,000 Because the amount of the recapture cannot exceed the amount withdrawn to pay ineligible costs, Taxpayer B is subject to the recapture of $5,000.
Penalty for Ineligible Withdrawal of Account Funds
If funds are withdrawn from a first-time home buyer savings account for any purpose other than the payment of eligible costs, each account holder will be subject to a penalty equal to 5 percent of the amount required to be recaptured. Such penalty is to be paid in the taxable year in which funds were withdrawn from an account for a purpose other than paying eligible costs on the account holder’s Virginia income tax return.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 7 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
Example 4
During Taxable Year 2020, Taxpayer C withdrew funds from a first-time home buyer savings account for an ineligible purpose, and was required to recapture subtractions totaling $10,000.
Taxpayer C would be subject to a penalty computed as follows: 5% x $10,000 = $500.
Exceptions to the Recapture and Penalty Provisions
Neither the recapture nor penalty provisions apply to the extent funds are
Withdrawn by reason of the qualified beneficiary’s death or disability;
Disbursed pursuant to a filing for protection under federal bankruptcy law (United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 through 1330);
Transferred from one first-time home buyer savings account to another first-time home buyer savings account; or
Distributed by a financial institution by reason of the account holder’s death.
Terminating an Account’s First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Status
An account’s first-time home buyer savings account status is terminated by either (1) closing the account or (2) designating such termination on the annual attachment to the account holder’s tax return. An account holder who closes an account that has been designated as a first-time home buyer savings account is required to include a statement on his or her annual attachment indicating that such account was closed, and the date of closure.
An account holder who intends to terminate an account’s first-time home buyer savings account status without closing the underlying account must also include a statement on his or her annual attachment indicating that the account’s first-time home buyer savings account status has been terminated. For purposes of the first-time home buyer savings account subtraction, recapture, and penalty provisions, such termination will be considered effective following the last day of the taxable year.
Any funds that remain in an account at the time it was closed or upon termination of its first-time home buyer savings account status will be considered to have been withdrawn for a purpose other than paying eligible costs for purposes of the recapture and penalty provisions.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - January 7, 2015
--- Page 8 ---
First-Time Home Buyer Savings Account Guidelines
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Laws, Rules and Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at http://www.policylibrary.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8031.
Approved
________ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation - 8 - January 7, 2015
Virginia Disposable Plastic Bag Tax GuidelinesDoc ID: Plastic
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES FOR THE VIRGINIA DISPOSABLE PLASTIC BAG TAX
September 1, 2021
Legislation enacted during the Regular Session of the 2020 General Assembly (House Bill 534 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 1022) and Senate Bill 11 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 1023)) authorizes any county or city to adopt by ordinance the Virginia Disposable Plastic Bag Tax on disposable plastic bags provided to customers in grocery stores, convenience stores, and drugstores in the locality. The tax will be administered by the Virginia Department of Taxation (“the Department”). A locality must provide a certified copy of the ordinance to the Tax Commissioner at least three months prior to the date the tax is to become effective.
These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000, et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the requirement that the Tax Commissioner publish these guidelines pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-1748, as well as the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Virginia Disposable Plastic Bag Tax
Any county or city may impose the Virginia Disposable Plastic Bag Tax in the amount of five cents ($0.05) on each disposable plastic bag provided to purchasers by any grocery store, convenience store, or drugstore in the locality. The tax is due regardless of whether the retailer sells the bag to the customer or it is provided free of charge.
Taxable Items
A disposable plastic bag subject to the tax includes any plastic bag provided by a grocery store, convenience store, or drugstore to a customer at the point of purchase to transport items purchased and not intended for reuse. Dealers should not collect the tax on the following items:
- Durable plastic bags, with handles, that are specifically designed and
manufactured for multiple reuse and that are at least four mils thick;
Virginia Department of Taxation 1 September 1, 2021
--- Page 2 ---
-
Plastic bags that are solely used to wrap, contain, or package ice cream, meat, fish, poultry, produce, unwrapped bulk food items, or perishable food items in order to avoid damage or contamination;
-
Plastic bags used to carry dry cleaning or prescription drugs; or
-
Multiple plastic bags sold in packages and intended for use as garbage, pet waste, or leaf removal bags.
As the tax is imposed on each disposable plastic bag provided to a customer rather than the items purchased by the customer, refunds of the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax should not be allowed in situations where the customer returns the items purchased or the bag to the dealer.
Collection of the Tax
Any grocery store, convenience store, or drugstore located in a county or city that has adopted the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax is required to collect the tax from customers who make in-store purchases, to-go purchases, delivery purchases, and curbside pick-up purchases from its establishments in such locality. Grocery stores, convenience stores, and drugstores that are not located in a county or city that imposes the tax are not subject to the tax. The store collecting the tax may provide signage advising customers of the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax.
For purposes of the tax
-
“Grocery store” means an establishment that has an enclosed room in a permanent structure and that sells food and other items intended for human consumption, including a variety of ingredients commonly used in the preparation of meals. This definition does not include food banks, farmers markets, or mobile food units.
-
“Drugstore” means an establishment that sells medicines prepared by a licensed pharmacist pursuant to a prescription and other medicines and items for home and general use.
-
“Convenience store” means an establishment that (i) has an enclosed room in a permanent structure where stock is displayed and offered for sale and (ii) maintains an inventory of edible items intended for human consumption consisting of a variety of such items of the types normally sold in grocery stores.
(See Va. Code § 4.1-100)
Virginia Department of Taxation 2 September 1, 2021
--- Page 3 ---
Larger retailers that contain a grocery store, a convenience store, or a drug store are subject to the tax. Such retailers shall collect the tax on all taxable plastic bags provided, regardless of the items sold. However, no store will be considered a convenience store solely because it offers a limited selection of snacks and beverages for sale at the point of sale.
In order to be subject to the tax in a locality, a grocery store, convenience store, or drug store must maintain regular business hours at a fixed place of business in the locality.
Dealer Discount
To compensate dealers for the cost of collecting, accounting for, and remitting the tax,
dealers are permitted to keep a portion of the tax collected. Dealers must account for the discount in the form of a deduction when submitting their tax return and paying the amount due in a timely manner. The amount of the discount will decrease over time as follows:
-
Beginning January 1, 2021, and ending January 1, 2023, dealers are allowed to retain two cents ($0.02) from the tax collected on each disposable plastic bag
-
Beginning January 1, 2023, dealers are allowed to retain one cent ($0.01) from the tax collected on each disposable plastic bag
Administration of the Tax
The Department will administer the tax similarly to the Retail Sales and Use Tax. As with the local option Retail Sales and Use Tax, the Department of Taxation will be solely
responsible for administering the tax, including auditing and collecting of the tax.
Returns
Any dealer with a grocery store, convenience store, or drugstore located in a county or city that imposes the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax shall report the number of disposable plastic bags and amount of tax for each locality to the Virginia Department of Taxation.
The return must be filed and the tax paid by the dealer to the Virginia Department of Taxation on or before the 20th day of each month for the period ending the previous month.
Examples Example 1
A customer purchases food and other grocery items in a grocery store located in a county that imposes the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax. At checkout, the customer is provided five
plastic bags to carry the items. None of the plastic bags provided are in the non-taxable categories. The dealer is required to charge the customer $0.25 (5 x $.05) in tax. The
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 September 1, 2021
--- Page 4 ---
dealer is required to report this amount and remit $0.25 to the Department of Taxation, less the applicable dealer discount.
Example 2
The facts are the same as Example 1, except the customer purchases a pre-packaged box of plastic garbage bags and several produce items that the customer has placed in bags provided by the retailer in its produce section. The customer is provided 5 bags when checking out to carry the groceries. The tax would remain $0.25 (5 x $.05), as the prepackaged box of garbage bags and the bags used for the produce items are exempt from the tax. The dealer is required to report and remit the tax in the same way as in Example 1. The dealer is not required to report the exempt plastic bags.
Example 3
A convenience store that also sells gasoline and is located in a city that imposes the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax provides disposable plastic bags at check-out, free of charge, to its customers to carry groceries out of the store. These bags are subject to the tax.
Example 4
A customer who resides in a county that imposes the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax orders groceries to be delivered from a grocery store to the customer’s home address. The groceries are delivered in disposable plastic bags. The grocery store from which the groceries are ordered is located in a city that does not impose the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax. No plastic bag tax is due on this transaction.
Example 5
A customer who resides in a city that does not impose the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax orders groceries for curbside pick-up from a grocery store in a locality that does impose a plastic bag tax. This transaction would be subject to the plastic bag tax for the locality where the store is physically located.
Example 6
A convenience store retailer located in a county that imposes the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax files a return with the Department on June 20, 2022. The retailer reports 200 taxable disposable plastic bags provided to customers in the month of May. The total tax collected should be $10.00 (200 x $.05 = $10.00) for the month. The retailer should report this amount on the return and remit $6.00 (200 x $.03 = $6.00) with the return and keep $4.00 (200 x $.02 = $4.00) as a dealer discount.
Virginia Department of Taxation 4 September 1, 2021
--- Page 5 ---
Example 7
The same retailer reports 200 taxable plastic bags provided to customers on its return due June 20, 2023. The tax on the 200 bags would be $10.00 (200 x $.05 = $10.00), the same as above. The tax remitted would be $8.00 (200 x $.04). The discount would be $2.00 (200 x $.01 = $2.00).
Adoption of the Tax
In order for the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax to be imposed in any county or city, the tax must be adopted by an ordinance enacted by its governing body. Each local ordinance imposing the tax must provide for the tax to become effective on the first day of a calendar
quarter and the effective date must not be before January 1, 2021.
The county or city must provide a certified copy of the ordinance to the Tax Commissioner at least three months prior to the date the tax is to become effective. The ordinance must be certified by the clerk of the city council or board of supervisors and sent to the Tax Commissioner at the address below:
Virginia Department of Taxation Attention: Disposable Plastic Bag Tax P.O. Box 27185 Richmond, VA 23261-7185
Revenues
All revenues accruing to a county or city from the Disposable Plastic Bag Tax must be appropriated by the locality for the purposes of environmental cleanup, providing education programs designed to reduce environmental waste, mitigating pollution and
litter, or providing reusable bags to recipients of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) or Women, Infants, and Children Program (WIC) benefits.
Business License Tax
For purposes of the local Business, Professional, and Occupational License (“BPOL”) Tax, any Disposable Plastic Bag Tax collected from customers and remitted to the Commonwealth shall be excluded from the dealer’s gross receipts in the same manner as with the Retail Sales and Use Tax.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Guidance Documents section of the Department’s website at http://tax.virginia.gov/guidance-documents. The Department will issue additional guidance regarding this law change if necessary. Information regarding
which localities have imposed a plastic bag tax will be available on the Department’s website at https://www.tax.virginia.gov/disposable-plastic-bag-tax. This information will
Virginia Department of Taxation 5 September 1, 2021
--- Page 6 ---
be updated as additional localities enact ordinances imposing the tax. For additional information, please visit the Department’s website at www.tax.virginia.gov or contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation 6 September 1, 2021
Appealing Local Mobile Property TaxesDoc ID: Local
--- Page 1 ---
Important Notice
Effective January 1, 2005, House Bill 464 (Chapter 534, 2004 Regular Session) expanded the authority of the Department of Taxation (the “Department”) to hear local tax appeals to include assessments of the tangible personal property tax on airplanes, boats, campers, recreational vehicles and trailers (the “local mobile property tax”).
These Guidelines for Appealing Local Mobile Property Taxes (the “Guidelines”) are published by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers and local officers responsible for assessing and collecting the tangible personal property tax regarding this new administrative appeals process.
These Guidelines do not reflect subsequent modifications to the new administrative appeals process made by House Bill 2679 (Chapter 927, 2005 Session). The provisions of House Bill 2679 apply to administrative appeals filed with commissioners of the revenue or other assessing officials, appeals filed with the Tax Commissioner, and applications for judicial review filed in circuit courts on or after July 1, 2005. The Department is in the process of revising these Guidelines to conform to the changes made by House Bill 2679.
--- Page 2 ---
GUIDELINES FOR APPEALING
LOCAL MOBILE PROPERTY TAXES
Virginia Department of Taxation
§ 1. INTRODUCTION.
These Guidelines for Appealing Local Mobile Property Taxes (“Guidelines”) are published by the Department of Taxation (the “Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers and local officers responsible for assessing and collecting the tangible personal property tax regarding the new administrative appeals process, effective January 1, 2005.
House Bill 464 (Chapter 534, 2004 Regular Session) expanded the Department's authority to hear local tax appeals to include assessments of the tangible personal property tax on airplanes, boats, campers, recreational vehicles and trailers (the “local mobile property tax”). The Commissioner of the Virginia Department of Taxation (the “Tax Commissioner”) is precluded from making determinations on taxpayer appeals challenging the valuation or method of valuation for local mobile property tax assessments. The determination of value and valuation methodology remains subject
to local determination.
The administrative review process has been designed to facilitate resolution of local mobile property tax issues. Through this review process, a taxpayer may apply to the local assessing officer for review of an assessment with which the taxpayer disagrees.
If the taxpayer is dissatisfied with the results of the local review, the taxpayer may appeal the final local determination to the Tax Commissioner, who will make a determination of the issues raised by the taxpayer.
These Guidelines have been written to conform as closely as possible to the administrative review process for the Business, Professional and Occupational License (“BPOL”) Taxes set forth in the 2000 BPOL Guidelines and the administrative review process for the Machinery and Tools, Business Tangible Personal Property and Merchants’ Capital Taxes (the “Local Business Taxes”) set forth in the 2004 Guidelines for Appealing Local Business Taxes.
§ 2. OVERVIEW OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PROCESS.
The following charts present an overview of the local mobile property tax administrative review process and are intended to give general guidance to taxpayers and local officers. Taxpayers and local officers should read the entire Guidelines to obtain complete information concerning the review process.
2
--- Page 3 ---
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW OF LOCAL MOBILE PROPERTY TAX ASSESSMENTS
Taxpayer
Critical Date Function Effect Interest Collection Activity
Within one year File an Local assessing Accrues Stops when a from the date of application for officer will review complete the assessment or review with the the assessment application for within one year local assessing and make a written review or a notice from the last day officer final local of intent to appeal of the tax year, determination is filed (1) whichever is later
Within 90 days of File an appeal Tax Commissioner Accrues Stops when an the date of the to the Tax will make a appeal to the Tax final local Commissioner(2) determination of Commissioner or determination the appeal a notice of intent to appeal is filed(3)
(1) In order to stop collection activity, taxpayers intending to appeal an assessment should immediately provide a written notice of intent to appeal to the local assessing officer.
The local assessing officer must promptly notify the treasurer or other local official responsible for collection activity that collection activities should be suspended. See Exhibit B for a suggested form "Notice of Intent to Appeal to Local Assessing Officer."
(2) If the appeal is incomplete, the taxpayer is informed and given 30 days to complete it.
(3) In order to stop collection activity, taxpayers intending to appeal a local assessing officer's determination should immediately file a written notice of intent to appeal with the local assessing officer and the Tax Commissioner. The local assessing officer must promptly notify the treasurer or other local official responsible for collection activity that collection activities should be suspended. See Exhibit C for a suggested form "Notice of Intent to Appeal to Tax Commissioner."
As the chart above indicates, the taxpayer must first file an application for review with the local assessing officer before an appeal of an assessment can be made to the Tax Commissioner. The taxpayer has one year from the date of the assessment or one year from the last day of the tax year for which such assessment is made, whichever is later, to file the application for local review. Upon the timely filing of an application for review, the local assessing officer will make a written final local determination on the taxpayer's application within 90 days after such application is filed. The taxpayer then has 90 days from the date of the final local determination to appeal that determination to the Tax Commissioner.
3
[TABLE 3-1] Critical Date | Function | Effect | Interest | Collection Activity Within one year from the date of the assessment or within one year from the last day of the tax year, whichever is later | File an application for review with the local assessing officer | Local assessing officer will review the assessment and make a written final local determination | Accrues | Stops when a complete application for review or a notice of intent to appeal is filed (1) Within 90 days of the date of the final local determination | File an appeal to the Tax Commissioner(2) | Tax Commissioner will make a determination of the appeal | Accrues | Stops when an appeal to the Tax Commissioner or a notice of intent to appeal is filed(3)
[/TABLE]
--- Page 4 ---
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW OF LOCAL MOBILE PROPERTY TAX ASSESSMENTS
Local Assessing Officer
Critical Date Function Effect Interest Collection Activity
Within 90 days of Make a written Taxpayer has 90 Accrues May begin or the filing of an final local days from date of resume after a application for determination the final local final written review determination to file determination is an appeal to the Tax made Commissioner
Within 30 days of File a request to Allows local Accrues Stops until Tax notice that an address new assessing officer to Commissioner appeal to the Tax issues or file a respond to new issues a final Commissioner written reply to issues or to the written has been made taxpayer’s appeal in general determination appeal(1)
(1) If a request to address new issues is made, the appeal shall return to the local assessing officer and the local appeals process restarts. The local assessing officer must make a new final determination, which can be appealed to the Tax Commissioner .
As the chart above indicates, the local assessing officer must issue a written final local determination within 90 days of the taxpayer's timely filing of an application for review.
After issuing a written final local determination, the local assessing officer should notify the treasurer or other local official responsible for collection activity that collection activity may be commenced or resumed. Such collection efforts must be suspended, however, upon the taxpayer's filing of a notice of intent to appeal the final local determination to the Tax Commissioner or upon the filing of an appeal to the Tax Commissioner. The Taxpayer must furnish the local assessing official with a copy of
the appeal that it files with the Tax Commissioner. The Tax Commissioner will provide written notice to the local assessing officer when the taxpayer has filed a timely appeal to the Tax Commissioner. The local assessing officer will then have 30 days to file a reply to the appeal or to file a written request to address issues first raised on appeal to the Tax Commissioner. If the local assessing officer files a written request to address new issues, the appeal shall return to the local assessing officer and the local appeals process starts anew. Once an appeal is returned to the local assessing officer, the local assessing officer must issue a new written final local determination. This new determination may be appealed to the Tax Commissioner.
4
[TABLE 4-1] Critical Date | Function | Effect | Interest | Collection Activity Within 90 days of the filing of an application for review | Make a written final local determination | Taxpayer has 90 days from date of the final local determination to file an appeal to the Tax Commissioner | Accrues | May begin or resume after a final written determination is made Within 30 days of notice that an appeal to the Tax Commissioner has been made | File a request to address new issues or file a written reply to taxpayer’s appeal(1) | Allows local assessing officer to respond to new issues or to the appeal in general | Accrues | Stops until Tax Commissioner issues a final written determination
[/TABLE]
--- Page 5 ---
§ 3. APPLICABILITY OF THE GUIDELINES.
Sections 4 through 9 govern the administrative review of local mobile property tax assessments by the local assessing officer and the Tax Commissioner. The existence, utilization, or attempt to utilize the administrative review process provided in these Guidelines shall not affect the taxpayer's right to pursue any other remedies authorized by law.
§ 4. DEFINITIONS.
Unless otherwise required by the context, the following definitions of words and terms control the meanings of those words and terms in the Guidelines.
"Appeal to the Tax Commissioner" means a taxpayer's application, filed with the Tax
Commissioner pursuant to Code of Virginia § 58.1-3983.1 D. The appeal should contain the following:
A. Complete application for review (defined below) submitted to the local assessing officer.
B. Local assessing officer's final local determination (defined below).
C. A statement explaining why the taxpayer believes the local assessing officer is in error. The statement should include analysis of how the local assessing officer misinterpreted or misapplied facts or authority and include facts, issues and authority that the taxpayer believes the local assessing officer failed to take into consideration.
"Application for review" means a taxpayer's written request filed with a local assessing officer for review of a local mobile property tax assessment made pursuant to
Code of Virginia § 58.1-3983.1 B. The application should contain the following
D. Name and address of taxpayer and taxpayer identification number.
B. If applicant is different from the taxpayer, name and address of the applicant and a power of attorney or letter of representation.
C. Copy of the notice of assessment.
D. A statement explaining why the taxpayer believes the assessment is erroneous.
The statement should also include facts, issues and legal authority that the taxpayer believes supports his position.
E. Statement of the relief the taxpayer requests.
5
--- Page 6 ---
"Assessment" means a determination as to the proper rate of tax, the measure to which the tax rate is applied, and ultimately the amount of tax, including additional or omitted tax, that is due. An assessment shall include a written assessment made pursuant to written notice by the assessing official or a self-assessment made by a taxpayer upon the filing of a return or otherwise not pursuant to notice. A return filed or tax paid before the last day prescribed by ordinance for the filing or payment thereof shall be deemed to be filed or paid on the last day specified for the filing of a return or the payment of tax, as the case may be. An assessment includes a return filed on behalf of the taxpayer by the local assessing officer.
"Collection activity" means the use of any means, direct or indirect, by the treasurer or other local official responsible for collection activity to obtain payment on an assessment.
"Date of the assessment" means the date when a written notice of assessment is delivered to the taxpayer by the assessing official or an employee of the assessing official, or mailed to the taxpayer at the taxpayer's last known address. Self-assessments shall be deemed made as of the date a return is filed, or if no return is required, when the tax is paid.
"Filed." A document is "filed" as of the date it is postmarked for first class delivery via United States Postal Service or when it is received if any other method of delivery, including facsimile transmissions, is utilized.
"Final local determination" means a writing setting out the local assessing officer's final determination on a taxpayer's application for review, including facts and legal authority in support of the local assessing officer's position on each issue raised by the taxpayer. Only such determinations may be appealed to the Tax Commissioner.
Correspondence from the local assessing officer to the taxpayer simply reaffirming a contested assessment does not constitute a final local determination. See § 13.1 of
these Guidelines for a sample final local determination.
"Jeopardized by delay" includes a finding that the application is frivolous or that a taxpayer designs to (i) depart quickly from the locality, (ii) remove his property therefrom, (iii) conceal himself or his property therein, or (iv) do any other act tending to prejudice, or to render wholly or partially ineffectual, proceedings to collect the tax for the period in question.
"Local assessing officer" means the Commissioner of Revenue, or chief assessing officer or the chief assessing officer's designee.
"Local mobile property tax" means the tangible personal property tax on airplanes, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, and trailers.
"Notice of intent to appeal" means the taxpayer's written statement filed with the local assessing officer that informs the local assessing officer of the taxpayer's intent to file
6
--- Page 7 ---
an application for review. It also means the taxpayer's written statement filed with the local assessing officer and the Tax Commissioner informing of the taxpayer's intent to file an appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
"Tax Commissioner" means the chief executive officer of the Department of Taxation, or his delegate, authorized pursuant to § 58.1-3983.1 D to issue a final determination on an appeal.
"Taxpayer" means a person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, organization, trust or estate subject to the local mobile property tax.
§ 5. CALCULATION OF DAYS IN FILING REQUIREMENTS.
For any limitation of time in making an application for review to the local assessing
officer, an appeal to the Tax Commissioner, or a reply or any other information or material mentioned in these Guidelines, should the last day of such limitation period fall on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday observed by the Commonwealth of Virginia, the application, appeal, reply, or other information or material may be filed on the next business day. For any limitation of time appearing in these Guidelines, the limitation shall begin to run on the day next following the event that triggers the time limitation.
§ 6. SUSPENSION AND COMMENCEMENT/RESUMPTION OF COLLECTION
ACTIVITY.
Collection activity is suspended upon
A. The local assessing officer's receipt of a notice of intent to appeal the assessment to the local assessing officer or a timely and complete application for review.
B. The local assessing officer's receipt of a notice of intent to appeal a final local
determination to the Tax Commissioner.
C. The local assessing officer's receipt of notice of the filing of an appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
The local assessing officer must notify the treasurer or other collection official when collection activity must be suspended.
Collection activity may commence or resume upon
D. Failure by the taxpayer to file a timely and complete application for review after the taxpayer has initially filed a notice of intent to appeal to the local assessing officer.
7
--- Page 8 ---
B. The local assessing officer's determination that an assessment subject to an application for review or an appeal to the Tax Commissioner is jeopardized by delay.
C. The local assessing officer's issuance of a final local determination.
D. The local assessing officer's receipt of written notice from the Tax Commissioner that the taxpayer has failed to timely file an appeal to the Tax Commissioner after the taxpayer has initially filed a notice of intent to appeal.
E. The local assessing officer's receipt of a final written determination issued by the Tax Commissioner in cases where the local mobile property tax has not been totally abated.
F. The local assessing officer's receipt of a copy of a taxpayer's request to withdraw an appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
The local assessing officer must notify the treasurer or other collection official when collection activity may commence or resume.
§ 6.1. Interest during appeal.
A. Assessments subject to an application for review or appeal to the Tax Commissioner will continue to accumulate interest until paid or abated.
B. Taxpayers are encouraged to pay the undisputed portion of any assessment to avoid accrual of interest while an application for review or appeal to the Tax Commissioner is pending. Any such payment will not be deemed a waiver of the taxpayer's remedies provided in these Guidelines.
§ 7. APPLICATION FOR REVIEW - LOCAL ASSESSING OFFICER.
§ 7.1. Time limitations.
A taxpayer assessed with a local mobile property tax may file an application for review with the assessing officer of a locality within one year of the date of the assessment or one year from the last day of the tax year for which such assessment is made, whichever is later.
§ 7.2. Good Faith Applications for Review; Frivolous Applications for Review.
The application for review must be filed in good faith. The application for review must not be frivolous or otherwise filed for purposes of avoiding or delaying collection of local mobile property taxes.
8
--- Page 9 ---
§ 7.3. Acknowledgment of Filing of Application for Review.
Upon receipt of the complete application for review, the local assessing officer shall acknowledge receipt of the application for review in writing to the taxpayer.
§ 7.4. Final Local Determination.
A. Provided the application is filed in good faith and not merely for purposes of delay, the local assessing officer shall conduct a full review of the facts, assertions, and legal authorities submitted by the taxpayer.
B. During this process, the local assessing officer may hold conferences with the taxpayer, conduct further inquiries, or perform an audit as required to reach a fair conclusion on the issues presented by the taxpayer.
C. Within 90 days after an application for review is filed, the local assessing officer shall issue a signed and dated final local determination. This 90 day time frame shall begin to run after a taxpayer has complied with all reasonable requests made by the local assessing officer for the sole purpose of issuing a final local determination, including a request for an audit. Each final written determination shall contain the following notice:
You may appeal this final local determination to the Tax Commissioner as follows:
- The Commissioner of the Virginia Department of Taxation (the “Tax Commissioner”) is precluded from making determinations regarding the valuation or method of valuation for local mobile property tax assessments.
The determination of value and valuation methodology remains subject solely
to local determination.
- If you wish to appeal, you must act within 90 days from the date of this final local determination by filing an appeal to the Tax Commissioner at the following address:
Appeals and Rulings Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 27203 Richmond, Virginia 23261-7203.
- Collection activity may commence or resume at any time after the date of this final local determination and will not be suspended until a notice of intent to appeal or appeal to the Tax Commissioner is timely filed and the local assessing officer receives a copy. If you intend to appeal, you should
immediately provide a written notice of intent to appeal to the local assessing officer and to the Tax Commissioner so that collection activities are not
9
--- Page 10 ---
reinstated or do not begin. Forms for preparing a notice of intent to appeal are located in § 13.1 of the Guidelines for Appealing Local Mobile Property Taxes.
- The Guidelines for Appealing Local Mobile Property Taxes and the applicable Code of Virginia sections for preparing an appeal to the Tax Commissioner are available at the office of the local assessing officer. This information is also available in the Tax Policy Library section of the Department of Taxation's web site, located at http://www.tax.virginia.gov/.
§ 7.5. Failure to issue a Final Local Determination
If a taxpayer's application for review has been pending for more than two years without
the issuance of a final local determination, the taxpayer may, upon giving 30 days written notice to the local assessing officer, elect to treat the application as denied and appeal the assessment directly to the Tax Commissioner.
§ 8. APPEAL TO THE TAX COMMISSIONER.
§ 8.1. Time limitations.
The taxpayer has 90 days from the date of the local assessing officer's final local determination to file an appeal to the Tax Commissioner. The address is:
Appeals and Rulings Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 27203 Richmond, Virginia 23261-7203
The Tax Commissioner may permit an extension of this period for good cause shown.
§ 8.2. Notice of intent to appeal filed but appeal to the Tax Commissioner not timely filed.
If a notice of intent to appeal has been filed with the Tax Commissioner, but the actual appeal is not timely filed, the Tax Commissioner shall give written notice to the local assessing officer and to the taxpayer of the taxpayer's failure to file an appeal to the Tax Commissioner within the time provided for in these Guidelines.
§ 8.3. Jurisdiction.
The Tax Commissioner is precluded from making determinations regarding the valuation or method of valuation for local mobile property tax assessments. The determination of value and valuation methodology remains subject solely to local determination. The Tax Commissioner shall determine whether he has jurisdiction to hear the appeal within 30 days of receipt of the Taxpayer's application for correction.
10
--- Page 11 ---
The Tax Commissioner will issue a written determination addressing jurisdiction only in cases in which: (1) the question is specifically raised by the local assessing officer, or (2) the Tax Commissioner determines that the appeal is not within his jurisdiction.
§ 8.4. Incomplete appeals to the Tax Commissioner.
A. If the Tax Commissioner receives an appeal that is incomplete, the taxpayer will be given notice stating the information was incomplete. The local assessing officer will be provided a copy of this notice. The taxpayer will be allowed 30 days from the date of such notice to provide the information or 90 days from the date of the local assessing officer's final local determination, whichever is longer.
B. Additional time to produce the missing items will be granted in compelling circumstances but only if the taxpayer makes such an extension request in writing
within the time allowed under § 8.4 A. A copy of the request for additional time shall be mailed to the local assessing officer.
C. If the taxpayer fails to provide missing item(s) within the time allotted, the Tax Commissioner may proceed to decide the appeal based on available information making such inferences from the failure or refusal to provide requested information as may be appropriate under the circumstances. If sufficient information is unavailable to permit an adequate analysis of the issues, the appeal will be dismissed.
§ 8.5. Tax Commissioner receipt of an appeal or notice of intent to appeal.
The Tax Commissioner shall notify the local assessing officer and the taxpayer of receipt of an appeal or a notice of intent to appeal.
§ 8.6. Local assessing officer's reply; New issues in taxpayer's appeal.
D. The local assessing officer has 30 days from the date of the notice of receipt of an appeal to:
-
File a written reply to the Tax Commissioner with additional information.
-
File a written request to address new issues raised by the taxpayer.
If a written request to address new issues is filed, the appeal shall return to the local assessing officer to address new issues.
B. Whenever an appeal is returned to the local assessing officer because the local assessing officer has made a written request to address new issues, the local appeals process has started again. At this point, the local assessing officer must make a new determination that can then be appealed to the Tax Commissioner as described above.
11
--- Page 12 ---
C. The Tax Commissioner may request that the local assessing officer make a new final local determination on any issues raised for the first time on appeal. The local assessing officer is not required, however, to make a new final local determination.
Rather, the local assessing officer may provide relevant information to the Tax Commissioner who will then make a final written determination. If the local assessing officer issues a new final local determination, that determination may then be appealed to the Tax Commissioner as described above.
§ 8.7. Tax Commissioner's final determination of the taxpayer's appeal.
D. In determining an appeal, the Tax Commissioner shall presume initially that the local assessing officer's final local determination is correct.
B. The Tax Commissioner shall not make a determination regarding the valuation or the method of valuation of property.
C. The Tax Commissioner shall issue a written final determination on the taxpayer's appeal within 90 days of the last day a reply or a written request to address new issues can be made. The taxpayer and local assessing officer will be notified if a longer period is required. Such longer period shall not exceed 60 days, and the Tax Commissioner shall notify the affected parties of the reason necessitating the longer period of time.
D. The Tax Commissioner may make requests for relevant information during the appeal process. This can include meetings and inspections of facilities. When the request for information is initiated during the 60-day extension period, the Tax Commissioner shall have 60 days from the receipt of such information to issue his final determination. Should the taxpayer fail to respond within a reasonable time to a request for reasonably available information, the Tax Commissioner may make a
written final determination stating that the local assessing officer's final local determination is correct
E. Written communications sent by the taxpayer or local assessing officer to the Tax Commissioner must also be mailed or delivered to the other party. Such communications shall include a signed and dated certificate that copies were provided, as required by these Guidelines, showing the date of mailing or delivery and the name and address of the addressee.
F. The taxpayer or local assessing officer may request a meeting to discuss the issues presented by the appeal. If such a meeting request is granted, both the taxpayer and the local assessing officer are entitled to be present, but the refusal of the opposing party to attend or the failure to appear shall not preclude such meeting.
G. The Tax Commissioner's final determination shall provide citations to sources of information that provide significant guidance, input, or serve as a basis for the final
12
--- Page 13 ---
determination. The final determination may include an order correcting an assessment pursuant to Code of Virginia § 58.1-1822.
§ 8.8. Withdrawal of appeal.
The taxpayer may withdraw his appeal to the Tax Commissioner by making such a request in writing any time prior to the issuance of the Tax Commissioner's final determination. The taxpayer shall mail a copy of the request to withdraw the appeal to the local assessing officer.
§ 9. CONFIDENTIALITY OF DETERMINATIONS.
The determinations of the Tax Commissioner made available to the public shall eliminate any reference to the identities of the taxpayer and the local assessing officer.
§ 10. APPEAL TO THE CIRCUIT COURT.
Following an order or a final written determination by the Tax Commissioner, the taxpayer or the local assessing officer may file an appeal to the circuit court pursuant to Code of Virginia § 58.1-3984. The burden shall be on the appealing party to show that the ruling of the Tax Commissioner is erroneous. Neither the Tax Commissioner nor the Department of Taxation shall be made a party to the appeal merely because the Tax Commissioner has issued a final determination.
§ 11. TAXPAYER'S REQUEST FOR A WRITTEN RULING.
A taxpayer may request a written ruling from the local assessing officer regarding the application of a local mobile property tax to a specific set of facts. Any person requesting such a ruling must provide all the relevant facts for the situation and may present a rationale for the basis of an interpretation of the law most favorable to the
taxpayer. Any misrepresentation or change in the applicable law or the factual situation as presented in the ruling request shall invalidate any such ruling issued. A written ruling issued by the local assessing officer may be revoked or amended prospectively if (i) there is a change in the law, a court decision, or the Guidelines issued by the Department of Taxation upon which the ruling was based, or (ii) the assessor notifies the taxpayer of a change in the policy or interpretation upon which the ruling was based.
Any person who acts on a written ruling that later becomes invalid, however, shall be deemed to have acted in good faith during the period in which such ruling was in effect.
§ 12. TAX COMMISSIONER'S ADVISORY AND INTERPRETATIVE POWERS.
Code of Virginia § 58.1-3983.1 does not authorize the Tax Commissioner to issue advisory written opinions in specific cases to interpret the local mobile property tax and matters related to the administration thereof. Furthermore, the Tax Commissioner is not required to interpret any local ordinances.
13
--- Page 14 ---
§ 13. APPEAL EXHIBITS.
§ 13.1. Exhibit A. Final Local Determination
Re: § 58.1-3983.1 B Final Local Determination of Mobile Property Tax
Dear
This is your final assessment for . After considering your application for review made on
You (or your client) have challenged
Determination
Based upon the facts we discovered and applicable local ordinances, state
statutes and case law, we have determined
You may appeal this final local determination to the Tax Commissioner as follows:
- The Commissioner of the Virginia Department of Taxation (the “Tax Commissioner”) is precluded from making determinations regarding the valuation or method of valuation for local mobile property tax assessments.
The determination of value and valuation methodology remains subject solely to local determination.
- If you wish to appeal, you must act within 90 days from the date of this final local determination by filing an appeal to the Tax Commissioner at the
following address
14
--- Page 15 ---
Appeals and Rulings Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 27203 Richmond, Virginia 23261-7203.
- Collection activity may commence or resume at any time after the date of this final local determination and will not be suspended until a notice of intent to appeal or an appeal to the Tax Commissioner is timely filed and the local assessing officer receives a copy. If you intend to appeal, you should immediately provide a written notice of intent to appeal to the local assessing officer and to the Tax Commissioner so that collection activities are not reinstated or do not begin. Forms for preparing a notice of intent to appeal
are located in § 13.1 of the Guidelines for Appealing Local Mobile Property Taxes.
- The Guidelines for Appealing Local Mobile Property Taxes and the applicable Code of Virginia sections for preparing an appeal to the Tax Commissioner are available at the office of the local assessing officer. This information is also available in the Tax Policy Library section of the Department of Taxation's web site, located at http://www.tax.virginia.gov/.
Sincerely,
< Name of Local Assessing Officer >
15
--- Page 16 ---
§ 13.1. Exhibit B. Suggested Notice of Intent to Appeal to Local Assessing Officer
Re: 58:1-3983.1 D Appeal of Local Mobile Property Tax>
Dear
This is to notify you that
Sincerely,
16
--- Page 17 ---
§ 13.1. Exhibit C. Suggested Notice of Intent to Appeal to Tax Commissioner
Tax Commissioner Appeals and Rulings Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 27203 Richmond, Virginia 23261-7203
Re: 58:1-3983.1 D Appeal of Local Mobile Property Tax>
Dear
This is to notify you that
Sincerely,
c.
17
Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee GuidelinesDoc ID: Wireless
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES AND RULES FOR THE
PREPAID WIRELESS E-911 FEE
December 27, 2010
Effective January 1, 2011, House Bill 754 and Senate Bill 441 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 566 and 466) repeal the current E-911 surcharge on prepaid wireless service and impose a new Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50 on each retail purchase of
prepaid wireless calling service. The fee is collected at the point of sale by retail merchants or the service provider and administered by TAX in the same manner as the Retail Sales and Use Tax. Each wireless service carrier and reseller will continue to collect a surcharge of $0.75 per month from each of its postpaid customers through its regular billing.
These guidelines and rules (“Guidelines”) are issued by the Department of Taxation ("TAX") to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the new law. These guidelines are exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.). As necessary, additional Guidelines will be published and posted on TAX’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
Definitions
Terms used for the purposes of the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee have the same meaning as those used in the Retail Sales and Use Tax, unless defined otherwise, as follows:
"CMRS" means mobile telecommunications service as defined in the federal Mobile Telecommunications Sourcing Act, 4 U.S.C. § 124, as amended. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.12)
"CMRS provider" means an entity authorized by the Federal Communications Commission to provide CMRS within the Commonwealth of Virginia. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.12)
"Dealer" means a person who sells prepaid CMRS to an end user. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
"End user" means a person who purchases prepaid CMRS in a retail transaction. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
"Prepaid wireless calling service" means CMRS that allows a caller to dial 911 to
access the 911 system, which CMRS service is required to be paid for in advance and is sold in predetermined units or dollars of which the number declines with use in a known amount. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
"Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee" means the fee of $0.50 imposed on each retail purchase of prepaid wireless calling service and required to be remitted to TAX.
1
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 2
"Retail transaction" means the purchase of prepaid wireless calling service from a dealer for any purpose other than resale. If more than one item or article of prepaid wireless calling service is purchased by an end user, then each item or article purchased shall be deemed to be a separate retail transaction. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
"Small dealer" means a dealer who has collected less than $1,200 in Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees in the previous calendar year. For the year beginning January 1, 2011, a dealer will be considered a "small dealer" if he is currently allowed to file the Retail Sales and Use Tax on a quarterly or less frequent basis.
"Wireless calling service" means CMRS that allows a caller to dial 911 to access the 911 system.
"Wireless E-911 Surcharge" means the monthly fee of $0.75 billed with respect to postpaid CMRS by each CMRS provider and CMRS reseller and remitted to the Wireless E-911 Services Board.
Imposition of the Fee
The fee is imposed on each purchase of prepaid wireless calling service. Prepaid wireless calling service is mobile telecommunications service that allows a caller to dial
911 to access the 911 system and is required to be paid for in advance and is sold in predetermined units or dollars of which the number declines with use in a known amount. For the purposes of the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee, unlimited wireless calling service, if paid for in advance of use, is considered prepaid wireless calling service. Unlimited wireless calling service, if paid for in advance of use, is subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee.
Prepaid wireless calling service subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee purchased along with tangible personal property or services not subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee sold for one nonitemized charge are subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
The fee is not imposed on tangible personal property or services that are sold without prepaid CMRS.
Example 1
A dealer sells an end user a card that provides 200 minutes of prepaid wireless calling service. The dealer collects the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50 and remits the fee to TAX with the Retail Sales and Use Tax return for that filing period.
2
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 3
Example 2
A dealer sells an end user a calling card that provides 200 minutes of landline communications service. The purchase is not subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee and the dealer would not collect the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50.
Example 3
A dealer sells an end user a cell phone that is also loaded with 200 minutes of prepaid wireless calling service. The dealer collects the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50 and remits the fee to TAX with the Retail Sales and Use Tax return for that filing period.
Example 4
A dealer sells an end user a cell phone with no units or minutes of prepaid wireless calling service. As there is no purchase of prepaid wireless calling service, the purchase of the cell phone is not subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee and the dealer would not collect the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50.
Example 5
A dealer sells an end user a cell phone with unlimited wireless calling service that is
paid for in advance of use. As the wireless service is unlimited but paid for in advance of use, the dealer collects the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50 and remits the fee to TAX with the Retail Sales and Use Tax return for that filing period.
Transitional Rules
All prepaid wireless calling service purchased prior to January 1, 2011 are subject to the Wireless E-911 Surcharge remitted to the Wireless E-911 Services Board. The tax on prepaid wireless service is remitted by the CMRS provider or reseller and can be calculated using one of the following three methods:
-
The CMRS provider or reseller can collect the $0.75 surcharge a month from each active prepaid customer with an account balance equal to or greater than $0.75;
-
The CMRS provider or reseller can divide its total prepaid wireless revenue from
Virginia customers each month, dividing by $50, and multiplying the result by $0.75.
This amount would be remitted without the wireless carrier collecting a separate charge from its prepaid customers for the amount; or
- The CMRS provider or reseller can collect the $0.75 surcharge at the point of sale.
3
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 4
Beginning January 1, 2011, each retail purchase of prepaid wireless calling service is subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
Example 6
A CMRS provider sells prepaid wireless calling service to a customer on December 31, 2010. The CMRS provider collects the Wireless E-911 Surcharge using one of the three above methods and remits the fee to the Wireless E-911 Services Board.
Example 7
A dealer sells prepaid wireless calling service to an end user on January 1, 2011. The dealer collects the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee of $0.50 on each item and remits the fee to TAX with the January Retail Sales and Use Tax return due on or before the 20th day of the month following the reporting period (February 20, 2011 for monthly filers).
Separately Stated Charges
Any dealer collecting the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee must separately state the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee on any bill, invoice, ticket, or other billing statement unless such dealer qualifies as a "small dealer." The new law provides that small dealers, which must be defined by TAX based, in part or in whole, upon the extent to which the dealer
sells prepaid wireless calling service, are exempt from the otherwise mandatory requirement to disclose the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee to the end user.
For the purposes of the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee, "small dealer" is defined as a dealer who has collected less than $1,200 in Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees in the previous calendar year. For the year beginning January 1, 2011, a dealer will be considered a "small dealer" if he is currently allowed to file the Retail Sales and Use Tax on a quarterly or less frequent basis.
In order to allow dealers additional time to program their systems and registers, the requirement that the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee be separately stated shall not be enforced until July 1, 2011. If a dealer that is otherwise required to separately state the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee on bills, invoices, or other billing statements believes that it would be impractical to do so after the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee has been in effect for six months, he may request in writing that the Tax Commissioner waive the requirement. Requests for a waiver should be mailed to:
Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 546 Richmond, Virginia 23218-0546
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 5
Absorption of the Fee
In lieu of collecting the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee from end users, a dealer may absorb such fees and shall become solely liable for the same on all sales of prepaid CMRS in retail transactions, provided that the Tax Commissioner has granted to the
dealer a written authorization to absorb the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee on all sales made by the dealer of prepaid wireless calling service in retail transactions and such authorization provides a temporary period for which the dealer shall be permitted to absorb the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee.
In order to allow dealers additional time to program their systems and registers, dealers may absorb the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee until July 1, 2011. In order to absorb the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee after it has been in effect for six months, the dealer must request in writing authorization from the Tax Commissioner and clearly state the nature of the hardship with documentation and the time period that the dealer wishes to absorb the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee. Requests for authorization should be mailed to:
Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 546 Richmond, Virginia 23218-0546
However, nothing in this section allows a dealer to hold out to the public that he will absorb all or any part of the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee, or that he will relieve any customer of the payment of all or any part of the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
Exclusion from Other Taxes
The amount of Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee collected by a dealer from an end user shall be excluded from the base for measuring any fee, tax, surcharge, or other charge that is imposed by the Commonwealth, any political subdivision of the Commonwealth, or any intergovernmental agency. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
Exemptions
The Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee does not apply to transactions occurring outside of the Commonwealth or to purchases by the Commonwealth, any political subdivision of the
Commonwealth, or the federal government, its agencies and instrumentalities that, under provisions of the United States Constitution, Virginia is prohibited from taxing.
Registration of Dealers
The Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee will be collected by all dealers with sufficient contact, or nexus, with the Commonwealth to be subject to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 6
using the same rules that apply to the Retail Sales and Use Tax. A dealer shall be deemed to have sufficient activity within the Commonwealth to require registration if it does any of the following activities:
-
Maintains or has within the Commonwealth, directly or through an agent or subsidiary, an office, warehouse, or place of business of any nature.
-
Solicits business in the Commonwealth by employees, independent contractors, agents or other representatives.
-
Advertises in newspapers or other periodicals printed and published within this Commonwealth, on billboards or posters located in the Commonwealth, or through materials distributed in the Commonwealth by means other than the United States mail.
-
Makes regular deliveries of tangible personal property within the Commonwealth by means other than common carrier. A person shall be deemed to be making regular deliveries hereunder if vehicles other than those operated by a common carrier enter the Commonwealth more than twelve times during a calendar year to deliver goods sold by him.
-
Solicits business in the Commonwealth on a continuous, regular, seasonal, or systematic basis by means of advertising that is broadcast or relayed from a transmitter within the Commonwealth or distributed from a location within the Commonwealth.
-
Solicits business in the Commonwealth by mail, if the solicitations are continuous, regular, seasonal, or systematic and if the dealer benefits from any banking, financing, debt collection, or marketing activities occurring in the Commonwealth or benefits from the location in the Commonwealth of authorized installation, servicing, or repair facilities.
-
Is owned or controlled by the same interests which own or control a business located within the Commonwealth.
-
Has a franchisee or licensee operating under the same trade name in the Commonwealth if the franchisee or licensee is required to obtain a certificate of registration under Code of Va. § 58.1-613.
-
Owns tangible personal property that is rented or leased to a consumer in the Commonwealth, or offers tangible personal property, on approval, to consumers in the Commonwealth.
(Source: Va. Code §§ 56-484.17:1 and 58.1-612)
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 7
A dealer that is currently registered for the Retail Sales and Use Tax does not need to register with TAX for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee. The dealer will remit the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee using his regular Retail Sales and Use Tax return. If the dealer is not registered with TAX for the Retail Sales and Use Tax, the dealer must apply to TAX for a certificate of registration for the Retail Sales and Use Tax using Form R-1,
Business Registration Application. Each application must set forth the name under which the applicant intends to transact business, the location of its place of business, and such other information as TAX may require. TAX will issue to each applicant a registration certificate that is not assignable and is valid only for the provider in whose name it is issued and for the transaction of the business designated therein.
Filing of Returns
Every dealer registered for the Retail Sales and Use Tax is required to file a Retail Sales and Use Tax return on or before the 20th day of the month following the reporting period. A return must be filed for each reporting period even if no tax is due. The dealer must report any Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee collected on the Retail Sales and Use Tax return using the applicable lines. At the time of filing the Retail Sales and Use Tax return, the dealer must pay the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee due. The return for each period becomes delinquent on the twenty-first day of the succeeding month if not paid. Dealers filing Retail Sales and Use Tax returns on a less frequent basis than monthly will continue to file on their normal schedule.
In the event that a dealer collects the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee on exempt or non-taxable transactions, the dealer must remit the erroneously or illegally collected fee to TAX unless or until the dealer can affirmatively show that the fee has been refunded to the customer or credited to his account.
Dealer Discount
As compensation for accounting for and paying the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee, a dealer is allowed a discount of five percent of the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee due in the form of a deduction, provided the amount due was not delinquent at the time of payment. This dealer discount is separate from the dealer discount allowed for the Retail Sales and Use Tax. Dealers that are not eligible for the dealer discount allowed for the Retail Sales and Use Tax are still eligible for the discount for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee provided that the amount due was not delinquent at the time of payment. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
Example 8
Distributor collects $500 in Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees. The dealer is entitled to retain a dealer's discount of $25, provided that his return is timely filed and the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees are timely paid. The $25 discount is computed by multiplying the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees ($500) by 5%.
7
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 8
Any amount of fees refunded by TAX to a dealer will be reduced by any dealer's discount claimed on the transaction to which the refund relates.
Example 9
Dealer sells prepaid CMRS to end users and collects $100 in Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees. The dealer timely files a return reporting the $100 in fees on the transactions, claims the $5 discount, and remits $95 in Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fees. Subsequently, the dealer provides a refund to the end user and requests a refund from TAX for the amount of fees paid. The amount refunded would be $95 ($100 less 5% of the $100 Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee = $100 - $5 = $95).
Bad Debts
Every dealer will be allowed a credit against the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee shown to be due on the return for the amount of fees previously paid on accounts that are owed to the dealer and that have been found to be worthless within the period covered by the return. The amount of accounts for which a credit has been taken that are thereafter in whole or in part paid to the dealer shall be included in the first return filed after such collection. If the credit exceeds that month's liability for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee, the excess amount should be taken on the next return. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-621.
Compliance Provisions
The retail sales and use tax compliance provisions listed below and applicable Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations will apply to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee:
-
Va. Code § 58.1-630 Dealer Bonds;
-
Va. Code § 58.1-631 Jeopardy Assessments;
-
Va. Code § 58.1-632 Memoranda of Lien;
-
Va. Code § 58.1-633 Recordkeeping Requirements;
-
Va. Code § 58.1-634 Period of Limitations;
-
Va. Code § 58.1-635 Failure to File Return; Fraudulent Returns; Civil Penalties (and Interest);
-
Va. Code § 58.1-636 Penalty for Failure to File Return or Making False Return; and
8
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 9
- Va. Code § 58.1-637 Bad Checks.
(Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
Disposition of Revenues
The revenues from the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee will be collected and remitted monthly by dealers to TAX and, after subtracting the direct costs of administration by TAX, deposited into the state treasury. The Comptroller shall as soon as practicable deposit such moneys into the Wireless E-911 Fund for use by the Wireless E-911 Services Board. (Source: Va. Code § 56-484.17:1)
Appeals
Any person may appeal issues related to the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee to TAX using the administrative appeals process administered by TAX under Va. Code § 58.1-1820 et seq. and 23 VAC 10-20-165.
A properly executed Power of Attorney is needed in order for a third party to file an administrative appeal on behalf of a taxpayer. The Power of Attorney must be signed and dated by both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s representative and must accompany
the administrative appeal. Form PAR 101, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative can be found on TAX’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. Any other Power of Attorney form containing the same information may also be accepted by TAX.
All appeals, along with supporting documentation, should be mailed to
Appeals and Rulings Department of Taxation P.O. Box 27203 Richmond, VA 23261-7203
Additional Information
These Guidelines and rules are available on-line in the Tax Policy Library section of TAX's website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Office of Customer Services at (804) 367-8037 or through the "Live Chat"
service on TAX's website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
9
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Prepaid Wireless E-911 Fee December 27, 2010 Page 10
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
10
Sales Tax on Vehicle Repair Parts for LessorsDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---—
4 SE 422 7 mi ' By
J YL
gf C uA na 4
i ° .
Se omen res,
Nel
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA Department of Taxation Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO: Joe Cummings, Audit Supervisor Roanoke District Office
DATE: January 26, 1988
Joe
This replies to your January 19 memorandum concerning the application of sales tax to repair/replacement parts purchased by motor vehicle lessors.
Although the wording in Section 630-10-67(c) of the Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations may be somewhat confusing, the intent of the 1985 revision was to exempt all repair/replacement parts purchased by motor vehicle lessors for installation on leased vehicles. The exemption applies regardless of the location of the vehicle or the lessor, or the term of the lease. Exempt purchases may be made under a resale exemption certificate, Form ST-10.
If you have any further questions, let me know.
fy, L/ ? hf
Ronald L. Holt, Supervisor Technical Services Section Office Services Division
RLH/slp
Ybcc: Tim Winks Tax Policy Division
Virginia Cigarette Tax Enforcement GuidelinesDoc ID: Cigarette
--- Page 1 ---
CIGARETTE TAX GUIDELINES AND RULES
RELATED TO ENFORCEMENT
August 13, 2010
Effective July 1, 2010, House Bill 820 and Senate Bill 476 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 35 and 471) reduce the penalties related to unstamped cigarettes. Stamping agents who fail to properly affix Virginia revenue stamps will be required to pay a
penalty of $2.50 per pack, up to $500, for the first violation by a legal entity within a 36 month period, $5 per pack, up to $1,000, for the second violation by the legal entity within a 36 month period, and $10 per pack, up to $50,000, for the third or subsequent violation by the legal entity within a 36 month period. The stamping agent will be required to pay a civil penalty of $25 per pack, up to $250,000, where willful intent exists to defraud the Commonwealth. Persons other than stamping agents who sell, purchase, transport, receive, or possess unstamped cigarettes, except as otherwise provided by law, will also be subject to the same civil penalties.
These guidelines and rules (“Guidelines”) are issued by the Department of Taxation ("TAX") to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the penalties for possession of unstamped cigarettes. These guidelines are exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.). To the extent that there is a conflict between the existing Cigarette Tax Regulations (23 Virginia Administrative Code (VAC) 10-240-10 et seq.) and these Guidelines, these Guidelines supersede the regulations. TAX has worked with stamping agents and retailers to develop these Guidelines. These Guidelines supersede Virginia Tax Bulletins 08-13 and 07-3 effective
July 1, 2010. As necessary, additional Guidelines will be published and posted on TAX’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
Background
In Virginia Tax Bulletin 08-13 (November 15, 2008), TAX announced modifications to the rules regarding the assessment of cigarette tax penalties and the procedures for appealing these penalties. Virginia Tax Bulletin 08-13 superseded Virginia Tax Bulletin 07-3 (March 15, 2007), in which TAX announced increased compliance efforts for the enforcement of the cigarette tax and put in place some temporary rules regarding the application of penalties. The Virginia cigarette tax is currently imposed at the rate of 30 cents per pack of 20 cigarettes and the payment of the tax is evidenced by affixing a Virginia Cigarette Revenue Stamp.
Time Frame for Stamping Cigarettes
Prior to July 1, 2010, stamping agents were required to affix the stamps within one business day of receipt of any unstamped cigarettes. Effective July 1, 2010, House Bill 874 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 701) provides that stamping agents must affix Virginia revenue stamps representing the proper cigarette tax to any unstamped cigarettes prior to shipping to other wholesale dealers or retail outlets in Virginia. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-1003)
1
--- Page 2 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 2
Stamping Exemptions
A stamping agent may sell cigarettes without the Virginia revenue stamp affixed if:
-
The cigarettes are sold to a cigarette dealer in another state;
-
The cigarettes are purchased exclusively for resale in the other state; and
- The cigarettes sold into the other state are at the time of sale stamped with the other state’s cigarette stamp by the Virginia wholesale dealer.
A stamping agent may also sell cigarettes without the Virginia revenue stamp affixed if:
- The cigarettes are being sold to the United States or an instrumentality of the United States for purposes of resale to or for the use or consumption by members of the armed services;
- The cigarettes are being sold to the Veterans Canteen Service of the Veterans Administration for resale to or for the use or consumption by veterans of the armed services who are hospitalized or domiciled in Veterans Administration homes and hospitals, or
- The cigarettes are being sold and delivered to ships regularly engaged in foreign commerce or coastwise shipping between points in this Commonwealth and points outside of this Commonwealth for resale to or for use or consumption upon such ship or in foreign commerce.
Penalties Applicable to Licensed Stamping Agents for Unstamped Cigarettes
Effective July 1, 2010, any stamping agent who fails to properly affix the required stamps to any cigarettes is subject to a penalty of $2.50 per pack, up to $500, for the first violation by a legal entity within a 36 month period, $5 per pack, up to $1,000, for the second violation by the legal entity within a 36 month period, and $10 per pack, up to $50,000, for the third or subsequent violation by the legal entity within a 36 month period. In addition to the penalties imposed, the stamping agent is liable for the cigarette excise tax on all unstamped cigarettes. For inspections where the number of unstamped cigarette packs does not exceed 30 packs, TAX may issue a warning letter to the stamping agent instead of assessing the penalty. Even if TAX does not impose a monetary penalty, such inspections will still be used for the purposes of determining the number of violations made within a 36 month period by a legal entity. (Source: Va.
Code § 58.1-1013)
Where willful intent to defraud the Commonwealth of the cigarette tax is found, a penalty of $25 per pack, up to $250,000, may be imposed. If a stamping agent has an amount of unstamped cigarettes (i) more than 30 packs or 5% of the cigarettes in their place of business, whichever is greater, or (ii) more than 500 packs, such possession shall be prima facie evidence of intent to defraud. If such unstamped cigarettes are in the stamping agent's possession pursuant to the authority provided by Va. Code § 58.1-1003, such possession will not be prima facie evidence of intent to defraud. Va. Code
2
--- Page 3 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 3
§ 58.1-1003, requires stamping agents to affix Virginia revenue stamps only prior to shipping to other wholesale dealers or retail outlets. Not withstanding these threshold limits, any person who commits a voluntary, conscious, and intentional act to defraud the Commonwealth is subject to the increased penalty. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-1013.
For the purposes of determining the number of violations made within a 36 month period, a stamping agent that has undergone a corporate or similar reorganization will be considered the same legal entity, even if it results in the use of a new tax registration number or Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN). A legal entity that purchases the assets of an existing business through a bona fide sale will not be liable for prior violations by such business. It is the burden of the stamping agent to show that it is a new legal entity for the purposes of determining the number of violations.
If a stamping agent believes that he has delivered unstamped cigarettes to a customer, he has a duty to immediately notify his customer of the situation and take action to remove any unstamped cigarettes from sale by the customer. The stamping agent must also notify TAX of the situation by emailing the Tobacco Unit at TobaccoUnit@tax.virginia.gov and providing the name and address of each customer who may have been shipped unstamped cigarettes and the steps taken by the stamping agent to correct the error.
Penalties Applicable to Persons Other than Stamping Agents for Unstamped Cigarettes
Effective July 1, 2010, any person who is not a stamping agent who sells, purchases, transports, receives or possesses unstamped cigarettes is subject to a penalty of $2.50 per pack, up to $500, for the first violation by a legal entity within a 36 month period, $5 per pack, up to $1,000, for the second violation by the legal entity within a 36 month period, and $10 per pack, up to $50,000, for the third or subsequent violation by the legal entity within a 36 month period. Any person subject to the penalty imposed by this section is also liable for the cigarette excise tax on all unstamped cigarettes. This penalty applies to both retailers and individuals purchasing cigarettes from exempt entities as well as stamping agents. For inspections where the number of unstamped cigarette packs does not exceed 30 packs, TAX may issue a warning letter to the legal entity instead of assessing the penalty. Even if TAX does not impose a monetary penalty, such inspections will still be used for the purposes of determining the number of violations made within a 36 month period by a legal entity. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-
Where willful intent to defraud the Commonwealth of the cigarette tax is found, a penalty of $25 per pack, up to $250,000, may be imposed. If a person who (i) has not been issued a permit to affix revenue stamps by TAX or (ii) is not a retail dealer who has lawfully purchased cigarettes from such permit holder has in his possession within the Commonwealth more than 30 packs of unstamped cigarettes, such possession is
3
--- Page 4 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 4
presumed to be for the purpose of evading taxes. Not withstanding these threshold limits, any person who commits a voluntary, conscious, and intentional act to defraud the Commonwealth is subject to the increased penalty. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-1017.
For the purposes of determining the number of violations made within a 36 month period, a business that has undergone a corporate or similar reorganization will be considered the same legal entity, even if it results in the use of a new tax registration number or Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN). A legal entity that purchases the assets of an existing business through a bona fide sale will not be liable for prior violations by such business. It is the burden of the business to show that it is a new legal entity for the purposes of determining the number of violations.
Cigarette retailers and wholesalers who are not stamping agents must carefully inspect every pack of cigarettes at the time of delivery or receipt to ensure that every pack of cigarettes has been stamped with the Virginia Revenue Stamp. In the event that unstamped cigarettes are discovered, the dealer should immediately segregate the unstamped cigarettes and post a notice on the cigarettes stating that they are unstamped and not for sale. Additionally, the dealer should immediately telephone or e-mail its supplier to notify the supplier of the situation and arrange for the return of the unstamped cigarettes to the supplier. Stamping agents and dealers are strongly encouraged to revisit their quality control procedures so that unstamped cigarettes are
neither shipped nor received into inventory.
Avoidance of Penalties for Unstamped Cigarettes by Retailers
A retail dealer may avoid the penalties for purchasing, receiving, or possessing unstamped cigarettes by proving to TAX that the unstamped cigarettes were lawfully purchased from a licensed Virginia Stamping Agent. In order to prove that the cigarettes were purchased lawfully, the retailer must provide a copy of the invoice from the stamping agent and physical proof that the unstamped cigarettes were purchased from that stamping agent. The following are examples of physical proof:
-
A signed affidavit from the stamping agent stating the stamping agent sold the unstamped product in question to the retailer;
-
Distinctive numbering, lettering, marking, labeling, bar codes or other features reflecting that the cigarettes were sold by the stamping agent; or
3. Physical observation by a TAX auditor that
a. The unstamped cigarettes are segregated from other inventory; b. The unstamped cigarettes are clearly posted as being unstamped and not for sale; and
4
--- Page 5 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 5
c. The dealer is able to document that the stamping agent has been contacted by the dealer concerning the unstamped packs no more than 15 days prior to the date of physical inspection by the auditor.
Affidavit Process
In the event that a retail dealer wishes to use an affidavit signed by his stamping agent to prove that any unstamped cigarettes were purchased lawfully in order to avoid the penalties, the retail dealer must request the affidavit from the stamping agent and notify TAX that he has done so by emailing the Tobacco Unit at TobaccoUnit@tax.virginia.gov within 14 days of the inspection. The stamping agent will then have an additional 14 days to provide a signed affidavit stating that he sold the unstamped product in question to the retailer. If the retail dealer does not request the affidavit from the stamping agent or notify TAX that he has done so within 14 days, TAX will issue an assessment to the retail dealer for the penalty imposed under Va. Code § 58.1-1017. Additionally, if a signed affidavit is not provided to TAX within 28 days of the inspection, TAX will issue an assessment to the retail dealer for the penalty imposed under Va. Code § 58.1-1017.
By signing an affidavit, the stamping agent acknowledges that he sold the unstamped product in question to the retailer and that he may be liable for the penalty imposed pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-1013. In the event that the retailer can provide proof that the cigarettes were purchased from a licensed Virginia Stamping Agent, TAX will refrain
from assessing the penalty imposed under Va. Code § 58.1-1017 on the retailer. In these cases, TAX will assess upon the stamping agent the penalty imposed under Va.
Code § 58.1-1013, which equal the penalties imposed pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-1013. TAX will typically not make further reductions in penalties on appeal or pursuant to an offer in compromise, unless exceptional circumstances are present. Each assessment of penalties through the affidavit process would be considered a violation by the stamping agent under Va. Code § 58.1-1013 for the purposes of determining the number of violations by a legal entity within a 36 month period.
Penalties for Contraband Cigarettes
Under Va. Code § 3.2-4206, the Attorney General is required to post a directory (the "Directory") of the tobacco product manufacturers that have provided current certifications conforming to state law. The removal of a manufacturer or brand family from the website is deemed to provide notice to purchasers that the cigarettes may no longer be sold in the Commonwealth. The Directory can be found on the Office of the
Attorney General's website, www.oag.state.va.us.
Any person who i) affixes a Virginia revenue stamp to a package or other container of cigarettes of a tobacco product manufacturer or brand family not included in the Directory, or ii) sells, offers, possesses for sale, ships, distributes, or imports for personal consumption cigarettes of a tobacco product manufacturer or brand family not included in the Directory in the Commonwealth is subject to a maximum penalty not to
5
--- Page 6 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 6
exceed the greater of 500% of the retail value of the cigarettes sold or $5,000, for each violation. (Source: Va. Code §§ 3.2-4207 and 3.2-4212)
A person purchasing cigarettes for resale is in compliance with the law if the cigarettes were included in the Directory at the time of purchase, are otherwise lawfully stamped,
and sold within 14 days of the date when the cigarettes were removed from the Directory. In addition, a retailer who lawfully purchases such cigarettes is not in violation of the law if the cigarettes are sold or delivered within 14 days after receipt from the wholesaler. However, any manufacturer, wholesaler, or retailer offering the cigarettes for sale during the safe harbor period must notify any purchasers of the cigarettes at the time of delivery that such cigarettes have been removed from the Directory. (Source: Va. Code § 3.2-4207)
All purchasers of cigarettes, both wholesalers and retailers, are required to monitor the Directory on an ongoing basis. While it is the responsibility of both wholesalers and retailers to ensure that purchasers are notified when cigarettes are removed from the Directory, the wholesaler’s responsibility to notify the retailer when cigarettes are removed from the Directory does not diminish the retailer's responsibility for verifying that the cigarettes are listed in the Directory.
Where the possession or sale of contraband cigarettes was not knowing or intentional, TAX will generally assess less than the maximum penalty provided under Va. Code
§ 3.2-4212 and instead assess the lesser of 500% of the retail value of the cigarettes sold or $5,000. If the retail value of the cigarettes is unavailable, TAX will use the average market value of the cigarettes at the time of the violation. However, TAX reserves the right to depart from the reduced penalties when required by circumstances.
In addition to the penalties imposed, all contraband cigarettes are subject to confiscation and forfeiture.
As the reduced penalties set forth are intended to address situations where the possession or sale of the contraband cigarettes was unintentional, TAX will typically not make further reductions in penalties on appeal or pursuant to an offer in compromise, unless exceptional circumstances are present.
Appeals
Any person may appeal issues related to the cigarette tax to TAX using the administrative appeals process administered by TAX under Va. Code § 58.1-1820 et
seq. and 23 VAC 10-20-165.
A third party may always provide information, testimony, or documentary evidence on behalf of a taxpayer who has been assessed cigarette tax or penalties. However, a properly executed Power of Attorney is needed in order for a third party to file an administrative appeal on behalf of a taxpayer. The Power of Attorney must be signed and dated by both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s representative and must accompany
6
--- Page 7 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 7
the administrative appeal. Form PAR 101, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative can be found on TAX’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. Any other Power of Attorney form containing the same information will also be accepted by TAX.
An appeal may be brought by the person assessed with cigarette tax or penalties if the
person believes that TAX has incorrectly assessed the cigarette tax or penalties.
Taxpayers seeking to have cigarette tax or penalties abated based on claims reasonable cause, doubtful liability, or doubtful collectibility should file an offer in compromise as discussed below.
Offers in Compromise
Any person assessed with cigarette tax or penalties may choose to make an offer in compromise to settle for less than the full amount. Under Va. Code § 58.1-105, TAX may accept an offer in compromise if the taxpayer can show that there is reasonable cause for reducing or waiving the penalty or can show doubtful liability or collectibility for reducing or waiving the tax and interest. While penalties may be reduced or waived entirely with good cause, taxes and interest may not be waived unless it can be shown that the tax liability is doubtful, or that it is doubtful that the bill can be collected. TAX will generally not consider machine error or employee error as good cause for waiving or reducing penalties.
To request an offer in compromise, the person assessed should write to the Tax Commissioner describing the type of tax involved, taxable period, date and amount of the bill, and include a detailed explanation, along with supporting documentation, of the reasons why the tax, penalty or interest should be reduced or waived. A check for the amount of the offer should be included with the letter. The check will be applied to the account. The deposit of the check does not indicate the acceptance or denial of the offer. An explanation of when and how payment will be made should be provided if no payment is made with the offer submission. If the offer is made because the person assessed is unable to pay the bill, a signed Financial Information Statement must be included. This form can be found with the Taxpayer Bill of Rights, which is available on TAX’s website at http://www.tax.virginia.gov. The proposal will be considered based on the available information. If the Tax Commissioner accepts the offer, any amounts waived will be removed from the bill. If the offer is not accepted, the balance of the bill must be paid.
All appeals and any offer in compromise based upon a claim of doubtful liability, along
with supporting documentation, should be mailed to
Appeals and Rulings P.O. Box 27203 Richmond, VA 23261-7203
7
--- Page 8 ---
Cigarette Tax Guidelines and Rules Related to Enforcement August 13, 2010 Page 8
All other offers in compromise, along with supporting documentation, should be mailed to:
Tax Commissioner Department of Taxation
P. O. Box 2475 Richmond, Virginia 23218-2475
Additional Information
These Guidelines and rules are available on-line in the Tax Policy Library section of TAX's website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. If you have any questions, please contact the Tobacco Tax Unit at (804) 371-0730.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Acting Tax Commissioner
8
Virginia-Maryland Reciprocal Income Tax AgreementDoc ID: Agreements
--- Page 1 ---
TAX BULLETIN 06-8
Virginia Department of Taxation
December 27, 2006
Individual Income Tax
VIRGINIA AND MARYLAND UPDATE RECIPROCAL INCOME
TAX AGREEMENT
On December 7, 2006, Virginia and Maryland signed a reciprocal agreement concerning
individual income tax. This agreement supersedes a similar agreement dated August 24, 1992, that was effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1991.
Under the reciprocal agreement, Virginia residents who work in Maryland are exempt from Maryland income tax on compensation earned in Maryland. Maryland residents earning compensation in Virginia are similarly exempted from Virginia income tax. The 2006 agreement makes two changes that clarify the 1992 reciprocal agreement.
(i) Those who maintain a place of abode in the state for an aggregate of 183 days or more are considered residents of that state.
(ii) The reciprocal agreement applies only to compensation. Maryland residents who have income from a business, rental property, or other activity in Virginia must file a Virginia income tax return and pay tax on that income.
These changes are consistent with the way that Virginia has been administering the
1992 agreement with Maryland since its inception.
If you have additional questions, please contact the Department of Taxation at (804) 367-8031 for individuals or (804) 367-8037 for employers with questions about withholding.
Virginia Adopts Differential Interest RatesDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---Pa fo “ory Taclol, Sify F XN 4 ei i "OA y a COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA Department of Taxation Richmond, Virginia 23282 MEMORANDUM TO: W. H. Forst Tax Commissioner DATE: December 3, 1986 SUBJECT: Differential Interest Rates We have discussed with Barbara Rose whether Virginia must conform to the differential interest rates set forth in the new federal tax law. Barbara is of the opinion that Virginia must.
Many sections of the Code of Virginia imposing interest refer to the rate established by Va. Code §58.1-15. That section refers to the interest rate set by §6621 of the Internal Revenue Code.
As the federal rate has changed in the past, Virginia has conformed to the rate change. Barbara concludes that even though the Virginia Code refers to one interest rate, the statutory reference to the Internal Revenue Code must prevail, and Virginia must use the two interest rates.
On the basis of the above, it is my recommendation that Virginia adopt a policy of differential interest rates, effective January 1, 1987. thames sofafre Danny M. Payne, Director Date Tax Policy Division APPROVED: ———— : ‘ ° L = /2/ 3/kte
W. H. Forst Date Tax Commissioner cc: Barbara Rose, Esq.
Raymond Dobyns
J. Harris Payne
Division Directors
David Burke
David Jordan
Virginia Port Volume Increase Tax Credit GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines **These Guidelines supersede all Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines that were previously issued by the Department
Introduction
During the 2011 session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 2531 and Senate Bill 1481 (2011 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 831 and 872), which established the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit. This is an individual and corporate income tax credit for certain taxpayers that use Virginia port facilities and increase port cargo volume through these facilities. The amount of the tax credit is equal to $50 for each 20-foot equivalent unit (“TEU”) above the base year port cargo volume, or $50 for each TEU transported through a port facility during a major facility’s first calendar year. To receive this tax credit, taxpayers must apply to the Virginia Port Authority.
Two additional port-related tax credits were enacted during the 2011 General Assembly Session: the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit (Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09) and the International Trade Facility Tax Credit (Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:06). These tax credits provide separate tax incentives for certain companies that use Virginia port facilities.
Although all three tax credits offer incentives for port-related activities, each tax credit is mutually exclusive, and separate definitions and requirements apply to each tax credit.
For Taxable Years 2011 through 2013, a taxpayer could qualify for more than one port-related tax credit in the same taxable year, but could not claim multiple port-related tax credits for the same activity or activities. For Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter, however, a taxpayer may claim both the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit and the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit for the same containers, noncontainerized cargo, or roll-on/roll-off cargo, provided such taxpayer meets the criteria of both tax credits.
During the 2013 session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1824, which expanded the types of taxpayers that may claim the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit. Under prior law, the credit could be claimed by taxpayers engaged in the manufacturing of goods or the distribution of manufactured goods. Under 2013 House Bill 1824, the credit may be claimed by taxpayers that are agricultural entities, manufacturing-related entities, or mineral and gas entities.
During the 2014 session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 873 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 423), which, in part, expands the type of cargo that qualifies for the credit. Under prior law, qualifying taxpayers that increased their port cargo volume by a minimum of five percent in a qualifying calendar year would receive a $50 credit against the tax levied pursuant to §§ 58.1-320 and 58.1-400 for each “TEU” or “20-foot equivalent unit,” above their base year port cargo volume. Under 2014 House Bill 873, the credit was expanded to include roll-on/roll-off cargo and noncontainerized cargo. In addition, 2014 House Bill 873 allows taxpayers to claim the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit for the same cargo.
During the 2019 session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 1652 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 759), which allows Port Volume Increase Tax Credits Virginia Department of Taxation 1 January 6, 2021 Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines issued in taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2022 to be transferred for use by another taxpayer as long as such transfer occurs within one year from the date the original credit earner received an allocation of credits.
These guidelines are issued by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. These Guidelines supersede all Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines that were previously issued by the Department. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines are contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Criteria for Claiming the Tax Credit
The Port Volume Increase Tax Credit is an individual and corporate income tax credit for certain taxpayers that use Virginia port facilities and increase port cargo volume through these facilities. To be eligible for Port Volume Increase Tax Credits, a taxpayer must:
- Be an agricultural entity, manufacturing-related entity, or mineral and gas entity;
- Use port facilities in Virginia;
- Increase its port cargo volume at these facilities by a minimum of 5 percent in a single calendar year over its base year port cargo volume; and
- Own the cargo at the time that the port facilities are used.
For purposes of this tax credit, an “agricultural entity” is defined as a person that is engaged in growing or producing wheat, grains, fruits, nuts, crops; tobacco, nursery, or floral products; forestry products excluding raw wood fiber or wood fiber processed or manufactured for use as a fuel for the generation of electricity; or seafood, meat, dairy, or poultry products. A “manufacturing-related entity” is defined as a person engaged in the manufacturing of goods or the distribution of manufactured goods. A “mineral and gas entity” is defined as a person engaged in severing minerals or gases from the earth.
A taxpayer may only earn Port Volume Increase Tax Credits for cargo that was actually owned by the taxpayer at the time that the port facilities were used (including upon shipment or on delivery) and for which the taxpayer controlled the method of Virginia Department of Taxation 2 January 6, 2021 Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines transportation. Ownership is determined by the terms of the shipping contract and is evidenced by the bill of lading. When cargo originates in Virginia, there is a presumption that the company exporting the cargo out of Virginia controls the method of transportation. When a shipment terminates in Virginia, there is a presumption that the company receiving the import in Virginia controls the method of transportation.
“Port cargo volume” is defined as the total amount of net tons of noncontainerized cargo, net units of roll-on/roll-off cargo, or containers measured in TEUs of cargo transported by way of a waterborne ship or vehicle through a port facility. “Base year port cargo volume” means the total amount of net tons of (i) noncontainerized cargo, (ii) TEUs of cargo, or (iii) units of roll-off cargo actually transported by way of a waterborne ship or vehicle through a port facility during the previous calendar year.
Base year port cargo volume must be recalculated each calendar year after the initial base year.
Example 1: Computing Base Year Port Cargo Volume Company A is an agricultural entity that uses port facilities in Virginia. During the 2012 calendar year, Company A actually transports 100 TEUs of cargo through Virginia port facilities. For the 2013 calendar year, Company A’s base year port cargo volume is 100 TEUs. If, during the 2013 calendar year, Company A transports 104 TEUs of cargo through Virginia port facilities, Company A would not qualify for Port Volume Increase Tax Credits because it did not increase port cargo volume by 5 percent. If, however, Company A transports 105 TEUs of cargo through Virginia port facilities during 2013, it would qualify for Port Volume Increase Tax Credits because it increased its port cargo volume by 5 percent. It could apply for tax credits equal to the increased number of TEUs multiplied by $50 per TEU, or $250.
To be eligible for this tax credit, the taxpayer’s base year port cargo volume must be a minimum of either 75 net (short) tons of noncontainerized cargo, ten loaded TEUs, or ten units of roll-on/roll-off cargo.
Computation of Tax Credits
The Port Volume Increase Tax Credit is generally equal to $50 for each TEU, unit of roll-on/roll-off cargo, or sixteen net tons of noncontainerized cargo, as applicable, above the base year port cargo volume, or $50 for each TEU, unit of roll-on/roll-off cargo, or sixteen net tons of noncontainerized cargo, as applicable, transported through a port facility during a major facility’s first calendar year. For shipments of 40-foot or 45-foot containers, one full container load is equivalent to two TEUs. For purposes of calculating the amount of Port Volume Increase Tax Credits for taxpayers that ship noncontainerized cargo, one TEU is equivalent to 16 net tons of noncontainerized cargo. One net ton is equivalent to one short ton, or 2,200 pounds. Moreover, for purposes of calculating the amount of Port Volume Increase Tax Credits for taxpayers that ship roll-on/roll-off cargo, one TEU is equivalent to one unit of roll-on/roll-off cargo.
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 January 6, 2021 Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines
For purposes of determining port cargo volume, only a full container load qualifies as a TEU. A full container load (FCL) is a standard 20-foot, 40-foot, or 45-foot container that is loaded and discharged under the account of one shipper, and is intended for one consignee.
A less than container load (LCL) is cargo that is insufficient in either weight or volume to qualify for the freight rates that apply to a standard shipping container and is therefore combined with cargo owned by other shippers or with cargo intended for at least one other consignee. An LCL does not qualify as a TEU or as noncontainerized cargo or roll-on/roll-off cargo for purposes of this tax credit.
Example 2: Computing the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Company B is a mineral entity that uses port facilities in Virginia. During the 2012 calendar year, Company B ships 100 TEUs, 320 net tons of noncontainerized cargo, and 100 units of roll-on/roll-off cargo through Virginia port facilities. During the 2013 calendar year, Company B ships 110 TEUs, 400 net tons of noncontainerized cargo, and 115 units of roll-on/roll-off cargo. Company B’s base year port cargo volume is 220 TEUs, computed as follows: (100 TEUs) + ൬320 tons ൰+ (100 units) = 220 TEUs 16
Company B may claim an amount of Port Volume Increase Tax Credits equal to $1,500, computed as follows: (110 TEUs) + ൬400 tons ൰+ (115 units) - (220 TEUs)൨× $50 16
= [(250 TEUs) - (220 TEUs)] × $50
= 30 TEUs × $50
= $1,500
Special Rules for Major Facilities
Although taxpayers must generally increase port cargo volume by a minimum of five percent over base year port cargo volume to claim Port Volume Increase Tax Credits, this requirement may be waived for any taxpayer that qualifies as a major facility. For purposes of this tax credit, a “major facility” is defined as a new facility to be located in Virginia that is projected to import or export cargo through a port in excess of 25,000 TEUs in its first calendar year. The amount of tax credits for a major facility is equal to $50 for each TEU, unit of roll-on/roll-off cargo, or sixteen net tons of noncontainerized cargo, as applicable, transported through a port facility during the major facility’s first calendar year.
Virginia Department of Taxation 4 January 6, 2021Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines Allocation of Tax Credits in Excess of $250,000
The maximum amount of Port Volume Increase Tax Credits for all qualifying taxpayers is limited to $3.2 million for each calendar year. Generally, a qualifying taxpayer may not receive more than $250,000 worth of Port Volume Increase Tax Credits for each calendar year. However, if on March 15 of each year, the $3.2 million amount of tax credits has not been fully allocated among all qualifying taxpayers, then those taxpayers who have been allocated tax credits for the prior year shall be allowed a pro rata share of the remaining allocated tax credits, up to $3.2 million total. In this case, a qualifying taxpayer may receive an amount of tax credits that is greater than $250,000.
Administration and Carryover of the Tax Credit
To be granted tax credits, taxpayers must submit Form PVI to the Virginia Port Authority by March 1 of the year after the calendar year in which the increase in port cargo volume occurs. Each taxpayer must attach a schedule to Form PVI that contains the following information:
- A description of how the base year port cargo volume and the increase in port cargo volume were determined; and
- The amount of the increase in port cargo volume for the taxable year stated both as a percentage increase and as a total increase in net tons of noncontainerized cargo, TEUs of cargo, and units of roll-on/roll-off cargo, as applicable.
Every taxpayer that applies for Port Volume Increase Tax Credits must verify containers or cargo that moved through a Virginia Port Authority-operated marine facility on the Virginia Port Authority’s website (www.portofvirginia.com). A tax year verification summary sheet must then be attached to Form PVI. If containers or cargo were moved through another facility in Virginia, the taxpayer must provide additional schedules with information regarding base year and current year cargo volume. Taxpayers must also provide any other information requested by the Virginia Port Authority or the Department.
If, on March 15 of the year after the calendar year in which the increase in port cargo volume occurs, the cumulative amount of tax credits requested by qualifying taxpayers for the prior year exceeds $3.2 million, then tax credits will be prorated among the qualifying taxpayers who requested the tax credit.
Virginia Department of Taxation 5 January 6, 2021 Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines The Virginia Port Authority will review all applications for completeness and notify taxpayers of any errors by April 5 of the calendar year in which the tax credit application was submitted. If any additional information is needed, it must be provided no later than May 5 of that year to be considered for the tax credit. All eligible taxpayers will be notified of the amount of allocated tax credits by May 30.
To actually claim the tax credit, a taxpayer must claim the granted amount of tax credits on its income tax return. Any tax credit amount that exceeds the taxpayer’s tax liability for the taxable year may be carried forward for five taxable years or until the total amount of the credit has been taken, whichever occurs first.
Example 3: Applying for Port Volume Increase Tax Credits Company K is a manufacturing-related entity that has increased its port cargo volume over its base year cargo volume by 100 TEUs. Accordingly, Company K wants to apply for Port Volume Increase Tax Credits equal to $5,000 for 2013.
To receive this tax credit, Company K must apply to the Virginia Port Authority on or before March 1, 2014. If, on March 15, 2014, the cumulative amount of tax credits requested by qualifying taxpayers for the 2013 calendar year is $6.4 million, then all taxpayers will be allocated tax credits equal to 50 percent of the requested amount. In this case, Company K would be allocated tax credits equal to $2,500.
Company K can then claim the amount of tax credits issued on its 2013 income tax return. If Company K files its income tax return for the 2013 taxable year before it receives notification from the Virginia Port Authority, it can claim Port Volume Increase Tax Credits by filing an amended return for the 2013 taxable year.
Transfer of Tax Credits
For credits issued in taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2022, any taxpayer holding Port Volume Increase Tax Credits may transfer certain unused credits to another taxpayer for use on their Virginia income tax returns. A transfer of credits will not be permitted unless the transfer occurs within one year from the date the original credit earner received an allocation of credits. A taxpayer may transfer credits to more than one taxpayer. In addition, a taxpayer may transfer a portion of their credits to another taxpayer, while retaining a portion of their credits for use on their own tax return.
Taxpayers may not transfer credits until after they have been notified by the Virginia Port Authority that their application for credits has been approved and they receive an allocation of credits. A taxpayer that has received an allocation of credits and seeks to transfer credits to another taxpayer is first required to submit a completed Form PVT to the Department to effectuate such transfer.
Virginia Department of Taxation 6 January 6, 2021 Updated Port Volume Increase Tax Credit Guidelines A taxpayer that is the recipient of a transfer of credits may subsequently transfer the credits to another taxpayer. However, such transfer is required to occur within one year from the date the original credit earner received an allocation of credits. The taxpayer that originally earned the credits may not be the recipient of credits that they transferred to another taxpayer.
A transferee may apply transferred credits retroactively through an amended return, up to the date the credits were originally issued, as long as such utilization occurs within the applicable statute of limitations. In no circumstances may a transferee apply transferred credits to a taxable year prior to the date the credits were originally issued.
Credits that are not transferred may not be retroactively applied. Any transferred credits in excess of the transferees’ tax liability for the taxable year may be carried forward for five taxable years after the taxable year for which the credit was issued to the original credit earner, or until the total amount of the credit has been claimed, whichever occurs first.
Interaction of Port-Related Tax Credits
For Taxable Years 2011 through 2013, a taxpayer could qualify for more than one port-related tax credit in the same taxable year, but could not claim multiple port-related tax credits for the same activity or activities. For Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter, however, a taxpayer may claim both the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit and the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit for the same containers, noncontainerized cargo, or roll-on/roll-off cargo, provided such taxpayer meets the criteria of both tax credits.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online in the Laws, Rules and Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.policylibrary.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037 or the Virginia Port Authority at (800) 446-8098. For assistance with the container and cargo verification process, contact the Virginia Port Authority at (757) 391-6235 or helpdesk@vit.org.
Approved
_______ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation 7 January 6, 2021
Virginia Tax Exemption Ruling for Nonprofit HospitalsDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---wait
a
ered
a
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO
Larry Durbin
Office of Customer Relations, Customer Services
Ron Holt
Richard Dotson
Audit Supervisors
Office of Customer Relations, Compliance
FROM
Mike Melson\¥44
Appeals and Rulings
DATE
December 20, 2001
SUBJECT: Virginia Department of Taxation v. Chesapeake Hospital Authority
This is to inform you that the Virginia Supreme Court recently issued an opinion
in the above case in favor of the taxpayer. Because the taxpayer operated as a
nonprofit hospital and a government authority, the exemptions from the retail sales and
use tax for nonprofit hospitals and government entities provided in Code of Virginia
§§ 58.1-609.7(4) and 58.1-609.1(4) were at issue in this case.
Hospital and Government Exemptions
The Court ruled that food purchased by the nonprofit hospital for consumption by
medical staff, hospital meeting participants and volunteers qualifies as use and
consumption by the hospital and is exempt from the sales and use tax. The ruling
applies when the nonprofit hospital purchases raw food products for preparation by its
dietary department. The ruling does not apply to catered meals purchased by a
nonprofit hospital from an outside vendor.
The department argued that the food does not qualify as exempt purchases for
use and consumption by the nonprofit hospital because the food was not consumed in
connection with the provision of medical services (i.e., the food was not fed to patients).
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM
December 20, 2001
Page 2
The Court disagreed and ruled that as long as a nonprofit hospital exercises a degree of control or ownership over the property it purchases, the exemption applies.
In addition, the Court's decision implies that TAX’s rulings carry no weight unless they are incorporated into a regulation. The Attorney General's Office has filed a petition for rehearing in an effort to have the Court review its discussion of this issue.
We do not anticipate that a rehearing (if granted) will result in a reversal of the Court's ruling that the hospital's provision of food to medical staff, hospital meeting participants and volunteers constitutes an exempt use. However, we hope the Court will reconsider its position on the weight accorded TAX’s rulings.
The Court's decision overturns longstanding department policy, which may generate refund requests. Customer Services is asked to hold all refund requests until the Court rules on the pending petition for rehearing. At that time, we will issue a follow-up memo that will set out guidelines for processing the refund claims. Compliance, we ask that you evaluate new and recurring audit candidates to determine if any would qualify for a refund as a result of the Chesapeake decision. Your efforts will assist in the tracking of the fiscal impact of the Court's decision.
Interest
Lastly, the Court upheld the department’s method of applying interest to refunds.
The taxpayer argued that the interest on its refund should be compounded daily as provided in Internal Revenue Code (IRC) § 6622. The Court concluded that the interest Statute (§ 58.1-15) cites IRC § 6621 for setting the rate of interest. Because IRC § 6622 (“Interest compounded daily”) is not cited in the § 58.1-15, the department is not required to compound interest daily pursuant to the federal statute. Accordingly, the Court validated the department's current method of computing interest on refunds.
A copy of the Court's opinion is attached for your information. If anyone has questions regarding the Court's decision or related refund information, please contact Valerie Marks at 367-0964.
Attachment C. Danny Payne
Janie Bowen
Appeals and Rulings Staff
Policy Development Staff
Interest Computation Rules for Tax AssessmentsDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---“>
a
4
+a
hot
“Ye!
a. i —
s
wee
—
—_— —
a
~~ =
a
MEMORANDUM
TO
Patti Higgins
Information Services Division
DATE
December 22,
1986
SUBJECT
Computation of interest
In response to your memorandum of December 4, 1986, requesting
clarification of the interest computation rules,
I offer the
following
Section 58.1-1812 permits the department to charge interest on
This is
only the interest included in the original assessment.
To
sometimes referred to as the "one compounding" rule.
understand its application to specific cases, one must
distinguish between the terms "assess," "charge" and "bill."
As used in § 58.1-1812,
the term
"assessment"
has a definite
It means the act of determining that a tax
meaning in the law.
or penalty is due.
Until that act of assessment occurs the
taxpayer has no obligation to pay, and we have no right to
collect.
Even in jeopardy cases,
we must first assess before we
can proceed to immediate collection.
Once a tax and/or penalty
have been assessed, various rights and obligations flow
automatically from the act of assessment.
Examples are
interest, right to apply for correction to the department or the
courts,
collection methods,
etc.,
many of which are tied to the
date of assessment.
Section 58.1-1820 defines the date of
assessment as being the date on which we mail a written notice
that an act of assessment has occured.
Section 58.1-1812 uses the term "assess" when referring to taxes
and penalties.
Then it says that interest shall be "charged" on
unpaid balances.
The second paragraph talks about billing and
Thus the law
allows a 30 day grace period to pay a bill.
distinguishes between formally assessing a tax or penalty,
charging interest on unpaid balances and billing.
We must
Once an
assess a tax or penalty before we can collect it.
assessment is made, we can charge and collect interest up to the
date of payment without formally assessing it.
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM |
Patti Higgins
December 22,
1986
Page 2
This distinction is significant.
We cannot apply a refund to a
tax or penalty we have not yet assessed.
However,
if there is
an unpaid assessment, we can apply a refund to pay off the
assessment with interest accrued to date.
We do not have to
“assess" current interest before we can collect it.
This
There can be several
"assessments"
for a taxable period.
can occur when several penalties are assessed at different
or when are a series of changes in
times,
e. g.
5% per month,
federal taxable income due to federal audits.
Each assessment
of tax or penalty must be made within the applicable statute of
limitations.
Subsequent billings are not subject to the statute
of limitations.
This is the primary reason why we must keep
track of the date of an assessment and distinguish an assessment
from a statement of account.
The responses to your examples are based on an analysis of which
piece of paper sent to the taxpayer is actually an assessment
and which is merely a second billing.
TRUE & TRUE
All
The "original assessment" is the only assessment.
subsequent notices are merely bills or statements of account
with updated interest.
FALSE & FALSE
No penalty can be
The original assessment is an assessment.
assessed,
or interest charged,
if the return was filed early
and the
"notice of assessment”
is mailed before the due
date.
If this assessment is made after the due date then it
should include interest and any applicable penalties.
The "first additional assessment" is also an assessment
All
because a penalty is being assessed for the first time.
subsequent notices are statements of accounts.
Thus,
any
interest included in the
"first additional assessment"
could
be included in subsequent computations of interest on the
outstanding balance of this assessment.
When the second 5% penalty is assessed this will also be an
assessment because another penalty is being assessed.
The
interest included in this assessment should be computed on
the unpaid balance of the previous assessment (i.e. the
"first additional assessment").
Note that under § 58.1-1820 the early filing of a return is
treated as a self-assessment of tax which is deemed made on
the date the sa i is due.
--- Page 3 ---
. MEMORANDUM
Patti Higgins
December 22, 1986
Page 3
-
TRUE This stems from the rule applying payments first to tax, then penalty, then interest. In practice, it is possible that small amounts of interest in this situation may be treated as “hot date" interest and manually charged off.
-
FALSE The original assessment is the only assessment by the department (the return is a “self assessment"). If we "assess" the tax before the due date of the return we cannot include penalty or interest. In fact, we really have no legal right to demand payment until the due date.
Interest accrues from the due date of the return until the date of payment. § 58.1-1812. However, when certain penalties are assessed, the law imposing the penalty states that interest shall accrue from some date other than the due date of the return. For example: Late payment of individual or corporate income tax, interest accrues from one month after due date. §§ 58.1-351 and 58.1-455. (Note that this is in conflict with § 58.1-1812.) Because a taxpayer is not obligated to pay a tax before the due date, perhaps an early tax due return should be handled with a letter thanking the taxpayer for the early filing, but advising the taxpayer that if we do not receive the tax by the due date (or postmarked) we will have to assess penalty and interest. Then our system would show only one assessment which would include penalty and interest because it was made after the due date.
-
TRUE & TRUE The “original assessment" is the only assessment. All subsequent notices are merely bills or statements of account with updated interest.
-
TRUE The "original assessment" is the only assessment. All subsequent notices are merely bills or statements of account with updated interest.
I hope this answers your questions about interest.
Danny M. Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division
Virginia Tax Policy on Retail/Photo-Processing OperationsDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---~ | ngs 7 P| er elec
ae 4
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO: Ronald L. Holt Assistant Tax Commissioner Office of Compliance
FROM: Howard T. Macrae, Jr.
Assistant Tax Commissioner Office of Tax Policy
DATE: September 8, 2000 SUBJECT: Office of Tax Policy's Position on Retail/Photo-Processing Operations
The purpose of this Memorandum is to communicate to the Office of Compliance the Office of Tax Policy's position with respect to retail/photo-processing operations in light of the Circuit Court of Fairfax County decision in Ritz Camera Centers, Inc. v.
Department of Taxation at Law No. 112550. The Circuit Court ruled in this case that Ritz Camera's photo-processing operation was not incidental to their retail operation and the industrial processing exemption was applicable to their photo-processing equipment.
BACKGROUND
Ritz Camera Centers, Inc. (hereinafter "Ritz") is a retailer selling camera, film, and optical products and also provides photo-processing services at its retail locations. Ritz was assessed tax on its photo-processing operation as being incidental to their retail business [Golden Skillet v. Commonwealth, 214 Va. 276, 199 S.E.2d 511 (1973), VAC 10-210-920.B(1)]. Ritz took the position that due to the fact the photo-processing operation and retail operation were separated by dividing walls, and because separate accounting is performed for their processing and retail sales operation, their processing operation enjoyed the industrial manufacturing exemption.
--- Page 2 ---eo OOO —————EAO——E—EOEOE—E—————— MEMORANDUM September 8, 2000 Page 2 COURT DECISION The judge in this case ruled from the bench and found that Ritz had presented sufficient evidence that Ritz's photo-processing operation was, in fact, industrial in nature and would enjoy the industrial manufacturing exemption. The judge in this case felt that the Commonwealth had not presented enough evidence to establish that Ritz's photo-processing operation was incidental to their retail operation of selling cameras and photographic supplies. In addition, it was established during the court trial that, while under the same roof, Ritz's retail operation and photo-processing operation were separated by a wall and they maintain separate accountings of both operations. It was also established that had these operations been under separate roofs, there would be no doubt that the photo-processing operation would qualify for the exemption. The judge ruled in favor of Ritz and ordered the department to refund of taxes paid plus interest.
OFFICE OF TAX POLICY'S POSITION Despite the decision found in the Ritz case, the Office of Tax Policy's position is not to stray from the department's regulations and longstanding policy that when a retailer conducts a business that is not industrial in nature and manufactures or processes tangible personal property as an incidental part of the retail operation, then the manufacturing process is also non-industrial in nature and the exemption does not apply.
The department's policy set forth above hinges on the term "incidental". While the department's regulation does not define the term "incidental", the department has established the following factors to use in evaluating whether one function is incidental to another. e Number of transactions attributable to each operation; e Location of each operation within the confines of the business establishment: e Percentage of floor space attributable to each operation; e Percentage of activity attributable to each operation; and e Percentage of revenue attributable to each operation.
The preponderance of each of these activities should be reviewed to determine whether one function is incidental to another. As in Ritz Camera, the courts found that their photo-processing operation was not incidental to their retail operation. However, it is the department's position that this may not necessarily be true in all situations and each case should stand on its own.
Virginia Dealer's Discount ImplementationDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---: fo, 7 ig. S age” / TT} ’ ™) 777 | COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA Department of Taxation Richmond, Virginia 23282 MEMORANDUM TO: Ronald L. Holt, Supervisor Technical Services Section Office Services Division DATE: March 27, 1989 SUBJECT: Implementation of SB 741 (Dealer's Discount) This responds to your memorandum of March 16, 1989 seeking confirmation that SB 741 applies to the vending machine sales tax and the motor vehicle fuel sales tax, and to returns covering periods beginning on and after July 1, 1989.
Va. Code § 58.1-614 requires all dealers who makes sales through vending machines to obtain certificates of registration under § 58.1-613. Since dealers holding such certificates are allowed a dealer's discount under Va. Code § 58.1-622, I agree that the sliding scale discount provided under SB 741 applies to the vending machine sales tax.
Further, Va. Code § 58.1-1720(B) provides, with limited exceptions, that the motor vehicle fuel sales tax "shall be subject to the provisions of the Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax Act." Therefore, I agree that the sliding scale discount provided under SB 741 applies to the motor vehicle fuel sales tax.
In addition, I agree that the sliding scale discount which becomes effective July 1, 1989, will effect returns filed for periods beginning on and after July 1, 1989. Thus, the flat discount currently in effect will apply to the June, 1989 returns even though such returns will not be filed until July 20, 1989.
Let me know if we can be of further assistance.
Go anie E. Bowen Tax Policy Division
Conrail Sales and Use Tax StatusDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---as
Filing instructions
~
—— +
-
-— a
~~ (Check Proper Box)
O66.
1118
Subject: Sales ¢ Use
7 Mo Tax Tyne
Railroads
MEMORANDUM
——
‘
-C¥ Pubtic
hes
man
ou ect
O
1 |
ae
ne
Rely
we ws teed
eee
O
Central Files
Subject
———_——
TO
William J. West, Supervisor
0
58-1120
Technical Services Section
ee
O
Compromises
June 6,
1985
ee
DATE
RE
Status of Conrail Under the Sales and Use Tax
This will refer to Al Ulmer's February 21, 1985, field agent's report
addressed to Ron Holt in which the status of Conrail under the sales and
use tax was requested.
Federal law at 45 U.S.C. 727(c) provides that "[t]he (Consolidated Rail)
Corporation shall be exempt from liability for an7 State tax, except for
tax imposed by any political subdivision of a State, until the property
of the Corporation is transferred by the Secretary under Subchapter IV
of this Chapter" (the sale of the Federal Government's stock in
Conrail).
Accordingly, Conrail is exempt from the State sales and use
tax until such time as its stock held by the Federal Government is sold.
At that time, Conrail will enjoy the same exemption as any other railway
common carrier does for State and local sales and use tax purposes.
However, I believe that the wording of the federal law would require the
payment of the local 1 percent sales and use tax by Conrail on all
purchases other than those used directly in the rendition of its public
service prior to the sale of its stock by the Federal Government.
Al Ulmer's field agent's report is attached so that you may handle this
as he requested.
7
a
-
a. = ¢
St
/
fa nm ef
—_—
Danny M. Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division
spenoven: [LAAT a
Tax Commissioner
rmt
Attachment
Understanding "Purchase Money" in Business SalesDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---te x eo = eS Atk oS 7k
oF Net ng
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM TO: Ron Holt Collections FROM: Mike Melson!
Office of Tax Policy DATE: April 30, 1998 SUBJECT: Successor Liability This will reply to your memorandum of April 22, 1998, in which you request an
opinion regarding the meaning of “purchase money” as that term is used in Code of Virginia § 58.1-629 relating to successor operations.
Law and Regulation
Code of Virginia § 58.1-629 provides, in part, that when a dealer sells his business or stock of goods, his successors or assigns, if any, must “withhold sufficient of the purchase money to cover the amount of such taxes, penalties, and interest due and unpaid” until the former owner produces a receipt from the Tax Commissioner showing no taxes, penalties, or interest is due. [Emphasis added.] If the purchaser fails to withhold the purchase money, he shall be personally liable for the payment of the taxes, penalties, and interest due and unpaid on account of the operation of the business by any former owner.
The regulation which interprets this provision, 23 VAC 10-210-3090, states that if a sale of a business for a consideration occurs, the dealer's successors or assigns must withhold a sufficient portion of the purchase money to cover any unpaid taxes, penalties, and interest.
Meaning of “Purchase Money”
The term “purchase money” has a specific legal meaning and is not synonymous with “consideration.” According to Black’s Law Dictionary, the term “purchase money”
--- Page 2 --- MEMORANDUM Ron Holt April 30, 1998 Page 2 means “the actual money paid in cash or check initially for the property....” The term “consideration” has a much broader meaning: “the inducement to a contract; the Cause, motive, price, or impelling influence which induces a contracting party to enter into a contract.” Consideration is a basic, necessary element for the existence of a valid contract that is legally binding on the parties.
Opinion
By using the term “purchase money” in Code of Virginia § 58.1-629, the General Assembly intended to limit successor liability to those instances in which actual money (and not stock or other property) passes from the purchaser to the seller. Otherwise, the statute would have used the much broader concept of “consideration,” which appears in other sections of the Retail Sales and Use Tax Acct.
It is the opinion of the Office of Tax Policy that “purchase money” as defined above must be present before successor liability can be imposed on the purchaser of a business. The department cannot pursue successor liability as a collection tool when the sale of a business involves an exchange of “non-money” consideration (stock, property, etc.) only.
Please let me know if you have any questions regarding the opinion set forth in this memorandum or if | can be of additional assistance.
Virginia Sales Tax Holiday Guidelines 2023Doc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES FOR COMBINED SALES TAX HOLIDAY September 15, 2023
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to retailers and consumers regarding Virginia’s combined sales tax holiday for hurricane preparedness items, clothing and school supplies, and Energy Star
and WaterSense items.
The twenty-fourth enactment clause of the 2023 Special Session I Amendments to the 2023 Appropriation Act (House Bill 6001, Special Session I, Chapter 1) reinstated the combined Retail Sales and Use Tax holiday, applicable to Energy Star or WaterSense qualified products, school supplies, clothing and footwear, and certain hurricane preparedness equipment, through July 1, 2025. The prior combined sales tax holiday expired on July 1, 2023.
The sales tax holiday authorized for Calendar Year 2023 applies only to those sales occurring during the three-day period that begins on Friday, October 20, and ends at 11:59 p.m. on the following Sunday. In future years, the holiday will return to its customary dates and begin at 12:01 a.m. on the first Friday in August of each year and ends at 11:59 p.m. on the Sunday immediately following. These guidelines and rules are applicable to the combined holiday event taking place in 2023 and subsequent years.
These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202.
As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
During the combined sales tax holiday period, consumers may purchase certain items in preparation for hurricanes and other emergencies, certain clothing and school supplies and certain Energy Star and WaterSense qualified items exempt of the sales and use tax.
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Under current law, the sales and use tax rate is generally 5.3 percent, comprised of a
- 3 percent state tax and a 1 percent local option tax. An additional regional tax of 0.7 percent applies in the Central Virginia, Hampton Roads and Northern Virginia regions.
An additional 1 percent regional tax applies in the Historic Triangle region (James City County, York County, and the City of Williamsburg) in addition to the existing 0.7 percent regional tax. An additional 1 percent local option tax applies in the City of Danville and the Counties of Charlotte, Halifax, Henry, Gloucester, Northampton, Patrick, and Pittsylvania.
During the sales tax holiday, purchases of qualifying items will be exempt from the 4.3 percent state sales tax, the 1 percent local option tax, and any otherwise applicable regional and additional local taxes.
EXEMPT ITEMS UNDER COMBINED SALES TAX HOLIDAY
Hurricane Preparedness Items: Exempt hurricane preparedness items include any new or used: 1) portable generators with a sales price of $1,000 or less per item; 2) gas-powered chainsaws with a sales price of $350 or less per item; 3) chainsaw accessories with a sales price of $60 or less per item; and 4) other specified hurricane preparedness items with a sales price of $60 or less per item. For a specific list of exempt hurricane preparedness items, see Appendix A.
School Supplies, Clothing, and Footwear: The exempt items also include each new or used school supply item with a selling price of $20 or less per item and each new or used article of clothing or footwear with a selling price of $100 or less. For a specific list of exempt school supplies, clothing, and footwear, see Appendix B.
Energy Star and WaterSense Items: Exempt Energy Star and WaterSense qualified products include certain specified new or used items that: 1) have been designated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the United States Department
of Energy as meeting or exceeding each such agency’s requirements under the Energy Star or WaterSense programs; 2) are priced at $2,500 or less per item; 3) are purchased for noncommercial home or personal use; and 4) are affixed with an Energy Star or WaterSense label. For a specific list of exempt Energy Star and WaterSense items, see Appendix C.
The Department has worked with affected retailers, retail organizations, and state agencies to develop these guidelines and rules. Additionally, the Department has developed a series of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) that demonstrate the application of the guidelines and rules. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, at www.tax.virginia.gov/virginia-sales-tax-holiday.
2
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
DEFINITIONS
“Accepting an order” occurs when a retailer has taken an action to fill the order.
“Accessory items” means incidental items worn on the person or in conjunction with clothing.
“Immediate shipment” means an order in which the customer does not request delayed shipment. An order is for immediate shipment notwithstanding that the shipment may be delayed because of a backlog of orders or because stock is currently unavailable or on back order by the seller.
“Layaway” means a transaction in which merchandise is set aside for future delivery to a customer who makes a deposit, agrees to pay the balance of the purchase price over
a period of time, and at the end of the payment period, receives the merchandise. An order is accepted for layaway by the seller when the seller removes the property from normal inventory or clearly identifies the property as sold to the purchaser.
“Pay for” means that the seller receives cash, a credit card number, a debit authorization, a check, or a money order.
“Rain check” means the seller allows a customer to purchase an item at a certain price at a later time because the particular item is out of stock.
“Rebate” means a refund of an amount of money by the manufacturer of a product to the retail purchaser of the product.
“Qualifying item” means any item of a type, such as hurricane preparedness items, clothing or school supplies, or Energy Star or WaterSense items, that qualifies for a sales tax holiday exemption.
“Sales tax holiday” means a temporary period when sales taxes are not collectible or payable on all or a specific class of purchases.
“Storm shutter” means materials and products manufactured, rated, and marketed specifically for the purpose of preventing window damage from storms.
“Textbook” means a book that is designed to teach a subject in elementary schools, high schools, and institutions of higher learning. For purposes of the sales tax holiday, novels and other similar books, which may be used for extracurricular reading, are not included under this definition.
3
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
ABSORPTION OF TAX
Virginia law requires dealers to collect and remit to the Department the sales taxes on the sale of all taxable items.
Prior to July 1, 2019, a dealer was permitted to absorb the sales tax only during the combined sales and use tax holiday, and in certain other specified situations. As a result of Senate Bill 1615 (Chapter 758, 2019 Acts of Assembly) passed during the 2019 General Assembly, and effective July 1, 2019, a dealer may now elect to absorb and assume payment of all or any part of the sales or use tax otherwise due from a purchaser, consumer, or lessee for most transactions throughout the year.
When a dealer elects to absorb the tax, he becomes liable for payment of the tax in the same manner as he is for tax collected from a purchaser. Further, the dealer must
separately state the sales price of an item and the full amount of sales and use tax due on such item at the point of the sale or transaction, even if the dealer intends to absorb and assume the amount of tax due.
In order for a dealer to determine the amount of taxes he has absorbed and must remit to the Department, the amount absorbed is equal to the amount of sales tax the customer otherwise would have owed. For example, if a dealer wishes to absorb the tax on a non-qualifying school supply that costs $100, he may charge the customer the regular $100 price, but is responsible for remitting the 5.3% or 6% or 7% sales tax ($5.30 or $6.00 or $7.00). This is the amount of tax the customer normally would have owed had the dealer not elected to absorb the sales tax for that item.
SPECIFIC ISSUES
The following information sets out the application of tax with respect to various matters concerning sales during the sales tax holiday period.
Sales Tax Holiday Period/Timing
Dates of the sales tax holiday
The sales tax holiday authorized for Calendar Year 2023 applies only to those sales occurring during the three-day period that begins on Friday, October 20, and ends at 11:59 p.m. on the following Sunday. In future years, the holiday will begin at 12:01 a.m. on the first Friday in August and ends at 11:59 p.m. on the Sunday immediately following. The holiday will expire on July 1, 2025.
Different time zones
The time zone of the seller’s location determines the authorized time period for the sales tax holiday when the purchaser is located in one time zone and a seller is located in another.
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Exchanges
The procedure for an exchange in regards to the sales tax holiday is as follows:
-
If a customer purchases a qualifying item during the exemption period, but later exchanges the item for a similar qualifying item, even if a different size, different color, or other feature, no additional tax is due, even if the exchange is made after the exemption period.
-
If a customer purchases a qualifying item during the exemption period, but after the exemption period has ended, the customer returns the item and receives credit on the purchase of a different item, whether or not the
different item qualifies for the exemption, the appropriate sales tax is due on the sale of the newly purchased item.
- If a customer purchases a qualifying item before the exemption period, but during the exemption period, the customer returns the item and receives credit on the purchase of a different item of eligible property, no sales tax is due on the sale of the new item if the new item is purchased during the sales tax holiday period.
Example 1: During the sales tax holiday, Customer purchases a top-load Energy Star qualifying clothes washer for $450 tax exempt. Five days later, Customer exchanges this item for a front-load Energy Star washer, priced at $900. Although the replacement item is a different size and price, no tax is due on the replacement washer.
Layaway Sales
The sale of a qualifying item under a layaway sale is exempt from tax if the purchaser selects the item and the retailer accepts the order for the item during the holiday period, even if delivery occurs after the holiday period. Subsequent payments are also exempt. Items placed on layaway prior to the sales tax holiday are eligible for the exemption only if final payment is made during the exemption period. In the latter instance, retailers who have already remitted the tax are entitled to take a credit on the following month’s return, provided they give the customer a credit for any taxes that were added to the original base price of the item prior to the sales tax holiday.
Example 2: Customer places 2 shirts on layaway during the combined sales tax holiday, and pays a $50 deposit on the shirts at that time. The shirts are priced at $75.00 each. Customer makes a subsequent $50 payment one month later. Customer makes the final payment of $50 and receives the shirts two months after the sales tax holiday. The initial $50
payment and the subsequent payments are not subject to sales and use
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
tax because the shirts individually met the threshold cost of $100, and the layaway was made during the sales tax holiday period.
Example 3: Customer places a portable generator with a sales price of $500 on layaway in April from a Northern Virginia Retailer. At the time of purchase, Retailer adds the 6% sales tax to the sales price to determine the total cost of the generator and records that amount in his dealer return.
From April until July, Customer makes payments of $100 monthly toward the purchase of the generator. The final payment is made during the sales tax holiday. Because Customer makes his final $100 payment during the sales tax holiday, he is not required to pay the additional $30 he would have owed had the sales and use tax been imposed. If Retailer has already remitted the tax to the Department, he will be entitled to take a credit on the following month’s return, provided he did not charge the
customer the $30 tax.
Rain checks
An item purchased pursuant to a rain check is eligible for the exemption if the item is purchased during the combined sales tax holiday period, regardless of when the item is actually delivered. Issuance of a rain check during the exemption period does not qualify eligible property for the exemption if the property is actually purchased after the exemption period.
Return of eligible items
For a 60-day period immediately after the combined sales tax holiday, when a customer returns a qualifying item, no credit for or refund of sales tax shall be given unless the customer provides a receipt or invoice that shows tax was paid, or the seller has sufficient documentation to show that tax was paid on the
specific item. This 60-day period is set solely for the purpose of designating a time period during which the customer must provide documentation that shows that sales tax was paid on returned merchandise, and is not intended to change a seller’s policy on the time period during which the seller will accept returns.
Sales Price
Articles normally sold as a unit
Items that are generally sold as a unit, such as a pair of shoes, must continue to be sold as a unit and cannot be priced separately and sold as individual items to render these items subject to the exemption.
Example 4: A pair of shoes is sold for $120 during the sales tax holiday.
The shoes do not qualify for the sales tax holiday exemption because they exceed the price limit of $100 per item. The retailer cannot price each
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
shoe at $60 and thereby exempt the sale of the pair of shoes from sales tax.
Buy one, get one free or for a reduced price
Where items are sold under a “buy one, get one free” or “buy one, get one for a reduced price” special, a retailer cannot average the total price of items advertised as buy one, get one free/for a reduced price in order to make the items eligible for exemption.
Example 5: Retailer advertises two calculators, originally priced at $30 each as “buy one, get one free.” Because Calculator 1 exceeds the price threshold for school supplies, it does not qualify for the sales tax holiday exemption. Because Calculator 2 is “free,” it qualifies for the sales tax
holiday exemption, and no sales tax is due on the second calculator.
Retailer A may not average the total price of the two calculators ($30 + $0 = $30 / 2 = $15) to bring the two calculators within the cost threshold.
Coupons and discounts
Discounts: A discount given by a retailer is treated as a reduction in sales price and the amount of the discount is deducted before determining whether an item is eligible for the exemption.
Example 6: During the sales tax holiday, a retailer has discounted a two-ray radio, regularly priced at $65.99, to $59.99. This constitutes a reduction in the sales price, and brings the amount under the $60 threshold. The radio will be exempt from the sales tax during the holiday.
Store Coupon: A coupon given by a retailer constitutes a reduction in sales price, and the amount of the discount is deducted before determining whether an item is eligible for the exemption. A coupon that reduces the sales price is treated as a store coupon if a third party does not reimburse the seller for the coupon amount.
Example 7: Customer receives a 50% off coupon issued by a retailer, which she uses during the sales tax holiday towards the purchase of a pair of shoes priced at $120. This constitutes a reduction in the sales price, and brings the amount under the $100 threshold. The shoes are not subject to sales tax.
Manufacturer’s Coupons: During the sales tax holiday, a manufacturer’s coupon or third party coupon constitutes a reduction in sales price for qualifying items only. During the remainder of the year, a manufacturer’s coupon or third party coupon may not be treated as a
7
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
reduction in the sales price for any item. Instead, the value of the manufacturer’s coupon must be added to the amount paid to determine the selling price, for purposes of determining the sales and use tax.
Example 8: During the sales tax holiday, Customer uses a manufacturer’s coupon for $2.00 off when he purchases special manila paper, regularly priced at $21.99. Because the manufacturer’s coupon constitutes a reduction in the sales price of the manila paper, the sales price of the paper becomes $19.99 and the paper qualifies for the sales tax holiday exemption. If the manufacturer’s coupon is used prior to or after the sales tax holiday for the same manila paper, costing $21.99, the coupon does not constitute a reduction in the sales price of the paper, and the retailer must collect sales tax on the full selling price, including the
$2.00 value of the manufacturer’s coupon.
Gift certificates
A gift certificate may not be used to reduce the sales price of an item in order to render that item eligible for exemption. However, eligible items sold and delivered during the combined sales tax holiday period using a gift certificate qualify for the exemption.
Example 9: During the sales tax holiday, Customer A buys shoes priced at $120 using a $25 gift certificate. Because the shoes’ sales price exceeds $100, the shoes are subject to the sales and use tax. The customer’s $25 gift certificate does not decrease the cost of the shoes to $95, thereby bringing the shoes under the threshold amount, and rendering them eligible for the exemption.
Rebates
A rebate occurs after a sale and does not constitute a reduction in sales price.
The amount of the rebate is not considered when determining whether an item is eligible for an exemption.
Example 10: During the sales tax holiday, Customer purchases a portable generator for $1,200. The terms of the sale allow Customer to mail in a coupon and receive a $200 rebate after the purchase. As a result of the rebate, Customer ultimately pays $1,000 for the portable generator. Because Customer pays $1,000 only as a result of the rebate, the amount of the rebate is not considered in determining whether the generator is eligible for the exemption. Customer is required to pay the sales tax at the time he purchases the generator.
8
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Repairs and alterations to clothing and footwear
Separately stated charges for repairs and alterations to clothing and footwear are not included in the base price of the article of clothing or footwear, and do not affect the item’s eligibility for exemption during the combined sales tax holiday.
Virginia law exempts separately stated charges for services rendered in repairing property sold and for alterations to apparel, clothing, and garments.
Example 11: Retailer sells formal attire, including tuxedos and formal dresses during the sales tax holiday. Customers A and B purchase dresses for $75 and $125 respectively. Retailer charges an additional $30 for alterations. Because Customer A’s dress costs $75, the additional $30 alterations are not included in the base price of the dress, and do not affect the item’s eligibility for the combined sales tax holiday. Customer A
may purchase both the dress and the alteration services tax-free.
Because Customer B’s dress exceeds the $100 threshold, she is subject to tax on the purchase of the dress. The separately stated $30 alteration charges are not subject to tax.
Sale of an Extended Warranty
The sale of an extended warranty, which provides for the provision of repair parts and labor, does not qualify for exemption during the combined sales tax holiday, even if the item purchased under warranty is eligible for exemption during the holiday. Virginia law requires the sales and use tax to apply to charges for extended warranty plans that provide for the provision of repair parts and labor.
The sale of an extended warranty that provides for the provision of labor only may be purchased exempt, because such sales are considered nontaxable sales of services in Virginia.
Example 12: Customer purchases a WaterSense qualifying toilet during the sales tax holiday. For an additional charge, Customer purchases an extended service and parts warranty. This extended service warranty entitles Customer to three years of on-site repair labor, including any necessary repair parts. As the warranty includes both repair parts and labor, it does not qualify for exemption during the sales tax holiday. The extended warranty is subject to the sales and use tax.
Shipping and handling charges
Under Virginia law, sales price does not include separately stated charges for the delivery of property sold by the seller to the purchaser, but does include separately stated charges for handling and service charges. Generally, for transactions in which the shipping and handling charges are combined, the charges are treated as “handling” charges and constitute part of the base price of the item.
9
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
During the sales tax holiday period, shipping and handling charges are not included in the base price of the underlying item if that item qualifies for the sales tax holiday exemption. Shipping and handling charges may not be used to determine whether an item meets the threshold sales price for qualifying items.
Provided the underlying qualifying item meets the required threshold amount, that item qualifies for the sales tax holiday exemption, and the associated shipping and handling charges are also exempt from taxation. If an item exceeds the threshold requirements or is otherwise ineligible for exemption during the sales tax holiday, the shipping and handling charges are included in the base price of the item, and the entire price is subject to sales tax.
Example 13: During the sales tax holiday, Customer purchases and has Retailer deliver a diesel fuel tank that exceeds the $60 maximum cost for
other hurricane preparedness items. Retailer imposes a separate shipping and handling charge of $25. Because the fuel tank does not qualify for the combined sales tax holiday exemption, the shipping and handling charge will be included in the base price of the item, and the entire price will be subject to sales and use tax.
Example 14: Customer purchases a dress online priced at $95 during the sales tax holiday. The Internet retailer imposes a shipping fee of $10 and a separate handling fee of $4. The separately stated shipping charge is not part of the base price of the item, since separately stated charges for the delivery of property in Virginia are never added to the sales price.
Because the price of the dress falls below the $100 threshold for clothing and footwear, neither the dress nor the handling fee is subject to tax.
Sale of two eligible items for one price
If two or more qualifying items are placed together as a set and offered for one price that exceeds the applicable cost threshold for qualifying items, the items in question do not qualify for the sales tax holiday.
Sale of exempt and taxable items for one price
If items qualifying for the exemption are normally sold together with merchandise that does not qualify for the exemption as a single unit, such as a weather band radio with a built-in clock or a stackable washer and dryer, the item will qualify for the combined sales tax holiday exemption, provided the price of the full unit does not exceed the maximum price allowed for the qualifying item. If an item qualifying for the exemption is sold as a package or set with an item that does not qualify for the exemption, sales tax will be imposed upon the full package price, regardless of whether the collective price of the items falls below the maximum sales price permitted for the qualifying item.
10
--- Page 11 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Example 15: Retailer offers a shirt, handkerchief, and tie combination as a set for $85. Because the set contains a handkerchief (an ineligible item), sales tax is due on the full $85 cost of the set, even though the set contains eligible items and the price of the entire set falls below $100.
Example 16: Customer purchases a weather band radio with a built-in clock for $60. Although clocks are not qualifying hurricane preparedness items, because the clock radio is a single unit that includes a qualifying weather band radio, and because the item falls under the $60 threshold, the item is exempt from the sale tax during the sales tax holiday.
Threshold
During the sales tax holiday, when the sales price of an item is greater than the
maximum allowable sales price for an exempt item, whether $1,000 for portable generators, $350 for gas-powered chainsaws, $60 for chainsaw accessories and other hurricane preparedness items, $20 for school supplies, $100 for clothing and footwear, or $2,500 for Energy Star or WaterSense-designated items, tax is due on the entire charge for the item. The sales price is not reduced by the threshold amount.
Example 17: A book bag is sold for $25. The book bag constitutes a qualifying school supply, but does not qualify for the exemption, since it exceeds the $20 maximum sales price. Sales tax must be imposed upon the entire sales price of the book bag, and not just the amount that exceeds the $20 price threshold.
Dealer Participation and Administration
Participation in the sales tax holiday
Exempt items
During the combined sales tax holiday, the law exempts qualifying hurricane preparedness items, school supplies, clothing, and Energy Star and WaterSense designated items from the sales and use tax. If a dealer fails or refuses to provide the exemption, the dealer has violated the law.
Any dealer collecting the sales or use tax on nontaxable transactions must remit any such erroneously or illegally collected tax to the Department, unless he can show that the tax has been refunded to the purchaser or credited to the purchaser’s account.
Absorption of the tax
See Page 4 of these guidelines for information on dealer absorption.
11
--- Page 12 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Mail order, telephone, and Internet sales
Items purchased online, by mail order, or by telephone are treated as exempt if
- the item is both delivered to and paid for by the customer during the exemption period; or 2) the customer orders and pays for the item and the seller accepts the order during the exemption period for immediate shipment, even if delivery is made after the exemption period.
Special ineligible transactions
Custom orders
If a vendor places a special order for a customer that must be custom-made or manufactured for future delivery after the holiday, the merchandise is not
considered available for immediate shipment, and the transaction is not eligible for the sales tax holiday exemption.
Purchases made by contractor in commercial capacity
When a contractor enters into any type of real property improvement contract, except a retail sale plus installation contract, under which the contractor agrees to furnish the materials, supplies and necessary services in exchange for an agreed upon price, the contractor is the ultimate consumer of any Energy Star or WaterSense product used in performing the contract. Although the purchaser has paid the contractor an agreed upon price for the improvement to realty, the contractor remains the ultimate consumer of the Energy Star or WaterSense product. Therefore, the product is purchased for commercial use and does not qualify for the exemption. Similarly, purchases made by a developer who purchases appliances for use in residential homes the developer has built are deemed commercial purchases, ineligible for the exemption.
Rentals
Rental items are not eligible for the exemption, regardless of whether the items are rented out and paid for during the sales tax holiday period.
Dealer Recordkeeping
Refund of tax erroneously collected by retailer
In order to obtain a refund of tax paid in error, a customer must return to the store with his sales receipt and obtain a refund from the retailer. The retailer can claim a credit for the tax refunded to customers on his sales and use tax return, provided he remitted the tax.
12
--- Page 13 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Records and reporting
Retail dealers are not required to obtain an exemption certificate or other certification from purchasers of items qualifying for exemption during the combined sales tax holiday period. Retailers must maintain records that clearly identify the date on which qualified items are sold and the type, quantity, and sales price of such tax-exempt merchandise for a period of three years following the sales tax holiday period. These records must identify the items that were sold subject to the sales and use tax and those that were sold exempt of the tax.
The records may be in the form of register tapes, cash tickets, or whatever the dealer customarily uses to identify sales, provided that the items sold and taxes charged and not charged are clearly identifiable. Retail dealers should include the sales price of qualifying items sold during the sales tax holiday period in their total gross receipts and on the line on which all other exempt sales are reported
on the sales and use tax monthly return (Form ST-9).
While retailers are not required to obtain an exemption certificate or other certification for any items purchased during the sales tax holiday, retailers must make a good faith effort to ensure that any Energy Star or WaterSense items purchased exempt of the tax are purchased for noncommercial home or personal use. Retailers can consider the number of items purchased and the name on the credit card or checking account by which the purchase is made, to assist in determining whether the item(s) in question are being purchased for noncommercial home or personal use. Energy Star or WaterSense items purchased using a business or company credit or debit card or drawn on a company’s checking account are not eligible for the exemption.
Retail dealers who elect to absorb the tax on non-qualifying items must be able to demonstrate that the proper amount of tax has been accrued and remitted.
Energy Star Income Tax Deduction
Va. Code § 58.1-322.03 allows for a deduction equal to 20% of the sales and use tax paid in purchasing, for one’s personal use, any clothes washers, room air conditioners, dishwashers, and standard size refrigerators that meet or exceed the applicable Energy Star efficiency requirements developed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the United States Department of Energy. The deduction cannot exceed $500 in each taxable year. Note that this deduction is completely separate and distinguished from the combined sales tax holiday, which allows for the exempt purchase of qualifying Energy Star items. Any rules listed within these guidelines shall apply only to the combined sales tax holiday, and have no bearing on the income tax deduction provided on certain energy efficient items.
13
--- Page 14 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
These guidelines are available online in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please consult the Department’s specific holiday site, www.tax.virginia.gov/virginia-sales-tax-holiday, or contact the Department’s Office of Customer Services at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
14
--- Page 15 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
APPENDIX A
LIST OF QUALIFYING HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS ITEMS
Sales Price of $60 or less
The following hurricane preparedness items may be purchased exempt of the sales and use tax during the combined sales tax holiday, provided that the items have a sales price of $60 or less per item.
- Artificial ice, blue ice, ice packs, and • Tarpaulins, plastic sheeting, plastic reusable ice drop cloths, and other flexible
- Batteries (excluding automobile or waterproof sheeting
boat batteries), including • Bungee cords, rope, and paracords o AAA cell • Ground anchor systems or tie down o AA cell kits o C cell • Ratchet straps o D cell • Duct tape o 6 volt • Carbon monoxide detectors o 9 volt • Smoke detectors o Cell phone batteries • Fire extinguishers
- Portable, battery-operated, or self- • Gas or diesel fuel tanks or containers powered light sources including
- Water storage containers o Flashlights
- Nonelectric food storage coolers o Lanterns
- Bottled water o Glow sticks
- Nonreusable water packets
- Manual can openers
- Portable, battery-operated or self- • Storm shutter devices powered radios (including self- • Cell phone chargers powered radios with electrical power • First Aid Kits capability)
- Two-way radios
- Weather band radios and NOAA weather radios Sales Price of $1,000 or less The following hurricane preparedness items may be purchased exempt of the sales and use tax during the combined sales tax holiday, provided that such items have a selling price of $1,000 or less per item.
- Portable generators and generator power cords
- Inverters and inverter power cables
- Photovoltaic devices that generate electricity
15
--- Page 16 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Chain saws and chain saw accessories
Gas-powered chain saws with a selling price of $350 or less and chain saw accessories with a sales price of $60 or less may be purchased exempt of the sales and use tax during the combined sales tax holiday. The following is an all-inclusive list of the items that are deemed “chain saw accessories”:
- Chains
- Chain saw bar and nose lubricants
- Two-cycle motor oil
- Chain sharpeners and files
-
Bars
-
Wrenches
- Carrying cases and scabbards
- Safety apparel, including chaps, gloves, hearing protectors, helmets, and protective glasses
- Repair parts
16
--- Page 17 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
APPENDIX B
LIST OF QUALIFYING SCHOOL SUPPLIES AND CLOTHING
List of School Supplies Eligible for Exemption
“School supply,” means an item that is commonly used by a student in a course of study. For purposes of the sales tax holiday, the term does not include computers and such items may not be purchased exempt of the tax.
The following is an all-inclusive list of items that are included in the term “school supply” and are therefore exempt from tax during the sales tax holiday period, provided their sales price of such item is $20 or less. Only the following items are exempt as school supplies. Items need not be intended for use in school or in connection with a
school activity to be eligible for the exemption.
- Binder pockets
- Binders
- Blackboard chalk
- Book bags, messenger bags, and totes
- Calculators
- Cellophane tape
- Clay and glazes
-
Compasses
-
Composition books
- Computer storage media; diskettes; recordable compact discs; and flash drives
- Crayons
- Dictionaries and thesauruses
- Disinfectant wipes
- Dividers
- Erasers (including dry erase marker erasers and dry erase marker
cleaning solution)
- Folders (expandable, pocket, plastic, and manila)
- Glue, paste, and paste sticks
- Hand sanitizer soap
- Highlighters
- Index card boxes
- Index cards
- Legal pads
- Lunch boxes and lunch bags (including disposable lunch bags)
-
Markers (including dry erase markers and dry erase marker kits)
-
Musical instruments, musical instrument accessories, and replacement items for musical instruments
- Notebooks
17
--- Page 18 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
- Paintbrushes for artwork
- Paints (acrylic, tempera, and oil)
- Paper (loose leaf ruled notebook paper, copy and printer paper, graph paper, tracing paper, manila paper, colored paper, poster board, and construction paper)
- Pencil boxes and other school supply boxes
- Pencil sharpeners
- Pencils
-
Pens
-
Protractors
- Reference books
- Reference maps and globes
- Rulers
- Scissors
- Sheet music
- Sketch and drawing pads
-
Textbooks
-
Tissues
- Watercolors
- Workbooks
- Writing tablets
List of Clothing and Footwear Eligible for Exemption
Clothing
“Clothing” means any article of wearing apparel and typical footwear intended to be worn on or about the human body. Clothing does not include sporting equipment or footwear designed primarily for athletic activity or protective use and not usually considered appropriate for everyday wear. These items may not be purchased exempt of the tax.
The following is a list of items that are included in the term “clothing” and are therefore exempt from tax during the sales tax holiday period, provided the sales price is $100 or less per item. This list is not all-inclusive. Any other item that meets the definition of clothing and has a sales price of $100 or less per item may be purchased exempt of the tax.
- Aprons (household and shop)
- Athletic supporters
- Baby bibs and clothes
-
Baby receiving blankets
-
Bandanas
- Bathing suits, swim trunks, cover-ups and bathing caps
18
--- Page 19 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
- Beach capes and coats
- Belts
- Boots
- Choir and altar clothing
- Clerical vestments
- Coats, jackets, and windbreakers
- Corsets and corset laces
-
Costumes (sold, not rented)
-
Coveralls
- Diapers, children and adult, including disposable diapers
- Dresses
- Ear muffs
- Footlets
- Formal wear for men and women (sold, not rented)
- Fur coats and stoles, shawls and wraps
-
Garters and garter belts
-
Girdles
- Gloves and mittens for general use
- Golf clothing, caps, dresses, shirts, skirts, pants
- Gym suits and uniforms
- Hats and caps
- Hosiery
- Insoles, inserts for shoes
- Jeans
-
Jerseys (both athletic and non-athletic)
-
Lab coats
- Legwarmers
- Leotards and tights
- Lingerie
- Neckwear, including bow ties, neckties, and scarves
- Nightgowns, pajamas, and other nightwear
- Overshoes and rubber shoes
-
Raincoats, rain hats, and ponchos
-
Robes
- Rubber pants
- Rubber thong/flip-flops
- Sandals
- Scarves
- Shirts and blouses
- Shoes and shoe laces
-
Shorts
-
Skirts
- Slacks
- Slippers
19
--- Page 20 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
- Slips
- Sneakers
- Socks and stockings, including athletic socks
- Steel toed shoes
- Suits
- Suspenders
- Underwear or undergarments
-
Uniforms, athletic and non-athletic
-
Vests
- Wedding apparel, including veils (sold not rented)
List of Ineligible Clothing Accessory Items, Protective Equipment and Sports or Recreational Equipment
“Clothing accessory items,” means incidental items worn on the person or in conjunction with “clothing.”
The following items are considered to be clothing accessory items that are subject to the tax. The following list contains examples and is not intended to be an all-inclusive list.
Clothing accessory items
- Briefcases
- Cosmetics
- Fabric, thread, buttons, and yarn used to make clothing
- Hair notions, including, but not limited to, barrettes, hair bows, and hair nets
- Handbags
- Handkerchiefs
- Jewelry
-
Sun glasses
-
Umbrellas
- Wallets
- Watches
- Wigs and hair pieces
“Protective equipment” means items that are intended for human wear and designed to protect the wearer against injury or disease or against damage or injury to other persons or property but are not suitable for general use. “Protective equipment” is not included within the definition of “clothing,” and does not qualify for exemption during the sales tax holiday. The following list contains examples and is not intended to be an all-
inclusive list.
20
--- Page 21 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
Protective Equipment
- Breathing masks
- Clean room apparel and equipment
- Ear and hearing protectors
- Face shields
- Hard hats
- Helmets
-
Paint or dust respirators
-
Protective gloves
- Safety belts
- Safety glasses and goggles
- Tool belts
- Welders gloves and masks
“Sport or recreational equipment” means items designed for human use and worn in conjunction with an athletic or recreational activity that are not suitable for general use. “Sport or recreational equipment” is not included within the definition of “clothing,” and
does not qualify for the sales tax holiday. The following list contains examples and is not intended to be an all-inclusive list.
Sport or recreational equipment
- Ballet and tap shoes
- Bowling shoes
- Cleated or spiked athletic shoes
- Gloves, including, but not limited to, baseball, bowling, boxing, hockey, and golf
- Goggles
- Hand and elbow guards
-
Life preservers and vests
-
Mouth guards
- Roller and ice skates
- Shin guards
- Shoulder pads
- Ski boots
- Waders
- Wetsuits and fins
21
--- Page 22 ---
Guidelines For Combined Sales Tax Holiday September 15, 2023
APPENDIX C
LIST OF QUALIFYING ENERGY STAR AND WATERSENSE ITEMS
The following items are deemed exempt Energy Star or WaterSense items during the combined sales tax holiday, provided that:
-
The item has been affixed with a Energy Star or WaterSense label; and
-
The cost price of the item is $2,500 or less; and
-
The item is purchased for noncommercial or personal use.
Energy Star Qualified Products
Air Conditioners Dishwashers Ceiling Fans Light Bulbs Dehumidifiers Refrigerators Washing Machines/Clothes Washers
WaterSense Qualified Products
Bathroom Sink Faucets Toilets Faucet Accessories Urinals Showerheads Landscape Irrigation Controllers
22
Tax Implications of Alcohol Inventory StorageDoc ID: Corporate
--- Page 1 ---a
5
~
Koy
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA.
~
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
f
b
\<
MEMORANDUM
—
/
4
TO
Jerry Peterson, Manager
/
aoe |
re
Department of Information Technology;~
| /
—
—
oe a a
a
_
a
fj
- 3
t
~
=
on ;
DATE
March 26, 1985
ks!
CMing: "
bs
se
—~e
SUBJECT
5
Inventory of Alcoholic Beverages in
-
a whe TC \
State-Owned Warehouse
You have inquired into the state tax consequences of the housing in a
State-owned warehouse in Richmond of alcoholic beverages of various
distillers who have no place of business in Richmond.
Title to such
beverages would remain with the distillers until the beverages were
shipped to various ABC stores.
Because we have no information as
to the employees of the distiller, we
will not address the requirements
of estimated and withholding taxes.
Our discussion will be limited to
intangible personal property and
income taxes.
We understand that
you have directed to the locality any
questions concerning local property taxation.
Intangible Personal Property Tax.
Effective January 1, 1985, intangible
personal property as defined by Virginia Code § 58.1-1101 (which would
include alcoholic beverages held as manufacturers’ inventory) is exempt
from state and local taxation.
However, any property which is deemed to
be merchants’ capital could be subject to local taxation.
Of course, to
be merchants’ capital, the owner of the property would have to be
operating as a merchant.
If the management of the warehouse were
outside the distillers' control and the warehousing operation considered
similar to a public warehouse, the beverages would retain their
character as manufacturers’ inventory and would not be subject to the
merchants’ capital tax.
Corporate Income Tax.
Any out-of-state distiller who is already subject
to Virginia corporate income tax would have to apportion its modified
federal taxable income by use of a three-factor formula based on
property, payroll and sales within Virginia.
Thus, it would include in
the formula all property owned by the distiller, including beverages
stored in Virginia (whether by means of a bailment or not), and all
revenue derived from the sale of beverages shipped to a destination in
Virginia.
(On the facts presented, there is no payroll activity in
Virginia attributable to the sale of beverages.)
--- Page 2 --- MEMORANDUM Page 2
Many distillers are currently exempt from Virginia income tax by virtue of federal Public Law 86-272 even though they have income from the sale of beverages in Virginia. Public Law 86-272 prohibits a state from imposing a net income tax on a foreign corporation which has no place of business within Virginia, whose sole activity within Virginia is solicitation of orders which are accepted and filled by shipment via common carrier from places outside Virginia. Whether or not additional activities would be sufficient to subject the corporation to Virginia income tax would depend on the facts of each case.
Thus the major issue is whether the storage in Virginia of alcoholic beverages owned by a distiller is sufficient additional activity to subject the distiller to Virginia income tax.
Under Virginia Reg. § 630-3-401G consideration is given to the nature, continuity, frequency and regularity of the additional business activity beyond soliciting orders. Generally, ownership of property for purposes of the property factor is determined by title to the property. Thus, storage of property in a public warehouse located in Virginia would subject a manufacturer to Virginia income tax.
However, the nature of the warehousing agreement may be such that the storage of alcoholic beverages in a state-operated warehouse may not be considered property owned by the distiller for Virginia income tax purposes even though title has not passed and the State has not paid for the beverages. Such factors may include: storage, handling and imsurance costs; risk of loss; control over shipment out of the warehouse; ability of distiller to ship to its out-of-state customers; and ability of the State to return unwanted beverages.
In other words, transfer of title is not controlling for income tax. We would look at the totality of the circumstances to see which incidents of ownership and control were retained by the distiller and which were assumed by the State.
I trust this information will be helpful, albeit of a general nature.
Of course, any final decision would depend on the specific facts presented, and the final determination as to local matters would be with the locality.
Pp ee ALES
Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division
dt
Guidance on Penalty Abatement for Corporate Tax LiabilitiesDoc ID: Corporate
--- Page 1 ---—
——_
t
2
~
-
Camm Lurch
~<
“3 a
—
me
~
nee
vere: Or ae ne eid pa te ese
ye : *
=
*
- 9°
o
fol
fr
ad
at
4
-
4
ee Se
~ } , ;
Ly
‘
c
ba
| ple
hw
—«
rf,
r>
<
+
‘i
€
4
sa
pa)
¥. 5 Tae
I by
1
fcr
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION
RICHMOND 23262
MEMORANDUM
"PO
Wally Cordle, Director
Field Seryeee Division
-
DATE
August 22, 1983
Abatement of 100% Penalty Assessed Under
SUBJECT
Section 58-44.1; Abatement of Corporate or
Partnership Liability
ts Receivable, you have posed
For purpo
ses of the User's Guide for Accoun
penalty assessment under
the following question c
oncerning the 1004
Section 58-44.1(a)
on pays do we abate the assessment
"(I]£ eventually the corporati
against the individual or if a
n individual pays do we abate the
her individuals."
assessments against the corporation or the ot
Section 58-44.1 w
as enacted by t
he 1972 Session of the General Assembly,
of which having
been modeled almo
st exactly by the
paragraph (a)
Pursuant to the policy of IRS
Internal Reve
nue Code Section 6672 (a).
led, through an
Policy Statement p-5-60, the
government is entit
tisfaction of the
assertion of 100% penalty assessments, 0
nly to one sa
btained a singie satisfaction,
tax liability; once the government has o
which have arisen from the
it must abate all 100% penalty assessments
tax liability.
However, ~ obligat
jon to abate all other assessments once a single
satisfaction has been: obtained
is determined by whether or not the
See
he collection hes been established.
government's right to retain "Te na 1335 (1950). it h
overnment's right to retain t
19238, 615 F2d 1335 (1950).
It has been
Gens v. U.Se>s
CtCls, 80-1 USTC
held that the right is establish
ed "only upon expiration of the
t of a refund suit or, if a refund suit
statutory period for commencemen
e action."
Crompton-Richmond Co.
is filed, upon final adjudication of th
1184, 1185 (S.D. N.Y. 1970).
—
we
i er eT
a nn eh ll i EEE ILLS ELEC T NL NS ETE la TE
--- Page 2 ---SER CE as Sar, Se | | = | Eee at ee) er a aa -his eet ry ws : a j a a ee oe ee OEP FOS «on, women rah teh Te 8 OES ome. on 7 Pee ay = MEMORANDUM Pins sia August 22, 1983 Bhatia Our conclusion is that, based on the interpretation by the IRS and the e federal courts of the virtually identical federal statute, the any department's position is the following: ; (1) The department will abate all 100 percent assessments against individuals once the tex liability has been collected, to the department's satisfaction, from the original taxpayer entity, i.e., corporation or partnership. , (2) Where the department has collected the tax liability, to its satisfaction, from any one or more responsible individuals vis-a-vis the 100% penalty assessment, or has collected partially from such
- ¢ndividual(s) and partially from the original taxpayer entity, then the department will not abate any of the assessments until the expiration of | the 3-year statute of limitations for commencement of a refund suit.*
- Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division . dik Approved: [AF > SS f. H. Forst State Tax Commissioner cc: Raymond Dobyns Clayton Stewart Jane Bailey: *However, the fact that these assessments will remain outstanding for three years does not give the department further collection rights. Rather, as was stated above, the state is entitled to only one "satisfaction," whether it is the full tax liability that has been collected or an offer in settlement that has been accepted.
Taxable Income Allocation and Recalculations GuidanceDoc ID: Corporate
• • • • RE: DATE: FROM TO
an 8903.affect state. and, There should of that the in analysis taxableCertain affiliatedFederal are addbacksTherefore, IRC EAG, Mark recalculating that law asVirginiarecalculations most rare instead member’s members August C Michael Director, Director, groups 5, the based a income. Allocationfile limitations Section filing of cases,follows. followontaxableshouldAccordingly, regardless are requires 2011 Policy Melson These general the beit is the of exceptions (“EAGs”) 199 Haskins Appeals status. that and be isdeductionnot to rule, placed filing consolidatedincome. However, amounts IRC federal on themay this or limitations deduction § Deductions tied undertaken Development Rulings material IRC to EXECUTIVE auditors status.are Department COMMONWEAL to § by computed199 to of general opinionactually separateat TH the 199 each allocations recalculating should Division of rule, the on imposed of auditors Virginiathe not benefit at SUMMARY Taxation returns, which deductions group tax only Policythe federaltaxpayer’s if deductions ofmemberand adjust the are for deduction an level, Form IRC group doing liability.is based § Virginia VJRGINL4 so taxpayer, on In level described 8903. 199 isEAGreported members Development in filing for regardlessof would on not rather allW-2 extremely the of certain that federal than status, wages deductions related materiallysuchthecases,complexdetailed butor membersand toFormwhetherexpandedMichael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 2
ISSUE
It has been brought to our attention that Virginia auditors have been adjusting the treatment of IRC § 199 deductions in cases where taxpayers have filed consolidated federal income tax returns, but separate Virginia income tax returns, and that Appeals and Rulings has pending cases related to this issue. The purpose of this memorandum is to provide Policy Development’s opinion on how IRC § 199 should be viewed for Virginia corporate income tax purposes.
Specifically, there have been questions regarding the application of the income limitations of IRC § 199(a) to these deductions. Regardless of whether a taxpayer files a separate or consolidated federal income tax return, if that taxpayer is a member of an expanded affiliated group (“EAG”), as defined in IRC § 199(d)(4), the IRC § 199 deduction is computed at the group level on federal Form 8903 and then allocated to the separate companies. Accordingly, the income and W-2 wage limitations set forth in IRC § 199(a) should be applied at the group level, rather than the individual level, regardless of whether a separate return is filed by the taxpayer.
Although filing a separate return does not affect the application of the income and W-2 wage limitations of IRC § 199(a), the rules regarding intercompany transactions between members of a consolidated group may alter the calculation of an EAG’s IRC § 199 deduction, which may subsequently impact the amount of the deduction that a corporation may claim for Virginia income tax purposes. If such an impact materially changes a taxpayer’s Virginia income tax liability, certain adjustments may need to be made.
To clarify these issues, a detailed analysis follows explaining Policy Development’s view on the procedures for properly calculating IRC § 199 deductions for Virginia corporate income tax purposes.
ANALYSIS
Virginia’s Conformity to the Internal Revenue Code
Virginia generally conforms to IRC § 199. Effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, Virginia deconforms from the 2010 federal increase in the deduction amount from 6% to 9%. Va. Code §§ 58.1-402; 58.1-301(B)(5). Accordingly, beginning with the 2010 taxable year, taxpayers must add back one-third of the federal domestic production activities deduction.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 3
Federal Treatment of IRC § 199 Deductions
IRC § 199(a) allows a domestic production activities deduction for taxable years 2007 through 2009 equal to 6% of the lesser of a taxpayer’s qualified production activities income (“QPAI”) for the taxable year or taxable income (or adjusted gross income for individuals, trusts, and estates) for the taxable year. IRC § 199(a), (d). In the 2010 taxable year, the amount of the deduction increases to 9% of QPAI. A taxpayer’s QPAI for a taxable year is equal to the taxpayer’s domestic production gross receipts less the sum of the cost of goods sold and other expenses, losses, or deductions (other than IRC § 199 deductions) allocable to such receipts. IRC § 199(c)(1).
For purposes of IRC § 199, the definition of taxable income under IRC § 63 applies, except that taxable income is determined without regard to IRC § 199 and without regard to any amount excluded from gross income pursuant to IRC § 114 or pursuant to section 101(d) of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. Treas. Reg. §
- 199-1(b). Except as provided in Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(c)(2) (discussed below), the IRC § 199 deduction cannot be taken into account in computing net operating losses or the amount of any net operating loss carryback or carryover. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-1(b).
In addition to the taxable income limitation, the deduction cannot exceed 50% of the W-2 wages paid by the taxpayer for the taxable year. IRC § 199(b)(1).
Treatment of Expanded Affiliated Groups
Special rules apply to deductions claimed by members of expanded affiliated groups. IRC § 199(d)(4). An expanded affiliated group (“EAG”) is an “affiliated group” as defined in IRC § 1504(a), except that “more than 50%” is substituted for “more than 80%” and insurance companies subject to taxation under IRC § 801 and corporations making an IRC § 936 election are included as affiliated group members, where they would otherwise be excluded under IRC § 1504(b)(2) and (4). IRC § 199(d)(4)(B). An EAG is treated as a single corporation for purposes of the IRC § 199 deduction; the deduction is then allocated among the members of the EAG in proportion to each member’s respective amount of QPAI. IRC § 199(d)(4)(A), (C). Such allocations are made regardless of whether the EAG member has taxable income or loss or W-2 wages for the taxable year. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(c)(1).
Because an EAG is treated as a single corporation for purposes of the IRC § 199 deduction, the QPAI, taxable income, and W-2 wage limitations apply at the EAG level, Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 4
not at the taxpayer level, regardless of whether the EAG members filed separate or consolidated returns. Accordingly, an EAG’s domestic production activities deduction is equal to 6% of the lesser of the EAG’s QPAI for the taxable year or the EAG’s aggregate taxable income for the taxable year.
While IRC § 199 deductions cannot generally be taken into account in computing net operating losses, Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(c)(2) allows an exception for members of EAGs. If a member of an EAG is allocated an IRC § 199 deduction that exceeds that member’s taxable income, the deduction will create a net operating loss for the member. If a member of an EAG already has a net operating loss for the taxable year prior to allocation of a portion of the EAG’s IRC § 199 deduction, the member’s portion of the deduction will increase the member’s net operating loss. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(c)(2).
Special Rules for Consolidated Group Members
Additional rules apply to EAGs that have members that are part of the same consolidated group. If all members of an EAG are members of the same consolidated group, the domestic production activities deduction is determined using the consolidated group’s consolidated taxable income or loss, QPAI, and W-2 wages, rather than the separate taxable income or loss, QPAI, and W-2 wages of its members. Treas. Reg. §
- 199-7(d)(4)(ii). If the EAG includes both consolidated and non-consolidated members, the consolidated group is treated as a single member of the EAG and the taxable income or loss, QPAI, and W-2 wages of the consolidated group are aggregated with the taxable income or loss, QPAI, and W-2 wages of the other members in determining the EAG’s domestic production deduction. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(4)(i).
Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(1) provides that, when computing the QPAI of the consolidated group for purposes of the IRC § 199 deduction, the consolidated group must take intercompany transactions into account. The separate entity attributes of intercompany items must be redetermined pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.1502-13(c)(1)(i), which requires the consolidated group members to redetermine the separate entity attributes of the intercompany items to the extent necessary to produce the same effect on consolidated taxable income as if the consolidated members were divisions of a single corporation and the intercompany transaction was a transaction between divisions.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 5
Allocations to EAG Members
If the EAG contains only consolidated group members, the domestic production activities deduction is simply allocated to the consolidated group members in proportion to each member’s QPAI. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(5). If a member of the consolidated group has negative QPAI, the QPAI of the member shall be treated as zero. Treas.
Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(5). In allocating the deduction among consolidated group members, any redetermination of a corporation’s receipts, cost of goods sold, or other deductions from an intercompany transaction under Treas. Reg. § 1.1502-13(c)(1)(i) or (c)(4) is not taken into account. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(5).
If the EAG contains both consolidated group members and separate members, then the consolidated group is treated as a single member of the EAG and the domestic production activities deduction is allocated to the separate members and consolidated group in proportion to each EAG member’s QPAI. The domestic production activities deduction that is allocated to the consolidated group is then allocated to the consolidated group members in proportion to each member’s QPAI, as described above. Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(5). Accordingly, the percentage of the total EAG deduction allocated to a consolidated group member would be the same regardless of whether it was treated as a separate or consolidated taxpayer.
Federal Filing Requirements
Taxpayers claiming an IRC §199 deduction must file Form 8903. Because members of an EAG are treated as a single corporation for purposes of determining the IRC § 199 deduction, different reporting requirements apply to these taxpayers. The EAG must choose a reporting member to figure the deduction amount for all members. 2009 Instr. for Form 8903, pp.9-10. The reporting member must then complete Form 8903 and attach a schedule showing how the deduction was figured for the group and identifying each member’s share of the deduction. 2009 Instr. for Form 8903, p. 10. The non-reporting members must each complete Lines 21 and 23 of Form 8903, reporting their respective shares of the deduction, and attach a copy of the group deduction computation schedule. 2009 Instr. for Form 8903, p. 10.
In the case of corporations that are members of an EAG, the method of computing the IRC § 199 deduction can be determined by reviewing federal Form 8903 and the attached schedules. The amount reported as the EAG’s IRC § 199 deduction (Line 20 of the reporting member’s federal Form 8903) cannot exceed 6% (for tax years 2007 through 2009) of the lesser of the aggregate QPAI (Line 10 of the reporting Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 6
member’s federal Form 8903) or aggregate taxable income (Line 11 of the reporting member’s federal Form 8903). IRC § 199(a), (d). The amount allocated to each taxpayer must be computed according to the taxpayer’s QPAI, pursuant to IRC § 199(d)(4)(C).
Adjustments to Form 8903 Calculations for Virginia Income Tax Purposes
Certain adjustments may be required in cases where a taxpayer files a consolidated federal income tax return but a separate Virginia income tax return. The Virginia Administrative Code requires a taxpayer that files a consolidated federal return, but a separate Virginia return to compute the federal taxable income of each member of the group as if separate federal returns had been filed. 23 Va. Admin. Code § 10-120-320(D)(1)(b).
Treating a corporation as a separate taxpayer for federal income tax purposes would not require adjustments in the percentage allocated to each corporation. This is because the percentage of QPAI allocated to each corporation is determined using the same formula, without regard to any intercompany transactions, regardless of whether the corporations are filing consolidated or separate returns.
The taxable income and W-2 wage limitations of IRC § 199 apply at the EAG level, rather than at the individual member level. Accordingly, no adjustments should be made for a domestic production activity deduction on the basis that it exceeds 6% of an EAG member’s taxable income or W-2 wages. This is true even if the taxpayer has filed a consolidated return at the federal level, because the IRC § 199 deduction for an EAG member is computed on Federal Form 8903 and allocated to the company regardless of whether it is filing separately or as part of a consolidated group.
Generally, treating a corporation as a separate, rather than a consolidated, taxpayer would not affect the computation of the EAG’s deduction. One exception is in cases where intercompany transactions were taken into account when computing a consolidated group’s QPAI because this may impact the amount of the EAG’s deduction. Treating a corporation as a separate taxpayer for purposes of filing a separate Virginia return would prohibit the redetermination of any intercompany transactions pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d). This may have an impact on the total amount of QPAI at the EAG level, which in turn flows through to the taxpayer.
However, it would not impact the percentage of the total EAG QPAI allocated to the taxpayer because the percentage of allocation is calculated without reference to any intercompany transactions.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 7
In cases where taxpayers file consolidated federal returns, but separate Virginia returns, auditors should first examine whether the EAG’s QPAI has been redetermined to take into account any intercompany transactions. If the EAG’s QPAI is affected by intercompany transactions, auditors should then determine whether the impact of intercompany transactions on the consolidated group’s QPAI is material and, if the impact is material, the deduction should be adjusted accordingly. It should be noted that, in some cases, treating a corporation as a separate taxpayer may actually increase the amount of the EAG’s IRC § 199 deduction.
Examples
The following examples are adopted in part from Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(e).
Examples 1 and 2 demonstrate how an EAG’s total amount of QPAI may differ if the EAG members are also members of the same consolidated group. Notice that, although the overall EAG limits may change, the percentage of the deduction allocated to each member does not change.
Assume for both examples that X and Y are the only members of the EAG; that both corporations use the IRC § 861 method of allocating and apportioning deductions; and that all events take place in the same taxable year. Also assume that the events described take place during the 2009 taxable year.
Example 1: Corporations X and Y are members of the same EAG, but are not members of a consolidated group. X incurs $5,000 in costs in manufacturing a machine, all of which are capitalized. X is entitled to a $1,000 depreciation deduction in the current taxable year. X rents the machine to Y for $1,500 and Y uses the machine in manufacturing qualifying production property (“QPP”) within the United States. Y incurs $1,400 of cost of goods sold (“CGS”) in manufacturing the QPP. Y sells the QPP to unrelated persons for $7,500.
Calculating QPAI: QPAI is equal to domestic production gross revenues (“DPGR”) less CGS attributable to DPGR and any other expenses attributable to
DPGR.
Because X and Y are considered related persons for purposes of IRC § 199(c)(7) and Treas. Reg. § 1.199-3(b), X’s rental income is non-DPGR and its related costs are not attributable to DPGR. Accordingly, X’s QPAI is $0.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 8
Y’s QPAI is $4,600, which is equal to its DPGR less its CGS attributable to DPGR and its rental expenses attributable to DPGR. Y’s QPAI is calculated as follows:
DPGRY
$7,500
(CGSY
$1,400)
(EXPENSESY $1,500)
QPAIY
$4,600
The EAG’s QPAI is equal to the aggregate QPAI of its members
QPAIx
$ 0
QPAIY
$4,600
QPAIEAG
$4,600
This amount is then used to calculate the EAG’s total deduction.
Allocating the Deduction: The deduction is allocated amongst EAG members in proportion to their QPAI. X is allocated 100% ($4,600/$4,600) of the deduction and Y is allocated 0% ($0/$4,600) of the deduction. Accordingly, assuming that the EAG has met the taxable income and W-2 wage limitations, X’s deduction would be calculated as follows:
($4,600 x 6%) x 0% = $0
Again, assuming that the taxable income and W-2 wage limitations are met at the EAG level, Y’s deduction would be calculated as follows:
($4,600 x 6%) x 100% = $276
Calculating the Deduction for Virginia Purposes: Because X and Y are filing separate returns for both federal and Virginia income tax purposes, the entire amount of the deduction would flow through for Virginia income tax purposes.
Accordingly, no adjustments to the deduction should be made.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 9
Example 2: Same facts as Example 1, except that X and Y are members of the same federal consolidated group.
Calculating QPAI: X’s rental income would not ordinarily be considered DPGR and its related costs would not be allocable to DPGR. However, because X and Y are members of the same consolidated group, the separate entity attributes of X’s intercompany items and Y’s corresponding items are redetermined to the extent necessary to produce the same effect on consolidated taxable income as if X and Y were divisions of a single corporation and the intercompany transaction were a transaction between divisions, pursuant to Treas. Reg. §
- 1502-13(c)(1)(i).
If X and Y were divisions of a single corporation, X and Y would have QPAI of $5,100, which is calculated by subtracting cost of goods sold and the depreciation deduction from DPGR. To obtain this same result for the consolidated group, X’s rental income is redetermined as DPGR, which results in both the rental income being included as DPGR and the accompanying depreciation deduction being included as an expense allocated to DPGR. The calculation for the QPAI of the consolidated group is as follows:
DPGRCG
$9,000
(CGSCG
$1,400)
(EXPENSESCG $2,500)
QPAICG
$5,100
Because the consolidated group is the only member of the EAG, this is also the QPAI for the EAG.
Allocating the Deduction: The deduction is allocated to the members of the consolidated group in proportion to QPAI. For purposes of determining how the deduction is allocated to X and Y, the redetermination of X’s rental income as DPGR is not taken into account, pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.199-7(d)(5).
Accordingly, X’s QPAI for purposes of allocating the deduction is $0 and Y’s QPAI for purposes of allocating the deduction is $4,600. Just as in Example 1, X is allocated 0% ($0/$4,600) of the deduction and Y is allocated 100% ($4,600/$4,600) of the deduction.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 10
Calculating the Deduction for Federal Purposes: Assuming that the EAG has met the taxable income and W-2 wage limitations, X’s deduction would be calculated as follows:
($5,100 x 6%) x 0% = $0
Again, assuming that the taxable income and W-2 wage limitations are met at the EAG level, Y’s deduction would be calculated as follows:
($5,100 x 6%) x 100% = $306
Calculating the Deduction for Virginia Purposes: If X and Y file a consolidated Virginia income tax return, no adjustments to the deduction would be made because a consolidated return was filed at both the federal and state levels.
If X and Y file separate Virginia income tax returns, Y must recompute its federal taxable income as if a separate federal return were filed. This is necessary in this instance because intercompany transactions were taken into account when computing the consolidated group’s QPAI.
First, QPAI must be calculated without accounting for intercompany transactions between X and Y, as it was computed in Example 1:
DPGRY
$7,500
(CGSY
$1,400)
(EXPENSESY $1,500)
QPAIY
$4,600
The EAG’s QPAI is equal to the aggregate QPAI of its members
QPAIx
$ 0
QPAIY
$4,600
QPAIEAG
$4,600
Next, the deduction is allocated amongst EAG members in the same proportion as on the federal return. Accordingly, and X would be allocated 0% of the deduction and Y would be allocated 100% of the deduction.
X’s deduction would still be $0.
Michael Melson August 5, 2011 Page 11
Y’s deduction would be calculated as follows
($4,600 x 6%) x 100% = $276
Y would then increase its federal taxable income by $30, or the difference between the federal deduction claimed on the consolidated federal return and the federal deduction that would have been allowed on a separate federal return.
These examples demonstrate how the amount of the deduction may change if a corporation is treated as a separate, rather than consolidated, taxpayer for Virginia purposes. While no adjustment is typically needed, a recalculation of the QPAI may be necessary in cases involving intercompany transactions. In such cases, auditors should determine whether the intercompany transactions result in a material impact on the calculation of QPAI and, if so, the amount of the deduction should be adjusted accordingly.
It is important to note that no adjustments should be made due to an EAG member’s taxable income or W-2 limitations. Regardless of whether a separate or consolidated federal return is filed, these limitations are determined at the EAG level, not at the taxpayer level.
Similarly, no adjustments should be made to the percentage of QPAI allocated to an EAG member. This is because the percentage of QPAI allocated to a corporation is determined without regard to intercompany transactions and, accordingly, this calculation would not be impacted by a change in filing status from consolidated to separate.
If you have any questions, do not call me, call Kristin Collins at (804) 371-2341.
cc: Bill White
Virginia Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated December 16, 2020)
During the 2015 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1554 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 49) and Senate Bill 1205 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 94), which made several changes to the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit and required the Department to adopt guidelines to implement the provisions of such legislation.
During the 2020 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 590 (2020 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 789), which expanded the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit by making the purchase of machinery and equipment used in advanced recycling eligible for the credit. This legislation also advanced the sunset date for the credit.
These guidelines are published by the Department to provide updated guidance to taxpayers regarding the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2020. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Legislative History
During the 1990 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 101 (1990 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 709), which established the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit, effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1991. This is an individual and corporate income tax credit for certain taxpayers that purchase machinery and equipment used on the premises of a manufacturing facility or plant unit which manufactures, processes, compounds, or produces items of tangible personal property from recyclable materials within Virginia for sale. The credit amount that may be claimed cannot exceed 40 percent of the taxpayer’s Virginia income tax liability for the taxable year in which the credit is being claimed.
Prior to claiming the credit, the taxpayer must receive certification from DEQ that the equipment meets the credit requirements.
Originally, the Department of Waste Management was responsible for certifying that machinery or equipment is integral to the recycling process. In 1996, House Bill 297 (1996 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 837) transferred the responsibility for certifying machinery and equipment to DEQ. This legislation also extended the credit carryover period from five years to ten years.
In 2003, the provision that allowed individuals to claim the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit expired. As a result, only corporations were entitled to claim new credits during Taxable Years 2003 through 2007. In 2007, House Bill 3044 (2007 Acts of Assembly,
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - December 16, 2020
--- Page 2 ---
Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated December 16, 2020)
Chapter 529) and Senate Bill 870 (2007 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 593) reinstated the credit for individuals, effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2008.
During the 2015 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1554 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 49) and Senate Bill 1205 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 94), which made several changes to the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit. These changes included increasing the amount of the credit, imposing an annual credit cap, and amending certain credit qualification requirements.
Expenses that Qualify for the Credit
For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2020, taxpayers may claim the credit for the purchase of machinery and equipment used predominantly in or on the premises of facilities that are predominantly engaged in advanced recycling. “Advanced recycling” is defined as the operation of a single-stream or multi-stream recycling plant that converts waste materials into new materials for resale by processing them and breaking them down into their raw constituents. This includes the operation of a materials recovery facility or materials reclamation facility that receives, separates, and prepares recyclable materials for sale to end-user manufactures.
Taxpayers may continue to claim the credit for purchases made during the taxable year for machinery and equipment used predominantly in or on the premises of manufacturing facilities or plant units which manufacture, process, compound, or produce items of tangible personal property from recyclable materials within Virginia for sale. To qualify for the credit for such purchases, the machinery or equipment must manufacture, process, compound, or produce items of tangible personal property from recyclable materials. No taxpayer may be denied the credit based solely on another person’s use of the tangible personal property produced by the taxpayer, provided that the tangible personal property was sold by the taxpayer to an unaffiliated person in an arm’s-length sale. For purposes of determining whether such property was sold to an unaffiliated person, an “affiliated person” means a “related person” as defined for purposes of Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) § 267.
Annual Credit Cap
Effective for Taxable Year 2015 and thereafter, the credit is capped at $2 million per fiscal year.
If the total amount of all approved credits exceeds the $2 million credit cap for credits, each taxpayer will be granted a pro rata amount of credits as determined by the Department. The amount of the prorated credit will be determined by multiplying the amount of approved credits requested by an eligible taxpayer for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the $2 million credit cap, and denominator of which is the total amount of approved credits requested by all eligible taxpayers for such taxable year.
Prior to Taxable Year 2015, the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit was uncapped and, therefore, the proration of approved credits was unnecessary.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - December 16, 2020
--- Page 3 ---
Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated December 16, 2020)
Determining the Purchase Price Paid
The amount of the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit is equal to 20 percent of the purchase price paid during the taxable year for machinery or equipment that qualifies for the credit. For purposes of determining the credit amount, the “purchase price paid” consists of:
-
The amount actually paid for machinery or equipment that qualifies for the credit in the year of the purchase; or
-
For capitalized machinery or equipment that qualifies for the credit, an amount equal to the original total capitalized cost of such machinery or equipment minus any capitalized interest related to such machinery or equipment.
Original Total Capitalized Cost
Under federal law, a taxpayer is generally required to capitalize the purchase price of a new asset if such asset has a useful life that extends beyond the current taxable year. See IRC § 263;
Treasury Regulations (Treas. Reg.) §§ 1.263(a)-1. A taxpayer with an asset that must be capitalized may also capitalize certain costs incurred to acquire or produce such asset. See Treas.
Reg. § 1.263(a)-2. Costs that may be capitalized in addition to the cost of a capitalized asset include, but are not limited to, certain transportation and installation expenses. For more information regarding capitalization, see IRS Publication 535.
For purposes of the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit, “original total capitalized costs” include both the purchase price of machinery or equipment that is capitalized for federal income tax purposes, and any capitalized costs incurred in the year of purchase to acquire or produce such machinery or equipment. “Original total capitalized costs” do not include costs that are incurred in a year other than the year of purchase or costs that are not capitalized.
When determining the purchase price paid for machinery or equipment, subtract any capitalized interest related to the purchase from the original total capitalized cost of such machinery or equipment.
Example 1
In Taxable Year 2016, Taxpayer A purchased an item of equipment that qualifies for the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit for $10,000 that Taxpayer A intends to capitalize. When transporting and installing such equipment, Taxpayer A incurred $2,000 of installation costs in the year of purchase that it intends to capitalize and $1,000 of additional costs related to such equipment in the year of purchase that may not be capitalized under federal law. When determining the amount of the credit, Taxpayer A may include the $10,000 cost of purchasing the equipment and $2,000 of capitalized installation costs. When determining the amount of the credit, Taxpayer A may not include the $1,000 in additional costs that may not be capitalized.
Example 2
Assume the same facts as in Example 1. In Taxable Year 2017, Taxpayer A also incurs $2,000 in costs that it intends to capitalize that are related to maintaining the equipment that qualified for the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit for Taxable
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - December 16, 2020
--- Page 4 ---
Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated December 16, 2020)
Year 2015. Although the maintenance costs were capitalized costs related to an item of equipment that qualified for the credit, Taxpayer A may not use the maintenance costs to claim the credit because such costs were incurred in a year after the year Taxpayer A purchased such equipment.
Capital Leases
Leased machinery and equipment does not generally qualify for the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit. However, if a taxpayer is required to capitalize the value of leased machinery or equipment for federal income tax purposes in the first year the relevant lease is effective (a “capitalized lease”), the amount actually capitalized and any capitalized costs incurred in such year to acquire or produce such asset are considered “original total capitalized costs” for purposes the credit. A lease of machinery or equipment is required to be treated as a capitalized lease if:
-
The lease transfers ownership of the leased machinery or equipment at the end of the lease term;
-
There is an option to purchase the leased machinery or equipment at a bargain price at the end of the lease term;
-
The lease term equals or exceeds 75 percent of the estimated economic life of the leased machinery or equipment; or
-
The present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair market value of the leased machinery or equipment.
No leased machinery or equipment may qualify for the credit if such machinery or equipment was not capitalized in the first year the relevant lease was effective. In addition, no capitalized interest related to the leased machinery or equipment may qualify for the credit.
Claiming the Credit
A taxpayer may claim the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit only for the taxable year in which such taxpayer purchases qualifying machinery or equipment. If such machinery or equipment does not qualify for the credit in the year of purchase, the taxpayer may not claim the credit for a later taxable year when the machinery or equipment meets the credit requirements. A taxpayer that does not qualify for the credit in the taxable year of purchase or that fails to meet the application deadlines may neither claim the credit for the year of purchase nor claim original or carryover credits for years following the year of purchase.
In Public Document (“P.D”) 04-190 (10/20/2004), the Department addressed a situation where a taxpayer purchased otherwise qualifying equipment in one year, but did not produce a sufficient quantity of recycled materials for DEQ to certify the machinery and equipment as integral to the recycling process for several years. In such case, the Department provided that a taxpayer that did not qualify for the credit in the year of purchase may later amend its tax return for the taxable year of purchase and claim the credit, as long as the amended return is filed within the three-year statute of limitations. The Department also provided that a taxpayer that did not claim the credit
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - December 16, 2020
--- Page 5 ---
Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated December 16, 2020)
on an amended return within the three-year statute of limitations may amend its tax returns for the taxable years following the year of purchase to claim carryover credits that would have been available if the credit had been claimed for the year of purchase as long as such returns are filed within three-year statute of limitations. The Department issued similar guidance in P.D. 10-136 (7/12/2010) and P.D. 10-227 (9/29/2010).
This guidance was issued prior to the imposition of an annual credit cap, which requires the establishment of deadlines in order to allocate credits. Accordingly, for machinery or equipment purchased in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, these Guidelines supersede such rules set forth in P.D. 04-190, P.D. 10-136, and P.D. 10-227 as applied to the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit. For machinery or equipment purchased in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2015, such rules remain in effect and a taxpayer may claim credits from such purchases on an amended return, as long as the amended return is filed within the three-year statute of limitations.
Certification by DEQ
Prior to claiming the Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit, a taxpayer first must receive written certification from DEQ stating that the machinery or equipment is integral to the recycling process. When determining whether an item of machinery or equipment is integral to the recycling process, DEQ will determine whether the machinery or equipment is being used predominantly in or on the premises of manufacturing facilities or plant units that manufacture, process, compound, or produce items of tangible personal property from recyclable materials within Virginia for sale. DEQ will also determine whether the machinery or equipment is being used to manufacturer, process, compound, or produce items of tangible personal property from recyclable materials. See Va. Code § 58.1-439.7(A)(2) and 9 VAC 15-30-10 et seq.
To apply for certification, a taxpayer is required to submit a completed application (Form DEQ50-11S) to DEQ by March 1 of the year following the year it purchased the machinery or equipment.
This is similar to the process required prior to Taxable Year 2015, except that taxpayers must now apply to DEQ by the March 1 deadline. No taxpayer may claim the credit unless it has received written certification from DEQ stating that the machinery or equipment is integral to the recycling process. More information regarding DEQ’s certification process is available on DEQ’s website located at www.deq.virginia.gov.
Submission of the Credit Application to the Department
Once a taxpayer receives written certification from DEQ stating that the machinery or equipment is integral to the recycling process, such taxpayer must then apply to the Department for an allocation of credits. To apply for an allocation of credits, a completed application (Form RMC), the certification received from DEQ, and any other required documentation must be submitted to the Department by June 1 of the year following the year the machinery or equipment was purchased. Form RMC is available on the Department’s website at www.tax.virginia.gov. No taxpayer that submits a credit application to the Department after June 1 will be eligible to receive an allocation of credits. The Department will review all applications for completeness and notify taxpayers of any errors by August 1. If any additional information is required, it must be provided to the Department no later than August 15 to be considered for the credit. All eligible taxpayers will be notified as to the amount of credits that they may claim by September 1. Such deadlines apply to applications submitted for Taxable Year 2016 and thereafter.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - December 16, 2020
--- Page 6 ---
Recyclable Materials Processing Equipment Tax Credit Guidelines (Updated December 16, 2020)
Filing Requirements
Upon receiving notification of the credit amount from the Department, the taxpayer must claim the credit on its Virginia income tax return. In the event that a taxpayer does not receive notification of the allowable credit amount before its Virginia income tax return is due, the taxpayer may file the return during the extension period, or it may file the original return without claiming the credit and then file an amended tax return once notification of the allowable credit amount is received.
Carryover Credits
Any tax credit not used for the taxable years in which the purchase price on recycling machinery and equipment was paid may be carried over for credit against the taxpayer’s income taxes in the ten succeeding taxable years until the total credit amount is used. Carryover credits earned and claimed on returns prior to Taxable Year 2015 are not subject to the $2 million annual cap or any of the other changes imposed by the 2015 legislation.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Laws, Rules and Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at http://www.policylibrary.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 786-2992.
Approved
________ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - December 16, 2020
Guidance on Names on Tax AssessmentsDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---a ——————————————————————————— MEMORANDUM TO: Patti Higgins
Information Services Division
DATE: December 22, 1986 SUBJECT: Names to Appear on Assessments This is in reply to your memorandum of December 10, 1986 in which you request guidance concerning the proper method of addressing a notice of assessment in situations in which one of the spouses who has a joint tax liability from a previous Marriage has remarried. You are concerned about the disclosure of confidential tax information.
In order for the assessment to be valid, it must contain the names that originally appeared on the joint income tax return that generated the assessment. The fact that the individuals, whose joint income tax return generated the assessment, have divorced and remarried does not relieve either of them from their joint and several liability. Additionally. this liability does not become the liability of either of their new spouses.
In such cases, the assessment may be mailed to either or both of the individuals whose names appear on the assessment. The names _. appearing in the address should be the same as the names on the assessment. It should not be addressed to an individual whose name does not appear on the assessment. Therefore, in the example contained in your memorandum, # 2 is the proper method to use.
Even though one of the individuals whose name appears in the address does not live at the address to which it is mailed, no disclosure violation has occurred as long as no tax information (year of the assessment, amount, etc.) appears through the Window in the envelope. The only way that the new spouse could obtain confidential tax information would be to open the envelope. If the new, non-liable spouse opens the envelope, it would appear that they would be in violation of federal law by opening mail that is not addressed to them.
--- Page 2 ---Memorandum to Patti Higgins
Page 2
If you have any futher questions, please do not hesitate to
contact me.
Danny M.Payne, Director
Tax Policy Division | | | | | | | | . | | . . |
Virginia Tax Policy on Federal Government Credit Card PurchasesDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---* —e ’ re ¥ “eo: ¥
“Acids
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO: Larry Durbin Office of Customer Relations, Customer Services
Ron Holt Richard Dotson Office of Customer Relations, Compliance
FROM: Mike Melson |! °' Appeals and Rulings
DATE: July 12, 2002
SUBJECT: Federal Government Credit Card Purchases
This is to notify you that the department's policy on federal government credit card purchases is set out on the department's website. The information can be accessed from the home page under Businesses using the links for What's New or Sales and Use Tax.
We recently issued P.D. 02-105 (6/28/02) to the U.S General Services Administration (GSA) which clearly identifies the credit cards issued under the GSA SmartPay Program and that are billed directly to the federal government. Purchases made using these credit cards qualify for the government exemption in Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.1(4). Of particular note is the fact that an exemption certificate or purchase order is no longer necessary when making purchases using these cards because the exempt (or taxable) status of the cards can be determined by the card account numbers.
Copies of P.D. 02-105 and the website information are attached. If you have questions, please contact me at 7-0033 or Valerie Marks at 7-0964.
Attachments (2)
C. Kenneth Thorson Janie Bowen Appeals and Rulings Staff Policy Development Staff Audit Supervisors
Sales Tax Dealer's Discount Refund PolicyDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---Filing Instructions (Check 2... 79x) O 58-1118 gone! Sa.
Mo OTax Type spaipaess ieee icna lle MEMORANDUM [Ruling Letter Ss er [1 cCcntral Files re ce OO ©:-1130 societies os aman TO: William J. West, Supervisor C) Compromises ———— Technical Services Section Office Services Division FROM: Danny Payne, Director /s | Tax Policy Division DATE: September 8, 1982 RE: Sales Tax Dealer's Discount Reference is made to your August 31, 1982, memorandum in which you request an opinion on whether dealer's discount, allowable but not claimed on a sales and use tax return, must be refunded to the dealer filing the return.
Virginia Code Section 58-441.25 allows the deduction of dealer's discount upon timely filing of a return. While it may be argued that failure to | deduct the allowable dealer's discount constitutes an overpayment of the tax and should be refunded, we find no legal uirement that such amount be refunded. This 4s in contrast to Sectfon 58-151.072 which requires that overpayment of individual income tax be refunded.
Currently, a sales tax dealer has recourse for recouping overpaid tax by filing an amended return pursuant to Section 58-1118.1. Allowing the refund of dealer's discount without following this procedure would appear to be an administrative decision, dbj
Virginia ACRS Carryover and Refund LimitationsDoc ID: Corporate
--- Page 1 --- POLICY RECOMMENDATION ISSUE: ACRS Carryovers & Refunds; Statute of Limitations When a federal NOLD carryback changes the utilization of ACRS subtractions in the carryback year, what limitation period applies to amending Subsequent Virginia returns to reflect the increased ACRS carryover or refund attributable to the NOL carryback?
Example: An individual incurs a loss in 1991 that is carried back to 1988, reducing 1988 FAGI to zero. The normal period for amending the 1989 Virginia return expires on 5/1/93, but the period for amending the 1988 return to report the NOL carryback expires on 5/1/95 (3 years after the 1991 loss year).
RECOMMENDATION: When a federal NOLD carryback changes the ACRS carryover or refund for subsequent years, the period for filing amended returns or ACRS refund claims will be the later of: * the normal 3 year period for the return to be amended; or * 3 years from the due date of the loss year return, but the refund shall be limited to the reduction in tax attributable changes in ACRS subtractions and carryovers affected by the carryback of the federal loss.
Om" Wurhs 7/27/93 J. Timothy Winks Assistant Commisioner . H. Forst Tax Commissioner
Virginia Nonresident Real Estate Registration RequirementsDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 --- ROE SS’ 9S } Virginia Department of Taxation August 6, 1990 The 1990 Session of the General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 240, which requires all nonresidents who receive income from the rental or sale of Virginia real estate to register with the Department of Taxation.
If you are a broker or real estate reporting person for purposes of federal Form 1099 reporting requirements on real estate rental or sale transactions, you will be required to obtain a completed registration, Form R-S, from each nonresident client and submit the form tothe department. Brokers and real estate reporting persons wilibe expected to begin compliance with the new law effective August 15, 1990.
Who Must Register?
Registration is required by property owners or sellers who are: (1) nonresident individuals (persons who are not domiciled in Virginia or who live in Virginia for less than 183 days during a taxable year), (2) nonresident estates and trusts (estates and trusts administered outside of Virginia or relating to other than a Virginia domiciliary), (3) partnerships and S-corporations which have any nonresident partners or shareholders, and (4) corporations which are not formed or organized under Virginia law.
Registration is not required in the case of transactions that are not subject to the federal or Virginia income taxes or where an individual is living outside the state but continues to maintain his Virginia domicile. An exemption certificate, Form R-5E, is provided for this purpose. In addition, rental property owners who have previously registered with the department may be excused from completing forms if they furnish the broker with a copy of their previous registration.
Your Duties Under the Law lf you are a broker, as defined in Internal Revenue Code § 6045 (c) for federal Form 1099-MISC | reporting purposes, you must furnish forms to all current nonresident clients and all future clients to whom annual rental payments of mere than $600 are or willbe made. If aclient fails to complete a registration form or exemption certificate within 60 days after you request him to do so, you are | required to complete a registration form on his behalf.
If you are areal estate reporting person, as defined in Internal Revenue Code § 6045 (e) for federal Form 1099-S reporting purposes, you must furnish forms to nonresident sellers for all property closings occurring on or after August 15, 1990. |f the nonresident seller fails to complete a registration form or exemption certificate at closing, you are required to complete a registration form on his behalf. | In cases where clients fail to complete a registration form or complete the form only partially, you need only complete that information that is available to you in your records, i.e., the Owner or 1 seller's name, address, Social Security or taxpayer identification number, average monthly rental | payments or gross proceeds from sae, closing date, etc. You are notresponsible for obtaining any information that clients fail to furnish and which is not in your client records.
--- Page 2 ---Completed registration forms and exemption certificates must be submitted to the department by the 15th day of the month following the month in which the forms were received from clients. You should also retain a copy of these forms in your files.
If you fail to submit a registration form or exemption certificate to the department on behalf of a client — orto complete a form when a client fails to do so — you will be subject to a penalty of $50 per month up to a maximum of six months for each failure to file.
In addition, any owner or seller who willfully furnishes false or fraudulent information on a registration form with the intent to evade Virginia income tax -- or any broker or real estate reporting person who has actual knowledge that false or fraudulent information was furnished and who fails to notify the department -- is guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.
Information for Completing Forms
The information required on Form R-5 is similar to that required for federal Form 1099 purposes. In all cases, the owner or seller's name, address, and Social Security or taxpayer identification number must be furnished. This same information also must be furnished on Form R-5P for each nonresident partner, shareholder, or beneficiary of a partnership, S-corporation, ortrust renting orselling Virginia property.
Onrental transactions, the owner must also provide the date rentals of Virginia property began and the average gross monthly rental incorne being received.
On sale transactions, the seller must list the gross proceeds from the sale and the date of Closing — the same amount and date that will be listed on federal Form 1099-S. Also, if the sale is treated as an installment sale for federal income tax purposes, the seller must list the period over which installment payments will be received.
Forms and Questions
Additional copies of Form R-5 (registration form), R-5E (exemption certificate), and R-5P (schedule for partners, S-corporation shareholders, and trust beneficiaries) may be ordered by calling (804) 367-8055 or 367-8205. The department will accept substitute forms that are facsimiles of the official forms produced by photo-offset, photoengraving, photocopying or other similar reproduction process.
You may call (804) 367-2062 if you or your clients have questions in completing the forms or write:
Department of Taxation Taxpayer Assistance Section P. O. Box 6-L
Richmond, Virginia 23282
Filing of Completed Forms
Completed registration forms and exemption certificates should be mailed to
Department of Taxation P.O. Box 2390 Richmond, Virginia 23218-2390
--- Page 3 ---Form R-5 Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Taxation Nonresident Real Property Owner Registration (Do not compiete if exemptions on R-5E Apply.) Part |. Nonresident Payee Part Il. 1 Social Security Number, (circle one and enter number) 2 Federal Employer Identification Number or @ Type of Entity (check one) @ 3 Virginia Business Account Number Name Individual 0... 1. || \ (If Trust) Name and Title of Fiduciary Trust/Estate beter | | at C-Corporation.........3. |] Address (of Fiduciary if Trust) Number and Street or Rural Route and Box Number hevanenl mipeisindin nail S-Corporation.........4. | | City or Town, State and ZIP Code bd Partnership...........5. [| PARTNERSHIPS, S-CORPORATIONS, ESTATES and TRUSTS Check here if filing a must provide the above information on all nonresident partners, unified individual income shareholders, and beneficiaries on Form R-5P. Substitute schedules tax return for nonresident | may be used provided the same format is followed. shareholders or partners . .
Number of Partners, Shareholders or Part Ill. Property Information Beneficiaries: Total @ If more than one piece of property is being rented or sold, attach a separate schedule listing the legal description of each property. | LEGAL DESCRIPTION Part IV.
Check either Sales and/or Rentals and complete the appropriate information | Address (Number and Street or Rural Route and Box Number) City or County | | Rentals Average Gross Monthly e Rental Income ......$_ Part V. Broker or Real Estate Reporting Person (see instructions) First Date Property | 1 Social Security Number, (circle one and enter number) Placed In Service By / / e 2 Federal Employer Identification Number or Nonresident Payee. “ (month ! dav | veer | 3 Virginia Business Account Number ey ay year) Name | | Sales Address (Number and Street) Gross Proceeds ” From Sale .........$ City or Town, State and ZIP Code ° DateofClosing ..... __-/ J : (month / day / year) Installment Sale: e |, the undersigned, do declare under penalties provided by law that DatePaymentsBegin.. _ / J the information provided in Parts |, Il, Ill, IV and V is true, correct and oh 1 ey ee | complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. e.
Date Payments End . . / /(month / day / year) Signature Date :
1501231 REV 4/92
--- Page 4 ---Nonresident Real Property Owner Registration Instructions Rentals Brokers (as defined in Internal Revenue Code section 6045) managing Virginia rental properties are required to request registration from all existing clients.
Future clients must be requested to register when they engage the broker to manage rental property.
Brokers must file on behalf of nonresident property owners (payees) who do not furnish the requested forms within 60 days.
Brokers are only responsible for the information available in their records.
Nonresident owners previously registered may furnish subsequent brokers with a copy of current registration form in lieu of completing a new form. These copies do not need to be filed with the department by the broker.
Nonresident owners of rental properties not managed by a broker also must comply with the registration requirement.
Sales Real estate reporting persons (as defined in Internal Revenue Code section 6045) are required to request registration forms from all nonresident sellers upon closings.
If a client does not complete the form at closing, the real estate reporting person must complete a form on the client's behalf. Real estate reporting persons are only responsible for information that is available in their files.
Sales exempt from federal and state income tax are also exempt from registration; an exemption certificate must be completed and given to the real estate reporting person.
Filing Information Brokers and real estate reporting persons are required to transmit the registration forms by the 15th day of the month following the month in which the closing occurred (sales) or the form was received from the nonresident property owner (rentals).
The penalty to the broker or real estate reporting person for failure to file is $50 per month up to a maximum of six months.
Nonresident payees are: _ Individuals who are not domiciled in Virginia or who do not live in Virginia for more than 183 days during a year; Corporations not organized under Virginia law; Estates and Trusts (1) which consist of real property belonging to a nonresident individual (or decedent), or (2) that are being administered outside of Virginia; and Partnerships and S-Corporations which have nonresident partners or shareholders who receive income from the sale or rental of real property located in Virginia.
Completing the Form Items not specifically mentioned below are self-explanatory on the form. Each section, Parts I-IV is to be filled out completely. All dates are to be in month, day and year order (i.e. July 4, 1992 should be written 07/04/92). lf the nonresident payee does not use the services of a broker or real estate reporting person, Part V should not be completed. The nonresident payee should mail the Form R-5 or R-5E to the Department of Taxation. If, however, the nonresident payee uses a broker or real estate reporting person, Part V should be completed and the nonresident payee shouid mail Form R-5 or R-5E to the address given in Part V.
Gross Proceeds and Closing Date - The amount of gross proceeds and the closing date are the same as the information reported on federal Form 1099-S, if applicable.
Installment Sale - Generally - If at least one payment is to be received after the close of the taxable year in which the sale occurs (see Internal Revenue Code section 453(b)), list the dates payments will be made.
Mail Registration Forms to: | Department of Taxation Send Inquiries to: | Department of Taxation P O Box 2390 Taxpayers Assistance Section Richmond VA 23218-2390 P O Box 1880 Richmond VA 23282-1880 Or call (804) 367-2062 To request forms call (804) 367-8055 or 367-8205
1501231 REV 11/92
--- Page 5 ---Form R-5E Commonwealth of Virginia
Department of Taxation Nonresident Real Property Owner Exemption Certificate Part I. Owner/Seller Part Il. 1 Social Security Number, (circle one and enter number)
2 Federal Employer Identification Number or 3 Virginia Business Account Number
Type of Entity (check one)
Name Individual
(If Trust) Name and Title of Fiduciary
Address (of Fiduciary if Trust) Number and Street or Rural Route and Box Number City or Town, State and ZIP Code
Part Ill. Property Information
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
Address (Number and Street or Rural Route and Box Number) City or County
Part V. Broker or Real Estate Reporting Person
1 Social Security Number (circle one and enter number)
2 Federal Employer Identification Number or 3 Virginia Business Account Number
Trust/Estate
C-Corporation
S-Corporation
Partnership
Part IV.
Transaction Type (check one)
Address (Number and Street)
City or Town, State and ZIP Code
Part VI. Exemptions for Rentals/Leases (check one)
| | Gross annual rental payments are less than $600.
Sales Exemptions are listed on the reverse side of this form.
THIS FORM IS NOT VALID UNLESS THE CERTIFICATION ON THE REVERSE SIDE IS SIGNED BY THE OWNER/SELLER
1501234 REV 4/92
--- Page 6 ---Exemption Certificate for Nonresident Real Property Owners Exempt Transfers of Real Property
|| Sale of principal residence with the intent to defer taxes by rolling over the proceeds into a new principal residence
pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 1034. | | Sale of principal residence with the intent to utilize the onetime $125,000 exclusion for taxpayers age 55 and over,
pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 121. ie Like-kind exchange under Internal Revenue Code section 1031. & Involuntary conversions eligible for tax deferral under Internal Revenue Code sections 1033 and 1034. | Tax free gift or inheritance under Internal Revenue Code section 102. a Tax free contribution for partnership interest under Internal Revenue Code section 721. id Transfer of property pursuant to tax-free corporate reorganization. ba Tax free contribution to corporation in exchange for stock under Internal Revenue Code section 351.
Other transactions not subject to federal or Virginia income taxes. |, a aS 2c cy
eee |, the undersigned, hereby certify that the condition cited applies to the property described herein and that this transaction, property and/or income is exempt from the Virginia Nonresident Real Property Owner Registration Requirements.
Signature $$ tsCé@DSOeN Mail this certificate to: | Department of Taxation Send Inquiries to: | Department of Taxation
P O Box 2390 Taxpayers Assistance Section Richmond VA 23218-2390 P O Box 1880 Richmond VA 23282-1880 Or call (804) 367-2062 To request forms call (804) 367-8055 or 367-8205
1501234 REV 4/92
Retail Sales Tax Refund ProceduresDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES FOR RETAIL SALES AND USE TAX
REFUND CLAIM PROCEDURES
June 12, 2017
Beginning July 1, 2016, legislation enacted in the 2016 General Assembly Session, House Bill 398 and Senate Bill 444 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 484 and 303), prohibit a purchaser from receiving interest on a refund claim for erroneously paid Retail
Sales and Use Tax for any period prior to the date the purchaser submits a complete refund claim to the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) in situations where, at the time of purchase, the purchaser held a valid exemption certificate issued to the purchaser by the Department but failed to present it to the dealer.
These Guidelines are intended to clarify the new legislation and to outline procedures for purchasers and dealers to request refunds from the Department in appropriate situations.
These Guidelines are exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va.
Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.). Unless noted otherwise below, the General Provisions Applicable to All Taxes Administered by the Department of Taxation Regulations (23 Virginia Administrative Code (VAC) 10-20-10 et seq.) and the Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations (23 VAC 10-210-10 et seq.) continue to apply. To the extent that the legislative change regarding the interest on certain refund claims conflicts with these regulations, the legislation supersedes the regulations, and these Guidelines, developed pursuant to the legislation, should be followed. As necessary, additional guidelines will
be published and posted on the Department’s web site, www.tax.virginia.gov and appropriate changes to the regulations will be promulgated.
Exemptions from the Retail Sales and Use Tax
All sales or leases are subject to the tax until the contrary is established. The burden of proving that a sale, distribution, lease, or storage of tangible personal property is not taxable is upon the dealer unless he takes from the purchaser a certificate to the effect that the property is exempt. A completed and valid exemption certificate will relieve the dealer of liability for the payment or collection of the tax, except upon notice that the certificate is no longer acceptable. The certificate must be signed by and bear the name and address of the purchaser; indicate the number of the certificate of registration, if any, issued to the taxpayer; indicate the general character of the tangible personal property sold, distributed, leased, or stored, or to be sold, distributed, leased, or stored under a blanket exemption certificate; and must be substantially in such form as prescribed by the Department. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-623)
The majority of Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax exemption certificates are “self-executed” or “self-issued” by the taxpayer. Currently, the Department only issues exemption certificates to taxpayers who are engaged in specific types of businesses such as (1) data centers and their tenants under Va. Code § 58.1-609.3(18); (2) pollution control equipment and facilities under Va. Code § 58.1-609.3(9); (3) real
1
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
property contractors allowed to purchase tangible personal property exempt of the tax in limited circumstances; and (4) (effective January 1, 2018) resellers of stamped cigarettes under Va. Code § 58.1-623.2. The Department also issues exemption certificates to organizations meeting the requirements for the non-profit entity exemption under Va. Code § 58.1-609.11. To obtain an exemption certificate issued by the Department, the taxpayer must apply in writing to the Department and demonstrate that
it meets the statutory requirements for exemption.
For any exemption from the tax, the courts apply the rule of strict construction against the exemption. That is, statutory tax exemptions are strictly construed against the taxpayer, with doubts resolved against the exemptions. (See, e.g., Department of Taxation v.
Wellmore Coal Company, 228 Va. 149; 320 S.E.2d 509 (1984); Dep’t of Taxation v.
Progressive Community Club, Inc., 215 Va. 732 (1975); and Commonwealth of Virginia v. Research Analysis Corporation, 214 Va. 161, 198 S.E.2d 622 (1973))
Any dealer collecting the sales or use tax on an exempt or non-taxable transaction must remit the erroneously or illegally collected tax to the Tax Commissioner unless the tax has been refunded to the customer or credited to his account. (Source: Va. Code §
58.1-625(C))
Refunds
Refunds By Dealers
Dealers must refund sales or use tax erroneously collected on transactions exempt or not subject to the tax directly to the customer when requested to do so by the customer, except in certain very limited situations: (1) the dealer believes the transaction was properly subject to the tax; (2) the dealer is no longer in business; or (3) refunding the tax would cause an undue financial hardship to the dealer because the amount of the refund exceeds twice his average Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax monthly liability.
Dealers are entitled to recover the amount of sales tax refunded or credited to a customer that was previously reported and remitted to the Department on their Retail Sales and Use Tax Return or their Out-of-State Dealer's Use Tax Return for the month in which the refund or credit is made. The dealer should report the item’s sales price on the exempt sales line on the applicable return. The dealer’s sales tax liability for the month is thus reduced by the sales tax amount refunded. Dealers are required to maintain supporting documentation regarding refunds and credits to customers along with the return worksheet in their records. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-633)
Likewise, dealers and others registered for use tax who have erroneously remitted use tax to the Department on their purchases may recover the tax paid on their return for the for the month in which the correction is made. They should reduce their taxable purchases by the item’s cost price in order to recover the amount of use tax that was previously remitted to the Department in error.
2
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
In the event that a dealer cannot recover the amount of tax paid to the Department on their return for the month in which the error is recognized or in the next succeeding period, they may file an amended return with the Department seeking a refund.
Example 1
Customer purchases an item from Dealer and pays sales tax of $5.00 on the
transaction. A month later, stating that the transaction qualified for a sales tax exemption, Customer asks Dealer for a refund of the sales tax paid. Customer does not provide Dealer with an exemption certificate and Dealer believes that the transaction was taxable.
As Dealer believes that the transaction was subject to tax, Dealer must refuse to refund or credit Customer the sales tax paid on the transaction.
Example 2
Customer purchases an item from Dealer and pays sales tax of $5.00 on the transaction. A month later, Customer provides Dealer with a valid exemption certificate for the transaction and requests a refund of the sales tax paid.
Dealer must refund Customer the sales tax paid on the transaction and is entitled to recover the amount of the refund on his return for the month in which the refund was paid.
Example 3
Customer purchases an item from Dealer and pays sales tax of $50,000 on the transaction. Ten days later, and prior to Dealer remitting the sales tax to the Department, Customer provides Dealer with a valid exemption certificate for the transaction and requests a refund of the sales tax paid.
As the sales tax paid has not been remitted to the Department, Dealer cannot show an undue financial hardship that would prevent Dealer from refunding or crediting Customer the sales tax paid. Dealer must refund or credit Customer the sales tax paid on the transaction.
Example 4
Customer purchases an item from Dealer and pays sales tax of $50,000 on the
transaction. A month later, Customer provides Dealer with a valid exemption certificate for the transaction and requests a refund of the sales tax paid. Dealer has an average monthly sales tax liability of $35,000.
As Dealer has sufficient sales to recover the sales tax refunded or credited to Customer on his sales tax return in two months, Dealer cannot show an undue financial hardship that would prevent Dealer from refunding or crediting Customer
3
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
the sales tax paid. Dealer must refund or credit Customer the sales tax paid on the transaction.
Example 5
Customer purchases an item from Dealer and pays sales tax of $50,000 on the
transaction. Two years later, Customer provides Dealer with a valid exemption certificate for the transaction and requests a refund of the sales tax paid. Dealer has an average monthly sales tax liability of $15,000. Dealer does not have enough cash on hand to refund the sales tax and Customer cannot use a credit to his account in such a large amount.
As the amount collected in error exceeds the Dealer’s average sales tax liability for two months, refunding or crediting the amount would cause an undue financial hardship on Dealer. Dealer may refuse to refund or credit Customer the sales tax paid on the transaction and should advise Customer to seek a refund from the Department of Taxation, as discussed below. Dealer must explain his reason for refusing to make the refund or credit on the Vendor Certification Form he must complete concerning the error.
Refunds by the Department of Taxation
In cases where the dealer is unable to provide a refund or credit the customer’s account when requested, the customer may apply directly to the Department for a refund of the tax. Customers must make every effort, however, to receive a refund or credit for the
tax directly from the dealer prior to requesting a refund from the Department. If a dealer filed a timely return and deducted dealer’s discount under Va. Code § 58.1-622 for the period for which the refund is claimed, the amount of refund will be reduced by the dealer’s discount taken by the dealer. The customer’s only recourse for recovering the amount of sales tax paid but not remitted to the Department by the dealer due to the dealer discount is from the dealer. The Department will not refund any amount of sales tax that was not remitted. (Source: 23 VAC 10-210-3040)
Refund Procedures
Procedures for Refunds from a Dealer
A dealer who accepts a returned item for a refund or credit of the sales price, must refund or credit the customer the amount of sales tax paid by the customer at the time of purchase. This includes any dealer discount that the dealer did not remit to the Department. The dealer should retain sufficient documentation from the customer to
demonstrate that, at a minimum, the sales tax was paid on the item; the date the sales tax was paid on the item; and the sales tax was refunded or credited to the customer’s account. The dealer also must be able to document when the sales tax was remitted to the Department and to which locality the sales tax was allocated when recovering the amount of sales tax previously reported and remitted to the Department.
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
Example 6
Customer purchases an item from Dealer for a sales price of $100.00 on July 1, 2017 and pays $5.30 in sales tax for a total of $105.30. Dealer remits $5.25 in sales tax to the Department and keeps $0.05 as his dealer discount. Dealer has a 45-day return policy for a refund. Customer returns the item on August 1,
Dealer should refund Customer $105.30, the total amount paid by Customer for the item. Dealer should retain documentation to show that the sales tax of $5.30 was paid at the time of purchase, July 1, 2017, and that the sales tax was refunded to the customer. Dealer should reduce his sales tax liability on his next Retail sales tax return by $5.25, the amount of sales tax previously reported and remitted to the Department.
Similarly, if a purchaser did not present a valid Retail Sales and Use Tax exemption certificate at the time of purchase and paid sales tax on an item that qualified for exemption from the tax, the purchaser is entitled to a refund of the amount of sales tax paid upon presentation of the valid exemption certificate. Likewise, when refunding the sales tax to the customer, the dealer must include any discount that he did not remit to the Department. The dealer should retain the same documentation from the customer as required above for a returned item as well as a copy of the customer’s exemption certificate, at a minimum.
Example 7
Customer has a valid “self-issued” sales tax exemption certificate. Customer purchases an item qualifying for the exemption from Dealer for a sales price of $100.00 on July 1, 2017 but fails to present the exemption certificate. Dealer properly charges Customer sales tax of $5.30, for a total of $105.30. Dealer remits $5.25 in sales tax to the Department and keeps $0.05 as his dealer discount. Customer subsequently realizes that the purchased item qualified for an exemption. On August 1, 2017, Customer presents Dealer with the exemption certificate and requests a refund of the sales tax.
Dealer should refund Customer $5.30, the total sales tax paid by Customer for the item. Dealer should keep a copy of the exemption certificate as well as documentation to show that the sales tax of $5.30 was paid at the time of purchase, July 1, 2017, and that the sales tax was refunded to the customer.
Dealer should reduce his sales tax liability on his next return by $5.25, the amount of sales tax previously reported and remitted to the Department.
Refund Procedures for Dealers and Other Businesses Registered with the Department
In the event that a dealer or any other person registered with the Department for the Retail Sales and Use Tax seeks to use their return to recover an amount of tax
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
erroneously reported and remitted to the Department, he must complete a Vendor Certification Form, Refund Claimant Return, and Refund Request Spreadsheet and maintain these in his records to support any credit taken. The Refund Request Spreadsheet is considered part of the Refund Claimant Return. (See page A-4 in Appendix A for the Vendor Certification Form, pages A-1 and A-2 in Appendix A for the Refund Claimant Return, and page A-3 in Appendix A for the Refund Request
Spreadsheet)
In the event that a dealer or other person registered with the Department cannot recover the amount of tax paid to the Department using his returns for the next two months, he must file an amended return with the Department seeking a refund. The refund request must be accompanied by a complete Refund Claimant Return, Refund Request Spreadsheet, and Vendor Certification Form. More information regarding amended returns can be found in regulation 23 VAC 10-20-180, Amended Returns Claiming a Refund.
Procedures for Customers to Seek Refunds from the Department
Any person who has paid sales tax on an exempt transaction upon which the dealer is unable to provide a refund or credit of the tax must adhere to the following process and file a complete Refund Claimant Return, along with a Refund Request Spreadsheet, with the Department in order to receive a refund of the tax remitted to the Department by the dealer. The Refund Request Spreadsheet is considered part of the Refund
Claimant Return. (See pages A-1 and A-2 in Appendix A for the Refund Claimant Return and page A-3 in Appendix A for the Refund Request Spreadsheet)
The purchaser should provide a copy to the dealer, who should ensure that all of the information in the spreadsheet is accurate.
At a minimum, the Refund Claimant Return must provide
Purchaser’s full legal name and business/trade name; Purchaser’s federal employer identification number or social security number; Purchaser’s contact information, if an individual, or that of a responsible officer; Proof of Exemption;
Reason given by dealer for not allowing the exemption; Amount of refund requested; Date of purchase(s); Declaration that the tax has not been refunded or credited to the purchaser by the Department or the dealer and that the purchaser will immediately send any duplicate refund to the Department; and Authorization for the Department to communicate with and to receive and inspect records from any dealer regarding the claim for refund.
Additionally, the purchaser must submit a Refund Request Spreadsheet (Excel
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
spreadsheets are preferred). The Refund Request Spreadsheet is considered part of the Refund Claimant Return. The Refund Request Spreadsheet must list, at a minimum, for each transaction:
Dealer’s name;
Invoice number; Invoice date; Tax paid on invoice items for which refund is requested; Date tax was remitted to the Department – this information should be provided by the dealer on the Vendor Certification Form (See “Vendor Certification Form” below for more information) ; Locality allocated the local option tax for each transaction on the invoice – this information should be provided by the dealer on the Vendor Certification Form (See “Vendor Certification Form” below for more information) ; Brief description of the items purchased; and
Explanation of why the items qualified for exemption.
The purchaser also must submit copies of all invoices and other documentation demonstrating that the transactions qualify for an exemption, embedded into the spreadsheet by line item. Examples of documentation the purchaser should provide include, but are not limited to, exemption certificates, contracts, purchase orders, credit memos, and agreements.
Documentation provided by the purchaser must establish the validity of the claim and is subject to verification by audit of the purchaser’s accounting books and records for the period involved. The purchaser also should have cancelled checks available to document proof of payment upon request.
Additional information may be requested by the Department as needed, including, but not limited to system access, contracts, and any information deemed necessary to validate refund payments. The Refund Claimant Return and a template of the Refund
Request Spreadsheet are available on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
Vendor Certification Form
The Refund Claimant Return must also be accompanied by a Vendor Certification Form completed by each dealer from whom the purchaser requested a refund of tax paid on exempt transactions and such vendor is unable or unwilling to issue a refund. A Vendor Certification Form does not need to be provided for any dealer who is no longer in business. In this situation, the purchaser should provide a statement that the business is closed. (See page A-4 in Appendix A for the initial Vendor Certification Form) The dealer, if an individual, or a responsible officer for the dealer must complete the Vendor Certification Form and provide:
Dealer’s full legal name;
7
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
Dealer’s business/trade name; Dealer’s sales and use tax registration number; Responsible officer’s name and contact information;
Customer’s exemption certificate; and Reason for not refunding or crediting the tax to the purchaser.
The responsible officer must certify that the Refund Claimant Return correctly lists:
Items that were sold by the dealer to the purchaser; Date of sale; Amount of tax charged to the purchaser; Date the tax was remitted to the Department; and
Locality allocated the local option tax for each transaction.
The responsible officer must also certify that
The dealer has not refunded or credited the tax to the purchaser; and The dealer has not and will not request a refund of the tax or take a credit for such tax.
The Vendor Certification Form is available on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
Filing Procedures
The Department requests that purchasers send Refund Claimant Returns, Refund Request Spreadsheets, and Vendor Certification Forms to the Department by e-mail or
by physical mail on an electronic medium such as a DVD, CD, or Flash Drive. Refund claims should be sent to:
Refund Coordinator Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 5771 Richmond, Virginia 23220-0771 refund.coordinator@tax.virginia.gov
Once the Department has received a Refund Claimant Return and supporting documentation, the Department will review them for completeness. A Refund Claimant Return is considered complete when all the appropriate documentation to substantiate the refund claim is received.
If the Refund Claimant Return is not complete, the Department will notify the purchaser that information is missing. The purchaser will then have 60 days to provide the
Department with the missing information. All supporting documentation required for the processing of the refund claim must be provided upon request within 60 days. If the
8
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
taxpayer does not provide the requested information within the required time period or the Refund Claimant Return is not complete, the refund claim will be decided on the information submitted.
Refund Claim Outcome Form
The Department will issue the purchaser a Refund Claim Outcome Form with the amount of the refund approved or denied by the Department. The denial of a refund claim will be deemed an assessment, and a taxpayer may file an administrative appeal if the taxpayer does not agree with the denial of a portion or all of a refund claim. (See “Appeal Rights” below for more information) (See page A-5 in Appendix A for the initial Refund Claim Outcome Form)
Statute of Limitations
Complete requests for refunds of erroneously or illegally collected and remitted taxes must be filed within three years from the last day prescribed by law for the timely filing of the original return to be within the statute of limitations mandated by Va. Code § 58.1-1823. Refund requests filed after the statute of limitations has expired will be denied.
Generally, the tax must be remitted to the Department by dealers when filing their return on or before the 20th day of the month following the reporting period of the dealer. This applies regardless of whether the refund is issued by the dealer or by the Department.
For purposes of satisfying the three-year statute of limitations, an incomplete Refund Claimant Return is not sufficient. If a refund claim is denied and a taxpayer files a new Refund Claimant Return for the same transaction, the date of the request for purposes of the statute of limitations will be the date the Department receives the new Refund Claimant Return, not the date of the first refund claim that was denied.
Example 8
Purchaser erroneously pays sales tax on an exempt transaction on August 1, 2014 to Dealer who files and remits the tax on a monthly basis. Dealer subsequently goes out of business. On January 1, 2017, Purchaser files an incomplete Refund Claimant Return with no copy of the invoice for the transaction or any other documentation. The Department notifies Purchaser that the Refund Claimant Return is incomplete and that he has 60 days to provide a copy of the invoice. Purchaser provides the additional information on February 1, 2017.
As Dealer filed and remitted the tax on a monthly basis, Purchaser must file a complete Refund Claimant Return within three years from September 20, 2014, to be within the statute of limitations. The incomplete Refund Claimant Return filed on January 1, 2017 is not sufficient to satisfy or extend the limitations period.
As the date of the complete Refund Claimant Return, February 1, 2017, is within the three years from the last day of prescribed for timely filing the original return,
9
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
the Refund Claimant Return is timely filed as of February 1, 2017.
Example 9
Purchaser erroneously pays sales tax on an exempt transaction on August 1, 2014 to Dealer who files and remits the tax on a monthly basis. Dealer
subsequently goes out of business. Purchaser files an incomplete Refund Claimant Return, with no copy of the invoice for the transaction or any other documentation, on May 1, 2017. The Department notifies Purchaser that the Refund Claimant Return is incomplete and that he has 60 days to provide a copy of the invoice. Purchaser does not provide any additional information and the refund claim is denied. Purchaser subsequently files a complete Refund Claimant Return for the same transaction on September 21, 2017.
As Dealer filed and remitted the tax on a monthly basis, Taxpayer must file a complete Refund Claimant Return within three years from September 20, 2014, to be within the statute of limitations. As the date of the complete Refund Claimant Return, September 21, 2017, is more than three years from the last day prescribed for timely filing the original return, the limitations period has run and the refund claim will be denied. The incomplete Refund Claimant Return filed on May 1, 2017, is not sufficient to satisfy or extend the limitations period.
Interest
Generally
Interest is required to be paid upon the overpayment, or any moneys improperly collected, of any tax administered by the Department at a rate equal to the rate of interest established pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-15. The rate of interest on refunds is the "Overpayment Rate" established pursuant to § 6621(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, plus two percent. Interest accrues from a date 60 days after the date of the payment of the tax, or 60 days after the last day prescribed by law for such payment, whichever is later, on such overpayments of tax. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-1833; 23
VAC 10-20-200)
Dealers are not required to pay interest on refunds to their customers. The Department will not pay interest on sales tax refunded to a dealer unless the interest is passed on to the purchaser. The Department is required to pay interest to purchasers that apply directly to the Department for refunds. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-1833; 23 VAC 10-20-
Example 10
Purchaser holds a “self-issued” exemption certificate and erroneously pays sales tax on an exempt transaction on January 1, 2016 to Dealer. Purchaser presents the valid exemption certificate to Dealer and requests a refund of the sales tax on
10
--- Page 11 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
July 1, 2016.
Dealer refunds the sales tax to Purchaser, but does not refund interest. Dealer reduces his sales tax liability on his next return by the amount of the refunded sales tax. Dealer may not reduce his sales tax liability for interest on the sales tax as interest was not paid to Purchaser.
Example 11
Purchaser holds a “self-issued” exemption certificate and erroneously pays sales tax on an exempt transaction on January 1, 2016 to Dealer. Purchaser presents the valid exemption certificate to Dealer and requests a refund of the sales tax on July 1, 2016.
Dealer refunds the sales tax to Purchaser and pays interest to Purchaser at the “Overpayment Rate” plus two percent, accruing from 60 days after the payment of the tax, February 29, 2016. Dealer reduces his sales tax liability on his next Retail Sales and Use Tax Return by the amount of refunded sales tax and the interest on his next sales tax return.
Example 12
Purchaser holds a “self-issued” exemption certificate and erroneously pays sales
tax on an exempt transaction on August 1, 2014 to Dealer. Dealer subsequently goes out of business. Purchaser files a complete Refund Claimant Return with the Department on January 1, 2017.
Purchaser would receive a refund of the sales tax paid on the exempt transaction and interest on the tax accruing from 60 days after the date of the payment of the tax, September 29, 2014.
Interest on Refunds from Department-Issued Exemption Certificates
During the 2016 Session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 398 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 484) and Senate Bill 444 (2016 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 303), which prohibit a purchaser from receiving interest on a refund claim for erroneously paid Retail Sales and Use Tax for any period prior to the date the purchaser submits a complete refund claim to the Department in situations where the purchaser held a valid exemption certificate issued by the Department at the time of purchase but failed to
present it to the dealer. The prohibition does not apply to “self-executed” or “self-issued” exemption certificates that purchasers download from the Department’s website and complete and sign.
Example 13
Purchaser holds an exemption certificate issued by the Department and
11
--- Page 12 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
erroneously pays sales tax on an exempt transaction on August 1, 2014 to Dealer because he failed to present the exemption certificate to Dealer. Dealer subsequently goes out of business. Purchaser files a complete Refund Claimant Return with the Department on January 1, 2017.
Purchaser would receive a refund of the sales tax paid on the exempt transaction
and interest on the tax accruing from the date Taxpayer submitted a complete refund claim to the Department, January 1, 2017.
Example 14
Purchaser holds an exemption certificate issued by the Department and erroneously pays sales tax on an exempt transaction on August 1, 2014 to Dealer because he failed to present the exemption certificate to Dealer. Dealer subsequently goes out of business. Purchaser files an incomplete Refund Claimant Return with the Department with no copy of the invoice for the transaction or any other documentation on January 1, 2017. The Department notifies Purchaser that the Refund Claimant Return is incomplete and that he has 60 days to provide a copy of the invoice. Purchaser provides the additional information on February 1, 2017.
Purchaser would receive a refund of the sales tax paid on the exempt transaction and interest on the tax accruing from the date Purchaser submitted a complete refund claim to the Department, February 1, 2017.
Penalties
The Refund Claimant Return, along with the accompanying documents, is a return for purposes of the Retail Sales and Use Tax and subject to all applicable penalties:
Any person who willfully signs a return which he does not believe to be true and correct as to every material matter is guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-11)
An exemption certificate holder may be assessed a penalty of up to $1,000 for the misuse of the exemption certificate by the holder or by any other person who, with the consent or knowledge of such holder, has misused the certificate. The penalty shall be assessed and collected as a part of the tax. (Source: Va. Code
§ 58.1-623.1)
In the case of a false or fraudulent return where willful intent exists to defraud the Commonwealth of any Retail Sales and Use Tax, a specific penalty of fifty percent of the amount of the proper tax shall be assessed. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-635)
12
--- Page 13 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
The penalty for making a false or fraudulent return with intent to evade the Retail Sales and Use Tax, making a false or fraudulent claim for refund, or giving or knowingly receiving a false or fraudulent exemption certificate is a Class 1 misdemeanor. (Source: Va. Code § 58.1-636)
Appeal Rights
Virginia Code § 58.1-1821 gives a taxpayer the right to an administrative appeal of an assessment issued by the Department, if the taxpayer believes that the department has incorrectly assessed tax, penalty or interest. The denial of a refund claim is deemed to be an assessment, and a taxpayer may file an administrative appeal if the taxpayer does not agree with the denial of a portion or all of a refund claim.
The Department strictly enforces the 90-day limitations period for filing a timely administrative appeal. A taxpayer must file a complete appeal within 90 calendar days after the date of assessment. For purposes of appealing a refund claim, the date of assessment would be the date of the Refund Claim Outcome Form. More information regarding Administrative Appeals can be found in regulation 23 VAC 10-20-165, Administrative Appeals.
Example 15
Purchaser files a Refund Claimant Return on January 1, 2017, for sales tax paid on a transaction he claims was exempt. The Department subsequently determines that transaction was taxable and denies the refund claim by issuing a Refund Claim Outcome Form dated March 1, 2017.
Purchaser has a right to an administrative appeal of the denial of the refund claim. In order for the appeal to be considered timely, Purchaser must file a complete appeal regarding the denial of the refund within 90 days from the date of the Refund Claim Outcome Form (May 30, 2017).
Power of Attorney
In order for the Department to discuss confidential tax matters relating to the refund claim with an alternate party, a completed Form PAR 101 must accompany the Refund Claimant Return. The official and preferred Power of Attorney Form of the Department
is Form PAR 101, which can be found on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov. Virginia Code § 58.1-1834 requires the Department to provide a copy of any written correspondence, documentation or any other written materials that relate to a tax matter for which a taxpayer has filed a Power of Attorney Form to the person named to act under that express authority.
13
--- Page 14 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures June 12, 2017
Additional Information
These Guidelines are available on-line in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department's website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov/content/welcome-laws-rules-decisions. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037 or visit www.tax.virginia.gov.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
14
--- Page 15 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM
THE DEPARTMENT
REFUND CLAIMANT RETURN – Page 1
A-1
--- Page 16 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM
THE DEPARTMENT
REFUND CLAIMANT RETURN – Page 2
A-2
--- Page 17 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM
THE DEPARTMENT
REFUND CLAIMANT RETURN INSTRUCTIONS
A-3
--- Page 18 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM THE DEPARTMENT
REFUND REQUEST SPREADSHEET
A-4
--- Page 19 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM THE
DEPARTMENT
REFUND REQUEST SPREADSHEET INSTRUCTIONS
A-5
--- Page 20 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM
THE DEPARTMENT
VENDOR CERTIFICATION FORM
A-6
--- Page 21 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM
THE DEPARTMENT
VENDOR CERTIFICATION FORM INSTRUCTIONS
A-7
--- Page 22 ---
Guidelines for Retail Sales and Use Tax Refund Claim Procedures
APPENDIX A – INITIAL FORMS FOR REFUND PROCEDURE FROM
THE DEPARTMENT
REFUND CLAIM OUTCOME FORM
A-8
Bankruptcy and Tax Debt Setoff ProceduresDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---=
=
as
Slap
Pink,
A
Cw
L@,
ats
Sree
COMMON WEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
Richmond, Virginia 23282
TO
Ronald B.
Franklin,
Assistant Director
Processing Services Division
FROM
Janie E.
Bowen,
Directo
Tax Policy Division
DATE
1991
¥
April 17,
SUBJECT
Setoff Debt Collection Procedures
Taxpayers in Bankruptcy
This is in response to your memorandum of April 20, 1990, seeking
guidance as to the proper actions for set off debt collection
personnel to take upon receivin
g notice that the taxpayer is in
bankruptcy.
I apologize for the delay in responding, but we have no
record of receiving your memorandum.
We understand that the
Department of Accounts asked the Office of the Attorney General the
same questions at the suggestion of setoff personnel, and that the
questions were recently answered.
As stated in Jim Council's memorandum to Gary Crispens (copy
attached) when an individual files a petition in a bankruptcy court
federal law provides for an automatic stay applicable to
any entity
and effective from the moment of filing.
The automatic stay
prohibits setoff,
among other things.
Although there are exceptions
that may permit a setoff to occur,
they are complex and the Office
of the Attorney General must be consulted.
matter.
The claimant agency bears the primary responsibility in this
The claimant agency should not include a debtor in the
setoff program when it has received notice that the debtor has filed
a petition in a bankruptcy court.
If the claimant agency receives
such a notice after transmitting the list to us, it should be
required to notify us to remove the debtor from setoff.
However, the automatic Stay also applies to the Tax Department.
If
we knowingly violate the automatic sta
for damages.
y the department may be liable
It is entirely possible, even likely, that the
department would be liable for damages if a setoff occurs when STARS
Or non-setoff personnel have information
bankruptcy case.
showing a pending
Therefore,
whenever and however setoff personnel
learn of a bankruptcy filing
they must investigate before they
setoff a refund.
while they investi
They can hold up a refund for a reasonable time
gate, but the length of time that a bankruptcy
court would consider reasonable is likely to be quite short,
especially after receiving notice of bankruptcy.
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM
Ronaid B.
Franklin,
Assistant
Director
April 17,
1991
Page
a
2
ihe
Legal Unit
of the Collections
Section
receives a
notice
Of
bankruptcy whenever the debtor lists TAX as a creditor.
Lnformation
This
is
keyed and shows
hip
on the D22
screen
(individuals)
or the 418
screen
(business)
This
is the first
place setoff
personnel should check to see if a bankru
ptcy is pending.
However,
the D22 sereen shows nothing for Mr.
Lonnie Walton,
whose setoff
triggered vour question.
as
Pl
ereditor
Apparently he did not list the department
In this case the filing
must be verified by other
means,
such
AS
calling the court.
You should instruct setoff personnel to document the date and
nature of the notice they receive concerning a taxpayer's
bankruptcy
(e.g.,
notes of a telephone conversation)
They should
verify that a petition was actually filed with a bankruptcy court,
not merely discussed with an attorney, and that the cage is still
pending.
Therefore,
setoff personnel should ask for the location
of the bankruptcy court, the date that the petition was filed, and
Case
number.
If the taxpayer has a bankruptcy case pending, then
setoff against the claimant agency's debt is prohibited by the
automatic stay and the refund must be issued to the taxpayer,
unless the Office of the Attorney General determines that an
exception permits setoff to occur.
The safest course is for setoff personnel to check the D22 or 118
screen before making any setoff.
As an alternative,
STARS
could be
modified to check those screens automatically and alert the
appropriate personnel to the possibility of an automatic stay.
There is another situation arising from bankruptcy that affects
setoff differently and should be distinguished.
The automatic
stay
is dissolved when a bankruptcy case has been closed or dismisse
d.
[If we learn that there was a bankruptcy case, but it has been
concluded, then there is no automatic stay in effect and normal
setoff procedures may apply.
We can hold the refund while the
taxpayer and claimant agency sort out the validity of the debt
(including whether the claimant agency's debt was discharged
Giscnhargeda
at the
conclusion of a bankruptcy case)
The Legal Unit of Collections Section has extensive experience with
the bankruptcy courts in Virginia and may be able to assist you in
verifying whether or not the tax
payer has actually filed a petition
for bankruptcy and,
if so,
whether the case has been closed or
dismissed.
The Office of the Attorney General should be consulted
if you have any other questions relating to bankruptcy.
Cs
Barbara Rose
Bill Hawkins
Ron Wheeler
--- Page 3 ---SENT BY: Xerox Telecopier 7021 + 4-17-91 ; 9:45AM ;D04 = Gen Accounting=
S043676020:8 2
INTER OFFICE MEMORANDUM
OFFICE OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL
TO;
Gary P. Crispens
2
Assistant Comptroller
iw)
PN 4B
FROM
James G.
Council
fy .
Assistant Attorney G
ral
DATE
.
s
April 2, 1991
RE
Vv
irginia Debt Collection Act
This is in response to your memo dated February 15, 1991,
and our earlier meetings related to the above.
Following are
answers to various questions you raise.
Ql
Is the CDS System governed by the Setoff Debt Collection
Act, § 58.1=-520 through 534?
Al.
T agree with your negative answer.
Q2.
Can the CDS system match and setoff vendor payments against
debts that were submitted under the Individual Setoff
Program rules and guidelines?
A2.
I agree with your affirmative answer.
I assume,
however, that your question merely suggests that
claimant agencies may report claims to both Departments
claim information.
of Accounts and Taxation or that the two agencies share
Any setoff against tax refunds must
still comply with the procedural requirements of
Q3.
Are matches against debts submitted under Individual Setoff
governed by the Setoff Debt Collection Act?
A3.
I agree with your negative answer.
Q4.
What types of payments would not be eligible for setoff?
Ad.
As indicated in our previous meeting, it is the
responsibility of the various agencies to advise the
Department as to whether payments by a particular
z
agency are subject to setoff.
ave, however,
reviewed the ones which you consider in your letter to
be eligible for setoff,
As a matter of policy, you should consider whether
setting off employee suggestion awards and travel
--- Page 4 ---SENT BY: Xerorw Telecopier 7021 ; 4-17-91 ; 9:48AM ‘DOA - Gen Accounting=
SO43675020:8% 3
reimbursements against debts due the Commonwealth is
the most effective procedure available.
Betofft may
defeat the underlying purpose of suggesti
On awards
which, I understand, is to enhance employee interest
and job performance.
Attaching travel reimbursements
may, likewise, have a negative effect upon job
per formance.
In your reference to "Payments to hospitals or
doctors incurred by a Workman's Compensation
beneficiary," it is not clear whether the hospital or
beneficiary would be the party indebted to the
Commonwealth. .Where the beneficiary is the debtor,
§ 65.1-82 provides that compensation and claims shall
be exempt from all claims of creditors.
Setoff of a
workman's compensation beneficiar
satisfy his debt to the Commonwea
ie
h is not
s compensation to
permissible.
This section will also prevent the offset
against a debt of the hospital, unless the claimant-
beneficiary is relieved of his underlying obligation to
the healthcare provider.
Q5.
Will proposed Prompt Payment legislation be sufficient to
disallow interest if payments are held?
AS.
Yes,
See related question below.
Second Set of Questions
Ql.
Can a penalty be imposed for vendors fraudulently providing
a false Employer Identification Number or Social Security
Number?
If so, what should the penalty be?
Is there any
legislation currently in place that covers this situation?
What would be required to prove fraud?
Al.
I am not aware of any Virginia law which authorizes the
imposition of a penalty against vendors for providing
false identification numbers,
I note, however,
that a
finding that an individual or firm is not a responsible
vendor is grounds for debarment under § 3.3(g) of the
Vendor's Manual, Division of Purchases and Supply,
Department of General Services (July 1990).
Q2.
What procedures should be followed if the Department of
Taxation is notified by an attorney that a vendor (whose
payment has been matched) is in bankruptcy?
Should the
bankruptcy be verified? How?
Do procedures depend on the
Chapter of Bankruptcy? Should the payment be released
immediately? Under what scenarios (if any) should the
payment be kept?
What liabliity does the State have if an
agency is aware of the bankruptcy but does not notify the
CDS unit? Should the State cease doing business with the
vendor? Should the State remove them from the approved
vendor list?
--- Page 5 ---SENT BY: Xerox Telecopier 7021 : 4-17-91 ; 9:48AM ‘DOA = Gen Accounting? B043676020;% 4
A2. Sec. 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.8.C. 362 (a) (1982), provides that a bankruptcy petition operates as a stay against the commencement or continuation of a proceeding against the debtor. Section 362(a)(7) stays the exercise of a prepetition setoff., Retention of a refund by the Internal Revenue Service in a suspense account for offset against a prepetition tax liability has been found in violation of the stay. In re Mealey, 16 Bankr. 800 (E.D. Pa. 1982).
. There are various exceptions to the automatic stay, depending upon the particular bankruptcy provisions under which relief ig sought and the nature of the claim. These exceptions are, however, complex. If the Department is notified that a vendor has filed a bankruptcy petition, no action should be taken until this Office is consulted,
Verification can be made by obtaining a copy of the petition with an assigned case number by the court. Also, the listing of the Commonwealth as a creditor should be confirmed.
Q3. If a responsible officer of a corporation has a personal debt to the State, and a vendor payment is made to the corporation, can the corporate vendor payment be used to offset the personal debt of the officer of the corporation?
A3. A corporation is not liable for the personal debts of
one of its officers, who may not have an ownership interest in the corporation. Absent a court decision that a corporation is merely an alter ego of the officer, a vendor payment to the corporation may not be used to offset an individual debt of an officer.
Q4. Can the IRS file liens against CDS recovery money? Is there any authority that would restrict liens on CDS money? Would the IRS or the State have first claim to any monies from the vendors?
Ad. A debt owed by a state to a taxpayer is property against which a federal tax lien may be foreclosed. A state in possession of property of a taxpayer is a person. tate of Cal. v. United States, 195 F.2d 530 (8th Cir. 1952). The rules related to priority of tax liens is complex and depends, in part, upon the relative times at which the Federal tax lien and state tax liability (or other liability to the state) arose.
As is the case with bankruptey, upon notification of a federal tax lien, the Department should take no further action without consulting with this Office.
3
--- Page 6 ---SENT BY: Xerox Telecopier 7021 + 4-17-91 ; 9:49AM iDOA - Gen Accountings B043676020;% 5
Q5. Should transactions related to condemnations or "right of way" be eligible for matching?
AS. Condemnation awards by courts are judgments. I have discussed this matter with Richard L. Walton, Jr., Senior Assistant pete | General, Transportation Section. It is his opinion that court-ordered awards cannot be applied against debts due the Commonwealth unless the order authorizes the setoff.
Third Set of Questions: From September 11, 1990 memo
discussed in our previous’ meeting.
Ql. Would the use of such list to encourage business with vendors who owe the Commonwealth money constitute discrimination against vendors who do not owe the Commonwealth money?
Al. Section 11-41 of the Virginia Public Procurement Act requires that all public contracts with nongovernmental contractors be awarded after competitive sealed bidding Or competitive negotiation. Sections 11-47 through 1ll-47.2 enumerate specific preferences which are permitted, but no preference for vendors indebted to the Commonwealth is listed.
- Q2. In reviewing the language in the Virginia Debt Collection Act, § 2.1°735, can we legally discontinue doing business with vendors who previously had bad debts with the Commonwealth, and if so what guidelines should be followed.
-
A2. Section 11-46.1 authorizes debarment of contractors and requires the state agency to establish a written Gebarment procedure. Section 3.3(g) of the Vendor's Manual establishes "{a]ny cause indicating that the individual or firm is not a responsible vendor" as a grounds for debarment. Section 3.6 of the Vendor's Manual also prescribes the acceptable debarment procedure an agency must follow.
Q3. Can the State Corporation Commission take any action regarding the corporate status of delinquent vendors?
A3. Your question would be more appropriately addressed by the State Corporation Commission. However, I am aware of no authority which permits the State Corporation Commission to revoke a corporate charter for failure to pay obligations to the Commonwealth, other than fees properly assessed by the State Corporation Commission.
Q4. In those cases where the debtor notification occurs after the payment due date, is interest payable for the days between the payment due date and the date the vendor is
4
--- Page 7 ---SENT BY*Xerox Telecopier 7021 ; 4-17-91 + 9:50AM i;DOA - Gen Accounting B043675020i8 6 notified by the claimant agency of intent to offset? How does the current seven-day grace period impact this?
Ad. Section 11-62.5, as amended, precludes the accrual of
interest for the period commencing with the date the
Contractor is notified of the anticipated setoff, Interest,
therefore, will accrue pursuant to § 11-62.5 until
notification is given, Accrual of interest will commence
seven days after the payment date, as defined in § 11-62.1.
Q5. Where there are multiple claimant agencies being offered a
single vendor payment, does each claimant agency's
notification and verification of debt process constitute a
Separate thirty-day interest penalty exception period?
A5. You will certainly want to refine regulations on this issue. It is, nevertheless, my opinion that interest will not accrue on any amount that the vendor is notified will be subject to setoff from the date of notification. Interest will accrue on any net balance due the vendor until he is notified of an additional agency claim. The thirty-day period will apply to each Claim of each agency for which notification was given as to the particular amount of the clain.
Upon review of the above, I suggest that we meet to discuss implementation of procedures to avoid various problems you have raised above. crispens/FTT/JGC ccs: Mary Yancey Spencer
Senior Assistant Attorney General SM: A/35.1 = Debt Set=-Off
5
Virginia Local Business Tax Appeals ProcessDoc ID: Local
--- Page 1 ---
Virginia Department of Taxation
§ 1. LOCAL BUSINESS TAX APPEALS -
FILING AN APPEAL WITH THE LOCALITY AND THE DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION.
§ 1.1. INTRODUCTION.
The administrative review process for local business taxes has been designed to encourage resolution of local business tax issues through an appeals process that includes review by the local assessing officer and appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
Through this review process, a taxpayer can apply to the local assessing officer for review of a local business tax assessment with which the taxpayer disagrees. If the taxpayer is dissatisfied with the results of the local review, the taxpayer may appeal the final local decision to the Tax Commissioner, who will make a determination of the issues raised by the taxpayer.
These Guidelines for Appealing Local Business Taxes (Guidelines) have been
written to conform as closely as possible to the BPOL administrative review process appearing in the 1997 Guidelines for Business, Professional and Occupational License Tax. They have been updated to reflect changes made to Virginia Code § 58.1-3983.1 by Chapter 525 of the 2002 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 196 of the 2003 Acts of Assembly, and Chapter 527 of the 2004 Acts of Assembly.
§ 1.2. ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PROCESS.
Discussion and charts illustrating the appeals process as presented in these Guidelines immediately follow.
NOTE: The following charts present an overview of the administrative review process and are intended to give general guidance to the local assessing officer and taxpayers. Local assessing officers and taxpayers should read these entire
Guidelines to obtain complete information.
--- Page 2 ---
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW OF LOCAL BUSINESS TAX
ASSESSMENTS
Taxpayer
Critical Date Function Effect Interest Collection Activity Stops when a Application for Local assessing complete Within one year Review filed with officer makes a Application for of the date of an Accrues the local final written Review or a Notice assessment assessing officer determination of Intent to Appeal is filed (1) Within 90 days of Tax Stops when an the date of the Appeal to the Tax Commissioner Appeal to the Tax local assessing Commissioner will make a Accrues Commissioner officer's final (2) determination of or a Notice of Intent written the appeal to Appeal is filed (3) determination (1) Taxpayers intending to appeal an assessment should immediately provide a written Notice of Intent to Appeal to the local assessing officer to stop collection activity. See Exhibit B for a suggested form “Notice of Intent to Appeal.” (2) If the appeal is incomplete, taxpayer is informed and given 30 days to complete it. (3) Taxpayers intending to appeal a local assessing officer's determination should immediately provide a written Notice of Intent to Appeal to the local assessing officer and to the Tax Commissioner to stop collection activity.
As the chart above indicates, the taxpayer must first file an Application for Review with the local assessing officer before an appeal of a local business tax assessment can be made to the Tax Commissioner. The taxpayer has one year from the date of the local business tax assessment to file the Application for Review. Upon the timely filing of an Application for Review, the local assessing officer will make a final written determination on the taxpayer's application within 90 days after such application is filed. The taxpayer then has 90 days from the date of the local assessing officer's final written determination to appeal that determination to the Tax Commissioner.
2
[TABLE 2-1] Critical Date | Function | Effect | Interest | Collection Activity Within one year of the date of an assessment | Application for Review filed with the local assessing officer | Local assessing officer makes a final written determination | Accrues | Stops when a complete Application for Review or a Notice of Intent to Appeal is filed (1) Within 90 days of the date of the local assessing officer's final written determination | Appeal to the Tax Commissioner (2) | Tax Commissioner will make a determination of the appeal | Accrues | Stops when an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner or a Notice of Intent to Appeal is filed (3)
[/TABLE]
--- Page 3 ---
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW OF LOCAL BUSINESS TAX
ASSESSMENTS
Local Assessing Officer
Collection Critical Date Function Effect Interest Activity Taxpayer has 90 days from date of May begin or Within 90 days of Make a final final written resume after a final the filing of an written determination to Accrues written Application for determination file an Appeal to determination is Review the Tax made Commissioner Make a request Allows local Within 30 days of Stops until Tax to address new assessing officer notice that Commissioner issues or make a to respond to appeal has been Accrues issues a final written reply to new issues or to made to the Tax written taxpayer's appeal the appeal, in Commissioner determination (1) general (1) If a request to address new issues is made, the appeal shall return to the local assessing officer and the local appeals process restarts. The local assessing officer must make a new final determination, which can be appealed to the Tax Commissioner.
As the chart above indicates, the local assessing officer must issue a final written determination within 90 days of the taxpayer's timely filing of an Application for Review.
After issuing a final written determination, the local assessing officer may commence or resume collection activity on a local business tax assessment. Such collection efforts must be suspended, however, upon the taxpayer's filing of a Notice of Intent to Appeal the final local determination or upon the filing of an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
The Taxpayer must furnish the local assessing official with a copy of the application for correction that it files with the Tax Commissioner. The Tax Commissioner will provide written notice to the local assessing officer when the taxpayer has filed a timely Appeal to the Tax Commissioner. The local assessing officer will then have 30 days to file a reply to the Appeal or to file a written request to address issues first raised on Appeal to the Tax Commissioner. If the local assessing officer files a written request to address new issues, the appeal shall return to the local assessing officer and the local appeals process starts anew. Once an appeal is returned to the local assessing officer, the local assessing officer must issue a new final written determination. This new determination can be appealed to the Tax Commissioner. 3
[TABLE 3-1] Critical Date | Function | Effect | Interest | Collection Activity Within 90 days of the filing of an Application for Review | Make a final written determination | Taxpayer has 90 days from date of final written determination to file an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner | Accrues | May begin or resume after a final written determination is made Within 30 days of notice that appeal has been made to the Tax Commissioner | Make a request to address new issues or make a written reply to taxpayer's appeal (1) | Allows local assessing officer to respond to new issues or to the appeal, in general | Accrues | Stops until Tax Commissioner issues a final written determination
[/TABLE]
--- Page 4 ---
§ 1.3. APPLICABILITY OF THESE GUIDELINES.
Sections 1.4-1.11 cover the administrative review of local business tax assessments by the local assessing officer and the Tax Commissioner. With respect to issues other than questions of valuation, the administrative review process is effective for assessments of local business taxes made on and after January 1, 2000 (even if for an earlier taxable year). With respect to questions of valuation, the administrative appeals process is effective for assessments of local business taxes made on and after January 1, 2001 (even if for an earlier taxable year).
The existence, utilization, or attempt to utilize the administrative review process provided in these Guidelines shall not affect the taxpayer's right to pursue any other remedies authorized by law.
§ 1.4. DEFINITIONS.
Unless otherwise required by the context, the following words and terms shall have the following meanings:
"Appeal to the Tax Commissioner" means a taxpayer's application, filed with the Tax Commissioner pursuant to Code of Virginia § 58.1-3983.1 (D). The appeal should contain the following:
A. Complete Application for Review (detailed below) as submitted to the local assessing officer.
B. Local assessing officer's Final Local Determination.
C. A statement explaining why the taxpayer believes the local assessing officer is in error. The statement should include analysis of how the local assessing
officer misinterpreted or misapplied facts or authority and also include facts, issues and authority that the taxpayer believes the local assessing officer failed to take into consideration.
"Application for Review" means a taxpayer's written request filed with a local assessing officer for review of a local business tax assessment made pursuant to Code of Virginia § 58.1-3983.1(B). The application should contain the following:
D. Name and address of taxpayer and taxpayer identification number.
B. If applicant is different from the taxpayer, name and address of the applicant and a power of attorney or letter of representation.
C. Copy of Notice of Assessment.
4
--- Page 5 ---
D. A statement explaining why the taxpayer believes the assessment is erroneous. The statement should also include facts, issues and authority that the taxpayer believes supports his position.
E. Statement of relief the taxpayer requests.
"Assessment" means a determination as to the proper rate of tax, the measure to which the tax rate is applied, and ultimately the amount of tax, including additional or omitted tax, that is due. An assessment shall include a written assessment made pursuant to written notice by the assessing official or a self-assessment made by a taxpayer upon the filing of a return or otherwise not pursuant to notice. A return filed or tax paid before the last day prescribed by ordinance for the filing or payment thereof shall be deemed to be filed or paid on the last day specified for the filing of a return or the payment of tax, as the case may be. An assessment includes a return filed on
behalf of the taxpayer by the local assessing officer.
"Collection activity" means the assessor's use of any means, direct or indirect, to obtain payment on an assessment.
"Date of the assessment" means the date when a written notice of assessment is delivered to the taxpayer by the assessing official or an employee of the assessing official, or mailed to the taxpayer at the taxpayer's last known address. Self-assessments shall be deemed made as of the date a return is filed, or if no return is required, when the tax is paid.
"Filed." A document is "filed" as of the date it is postmarked for first class delivery via United States mail or when it is received if any other method of delivery, including facsimile transmissions, is utilized.
"Final Local Determination" means a writing setting out the local assessing
officer's final determination on a taxpayer's Application for Review, including facts and legal authority in support of the local assessing officer's position on each issue raised by the taxpayer. Only such determinations may be appealed to the Tax Commissioner.
Correspondence from the local assessing officer to the taxpayer simply reaffirming a contested assessment does not constitute a final local determination. See § 1.12.1 for a sample final local determination.
"Jeopardized by delay" includes a finding that the application is frivolous or that a taxpayer desires to (i) depart quickly from the locality, (ii) remove his property therefrom, (iii) conceal himself or his property therein, or (iv) do any other act tending to prejudice, or to render wholly or partially ineffectual, proceedings to collect the tax for the period in question.
5
--- Page 6 ---
"Local assessing officer" means the Commissioner of Revenue, or chief assessing officer or the chief assessing officer's designee.
"Local business tax" means machinery and tools tax, business tangible personal property tax (including, without limitation, computer equipment) and merchant's capital tax.
"Notice of intent to appeal" means the taxpayer's written statement filed with the local assessing officer that informs the local assessing officer of the taxpayer's intent to file an Application for Review. It also means the taxpayer's written statement filed with the local assessing officer and the Tax Commissioner informing of the taxpayer's intent to file an appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
"Tax Commissioner" means the chief executive officer of the Department of
Taxation or his delegate, authorized pursuant to § 58.1-3983.1 (D) to issue a final determination on an appeal.
"Taxpayer" means a person, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association, or other business or representative thereof subject to a local business tax.
§ 1.5. CALCULATION OF DAYS IN FILING REQUIREMENTS.
For any limitation of time in making an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner, Application for Review, reply, or any other information or material mentioned in these Guidelines, should the last day of such limitation period fall on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday observed by the Commonwealth of Virginia, the Appeal, Application, reply, or other information or material may be filed on the next business day. For any limitation of time appearing in these Guidelines, the limitation shall begin to run on the day next following the event that triggers the time limitation.
§ 1.6. SUSPENSION AND COMMENCEMENT/RESUMPTION OF COLLECTION
ACTIVITY.
Collection activity is suspended upon
A. The local assessing officer's receipt of a timely and complete Application for Review.
B. The local assessing officer's receipt of a Notice of Intent to Appeal a final local determination to the Tax Commissioner.
C. The local assessing officer's receipt of notice of the filing of an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
6
--- Page 7 ---
The local assessing officer must notify the treasurer or other collection official when collection activity must be suspended.
Collection activity may commence or resume upon
A. The local assessing officer's determination that an assessment subject to an Application for Review or an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner is jeopardized by delay.
B. The local assessing officer's issuance of a final local determination.
C. The local assessing officer's receipt of written notice from the Tax Commissioner that the taxpayer has failed to timely file an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner after the taxpayer has initially filed a Notice of Intent to Appeal.
D. The local assessing officer's receipt of a final written determination issued by the Tax Commissioner in cases where the local business tax has not been totally abated.
E. The local assessing officer's receipt of a copy of a taxpayer's request to withdraw an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner.
§ 1.6.1. Interest during appeal.
F. Assessments subject to an Application for Review or Appeal to the Tax Commissioner will continue to accumulate interest until paid or abated.
B. Taxpayers are encouraged to pay the undisputed portion of any assessment to avoid accrual of interest while an Application for Review or Appeal to the Tax Commissioner is pending. Any such payment will not be deemed a
waiver of the taxpayer's remedies provided in these Guidelines.
§ 1.7. APPLICATION FOR REVIEW - LOCAL ASSESSING OFFICER.
§ 1.7.1. Time limitations.
A taxpayer assessed with a local business tax may file an Application for Review with the assessing officer of a locality within one year of the date of the assessment.
§ 1.7.2. Good faith Applications for Review; Frivolous Applications for Review;
Acknowledgment of filing of Application for Review.
C. The Application for Review must be filed in good faith. The Application for Review must not be frivolous or otherwise filed for purposes of avoiding or
7
--- Page 8 ---
delaying collection of local business taxes.
B. Upon receipt of the complete Application for Review, the local assessing officer shall acknowledge in writing to the taxpayer receipt of the Application for Review.
§ 1.7.3. Final Local Determination.
C. Provided the application is filed in good faith and not merely for purposes of delay, the local assessing officer shall conduct a full review of the facts, assertions, and authorities submitted by the taxpayer.
B. During this process, the local assessing officer may hold conferences with the taxpayer, conduct further inquiries, or perform an audit as required to reach a
fair conclusion on the issues presented by the taxpayer.
C. Within 90 days after an Application for Review is filed, the local assessing officer shall issue a signed and dated Final Local Determination. This 90 day time frame shall begin to run after a taxpayer has complied with all reasonable requests made by the local assessing officer for the sole purpose of issuing a final local determination, including a request for an audit. Each final written determination shall contain the following notice:
You may appeal this Final Local Determination to the Tax Commissioner as follows:
-
If you wish to appeal, you must act within 90 days from the date of this Final Local Determination by filing an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner at P.O. Box 1880, Richmond, Virginia 23218-1880.
-
Collection activity may commence or resume at any time after the date of
this Final Local Determination and will not be suspended until a Notice of Intent to Appeal or Appeal to the Tax Commissioner is timely filed and the local assessing officer receives a copy. If you intend to appeal, you should immediately provide a written Notice of Intent to Appeal to the local assessing officer and to the Tax Commissioner so that collection activities are not reinstated or do not begin.
- Guidelines for Appealing Local Business Taxes and the applicable Code of Virginia sections for preparing an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner are available at the office of the local assessing officer or at the Virginia Department of Taxation. This information is also available in the Tax Policy Library section of the Department of Taxation’s web site, located at www.tax.state.va.us.
8
--- Page 9 ---
§ 1.7.4. Failure to issue a Final Local Determination
If a taxpayer’s application for review has been pending for more than two years without the issuance of a final local determination, the taxpayer may, upon giving 30 days written notice to the local assessing officer, elect to treat the application as denied and appeal the assessment directly to the Tax Commissioner.
§ 1.8. APPEAL TO THE TAX COMMISSIONER.
§ 1.8.1. Time limitations.
The taxpayer has 90 days from the date of the local assessing officer's Final Local Determination to file an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner. The address is:
Tax Commissioner Post Office Box 1880 Richmond, Virginia 23218-1880
The Tax Commissioner may permit an extension of this period for good cause shown.
§ 1.8.2. Notice of Intent to Appeal filed but Appeal to the Tax Commissioner not timely filed.
If a Notice of Intent has been filed with the Tax Commissioner, the Tax Commissioner shall give written notice to the local assessing officer and to the taxpayer of the taxpayer's failure to file an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner within the time provided for in these Guidelines.
§ 1.8.3. Jurisdiction.
The Tax Commissioner shall determine whether he has jurisdiction to hear the appeal within 30 days of receipt of the Taxpayer’s application for correction. The Tax Commissioner will issue a written determination addressing jurisdiction only in cases in which: (1) the question is specifically raised by the local assessing officer, or (2) the Tax Commissioner determines that the appeal is not within his jurisdiction.
§ 1.8. 4. Incomplete appeals to the Tax Commissioner.
A. If the Tax Commissioner receives an appeal that is incomplete, the taxpayer will be given notice stating the information was incomplete. The local assessing officer will be provided a copy of this notice. The taxpayer will be allowed 30 days from the date of such notice to provide the information or 90 days from the date of the local assessing officer's Final Local Determination, whichever is longer.
9
--- Page 10 ---
B. Additional time to produce the missing items will be granted in compelling circumstances but only if the taxpayer makes such an extension request in writing within the time allowed under § 1.8.4 A herein. A copy of the request for additional time shall be mailed to the local assessing officer.
C. If the taxpayer fails to provide missing item(s) within the time allotted, the Tax Commissioner may proceed to decide the appeal based on available information making such inferences from the failure or refusal to provide requested information as may be appropriate under the circumstances. If sufficient information is unavailable to permit an adequate analysis of the issues, the appeal will be dismissed.
§ 1.8.5. Tax Commissioner receipt of a complete appeal.
The Tax Commissioner shall send a notice of receipt of an appeal or a letter of intent to appeal to the local assessing officer and to the taxpayer.
§ 1.8.6. Local assessing officer's reply; New issues in taxpayer's appeal.
D. The local assessing officer has 30 days from the date of the notice of receipt of an appeal to:
-
File a written reply to the Tax Commissioner with additional information.
-
File a written request to address new issues raised by the taxpayer.
If a written request to address new issues is filed, the appeal shall return to the local assessing officer to address new issues.
B. Whenever an appeal is returned to the local assessing officer because the local assessing officer has made a written request to address new issues, the local appeals process has started again. At this point, the local assessing officer must make a new determination that can then be appealed to the Tax Commissioner as described above.
C. The Tax Commissioner may request that the local assessing officer make a new Final Local Determination on any issues raised for the first time on appeal. The local assessing officer, however, is not required to make a new Final Local Determination but rather can provide relevant information to the Tax Commissioner who will then make a final written determination. If the local assessing officer issues a new Final Local Determination, that determination can then be appealed to the Tax Commissioner as described above.
10
--- Page 11 ---
§ 1.8.7. Tax Commissioner's final determination of the taxpayer's appeal.
A. In determining an appeal, the Tax Commissioner shall presume the local assessing officer's Final Local Determination is correct.
B. The Tax Commissioner shall issue a written final determination on the taxpayer's appeal within 90 days of the last day a reply or a written request to address new issues can be made. The taxpayer and local assessing officer will be notified if a longer period is required. Such longer period shall not exceed 60 days, and the Tax Commissioner shall notify the affected parties of the reason necessitating the longer period of time.
C. The Tax Commissioner may make requests for relevant information during the appeal process. This can include meetings and inspections of facilities.
When the request for information is initiated during the 60-day extension period, the Tax Commissioner shall have 60 days within receipt of such information to issue his final determination. Should the taxpayer fail to respond within a reasonable time to a request for reasonably available information, the Tax Commissioner may make a written final determination stating that the local assessing officer's Final Local Determination is correct.
D. Written communications sent by the taxpayer or local assessing officer to the Tax Commissioner must also be mailed or delivered to the other party. Such communications shall include a signed and dated certificate that copies were provided, as required by these Guidelines, showing the date of mailing or delivery and the name and address of the addressee.
E. The taxpayer or local assessing officer may request a meeting to discuss the issues presented by the appeal.
F. The Tax Commissioner's final determination shall provide citations to sources of information that provide significant guidance, input, or serve as a basis for the final determination. The final determination may include an order correcting an assessment pursuant to § 58.1-1822.
§ 1.8.8. Withdrawal of appeal.
The taxpayer may withdraw his appeal to the Tax Commissioner by making such a request in writing any time prior to the issuance of the Tax Commissioner's final determination. The taxpayer shall mail a copy of the request to withdraw the appeal to the local assessing officer.
§ 1.9. CONFIDENTIALITY - DETERMINATIONS.
11
--- Page 12 ---
The determinations of the Tax Commissioner made available to the public shall eliminate any reference to the identities of the taxpayer and the local assessing officer.
§ 1.10. APPEAL TO THE CIRCUIT COURT.
Following an order or a final written determination by the Tax Commissioner, the taxpayer or the local assessing officer may file an appeal to the circuit court pursuant to § 58.1-3984. The burden shall be on the appealing party to show that the ruling of the Tax Commissioner is erroneous. Neither the Tax Commissioner nor the Department of Taxation shall be made a party to the appeal merely because the Tax Commissioner has issued a final determination.
§ 1.11. TAXPAYER'S REQUEST FOR A WRITTEN RULING.
A taxpayer may request a written ruling from the local assessing officer regarding the application of a local business tax to a specific set of facts. Any person requesting such a ruling must provide all the relevant facts for the situation and may present a rationale for the basis of an interpretation of the law most favorable to the taxpayer. Any misrepresentation or change in the applicable law or the factual situation as presented in the ruling request shall invalidate any such ruling issued. A written ruling issued by the local assessing officer may be revoked or amended prospectively if (i) there is a change in the law, a court decision, or the Guidelines issued by the Department of Taxation upon which the ruling was based, or (ii) the assessor notifies the taxpayer of a change in the policy or interpretation upon which the ruling was based. However, any
person who acts on a written ruling that later becomes invalid shall be deemed to have acted in good faith during the period in which such ruling was in effect.
§ 1.12. TAX COMMISSIONER’S ADVISORY AND INTERPRETATIVE POWERS.
The Tax Commissioner has the authority to issue advisory written opinions in specific cases as requested to interpret a local business tax and matters related to the administration thereof. The Tax Commissioner is not required to interpret any local ordinances. Opinions issued pursuant to § 58.1-3983.1 are not to be considered as an
interpretation of any other tax law.
Examples of the issues upon which the Commissioner may render advisory opinions include:
-
Interpretation of changes made to the business tangible personal property tax, machinery and tools tax and merchant’s capital tax statutes.
-
Questions relating to both state law and local ordinances.
-
Whether a business qualifies as a manufacturer under existing court decisions.
12
--- Page 13 ---
-
How the tangible property of a manufacturer is to be valued.
-
Questions of situs of property.
-
Generic questions of valuation.
The form for use in the filing of a request for a written advisory opinion from the Tax Commissioner is set forth in § 1.13.
§ 1.13. APPEAL EXHIBITS.
§ 1.13.1. Exhibit A. Final Local Determination
Re: § 58.1-3983.1(B) Final Local Determination of:
Dear
Enclosed please find a final assessment for . After considering your
Application for Review made on
You (or your client) have challenged
Determination
Based upon the facts we discovered and applicable local statutes, state statutes and case law, we have determined:
13
--- Page 14 ---
You may appeal this Final Local Determination to the Tax Commissioner as follows:
- If you wish to appeal, you must act within 90 days from the date of this Final Local Determination by filing an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner at P.O. Box 1880, Richmond, Virginia 23218-1880.
- Collection activity may commence or resume at any time after the date of this Final Local Determination and will not be suspended until a Notice of Intent to Appeal or Appeal to the Tax Commissioner is timely filed and the local assessing officer receives a copy. If you intend to appeal, you should immediately provide a written Notice of Intent to Appeal to the local assessing officer and to the Tax Commissioner so that collection activities are not reinstated or do not begin.
The Guidelines for Appealing Local Business Taxes and the applicable Code of Virginia sections for preparing an Appeal to the Tax Commissioner are available at the office of the local assessing officer and at the Virginia Department of Taxation.
Sincerely,
- 13.1. Exhibit B. Suggested Notice of Intent to Appeal
Tax Commissioner (1) Post Office Box 1880 Richmond, Virginia 23218-1880
Re: 58:1-3983.1(D) Appeal of:
Dear
This is to notify you that
Sincerely,
14
--- Page 15 ---
c.
(1) Alternately, a Notice of Intent to Appeal may be directed to the local assessing official, with a copy to the Tax Commissioner.
15
--- Page 16 ---
§ 1.14. SUGGESTED FORM - REQUEST FOR ADVISORY OPINION
Request for Local Business Tax Advisory Opinion(cid:1)
A. Name of requesting party: Local tax official or business: Address: Locality or localities involved:
Date request made: Telephone: FAX: E-mail
B. On the lines below, please fully describe the facts on which you seek an opinion and sign Section C on Page 2. Please attach additional sheets and copies of pertinent documentation to this form as necessary. (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1)
16
[TABLE 16-1] (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1)
[/TABLE]
--- Page 17 ---
Request for a Local Business Tax Advisory Opinion(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
(cid:1) (cid:1)
C. Before the Department of Taxation can respond to this request, this form must be signed. If the requesting party is a locality, this form must be signed by the Commissioner of the Revenue, Director of Finance, or other person authorized to sign on behalf of such persons. If the requesting party is a Business, this form must be signed by an authorized representative of the Business.
Signature
I understand that the department may contact [my local tax official or, if an opinion is being requested by a locality, the Business,] for purposes of answering my question(s).
Signature
Title
17
[TABLE 17-1] (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1)
[/TABLE]
--- Page 18 ---
18
[TABLE 18-1]
[/TABLE]
Virginia Tobacco and Liquid Nicotine Tax GuidelinesDoc ID: Tobacco
--- Page 1 ---
GUIDELINES AND RULES FOR THE TOBACCO PRODUCTS TAX
May 4, 2020
Effective July 1, 2020, Item 3-5.21 of House Bill 30 (the 2020 Appropriation Act) increases the tobacco products tax rates on all products subject to the tax for taxable sales or purchases occurring on and after such date. This provision also imposes the tobacco products tax on liquid nicotine products at the rate of $0.066 per milliliter of liquid nicotine, effective July 1, 2020. Additionally, the cigarette tax rate is increased effective July 1, 2020. Guidance regarding the cigarette tax rate increase was provided in the Virginia Cigarette Tax Rate Increase Guidelines and Rules, available separately on the Department of Taxation’s (the Department’s) website.
Item 3-5.21 of the 2020 Appropriation Act requires the Tax Commissioner to establish guidelines and rules (“guidelines”) for implementation of the increased tobacco products tax rates and the tobacco products tax on liquid nicotine. Item 3-5.21(D) of the 2020 Appropriation Act provides that the development and publication of these guidelines is exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.).
These guidelines supersede any guidance for the tax issued previously that may be in conflict with these guidelines. These guidelines are available online in the Law, Rules and Decisions section of the Department’s website. As necessary, additional guidelines and rules will be published and posted on the Department’s website at www.tax.virginia.gov.
For additional information, please contact the Department’s Tobacco Unit at tobaccounit@tax.virginia.gov or call (804) 371-0730.
Definitions
For purposes of the Tobacco Products Tax
“Affiliate” means an individual or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another individual or entity. An individual or entity controls an entity if the individual or entity owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10 percent of the voting securities of the entity.
“Alternative nicotine product” means any noncombustible product containing nicotine that is not made of tobacco and is intended for human consumption, whether chewed, absorbed, dissolved, or ingested by any other means. “Alternative nicotine product” does not include any nicotine vapor product or any product regulated as a drug or device by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration under Chapter V (21 U.S.C. § 351 et seq.) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
“Chewing tobacco” means any leaf tobacco not intended to be smoked.
1
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
“Cigar” means any roll of tobacco wrapped in leaf tobacco or in any substance containing tobacco (other than any roll of tobacco that is a cigarette).
“Cigarette” means any product that contains nicotine, is intended to be burned and produces smoke from combustion under ordinary conditions of use, and consists of or contains (i) any roll of tobacco wrapped in paper or in any substance not containing
tobacco; (ii) tobacco, in any form, that is burned and functional in the product, which, because of its appearance, the type of tobacco used in the filler, or its packaging and labeling, is likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as a cigarette; or (iii) any roll of tobacco wrapped in any substance containing tobacco which, because of its appearance, the type of tobacco used in the filler, or its packaging and labeling, is likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as a cigarette described in clause (i) of this definition. The term “cigarette” includes “roll-your-own” tobacco, which means any tobacco which, because of its appearance, type, packaging, or labeling, is suitable for use and likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as tobacco for making cigarettes. For purposes of this definition of “cigarette,” 0.09 ounces of “roll-your-own” tobacco shall constitute one individual “cigarette.”
“Distributor” means 1) any person engaged in the business of selling tobacco products in the Commonwealth who brings, or causes to be brought, into the Commonwealth from outside the Commonwealth any tobacco products for sale in the Commonwealth;
- any person who makes, manufactures, fabricates, or stores tobacco products in the
Commonwealth for sale in the Commonwealth; 3) any person engaged in the business of selling tobacco products outside the Commonwealth who ships or transports tobacco products to any person in the business of selling tobacco products in the Commonwealth; or 4) any retail dealer in possession of untaxed tobacco products in the Commonwealth.
“Dry snuff” means a tobacco product consisting of finely cut, ground, or powdered tobacco that is not intended to be smoked and is intended to be placed in the nasal cavity. “Dry snuff” may also be known as “nasal snuff.”
“Heated tobacco product” means a product containing tobacco that produces an inhalable aerosol (i) by heating the tobacco by means of an electronic device without combustion of the tobacco or (ii) by heat generated from a combustion source that only or primarily heats rather than burns the tobacco.
“Liquid nicotine” means a liquid or other substance containing nicotine in any concentration that is sold, marketed, or intended for use in a nicotine vapor product.
“Loose leaf tobacco” means any leaf tobacco that is not intended to be smoked, but shall not include moist snuff.
“Manufacturer” means a person who manufactures or produces tobacco products and sells tobacco products to a distributor.
“Manufacturer’s representative” means a person employed by a manufacturer to sell or distribute the manufacturer's tobacco products.
2
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
“Manufacturer’s sales price” means the actual price for which a manufacturer, manufacturer’s representative, or any other person sells tobacco products to an unaffiliated distributor.
“Moist snuff” means a tobacco product consisting of finely cut, ground, or powdered
tobacco that is not intended to be smoked but shall not include any finely cut, ground or powdered tobacco that is intended to be placed in the nasal cavity. “Moist snuff” includes items such as snus and dissolvable tobacco products.
“Nicotine vapor product” means any noncombustible product containing nicotine that employs a heating element, power source, electronic circuit, or other electronic, chemical, or mechanical means, regardless of shape or size, that can be used to produce vapor from nicotine in a solution or other form. “Nicotine vapor product” includes any electronic cigarette, electronic cigar, electronic cigarillo, electronic pipe, or similar product or device and any cartridge or other container of nicotine in a solution or other form that is intended to be used with or in an electronic cigarette, electronic cigar, electronic cigarillo, electronic pipe, or similar product or device. “Nicotine vapor product” does not include any product regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration under Chapter V (21 U.S.C. § 351 et seq.) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, company, business,
trust, joint venture, or other legal entity.
“Pipe tobacco” means any tobacco which, because of its appearance, type, packaging, or labeling, is suitable for use and likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as tobacco to be smoked in a pipe.
“Retail dealer” means any person who sells or offers any tobacco products for sale to consumers.
“Smokeless tobacco” means any snuff or chewing tobacco.
“Snuff” means any finely cut, ground, or powdered tobacco that is not intended to be smoked.
“Tobacco product” or “tobacco products” means any (i) cigar; (ii) smokeless tobacco; (iii) pipe tobacco; (iv) loose leaf tobacco; or (v) liquid nicotine. “Tobacco products” does not include any cigarette, roll-your-own tobacco, heated tobacco product, alternative nicotine
product, or nicotine vapor product. Although “tobacco products” does not include any nicotine vapor product, “tobacco products” includes any liquid nicotine provided with any nicotine vapor product.
“Wholesale dealer” means any person who sells tobacco products at wholesale to retail dealers or institutional, commercial or industrial users.
3
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
(See Va. Code § 58.1-1000, Va. Code § 58.1-1021.01, and Item 3-5.21 of 2020 House Bill 30).
Imposition of the Tax
The tobacco products tax is generally paid by licensed distributors. No person may engage
in the business of selling tobacco products as a distributor in the Commonwealth without first having received a separate license from the Department for each place of business.
Each application for a distributor's license must be accompanied by an application fee.
The Department will conduct a background investigation of the applicant and such of its officers and employees as deemed necessary by the Department. (See Licensing of Distributors)
In order to facilitate the implementation of the imposition of the tax on liquid nicotine, the Department will allow persons to sell liquid nicotine subsequent to July 1, 2020 and prior to January 1, 2021 without having obtained a distributors license on the following conditions:
- The person files their return and pays the tobacco products tax to the Department; and
- The person files their distributor’s application with the Department and pays their
application fee prior to October 1, 2020.
The Department maintains a current list of licensed distributors that is updated on a monthly basis and posted on the Department's website at www.tax.virginia.gov. Persons who purchase tobacco products for resale should check this list frequently to ensure that they are buying from licensed distributors.
Any person, except as provided by law, who imports, transports, or possesses for resale tobacco products upon which the tax has not been paid is liable for the tax on the untaxed tobacco products and, in certain situations, penalties. (See Penalties Applicable to Unlawful Possession of Tobacco Products)
The tax is imposed on tobacco products a distributor 1) brings or causes to be brought into the Commonwealth for sale in the Commonwealth; 2) makes, manufactures, or fabricates in the Commonwealth for sale in the Commonwealth; or 3) ships or transports to retailer dealers in the Commonwealth to be sold by those retail dealers in the
Commonwealth. The tax, however, is due when tobacco products are sold in the Commonwealth and not when the tobacco products are brought into the Commonwealth for sale. The tax is imposed once, and only once, on all tobacco products for sale in the Commonwealth. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.02)
Distributors may sell tobacco products, with proper documentation, to other licensed distributors and affiliates exempt from the tax. The purchasing distributor is liable for the tax for such tobacco products when he sells to a retailer within the Commonwealth.
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Licensed distributors will continue to be liable for the tax on sales of tobacco products to retailers in Virginia.
Each distributor who sells tobacco products to another licensed distributor or an affiliate must render with each sale itemized invoices showing the distributor's name and address, the purchaser's name and address, the date of sale, all prices, and the wording “Virginia Tobacco Products Tax NOT Paid.” The seller must preserve legible copies of invoices for three years after the date of sale.
Example 1
A distributor sells tobacco products to a retailer in Virginia. The distributor pays the tax on the products. The retailer subsequently ships the tobacco products to a store in North Carolina for sale in that state. The retailer asks for a refund of the tax. As the tax was imposed on the sale of the tobacco products by the distributor to the retailer, no refund would be owed to the retailer.
Example 2
Distributor A sells tobacco products to another licensed distributor in Virginia, Distributor B. Distributor A does not pay the tax on the products. Distributor B subsequently sells the tobacco products to a retailer in Virginia for sale in the Commonwealth. Distributor B pays the tax on the products.
Example 3
Distributor A sells tobacco products to another licensed distributor in Virginia, Distributor B. Distributor A does not pay the tax on the products. Distributor B subsequently ships the tobacco products to a retailer in North Carolina for sale in that state. No tobacco products tax is owed on the transaction.
New Rates
Effective July 1, 2020, the tax is imposed on moist snuff at the rate of $0.36 per ounce with a proportionate tax at the same rate on all fractional parts of an ounce based on net weight as listed by the manufacturer on the package in accordance with federal law. Dry snuff, however, is subject to the tax at the rate of 20% of the manufacturer’s sales price.
The tax is imposed on loose leaf tobacco at rates of $0.42 for each unit that is less than 4 ounces, $0.80 for each unit that is at least 4 ounces but not more than 8 ounces, $1.40 for each unit that is more than 8 ounces but not more than 24 ounces. Units of loose leaf tobacco that exceed 24 ounces are subject to the tax at a rate of $0.42 per unit plus $0.42 for each 4 ounce increment that the unit exceeds 16 ounces. Plug tobacco and other tobacco products containing fine tobacco or not sold in loose form, however, are not considered loose leaf tobacco. Such products are subject to the tax at the rate of 20%
of the manufacturer's sales price.
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Distributors should calculate the tax based on the net weight of the consumer sized unit produced by the manufacturer to be sold to consumers as a single unit and containing one individual package. If the net weight is listed using a unit of measurement other than ounces, the distributor must convert the net weight to ounces in order to determine the tax due. The distributor may round to the nearest hundredth of an ounce.
A distributor who calculates and pays the tax in good faith reliance on the net weight listed
by the manufacturer on the package or on the manufacturer's invoice shall not be liable for additional tax, or for interest or penalties, solely by reason of a subsequent determination that such weight information was incorrect.
The tax is imposed on liquid nicotine at a rate of $0.066 per milliliter of liquid. This rate is imposed regardless of whether the liquid nicotine is sold in single-use cartridges or containers, or sold in customized amounts to be used in a reusable device.
All other tobacco products, other than moist snuff, loose leaf tobacco, a n d liquid nicotine are subject to the tax at the rate of 20% of the manufacturer's sales price.
Heated tobacco products are not subject to the tobacco products tax.
Although nicotine vapor products are not subject to the tax, any liquid nicotine provided
with any nicotine vapor product is subject to the tax.
Roll-your-own tobacco remains subject to the cigarette excise tax at the rate of 10% of the manufacturer’s sales price. The cigarette excise tax due on roll-your-own tobacco is reported on Form TT-8, Virginia Tobacco Products Tax Return.
Example 4
A distributor brings a can of moist snuff into the Commonwealth for sale. The net weight listed by the manufacturer on the package is 1.2 ounces. The actual weight of the can is 1.3 ounces.
The tax on the can is calculated by multiplying $0.36 by the number of ounces listed on the package, 1.2. The distributor pays $0.43 ($0.36 x 1.2) in tax. The distributor is not liable for the additional tax on the actual weight of the can or for interest or penalties solely because the weight information was incorrect.
Example 5
On a two-for-one promotion, a manufacturer located outside of Virginia sells 10 one-ounce cans of moist snuff. The distributor resells the 10 packages to a retail dealer located in Virginia for the price of 5 cans. The distributor would pay the tax on the 10 one-ounce cans. The distributor pays $3.60 ($0.36 x 10) in tax.
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Example 6
As a promotional offer, a manufacturer located outside of Virginia provides a free sample of a 1 ounce package of snus with the purchase of a 1 ounce can of moist snuff.
The distributor resells the can of moist snuff to a retail dealer located in Virginia with the free sample of snus. The distributor would pay the tax on the both the 1 ounce can of
moist snuff and the 1 ounce package of snus. The distributor pays $0.72 ($0.36 x 2) in tax.
Example 7
A distributor brings one unit of loose leaf tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The net weight listed by the manufacturer on the unit is 3 ounces. The actual weight of the unit of loose leaf tobacco is 4 ounces.
The tax on a 3 ounce unit of loose leaf tobacco is $0.42. The distributor pays $0.42 in tax. The distributor is not liable for the additional tax on the actual weight of the unit or for interest or penalties solely because the weight information was incorrect.
Example 8
A distributor brings a case of 30 consumer sized units of loose leaf tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The net weight listed by the manufacturer on the case is 90 ounces and the net weight listed on each unit is 3 ounces.
The distributor calculates the tax based on the net weight of each consumer sized unit and not on the net weight of the case. The rate of tax on a 3 ounce unit of loose leaf tobacco is $0.42. The distributor pays $12.60 (30 x $0.42) in tax.
Example 9
A distributor brings one unit of loose leaf tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The net weight listed by the manufacturer on the unit is 20 ounces.
The tax on a 20 ounce unit of loose leaf tobacco is $1.40. The distributor pays $1.40 in tax.
Example 10
A distributor brings one unit of loose leaf tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The net weight listed by the manufacturer on the unit is 28 ounces.
The tax on the unit of loose leaf tobacco is calculated by adding $0.42 for each 4-ounce increment that the unit exceeds 16 ounces to $0.42 for the unit. A unit of 28 ounces exceeds 16 ounces by 12 ounces (28 - 16), or 3 4-ounce increments (12 ÷ 4 = 3). The distributor pays $1.68 ($0.42 + (3 x $0.42)) in tax.
7
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Example 11
A distributor brings one unit of loose leaf tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The net weight listed by the manufacturer on the unit is 30 ounces.
The tax on the unit of loose leaf tobacco is calculated by adding $0.42 for each 4-ounce increment that the unit exceeds 16 ounces to $0.42 for the unit. A unit of 30 ounces exceeds 16 ounces by 14 ounces (30 - 16), or 4 4-ounce increments (14 ÷ 4 = 3.5). The distributor pays $2.10 ($0.42 + (4 x $0.42)) in tax.
Example 12
On a two-for-one promotion, a manufacturer located outside of Virginia sells 10 three-ounce units of loose leaf tobacco. The distributor resells the 10 units to a retail dealer located in Virginia for the price of 5 units. The distributor would pay the tax on the 10 three-ounce units. The distributor pays $4.20 ($0.42 x 10) in tax.
Example 13
As a promotional offer, a manufacturer located outside of Virginia provides a free sample of a one-ounce package of snus with the purchase of a 3 ounce unit of loose leaf tobacco.
The distributor resells the unit of loose leaf tobacco to a retail dealer located in Virginia with the free sample of snus. The distributor would pay the tax on the both the three-ounce unit of loose leaf tobacco and the one-ounce package of snus. The distributor pays $0.42 in tax for the unit of loose leaf tobacco and $0.36 ($0.36 x 1) in tax for the snus, for a total of $0.78 ($0.42 + $0.36).
Example 14
In July, a distributor brings one liter of liquid nicotine into the Commonwealth for sale.
The liquid nicotine is for use in open-system refillable vapor devices. The distributor sells the liquid nicotine to a retailer in August. The distributor reports the sale on his August
return due in September.
The tax on liquid nicotine is calculated by multiplying $0.066 by the milliliters of liquid nicotine. The distributor pays $66.00 ($0.066 * 1,000 mL) in tax for the liter of liquid nicotine.
Example 15
In July, a distributor brings closed-system vapor devices and 0.5 liter of liquid nicotine in the form of cartridges to be used in the closed-system vapor devices into the Commonwealth for sale. The distributor sells the vapor devices and the cartridges to a retailer in August. The distributor reports the sale on his August return due in September.
8
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
The distributor pays $33.00 ($0.066 * 500 mL) in tax for the 0.5 liters of liquid nicotine.
There is no tobacco products tax due on the devices.
Manufacturer’s Sales Price
Manufacturer’s sales price is the total amount for which tobacco products are sold, valued in money, whether paid in money or otherwise, and includes any amount for which credit is given to the purchaser by the dealer, without any deduction therefrom on account of the cost of the property sold, the cost of materials used, labor or service costs, losses or any other expenses whatsoever, including federal excise taxes. Manufacturer’s sales price does not include any cash discount allowed and taken or finance charges, carrying charges, service charges or interest from credit extended on sales of tobacco products. In the event that the buyer and seller are affiliates or the Department determines that the price established by the parties is not consistent with arms-length transactions involving similar products, the manufacturer’s sales price must be the greater of the sales price established by the parties or the manufacturer’s list price for the tobacco products. If a distributor is unable to determine the manufacturer’s sales price, he may use the purchase price of the tobacco products to compute the tax liability. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.01)
Example 16
A distributor brings roll-your-own tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The manufacturer’s sales price is $10. The distributor pays $1 ($10 * 0.1) in tax.
Example 17
A distributor brings a unit of plug tobacco into the Commonwealth for sale. The manufacturer’s sales price is $10. The distributor pays $2 ($10 * 0.2) in tax.
Example 18
A manufacturer located outside of Virginia sells 1,000 packages of pipe t obacco with a list price of $1 each to a licensed distributor for $1,000 in July. The distributor resells the 1,000 packages to a retail dealer located in Virginia for $1,500 in August. The distributor reports the tobacco products on the August return due September 20 as having a manufacturer’s sales price of $1,000 and pays $200 ($1,000 * 0.20) in tax.
Example 19
On a two-for-one promotion, a manufacturer located outside of Virginia sells 2,000 cigars
with a list price of $1 each to a licensed distributor for $1,000 in July. The distributor resells the 2,000 packages to a retail dealer located in Virginia for $1,500 in August. The distributor reports the tobacco products on the August return due September 20 as having a manufacturer’s sales price of $1,000 and pays $200 ($1,000 * 0.20) in tax for the tobacco products.
9
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Exemptions
The tax does not apply to any transactions in interstate or foreign commerce, or to the federal government, its agencies and instrumentalities that, under provisions of the United States Constitution, Virginia is prohibited from taxing. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.02 (B))
Penalties Applicable to Unlawful Possession of Tobacco Products
No person may engage in the business of selling tobacco products as a distributor in the Commonwealth without first having received a separate license from the Department for each place of business.
Any person, except as provided by law, who imports, transports, or possesses for resale tobacco products upon which the tax has not been paid is liable for the tax on the untaxed tobacco products. Additionally, if such person imports, transports, or possesses such
tobacco products in such a manner as to knowingly or intentionally evade or attempt to evade the tax, he will be required to pay a penalty of $2.50 per tobacco product, up to $500, for the first violation by the person within a 36 month period, $5 per tobacco product, up to $1,000, for the second violation by the person within a 36 month period, and $10 per tobacco product, up to $50,000, for the third or subsequent violation by the person within a 36 month period. This penalty applies to both retailers and individuals purchasing tobacco products from exempt entities as well as licensed distributors.
Where willful intent to defraud the Commonwealth of the tax is found, a penalty of $25 per tobacco product, up to $250,000, may be imposed. Any person who commits a voluntary, conscious, and intentional act to defraud the Commonwealth is subject to the increased penalty. Black’s Law Dictionary, Ninth Edition, defines “fraud” as “a knowing misrepresentation of the truth or concealment of a material fact to induce another to act to his or her detriment.” (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.04:3)
For the purposes of determining the amount of the civil penalty, the unit or package intended to be sold to consumers as a single product, such as the unit or package upon which the “stock keeping unit” or “SKU” has been applied, shall be considered one “tobacco product.”
For the purposes of determining the number of violations made within a 36 month period, a business that has undergone a corporate or similar reorganization will be considered the same legal entity, even if it results in the use of a new tax registration number or Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN). A legal entity that purchases the assets of an existing business through a bona fide sale will not be liable for prior violations by such business. It is the burden of the business to show that it is a new legal entity for the purposes of determining the number of violations.
Additionally, any person who is not a licensed distributor may not import, transport, or possess, for resale, any tobacco products in the Commonwealth. Such tobacco products, as well as tobacco products imported, transported, or possessed in a manner as to
10
--- Page 11 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
knowingly and intentionally evade or attempt to evade the tax, are subject to seizure, forfeiture and destruction by any law-enforcement officer. All fixtures, equipment, materials and personal property used in substantial connection with the sale or possession of tobacco products involved in a knowing and intentional violation of the tax are subject to seizure and forfeiture by a law-enforcement officer of the Commonwealth. (See Va.
Code § 58.1-1021.04:3)
The Department maintains a current list of licensed distributors that is updated on a monthly basis and posted on the Department's website at www.tax.virginia.gov. Persons who purchase tobacco products for resale should check this list frequently to ensure that they are buying from licensed distributors.
Example 20
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor who has imported an inventory of 20 packages of 5 cigars wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and imported the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and intentionally evade the tax. Dealer A would owe the tax on the 20 packages of cigars and would also be subject to a penalty of $50 (20 * $2.50) if it is his first violation within a 36 month period.
Example 21
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor who possesses an inventory of 20 cigars individually wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and intentionally evade the tax. Dealer A would owe the tax on the 20 cigars and would also be subject to a penalty of $50 (20 * $2.50) if it is his first violation within a 36 month period.
Example 22
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor and possesses an inventory of 10 packages of 8 cans of moist snuff wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and
intentionally evade the tax. Dealer A has opened one package to sell separately to fulfill specific orders and the other 9 packages are unopened and intended to be sold whole. The opened package would be considered 8 tobacco products as Dealer A intends to sell each can as a single product. The other 9 unopened packages would be considered 9 tobacco products, for a total of 17 tobacco products. Dealer A would owe the tax on the 17 tobacco products and would also be subject to a penalty of $42.50 (17 * $2.50) if it is his first violation within a 36 month period.
Example 23
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor and possesses an inventory of 300 cigars individually wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and intentionally
11
--- Page 12 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
evade the tax. It is his second violation within a 36-month period. Dealer A would owe the tax on the 300 cigars and would also be subject to a penalty of $1,000, as the civil penalty is capped at $1,000 for the second violation (300 * $5.00 = $1,500 > $1,000).
Example 24
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor and possesses an inventory of 20 cigars individually wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and intentionally evade the tax. Dealer A has had one other violation occurring 40 months prior to this violation. Dealer A would owe the tax on the 20 cigars and would also be subject to a penalty of $50 (20 * $2.50) as it is his first violation within a 36 month period.
Example 25
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor and possesses an inventory of 20 cigars individually wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and intentionally evade the tax. Dealer A had a violation that occurred 30 months prior to this violation.
Dealer A would owe the tax on the 20 cigars and would also be subject to a penalty
of $100 (20 * $5.00) as it is his second violation within a 36 month period.
30 months later, Dealer A has another violation in which he possesses an inventory of 10 cigars individually wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner s o as to knowingly and intentionally evade the tax. As the first violation occurred 60 months prior to this violation, Dealer A would owe the tax on the 10 cigars and would also be subject to a penalty of $50 (10 * $5.00) as it is his second violation within a 36 month period.
Example 26
Dealer A is a retailer but not a licensed distributor and possesses an inventory of 300 cigars individually wrapped in cellophane upon which an “SKU” has been applied and possesses the tobacco products in a manner so as to knowingly and intentionally evade the tax. Dealer A has been selling tobacco products to retailers in Virginia for the past year and has not remitted any tobacco products tax. Distributor A has also recently been convicted of smuggling tobacco products during the year. Dealer A would owe the tax on the 300 cigars and would also be subject to the increased intent to defraud penalty in the amount of $7,500 (300 * $25.00).
Licensing of Distributors
In order to facilitate the implementation of the imposition of the tax on liquid nicotine, the
Department will allow persons to sell liquid nicotine subsequent to July 1, 2020 and prior
12
--- Page 13 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
to January 1, 2021 without having obtained a distributors license on the following conditions:
- The person files their return and pays the tobacco products tax to the Department;
and
- The person files their distributor’s application with the Department and pays their application fee prior to October 1, 2020.
Each application for a distributor's license must be accompanied by a non-refundable application fee, not to exceed $750 for a three year permit. The Department currently charges an application fee of $600. In the event that the applicant has more than one place of business, the Department may waive the application fee for its other places of business. In the event that the applicant has paid an application fee to obtain a cigarette stamping permit for a location, the Department may waive the tobacco products tax license application fee for that location.
Every application for a license must be made on a form prescribed by the Department and the following information must be provided:
- The name and address of the applicant. If the applicant is a corporation, it must also provide the name and address of its principal officers. If the applicant is any other type of legal entity, it must also provide the name and address of each of its members;
- The address of the applicant's principal place of business;
- The location where the business to be licensed is to be conducted; and
- Such other information as the Department may require.
Application forms are available on the Department’s web site, www.tax.virginia.gov.
The application fee will be applied to the Department’s administrative and other costs of processing distributor's license applications, conducting background investigations and issuing distributor's licenses. Any amount collected in excess of such costs as of June 30 in even numbered years will be reported to the State Treasurer and deposited into the state treasury.
The Department will conduct a background investigation of the applicant and such of its officers and employees as deemed necessary by the Department. The background investigation may include a Virginia Criminal History Records search. The Department may also conduct a National Criminal Records search and fingerprinting as required by
the Federal Bureau of Investigation. In addition to the background investigations required to obtain a license, the Department may conduct background investigations of officers and employees hired after the license is issued or renewed. The Department may also require distributors to notify the Department of personnel changes in positions requiring a background investigation.
13
--- Page 14 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
The Department may refuse to issue a distributor’s license or may suspend, revoke or refuse to renew a distributor's license if it determines that the applicant or any of its officers and employees have been 1) found guilty of any fraud or misrepresentation in any connection; 2) convicted of robbery, extortion, burglary, larceny, embezzlement, fraudulent conversion, gambling, perjury, bribery, treason, or racketeering; or 3) convicted of a felony. Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals or misrepresents a
material fact or knowingly and willfully makes a false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in an application for a distributor's license is guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.
The Department may at any time revoke the license issued to any distributor who violates any of the provisions of the tax, or of these guidelines and rules. No license may be transferred to another person.
Each distributor must prominently display its license, or a copy thereof, at the licensed premises and provide a copy to each wholesale or retail dealer located in the Commonwealth to whom it sells tobacco products. In the event that its license expires or is revoked, the distributor must immediately notify each wholesale or retail dealer located in the Commonwealth to whom it sells tobacco products. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.04:1)
Example 27
A wholesale dealer located in Virginia and other states sells tobacco products to retail and licensed wholesale dealers located in Virginia and other states. The wholesale dealer is a distributor and must 1) obtain a license from the Department; 2) provide a copy of its license to each of its customers located in Virginia; 3) file monthly returns concerning its sales of tobacco products during the preceding month to Virginia retailers; and 4) pay the tax due regarding such sales at the time the return is filed.
Example 28
A retail dealer located in Virginia buys tobacco products exclusively from a wholesale dealer located in another state that has not obtained a tobacco products tax license from the Department. The retail dealer is a distributor and must 1) obtain a license from the
Department; 2) file monthly returns concerning its purchases of tobacco products during the preceding month; and 3) pay the tax due on such purchases at the time the return is filed. In this example, the manufacturer’s sales price, if the tobacco products are subject to the t a x based on the manufacturer’s sales price, would be the purchase price paid by the retail dealer.
Example 29
A retail dealer located in Virginia buys tobacco products exclusively from a licensed distributor. The retail dealer 1) has obtained a copy of the distributor’s license issued by the Department; 2) has not been notified by the distributor or the Department that the
14
--- Page 15 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
registration has been terminated; and 3) each invoice received from the distributor reflects that the tax due regarding the products listed on the invoice will be paid by the distributor by the wording “Virginia Tobacco Products Tax Paid.” Regardless of whether the distributor is located in Virginia or another state, the retail dealer is not a distributor and is not required to obtain a license with the Department, file a monthly return or to pay the tax regarding these purchases.
Filing of Monthly Returns
Every distributor registered for the tax is required to file Form TT-8, Virginia Tobacco Products Tax Return, on or before the 20th day of the month following the reporting period.
A return must be filed for each month even if no tax is due. At the time of filing Form TT-8, Virginia Tobacco Products Tax Return, the distributor must pay the amount of tax due.
The return for each period becomes delinquent on the twenty-first day of the succeeding month if not paid. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.02:1)
For the purpose of compensating distributors for accounting for the tax, a distributor is allowed when filing a monthly return and paying the tax to deduct two percent of the tax otherwise due if the amount due was not delinquent at the time of payment. (See Va.
Code § 58.1-1021.03).
Distributors are required by the Department to complete and retain detailed schedules supporting all entries on monthly returns, including but not limited to information on:
- Previously taxed tobacco products that have been returned to the manufacturer;
- Previously taxed tobacco products that have been exchanged for untaxed product;
- Previously taxed tobacco products sold in other states;
- Exempt sales; and
- Sales and purchases of previously taxed products.
Penalties and Interest
Any distributor who fails to file a return or pay the full amount of the tax due will be subject to a penalty equal to five percent of the tax due if the failure is for not more than one month, with an additional two percent for each additional month, or fraction thereof, during which the failure continues, not to exceed 20 percent in the aggregate. In no case, however, will the penalty be less than $10 and the minimum penalty will apply whether or not any tax is due for the period for which such return was required. The Department has, in its discretion, the authority to waive these penalties. Interest will accrue until the tax is paid. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.04 (A))
Any distributor who files a false or fraudulent return with willful intent to defraud the Commonwealth, or willfully fails to file a return with the intent to defraud the Commonwealth, will be subject to a penalty equal to 50 percent of the tax due. It will be
prima facie evidence of intent to defraud the Commonwealth when any distributor
15
--- Page 16 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
reports its tax liability at 50 percent or less of the actual amount. (See Va. Code § 58.1-
1021.04 (B))
Credits and Refunds
In the event that the Department determines that the amount paid regarding any
monthly return was greater than the amount of tax due the Commonwealth, the excess may be taken as a credit by the distributor against a subsequent month's tobacco products tax liability.
If, however, the distributor requests a refund, such excess will be refunded to the distributor within 45 days of the request. The refund will include interest from the due date of the return to which such excess is attributable to or the date such excess was paid to the Department, whichever is later, and end on a date determined by the Department preceding the date of the refund check by not more than seven days.
Records
Each distributor must keep in each licensed place of business complete and accurate records for that place of business, including itemized invoices of: 1) tobacco products held, purchased, manufactured, brought in or caused to be brought in from outside the Commonwealth or shipped or transported to retailers in the Commonwealth; 2) all sales of tobacco products made; 3) all tobacco products transferred to other retail outlets owned or controlled by that licensed distributor; and 4) any other records required by the Department. All such books, records and other papers and documents must be preserved for a period of at least three years, unless the Department authorizes, in writing, their destruction or disposal at an earlier date. At any time during usual business hours, duly authorized agents or employees of the Department may enter any place of business of a distributor and inspect the premises, the books, records and other papers and documents required to be kept and the tobacco products contained therein. (See Va. Code § 58.1-1021.04:2)
Each distributor who sells tobacco products to persons other than to another licensed distributor, an affiliate or an ultimate consumer must render with each sale itemized invoices showing the distributor’s name and address, the purchaser’s name and address, the date of sale, all prices, and the wording “Virginia Tobacco Products Tax Paid.” In the event that items subject to the tax are sold with items not subject to the tax, the invoice must show separate subtotals for taxable and nontaxable items or the seller must issue separate invoices for taxable and nontaxable items. The seller must preserve legible copies of invoices for three years after the date of sale. Each distributor must procure itemized invoices of all tobacco products purchased. The invoices must show the name and address of the seller and the date of purchase. The distributor must preserve a legible copy of each invoice for three years after the date of purchase.
Persons failing to make records available for inspection by the Department during regular business hours are guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor under Va. Code § 58.1-103.
16
--- Page 17 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Manufacturer’s Report
Each manufacturer that ships tobacco products to any person located in the Commonwealth is required to file a report with the Department no later than the twentieth of each month identifying all such shipments made by the manufacturer during the
preceding month unless the Tax Commissioner authorizes the manufacturer to file such reports for a period less frequently than monthly when, in the opinion of the Tax Commissioner, doing so would improve the efficiency of the administration of the tax imposed by this article.
The Tax Commissioner has determined that allowing manufacturers to file this report on an annual basis would improve the efficiency of the administration of the tobacco products tax. The report is due no later than February 20 of each year for the preceding calendar year. Each such report must identify for the preceding calendar year the names and addresses of the persons within the Commonwealth to whom the shipments were made and the quantities of tobacco products shipped, by type of product and brand. For tobacco products taxed based on weight or volume, such as moist snuff, loose leaf tobacco, and liquid nicotine, the report must include both the units and the weight or volume of each tobacco product shipped. Manufacturers may use their own template for the report as long as all of the information required is presented using a reasonable format. The Tax Commissioner reserves the right to convert a manufacturer back to filing the report on a
monthly basis if the efficiency of the administration of the tax would be improved.
Manufacturer reports should be mailed to
Tobacco Unit Department of Taxation P.O. Box 715 Richmond, VA 23218-0715
17
--- Page 18 ---
Guidelines and Rules for the Tobacco Products Tax May 4, 2020
Appeals
Any person may appeal issues related to the tax to the Department using the administrative appeals process administered by the Department under Va. Code § 58.1-1820, et seq. and 23 VAC 10-20-165.
All appeals, along with supporting documentation, should be mailed to
Appeals and Rulings Department of Taxation P.O. Box 27203 Richmond, VA 23261-7203
Additional Information
These Guidelines and rules are available on-line in the Laws, Rulings, and Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. If you have any questions, please contact the Tobacco Tax Unit at (804) 371-0730.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
18
Virginia Aircraft Sales and Use Tax GuidelinesDoc ID: Aircraft
--- Page 1 ---o
4
’
ae 3
na ns
cw
C
iy
L
LiVlLOWN WEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
93727909
jer
Richmond, Virginia
ae A ae LI ee .
MEMORANDUM
aw
,
TO
Russell C. Whitehead, Jr., Supervisor
Taxpayer Assistance Section
DATE
1987
March 10,
RE
Imposition of the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax
at Washington National Airport
This will refer to your recent conversation with Tim Winks
relatina to the assessment of aircraft sales and nee
fax on
planes based at Washington National Airport.
r
ea
-
=
FRA
~~
~
~~
~
Spameparear
atvacs
-
bac are wet ark saawcs
and use tax with respect to the sale of an
aircraft in Virginia
or the use of aircraft required to be licen
sed in Virginia.
Therefore,
a sale is necessar
aircraft sales tax,
y for the imposition of the
while the aircraft use tax is triggered only
if the plane is requ
ired to be licensed with the Department of
Aviation.
As Virginia possesses the autho
rity under the Airport and
Airways Development Act of 1970
to collect sales and use taxes
at National Airport (with certai
n limited exceptions), the
imposition of the tax on aircraf
proper.
t sold at National Airport is
However, the use tax ma
y not be imposed upon an
aircraft purchased outside Vir
Ginia which is subsequently based
at National Airport.
alrport are not requir
This is true because aircraft based at the
ed to be licensed by the Department of
Aviation pursuant to a
1946 compact in which Virginia ceded
exclusive jurisdiction
States.
over the airport property to the United
If you have any further questions, please let me know.
phocrseeng ge
Danny MM.
Payne,
Director
Tax Policy Division
——
ey
—
——
-— ——
ee ee
-——-————— — ee
Assessment of Penalties and Interest on Miscellaneous TaxesDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---
- ; .
MEMORANDUM TO: Jane Bailey, Manager .
Systems Development Project Team | _ DATE: December 21, 1984
SUBJECT: Assessment of penalty and interest: Miscellaneous Taxes Attached is the information prepared by Tax Policy Division on the assessment of penalty and interest on miscellaneous taxes. This information was requested by your staff.
If you have any further questions or comments, please let me know.
Danny “. Payne, Director .
Tax Policy Division dlk
--- Page 2 ---SUBJECT: Assessment of initial penalty and interest and additional penalty and interest.
The purpose of this paper is to review the authority and time period for assessing penalty and interest and assessing additional penalty and | interest subsequent to original assessment on the miscellaneous taxes.
Generally
Section 358-1160, 5§.1-1812 on and after January 1, 1985, imposes
interest “at the rate equal to the rate of interest established pursuant
to Section 6621 I.R.C." Since this section provides only for State conformity with federal rates, it cannot be construed to incorporate the
new Section 6622 I.R.C. and daily interest compounding. Accordingly,
Virginia does not conform to the federal method of compounding interest
daily.
a
General Provisions for penalty and interest
Section 56.1-1812 provides for the assessment of penalties and interest
if a proper return is not filed or if the full proper tax is not paid.
This section applies to all taxes unless penalties or interest are
otherwise specified. .
Penalties: .
If no penalty is otherwise prescribed, the penalty is 5% of the tax due.
If failure to pay in full is fraudulent, the penalty is 100°, of tax due.
--- Page 3 ---Interest: In addition to penalties, interest on the outstanding tax and penalty shall be charged at the rate established under Section 38.1-15 for the period between the due date and date of full payment.
. Additional interest: Interest accrues on the total assessment of taxes, penalties and interest if not paid within thirty days from the date of such assessment until payment.
--- Page 4 ---Virginia Watercraft Sales and Use Tax
Tax due return: .
Failure to file return: If taxpayer. fails to file required return or pay tax within 30 days after the required filing and payment date, a 5% penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
After 60 days after the required filing and payment date, additional penalties of 5°, of unpaid tax shall be added for each 30 day, or fraction thereof, periods. The maximum penalty is 25% unless there is a false or fraudulent return with willful intent or willful failure to File with intent to defraud in which case penalty is 50% or less of the proper tax assessed.
Interest: Interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty from the day after the last day for timely filing and paying tax until the tax is paid.
Additional interest: Interest accrues on the total assessment of taxes, penalties and interest if not paid within thirty days from the date of such assessment until payment.
. 3
--- Page 5 ---Aircraft Sales and Use Tax § 58.1-1510 Tax due return: Failure to file return: If taxpayer fails to file required return or pay tax within 30 days after the required filing and payment date, a 5% penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
Additional penalties of 5°, of unpaid tax shall be added for each additional 30 days, or fraction thereof, that tax remains unpaid. The maximum penalty is 25%, unless there is a false or fraudulent return in which case penalty is 50°, of proper tax.
Interest: Interest accrues on the unpaid amount of the tax and penalty from the day after the last day for timely filing and paying tax until the tax is paid.
Additional interest: If taxes, penalties and interest are not paid within 30 days from the date of the original assessment, interest accrues on total tax, penalty and interest originally assessed from the date of the assessment until payment. ra
--- Page 6 ---Forest Products § 38.1-1619 Tax due return: § 56.1-1619 Deficiency return: § 58.1-1620 If taxpayer fails to pay tax when due, a 5°, penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
. Interest: ; ;
Interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty due six months from the due date until the tax is paid. -Additional interest: § 58.1-1812 If taxes, penalties and interest are not paid within 30 days from the date of the original assessment, interest accrues on total tax, penalty and interest originally assessed from the date of the assessment until © payment.
Audited records: § 58.1-1621 After taxpayer is notified, if deficiency not paid within 30 days from the date of notification, penalty accrues at 1/2 of 1%. per month on unpaid amount from the date taxes became due unless willful or fraudulent intent, then penalty is 25°, of tax. 5 ! i
--- Page 7 ---Litter Tax
§ 58.1-1709 Failure to pay tax timely: Penalty: Penalty is equal ta 100° of amount of tax due.
Interest: Regulation Interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty from June 1 until time of payment.
6 .
--- Page 8 ---Hank Franchise Tax § 58.1-1216 Tax due return: Failure to file return: ;
Penalty: Penalty is 5°, of the tax due. interest: Interest accrues for the period between the due date and date of full | payment.
Additional interest . Interest accrues on the total assessment of taxes, penalties and
- interest if not paid within thirty days from the date of such assessment until payment.
-
7
--- Page 9 ---Estate Tax §§ 56.1-905 and 58.1-906 Tax due return: — Failure to file return: Section 38.1-1812 computation of interest and penalty applies to timely filed returns with tax due. Therefore, penalty is 5°, of the tax due and interest accrues on the outstanding tax and penalty for the period between the due date and date of full payment. If failure to pay in full was fraudulent, the penalty is 100° of the tax due. .
Additional interest: If taxes, penalties and interest are not paid within 30 days from the date of the original assessment, interest accrues on total tax, penalty and interest originally assessed from the date of the assessment until payment.
Return filed under extension: Interest accrues for the period between the date when the tax was due with no extension and the date of full payment.
Amended Returns: § 58.1-906 A. Tax due: Interest accrues for the period between the date when the tax was originally due and the date of full payment. 5
--- Page 10 ---B. Assessed tax by federal government: If taxpayer's representative files required notice within 60 days of determination, interest accrues for the period between the date when the tax was originally due and the date of full payment.
9 Ly
--- Page 11 ---Corn § 9.1-1046 (} Tax not paid when due: If taxpayer fails to pay tax required when due and payable, interest accrues at the rate of 1°, per month for the period from the due date to ~ | the date of full payment.
LO
--- Page 12 ---Slaughter Hog and Feeder Pig — § 3.1-763.10 Tax not paid when due: If taxpayer fails to pay the tax required when due and payable, a 5% penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
If the tax and 5°, penalty is not paid within 30 days from date of notice to taxpayer, interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty for the period from the due date to the date of full payment.
Additional interest: .
Interest accrues on the total assessment of taxes, penalties and interest if not paid within thirty days from the date of such assessment until payment. ll
--- Page 13 ---Peanut § 3.1-660 Tax not paid when due: | If taxpayer fails to pay the tax required when due and payable, a 3% penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
Interest: If the tax and 5° penalty is not paid within 30 days from date of notice to taxpayer, interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty for the period from the due date to the date of full payment.
Additional interest: Interest accrues on the total assessment of taxes, penalties and interest if not paid within thirty days from the date of such assessment until payment. | 1 |
--- Page 14 ---Eggs § 3.1-796.016
Tax not paid when due
If taxpayer fails to pay tax required when due and payable, interest
accrues for the period from the due date to the date of full payment.
13
--- Page 15 ---Sovbean
el
§ 3.1-684.16
Tax not paid when due
If taxpayer fails to pay the tax required when due and payable, interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax fer the period from the due date to
the date of full payment.
ae
14
--- Page 16 ---Beer and Beverage § 58.1-714 Tax due return: ' Failure to file return: If taxpayer fails to file required return and pay tax required, a 5°, penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
Additional penalties of 3°, of unpaid tax shall be added for each additional 30 days, or fraction thereof, that tax remains unpaid. The maximum penalty is 25°, unless there is a false or fraudulent return with willful intent to defraud in which case penalty is 50% of proper tax due. .
Interest: § 58.1-1812 Interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty for the period between the due date and date of full payment.
Additional interest Interest accrues on the total assessment of taxes, penalties and interest if not paid within thirty days from the date of such assessment until payment. 15
--- Page 17 ---Soft Drink § 58.1-1703
Q
Interest and penalties accrue the same as income taxes. (Corporate, individual and partnership.) The provisions are:
Failure to pay tax when due: §§ 58.1-351 and 58.1-455 .
If taxpayer fails to pay required tax when due, a 5% penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax. : Failure to file return:
Corporations
If taxpaver fails to file required return when due, a $100 penalty will be assessed.
All others
If taxpayer fails to file required return when due, a 10%, penalty shall be added to the unpaid tax.
Interest
Interest accrues on the unpaid amount of tax and penalty between the date when the tax was originally due and the date of full payment.
Return filed under extension
| Interest accrues for the period between the date when the tax was
originally due and the date of full payment. ‘ ls
--- Page 18 ---. a ts Cigarette Tax Cash sales. No interest applicable.
Ly
Virginia-IRS Tax Administration CoordinationDoc ID: Agreements
--- Page 1 ---ye ease Bef ex Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration Between Virginia Department of Taxation and : Richmond District Internal Revenue Service Section 1, Purpose Under the authority of Section 6103(d) of the Internal Revenue Codes the Tax Cammissioner of the Commonwealth of Virginia and the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service adopted a basic Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration. The purpose of this document is to facilitate the implementation of the basic Agreement by stating the types and amounts of information to be exchanged, the procedures for exchanging it, etc.
Section 2, Federal and State .iaison Officials . .Ol Internal Revenue Service ;
George E. Sutton Disclosure Officer : P. O. Box 10049 Richmond, Virginia 23240 02 Department of Taxation — Raymond E. Dobyns Deputy Tax Commissioner | P. 0. Bax 6—L Richmond, Virginia 2282 .03 In addition to the primary liaison officials listed above, the following secondary liaison personnel are designated for contact regarding routine operational matters: 1 Internal Revenue Service a Chief, Planning and Special Programs Staff, | Examination Division, Richmond District , b Chief, Examination Support and Processing Branch, Examination Division, Richmond District c Chiefs Special Procedures and Support Staff, Collection Division, Richmond District d Disclosure Officer, Memphis Service Center .
Any line marked with a # sign is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 2 ---Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration . obs a : 2 Department of Taxation | - 5 oe a Director, Office Services Division b Supervisor, Complfance Section ¢ Supervisor, Compliance Unit (Manual) d Supervisor, Compliance Unit (Automated) e Supervisor, Data Services Section f Internal Auditor | Section 3, Information to be Exchanged on a Continuing Basis | | .0l Material Furnished to the Department of Taxation by the ' Internal Revenue Service -
- 1 The Disclosure Officer, Richmond District, wil] transmit | | ft # 7 # -# # #
Z . # ; # # # # uf : Any line marked with a # sign is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 3 ---. -i-Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration , . # # | 3 The types of reports to be forwarded will include cases meeting the established criteria set forth above when the tax liability has been agreed or assessed, including those cases agreed at the Appeals Office level and cases where liability has been determined by judicial authority. For such cases, the limited — portion of the examination report will be accompanied by computation of tax set forth in the Appeals or other report. ;
For thosa examination reports involving multiple year examinations wherein one of the years meets the criteria set forth above, no deletion will be made solely for the reason that one of the years examined does not meet the established criteria. # 4 | ? 5 | ——— 3 Form 3210 (Document Transmittal) will be used to send documents by double=sealed mailing to: Department of Taxation Attention: Supervisor, Compliance Unit (Manual) Personal and Confidential P. 0. Box 565 Richmond, Virginia 2204 | Receipt will be acknowledged on the Form 3210 and the form returned to Internal Revenue Service.
Any line marked with a # sign is for /
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 4 ---“a Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration -02 Material Furnished to the Internal Revenue Service by the | . . Department of Taxation os me 1 The Department of Taxation will transmit monthly to the 2 2 # ? 3 ! ? # ’ ; z ? 3 A form similar to Form 3210 will be used by the Cepartment of Taxation to transmit documents by double~sealed mailing Internal Revenue Service .
Attention: Chief, Planning and Special Programs Staff P. 0. .Box 10067 Richmond, Virginia 23240 Receipt will be acknowledged on the form and the form returned to the Department of Taxation. section 4, Specific Requests for Returns and Return Information Ol. Requests by the Department of Taxation for copies of returns of Yirginia residents should be sent to the Memphis Service Center at the following address: Internal Revenue Service Center Attention: Photocopy Unit, Stop 46 Memphis, Tennessee 38101 Any line marked with a # sign is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 5 ---si
Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration
Requests for copies of returns of residents of other states
and requests for copies of return information of all taxpayers
regardless of residency should be sent to
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: Disclosure Officer
P. 0. Box 10049
Richmond, Virginia 23240
02 When the Internal Revenue Service liaison official has a Federal return and/or return information which will not be transmitted to the Department of Taxation under other provisions of this agreement but which may be evidence of any intentional or {nadvertent understatement of any State tax described in Section 3 of the basic Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration, the Internal Revenue Service liaison official shall, if the
4 understatement of tax potentially is @™@™ or more or if the ¢ understatement or violation is potentially a criminal tax violation, contact the Department of Taxation liaison official and describe the return and/or return information (without disclosing identifying information) in sufficient detail to ascertain the department's need and potential use of the return or return information. If, in the judgment of the Internal Revenue Service liaison official, the Department of Taxation has a need and use of the return and/or return information, he/she shall then transmit it to the Department of ~ Taxation.
-03 Requests by Richmond District employees for State returns and return information should be sent to the Department of Taxation at the address shown above in Section 3.013. The request must include the taxpayer's name, address, social security number or employer identification number, and the specific information desired by tax period. The request must be signed by the employee's manager.
-04 Requests for State tax refund information may be made
- telephonically by Richmond District tax auditors, revenue agents, special agents, revenue officers, and managers by calling the Supervisor, Compliance Unit (Manual)s on (804) 257-8290. nection 5, Magnetic Tape Extract Program
-Ol The Internal Revenue Service National Office will transmit periodically to the Department of Taxation a tape extract of agreed
Any line marked with a # sign is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 6 ---
- -§< .
Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration computer paragraph (CP) 2000 cases from the Information Returns. i” : _Proaram. _A taxpnaver's data will be extracted when the increase in - : #
02 The Internal Revenue Service National Office manages several programs whereby the Department of Taxation can obtain other tape -extracts such as the individual and business master file extracts.
The Internal Revenue Service liaison official will coordinate these : programs with the Department of Taxation liaison official without requiring an amendment to this implementing agreement.
-03 In accordance with instructions contained in Revenue Procedure 8-28, the Department of Taxation will, in January of each year, provide the Service a magnetic taoe report of all State income
4 = credited to any individual during the preceding calendar year. With respect to each such refund paid or credit or offset allowed, the F report shall contain: the aggregate amount; the taxable year with respect to which the amount was paid or allowed; and the recipient's name, address, and social security number. The tape will be mailed to: Magnetic Media Reporting | Internal Revenue Service National Computer Center Route 9, Needy Road P. 0. Box 1359 . Martinsburg, West Virginia 25401-1359 section 6, Filing Requirements for Information Returns
The parties to this agreement recognize the importance of the filing requirements for State and Federal information returns (Forms 1099, 10875 W-2, etc., and their State equivalents). The Tax | Commissioner agrees to assist other State agencies in instilling compliance in this area. Both parties agree to provides upon request, identity data regarding payers who have or may have an information return filing requirement and information about methods used to improve and ensure payer compliance.
Any line marked with a # sign is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 7 ---
-J7- .
Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration | Revenue Service Personnel |
The Internal Revenue Service liaison offical and State liaison official will meet periodically, as they determine necessary, at the Department of Taxation to review the success of the existing exchange programs, examine the need for and use of data being exchanged, -explore additional areas where exchange would be beneficial, and determine whether the provisions of the implementing agreement require amendment or revision.
Section §, Reproduction Costs
All parties agree to waive reproduction costs. However, this waiver does not apply to magnetic tape extracts supplied to the Tax Commissioner by the Internal Revenue Service National Computer Center. F Section 9, Limitations
The terms of this implementing agreement are not intended to
. alter, amend, or rescind any provision of the basic Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration now in effect between the Tax _ Commissioner and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue. In case of | conflict, the provisions of the basic Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration will govern and conflicting provisions of this agreement will be null and void. | Any line marked with a # sign {is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
--- Page 8 ----
rr
- *
-8
Implementation of Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration
Section 10, Amendments
—
The terms of this implementing agreement may be modified and
specifications concerning new exchange programs added by means of
written amendments.
Such amendments must be signed by the Richmond
District Director and the Tax Commissioner with the concurrence of
Director, Memphis Service Center.
APPROVED
Lg
4
(
signature)
W. H. Forst
Tax Commissioner, Commonwealth of Virginia
Signed at Richmond,
Virginia
this
day of
» 1986
ignature)
Raymond P. Keenan
Director, Memphis Service Center, Internal Revenue Service
Signed at Memphis,
this s & day of
(aie kes 1986
Lea MK nsih
(signature)
Gerard R. Esposito
District Director, Richmond District, Internal Revenue Service
Signed 53 Richmo
nd, Virginia
this /S% day of
» 1986
Leatindes
Any line marked with a # sign is for
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Virginia Sales Tax on Storage TanksDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---Vi
oA
_ ft
% of hae
ke fot
ay
TAL
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
Sandy Adams, District Administrator
Richmond District Office
DATE
May 22, 1989
RE
Sales and Use Tax
Storage Tanks
This will reply to Jim Kickler's memorandum dated July 29, 1988, in which he
wished to determine whether raw material storage tanks qualify for the
manufacturing exemption set forth in Virginia Code § 58.1-608(1).
Specifically
requested was clarification of the Commissioner's Determination Letter dated
December 10, 1987, copy attached, whether "all raw material storage tanks
[fall] in the same category" as exempt machinery under the above code section.
§ 58.1-608(1)(c) of the Code of Virginia exempts from the sales and use tax
"mMachinery...used directly in processing, manufacturing, refining, mining or
conversion of products for sale or resale."
§ 630-10-63(A)(7) of the Virginia
Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations provides that "for a business to obtain
the [manufacturing] exemption, it must first be manufacturing or processing
products for sale or resale...and such production must be industrial in
nature."
Furthermore, § 630-10-63(B)(2) of the Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax
Regulations states that "(t]he term used directly refers to those activities
that are an integral part of the production of a product, including all steps
This subsection defines the
of an integrated manufacturing process...."
integrated manufacturing process to include "the production line of a plant,
factory...starting with the handling and storage of raw materials at the plant
ee See
site and continuing through the last step of production where products are
finished or completed for sale and conveyed to a warehouse at the same plant
site."
(Emphasis added).
The cement storage bins in the attached determination were exempt since they
were located at the plant site and stored raw materials (cement powder) used
directly in the manufacturing process.
Therefore, raw material storage tanks
located at the manufacturing plant site qualify for the exemption.
However, raw material storage tanks are to be differentiated from tanks used to
store production supplies or fuel.
Supply and fuel storage tanks are generally
--- Page 2 ---Ms. Sandy Adams
Page 2
May 22, 1989
taxable, however, § B30-10<830e)(2) of the Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax
Regulations states that "tanks and other devices which constitute machinery are
exempt...."
(Emphasis added).
See Webster Brick v. Department of Taxation,
219 Va. 81 (1978), copy attached.
Jarliie E. Bowen, Director
Tax Policy Division
,
4
=>. - —_
a a
Approved
W. °H. Forst, Tax Commissioner
cc
Technical Services Section
Field Services Division
Attachments (2)
Virginia PPE Sales Tax Exemption GuidelinesDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
GUIDELINES FOR THE RETAIL SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION
FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
March 22, 2021
House Bill 2185 and Senate Bill 1403 (2021 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapters 55 and 56) amend the Code of Virginia to add Va. Code § 58.1-609.14, providing a temporary exemption from the Retail Sales and Use Tax for qualifying purchases of personal protective equipment (“PPE”).
These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000, et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Temporary Exemption
The PPE exemption is effective March 11, 2021 and will expire the first day following the expiration of the last executive order issued by the Governor related to the COVID-19 pandemic and the termination of the COVID-19 Emergency Temporary Standard and any permanent COVID-19 regulations adopted by the Virginia Safety and Health Codes Board. Governor Ralph S. Northam declared a state of emergency due to the COVID-19 pandemic on March 12, 2020 and has issued several executive orders concerning the COVID-19 pandemic. (See https://www.governor.virginia.gov/executive-actions/).
Effective January 27, 2021, the Department of Labor and Industry’s Safety and Health Codes Board promulgated its final Standard for Infectious Disease Prevention of the Sars-Cov-2 Virus That Causes Covid-19 (16 Virginia Administrative Code (VAC) 25-220) (“Covid-19 Standard”).
The exemption is only valid for qualifying purchases of PPE made on or after March 11,
2021 and prior to the expiration of the last executive order issued by the Governor related to the COVID-19 pandemic and the termination of the COVID-19 Emergency Temporary Standard and any permanent COVID-19 regulations adopted by the Virginia Safety and
Virginia Department of Taxation 1 March 22, 2021
--- Page 2 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
Health Codes Board. No refunds will be provided regarding purchases made prior to March 11, 2021 or after the expiration of the exemption.
Qualifying Business
The PPE exemption is available to any business, including a self-employed individual, doing business in Virginia that has in place a COVID-19 safety protocol that complies with the Covid-19 Standard set forth in 16 VAC 25-220. Such protocol should:
- Reasonably prevent the spread of COVID-19;
- Comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws;
- Be consistent with best practices for infection prevention and workplace hygiene;
- Promote remote work to the fullest extent possible, including increasing the
number of telework-eligible employees; and
- Implement enhanced cleaning, screening, testing, and contact tracing procedures and any additional infection-control measures that are reasonable in light of the work performed at the worksite and the rate of infection in the surrounding community.
Qualifying Personal Protective Equipment
The following items qualify for the PPE exemption when purchased to control, prevent, and mitigate the spread of COVID-19 in compliance with the Covid-19 Standard:
Disinfecting Products Approved for Use Against SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19
Disinfecting products that are EPA registered disinfectants and non-EPA-registered disinfectants that otherwise meet the EPA criteria for use against SARS-CoV-2 virus to kill germs on surfaces qualify for the PPE exemption. (See 16 VAC 25-220-40 L).
Coveralls, Full Body Suits, Gowns, and Vests
Coveralls, full body suits, gowns, and vests worn to minimize exposure to SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19 qualify for the PPE exemption. Recreational-use items or general-use work items designed to protect the wearer from weather, injury, or discomfort do not qualify for the PPE exemption. (See 16 VAC 25-220-30).
Engineering Controls
Engineering controls such as substitution, isolation, ventilation, and equipment modification to reduce exposure to SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 disease-related workplace hazards and job tasks qualify for the PPE exemption. Qualifying engineering controls include but are not limited to Ultraviolet-C radiation sanitation equipment, indoor air quality equipment such as ionization, HEPA filtration, and physical barriers. (See
16 VAC 25-220-30).
Virginia Department of Taxation 2 March 22, 2021
--- Page 3 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
Face Coverings, Face Shields, and Filtering Facepiece Respirators
Face coverings meeting the Covid-19 Standard requirements for face coverings qualify for the PPE exemption. The Covid-19 Standard defines the term “face covering” to mean an item made of two or more layers of washable, breathable fabric that fits snugly against the sides of the face without any gaps, completely covering the nose and mouth and fitting securely under the chin. Neck gaiters made of two or more layers of washable, breathable fabric, or folded to make two such layers are considered acceptable face coverings. Face coverings shall not have exhalation valves or vents, which allow virus particles to escape, and shall not be made of material that makes it hard to breathe, such as vinyl. A face covering is not a surgical/medical procedure mask or respirator. A face covering is not subject to testing and approval by a state or government agency. (See
16 VAC 25-220-30).
Face shields meeting the Covid-19 Standard requirements for face shields qualify for the PPE exemption. The Covid-19 Standard defines the term “face shield” to mean a form of personal protective equipment made of transparent, impermeable materials primarily used for eye protection from droplets or splashes for the person wearing it. (See
16 VAC 25-220-30).
Filtering facepiece respirators meeting the Covid-19 Standard requirements for filtering facepiece respirators qualify for the PPE exemption. The Covid-19 Standard defines the term “filtering facepiece respirator” to mean a negative pressure air purifying particulate respirator with a filter as an integral part of the facepiece or with the entire facepiece composed of the filtering medium. Filtering facepiece respirators are certified for use by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). (See
16 VAC 25-220-30).
Gloves
Gloves worn to minimize exposure to SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19 qualify for the PPE exemption. Recreational-use gloves or general-use work gloves designed to protect hands from weather, injury, or discomfort do not qualify for the PPE exemption. (See
16 VAC 25-220-30).
Hand Sanitizers
Hand sanitizers meeting the Covid-19 Standard requirements for hand sanitizers qualify for the PPE exemption. The Covid-19 Standard defines “hand sanitizer” to mean an alcohol-based hand rub containing at least 60% alcohol, unless otherwise provided for in the Covid-19 Standard. In health care settings, Covid-19 Standard requires that alcohol-based hand sanitizers contain at least 60% ethanol or 70% isopropanol. (See 16 VAC 25-220-30 and 16 VAC 25-220-50).
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 March 22, 2021
--- Page 4 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
Hand-Washing Facilities
Fixed or portable hand-washing facilities qualify for the PPE exemption when purchased to control, prevent, and mitigate the spread of COVID-19 in compliance with the Covid-19 Standard.
HVAC, Testing, and Physical Modifications
HVAC, testing, and physical modifications to comply with the American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standards 62.1 and 62.2 (ASHRAE 2019a, 2019b) qualify for the exemption. (See https://www.ashrae.org/technical-resources/bookstore/standards-62-1-62-2).
Medical and Nonmedical Masks
Medical masks meeting the Covid-19 Standard requirements for surgical/medical procedure masks qualify for the PPE exemption. The Covid-19 Standard defines “surgical/medical procedure mask” to mean a mask to be worn over the wearer's nose and mouth that is fluid resistant and provides the wearer protection against large droplets, splashes, or sprays of bodily or other hazardous fluids, and prevents the wearer from exposing others in the same fashion. A surgical/medical procedure mask protects others from the wearer's respiratory emissions. A surgical/medical procedure mask has a looser fitting face seal than a tight-fitting respirator. A surgical/medical procedure mask does not provide the wearer with a reliable level of protection from inhaling smaller airborne particles. A surgical/medical procedure mask is considered a form of personal protective equipment, but is not considered respiratory protection equipment under VOSH laws, rules, regulations, and standards. Testing and approval is cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). (See 16 VAC 25-220-30).
A nonmedical mask is a face mask, with or without a face shield, that covers the user’s nose and mouth and may or may not meet fluid barrier or filtration efficiency levels.
Nonmedical masks qualify for the PPE exemption.
Physical Barriers and Electronic Sensors or Systems
Physical barriers and electronic sensors or systems designed to maintain or monitor physical distancing of employees from other employees, other persons, and the general public, including acrylic sneeze guards, permanent or temporary walls, electronic employee monitors, and proximity sensors in employee badges qualify for the PPE exemption when purchased to control, prevent, and mitigate the spread of COVID-19 in compliance with the Covid-19 Standard.
Virginia Department of Taxation 4 March 22, 2021
--- Page 5 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
Respiratory Protection Equipment
Respiratory protection equipment that complies with the Covid-19 Standard qualifies for the PPE exemption. (See definition of “respirator” in 16 VAC 25-220-30).
Safety Glasses
Safety glasses and goggles worn to minimize exposure to SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19 in compliance with the Covid-19 Standard qualify for the PPE exemption. (See
16 VAC 25-220-30).
Signs Related to COVID-19
Signs related to COVID-19, including but not limited to those recommended by the
Virginia Department of Health, the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry, the Centers for Disease Control, or the Food and Drug Administration qualify for the PPE exemption.
Temperature Checking Devices and Monitors
Devices and monitors for checking and monitoring body temperature qualify for the PPE exemption.
Testing and Related Equipment Related to COVID-19
COVID-19 testing and related equipment qualify for the PPE exemption.
Training Related to COVID-19
Charges and registration fees paid for a training course are generally not subject to Retail Sales and Use Tax. In order for training materials to be eligible for the PPE tax exemption,
the training program must be related to COVID-19.
Claiming the Exemption
To claim the exemption, a qualifying business must complete a Form ST-13T exemption certificate and provide it to their vendor to be kept on file. Form ST-13T can be obtained from the Department’s website at www.tax.virginia.gov.
The exemption is only available for purchases of qualifying personal protective equipment made on or after March 11, 2021 and prior to the expiration of the exemption. No refunds will be provided regarding purchases made prior to March 11, 2021 or after the expiration of the exemption.
Virginia Department of Taxation 5 March 22, 2021
--- Page 6 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
Real Property Contractors
The PPE exemption is available to real property contractors for qualifying purchases to control, prevent, and mitigate the spread of COVID-19 among their employees in compliance with the Covid-19 Standard. As explained below, however, the exemption is not available to a contractor with respect to tangible personal property incorporated in real property construction which loses its identity as tangible personal property and becomes real property.
For purposes of the Retail Sales and Use Tax, a real property contractor (“contractor”) is the user or consumer of all tangible personal property furnished to him or by him in connection with real property construction, reconstruction, installation, repair, and similar contracts. A dealer making a sale to a contractor must collect the tax from him. A contractor must remit the use tax on any tangible personal property purchased exclusive
of the tax and furnished to him except when such property is purchased and furnished to a contractor by a governmental unit or agency. If a supplier of a contractor does not collect the tax from the contractor, the contractor will be liable for the use tax on his purchases from the supplier. Accordingly, the PPE exemption is not available to a contractor with respect to tangible personal property incorporated in real property construction which loses its identity as tangible personal property and becomes real property. (See
23 VAC 10-210-410).
Compliance
If the Department receives information that a business has made a tax-exempt purchase of PPE and used the purchase for other than business use, the Department will notify such business. The business must then remit to the Department the tax due on the purchase to the Department, a penalty of 10 percent of the tax due, and interest at the rate prescribed in Va. Code § 58.1-15 accruing from the date of purchase.
“Other than business use” means, with respect to a purchased item or service, that (i) the business uses the purchased item or service more than 50 percent of the time for nonbusiness purposes or (ii) the business transfers a purchased item to a person other than the business or transfers the use of a purchased service to a person other than the business.
Example 1
An accountant works from home. He purchases several large containers of hand sanitizer. Ten percent of the hand sanitizer is consumed by the accountant and his clients during their meetings in his home office. Ninety percent of the hand sanitizer is consumed by the accountant and his family with no connection to his accounting practice. The hand sanitizer is used for other than business use.
Virginia Department of Taxation 6 March 22, 2021
[TABLE 6-1] | angible personal property incorporated in real property construction which loses its identity as tangible personal property and | becomes real property. |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 7 ---
NOTE: THE EXEMPTION FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EXPIRED
MARCH 24, 2022. PLEASE SEE TAX BULLETIN 22-5 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
Example 2
A store owner purchases 10 boxes of nonmedical masks for use by her staff in the store.
The owner takes one of the boxes of masks she purchased and gives them to her children for use at school. This owner has transferred the purchased items to a person other than the business.
Example 3
A store owner purchases rubber gloves, safety glasses, and nonmedical masks on his business account. He takes these items home and uses them to renovate his kitchen.
Regardless of the fact that they were purchased on the business account, this is an other than business use of the items.
If the Department receives information that a business is not following its COVID-19 safety protocol, the Department will notify the business that its qualification for the exemption provided by this section is revoked. Effective as of the date that the Department sends the notification, such business shall not be permitted to claim the PPE exemption.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online under the Guidance Documents section of the Department’s website at http://tax.virginia.gov/guidance-documents. The Department will issue additional guidance regarding this law change if necessary. For additional information, please visit www.tax.virginia.gov or contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation 7 March 22, 2021
[TABLE 7-1] A store owner purchases 10 boxes of nonmedical masks for use by her staff in the store.
The owner takes one of the boxes of masks she purchased and gives them to her children for use at school. This owner has transferred the purchased items to a person other than the business.
[/TABLE]
Virginia Pass-Through Entity Tax GuidelinesDoc ID: 7820
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines for the Pass-through Entity Tax
During the 2022 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1121 (2022 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 690) and Senate Bill 692 (2022 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 689), which permit a qualifying pass-through entity (“PTE”) to make an annual election
to pay an elective income tax (“PTET”) at a rate of 5.75 percent at the entity level. The legislation also allows a corresponding refundable income tax credit to certain PTE owners for income tax paid by a PTE if such PTE makes the election and pays the elective income tax imposed at the entity level.
The legislation allows an individual to claim a credit for taxes paid to other states under laws that are substantially similar to the pass-through entity income tax. Effective for
taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021, but before January 1, 2026, this overrules Public Document 21-156 (December 29, 2021), which generally denied a credit for a tax paid to Maryland under that state’s elective pass-through entity income tax. This provision only applies to taxes paid by a PTE under the law of another state that is substantially similar to Va. Code § 58.1-390.3. Therefore, it does not apply to any other entity-level taxes, such as any franchise, privilege, business, license, or occupation taxes described in Va. Code § 58.1-332.2.
During the 2023 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 1456 (2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 686) and Senate Bill 1476 (2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 687), which removed the requirement that a PTE be 100 percent owned by natural persons or persons eligible to be shareholders of an S corporation in order to make the election to pay the PTET. This legislation also defines an “eligible owner” as a direct owner of a pass-through entity who is a natural person or an estate or trust, and states
that only the pro rata or distributive share of income, gain, loss, or deduction attributable to eligible owners are subject to the PTET. These changes are effective for taxable years beginning on and after January 1, 2021.
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the elective income tax and corresponding refundable credit as required by Va. Code § 58.1-390.3 (F). These guidelines are not
rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va.
Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information regarding these procedures will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines complement the Department’s existing General Provisions Applicable to All Taxes Administered by the Department of Taxation Regulation (23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) 23 VAC 10-20-10 et seq.), Individual Income Tax
Virginia Department of Taxation 1 January 4, 2024
--- Page 2 ---
Regulation (23 VAC 10-110-20 et seq.), and Corporation Income Tax Regulation (23 VAC 10-120-10 et seq.). To the extent that there is a conflict between the Department’s existing guidance and the relevant laws (2022 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 689 and 690 as modified by 2023 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 686 and 687), the provisions of those laws, as interpreted by these guidelines, supersede existing guidance.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845.
These guidelines address how to make the pass-through entity tax election for Taxable Year 2022 and after. Please note that the ability to make the pass-through entity tax election is currently set to sunset after Taxable Year 2025. Please also note that these guidelines do not address the method by which a return must be filed, and a pass-through entity tax must be paid for Taxable Year 2021. As a result, those seeking to make the election for Taxable Year 2021 should continue to follow Tax Bulletin 22-6.
Subsequent guidance will be published by the Department regarding how to make the election for Taxable Year 2021.
Definitions
As used in these guidelines, unless the context requires otherwise
“Credit for taxes paid other states” or “out-of-state credit” means the nonrefundable individual income tax credit allowed by Va. Code § 58.1-332.
“Electing pass-through entity” or “electing PTE” means a pass-through entity that has made the election allowed by Va. Code § 58.1-390.3.
“Eligible owner” means a direct owner of a pass-through entity who is a natural person
or an estate or trust. For this purpose, a natural person also includes entities disregarded for federal tax purposes such as grantor trusts and single member limited liability companies, so long as that disregarded entity or grantor trust is 100 percent owned by a human being.
"Owner" means any individual or entity who is treated as a partner, member, or shareholder of a pass-through entity for federal income tax purposes.
"Pass-through entity" or “PTE” means any entity, including a limited partnership, a limited liability partnership, a general partnership, a limited liability company, a
Virginia Department of Taxation 2 January 4, 2024
--- Page 3 ---
professional limited liability company, a business trust, or a Subchapter S corporation, that is recognized as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, in which the partners, members, or shareholders report their share of the income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits from the entity on their federal income tax returns or make the election and pay the tax levied pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-390.3.
“Pass-through entity tax” or “PTET” means the elective income tax imposed by Va.
Code § 58.1-390.3.
“Pass-through entity tax credit” or “PTET credit” means the refundable individual and fiduciary income tax credit allowed by subsection D of Va. Code § 58.1-390.3.
Making the Election
A PTE has the option to make the election to pay PTET for the taxable year. Such election can be made by:
● Making an estimated payment of PTET for the taxable year,
● Making an extension payment of PTET for the taxable year, or
● Filing a PTET return (“Form 502PTET”) on or before the extended due date for the taxable year.
Please see the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov, for methods by which the estimated and extension payments may be made, as well as the methods by which the PTET return may be filed.
If a Form 502PTET has not been filed for the taxable year, the PTET election can be revoked by filing the Form 502. Once Form 502PTET is filed, the election is binding for
that taxable year.
A PTET election for one taxable year may require the filing of Form 502PTET returns and Schedule VK-1s for more than one taxable year if estimated, extension, and final payments are made, and related state tax deductions are claimed, over two taxable years.
Each electing pass-through entity decides how to obtain consent from its eligible owners; provided, however, the election is binding on all the eligible owners once the election is made. For S corporations, this includes the choice whether to take advantage of the special option on how to compute their PTET, described below. An eligible owner does not have the option to “opt out” of an entity’s election with the Department. An owner, officer, or employee of the PTE who is authorized to act on behalf of the PTE in
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 January 4, 2024
--- Page 4 ---
tax matters must sign the PTET return. By signing the return, the signer is declaring that they are the authorized representative of the PTE. Because the PTET return must be filed electronically, the return must be signed using the electronic signature procedures established by the Department. Please see the Department’s website for more information.
Which PTEs Qualify to Make the Election
Any PTE can make the PTET election. However, only the pro rata or distributive share of income, gain, loss, or deduction attributable to eligible owners is subject to the PTET.
Pass-through Entity Taxable Income and Tax
Allocation and Apportionment
The first step in computing the PTET is determining the allocation and apportionment of the PTE’s income. Please see the Form 502 Instructions for information regarding how to determine the PTE’s allocation and apportionment.
Classifying Owners
The second step is determining whether each eligible owner should be classified as a resident or nonresident of Virginia.
With respect to individual owners, they are residents if they meet the definition of “resident” in Va. Code § 58.1-302, for the taxable year. All other individual owners
should be treated as nonresidents. For the purposes of the PTET computation, eligible owners may not be classified as part-year residents.
With respect to estate or trust owners, they are residents if they meet the definition of “resident estate or trust” in Va. Code § 58.1-302, for the taxable year. Any estate or trust partner that does not meet this definition is a nonresident owner.
With respect to eligible owners that are disregarded entities, the classification should be based upon the individual, estate, or trust that owns the disregarded entity.
Effect of Classification on Allocation and Apportionment: General Principles
Once that classification is made, the Virginia taxable income of an electing PTE is determined by adding the following:
● Each resident eligible owner's share of the electing PTE’s income or loss, subject to the modifications to the PTE’s income as described in Va. Code §§ 58.1-
Virginia Department of Taxation 4 January 4, 2024
--- Page 5 ---
- 01, 58.1-322.02, 58.1-322.03, and 58.1-322.04. This is because Virginia residents are taxable on all of their PTE income regardless of the PTE’s allocation and apportionment.
● Each nonresident eligible owner's share of the PTE’s income or loss, subject to the modifications to the PTE’s income as described in Va. Code §§ 58.1-322.01, 58.1-322.02, 58.1-322.03, and 58.1-322.04, that is attributable to Virginia.
In determining the share of such income or loss that is attributable to Virginia, the electing PTE adds:
● Each nonresident eligible owner’s share of such income or loss other than dividend income (“apportionable income”) multiplied by the PTE’s apportionment percentage; and
● Each nonresident eligible owner’s share of dividend income (“allocable income”) if the PTE is commercially domiciled in Virginia.
An electing PTE’s calculation of its PTE taxable income must include all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction, to the extent they would flow through and be included in the income of eligible owners that are taxable under Va. Code §§ 58.1-320 and 58.1-360, as applicable, including guaranteed payments. However, the electing PTE can exclude income from the calculation of PTE taxable income to the extent that the PTE can establish that the amount is properly allocable to an eligible owner who is not
subject to tax on such amount under Va. Code §§ 58.1-320 and 58.1-360, as applicable. Two examples are (1) income that is not U.S. sourced and is allocable to nonresident alien partners and, therefore, not included in federal adjusted gross income under the Internal Revenue Code, and (2) retirement income of former partners that is exempt from nonresident state taxation under 4 U.S.C § 114.
Separately stated items of deduction are generally included when calculating each eligible owner's share of the PTE's taxable income. However, any deduction that is subject to a federal limitation, such as the deduction for charitable contributions and the Section 179 deduction, will be limited to what is allowed under federal law for a C corporation.
Electing PTEs must make an addition for any state and local income taxes paid or
incurred during the taxable year to the extent that the electing entity deducted such taxes in determining its federal taxable income. The addition should occur in the same taxable year as the federal deduction, even if such taxable year is different from that in which the PTET credit is distributed to the PTE owners.
Virginia Department of Taxation 5 January 4, 2024
--- Page 6 ---
Example
Partnership ABC is a calendar year, cash-basis taxpayer. It makes a PTET election for Taxable Year 2023. It determines that it owes PTET in the amount $50,000, of which $40,000 has been paid as estimated tax payments throughout
Taxable Year 2023, and $10,000 when it files its PTET return in the spring of 2024. The partners would claim their pro rata share of the $50,000 PTET credit on their Taxable Year 2023 returns. Partnership ABC would take the $40,000 federal deduction on its Taxable Year 2023 federal return and the corresponding addition, also in the amount of $40,000, on its Taxable Year 2023 Virginia PTET return. The remaining deduction and associated addition would be claimed on its Taxable Year 2024 return.
Effect of Classification on Allocation and Apportionment: Special Option for Certain S Corporations
If the electing PTE is an S corporation and has both resident and nonresident eligible owners, the electing S corporation has the option to compute its Virginia taxable income as if all of its owners are nonresidents. Therefore, as an alternative to the above, the
Virginia taxable income of an electing S corporation with both nonresident and resident owners may be determined by adding the following:
● Each resident eligible owner's share of the electing S corporation’s income or loss, subject to the modifications to the S corporation’s income as described in Va. Code §§ 58.1-322.01, 58.1-322.02, 58.1-322.03, and 58.1-322.04 that is attributable to Virginia.
● Each nonresident eligible owner's share of the S corporation’s income or loss,
subject to the modifications to the S corporation’s income as described in Va.
Code §§ 58.1-322.01, 58.1-322.02, 58.1-322.03, and 58.1-322.04, that is attributable to Virginia.
In determining the share of such income or loss that is attributable to Virginia, the electing S corporation adds:
● Each eligible owner’s share of such income or loss other than dividend income (“apportionable income”) multiplied by the PTE’s apportionment percentage; and
● Each eligible owner’s share of dividend income (“allocable income”) if the PTE is commercially domiciled in Virginia.
Virginia Department of Taxation 6 January 4, 2024
--- Page 7 ---
All the other principles described the “Effect of Classification on Allocation and Apportionment: General Principles” section above remain the same for S corporations choosing to take advantage of this optional approach.
Computing the Tax
An electing PTE calculates its Virginia income tax by multiplying its Virginia taxable income by 5.75 percent. Credits are generally passed through to the eligible owners and are not applied against the PTET. However, the following may be used to reduce the amount due with the PTET return or, if applicable, generate a refund to the electing
PTE
● Any payments that have formerly been made for the taxable year, including estimated and extension payments, and
● Any credit that permits the PTE to elect to receive and claim the credit at the entity level rather than passing through the credit to the owner, such as the
Research and Development Expenses Tax Credit and the Motion Picture Production Tax Credit, but only if the PTE so elects to receive and claim the credit at the entity level.
This PTET is in addition to any other taxes imposed on the entity, including sales and use taxes, withholding taxes with respect to employees, and minimum taxes in lieu of income taxes.
Filing the Annual PTET Return
Electing PTEs are required to file their returns and the accompanying schedules and make any tax payments electronically. Please see the Department’s PTET return instructions for more information regarding how to make payments and file returns electronically. No hardship exemptions are available for electronically filing PTET
returns.
PTET returns (“Form 502PTET”) are due by the 15th day of the 4th month following the close of the taxable year. For calendar year filers, that means April 15. Virginia allows an automatic 6-month filing extension for PTEs. No application for extension is required.
For calendar year filers, that means that they have until October 15 to file their return on extension. However, this six-month extension is only for filing the return and does not
extend the due date for payment of taxes. As a result, an electing PTE must pay at least 90 percent of its PTET due by the original due date for filing the return. If Form 502PTET is filed within the automatic extension period, but less than 90 percent of the tax liability was paid by the original due date, an extension penalty will apply. The extension penalty is imposed at the rate of 2 percent per month or part of a month from
Virginia Department of Taxation 7 January 4, 2024
--- Page 8 ---
the original due date through the date of full payment, the date the return is filed, or the extended due date, whichever is earlier. The maximum penalty is 12 percent of the tax due with the return.
When an electing PTE files an annual Virginia income tax return reflecting an
overpayment, the Department will refund the overpayment of PTET to the electing PTE.
Only the electing PTE is entitled to request a refund of an overpayment of PTET; the individual owners cannot request a refund.
An electing PTE must notify its owners that the election has been made and indicate whether they are an eligible owner entitled to receive the information and benefits of the election. In addition, an electing PTE must provide a Schedule VK-1 to each of its
owners, including both eligible and ineligible owners, with information regarding the pass-through of income and related deductions and credits so that the owners can complete their own Virginia tax returns.
On its return, an electing entity must report its total PTET. The total amount of PTET credits reported by an electing entity shall not exceed the total PTET paid by the electing PTE.
The electing PTE must provide sufficient information on the Schedule VK-1s in its return to identify all PTET credit-eligible taxpayers and their credit amounts. If such identifying information is not provided, the otherwise eligible owners will not be entitled to utilize the PTET credit on their Virginia income tax returns.
In no case may the PTET credit be distributed to ineligible owners. The amount of PTET
credit that is distributed to each eligible owner is equal to the amount of PTET paid by the PTE on the income distributed to each of them. Therefore, the credit must be allocated to nonresident eligible owners based on only their distributive or pro rata share of income attributable to Virginia. If the electing PTE’s total PTE taxable income is zero or less, its eligible owners are not entitled to any PTET credits. Instead, the electing PTE may file Form 502PTET to request a refund of any PTET estimated tax payments it made.
Example
Partnership XYZ makes the PTET election for the taxable year and has $100,000 in income upon which it pays PTET in the amount of $5,750. It has three partners, all of whom are Virginia residents: Partner X receives a 50 percent share of the income, Partner Y receives 40 percent, and Partner Y receives 10
percent. Accordingly, the amount of credit that each partners receives is
Partner X: $5,750 x 50% = $2,875
Virginia Department of Taxation 8 January 4, 2024
--- Page 9 ---
Partner Y: $5,750 x 40% = $2,300 Partner Z: $5,750 x 10% = $575
Example
Partnership XYZ makes the PTET election for the taxable year and has $100,000 in income upon which it pays PTET in the amount of $5,750. It has three partners: Partner X is a resident and receives a 50 percent share of the income,
Partner Y is a resident and receives 40 percent of the income, and Partner Z is a nonresident and receives 10 percent of the income. Partnership XYZ’s apportionment percentage is 75 percent, and it receives no dividend income.
Accordingly, the amount of credit that each partner receives is
Partner X: $50,000 x 100% x 5.75 % = $2,875 Partner Y: $40,000 x 100% x 5.75 % = $2,300 Partner Z: $10,000 x 75 % x 5.75 % = $431.25
Estimated Tax Payments
For Taxable Year 2022, an electing PTE is not required to make estimated payments of
PTET and will not be subject to an addition to tax charge for not making estimated payments. If a PTE wishes to make a payment during Taxable Year 2022, it may do so.
However, such payment is not required, and taxpayers may wait to make payments until the original due date of the return, when they should either make a return payment or, if filing on extension, an extension payment.
For taxable years after Taxable Year 2022, an electing PTE is required to make
estimated payments if its PTET for the taxable year can reasonably be expected to exceed $1,000. Estimated payments for electing PTEs will be based upon the rules set forth in Article 20 (Va. Code § 58.1-500 et seq.). As a result, for calendar year filers required to make four quarterly installments, estimated payments must be made to the Department as follows: 25 percent by April 15, 25 percent by June 15, 25 percent by September 15, and 25 percent by December 15. For non-calendar year filers required to make four quarterly installments, the electing PTE is required to pay 25 percent of the
amount due to the Department by the 15th day of the 4th month following the beginning of its fiscal year. Subsequent installments are payable by the 15th day of the 6th month, the 15th day of the 9th month, and the 15th day of the 12th month following the beginning of its fiscal year. In case of any underpayment of estimated payments by a PTE, an addition to tax will apply at the established interest rate for underpayments unless one of the following exceptions in Va. Code § 58.1-504 applies:
- Prior Year’s Tax Exception: Generally, this exception applies if the PTE paid an amount that was equal to or more than the PTET shown on its previous
Virginia Department of Taxation 9 January 4, 2024
--- Page 10 ---
year return. However, the PTE must have filed a PTET return showing a tax liability for the preceding taxable year and that taxable year must have consisted of 12 months. Therefore, PTEs that did not make the PTET election for the preceding taxable year may not avail themselves of this exception.
- Tax on Prior Year’s Income Using Current Year’s Rates Exception: Generally,
this exception applies if the amount the PTE paid is equal to or greater than the PTET figured by using the current year’s rates but based on the facts shown on the prior year’s PTET return and the law that applies to the prior year. A PTET return must have been filed for the prior year. Therefore, PTEs that did not make the PTET election for the preceding taxable year may not avail themselves of this exception.
- Tax on Annualized Income Exception: Please see Va. Code § 58.1-504(D)(3) and the Form 500C Instructions for more information on how this exception applies.
Nonresident Withholding Payments and Composite Payments
Electing PTEs must make nonresident withholding payments on behalf of its nonresident ineligible owners. However, electing PTEs should not make nonresident withholding payments or payments associated with composite returns (“composite payments”) on behalf of its nonresident eligible owners. If nonresident withholding payments on behalf of its nonresident eligible owners were made before the PTE made the PTET election, the PTE should claim the withholding payment on Form PTET. If
composite payments on behalf of its nonresident eligible owners were made before the PTE made the PTET election, the PTE should request a refund of any such payments made. Please see the Department’s website for guidance on this. If the PTE would prefer to request reallocation of composite payments to its PTET return, it may do so by submitting a written request to the Virginia Department of Taxation, Customer Services, P.O. Box 1115, Richmond, VA 23218-1115. The request should be made as far in advance of filing the PTET return as possible.
Filing Requirements for Nonresident Eligible Owners of an Electing PTE
An electing PTE may not file a composite return on behalf of its nonresident eligible owners. If a nonresident eligible owner’s only Virginia-source income is through an electing PTE that fully pays the PTET, such nonresident eligible owner is permitted, but not required, to file a Virginia nonresident return.
Virginia Department of Taxation 10 January 4, 2024
--- Page 11 ---
Penalties
Pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-390.3(F), the penalties for electing PTEs are based upon the corporate penalties in Article 14 (Va. Code § 58.1-450 et seq.) instead of the penalties in Article 9 (Va. Code § 58.1-390.1 et seq.).
If the PTET return is filed within the 6-month extension, but the electing PTE failed to pay 90 percent of the tax due by the original due date, then the PTE is subject to an extension penalty of 2 percent per month or fraction of a month thereof from the original due date through the date of filing of the return, the date of full payment, or the extended due date, whichever is earlier. The maximum extension penalty is 12 percent of the tax due. If the full amount is not paid when the return is filed, the late payment
penalty will be assessed at the rate of 6 percent per month up to a maximum of 30 percent of the tax due:
● In the case of a Form 502PTET filed within the extension period, from the date of filing through the date of payment, or
● In the case of a Form 502PTET filed on or before the original due date of the
return, from the date of the original return due date through the date of payment.
If the PTET return is filed after the extended due date or is not filed at all, the extension provisions do not apply, and the PTE is subject to the late filing penalty (Va. Code § 58.1-455) equal to 30 percent of the tax due. In no case will the penalty for failure to file timely be less than $100, and this minimum $100 penalty applies whether or not tax is due for the period covered by the return. The late payment penalty does not apply to the
extent that the taxpayer is already subject to the late filing penalty.
Civil and criminal penalties may be imposed for filing a fraudulent return. The criminal penalty for filing a fraudulent return is a Class 6 felony (Va. Code §§ 58.1-451 and 58.1-452). Interest on the unpaid balance of any tax and penalty is charged at the underpayment rate established by IRC § 6621, plus 2 percent, from the due date until paid.
Filing a Return by an Eligible Owner
An eligible owner may claim a refundable PTET credit against their Virginia individual income tax or fiduciary income tax. An estate or trust, other than a trust that is disregarded for income tax purposes, that is an eligible owner of an electing PTE is allowed to claim the full PTET credit that it receives on its fiduciary income tax return,
but it is not permitted to distribute any portion of the credit to its beneficiaries.
Virginia Department of Taxation 11 January 4, 2024
--- Page 12 ---
Eligible owners must wait until the electing PTE issues the Schedule VK-1 before claiming the PTET credit. If the electing PTE does not issue the Schedule VK-1 until after the due date for the owner’s return, the eligible owner may (1) make any necessary extension payments and file the return during the extension period or (2) file the original return without claiming the credit and then file an amended tax return once
the Schedule VK-1 showing a PTET credit is received. Eligible owners of an electing PTE who claim the PTET credit on their individual or fiduciary income tax return must make an addition equal to the eligible owner’s proportionate share of any deduction for state and local income taxes paid or incurred by the pass-through entity during the same taxable year.
Example
Partnership ABCD is a calendar year, cash-basis taxpayer. It makes a PTET election for Taxable Year 2023. It has four partners, all of whom are Virginia residents. Each partner receives an equal share of the income. Partnership ABCD determines that it owes PTET in the amount $50,000, of which $40,000 was paid as estimated tax payments throughout Taxable Year 2023, and $10,000 was paid when it files its PTET return in 2024.
Partnership ABCD should claim the $40,000 federal deduction on its Taxable Year 2023 federal return and the corresponding addition, also in the amount of $40,000, on its Taxable Year 2023 Virginia PTET return. The partners should claim their pro rata share of the $50,000 PTET credit on their Taxable Year 2023 individual returns: each partner would claim a PTET credit in the amount of $12,500 and would be required to make an addition of $10,000, equal to their
share of the $40,000 federal deduction that must be claimed as an addition on the Virginia return. The remaining $10,000 deduction and the associated $10,000 addition would be claimed on Partnership ABCD’s Taxable Year 2024 return. On their Taxable Year 2024 individual returns, the partners would claim their pro rata share of the remaining $10,000 Taxable Year 2023 PTET addition ($2,500).
Credits are claimed on an eligible owner’s return in accordance with Public Document
95-240 (September 22, 1995). As a result, the following ordering rules apply
- Credits that are structural in nature and are considered by the Department to be a reduction in tax liability, rather than a credit against the tax. An example is the nonrefundable credit for taxes paid to other states (discussed below).
- Credits that do not have a statutory carryforward or refundable feature. Where there are multiple credits of equal priority, taxpayers may claim them in the order
in which they receive the maximum benefit.
- Credit carryforwards to the taxable year, in the order of those carryforwards which are scheduled to expired first. Where there are multiple credits with
Virginia Department of Taxation 12 January 4, 2024
--- Page 13 ---
carryforwards of equal length, taxpayers may claim them in the order in which they receive the maximum benefit.
- Current year credits, based on the order of those with the shortest carryforward period first. Where there are multiple credits with carryforwards of equal priority, taxpayers may claim them in the order in which they receive the maximum
benefit.
- Refundable credits. The net excess over remaining tax liability is refunded. The PTET credit is a refundable credit.
Where a credit is calculated as, or limited to, a percentage of the tax, the “tax” for this purpose is the gross tax, less any structural credits. A double benefit for any credit claimed or to be claimed, in one or more taxable years, is not permitted.
Credit for Taxes Paid to Other States
For Taxable Years 2021 through Taxable Year 2025, taxpayers may claim Virginia’s nonrefundable credit for taxes paid to other states (“out-of-state credit”) on their individual income tax return for certain taxes paid by a PTE under another state’s substantially similar PTE tax structure. As explained in Tax Bulletin 22-6, this provision
of the legislation overrules Public Document 21-156 (December 29, 2021), which generally denied a credit for a tax paid to Maryland under that state’s elective PTET.
This provision only applies to taxes paid by a PTE under the law of another state that is substantially similar to Va. Code § 58.1-390.3. Therefore, it does not apply to any other entity taxes, such as any non-elective franchise, privilege, business, license, occupation, excise, or unincorporated business taxes described in Va. Code §§ 58.1-332 and 58.1-332.2. The credit also does not apply to PTET imposed by any city,
county, regional, or other local taxing jurisdiction, regardless of the fact that such local PTET may be collected by a state. For the purposes of determining the out-of-state credit, the other state’s PTET should be distributed to each of the PTE’s owners in the same proportion as it is distributed pursuant to the other state’s PTET law, whether by credit, subtraction, or some other mechanism.
However, even if PTET is allocated by the PTE to its eligible owners, the eligible owners
cannot necessarily claim full out-of-state credits for the allocated PTET. Instead, the credit for PTET may not exceed the limitation specified in Va. Code §§ 58.1-332(A)(3), which is based upon a ratio comparing the income upon which the other state’s tax was computed with the Virginia taxable income upon which the Virginia individual income tax was computed. Generally, the income upon which the other state’s tax was computed will be the amount of income reported on the nonresident individual income tax return, after sourcing and apportionment. However, in the case of a state using a subtraction or
deduction-based PTET rather than a credit-based PTET, the income upon which the other state’s tax was computed will be the sum of (1) the amount of taxable income reported on the nonresident individual income tax return, after sourcing and
Virginia Department of Taxation 13 January 4, 2024
--- Page 14 ---
apportionment and (2) the amount of taxable income on which the PTE paid PTET to the other state on the individual’s behalf, after sourcing and apportionment, which will typically equal the amount of subtraction or deduction that they are receiving from the
PTE.
The out-of-state credit may also be claimed on fiduciary income tax returns pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-371. Except as noted below regarding reverse credit states, the out-of-state credit is limited to Virginia resident returns only.
Reverse Credit States
When a state practices reciprocity with Virginia pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-332(B), a
Virginia resident receiving income from that state may typically claim an out-of-state credit on that state's nonresident income tax return and is prohibited from claiming a credit on his or her Virginia resident income tax return. Similarly, a resident of one of these states receiving income from Virginia may typically claim an out-of-state credit on Virginia’s nonresident income tax return but not on the other state’s resident income tax return. States that practice this kind of reciprocity are referred to as “reverse credit states” because they reverse the normal rule that out-of-state credits are claimed only
on resident returns.
Currently, there are three reverse credit states with a substantially similar PTET: Arizona, California, and Oregon. Virginia is required to follow subsection B of Va. Code § 58.1-332 with respect to its PTET and the PTET of these reverse credit states. As a result, a Virginia resident may not claim an out-of-state credit for PTET paid to one of these reverse credit states on the Virginia return and should instead claim a credit on
the other states’ nonresident income tax return for PTET paid to Virginia. However, if a reverse credit state does not allow an out-of-state credit for PTET paid to Virginia, Virginia residents may then claim a credit on the Virginia return, provided that documentation is attached to the Virginia return to verify that the other state disallows the out-of-state credit to Virginia residents. Similarly, a resident of a reverse credit state may claim an out-of-state credit for PTET paid to such reverse credit state on his or her Virginia return, provided that no out-of-state credit has been claimed on his or her return
filed with the other state.
The credit may not exceed the limitation specified in Va. Code §§ 58.1-332(B), which is based upon a ratio comparing the income subject to Virginia individual income tax to the entire income upon which the other state’s tax was imposed. Generally, the income upon which the other state’s tax was computed will be the amount of income reported on the resident individual income tax return. However, in the case of a state using a
subtraction or deduction-based PTET rather than a credit-based PTET, the income upon which the other state’s tax was computed will be the sum of (1) the amount of taxable income reported on the resident individual income tax return and (2) the amount
Virginia Department of Taxation 14 January 4, 2024
[TABLE 14-1] | However, in the case of a state using a subtraction or deduction-based PTET rather than a credit-based PTET, the income | upon which the other state’s tax was computed will be the sum of (1) the amount of | taxable income reported on the resident individual income tax return and (2) the amount |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 15 ---
of taxable income on which the PTE paid PTET to the other state on the individual’s behalf, which will generally equal the amount of subtraction or deduction that they are receiving from the PTE.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department’s website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation 15 January 4, 2024
[TABLE 15-1] of taxable income on which the PTE paid PTET to the other state on the individual’s behalf, which will generally equal the amount of subtraction or deduction that they are receiving from the PTE.
[/TABLE]
Virginia Rental Tax on Storage TrailersDoc ID: MV
--- Page 1 ---mat
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
December 14, 2012
4
'
a
TO
Jim Ingraham
}
Administrative Manager, Spécial Taxes and Services
iA
CL
a
FROM
Mark C. Has
a
ing//
Director, P +Y) Develapment Division
s
SUBJECT: Application of the Rental Taxes and Fee on Storage Trailers
House Bill 1798 and Senate Bill 1132 (Acts of Assembly 2011, Chapters 405 and
- transfer the administration of the Rental Tax from the Department of Motor
Vehicles (“DMV”) to the Department of Taxation effective July 1, 2012. Taxes and fees
are levied on the gross proceeds from the rental of motor vehicles in Virginia. The taxes
are comprised of a four percent tax as well as a four percent additional tax and two
percent fee on daily rental vehicles. The four percent tax is a state tax and is levied on
the gross proceeds from the rental in Virginia of all motor vehicles with a gross vehicle
weight rating or a gross combination weight rating of 26,000 pounds or less. Both the
four percent additional tax and the two percent fee are levied on the gross proceeds
from the rental in Virginia of any daily rental vehicle
“Daily rental vehicle” is defined as a “motor vehicle, except a motorcycle or a
manufactured home as defined in § 46.2-100, used for rental as defined herein and for
the transportation of persons or property, whether on its own structure or by drawing
another vehicle or vehicles.” In December of 1997, DMV issued a Notice to
Commissioners of Revenue and Directors of Finance regarding the application of the
Rental Tax to storage trailers. In the bulletin, DMV states that vehicles used for on-site
storage only, and are transported empty, are not subject to the four percent additional
tax on daily rental vehicles. As the vehicles are not used to transport persons or
property, such vehicles do not meet the statutory definition of “daily rental vehicle
While the DMV bulletin does not address the two percent fee on daily rental
vehicles, the two percent fee was not enacted until the 2004 General Assembly session
As storage trailers do not meet the statutory definition of a “daily rental vehicle,” storage
trailers are not subject to either the four percent additional tax or the two percent fee on
daily rental vehicles
--- Page 2 --- MEMORANDUM December 14, 2012 Page 2 of 2
The Department of Taxation has recently discovered that some taxpayers were collecting both the four percent tax on motor vehicles weighing 26,000 pounds or less as well as the two percent fee on daily rental vehicles on storage trailers used for on-site storage and transported empty. Given the statutory definition of “daily rental vehicles,” only the four percent tax on motor vehicles weighing 26,000 pounds or less should be collected on such storage trailers.
Special Taxes and Services will notify the relevant taxpayers it can identify that storage trailers are only subject to the four percent tax. Additionally, Special Taxes and Services will notify such taxpayers that for periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012, taxpayers may receive a credit for refunds to customers for any two percent fee revenues collected and remitted to the Department of Taxation for the rental of storage trailers used for on-site storage and transported empty. No credit on the return will be given unless the taxpayer can show that he has refunded or credited the two percent fee to his customer. This is provided for in the “Collection of Tax” section, page nine, of the Guidelines for the Motor Vehicle Rental Taxes and Fee (June 25, 2012). “In the event that a rentor collects the Rental Tax on exempt or non-taxable transactions, the rentor must remit the erroneously or illegally collected tax to the Department unless or until the rentor can affirmatively show that the tax has been refunded to the customer or credited to his account.”
Save Time, Go Online - Visit www.tax.virginia.gov
Guidance on VA-6 Annual Return FilingDoc ID: Withholding
oftime TO: they time VA-6 on which ruling if owed 2/28/06,returnismake when A FROM: no In were limit the basedthepurposes1823ourmonthsto that time VA-6 three-yearwithout we SUBJECT: of upon Under Annual onisOnce Annual a fileP.D. filed. timely cannot return failurea our allthe or Va. some taxpayer's is to No. be assessments oftaxpayer the processingsignificant timely process PolicyMark TaxJanie Statute pursuing court limitations Vlrginh thelate. for E. filed.Code thehad right 82-20 the issue 5 filedto within a issuance taxpayer But Reconciliation Internet basis of oftaxpayer Reconciliation period number Haskins sue has waited return toseveralof Bowen for three return the us. application has Commissioner refund Filing Therefore, when58.1-312 necessary (3/15/82) an Development filed Return to It Return a Limitations administrative and theseyears. years almostwhen we - we unless do the - on wt'ren of within refund. A unpaid Tax tenwedoesand returncan records we withholding the ruled there May is Payment fail Refund returns. tax (unlessannual for assessment Owed yearshavenotjudicialthree tothat are could limit we question filingfiledassess to amounts the Withholding of Therefore, Owed notwww.tax.vlrglnia.gov after There 1,2009 Va. our months hasreturns ask issuethe we be the Tax isa for are Bustnesses shown inquire income questions rightremedies. were Code reconciliation arisen or and 2/28/09,on § taxpayer we necessary return and shouldmore as treatedrefund. located.about This, several filed, to VA-6 return more the as had wouldissue but lndlvlduals an the Underthree than 58.1-1812 obligation the regardless to have returns withholding information. however, of showing situations. missing information). is for In Va.years normally three a taxes issue the requires refund that been a Codeand ask. a application assessment at g There of years2005,whetherus refund, held for is toany by1982 the three the norefund afterdue refundlimitation 58.1- regardless is or an due filed filing, VA-5 Treat could years VA-16 VA-16 to should penalty returns: of If with is the VA-16. In be assessing aApproved: filed in apply annual and the the fileLarge argument because reconciliationand for filed, to VA-6 return(s) some a of made Thus, Quarterly No regardless three at date can as a return. VA-6. any of quarterly previous return VA-16 be monthly interest, any the tax filed. We years Theon or employers monthlybut failure of situations time rulings or madeto regardless whether are a owed our the withholdingreturn returnssameVA-6. would of or file for eventhat Reconciliation have with quarterly that reconciliation duehownot the weone notice Withholding a quarterly taxpayer required or been of VA-5 weresituation to Return obviouslythough date.longVA tax, have respect Paymentsreturns - 5 entire may assessments not we and to period the pay found or themore on and Tax have year, the filed. the on to have takeVAmust for discussed sameright these Form however, assessment to16be Owed our use tomonthlyfiled is which payment annual the Recommendation above orthe liability VA-f6 nowould returns wasmade process inwithholding assess unique superseding with authority VA-6. filed. VA-6may inmust the tax to returnhave the annual withinthe vouchers quarterly be alsotax that as wasto respectareaddition VA-6 return assess Refunds to make often notto as threemonthly filed. it beowedreturns. information liability the tax as the or years to onIn isassessed in shown long shownof clear showing onthethis as returns, twice this on an annual the a it a thatassess shownwithin but quarterly VA-5 the was VA on wethe 6 returnthe three timely week, unfiledsituationamount VA-6 VA-5 situation. are two tax,
Virginia Sales and Use Tax Audit Sampling ProceduresDoc ID: Sales
STATE OF VIRGINIA
DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION
AUDIT SAMPLING PROCEDURESAudit Sampling Procedures
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
SALES AND USE TAX AUDIT PROCEDURE – AUDIT SELECTION ......... 2 I. Objective.............................................................................................2 I. General...............................................................................................2 II. Procedures..........................................................................................2
SAMPLING & FRONT-END AGREEMENTS ................................................. 10 I. Objective...........................................................................................10 II. History..............................................................................................10 III. References ........................................................................................10 IV. Definitions ........................................................................................10 V. General.............................................................................................12 VI. Procedures........................................................................................13 VII. Reporting the Results........................................................................17 VIII. Front-End Agreements .....................................................................20
INVOICE CAPTURE TOOL (ICT) pOLICIES AND PRECEDURES .......... 23 I. Overview...........................................................................................23 II. ICT Audit Candidate Determination ................................................23 III. Successful Identification of an ICT Candidate.................................26 IV. ICT Audit Team and Roles of Individual Players.............................27
V. TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF THE ICT AUDIT PROCESS ..............30
VI. ICT AUDIT RESULTS REVIEW AND EVALUATION ....................32
STATISTICAL SAMPLING PROCEDURES ................................................... 34 I. Introduction......................................................................................34 II. Starting a Statistical Sample ............................................................34
III. STATISTICAL SAMPLING FORMULAS AND EXPLANATIONS...35
IV. GLOSSARY OF RELATED TERMS:................................................39
V. DEVELOPING THE STATISTICAL SAMPLE.................................40
VI. STATISTICAL SAMPLING GUIDELINES ......................................42
VII. CREATING THE SAMPLE ..............................................................46 VIII. Creating the Exception List for the Field Auditor............................47
Page iAudit Sampling Procedures INTRODUCTION The State of Virginia, Department of Taxation, has always had procedures for sampling in audits of sales and use tax. This manual will outline the auditing procedures used by the Department of Taxation. We have always used a block sampling as a basis of determining an error factor to compute an assessment. With the emergence of new technology, in conjunction with block sampling, we now use a software program (WIN.
IDEA) to develop our samples, both statistical and non-statistical. We refer to this sampling program as ICT. Although systematic sampling and statistical sampling are a part of our ICT software, we elected to segregate systematic from statistical sampling in the manual to better assist the research of procedures by users of the manual.
AUDIT SAMPLING MANUAL The audit manual is divided into the following three sections:
- BLOCK SAMPLING- This section covers all of the procedures to be followed in conducting an audit, especially where we would be using block sampling.
Block Sampling being where we would select a certain block of time in the audit period and review all of the records in that period. This section also touches on sampling for front-end agreements.
- ICT SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING- This section covers all of the procedures to be followed using the ICT program. This is where we take electronic files of information, manipulate the data and develop a sample to be used by the field auditor. Systematic sampling is where the system will select every “Nth” record.
That is to say that if we want to look at 20 records out of 100, we would tell the system to select every 5th record.
- ICT STATISTICAL SAMPLING- This section covers the procedures to be followed in performing a statistical sample using the ICT program. Whenever possible we will try to use statistical sampling as the main source for developing a sample to be used in sales and use tax audits.
The following procedures manual will be the source document for field auditors to use when conducting audits. If you have any questions regarding these procedures, please contact your supervisor who will direct your questions to the Director of Auditing or the ICT Team Leader.
Page 1 Audit Sampling Procedures
SALES AND USE TAX AUDIT PROCEDURE – AUDIT
SELECTION I. Objective Discuss the application of sales and use tax as it applies to audit selection.
I. General The auditor is to conduct field audits of the taxes administered by the Department in order to determine taxpayer compliance. The ultimate goal is to have total compliance with the tax laws. Taxpayers selected for audit are those deemed to be in non-compliance. It is the auditor's job to identify those taxpayers most in need of audit.
II. Procedures A. There are two steps prior to the selection of audit candidates:
- Identification
- Research B. Identification - There are several sources used to identify audit candidates.
- Audit recommendations - These taxpayers have been identified by other auditors or other employees who have evidence of activity in Virginia or some of type of taxpayer error.
- Recurring audits - Based upon the results of the previous audit, these taxpayers were selected as potential candidates.
- Taxpayers with a large volume of exempt sales.
- New businesses.
- Business types - These traditionally have proven to be good audit candidates. a. Manufacturers b. Contractors c. Professionals/Service Providers
- Auditor experience and expertise - with time and experience auditors develop a sixth sense and are able to identify viable candidates.
- AUDAP, and other Departmental reports and databases of registered taxpayers. The records in the databases can be queried and/or sorted by selected criteria in order to provide a useful listing for the identification of audit candidates.
- Complaints from the public
- Income tax returns Page 2 Audit Sampling Procedures 10. Information gathered from other agencies and states a. DMV b. Commissioner of Revenue c. IRS d. VECABC Board e. SEATA Nexus Questionnaires 11. Other outside sources include the following: a. Media - This includes newspapers, radio, television and billboards.
Look for advertisements, advertising inserts, news articles or segments on businesses. b. Dodge reports - These list contractors doing business or bidding to perform construction contracts in Virginia. c. Business journals and other publications.
C. Research - Once taxpayers have been identified as potential audit candidates, the auditor must use the resources available to him to determine if a taxpayer is actually a viable candidate for audit. This requires thorough research. This is the most important step in the selection process. Sources include: 1. STARS - The department's primary source of information is STARS and the related reports generated from STARS. a. Most research begins with the registration screens. Through review of these screens you may identify other candidates, and other tax types audits. (1) 2-02 Identify all registrations for a particular name. (2) 2-03 Once you have all the account numbers, identify the tax types associated with each account number, the address, and social security numbers of the owners. You may also discover a different trade name or legal name. Look for other accounts under these names. (3) 2-04 - Provides a list of registration numbers associated with a consolidated filer. (4) 2-01 - Check BLD's, ELD's. (5) 2-16, 2-17 Check for related entities of the business and it's owners. b. Payment/billing (1) 3-01, 3-02 - These screens will provide payment records, including a detail of the local tax allocation. (2) 3-27 - VA-6 Inquiry - The amount of withholding paid to Virginia and the number of W2's sent to Virginia is an indicator of the size of business and/or its activity in Virginia.
Page 3 Audit Sampling Procedures (3) 4-01 - The account status may identify trouble/delinquent accounts. c. Tax returns (1) 5-01, 5-02 - provide return detail for withholding and corporate taxes which will indicate activity in Virginia. Corporate return detail shows if the business is showing a profit or loss and how much income is being apportioned to Virginia. (2) 5-03 - The detail of the sales tax returns indicates the volume of gross sales, exempt sales and personal use reported. Fluctuations in sales can be identified by reviewing the returns. Filing errors may be more obvious. Reporting errors can be identified when return totals for a particular time span are compared to other sources such as the income tax return. d. Collection tracking - 8-03 - Collection history may provide additional information. e. Audit (1) 9-06 - Audit cross-reference - Provides a listing of prior audit activity for a particular account number. (2) 9-07 - Results of previous audit - This will identify the areas of deficiency on the prior audit -sales, purchases and/or assets. Were issues contested, and subsequently revised?
- AR/SEIBEL a. IRMS Research – Audit Case Management System Overview The Siebel Audit Case Management System (ACM) is a sub-system of the Siebel Customer Relationship Management application. ACM is directly integrated with ADVANTAGE Revenue (AR), Professional Audit Support System (PASS) and the Compliance Repository (CR). PASS uses models to query various criteria to identify potential audit candidates from data included in CR. While PASS and CR are not available to auditors in the field, much of this information is available in ACM. Also keep in mind that ACM system is also utilized by our desk/office auditor staff so there are many fields and some view tabs that are not used by field auditors. b. Siebel Research There are two different Siebel applications for field auditors – Server Siebel (Siebel web-client) on TAX servers and Remote Siebel that resides on the local laptop. For research purposes, you should always use Server Siebel. (Most of the detail Siebel screens are not populated in Remote Siebel.) The following information can be found in Server Siebel:
- On the Audit Cases screen, query the FEIN to determine the audit history of a particular customer. This results in a list of all audit cases for a particular customer Page 4 Audit Sampling Procedures
- All cases 2004 and forward
- Includes work paper archive for cases processed after August 2005
- Select the specific case that you wish to view – there is much information in the Audit Case Detail applet:
- Demographic information
- Case Type – Audit or Revised Audit
- Case Tax Type
- Compliance Code
- Description and Comment fields
- Tax Account Number
- Legacy Tax Account Number, if any
- Case Status
- Date Case Created
- Audit Span Period
- Waiver Information, if entered by auditor
- Recurring Audit Indicator and Date
- Audit Team Members
- Go the Determination view tab to see the audit results for those audits closed under ACM
- Go to the Work papers view tab to review those audits closed under
ACM
- If you were part of the original audit team, you can go to Remote Siebel and query for the specific case, go to the Work paper view tab and then click the Review button.
- You can do this even if you deleted the work paper file from your laptop
- It is possible that you may have to synchronize before viewing the audit
- If you were NOT part of the original audit team, in Server Siebel go to the Attachment view tab and download the most recent *.zip file to your local laptop.
- Unzip it in the normal Audit Workbench path in the appropriate application folder
- Use the file name for folder name choice from the WinZip menu
- Then open the appropriate Audit Workbench application from the desktop to view the audit.
Page 5 Audit Sampling Procedures
- It is not possible to view audits directly from Server Siebel
- See M:\OCR\Audit Archives for audit work papers for audits closed between 2002 and July 2005
- Go to the Attachment view tab to ensure that you see files that may not have been included in the system generated .zip and .det files
- Some of the more common file you might expect to see are .doc, .xls, .mdb, .jpg and *.pdf files.
- Go to the Audit Trail view tab
- A history of most fields on the Audit Case Detail applet that were changed while the audit was open can be seen here
- Some work units use the Description and Comment fields to record a series of notations
- Each comment is recorded in full on the Audit Trail
- Go to the Siebel Consolidated screen
- View the Activities associated to your customer
- Can access all incoming communications here
- View the various flags such as bankruptcy, active CACSG case, etc.
- Go to the Siebel Customers screen
- Go to the Tax Accounts view tab
- Verify that the tax account you want to audit is listed there and that your audit span period is within the listed BLD/ELD
- A new audit case cannot be created until the tax account information is properly listed in Siebel
- Go to the Compliance Repository view tab to see what source information is available.
- Besides TAX data, there are usually entries from VEC and DMV that may have helpful information c. AR Research While research in ACM and Siebel can provide useful information, AR provides the best data to determine a customer’s tax compliance. In the ideal situation, each customer will have only one Customer Profile, with all tax accounts associated to it. Since AR is the TAX system of record, all demographic and financial transactions are recorded here.
- Start your research at the Customer Profile Page 6 Audit Sampling Procedures
- If you are already in Server Siebel, there are “AR-Customer Profile” hot buttons on most Siebel applets that take you directly to the same customer in AR
- If not already in Siebel, simply query AR by FEIN, name, etc.
- The Entity type is identified in the window title bar of the Customer Profile
• From the Customer menu you can
- View Affiliations
- This is important to determine parent/child relationships for corporations and for determining the tax accounts to which an individual is affiliated
- View Relationships
- For individuals, usually the spouse is the only relationship
- See Affiliations – where ties to businesses display
- View Bill Summary
- Besides outstanding and paid bills, non-filers are also noted
- View Notes
- Any notes made by TAX reps are viewed here
- If you add a note be sure to identify the specific tax account and the period(s) to which the note applies
- View AR Correspondence
- All incoming correspondence is viewed in Siebel, but outgoing correspondence is viewed in the application where it was created
- View Customer History
- History is system generated
- View the Address Manager
- The various addresses will tell you where the business is located, where the records are kept, where the mail is sent, etc.
- View the Business Location Manager (located in the Address Manager menu) to learn trade names, localities and association dates
- View the Tax Account
- Totals tab is the default tab
- Shows calendar year totals for tax paid
- This is great for CU tax accounts because you can compare actual tax amounts between years Page 7 Audit Sampling Procedures
- For ST and UT, however, you can only see the total tax paid
- There is no way to see span totals in AR for just CU
- View Tax Account Entries Tax Type tab has information such as the BLD, ELD, current filing status, seasonal filing status, combined or consolidated status, the old STARS number, if any, and other valuable data
- Contact tab should list the specific contact for the specific tax account as well as telephone and fax numbers
- From the Periods tab you can view the balances of the individual Tax Account Periods (TAPs) or access a TAP
• From the Tax Account Menu you can
- View Tax Account Entries
- Very helpful to get a quick overview of the entire tax account without having to view each individual TAP separately
- Shows all entries for all TAPs
- Double click a column heading and the display will automatically sort by that column heading
- Great for trying to figure out on what TAP a Stop has been placed.
- View the Tax Account History
- General History includes BLD and ELD changes, etc.
- Address History is important for multiple location audits
- Only place where closed business locations display
- Go to an individual TAP
- Details for each period are located here including all financial entries (returns, payments, bills, stops, offsets, additional interest, etc.)
- Currently the AR TAP filter is OFF by default
- Therefore, all entries are visible
- You may want to use the Tax Account Period menu to turn the filter ON to eliminate offsetting entries
- This step can make the TAP easier to understand
- Many windows are not expandable in AR, but the Tax Account /Periods window and the TAP / Entries window are
- By pulling down the windows to the maximum vertical length you can see much more information without having to scroll Page 8 Audit Sampling Procedures
- If you access the return, you can go to the Return menu and select View Form to view the actual scanned document
• The Transaction Search is very helpful in these situations
- Need to view the return for each month
- Use the Transaction Search icon and query for the FEIN, the specific tax, and use Returns for the transaction type
- You can further limit to a specific period if desired
- Please note the CU, Sales and UT are distinct taxes for this search
- Saves several steps compared to going into each TAP to view the return
- Find returns that are work listed
- Use the Transaction Search icon and query for the FEIN, all tax types and choose Work list Items as the transaction type
- If you locate work listed returns you cannot save any changes to the return, but you are able to view the return to obtain figures
- Search for W-2 forms
- No prior W-2 forms were transferred from STARS so 2005 is first year available
- Click File, Close All to obtain a blank AR window – The Tax Information menu is now available
- Select W-2 Information and enter the required information
- Can query for all company W-2s or for an individual’s SSN
- Compare information provided - results of last audit to current filings; amount of WH to amount of CU or volume of sales; gross receipts per income tax returns to sales tax returns; tax reported to tax reported by similar businesses.
- Inquiries - ask other auditors, employees, and local officials about their knowledge of the particular business in order to get a general feel for the business. Contact the business and ask questions. D. Make selection Weigh all the information you have reviewed in order to determine the feasibility of the candidate - revenue potential vs. time and other costs. Keep in mind that an audit candidate does not have to have a large revenue potential to be a good candidate. Small audits that can be done in a short amount of time are good candidates, too.
Page 9 Audit Sampling Procedures SAMPLING & FRONT-END AGREEMENTS I. Objective Discuss the audit technique of sampling for compliance. Discuss audit sampling and procedures for front-end agreements.
II. History Sampling is an audit technique of significant value that is widely used in both the public and private sectors for all types of audits where a detailed audit would not prove beneficial either to the auditor or the client. When sampling techniques are applied, the final results are usually within a narrow percentage range of the actual amount that would have been determined by a detailed audit. The purpose of the audit sample is to determine a factor for errors within a representative selected period.
Once the error factor is determined, the factor is extrapolated over the entire audit period. The purpose of the projection is to account for likely similar transactions on which Virginia tax has not been paid.
III. References A. Code of Virginia, as cited B. Virginia Administrative Code Title 23 C. Ruling Letters
PD 01-106
Record keeping
PD 01-96
Error Factor
PD 01-51
Credits Included In Sample
PD 01-50, PD 01-36
Isolated Transactions PD 00-93, 01-130, 01-60 Withdrawals From Inventory D. Applicable exemption certificate IV. Definitions Audit Sampling is defined as the application of audit procedures to less than 100% of the population to provide a conclusion on the level of compliance with the tax laws.
Population refers to all similar transactions during an audit period. There may be multiple populations in an audit. See also “Sample Base”.
Sample Period means the portion of the audit period which is reviewed in detail in order to project the findings over the entire audit period. Depending on the volume of records, the sample period may be days, weeks, months or years.
Page 10 Audit Sampling Procedures “Sample Base” means the data chosen to reflect the sample period for projection purposes over the audit period. Sample base usually conforms to the population of the sample period; but may be any consistent data on which the dealer and the auditor agree to use. For example, a sales audit with the month of May as the sample period may use gross sales (population) for the month of May as sample base to be used to arrive at an error factor to compute a liability/refund against gross sales for the entire audit period. The use of sales (population) data as a sample base in a purchase audit is an example of an agreed upon base. “Block Sampling" means the use of all transactions in a selected period of time, combination of time periods, numerical sequence, or alphabetical sequence as the test period from which the sample is based. “Statistical Sampling” means either the use of random-based sampling selection criteria, usually mathematically chosen random transactions throughout the audit period as the test for compliance; or systematic sampling criteria using a fixed interval between selections, the first interval having a random start. A computer program may be used to define and select transactions included in the sample. “Structured Nonstatistical Sampling” means the use of defined criteria chosen by agreement between the taxpayer and the auditor as the test for compliance. For example, a recurring expense purchase sample may be used which contains only certain general ledger accounts that are identified to contain taxable transactions. "Error Factor" refers to the percentage of records sampled which do not comply with the Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations or the Code of Virginia. The error factor is computed by dividing the additional taxable sales/purchases by the gross sales/expense purchases reported for the period in question. Also known as “margin of error”. "Extrapolate" means to infer or estimate by extending or projecting known information. “Rollup Method” means to extrapolate the error factor evenly throughout the audit period. This assumes no fluctuation in business and produces a measure that is the same for all the periods in the audit. For example, a three-month sample in a three-year (36 month) audit period produces an untaxed measure of $5,040.00. Rollup method would extrapolate $1,680.00 per month or $60,480.00 measure for the period. "Fixed Assets" means depreciable property used in operating a business that will not be consumed or converted into cash or its equivalent during the current accounting period. Fixed assets also include property deducted under IRC Section 179. Assets may be deducted under IRC Section 179 if they are purchased for use in the active conduct of a trade or business and meet certain criteria. "Recurring Expense Purchases" means non-depreciable ongoing purchases used in the everyday operation of a business. “Withdrawals From Inventory” means the removal of tangible personal property from an inventory of items for resale for purposes other than resale.
Page 11 Audit Sampling Procedures “Front-End Agreement” refers to an agreement between the taxpayer and the Department of Taxation where the taxpayer will remit additional taxes on certain categories or general ledger accounts based on a single or multiple percentages which are derived from the results of an audit (either detail or sampled) of the taxpayer’s records for a predetermined period of time. Front-end agreements usually cover prospective audit periods and reduce the amount of time needed to perform an audit.
V. General Audit sampling is examining less than all of the records of an audit period to determine the audit liability. Audit sampling is a technique used to compress the time required to perform an audit, and to minimize the volume of records examined.
Sampling may be used in all types of audits. An audit period assessment that is based on a sample period and assessed by the Department of Taxation is prima facie correct and valid. The burden of proof that the sample is incorrect is upon the taxpayer.
An auditor should thoroughly “think through” the use of samples before beginning the audit. Audit sampling assumes that a rationally selected sample period is representative of the audit population. Consideration should be given to fluctuation in business and categories of transactions within the business as well as volume of records. The objective should be to choose sample periods which are representative of all transactions of the dealer in the audit period. Choose different periods for the different tax areas, if necessary.
In very large audits, the Department of Taxation has software that can aid in sampling. This software may be used with sales or purchases. An auditor experienced with the “Invoice Capture Tool” is available to work with field auditors on audits where the use of this software is beneficial. The software is used to stratify a population, or divide the population into relatively homogeneous subgroups called strata. These strata then may be sampled separately; the sample results may be evaluated separately, or combined, to provide an error factor for the total population.
Whenever items of extremely high or low values or other unusual characteristics are segregated into separate populations, each population becomes more homogeneous.
It is then easier to draw a representative sample from which a smaller number of items may be examined in each strata than to sample the total population. In addition to increasing the efficiency of sampling procedures, stratification enables auditors to evaluate materiality and other characteristics of items and to apply different audit procedures to each stratum.
Fixed assets should not be included in the sampling procedure. These items are not purchases that have recurred during the audit period. Asset purchases which are expensed (IRC Section 179) should be detailed along with capitalized fixed assets.
The depreciation schedule should show expensed asset purchases. Cross check Form 4562 from the federal income tax return; it will show the dollar value of Section 179 property and will clue the auditor to request purchase invoices for these items if not seen elsewhere.
Page 12 Audit Sampling Procedures VI. Procedures A. To Sample or not to Sample It is important to consider various aspects of the taxpayer’s business when deciding on a sample audit. Some type of sample can usually be used on most businesses. An evaluation of the type of business and sampling opportunities should be done. The basic characteristics of the business and the method of reporting must be consistent throughout the audit period. If characteristics of the business change during the audit period, separate samples should be made for each specific period to determine the individual error factors for each period.
A sample should contain sufficient transactions to produce an accurate error factor representative of the business as a whole.
Check the prior audit comments for the methods used by the prior auditor.
Research payment record and returns data to get information on taxable and exempt sales and fluctuation of business. By entering data into the STAUDN returns data screen, the program can be used to identify potential sample periods using various criteria. Does the return data appear to be correct in that gross sales and exempt sales are being reported on the return rather than just taxable sales? Ask the question in the initial contact if there is doubt. This may affect the periods chosen for sampling. Is there any familiarity with the nature of the business and the type of customers (exempt versus taxable)? Is the taxpayer selling to industrial and commercial customers? Are the invoice amounts on average small amounts? Is this taxpayer a multi-state dealer? What portion of total sales are Virginia sales?
The auditor should use the initial contact to obtain information about the business which will aid in the decision of whether or not to use sampling and the methods of sampling which would be most effective to obtain an accurate result.
Inquire about the volume, nature & seasonality of the business, volume and organization of records, changes in accounting methods, software, and personnel responsible for administering taxes. Are invoices available in hard copy for will you be able to view them on computer screen? Some companies now have the capability to download information to disk for your viewing on your computer.
Suggest to the taxpayer that a sample audit could be done to minimize the number of records and time needed to do the audit. Time and effort are as important to the taxpayer as they are to the auditor. Discuss sampling and share with the taxpayer the statistics from the returns screen data. Ask the taxpayer to be thinking about sample period(s) that would be representative of the overall business during the proposed audit period and for which records are readily available. This will give him period(s) to consider and time to evaluate the sampling concept.
At the beginning of the audit, review sampling again. By this time, you have evaluated the possibilities and opportunities for sampling from your initial conversation with the taxpayer. Now is the time to firm up the sample period and consider methods. Be sure the dealer understands the mechanics of Page 13 Audit Sampling Procedures sampling and agrees to the months selected. Remember that taking the time to fully explain how the audit process works generates goodwill and makes finalization much easier for both parties. When a sample is performed, a signed sample agreement from the dealer detailing the sample period and extent of the sampling may be desirable. Signed sample agreements can defuse later challenges to the validity of the sample. The sample agreement should note the sample period and class of transactions being sampled (sales, purchases). The auditor should inform the taxpayer or his representative that signing a sample agreement does not jeopardize his right to contest or appeal any portion of the audit with which he is not in full agreement.
Exemption certificates should be examined before beginning sales samples.
This examination will alert the auditor to large volume, exempt customers and also give a warning to potential liability based on the information contained on the exemption certificate as well as helping to identify which customers for which exemption certificates are not on file. Title 23 of the Virginia Administrative Code (VAC 10-210-280) explains that the burden of proving that the tax does not apply rests with a dealer unless he takes, in good faith from the purchaser or lessee, a certificate of exemption indicating that the property is exempt under the law. A certificate that is incomplete, invalid, infirm or inconsistent on its face is never acceptable. The regulation further provides that an exemption certificate cannot be used to make a tax-free purchase of any item of tangible personal property not covered by the exact wording of the certificate.
Therefore, the seller must use reasonable care and judgement in selling tangible personal property exclusive of the tax, even when an exemption certificate from the purchaser is in his file. Furthermore, certificates of exemption obtained during or after an audit situation will be accepted only if the auditor can confirm that the customer’s use of the certificate was valid and proper for the specific transaction.
B. Sample Design Sample design covers the method of selection, the sample structure and plans for analyzing and extrapolating the results. There are many ways in which a sample can be selected. If the volume of invoices is small, larger sample periods may be selected. Detail audits may be appropriate when they can be accomplished in a short time frame. This allows the auditor to examine all facets of the business, which may reveal other audit opportunities. A combination of methods may be the answer, depending on the circumstances. 1. Records Code of Virginia 58.1-633 requires every dealer “to keep and preserve suitable records of the sales, leases, or purchases. . .and such other books of account as may be necessary to determine the amount of tax due hereunder, and such other pertinent information as may be required by the Tax Commissioner”. When a dealer fails to maintain adequate records, the department is authorized by Code of Virginia 58.1-618 to use the best information available to reconstruct a dealer’s sales or purchases to Page 14 Audit Sampling Procedures determine whether a tax liability exists. A sample of records on hand may be used to reconstruct data for an audit. Cancelled checks, credit card statements, bank deposits, items of public record, or statements by the taxpayer may be used when there are no records available. Any sample projected on this basis is considered prima facie correct. 2. Sales How are the records organized? Block sampling is particularly useful in sales audits and is the historical method used by department auditors. If sales invoices are available by invoice number in date order, the sample period could be a block of invoices less than a year. Monthly sales journals give flexibility to examine one-month blocks and tie tax collected to returns.
If the only invoice information available is by customer by year, the auditor may have to examine an entire year of invoices to see all invoices.
If the business is seasonal, both the auditor and the taxpayer must be satisfied that the time block is representative.
Statistical sampling is useful in sales audits where the volume of transactions is large. In the best of audit environments, a sample chosen based on the volume of the dealer is preferable. Usually, a one-month to three-month sample is adequate. When transactions are fairly consistent, choose an average month as a sample. A three-month sample selecting one month from each of the three years of the audit period, or using the high, low and average months as indicated by the return statistics are additional options. If you are auditing a particularly large business such as manufacturers or retailers, consider a much smaller sample, such as one week.
If there are different categories of sales where dollar amounts fluctuate, such as equipment sales, parts sales, and repair sales, you may want to use a combination of sample methods or a combination of sample and detail methods.
- Purchases Review the chart of accounts to identify which accounts are used for charging taxable purchases. Make a note of construction-in-progress and other suspense accounts used to initially charge depreciable assets. These accounts should be examined for purchases, that may be reclassified and capitalized later. Negotiation with the taxpayer may be necessary to separate the items to be considered assets and those that may be included in the expense purchase sample. Also note intercompany accounts which may contain charges not seen elsewhere.
The method used for sampling purchases should be determined by the size of the taxpayer and their filing system. Many taxpayers file purchase invoices by vendor, by year. The year may be calendar or fiscal. If the volume of records is small, a one-year block sample may be advisable. By scheduling the audit near the end of the first six months of the year, the use of a six-month sample period instead of an entire year would be possible.
Page 15 Audit Sampling Procedures If purchase invoices are batched and filed by voucher number sequence or by pay dates, there is much more flexibility in negotiating a sample period with the taxpayer that is smaller than twelve months, and covering more than one year of the audit period. Statistical sampling is a good choice where the number of transactions is very large.
The general ledger detail or an accounts payable ledger for a chosen sample may be used to select invoices to be examined. This can save time over looking at all the invoices in a sample period. Use of the general ledger assures that you are seeing all the transactions during a certain period. This can be valuable when there are intercompany charges for which no invoice is present. Remember to consider withdrawals from inventory, which may or may not show up on the books of the taxpayer.
C. Unusual Items There is always the possibility that isolated errors may occur which are not typical of a taxpayer’s operations. For an item to be removed from an audit sample, a taxpayer must establish that the transaction was an isolated event and not a normal part of its operations. Allow the taxpayer to produce documentation that this was an isolated event and not a part of his regular course of business.
Before any item of unusual circumstance is omitted from the sample, the auditor should thoroughly analyze and discuss the situation with the Audit Supervisor.
Factors that should be taken into consideration before an item is excluded or included are: the size of the item is excessive compared to the normal items and occurs only at rare intervals; the sale or purchase is a type not ordinarily handled; or the item involves some unusual circumstance. Consider expanding the sample or reaching a compromise that would be fair to the taxpayer and to the Department of Taxation.
D. Credits Against the Sample 1. Sales When conducting a sales audit the taxpayer has the legal right to bill its customers for the sales tax not originally collected. Those customers may have been audited, or they may have properly accrued the untaxed sale made to them. Most taxpayers feel that in this case, the exception should be removed from the sample; however, this is not a reason to remove the sale from the sample. A one-time credit is given on a separate schedule when it is established that a customer has paid the tax. This is done because there are likely similar transactions outside the sample period on which the tax has not been paid. To remove the exception would invalidate the sample. The likelihood that every other customer with a similar transaction in the other months of the sample accrued and paid the tax is remote. 2. Tax Collected in Error Taxpayers who have nexus in other states sometimes collect taxes from their customers based on the customer’s location rather than the ship to location.
This erroneously collected tax is remitted to the other state rather than Page 16 Audit Sampling Procedures Virginia. Any dealer who collects tax in excess of a 4 1/2% rate or who otherwise overcollects the tax, is required to remit the over collection to the state. Virginia sales where the taxpayer has collected another state’s tax are included in the sample using a measure amount to recover the amount of tax collected. If the taxpayer elects to research over collections and either refund or credit the customer’s account, a credit may be taken on a future return.
- Expense Purchases Sometimes it is impossible to trace accruals from the return to an invoice. In these instances, the best approach is to list all untaxed taxable purchases made during the sample period and all untaxed taxable fixed assets acquired during the entire audit period. Extrapolate the sample measure and give credit for the measure accrued on a separate schedule. This should produce an audit liability that allows for the following: a. Inconsistent accrual of use tax. b. Accrual of use tax based on a percentage of sales, or some fixed dollar amount. c. Inability to identify the invoices and/or items accrued.
- Tax Accrued in Error Taxpayers may accrue tax on nontaxable purchases. A credit is given on the sample schedule for any tax accrued in error during the sample period. If the taxpayer accrued it in the sample period you examined, it is likely he accrued in other periods as well.
- Tax Paid in Error Many times, taxpayers do not check their invoices to determine that Virginia tax is being correctly charged by their vendors. No credit is given for another state’s tax paid in error. It is the taxpayer’s responsibility to get a refund from the vendor for any tax paid in error. The purchase is included in the sample as if it was an untaxed purchase.
VII.
Reporting the Results A. Sample Bases or “Population” and Error Factor Sales tax return data is usually used as the base for extrapolation of sales samples.
If it is discovered that the taxpayer has reported only taxable sales on line 1 of the sales tax return, using sales data from financial statements may be a better alternative to using return data. Accounts payable totals are generally used for purchase samples. The STAUDN software uses the total of untaxed exceptions as the numerator of a fraction, of which the denominator is the total of the sample period data in the sample base, to arrive at an error factor which is then extrapolated or multiplied by the data for each month in the sample base. This gives the measure amount for the audit liability.
Page 17 Audit Sampling Procedures If a rollup is done (not recommended for sales), the base would be the same number for each of the months during the audit period. Rollups are used to project the same measure amount (and audit liability) for each month throughout the audit period.
B. Error Factor Computation Example This example has been prepared to provide an illustration of how the error factor is computed from the sampling procedure, how it is applied to the sample base to determine the taxable measure, and the effects of “altering” the sample base. In our example, the audit period is April 1998 – March 2001.
The taxpayer has provided a schedule of Accounts Payable debit TOTALS for each month of the audit period. These monthly totals will be used as the “Sample Base” or “Population” for extrapolation purposes. AP debit totals are generally acceptable for the base as they accurately reflect the trends and expenses for the company, and are readily available. From these monthly totals, our sample months (high, low, avg.) were selected for review. From each sample month, general expense purchase invoices are reviewed. All invoices where tax was not paid on the invoice or accrued and remitted to the State are listed as purchase exceptions.
For our example, the total untaxed purchase exceptions from the sample months are $270,517.83.
Our sample months are
May 1999, Feb. 2000, and Jan. 2001 For our Original Computation, the sample “Population” from our sample period will be: Period Total AP Debits
Total Exceptions 9905 $3,140,614.84
$270,517.83 0002 $4,510,766.69 0101 $6,020,671.52 $13,672,053.05 This represents the total Accounts Payable disbursements from the sample months. The error factor is computed as follows: Total Exceptions = Error Factor Population $270,517.83 = .019786189 $13,672,053.05 The error factor from the sample periods indicates the percentage of the total disbursements that were not taxed. It is assumed that there will be a similar rate of error in the remainder of the months of the entire audit period. Therefore, the error factor from the sample periods is applied to the “Sample Base” for the entire audit period to determine the total taxable measure identified by the audit. With Page 18 Audit Sampling Procedures total AP for the audit period of $170,902,694.17, the extrapolated total of $3,382,513.01 now becomes the taxable measure ($170,902,694.17 X .019786189).
For Computation Two, assume that the taxpayer requests that certain disbursements be removed from the extrapolation base, i.e.: salary, insurance, etc. since these represent non-taxable amounts. For the example, assume that these monthly disbursements are 13% of the total.
The error factor the second computation will be as follows: Period Total AP Debits
Total Exceptions 9905 $2,732,334.91
$270,517.83 0002 $3,924,367.02
$11,894,686.15 Population 0101 $5,237,984.22 $11,894,686.15
Error Factor .022742746 Reducing the AP by 13%, the AP total is $148,685,343.93. The extrapolated taxable measure from Computation Two is $3,381,513.01 ($148,685,343.93 X .022742746). No difference from Computation One. Although it would seem at first thought, reducing the sample base will reduce the potential tax liability, the only thing that changes is the error factor. The net result is that the error factor went up, and you are now essentially taking a bigger “Bite” out of a smaller pie.
The most important factor in determining the computation of the audit is the total of untaxed exceptions. This total is what will determine the error factor to be used in the extrapolation of the sample base C. Penalty The application of penalty to audit deficiencies is mandatory and its application is generally based on the percentage of compliance determined by computing the dealer’s compliance ratio. The compliance ratio for the sales or use tax is computed by using the following formula: __Measure Reported____ = Compliance Ratio Measure Reported + Measure Found “Measure reported” means dollar amounts of sales or use measure reported on returns for the audit period. “Measure found” means dollar amounts of additional sales or use measure disclosed by the audit. Separate ratios for sales and use taxes will be necessary if the audit contains deficiencies in both areas. The STAUDN software automatically computes compliance ratios based on returns data entered.
Tax paid to vendors will not be included in the computation of the compliance ratio for the audit period. See Alternative Method for Computing Compliance Ratio for additional taxpayer options to avoid the penalty.
- First generation audits- Generally, penalty cannot be waived if any of the following conditions exist: Page 19 Audit Sampling Procedures a. The taxpayer has been previously notified in writing to collect tax on sales or to pay tax on purchases, but has failed to follow instructions; or b. The taxpayer has collected the sales tax, but failed to remit to the Department of Taxation; or c. There are indications of fraud in which the taxpayer has willfully evaded reporting and remitting the tax to the Department of Taxation.
- Second-generation audits- Penalty will be applied unless the taxpayer’s compliance ratios meet or exceed 85% for sales tax and 60% for use tax.
- All subsequent generation audits- Penalty will be applied unless the taxpayer’s compliance ratios meet or exceed 85% for sales tax and 85% for use tax.
- Alternative Penalty Method- If penalty is applied based on the department’s calculation of the use tax compliance ratio, the Taxpayer will have the option of calculating the use tax compliance ratio, under the Alternative Method, as follows: Measure Reported + Measure Paid to Vendors = Compliance Ratio Measure Reported + Measure Paid to Vendors + Measure Found It is the Taxpayer’s responsibility to compute the above compliance ratio and provide the auditor with documentation supporting the computation. The Taxpayer must compute the alternative ratio based on a review of purchases for the same period used by the auditor to compute the traditional compliance ratio. Tolerances for the Alternative Method will remain the same as those of the traditional compliance ratio.
If it is determined that use tax audit penalty is applicable based on the traditional compliance ratio calculations, the auditor will advise the Taxpayer. If the Taxpayer desires to recalculate the compliance under the Alternative Method, the auditor will assess the audit penalty as a contested issue. The Taxpayer must complete the Alternative Method calculations and provide the documentation to the auditor within 60 days of the audit assessment. If the use tax compliance falls within the acceptable tolerances based on the Alternative Method calculations, the audit penalty will be abated.
VIII. Front-End Agreements Front-End Agreements have traditionally been used for taxpayers that are manufacturers or holders of direct payment permits and are recurring three-year cycle audit candidates. The agreement covers the expense purchase portion of the audit. The taxpayer and the Department of Taxation agree that the tax will be paid “on the front end” rather than at audit time.
An audit is done and areas are identified where compliance is not being met. In the case of a manufacturer, the agreement may be to remit an additional amount Page 20 Audit Sampling Procedures of use tax based on the error factor in the audit; or an additional amount or percentage of use tax based on account transaction information. The direct payment permit holder may agree to remit tax based on the error factor of the audit, on accounts payable data, or, for certain accounts which were found to be totally taxable, tax would be remitted on the activity in these accounts. A written agreement is drafted and signed by both parties. In subsequent audits, the auditor does limited “testing” to determine that the agreement is being followed. This “testing” would also determine whether or not the percentages need to be adjusted for the next audit cycle. Negotiations with the taxpayer would fix the agreement for the subsequent audit period.
Fixed assets are audited in detail each audit period. Front End Agreements substantially reduce the amount of time needed to complete an audit.
Exercise
- What are the factors to consider when selecting a sample period for purchases? Why are these factors important?
You are auditing a vendor. You identify several sales in the sample period on which the taxpayer failed to collect the sales tax. The taxpayer contacts the customers and instructs them to either submit an exemption certificate or remit the uncollected sales tax. One of the customers responds that he has been audited by the Tax Department covering the same period, and thus has already paid the tax. The sample periods were different on each audit.
The vendor, in turn, states that the sales to this particular customer need to be removed from the audit since he, too, was audited. How do you handle the sales to this customer?
You have completed your sales and purchase samples; the taxpayer agrees to the exceptions, but is uncomfortable with using gross sales as a base for both samples. What do you do?
Page 21 Audit Sampling Procedures Sales and Use Tax Training Exercise Answers Exercise Answers
- Audit Generation
- Nature of Business
- Personnel
- Seasonality of Business
- Volume of records
- Organization of records
- Consistency of the taxpayer remittance This is a "mental checklist" to use in gathering your facts to decide on a representative sample period. All business have different characteristics.
Knowing these characteristics, and others, are essential in determining a representative sample period.
NOTE: If other factors are mentioned, encourage a discussion of their usefulness.
- The sales should be included and extrapolated on the audit. Sales exceptions represent transactions on which the taxpayer failed to comply. It is irrelevant to whom the sales were made. Sampling implies that the same type of errors were made throughout the audit period, not that untaxed sales to the same customers were made. In both audits, a "sample" audit period was selected and an error rate established for use during the entire audit period. In this case the sample periods used in the audit of the vendor and the audit of the customer were two entirely different periods. Had the same transaction been included in the sample of both companies, the auditor would allow a miscellaneous credit.
- It is probable that he just does not understand the mechanics of sampling.
Explain and offer examples of how the error factor is determined. If he fully understands how the projection will be made, he is more likely to agree with the audit. If he continues to object, offer to use any figures he proposes, as long as they are taken from the same source for the entire audit period.
Page 22 Audit Sampling Procedures
INVOICE CAPTURE TOOL (ICT) POLICIES AND
PRECEDURES Version 2.0 I. Overview The Invoice Capture Tool (ICT) program introduced by the Office of Compliance in January 2000 will enhance the software that the Virginia TAX field audit staff uses.
The current audit process involves extensive manual searching through taxpayer paper invoices. The ICT initiative will deliver software that will allow ICT auditors to receive this information electronically from taxpayers. Furthermore, this new software will significantly reduce the burden of the taxpayer, increase the accuracy of the audit, and decrease the time it takes for an auditor to complete an audit.
This document outlines the policies and procedures for the ICT audit program. The initial ICT rollout involves a limited number of TAX audit personnel. Through increased usage of the ICT software, TAX may consider expanding the ICT Audit Program. The purpose of the ICT Policies and Procedures is to provide a framework for the limited ICT rollout. As the ICT program evolves, the Policies and Procedures will be updated to incorporate any necessary changes to the ICT Audit Program.
II. ICT Audit Candidate Determination A. Identifying ICT Audit Candidates The first stage of the ICT Process involves the identification of audit candidates.
The audit selection process employed by OOC involves the Audit Supervisors, District Auditors, and the TAX Audit Selection program for identifying ICT audit candidates. Using the Central Audit Selection program will permit the selected candidates to be assigned directly to the ICT Support Team (IST) for assignment to Audit personnel. Additionally, referrals from District Auditors, and Audit Supervisors will be used for identifying ICT audit candidates.
In addition to the centralized audit selection process, the following processes will also be used to identify ICT audit candidates.
- Evaluate current audit inventory: All District Audit Supervisors, and District Auditors will be encouraged to evaluate their current audit inventory to identify taxpayers that may qualify for an ICT audit.
- Field audit leads: District Audit Supervisors and District Auditors should evaluate new audit leads to identify taxpayers that may qualify for an ICT audit.
- Collection referral audit leads: All audit leads provided by Collection personnel should be reviewed and evaluated for qualifying as a possible ICT audit candidate.
Page 23 Audit Sampling Procedures
- Audits at the request of taxpayers: All taxpayers that request an electronic audit will be considered as a potential ICT audit candidate. The ICT Auditor, and the District Audit Supervisor will evaluate the feasibility of conducting an ICT audit on this taxpayer.
B. Qualifying criteria for an ICT Audit Candidate Upon being assigned an audit, the District Auditor after reviewing the assignment, should immediately contact the taxpayer to coordinate and establish the audit schedule, and arrange for a pre-audit conference with the taxpayer. All field auditors will be trained on the policies and procedures employed by TAX for identifying and qualifying ICT audit candidates. Additionally, detailed documentation outlining the policies and procedures will accompany this training.
The District Auditors will conduct their standard pre-audit conference and determine the feasibility for conducting an ICT audit.
After the successful identification of an audit candidate, the District Auditor must determine if the ICT program should be used to facilitate the audit process. It is the responsibility of the audit staff to determine if an individual audit candidates would be feasible for utilizing the ICT audit tool. Field auditors should consider the following issues when making the determination:
- Does the taxpayer have an automated chart of accounts?
- Is the taxpayer’s general ledger updated from posted information?
- Is the taxpayer willing to download data?
- Does the taxpayer want to participate in an ICT audit?
- Will the use of the ICT audit program reduce the amount of time needed to complete the audit?
- Will the use of the ICT audit program reduce the amount of time needed to complete the audit?
- Has the taxpayer’s accounting system been consistent for a known period of time (i.e. consistent accounting codes and methodology)?
C. Technical Feasibility for conducting an ICT Audit Upon the identification of a potential ICT audit candidate, the District Auditor will arrange a meeting with the ICT Auditor, and the Taxpayer to discuss the technical feasibility of using the ICT audit tool for conducting the audit. The District Auditor should directly contact the ICT Auditor when they are located in the same district. Otherwise, the District Auditor should contact the IST, who will then identify an ICT auditor in a neighboring district. This audit team (the District Auditor, and the ICT Auditor) will arrange a second pre-audit conference with the taxpayer to discuss the technical feasibility for applying the ICT software to the audit assignment.
Page 24 Audit Sampling Procedures The following factors should be considered when analyzing the technical feasibility for using the ICT audit program.
D. Data Format The ICT software (IDEA) can work effectively with a wide array of data formats.
These formats include one or more of the following applications: Application Data and Databases
- Access
- Lotus 123
- Oracle
- Various accounting packages including Accpac, Simply accounting, Pegasus, Sage, and many others
- Btriev
- Excel
- SQL Server
- Sybase
- Xbase (the DBF format from dbase, foxpro, and others Flat Files/ unformatted DATA
- ASCII (fixed length and variable length)
- EBCDIC (fixed length)
- AS/400 DIF (Data interchange Format
- ASCII Delimited
- EBCDIC (variable length ANSI/IBM) Most software applications can effectively export a flat, or ASCHII, file type.
The ICT Auditor should work with the taxpayer to identify a usable file format.
- File Size Limitations The largest file that IDEA can handle is 2.1 gigabytes, unless the auditor is working with ODBC data (application data – Excel and Access), in which case you can access files that are much larger. The 2.1 gig limit is a function of the operating system rather than a limitation of IDEA. The 32-bit version of IDEA will overcome this limitation. IDEA can handle files with up to 2.1 billion records and files with up to 32,766 fields per record.
For additional information, view IDEA website at www.cica.caiidea/v3faq.htm or the user manual accompanying the IDEA software.
Page 25 Audit Sampling Procedures
- Fields Available Electronically The ICT Auditor must ensure that the appropriate data is available to effectively conduct the audit. The ICT and District Auditors should work with the taxpayer to identify the fields that are available electronically.
The following fields are required to perform an audit, based on gross sales: a. Customer name and/or account number b. Amount of sale c. Sales tax collected (if any) d. Ship to location e. Date of sale f. Description of the item sold The following fields are required to perform an audit, based on purchases: a. Vendor name and/or account number b. Account number that the purchases are being charged to c. Sales tax paid to vendor, when separately stated d. Date of purchase e. Cost of item f. Description of item purchased g. If no sales tax paid to vendor, is accrual being posted?
As documented in Section IV: (Technical Aspects of the ICT Audit Process), many of these fields can be directly imported into the STAUDN exceptions list. Additionally, many of these fields can facilitate the generation of an exceptions list in the ICT software, but may not need to be imported into
STAUDN.
III. Successful Identification of an ICT Candidate A. Recommendation to IST (Audits Outside the District of an ICT Auditor) Upon the successful identification of an ICT audit candidate from sources outside the district, the ICT Auditor will review the audit candidate with the District Audit Supervisor and will be notified who the District Auditor is that will be assigned the audit.
B. Recommendation to IST (Audits within the District of an ICT Auditor) Upon the successful identification of an ICT audit within a District, the ICT Auditor will contact the auditor in charge of the assignment to discuss the details of how the ICT audit procedures will be used. The District Auditor will follow the criteria outlined below for developing a potential ICT audit.
The IST will use the following criteria when approving an ICT audit candidate.
Page 26 Audit Sampling Procedures
- Feedback from the District Auditor
• Documentation reviewed for the following
Business classification for the audit candidate
Special audit issues and/or tax policy concerns regarding the business classification.
Availability of ICT Auditor resources
Geographic location of audit candidate
Current inventory of the District where the ICT audit candidate is located
Feedback from the District Audit Supervisor.
IV. ICT Audit Team and Roles of Individual Players A. Key Players in the ICT Audit Process
- The District Audit Supervisor: Coordinates ICT audits with the District audit plan
- The District Audit Staff: All OOC audit personnel
- The ICT audit staff: Eight auditors, Five from the Central Regional area, One from the Western Regional area, and one from the Eastern Regional area, and one from the Interstate Audit unit. As the ICT program expands, additional auditors will be added.
- The ICT Support Team (IST) members are: Richard Dotson Director of Audits, Jim Mason, Team Leader, Ramin Amira, Mark Foster, Ken Shafer, Mindy Stembridge, Nancy Gimbert, Sara Shorter, Stewart Silhol will each perform the IST functions.
B. ICT Support Team (IST) The primary objectives of the IST support team will be to ensure the standardized use of the ICT software, to identify new opportunities for the use of the ICT software, and to manage the expansion of the ICT program. Through the use of a centralized team, TAX can closely manage and assess the effectiveness of the use of this new auditing tool.
The IST will perform a wide array of tasks, to include measures of performance for the ICT program.
The team leader will provide the Director of Audits, a monthly report on the status of new ICT cases that were begun during the month. All ICT auditors will submit to their team leader, the identification of all new cases. The team leader will compile and consolidate, and forward the report to the Director of Audits.
The report will also be forwarded to the IST support team.
At the completion of the fiscal year, each ICT Auditor will submit a completed time savings report to the team leader. The report will be forwarded to the Page 27 Audit Sampling Procedures Assistant Tax Commissioner. Copies of this report will also be provided to the Director of Audits, and to the IST support team.
C. ICT Auditor (Audit Team) The role of the ICT Auditor involves a wide array of technical and analytical processes. Through the course of the ICT training, auditors will learn to perform the tasks needed to electronically capture the taxpayer data and perform the requisite analysis. These tasks include:
- Understanding and, if necessary, defining the layout of the data
- Assessing the taxpayer’s data file formats, and determining if any compatibility issues exist.
- Working with the taxpayers technology representatives to perform the data transfer
- Generating queries to extract specific records from the taxpayer’s file
- Statistically analyze the taxpayer’s file
- Importing and Exporting databases
- Working with external storage devices (i.e. Jaz drives and Superdisks) to facilitate the data importation process The ICT Auditor will work with the District Auditor to perform the tasks needed to complete an audit. In addition to the aforementioned technical roles, the ICT Auditor will be responsible for:
- Working with the field auditor to schedule ICT audits: Upon being notified of a potential ICT audit assignment, the ICT auditor will work with the District Auditor to schedule a second pre-audit conference. The ICT audit team should gather sufficient information that will allow them to qualify the candidate as an ICT audit candidate. Additionally, the audit team will determine the overall audit schedule during the audit conference.
- Working with field auditors to recommend ICT audit candidates: Upon completion of the second pre-audit conference, the ICT Auditor should work with the field auditor to determine if the ICT software will benefit the audit process.
- Reviews the results of the ICT analysis with the field auditor: After generating an exceptions list using the ICT software, the ICT Auditor will review the list with the District Auditor. The ICT Auditor and the District Auditor will review the exceptions list, IDEA log file, and any additional documentation to ensure the results meet the audit strata defined by the audit team. Additionally, this information may be included in the final audit report.
- Imports data into the STAUDN worksheet on the field auditor’s laptop: Upon agreeing on the exceptions list, the ICT Auditor will assist the Page 28 Audit Sampling Procedures District Auditor in importing the exceptions list into the District Auditor’s STAUDN worksheet.
D. District Auditor (Audit Team District Auditors serve as the primary auditor on all ICT audit assignments. As the primary auditor, the District Auditor will be responsible for:
- Contacting the taxpayer to schedule a pre-audit conference, and schedule the audit
- Serve as the primary liaison between the taxpayer and the TAX Department
- Working with the taxpayer to arrange the data transfer
- Writing a confirmation letter (using approved template) to ensure the agreed upon approach and data requirements are explicitly documented
- Developing audit program and schedule
- Performing the audit field work
- Concluding the audit activities and review audit results with the taxpayer
- Generating the final audit reports
- Generating assessments, and/or refunds
- Coordinating the ICT audit assignments with the appropriate District Audit Supervisor District Auditors serve as the primary link between the ICT audit program, and the taxpayers. To support the use of the ICT software, District Auditors need to communicate the benefits of the ICT program to the taxpayers, and should continuously try to identify potential ICT audit candidates. Upon identifying a potential ICT audit candidate, the District Auditor should contact the ICT Auditor to arrange a second pre-audit conference with the taxpayer. The District Auditor, and the ICT Auditor will work together to determine the feasibility for applying the ICT software on the identified potential ICT candidate.
As part of the ICT audit team, the District Auditor will work with the ICT Auditor; the District Auditor will import the data into the STAUDN audit template on their laptop computer. Furthermore, the District Auditor will complete the remainder of the audit activities, and present the results of the audit to the taxpayer. Although the District Auditor will report directly to the IST in Richmond, they will participate in completing the assessment for the completed audit, (i.e. benefits, issues, and recommendations).
As a part of the ICT audit team, the District Auditors need to communicate the benefits of the ICT program to the taxpayers, and are to continuously try to identify potential ICT audit candidates. Upon identifying a potential ICT audit candidate, the District Auditor should contact an ICT Auditor, and arrange a second pre-audit conference with the taxpayer. The District Auditor, and the ICT Page 29 Audit Sampling Procedures Auditor will work together to determine the feasibility for applying the ICT software for all audit candidates.
As a part of the ICT Audit Team, the District Auditor will work with the ICT Auditor in the generation of an exceptions list. With the assistance from the ICT Auditor, the District Auditor will import the data into the STAUDN audit template on their laptop computer. Furthermore, the District Auditor will complete the remainder of the audit activities, and present the audit results to the taxpayer. Although the District Auditors will not report directly to the IST in Central Office, they will participate in the preparation of the assessment of the audit results (i.e. benefits, issues, and recommendations).
V. TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF THE ICT AUDIT PROCESS A. Data Retrieval During the second pre-audit conference, the ICT Auditor and the District Auditor will work with the taxpayer’s technical team to discuss the data retrieval requirements. The audit team should consider the following:
- File Format: The audit team should work with the taxpayer’s technical team to identify an acceptable format (Section I-C: Technical Feasibility of the ICT Audit). To facilitate the data importation process, the audit team should try to obtain a file in either an application file format (i.e. Access or Excel) or in a fixed ASCII file layout.
- File Size: The audit team must consider the file size limitations associated with a floppy diskette (1.44 MB) and a super floppy diskette (120MB).
- The above two storage devices will be available to the audit team when transferring files.
- Taxpayer willingness to work with the super floppy drive: When transferring data using a super floppy diskette, hardware drivers need to be installed on the source computer. Taxpayers must agree to use an external super floppy drive on their computer. Additionally, a representative responsible for the taxpayer’s information system should perform the installation process.
B. Data Analysis When using the ICT software to generate the exceptions list, the auditor should consider the following:
- Target a small percentage of transaction volume to achieve a high percentage of dollar coverage.
- Data analysis and manipulation will be performed on like transactions.
Page 30 Audit Sampling Procedures
- Completeness testing on all areas of ICT audits must be performed on the front end of the data manipulation process.
- The ICT Auditor will maintain a log of activities for each ICT audit assignment, which details file manipulation, file names, and data analysis.
WIN IDEA produces a log file that tracks these activities.
- The ICT Auditor will provide the audit comments as they pertain to the data manipulation process. Per the District Auditor’s discretion, the comments may be incorporated into the final audit report. The ICT Auditor will also maintain a copy of the comments in their own files.
The methodology employed when analyzing taxpayer data will be established as the ICT audit program matures. The ICT auditors should continuously communicate their data as identified and approved. This data will be documented in the Data Analysis section of the ICT Policies and Procedures.
C. Import Data into STAUDN: The STAUDN audit worksheet contains a file importation feature. Using this feature, the District Auditors can import the ICT produced output (i.e. the exceptions list) into STAUDN. This importation process will create new records in the taxpayer exceptions list. Note that this process appends the existing exceptions list, and does not write over the existing records.
Prior to importing the exceptions list into STAUDN, the ICT Auditor must perform the following critical steps:
- Review the exceptions list with the District Auditor. It is essential that the ICT Auditor and the District Auditor agree on the exceptions list prior to importing it into STAUDN.
- Identify and rename the fields in the ICT database to names recognized by STAUDN. STAUDN will only import fields that have specific names. The following table lists the fields that can be in the import file: Check this table
Field Name Type Description Format Notes Invoice Date Date Field holding, Month, Day and Any valid Field cannot be left blank Year on Invoice date format Measure Test Measure type of invoice Interface has Auditor math values in this field to STAUDN measures. Any blank values in field will also be mapped to STAUDN Locality Text Locality to use Distribution Must be blank or valid numeric locality code Invoice Amount Text Amount on invoice Can have Field cannot be left blank $'s if needed Account Number Text Account No. used by taxpayer
Page 31Audit Sampling Procedures
Items Text Descriptions of item on Invoice Invoice Number Text Invoice number used by taxpayer Vendor Name Text If blank, invoice will map to a New vendor named "Imported" Comments Text Comments about invoice UD1 Text Custom field 3 UD2 Text Custom field 2
NOTE: At a minimum, the INVOICE DATE and INVOICE AMOUNT fields must be included. My fields included in the files that are not listed above will simply be ignored.
- Export the approved exceptions list to an Access 2.5 file. This feature is located under File Export in the IDEA 3.0 software.
- Save the Access 2.5 file to a diskette.
- Import the Access 2.5 file into the District Auditor’s STAUDN audit file.
This function is located under File Import in the STAUDN work sheet.
- Identify the measures corresponding to individual exceptions. This procedure can be done during either the file importation process via the File Importation Wizard, or during the generation of an exceptions list in the ICT software.
D. Return Taxpayer Data and Archive IDEA Files After successfully importing the taxpayer data into STAUDN, and concluding all audit activities, the taxpayer data should be returned to the taxpayer in its original format. Additionally, all manipulations of the taxpayer data should be explained to the taxpayer placed onto the diskette sent into the TAX archive. These manipulations include all IDEA 3.0 audit files.
VI. ICT AUDIT RESULTS REVIEW AND EVALUATION
A. Overview The review of the effectiveness of the ICT Audit Program is the responsibility of the ICT Support Team (IST) Team Leader. To support the achievements of the ICT Audit Program, standard criteria have been developed to assist the IST and TAX management, reviewing and evaluating the effectiveness of the ICT audit program. These criteria will track the monthly number of ICT audits begun, and the yearly savings in time. B. ICT Report of Audit Results
Page 32Audit Sampling Procedures At the completion of each ICT audit assignment, the ICT audit team will complete the ICT Savings Report on the Savings Report Form, and the Monthly List of new ICT audits by completing the following steps:
- This is accomplished by computing the number of actual invoices reviewed compared to the total population of invoices in the original file. This number is divided by 1000 (average number of invoices reviewed per day) to determine the number of days saved.
- This number is combined with the number of records imported into STAUDN by the ICT auditor. This is computed by dividing the total number of records imported by 200 (average number of records keyed in one day).
- The two amounts will result in the total savings of time by using the ICT audit program. The amount of time is multiplied by $300 (average value of time to complete an audit based on the past history of closed audits). C. Communicating the Results of the ICT Audit Program The ICT Audit Program involves many OOC resources. In addition to the ICT Auditors, all Audit Supervisors, and District Office Audit personnel will be involved in the ICT audit program. In an effort to involve all relevant personnel in the ICT audit program, the ICT Auditors, and the IST should continuously inform TAX management, the Audit Supervisors, and the District Auditors on the status, and the results of the program. The ICT Auditors will distribute the appropriate reports to management in the Office of Compliance, and the appropriate TAX personnel. In this manner the program will remain visible to all employees, and will promote the increased usage of the ICT audit program.
Page 33 Audit Sampling Procedures STATISTICAL SAMPLING PROCEDURES I. Introduction The Virginia Department of Taxation uses statistical sampling, in conjunction with various other methods of sampling, where examination of 100% of the taxpayer’s records is not feasible. This section will address the statistical sampling procedures used by the Department as part of our overall ICT (Invoice Capture Tool) program.
The policies and procedures for the ICT program have all ready been established and approved. This section will become an addendum to the procedures for using ICT.
The objectives of the Department in incorporating the use of statistical sampling into our ICT program is to enhance our efficiency in performing audits that benefits both the State of Virginia as well as the taxpayers.
The procedures set forth in this section will be a guide to be followed by auditors in using statistical sampling methods in sales and use tax audits. Additionally, information contained in these procedures is not confidential in nature and may be used to explain to taxpayers the benefits of using statistical sampling.
II. Starting a Statistical Sample A. Objectives In this section we will discuss:
- Identifying good candidates for a statistical sample
- Explaining to taxpayers the benefits of a statistical sample B. Identifying Good Candidates for a Statistical Sample A good candidate for a statistical sample should have:
- A large volume of records. Sampling has long been accepted as a valid auditing technique where the volume of records from the taxpayer is too great to do a 100% review. We have traditionally used a block sampling method or a systematic sampling method using ICT in performing sales and use tax audits.
- The taxpayer must have complete records for the audit period. This is a requirement for performing statistical sampling. This is determined using the same standards we have always used found in our original procedures.
- Electronic data. This is a requirement for performing a statistical sample. It is essential that we have an accurate count of the total number of invoices in the population as well the capability to stratify the data on the invoice amount in order to improve sampling efficiency. Electronic data must also be verified to insure that all of the data has been captured
- Good Internal Controls. The auditor should verify that the taxpayer has good internal controls and has been consistent in the determination of the taxability of transactions Page 34 Audit Sampling Procedures
C. The Benefits of a Statistical Sample
- Statistical sampling is the most accurate method of sampling. Other sampling methods should be used only if it is not a good candidate described above.
- The process of selecting records for examination is objective. The records in a statistical sample are selected randomly, ensuring that each record has the potential to be reviewed.
- Statistical sampling is much more efficient than other methods of sampling.
This is especially true where the taxpayer has large volumes of records.
Statistical samples typically require the auditor to look at fewer records and the taxpayer to pull fewer records.
III. STATISTICAL SAMPLING FORMULAS AND EXPLANATIONS
Examining the entire population of records in tax audits is unrealistic given time and resource constraints. Instead we can draw a valid random sample and use the sample results to project a statistically valid estimate. Here follows the methodology to be used in performing a statistical sample.
First, the sample size s is determined as : ⎛ −1 α⎞ ⎞ 2 ⎜ σ • Φ ⎛−⎜ 1 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎟ s = ⎜ m ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠
The formula for sample size reveals, as intuition would suggest, that the sample size s increases as the margin of error m decreases, as the standard deviation σincreases, or as the significance level αdecreases (the inverse of the cumulative distribution function is monotonically increasing in its parameter).
Example: Suppose we are interested in finding the rate at which sales tax is being incorrectly assessed, and we need to know how many records to randomly sample in order to be 95% sure (0.05 significance level) that our estimate is within 3% of the true error rate.
In this case the variable we are trying to estimate (the error rate) is modeled as a Bernoulli1 random variable. The true standard deviation of a Bernoulli random variable is given by: σ = ρ• (1 − ρ)
Where ρ is the probability that the tax was properly paid. Assuming ρ = 5.0 , we have
1 A Bernoulli random variable takes the value 1 with probability of success ρ and 0 with failure probability 1-ρ.
Page 35Audit Sampling Procedures
⎛ −1 .0 05 ⎞ ⎞ 2 ⎜ Φ ⎛−⎜ 1 ⎟ ⎟ 2 ⎜ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎟ ⎛ .196 ⎞ s = 5.0 • 1( − 5.0) • = 5.0 • 1( − 5.0) • ⎜ ⎟ = 1067. 11 ⎜ ⎟ .003 ⎝ .003 ⎠ ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ⎝ ⎠
which should be rounded up to a sample size of 1068.
The following table shows how large the random sample should be for different combinations of confidence and margin of errors, and assuming a 50% probability of an event occurring2.
Confidence Interval
70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 99%
-
0% 108 133 165 208 271 385 664
-
5% 133 164 203 256 335 475 820
-
0% 168 207 257 324 423 601 1,037
-
5% 220 271 336 423 553 784 1,355
-
0% 299 368 457 576 752 1,068 1,844
-
5% 430 530 657 829 1,083 1,537 2,654 Error of 2.0% 672 828 1,027 1,296 1,691 2,401 4,147
-
5% 1,194 1,471 1,825 2,303 3,007 4,269 7,373 Margin
The sample sizes above can also serve as a baseline for sampling a continuous variable, as in the case of a dollar amount (for our purposes, a tax assessment –or credit. Here, m is the acceptable margin of error, in dollars, of the tax assessment).
After conducting the random sample, we should make sure that sample size was sufficiently large to achieve the desired combination of margin of error and confidence interval. To do so we re-calculate the sample size using the statistics collected from the sample. The procedure is illustrated below first for a simple random sample and then for a stratified random sample.
2 Note that this is the most conservative figure because it maximizes the sample size. If we had prior information that made us believe that the responses were more skewed, say 75%, then our sample size wouldn’t have to be as big (800 in our example above).
Page 36Audit Sampling Procedures
A. Baseline: Simple Random Sample Suppose we take a random sample of 1,068 out of a total population of 20,000 and we find that tax is underpaid in the sample by an average $20 per item3. Then the projected total error is simply $20•20,000 = $400,000. Suppose the sample standard deviation σˆ of underpayment is $7.54. For a simple random sample, the projected standard deviation of the total underpayment in the population is simply σˆ • n , or $7.5•20,000 = $150, 0000 in this example. We want to be 95% confident that, under repeated sampling, the $400,000 tax assessment is within $12,000 of the true tax owed (a 3% margin of error).
⎛ −1 .005 ⎞ ⎞ 2 ⎜ Φ ⎛−⎜ 1 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎟ 2 s = 150,000 • = (125. • .196 ) = 600.25 ⎜ ⎟ 12,000 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ⎝ ⎠
Thus we find that a sample size of 601 would have met the precision goal. In fact, in this specific example we can be 95% confident that the tax assessment is within $8,996 of the true tax owed5, a margin of error of about 2.25%. If we find that our goal was not met, we could either change our goals (in discussion with the taxpayer we can decide to increase the margin of error or the significance level) or draw a larger sample of magnitude equal to the recalculated sample size.
B. Stratified Random Sample While it is perfectly valid to draw a simple random sample from the entire population, stratified random sampling is more efficient (sample size being equal, you are more likely to reach your precision goals if you stratify). The method of stratified sampling is one where the population is divided into strata (i.e., based on dollar amounts). We have chosen to stratify the audit population into 5 strata. We use a 100% sampling rate on the highest dollar stratum. We sample 267 records (1068 divided by 4) in each of the other 4 strata. While it is valid to judgmentally determine the stratum cutoffs, our preferred method is to give each stratum equal weight by total dollars. Typically, this increases efficiency through a higher sampling rate for the strata containing high dollar items.
3 1 n The sample average x is given by x = • where ix is the underpayment and n is the sample size. ∑ ix n i =1 4 1 n 2 The sample standard deviation σˆ is given by ˆσ = • x i − x ) ∑ ( n − 1 i −1 − 1 α σ • Φ 1( − ) 150, 000 • .1965 2 Rearranging the sample size formula, we get m = = = $,8996 s 1068
Page 37Audit Sampling Procedures
The average error amount in each stratum is used to project a total error. We can project each stratum separately and then add them up for a total. Alternatively, we can use the relative number of records in each stratum to calculate a weighted average error amount and then multiply by the population size to arrive at a tax assessment estimate.
To illustrate, suppose we stratified the population into four strata of equal dollar weight as follows: 8,000 records in the lowest dollar records stratum, 4,000 in the second, 2,000 in the third, and 1,000 in the fourth. Suppose we then sampled 267 from each stratum and found an average underpayment of $1 in stratum one, $5 in stratum two, $20 in stratum three, and $100 in stratum four, with corresponding standard deviations of $0.2, $1, $2, and $5. The fifth, the highest dollar stratum resulted in a tax assessment of $200,000 (true, not estimated. The standard deviation is zero of course). The projected total tax assessment is then: $ 200 , 000 + (,8 000 • $ )1 + ( ,4 000 • $ 5) + ( ,2 000 • $ 20 ) + ,1( 000 • $ 100 ) = $ 368, 000
or alternatively found using a weighted average
⎛ 8 4 2 1 ⎞ $200,000 + 15,000 • ⎜ • 1 + • 5 + • 20 + • 100 ⎟ = $200,000 + 15,000 • $112. = $368,000 ⎝ 15 15 15 15 ⎠
In a stratified random sample, the projected standard deviation of the total error in the population is found as:
4 σˆi 2 σˆ = N i • ( N i − ni ) • ∑ i i =1 n
Where N i is the total number of records in stratum i and in is the number of records sampled in stratum i (267). In our stratified random sample example above,
⎛ $2.0 2 ⎞ ⎛ $ 5 2 ⎞ σˆ = ⎜⎜ ,8 000 • (,8 000 − 267 ) • ⎟⎟ + ... + ⎜⎜ ,1 000 • ,1( 000 − 267 ) • ⎟⎟ = $ 185, 751 ⎝ 267 ⎠ ⎝ 267 ⎠
Now we can determine whether the sample of 1,068 was large enough. We want to be 95% confident (0.05 significance level) that, under repeated sampling, this $368,000 tax assessment is within $11,040 of the true tax owed (a 3% margin of error). ⎛ −1 .005 ⎞ ⎞ 2 ⎜ Φ ⎛−⎜ 1 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎟ 2 s = 185,751 • = (163. • .196 ) = ,1088 ⎜ ⎟ 11,040 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ⎝ ⎠
Thus we find that a sample size of 1088 is needed to meet the precision goal. We are left with the choice of sampling 20 more records or simply accept a slightly
Page 38Audit Sampling Procedures
higher error rate –in this example, we can be 95% confident that the tax assessment is within $11,140 of the true tax owed6, a margin of error of about
- 03%.
IV. GLOSSARY OF RELATED TERMS
Random Sampling: For a simple random sample, each item in the population has the same probability of being sampled. In stratified random sampling, each item in each stratum has the same probability of being sampled (but the probability might differ among strata).
Stratified Random Sampling: The population is divided into strata. A random sample is taken from each stratum. Stratifying the population based on dollar amounts can provide for more precise results as compared to a simple random sample of the entire population, the reason being that in a simple random sample low dollar items have a higher probability of being sampled.
Weighted Average: When the weights are the same, weighted average is the same as a simple arithmetic average. Weighted averages take into consideration the frequency of the class of records in order to compute an average. For example, consider a population divided into two strata, one with the 100 highest dollar records and one with 900 records. If the average tax assessment was found to be $50 for the high dollar items and $1 for the low dollar items, then the weighted average is 5.9 100 900 ( • 50 + • 1). 1000 1000 Projection: Projection is expanding the sample results to the entire population. To arrive at an estimate of total assessment, multiply the average error value in each stratum’s random sample by the number of items in that stratum. The total population estimate is simply the sum of each stratum’s projected error. This is algebraically identical to the result obtained from multiplying a weighted average of the strata’s assessment by the total number of records in the population.
− 1 α σ • Φ 1( − ) 6 2 185, 751 • .1 96 Rearranging the sample size formula, we get m = = = $ 11,140 s 1068
Page 39Audit Sampling Procedures
V. DEVELOPING THE STATISTICAL SAMPLE An important point needs to be made here. The field auditor is in charge and is responsible for their individual audits. The ICT auditor’s position is that of a consultant who is responsible for manipulating data to achieve an efficient and workable sample for the field auditor to use. A. Review and Verification The taxpayer should send the records to the field auditor. It is the responsibility of the field auditor to review the records to determine if they received the information they requested. The field auditor should verify that the account balances are correct and is in agreement with the G/L for the period, to assure that all records have been received.
The field auditor should also review the file to assure there is no incorrect information and that there are no blank fields in the file or extra rows with any additional information.
B. Sampling Form One of the primary responsibilities of the field auditor will be to determine if the ICT program can be used for conducting an audit. The field auditor, during the initial audit conference and/or upon first arriving at the audit site, must ask the taxpayer if they can use the ICT program to develop the sample for the audit. The field auditor must complete the ICT justification form below for each prospective audit, (blank copy enclosed for reference).
The questions are to be asked of the taxpayer by the field auditor.
- Can records be provided in electronic data format in Excel spreadsheet or similar type format?
- Approximately how many records will be provided/
- What is the audit period to be covered?
- If ICT cannot be used, explain why it cannot.
- Give any additional information, and /or explanations as to how the auditor will use the ICT audit program, or why it cannot be used.
The field auditor will be required to complete this form for each audit. Once completed, the field auditor should scan the document into their audit folder in STAUDN and keep the paper copy in their audit folder (See Form 1).
Page 40 Audit Sampling Procedures
Form 1
ICT Information Form
Acct #:
Name:
Date:
PURPOSE: To document the use of Excel and IDEA software applications in the audit. To be completed by auditor prior to starting the audit field work.
The use of ICT was discussed with the customer contact listed above. In addition, the customer was given a copy of the ICT Taxpayer Explanation handout. (Required for ALL audits)
After discussion with my team lead or audit supervisor, it was determined that this audit case is not a good candidate for ICT because: (Mark all that apply – Explain as necessary)
Customer is not fully computerized
Prior audit history (company size / hours) not sufficient to utilize ICT procedures
Customer declines to use ICT procedures
Other/Explanation
The customer is interested in using ICT. The customer: (Mark all that apply – Explain as necessary)
Cannot provide data in Excel or other suitable format
Can provide data for at least one audit measure in Excel or other suitable format
Agrees to use ICT procedures for this audit
Other/Explanation
If ICT to be used, provide the following information for each prospective ICT measure, account #, etc:
Data Measure Name, ICT Use Sample Approx. #
Available Acct # or Description Expected Period of Records
Yes No Sales Yes No
Yes No Assets Yes No
Yes No Purchases Yes No
Yes No Other Yes No
Yes No Other Yes No
Additional Comments
Page 41Audit Sampling Procedures C. Manipulating the Data Once the ICT auditor has received the file from the field auditor, it is their responsibility to develop the statistical sample. The ICT auditor will use the guidelines set forth in the following section to produce the statistical sample. The ICT auditor should evaluate the information received, to assure that a statistical sample can be done, and identify any extraordinary issues that need to be resolved before a sample is developed.
D. File Formats used by ICT The ICT software (IDEA) can work effectively with a wide may of data formats.
These formats include: Application Data and Databases Access • Excel Lotus 123
- SQL Server Oracle • Sybase Various accounting packages including
- XBASE (the DBF format from dBase, Accpac, Simply accounting, Pegasus Sage and many others, Foxpro, and others) Btriev Flat Files /Unformatted Data ASCII (fixed length and variable length)
- ASCII Delimited EBCDIC (fixed length)
- EBCDIC (variable length ANSI/IBM) AS/400 DIF (Data Interchange Format) Most software applications can effectively export a flat, or ASCII, file type. The ICT auditor should work with the taxpayer to identify a usable file format.
See page three of the ICT Procedure Manual for further information.
VI. STATISTICAL SAMPLING GUIDELINES When developing a statistical sample from virtually any size file of records, the auditor will use the following procedures to select a sample from the original population of records: Page 42 Audit Sampling Procedures
Initially, a detailed stratification should be done. All negative amounts should be extracted out with only positive amounts remaining in the population. The negative amounts can be reviewed separately. The auditor will use a total of 1068 records as specified by the table in Section 3. This is based on a Confidence level of 95% and a Margin of Error of 3%. The highest dollar stratum will be reviewed in detail. For the remaining stratums, other than the highest dollar stratum, four equally weighted stratums should be developed. For each of the four stratums 267 records will be selected as the sample. This totals the 1068 records that should be used
NOTE: Obviously some audits will not have enough records to support reviewing 1068 records. In this case, the auditor should use the alternative sampling methods of ICT systematic sampling or block sampling.
A. Detailed Stratification A detailed stratification is a very important step in arriving at four equally weighted averages. This may mean that you have as many as 20 or more stratums. Each stratum should be finely defined so that we can develop the most accurate sample that we can (See Fig. 1).
Figure 1
Page 43Audit Sampling Procedures
B. Number of Records to Sample Based on the statistical table in Section 3, when developing a statistical sample we will review a total of 1068 (not counting the highest dollar records). This sample size can be used for any population of records unless the population is too small to support reviewing this many records. The 1068 records will be selected from the final four stratums and the number of records of the high dollar stratum will be added to this for the total sample. C. Detail Highest Dollar Stratum The highest dollar stratum will always be reviewed in detail. Whether you are sampling expense purchases or assets, it is important to segregate the highest dollar for review. This assures that in reviewing the high dollar level the auditor can be assured that the taxpayer and the State of Virginia are not subject to any abnormal error created by extrapolating from a smaller sample.
D. Developing Four Stratum To develop four stratums it will be necessary to take the remaining stratums from the detailed stratification and use the percentages of the total dollars (farthest right column), then total all of the percentages and divide by four. This will give you your weighted average for each stratum. For example in Fig. 2 below, the total of the percentages was 26.06%. Divided by 4 this would be approximately 6.52%.
That means that each stratum should contain as close to 6.52% of the total dollars of your remaining stratums. This will be achieved by starting at the first stratum and, based on the percent of total dollars, add the stratums together until they equal close to 6.52%. That ends your first stratum. Repeat for the other three stratums. Once the auditor completes this step, and then the auditor would rerun the stratification with the four new stratums. Now that you have your four stratums you are ready to draw your samples from the stratums using the Stratified Random Sampling Program.
Fig.2
Page 44Audit Sampling Procedures Page 45 Audit Sampling Procedures
VII. CREATING THE SAMPLE
From your four stratums, using the stratified random sampling program, the auditor will select 267 records from each stratum and create a file. The auditor will then append these four files to the high dollar level file to create your total sample, (See Fig. 3 below). By using 267 for each stratum, it will give you the total of 1068 records, which will be used in the statistical sampling procedure. An important note to follow in each stratum IDEA will give you a seed number. The auditor is to use the seed number the program provides for each stratum. The seed number is stored in your History and cannot be removed. This is important in case you should need to draw your 267 records from a stratum a second time.
Once the auditor has selected the sample from the four stratums, the auditor will need to append them to the file of the high dollar records to provide the one sample.
Generally speaking the auditor should have a total sample of the 1068 records plus between 200 to 800 records for the high dollar file. When the auditor has appended all of the files, the auditor can then export the file back to the field auditor who can use it to begin their fieldwork.
Fig. 3
Credits within a Sample
Page 46Audit Sampling Procedures As a result of sampling, the auditor may encounter records where the taxpayer has paid tax to a vendor erroneously or they have accrued tax and paid it to the state erroneously. Regardless of which situation occurs, the auditor cannot remove the record from the sample and replace it with another record. Credits remain in the sample but each situation is handled in a different manner.
If the taxpayer has paid tax to a vendor erroneously, the record would be marked exempt (E) and the taxpayer would be told that they need to be refunded from the vendor for that invoice and any other like invoice.
If the taxpayer has accrued tax and remitted it to the state, then the auditor would treat this record in one of two methods. First, if the taxpayer wants to extrapolate the credit through the audit, then the auditor would mark this particular record that will be held in the audit as part of the final assessment record as taxable (T), but it would have a credit value. This would offset taxable exceptions held in the audit that creates an assessment. It would be extrapolated to the extent that the entire sample is extrapolated. If the taxpayer chooses this method, then they would have no claims for refund on any other invoices not sampled in the audit period.
If the taxpayer elects not to include the credit in the sample, then the auditor would mark the record as exempt (E). The taxpayer would then be able to review all invoices that are in statute and submit a refund request to the Department of Taxation.
VIII. Creating the Exception List for the Field Auditor Since the goal of using statistical sample is to capture all records for the audit period. It will only be necessary to gross up the error factor created from the sample by the total dollar value of the entire population. The ICT auditor, when entering data into STAUDN, can manipulate this information along with the exceptions noted.
If the sample period is less than the entire audit period, then the procedures above would be used and in addition the auditor would have to further extrapolate the results in STAUDN to determine the total assessment. The ICT auditor can manipulate the data in this situation as well to upload the data into STAUDN.
Page 47
Guidance on EFT Payment Penalties and ProceduresDoc ID: Administration
December 20, 2007
TO: Ronald L. Holt
Deputy Tax Commissioner
THROUGH: William J. White
Assistant Tax Commissioner
FROM: Mark C. Haskins
Director, Policy Development
SUBJECT: Electronic Funds Transfer Questions have recently arisen about TAX’s authority to impose penalties when payments are mailed that were required to be made by Electronic Funds Transfer (“EFT”), and TAX’s procedures for imposing and collecting such penalties.
Authority to Impose Penalty In certain cases, Va. Code § 58.1-202.1 requires taxpayers to remit tax payments by EFT. The statute does not expressly impose penalties for failure to use EFT, instead of mail. However, Va. Code § 58.1-9 was also amended at the same time that EFT payments were made mandatory to provide: B. When remittance of a tax payment is made by electronic funds transfer, receipt of funds available for withdrawal, in a bank account designated to receive such payments by the person to whom such payment is required to be made, on or before midnight of the day such payment is required to be made without penalty or interest, shall constitute payment as if such payment had been made before the close of business on the last day on which such tax may be paid without penalty or interest.
Thus, the effect of requiring remittance by EFT is the elimination the “mailbox” rule for timely payments of tax, which is set out in subsection A of § 58.1-9. Instead of looking at the postmark to determine the timeliness of a payment, we look to when funds become available for withdrawal. While a check mailed early could theoretically be deposited early enough to be available for withdrawal on the due date, there would have to be sufficient time to allow for delays caused by mail, our processing, and the bank’s rules on availability.
MEMORANDUM Ronald L. Holt December 20, 2007 Page 2 of 6 For all practical purposes no checks mailed to us will be timely paid when EFT is required. Given the nature of our processing procedures, we would not have the records to match payments to deposits and evaluate availability for withdrawal. Any taxpayer claiming timely payment would have to show us when the check cleared their bank, and we would have to presume that the funds became available to us on the next banking day. Therefore, when payments required to be remitted by EFT are mailed, existing law gives us the authority to treat them as late and to apply the applicable penalty.
Authority to Collect Penalty TAX cannot collect a tax or penalty until it has been assessed. This is set out in Va. Code § 58.1-1812 procedures for billing omitted tax, which refers to tax and penalty being assessed. Our refund match authority in § 58.1-1823 allows us to reduce refunds for “past-due taxes, penalties and interest which have been assessed” (emphasis added). Regulation 23 VAC 10-20-150 also refers to assessing penalties, and “assessment” is defined in subsection E of 23 VAC 10-20-160 (form clearly labeled “Notice of Assessment” etc.).
Therefore, the law does not support TAX’s current practice of applying payments to EFT penalties in its system and reducing refunds by accumulated EFT penalties without ever formally notifying the taxpayer that penalties have been assessed and that payments have been applied to those penalties. Before we can collect a penalty or offset refunds for a penalty we must have assessed the penalty before, or at least contemporaneously with, the collection action.
The failure to send notices of TAX’s actions to taxpayers may cause administrative problems for both TAX and taxpayers. A common example is taxpayers who direct that an income tax refund be applied to estimated tax for the next taxable year. If we reduce the refund without telling the taxpayer, then the taxpayer’s returns for the next taxable year will claim the wrong amount for estimated payments, requiring another adjustment by TAX. When the taxpayer eventually realizes that there is a discrepancy between his records and TAX’s records, customer service representatives may have to research several taxable years to trace the problem.
Another common problem is that when payments intended as tax are applied to penalties without notice to the taxpayer, and we subsequently issue a bill for the amount shown as due in our accounts, the bill will characterize the amount due as “tax” not penalty. For example, withholding payments mailed during the month will incur penalty and the payments will be applied first to penalty, then to tax. When the reconciliation MEMORANDUM Ronald L. Holt December 20, 2007 Page 3 of 6
return is filed our accounts will show all penalties paid, but a balance of unpaid tax, which is what will be billed.
This billing procedure also causes tax compliance problems. Penalties are not deductible for federal income tax purposes, and through conformity, they are not deductible for Virginia income tax purposes either. Failure to notify taxpayers that a penalty has been imposed and collected may lead taxpayers to believe that the redirection of their payments was for tax or interest and to erroneously deduct payments applied to penalty.
As a matter of law, TAX must assess any penalties associated with mailing an EFT-required payment before, or at least contemporaneously with, applying payment toward the penalty. Moreover, as a matter of good customer service, taxpayers should be notified of any adjustments to tax, penalty, or interest which affect the application of a taxpayer’s payments.
Notification of EFT Requirement The EFT Guide (attached) states that TAX will annually review a taxpayer’s filing history and notify the taxpayer if EFT is required. Taxpayers receive only one notice per tax type. Subsequent annual reviews trigger notices only to taxpayers newly subject to EFT. The review dates vary by tax type. Corporate tax EFT notification may have issues.
First, it is not clear from the EFT Guide whether an EFT requirement applies to all of the payment types associated with corporate income tax: estimated, extension and final. While the paragraph (page 4) referring to estimated tax is clear, the paragraphs referring to extension and final payments use language (“if you submit your tax payment by EFT”) which implies that using EFT for these payments is voluntary.
These provisions of the Guide would need revision to clarify whether using EFT for such payments is voluntary or required, or explicit language should be included in the letters notifying corporations of their EFT requirements for corporate income tax.
Second, it appears that corporations do not receive an annual notice of EFT requirements, but are notified once. The first notices were sent in 1998 (one year after mandatory EFT was adopted in 1997). However, TAX did not begin imposing EFT penalty for corporate income tax payments until IRMS went live. Because of the 22-month cycle of payments for a taxable year, it appears that the EFT penalty issue for corporate income tax is only now coming to the attention of taxpayers.
MEMORANDUM Ronald L. Holt December 20, 2007 Page 4 of 6 For these reasons it may be prudent to reissue EFT letters with respect to corporation income tax to remind them of the requirement, clarify the application to extension and final payments, and inform them that penalties are now being assessed when EFT-required payments are mailed. Similar letters may also be desirable for sales and withholding tax at regular intervals or as a first warning when an EFT-required payment is mailed. Efforts should also be made to ensure that the letters go to the correct address for each tax type, as large corporations often have different departments handling each tax.
Calculation of EFT Penalties The penalties that apply when an EFT-required payment is mailed, and therefore treated as late, vary by tax type.
Sales tax payments are required by the 20th of each month and a late payment penalty is imposed under § 58.1-635 at 6% per month or fraction thereof. When a check for an EFT-required payment is mailed on or before the 20th, the funds can reasonably be expected to become available for withdrawal within one month, so the payment by check would incur a late payment penalty of 6% or $10.00, whichever is more.
Withholding tax payments for employers large enough to be subject to EFT (average monthly liability of $20,000 or more) are due 3 banking days after the close of a federal semi-weekly period if at least $500 of Virginia tax has been withheld. § 58.1-472. Failure to timely pay subjects the employer to a penalty of 6% per month or fraction thereof. § 58.1-475. When a check for an EFT-required payment is mailed on or before the due date, the funds can reasonably be expected to become available for withdrawal within one month, so the payment by check would incur a late payment penalty of 6% or $10.00, whichever is more. It should be noted that the payment is due 3 to 7 days after an employee is paid, so it will be impossible for an employer who is required to remit by EFT to mail a check early enough to avoid a late payment penalty.
Corporate income tax involves several types of payments, estimated, extension, and the final payment with a return, which have different penalties associated with them.
The EFT Guide (September 2003) states that the average monthly liability will be calculated by dividing the annual tax by 12. This is logical and reasonable. Although payments for a taxable year are actually made over a period of as much as 22 months, corporations would be making payments for two taxable years in some of those months.
The EFT Guide states that a corporation will be notified in January if it is required to make EFT payments.
MEMORANDUM Ronald L. Holt December 20, 2007 Page 5 of 6 Estimated payments are due on the 15th of April, June, September and January (calendar year filers). Once the corporation has been notified that it is required to remit its estimated tax by EFT, its quarterly estimated payments will be deemed late if paid by check. Late, omitted or insufficient estimated payments are subject to the penalty under § 58.1-504 for each late quarterly payment. This is not a flat 6% penalty, but is calculated like interest. Form 500-C is used for this purpose.
This penalty cannot be calculated or assessed until the tax return is filed and the actual tax liability is known. Because a check for an EFT-required payment would not be timely even if received on April 15, the penalty would be calculated as if no payment had been received for the first quarter. The April 15 payment would be processed, deposited and available for withdrawal by the time the second quarter’s payment is due on June 15 and may be credited toward the second installment. If the second installment is also paid by check on the due date, it would not be credited toward the second installment, so the corporation would still be liable for an estimated payment penalty with respect to the second quarter.
Extension payments must be made by April 15 or the 15th of the 4th month following the close of the taxable year. There are two penalty situations that may arise with extension payments. The payment may be timely and properly remitted, but the amount is not sufficient to equal 90% of the tax due. In that case the normal extension penalty would be imposed after the return is filed. In the other case, the EFT-required payment would be deemed late if mailed. In that case none of the amount deemed paid after April 15 would be counted toward the 90% requirement to avoid an extension penalty after the return is filed.
The final payment due with the return would be deemed paid after the return is filed if an EFT-required payment is mailed with the return. In that case the full amount of tax liability would not be deemed filed on or before the filing of the return, the extension would be void, and a 30% late filing penalty would be imposed on any tax paid after the original due date (which would include any EFT-required extension payment that was mailed).
Summary The following table summarizes the calculation of the various penalties that may be imposed when EFT-required payments are mailed.
MEMORANDUM Ronald L. Holt December 20, 2007 Page 6 of 6
Penalties For Payments Mailed When EFT Required Payment Type Penalty Type Calculation
Sales Tax Late Payment (§ 58.1-635) 6% of the payment
6% of the payment(s) mailed during the month;
Withholding Tax Late Payment (§ 58.1-475) assessed when the reconciliation return is filed The current interest rate times the underpayment from the due date of each installment to the Estimated “addition to tax” unextended due date of the return. A mailed Corporate Estimated (§ 58.1-504) installment is deemed late, but will be credited when calculating the penalty for subsequent installments.
- 5% per month or fraction thereof times the amount by which the total tax exceeds all Corporate Extension Extension (§ 58.1-453) estimated payments. The extension payment does not reduce the penalty because it is deemed late. 30% of the amount by which the total tax exceeds the total estimated payments. An EFT-required Corporate Final Late Payment (§ 58.1-455) extension payment will not reduce the penalty if it was mailed and therefore deemed late.
Virginia Internet Tax Policy GuidanceDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---iy
bx
f
i!
be
Ags
—
od
‘COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO
Tax Assistant Commissioners
FROM
Danny M. Payne
a? cee
DATE
July 10, 1998
SUBJECT
Internet Tax Freedom Act (H.R. 4105)
The Office of Tax Policy has reviewed the provisions of the Internet Tax
Freedom Act (the “Act”) recently passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and
analyzed its potential impact on Virginia. Based on this analysis as explained below,
there should be no change in Virginia's current policy relating to Internet access
charges and sales via the Internet, and no action is necessary to conform to the
provisions of the Act or to continue collecting sales tax on tangible personal property
sold through the Internet by Virginia registered vendors.
Background
On June 23, 1998, the House passed H.R. 4105, the “Internet Tax Freedom
Act.” The bill establishes a 3-year moratorium during which states and political
subdivisions may not impose, assess, collect, or attempt to collect (1) taxes on Internet
access; (2) bit taxes; or (3) multiple or discriminatory taxes on electronic commerce.
Virginia does not currently impose taxes on Internet access charges or on bit
taxes. The department has ruled administratively that Internet access is a service, and
the charges for the service are not subject to the retail sales and use tax. Similarly,
products sold over the Internet and transferred electronically constitute a nontaxable
service. These policies were codified by the 1998 General Assembly in House Bill 278
(Chapter 481, 1998 Acts of Assembly). The only question which must be considered
regarding current Virginia policy and its interaction with the Act is whether or not
Virginia imposes discriminatory or multiple taxes on electronic commerce subject to the
moratorium.
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM
Tax Assistant Commissioners
July 10, 1998
—_
Page 2
Discriminatory tax
Under the Act, a discriminato
ry tax is one that is not generally imposed at the
Same rate (and collectible by the sa
me person
“property, goods, services or information acco
) as that on transactions involving similar
mplished through other means.” In
addition, a tax will be considered discriminato
ry if it includes the use of a computer
server by a remote seller as a factor in deter
mining the remote seller's tax collection
obligation. The Act does not prohibit a tax o
n goods sold via the Internet: it only
prohibits a discriminatory
tax on Internet sales (electronic commerce).
Virginia’s current policy
The department currently requires dealers with a physical presence in Virginia to
collect tax on all sales to its Virginia customers, including sales via the Internet. The
department applies the same nexus standards to out-of-
State vendors doing business
over the Internet as are applied to other out-of-
State vendors. As long as a vendor has
a physical presence in Virginia (as defined in
Code of Virginia § 98.1-612), an obligation
to collect tax on sales exists and applies to
all sales to Virginia customers. Nexus is not
conferred upon an out-of-
State seller whose only presence in Virginia is the use of a
computer server to create or maintain a site on the Internet.
In addition, Virginia's sales and use tax rate i
s the same for goods purchased via
the Internet and goods purchased throu
gh other means (at a local retail store or
through a mail
discriminatory
-order company). Accordingly, Virginia's policy does not run afoul of the
tax provision in the Act and ma
y continue collecting sales tax on tangible
personal property sold by Virginia registered
dealers through the Internet.
Multiple tax
The Act defines “multiple tax” as one in which one or more states tax “
the same
or essentially the same” electronic commerce transaction without a mechani
sm for
avoiding duplicate taxation, or as one in which the same electronic commer
ce
transaction is subject to more than one tax
definition of “
in a single state. Excluded from the
multiple tax” are: (1) a sales and use tax imposed by a state and one or
more political subdivisions on the same electro
nic commerce; and (2) a tax which
includes within its measure recei
tax.
pts which may have been subject to a sales and use
--- Page 3 ---
MEMORANDUM
- Tax Assistant Commissioners July 10,1998 _ Page 3 i Virginia’s current policy
Virginia provides a mechanism for avoiding duplicate taxation of the same transaction. Under Code of Virginia § 58.1-611, a credit is granted against the use tax imposed by Virginia for the amount of tax properly paid in another state. The credit is equal to the tax paid to the other state but cannot exceed the Virginia tax.
Virginia and its political subdivisions do not impose more than one tax on the same electronic commerce transaction. A transaction may be subject to the state and local retail sales and use tax, but these are not considered multiple taxes, based on the exception noted in (1) above. Receipts from an electronic commerce transaction may also be subject to income or BPOL tax, but these taxes would fall under exception (2) above. Because Virginia does not currently impose any other taxes on electronic commerce transactions, there is no multiple tax situation which violates the Act.
Similar bill
The U.S. Senate has taken no action on its version of the Internet Tax Freedom Act (S. 442) since November 1997. The Senate bill provides that sales taxation of electronic commerce is to be compared to “mail order and other remote sales.”
| hope you find this information useful. Tax Policy will continue to monitor the progress of these bills. If you have any questions, please contact Mike Melson (7-0033) or Valerie Marks (7-0964) in OTP.
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines in Disadvantaged LocalitiesDoc ID: Corporate
--- Page 1 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
During the 2018 Session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 222 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 802) and Senate Bill 883 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 801), which allow certain companies that have been certified by the Virginia Economic Development Partnership Authority (“certified companies”) to decrease the amount of income taxed by Virginia by making specific modifications to their apportionment of income (“certified company apportionment”).
These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding certified company apportionment, as required by the second enactment clause of 2018 House Bill 222 and 2018 Senate Bill 883. These guidelines are not rules or regulations subject to the provisions of the Administrative
Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and are being published in accordance with the Tax Commissioner’s general authority to supervise the administration of the tax laws of the Commonwealth pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-202. As necessary, additional information will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines complement the Department’s existing Corporation Income Tax Regulation (23 Virginia Administrative Code (“VAC”) 10-120-10 et seq.) and its Single Sales Factor Election for Manufacturers Guidelines (P.D. 13-6). To the extent that there is a conflict between the Department’s existing guidance and Va. Code §§ 58.1-405, 58.1-408, 58.1-417 through 58.1-420, 58.1-422, 58.1-422.1, and 58.1-422.2, the provisions of those sections of the Code of Virginia, as interpreted by these guidelines, supersede existing guidance.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision
of these guidelines is contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835, and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
General Overview of Certified Company Apportionment
Multistate Companies
Virginia generally requires the Virginia taxable income of a multistate company to be apportioned to Virginia by multiplying such income by an apportionment percentage.
Under Virginia’s standard apportionment method, the apportionment percentage is calculated by adding together a company’s property factor plus its payroll factor, plus twice its sales factor, and by dividing such sum by four. In addition to Virginia's standard apportionment method, Virginia has specialized apportionment methods for calculating
Virginia Department of Taxation - 1 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 2 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
the apportionment percentage of multistate manufacturing companies, retail companies, companies with enterprise data center operations, motor carriers, railway companies, financial corporations, and construction corporations. Effective for Taxable Year 2018 and thereafter, multistate certified companies may decrease the amount of income apportioned to and taxed by Virginia using certified company apportionment.
Instate Companies
A company that transacts or conducts its entire business within Virginia (“instate company”) is not generally permitted to apportion its Virginia taxable income based upon an apportionment percentage. See Va. Code § 58.1-405 and 23 VAC 10-120-120.
Instead, an instate company is generally required to pay state income tax based upon its entire Virginia taxable income. Effective for Taxable Year 2018 and thereafter, instate certified companies may decrease the amount of income taxed by Virginia using certified company apportionment.
Requirements to Become a Certified Company
Eligibility Criteria
A company seeking to use certified company apportionment is eligible to use such apportionment method if it is a corporation or pass-through entity that:
- Does not have any existing property or payroll in Virginia as of January 1, 2018; and
• On or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025
o Creates at least 50 new jobs in a qualified locality or qualified localities;
o Is a traded-sector company; and
o Generates a positive fiscal impact.
A lower 10 new job threshold applies, in lieu of the 50 new job threshold, if the company spends at least $5 million on new capital investment in a qualified locality or qualified localities on or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025. A company seeking certification as a certified company with the 10 new job threshold is still required to be a traded-sector company and generate a positive fiscal impact to receive such certification.
Certification by VEDP
In addition, a company is required to be annually certified by the Virginia Economic Development Partnership Authority (“VEDP”) as meeting the above eligibility criteria to
Virginia Department of Taxation - 2 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 3 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
use certified company apportionment. For each taxable year, a company is required to submit an application for certification or re-certification to VEDP. Applications will be accepted during the period beginning on January 1 and ending April 1 of the calendar year immediately following the taxable year for which certification or re-certification is sought. To remain a certified company able to use certified company apportionment for any taxable year, the company is required to be recertified by VEDP for such taxable year.
For additional information about regarding the eligibility requirements and certification or annual re-certification, please visit VEDP’s website, www.vedp.org.
Disadvantaged Localities Qualified for Certified Company Apportionment
A company seeking certification as a certified company is required to create jobs and, if applicable, make investments in certain disadvantaged localities specified in Va. Code § 58.1-405.1(A) as qualified localities. Once certified, the computation of the company’s apportionment also depends upon the extent to which the company’s business activities are conducted in such localities. The qualified localities are:
-
The Counties of Alleghany, Bland, Buchanan, Carroll, Craig, Dickenson, Giles, Grayson, Lee, Russell, Scott, Smyth, Tazewell, Washington, Wise, or Wythe or the Cities of Bristol, Galax, or Norton;
-
The Counties of Amelia, Appomattox, Buckingham, Charlotte, Cumberland, Halifax, Henry, Lunenburg, Mecklenburg, Nottoway, Patrick, Pittsylvania, or Prince
Edward, or the Cities of Danville or Martinsville;
- The Counties of Accomack, Caroline, Essex, Gloucester, King and Queen, King
William, Lancaster, Mathews, Middlesex, Northampton, Northumberland, Richmond, or Westmoreland; or
- The Counties of Brunswick or Dinwiddie, or the City of Petersburg.
Effective July 1, 2019, Page County is a qualified locality for purposes of certified company apportionment. See House Bill 2776 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 262) and Senate Bill 1498 (2019 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 263).
In addition, a qualified development site may be treated as a qualified locality. A qualified development site is real property that is in a locality adjacent to a qualified locality and, before January 1, 2018, either:
- Was owned or partly owned by a qualified locality or an industrial development
authority of which a qualified locality is a member; or
Virginia Department of Taxation - 3 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 4 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
- Was owned or partly owned by a locality or industrial development authority, was leased to a private party, and was subject to a revenue-sharing agreement providing that a portion of the revenues from the lease would be distributed to a qualified locality.
A qualified development site does not include real property that is not owned by Virginia or a political subdivision thereof.
Filing Requirements
Once a company receives certification or re-certification in writing from VEDP for a taxable year, such certified company may apportion its income on its Virginia income tax return based upon certified company apportionment. Any certified company that elects to use certified company apportionment is required to maintain the certification letter and any other documentation that substantiates its eligibility for, and calculation of, its certified company apportionment, including, but not limited to, any documentation showing the amount of property and payroll reported to and accepted by VEDP as generating a positive fiscal impact. Such documentation is required to be provided to the Department upon request.
A certified company may use certified company apportionment for up to seven years, the taxable year in which it is first certified and for the six subsequent, consecutive taxable years (“the eligibility period”). However, a company that used the 50 new job threshold to become eligible may not use certified company apportionment for any year during the eligibility period in which:
- The company's number of jobs in a qualified locality or qualified localities falls
below the 50 job initial threshold; or
- The company fails to receive re-certification from VEDP in writing.
If the company used the 10 new job threshold to become eligible, then such company may not use certified company apportionment for any year during the eligibility period in which:
-
The company's number of jobs in a qualified locality or qualified localities falls below the 10 job initial threshold;
-
The company's capital investment falls below $5 million initial threshold; or
-
The company fails to receive re-certification from VEDP in writing.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 4 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 5 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
Failure to Receive Re-Certification
A company’s failure to receive re-certification for a particular taxable year by not meeting the applicable thresholds or failing to timely apply for re-certification makes it ineligible to use certified company apportionment for that year. Nevertheless, a company may remedy these failures and may use certified company apportionment for a taxable year occurring after the year of the failure and during the eligibility period by meeting the applicable threshold(s) and receiving re-certification for the later year. A company’s failure to receive re-certification for a taxable year does not extend the company’s overall seven-year eligibility period.
Certified Company Apportionment by Multistate Certified Companies
A multistate company that qualifies as a certified company and elects to use certified company apportionment may use such apportionment method to modify the numerator(s) of its apportionment factor(s). The computation for a multistate certified company depends upon whether such company is subject to Virginia’s standard apportionment method or a specialized apportionment method.
Standard Apportionment Method
If a certified company is required or is eligible to elect to use Virginia's standard apportionment method and opts to do so, the company may modify the application of such method by making certain modifications to the numerator of each of its apportionment factors.
Modifications to the Property Factor
The numerator of a certified company’s property factor may be reduced by the value of its qualifying Virginia property:
Modified Property All Virginia Property – Qualifying Virginia Property = Factor Property Everywhere Qualifying Virginia property is Virginia property:
-
Acquired on or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025; and
-
Located in a qualified locality.
The certified company is required to follow the principles in Va. Code §§ 58.1-409, 58.1-410, and 58.1-411, and 23 VAC 10-120-160 and 23 VAC 10-120-170 to determine the value of property that is located in a qualified locality.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 5 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 6 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
The total amount of property used to reduce the property factor numerator may not exceed the amount of the property reported to and approved by VEDP during the company’s most recent annual certification.
Modifications to the Payroll Factor
The numerator of a certified company’s payroll factor may be reduced by the value of its qualifying Virginia payroll:
Modified Payroll All Virginia Payroll – Qualifying Virginia Payroll = Factor Payroll Everywhere
Qualifying Virginia payroll is Virginia payroll
-
Attributable to jobs created on or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025; and
-
Located in a qualified locality.
The certified company is required to follow the principles in Va. Code §§ 58.1-412 and 58.1-413, and 23 VAC 10-120-190 and 23 VAC 10-120-200 to determine the payroll that is located in a qualified locality.
The total amount of payroll used to reduce the payroll factor numerator may not exceed
the amount of the payroll reported to and approved by VEDP during the company’s most recent annual certification.
Modifications to the Sales Factor
The numerator of a certified company’s sales factor may be reduced by the value of all its Virginia sales. Therefore, a certified company’s sales factor will always be zero.
Example 1. A multistate company with $100,000 of Virginia taxable income has apportionment factors as follows:
Property Payroll Sales
Virginia $25,000 $40,000 $100,000 Everywhere $100,000 $120,000 $1,000,000
Percentage 25% 33.33% 10%
Under Virginia’s standard apportionment method, the apportionment percentage is 19.58% ([25% + 33.33% + 2(10%)] / [4]). Therefore, using Virginia’s standard
Virginia Department of Taxation - 6 - Effective July 25, 2019
[TABLE 6-1] Attributable to jobs created on or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025; and
[/TABLE]
[TABLE 6-2] | | | | Property | | | Payroll | | | Sales | | Virginia | | | $25,000 | | | $40,000 | | | $100,000 | | Everywhere | | | $100,000 | | | $120,000 | | | $1,000,000 | | Percentage | | | 25% | | | 33.33% | | | 10% |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 7 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
apportionment method, such company would generally be required to pay Virginia income tax on $19,580 of its income (19.58% apportionment percentage X $100,000 of income).
The remaining $80,420 of its income would be untaxed by Virginia because it is deemed attributable to other states.
However, if the multistate company is a certified company and all its Virginia property is qualifying (i.e., property acquired on or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025, in any qualified locality) and all its Virginia payroll is qualifying (i.e., payroll attributable to jobs created on or after January 1, 2018, but before January 1, 2025, in any qualified locality), the numerator of its property and payroll factors may be reduced using certified company apportionment, as shown below:
Modified $25,000-$25,000 $0 = = Property Factor $100,000 $100,000 Modified $40,000-$40,000 $0 = = Payroll Factor $120,000 $120,000
As with all certified companies, this company’s sales factor is 0%.
Therefore, the multistate company’s factors after applying certified company apportionment will be as follows:
Property Payroll Sales
Virginia $0 $0 $0 Everywhere $100,000 $120,000 1,000,000
Percentage 0% 0% 0%
Under Virginia’s standard apportionment method as modified by certified company apportionment, the company’s apportionment percentage is 0%. As a result, this company’s income subject to Virginia tax is $0 under certified company apportionment rather than $19,580 under the standard apportionment for non-certified companies.
Example 2. Same as Example 1, but only $10,000 of its property is qualifying Virginia property and only $10,000 of its payroll is qualifying Virginia payroll for purposes of certified company apportionment. The numerator of its property and payroll factors may be reduced using certified company apportionment, as shown below:
Modified $25,000-$10,000 $15,000 = = Property Factor $100,000 $100,000
Virginia Department of Taxation - 7 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 8 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
Modified $40,000-$10,000 $30,000 = = Payroll Factor $120,000 $120,000 As with all certified companies, this company’s sales factor is 0%.
Therefore, the multistate company’s factors after applying certified company apportionment are as follows:
Property Payroll Sales
Virginia $15,000 $30,000 $0
Everywhere $100,000 $120,000 $1,000,000 Percentage 15% 25% 0%
Under Virginia’s standard apportionment method as modified by certified company apportionment, the company’s apportionment percentage is as follows:
10% ([15% + 25% + 2(0%)] / [4])
As a result, this company’s income subject to Virginia tax is $10,000 (10% apportionment percentage X $100,000 of Virginia taxable income) under certified company apportionment rather than $19,580 under standard apportionment for non-certified companies.
Specialized Apportionment Methods Based Upon a Single Sales Factor
In addition to Virginia's standard apportionment method, a certified company using a single sales factor apportionment method as a manufacturing company, a retail company, or an enterprise data center may modify its apportionment factor numerator, as explained below:
- Manufacturing Companies. A certified company that is a manufacturing company electing to apportion its income using a single factor apportionment
method based on sales may use certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to the value of its sales in Virginia.
- Retail Companies. A certified company that is a retail company required to apportion its income using a single factor apportionment method based on sales may use certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to the value of its sales in Virginia.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 8 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 9 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
- Taxpayers with Enterprise Data Center Operations. A certified company that is a taxpayer with enterprise data center operations required to apportion its income using a single factor apportionment method based on sales may use certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to the value of its sales in Virginia.
Because a certified company may use the value of all of its Virginia sales to reduce the numerator of its sales factor, the apportionment percentage for certified companies using one of these single sales factor apportionment methods will always be zero.
In order to use a single sales factor apportionment method, the certified company is required to independently qualify for it. Therefore, no certified company may use such unless it is also a manufacturing company, a retail company, or a taxpayer with an enterprise data center operation that is required or, if not required, has properly elected to use such method.
Effective for Taxable Year 2019 and thereafter, Virginia law requires debt buyers to use a single sales factor apportionment method. A debt buyer is not permitted to use certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of its single sales factor because neither 2018 House Bill 222 nor Senate Bill 883 provided for such a modification.
Example 3. A multistate company’s factors are as follows
Property Payroll Sales
Virginia $25,000 $40,000 $100,000
Everywhere $100,000 $120,000 $1,000,000 Percentage 25% 33.33% 10%
If the multistate company is a manufacturing company electing to use single sales factor apportionment, such company’s apportionment percentage is 10% because its apportionment is based solely on its sales factor. Therefore, using Virginia’s apportionment method for manufacturing companies such company would generally be required to pay Virginia income tax on $10,000 of its income (10% apportionment percentage X $100,000 of income).
However, if the company is a certified company, the sales factor will equal 0%. Because the company is using a single sales factor apportionment method, its apportionment percentage will therefore be 0% as well. As a result, this company’s income subject to
Virginia tax is $0 under certified company apportionment rather than $10,000 under the apportionment method for manufacturing companies.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 9 - Effective July 25, 2019
[TABLE 9-1] | | | | Property | | | Payroll | | | Sales | | Virginia | | | $25,000 | | | $40,000 | | | $100,000 | | Everywhere | | | $100,000 | | | $120,000 | | | $1,000,000 | | Percentage | | | 25% | | | 33.33% | | | 10% |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 10 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
Specialized Apportionment Methods Based Upon a Single Factor Other Than Sales
A certified company using a single factor apportionment method not based upon sales may modify the numerator of its apportionment factor, as explained below:
-
Motor Carriers. A certified company that is a motor carrier of property or passengers is permitted to modify its single factor apportionment method based on vehicle miles by using certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to its vehicle miles traveled in any qualified locality.
-
Railway Companies. A certified company that is a railway company may
modify its single factor apportionment method based on revenue car miles by using certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to its revenue car miles traveled in any qualified locality.
-
Financial Corporations. A certified company that is a financial corporation may modify its single factor apportionment method based on its business conducted in Virginia by using certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to the value of its business within any qualified locality.
-
Construction Corporations. A certified company that is a construction
corporation may modify its single factor apportionment method based on business conducted in Virginia by using certified company apportionment to reduce the numerator of such factor by an amount equal to the value of its business within any qualified locality.
In order to use a single factor apportionment method not based upon sales, the certified company is required to independently qualify for it. Therefore, no certified company may use such method unless it is a motor carrier, railway company, financial corporation, or construction corporation permitted or required to use such method.
Certified Company Apportionment by Instate Certified Companies
An instate company that qualifies as a certified company and elects to use certified company apportionment may apportion Virginia taxable income as if they were a multistate company and use certified company apportionment to modify the numerator(s) of their apportionment factor(s). This is an exception to the general rule prohibiting the use of apportionment by instate companies. As with certified multistate companies, the
computation of such numerator(s) for instate certified companies depends upon whether such companies are subject to Virginia’s standard apportionment method or a specialized apportionment method.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 10 - Effective July 25, 2019
--- Page 11 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
Example 4. A company with $100,000 of Virginia taxable income has all of its property, payroll, and sales located in Virginia, as shown below:
Property Payroll Sales
Qualified localities $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 Non-qualified
localities $15,000 $30,000 $90,000 All of Virginia $25,000 $40,000 $100,000
Assume that all of its property and payroll located in qualified localities constitutes qualifying Virginia property and qualifying Virginia payroll, respectively. Because the company is instate company, it would generally be required to pay Virginia income tax on all $100,000 of its income. However, if the company is a certified company, then it may apportion its Virginia taxable income within Virginia based upon an apportionment percentage. The company would calculate its property and payroll factors as follows:
Property Payroll Non-qualified localities $15,000 $30,000
All of Virginia $25,000 $40,000
Percentage 60% 75%
As with all certified companies, this company’s sales factor would be 0%. Under Virginia’s standard three-factor formula with double-weighted sales, the company’s apportionment percentage is 33.75% ([60% + 75% + 2(0%)] / [4]). As a result, this company’s income subject to Virginia tax is $33,750 (33.75% apportionment percentage X $100,000 of Virginia taxable income) under certified company apportionment rather than $100,000 under the standard rules for non-certified instate companies.
Treatment of Pass-through Entities
Pass-through entities (“PTEs”) are required to use corporate apportionment to determine the portion of their income that is from Virginia sources for purposes of allocating a share of that income to nonresident individuals. This will affect the amount that nonresident individuals report on their Virginia nonresident income tax returns or that the PTE reports
on behalf of its nonresident owners, and the amount for which the PTE may be required to withhold from Virginia income. See the PTE Guidelines (P.D. 15-240) for more information.
Virginia Department of Taxation - 11 - Effective July 25, 2019
[TABLE 11-1] | | | | Property | | | Payroll | | | Sales | | Qualified localities | | | $10,000 | | | $10,000 | | | $10,000 | | Non-qualified | | | | | | | | | | | localities | | | $15,000 | | | $30,000 | | | $90,000 | | All of Virginia | | | $25,000 | | | $40,000 | | | $100,000 |
[/TABLE]
--- Page 12 ---
Certified Company Apportionment Guidelines for Business Conducted in Certain Disadvantaged Localities
A corporate owner of a PTE may be required to include its share of the PTE’s property, payroll, and sales in the corporation’s own apportionment factors. (See P.D. 95-19, 95-263, and 99-76.) If the PTE meets the requirements of a certified company, it may use certified company apportionment under the same conditions applicable to corporations.
The corporate owners would include in their factors only their share of the PTE’s factors for the applicable taxable year.
Documentation and Record Keeping
A certified company is required include with its income tax return information regarding the amounts subtracted from the numerators of the relevant apportionment factors. The
Department is required to use such information to compute the fiscal savings to such companies and is required to report annually by the first day of each regular session of the General Assembly to the Chairmen of the House Committee on Appropriations, the House Committee on Finance, and the Senate Committee on Finance:
-
The number of returns processed during the prior fiscal year for certified companies that used certified company apportionment;
-
The estimated revenue impact of certified company apportionment.
A certified company is required to retain records demonstrating its eligibility to use certified company apportionment, including any certification letters received from VEDP, and provide such information to the Department on request.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online on the Virginia Regulatory Town Hall website, located at https://townhall.virginia.gov, and on the Guidance Documents section of the Department’s website, located at http://tax.virginia.gov/guidance-documents. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
Virginia Department of Taxation - 12 - Effective July 25, 2019
Sales and Use Tax Audit Penalties PolicyDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---hela
fA
£
it
‘&
i AIRS Se,
~s
COMMON WEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
W.
S.
Cordle,
Director
Field Services Division
DATE
July 18,
1990
RE
Sales and Use Tax Audit Penalty
This will reply to your memorandum of June 26,
1990,
regarding
the assessment of sales and use tax penalties.
Virginia Regulation 630-10-80 sets forth the department's
official policy on penalties.
Subsection A of the regulation
states that penalty is applicable whenever a dealer fails to file
a return or fails to pay in full the tax listed on the return.
Subsection C of the regulation deals with audits and notes that
the penalty will normally be waived in the first audit and also
in subsequent audits if compliance is acceptable.
As policy in this area is well established, its application to
issues that auditors deal with on an everyday basis should more
appropriately be addressed through the FSD audit manual.
As a general rule,
auditors may certainly choose to apply penalty
whenever a return is filed late or the tax listed on the return
is not paid in full.
However,
in cases where returns were filed
normal
and the tax is found in audit to have been underreported,
audit penalty application under subsection C of VR 630-10-80
should be followed.
Please let me know if you have any questions.
, Mowe
Jahie E.
Bowen
Tax Policy Director
Aircraft Sales and Use Tax GuidanceDoc ID: Aircraft
--- Page 1 ---ra r me f 'S 4 Ke L zm Re = oe a a 7 Pie o 7 _ oa oe . ~ — Se are 80 i -em eae i _— — wae - - a MEMORANDUM TO: R. C. Whitehead, Jr., Supervisor
Taxpayer Assistance Section Office Services Division
DATE: July 24, 1985
SUBJECT: Aircraft Sales and Use Tax
This will reply to your memorandum of February 20, 1985 requesting information on the application of the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax to a variety of transactions.
(1) When does the 5% penalty for failure to pay the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax begin to accrue?
§ 58.1-1501 defines "Aircraft" as “any contrivance used or designed for untethered navigation or flight in the air by one Or more persons at an altitude greater than twenty-four inches above the ground."
§ 58.1-1510 of the Code states, in part, "when any person fails to make any return or pay the full amount of tax required by §58.1-1502 within thirty (30) days of the required filing and payment date, there shall be imposed,..a penalty to be added to the tax, in the amount of five percent of the unpaid tax."
§ 58.1-1506(A) of the Code states in part, that "the tax on the sale or use of an aircraft required to be licensed by this Commonwealth shall be paid by the purchaser or user of such aircraft and collected by the Commissioner prior to the time the owner applies to the Department of Aviation for, and obtains, a license therefor." (Emphasis added).
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM
Page 2
July 24, 1985 § 58.1-1502 of the Code imposes a tax on the retail sale of every aircraft sold in the Commonwealth...at a rate of two percent of the sale price of every such aircraft. Therefore, while § 58.1-1502 imposes the tax, § 58.1-1506 sets forth when such tax must be remitted. (Emphasis added).
When taken together, all of the above sections establish that the 5% penalty for nonpayment of the full amount of aircraft sales and use tax begins to accrue on the 3lst day after the date on which an application for license is applied for and obtained . For example, if A applies for and obtains his
7 license on March 1, 1985, he has until March 31 to pay the
full amount of tax before any penalty will be imposed.
However, on April 1, 1985, the 5% penalty will begin to accrue, and be added to the tax due.
(2) Does the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax penalty apply to sales of airplane kits and inoperable or wrecked aircraft?
Prior to 1984, the Code prohibited the levy of the 2% aircraft sales and use tax on aircraft "not required to be licensed" in Virginia. This was interpreted by the department to mean that the 2% aircraft sales and use tax did not apply to sales of aircraft kits and inoperable aircraft.
However, House Bill 193, as enacted by the 1984 General Assembly, removed the prohibition to the levy of aircraft sales and use tax upon planes "not required to be licensed” in Virginia. Therefore, inoperable aircraft, including aircraft kits, are now subject to the aircraft sales and use tax and no longer subject to retail sales and use tax. (See Tax Bulletin 84-13, pg. 2).
Consequently, the 2% aircraft sales and use tax levied in
§ 58.1-1502 of the Code, applies uniformly to operable and inoperable aircraft, but the time for payment of such tax is . postponed in the case of inoperable aircraft, until such time as such aircraft are licensed. Analogously, the penalty provisions apply uniformly to both operable and inoperable aircraft in that penalties will not accrue until 30 days beyond the date on which a license is applied for and obtained.
For example, if Taxpayer purchased an inoperable aircraft on January 1, 1985, and applied for and obtained a license for such aircraft by March 1, 1985, such taxpayer would become
--- Page 3 ---0 eee eee Anni MEMORANDUM Page 3 July 24, 1985 liable for the penalties imposed by § 58.1-1510 upon the nonpayment of the full amount of the tax levied in § 58.1-1502, by March 31, 1985.
(3) Does Virginia allow a credit for retail sales tax paid to another state for aircraft kits and/or component parts, where the completed aircraft is subsequently brought into and licensed for use in Virginia?
Aircraft Kits In order to qualify for the credit against the tax, an out of state purchase of an aircraft kit must meet the definition of "aircraft" for Virginia aircraft sales and use tax purposes.
As previously defined, "aircraft" means, “any contrivance used or designed for untethered navigation or flight in the air by one or more persons at an altitude of greater than 24" above the ground." Consequently, if A purchases an aircraft kit in North Carolina, subject to North Carolina's sales tax, which meets the definition of "aircraft", for subsequent use and licensure in Virginia, he would qualify for the credit against Virginia aircraft sales and use tax.
Component Parts Component parts of an aircraft purchased out of state in separate transactions for subsequent use in Virginia, do not qualify for the credit against Virginia's aircraft sales and use tax. For example, if A purchases an aircraft engine in North Carolina, subject to North Carolina's sales tax, for installation and use in Virginia, he would not qualify for the credit against Virginia aircraft sales and use tax. Unlike aircraft kits, component parts are not considered "aircraft" | for Virginia aircraft sales and use tax purposes.
(4) Does the Virginia aircraft sales and use tax apply to sales of aircraft in Virginia for licensing and use outside Virginia.
§ 58.1-1502 of the Virginia Code levies and imposes a tax upon "the retail sale of every aircraft sold in the Commonwealth and upon the use in the Commonwealth of any aircraft required to be licensed by the Department of Aviation."
However, § 58.1-1506 of the Code provides that such tax, "on the sale or use of an aircraft required to be licensed by this Commonwealth shall be paid by the purchaser or user of such
--- Page 4 --- MEMORANDUM | Page 4 July 24, 1985 aircraft and collected by the Commissioner prior to the time the owner applies to the Department of Aviation for, and obtains a license therefor.'' (Emphasis added) Therefore, to the extent that such aircraft purchased in | Virginia are not required to be licensed in Virginia, the | Virginia Aircraft Sales and Use Tax will not apply. | I hope that all of the above has been of some assistance to you, but | please let me know if you have any further questions.
Danny M. Payne, Director | Tax Policy Division | sda | | | : |
Virginia Utility Sales Tax Exemption UpdateDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---—-s oy
Pre
ty
y
A » Sj ri
ae
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO
Lawrence Durbin, Assistant Tax Commissioner
Office of Customer Services
Robert Schultze, Assistant Tax Commissioner
Office of Compliance
FROM
Howard T. Macrae, Jr., Assistant Tax Commissioner
Office of Tax Policy
DATE
April 21, 1999
SUBJECT
§ 58.1-609.3(3): Retail Sales and Use Tax
Virginia Electric and Power Company v. State Corporation Commission,
219 Va. 894 (1979)
This memorandum is to advise you of information concerning the application of
the retail sales and use tax exemption for public utilities. Specifically, the court case
Virginia Power and Electric Company v. State Corporation Commission, 219 Va. 894
(1979), which has been cited by auditors and Tax Policy for the purpose of applying the
Sales tax exemption for public utilities, should no longer be cited for the proposition that
tangible personal property used to provide residential outdoor lighting does not qualify
for the sales tax exemption. This memo will outline the background of the case and the
reasons for the change.
Background of the Case
The court case between Virginia Electric and Power Company (VEPCO) and the
State Corporation Commission (SCC) focused on the issue of whether the outdoor
lighting service provided to residential customers under Schedule 26 was offered
pursuant to the public utility function of VEPCO. The SCC determined that outdoor
lighting provided by VEPCO to residential customers was not a part of its public service
and should not be included in their rate base. The court affirmed the Commission’s
power to determine that outdoor residential lighting was not a public utility function.
--- Page 2 ---
MEMORANDUM
Lawrence Durbin
Robert Schultze
April 21, 1999
Page 2
Prior Application of Case for Sales Tax Purposes
Title 23 of The Virginia Administrative Code 10-210-3020 provides that the availability of the sales and use exemption under Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(3) is determined according to the utility’s use of an item in the rendition of a public service. If an item is used directly in an activity the cost of which is recoverable by a utility through the rate making process, the exemption applies.
The decision in the VEPCO case has been cited by auditors and Tax Policy for the proposition that tangible personal property used to provide outdoor lighting is not used directly in the rendition of a public utility's public service because the costs are not recoverable through the rate base of a public utility. Consequently, tangible personal property used to provide outdoor lighting does not qualify for the sales tax exemption provided in Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(3).
SCC Overturns Prior Decision
In March 1988, the General Assembly passed House Joint Resolution No.129 requesting that the SCC study the desirability of authorizing VEPCO to provide outdoor lighting facilities for safety and security to residential customers pursuant to a regulated tariff. The SCC authorized VEPCO (now Virginia Power), under Schedule 27, to offer outdoor lighting service for safety and security purposes to residential customers for one year. The study revealed that residential customers desired outdoor lighting for safety and security purposes. As a result, in October 1990, the SCC ordered that Schedule 27 (residential outdoor lighting) be approved on a permanent basis. In essence, the SCC overturned its prior decision to remove residential street lighting from VEPCO’s public service obligations.
Accordingly, tangible personal property used by Virginia Power in providing residential outdoor lighting, the cost of which is recoverable through the rate making process, is used directly in the rendition of its public service. Thus, the property is exempt from sales tax under Code of Virginia § 58.1-609.3(3).
Auditing Electric Utilities
In a recent appeal addressed by Tax Policy, the auditor cited the VEPCO court
case as a basis for holding taxable street lights provided to residential customers by an
--- Page 3 --- MEMORANDUM Lawrence Durbin Robert Schultze April 21, 1999 Page 3 electric cooperative. In researching this case, our discussions with the SCC revealed that each utility has a separate schedule approved by SCC for determining the base rate upon which a utility is entitled to a rate of return. The VEPCO case addressed a specific schedule for rate making purposes applicable to VEPCO only and had no bearing on other public utilities. Therefore, the VEPCO case had no bearing on the application of the tax to residential outdoor lighting provided by the electric cooperative.
In future audits, the department should obtain a copy of the schedule for rate making purposes from the SCC for each electric utility being audited. The SCC makes the determination regarding which items may be included in a utility’s rate making process based on the utility's use of the item. The rate making schedule must be reviewed to determine if a specific activity (including residential outdoor lighting) is included in that particular utility's rate base. If an activity is included in the utility's rate base, the tangible personal property used directly in such activity will be deemed to be used in the rendition of the utility’s public service and will qualify for the sales tax exemption under § 58.1-609.3(3).
If you have any questions about this issue, please contact Brenda Breeland in Office of Tax Policy at 367-2737.
Cc: Danny M. Payne Tax Policy Staff Enclosures (3)
OTP/22233T
Virginia Aircraft Sales and Use Tax GuidanceDoc ID: Aircraft
--- Page 1 ---cy
oe
RS.
x
+t
‘
=
De ike
ofa \S
é
-
=)
sg
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
MEMORANDUM
TO
Mike Melson
Director
Appeals and Rulings Division
FROM
Mark Haskins
Director
Policy Development Division
DATE
May 2, 2008
SUBJECT: Application of the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax to Aircraft Not Required
to be Licensed with the Department of Aviation
This is in response to your office’s request for guidance concerning the application of
the Virginia Aircraft Sales and Use Tax to aircraft not required to be licensed by the
Department of Aviation. You state that questions have been raised by interested parties
about this issue. The questions are focused on the effects of legislation enacted in the
1984 Session of the General Assembly. As explained in this memorandum, it is TAX’s
policy that, with very limited exceptions, the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax is not incurred
unless an aircraft is required to be licensed by the Commonwealth.
Subsequent to the 1984 legislative changes, on July 24, 1985, Danny M. Payne, then
Director of Tax Policy, issued a memorandum (copy attached) to Russell C. Whitehead,
Jr., then Supervisor for Taxpayer Assistance, addressing different aspects of this issue.
The purpose of this memorandum is to share Policy Development's research of the
policy set forth in the July 24, 1985 memorandum on this issue and, as explained below,
to confirm that its conclusions regarding this issue are still accurate and controlling.
Establishment of the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax
Senate Bill 263 (Acts of Assembly 1974, Chapter 431) established the Aircraft Sales
and Use Tax, effective September 1, 1974. This legislation enacted former Va. Code
§ 58-685.29, which provided in pertinent part that “[t]here is hereby levied and imposed .
. . a tax upon the retail sale of every aircraft sold in this State and upon the use in this
”
This broad impositional section, however, was subject to the
State of any aircraft . .
limitations of former Va. Code § 58-685.32, which provided that
The tax shall be paid by the purchaser or user of such aircraft and collected by
the Commissioner prior to the time the owner applies to the State Corporation
Virginia Internet Filing and Payment for Businesses and Individuals
WWW.TAX.VIRGINIA.GOV
--- Page 2 ---Memorandum Page 2 May 2, 2008
Commission for, and obtains, a license therefor. No tax shall be levied or
collected under this chapter upon the sale or use of an aircraft for which no
license is required. No license shall be issued unless the applicant for license of
such aircraft shows to the satisfaction of the State Corporation Commission that
such tax has been paid. (Emphasis added.) Accordingly, the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax clearly did not apply unless the aircraft was subject to state licensure. The Department of Taxation’s Summary Sheet for Senate Bill 263 stated that the new tax was “similar to the Motor Vehicle Titling Tax.” The titling tax must be paid when a motor vehicle must be titled in Virginia. The titling tax does not apply when the vehicle will be titled outside the Commonwealth.
Tax Treatment of Certain Aircraft Not Required to be Licensed Historically, aircraft, not subject to state licensure, were subject to the Retail Sales and Use Tax because they did not qualify for the Retail Sales and Use Tax exemption provided by former Va. Code § 58-441.6 (x) for "aircraft subject to the tax under chapter 12.2 of Title 58." Aircraft not required to be licensed by the Commonwealth, such as aircraft kits and wrecked aircraft, were subject to the Retail Sales and Use Tax, which has historically been imposed at a higher rate than the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax.
Furthermore, once the aircraft became operational and needed to be licensed by the state, they became subject to the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax.
In order to end this perceived “double taxation” of aircraft kits and wrecked aircraft, House Bill 193 (Acts of Assembly 1984, Chapter 370) was enacted in the 1984 General Assembly session to remove the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax provision mandating that “Injo tax shall be levied or collected under this chapter upon the sale or use of an aircraft for which no license is required.” As Policy Development can find no documentation of any other motivation for this change, it believes that this statutory change was intended solely to end the “double taxation” of wrecked aircraft and aircraft kits, rather than to extend the tax to other situations where the aircraft was not subject to Virginia licensure, such as sales of aircraft to out-of-state purchasers. In its 1984 Legislative Impact Statement for House Bill 193, TAX stated “[t]he bill also removes the tax exemption from aircraft not required to be licensed and imposes the aircraft sales and use on wrecked aircraft and aircraft kits.” (Emphasis added.) TAX also stated that the fiscal impact of this provision of the bill was limited to “wrecked aircraft and aircraft kits.” The Legislative Impact Statement does not mention any broad policy change to the taxation of sales of aircraft to out-of-state purchasers.
Recodification
Additionally in 1984, as a result of the recodification of the Tax Code (Acts of Assembly 1984, Chapter 675), former Va. Code §§ 58-685.29 and 58-685.32 were combined to form one code section, current Va. Code § 58.1-1502, to consolidate the major
--- Page 3 ---Memorandum Page 3 May 2, 2008 impositional provision of the tax. Although enacted in the same session as House Bill 193, which removed the requirement that the aircraft be subject to Department of Aviation licensure in order to be subject to the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax, the Code Commission amended Va. Code § 58.1-1502 to provide, in pertinent part, that: There is hereby levied and imposed . . . a tax upon the retail sale of every aircraft sold in the Commonwealth and upon the use in the Commonwealth of any aircraft required to be licensed by the Department of Aviation pursuant to § 5.1-5.
The Code Commission attributed the change to the same sentence in Va. Code § 58-685.32 that was removed by House Bill 193: “[n]o tax shall be levied or collected under this chapter upon the sale or use of an aircraft for which no license is required.” Given that the Code Commission's recodification efforts took place over an extended period, it is likely that the movement of this text was planned well before House Bill 193 was introduced to stop the “double taxation” of aircraft kits and wrecked aircraft. The editor’s notes for Va. Code § 58.1-1502 reference former Va. Code § 9-77.11, which was recodified as Va. Code § 30-152 in 2001. Section 30-152 states “any statute purporting to . . . recodify any title of the Code of Virginia . . . shall be deemed to have been enacted prior to any other statute enacted at such session .. . amending . . . any portion of such title.” Therefore, the removal by House Bill 193 of the prohibition against the levy of the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax on aircraft not required to be licensed is considered to have been enacted after the 1984 recodification of the Tax Code. The editor's notes Va. Code § 58.1-1502 state that “effect has been given in this section as set out above to Acts 1984, c.370” (House Bill 193).
Accordingly, | conclude that the changes to the licensure requirement in the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax resulting from the 1984 Session of the General Assembly are limited to wrecked aircraft, aircraft kits, and similar situations. The changes were not intended to change the taxation of sales of aircraft to out-of-state purchasers and other situations.
Conclusion Policy Development plans to work with the Department of Aviation, the aviation industry and other interested parties to amend the Aircraft Sales and Use Tax regulation to provide clarification on TAX’s policy and to reflect legislative changes since the last time the regulation was revised in 1984. Until this regulatory action is completed, Appeals should rely on TAX’s policy as set forth in the July 24, 1985 memorandum and this memorandum.
C. William White
Interest Computation Policy on Tax RefundsDoc ID: Administration
--- Page 1 ---—_————
ae = =
vw”
Cn
re
a
o
a =
COMMONWE.
Of VIRGINIA
=
Bi
Departmen t of”
Richmond, Virginia 23282
MEMORANDUM
TO
Management Team
DATE
January 14,
1988
RE
Computation of Interest on All Tax Refunds
Attached please find a copy of a November 24, 1987 memorandum
which addresses the computation of interest on tax refunds.
While the attached memorandum ostensibly deals with interest on
refunds held under the set-off debt collection program, it also
sets forth a change in departmental policy on the computation of
refund interest generally.
Under this policy change, interest on refunds will now be
computed starting 60 days after the due date of the return (or
the date the return is filed, if later) and ending on the date
that the refund is authorized.
This differs from previous
policy, under which the computation of interest started 90 days
after the due date or date of filing.
Following is an example of how interest would be computed under
the new policy
Assume that
an individual income tax return is filed on May
1, 1988 and
the department authorizes the issuance of a
refund on August 1, 1988.
33 days of interest would be paid
on the refund, computed beginning on the 60th day after the
return's May 1 due date (June 30) and ending on the date
that the refund is authorized (August 1).
If you have any questions on this change, please let us know.
Danny M.
Payne,
irector
Tax Policy Division
Attachment
ccs
Charlie B. Davidson
onald L. Holt
Russell C. Whitehead
Guidance on Penalty and Interest WaiversDoc ID: Administration
Guidance for Waiver of Penalty and Interest
This document is intended to aid employees in making consistent and equitable determinations regarding waiver of penalty and interest charges. This document provides guidance for whether a penalty or interest charge may be waived; it does not set out procedures for handling cases.
Section 58.1-105 of the Code of Virginia allows reduction or full waiver of a penalty when that action is justified, but does not specify the conditions that would justify waiver. The agency has historically allowed waiver of penalty in cases involving extenuating circumstances, such as death of the taxpayer or preparer, or a natural disaster, as well as in other circumstances that would reasonably prevent a taxpayer from filing a return and or paying the tax due by the required due date. This material contains descriptions and examples of circumstances that would or would not result in waiver of penalty. For purposes of considering waiver, 760C and 500C charges are treated as penalties. The examples provided are not all-inclusive.
As discussed in detail later in this document, extenuating circumstances do not typically apply to the waiver of interest charges when the interest is associated with an underpayment or late payment of tax. As a general rule, interest is waived only in cases where an assessment is potentially invalid or the liability has been assigned to the wrong person (doubtful liability), or where the balance due cannot be collected (doubtful collectibility). In cases where a penalty is reduced or waived, interest associated with the penalty will also be reduced or waived.
All examples assume that the employee handling the request for waiver has confirmed that the assessment is correct, and that the determination falls within his or her signature threshold. As of June 30, 2017, the thresholds are:
Amount Authorized Signature Up to $2,000.00 Contact Center Representative; Collections Representative $2,001 - $10,000 Management Analyst; Senior Management Analyst; Lead Management Analyst $10,001 - $50,000 Manager, General Legal and Technical Services $50,001 and above Assistant Commissioner, General Legal and Technical Services
Penalty Waivers in General The agency will generally allow waiver of penalty in the following situations:
-
The death of the taxpayer, taxpayer’s spouse or other close family member, or death of the taxpayer’s preparer, provided the death occurred at a time that would reasonably prevent timely filing. (See Examples 1 and 2)
-
Illness of a taxpayer, spouse or other close family member, or illness of the taxpayer’s tax preparer, provided the illness was serious and occurred at a time that would reasonably prevent timely filing. (See Examples 3 and 4)
-
Floods, storms, or other natural disasters that prevent timely filing and/or payment, provided that the Tax Commissioner has issued an extension for affected taxpayers, or
1 the Internal Revenue Service has provided an extension for affected taxpayers. (See Examples 5, 6 and 7)
-
Loss of records due to fire, theft or other disasters provided the taxpayer makes an effort to reconstruct records and file the affected returns within a reasonable period of time. (See Examples 8 and 9)
-
The filing date for the corresponding federal return was extended for special circumstances, such as military service in a combat zone, provided the taxpayer meets all of the eligibility requirements for the extension.
-
For 760C and 500C charges only, the taxpayer received information after the due date for the final estimated tax payment that showed unanticipated income received during the year. In general, the waiver will be allowed only if the taxpayer made timely payments at least equal to the preceding year’s income tax liability.
-
For pass-through entities only, a partnership experienced a technical termination for federal purposes, which required a short year return, provided the return is filed by the extended due date for the original taxable year. (See Example 10)
-
For offers in compromise only, reduction or waiver of the penalty is granted to settle a doubtful collectibility case. .
The agency does not routinely allow a one-time or first-time waiver of penalty, except in the case of a pass-through entity that meets certain criteria discussed later in this document.
Although a good filing history is a factor that is considered in making a penalty waiver determination, filing history is not a basis for waiver on its own.
Extension Penalty The agency will generally allow waiver of an extension penalty in the following situations, provided the taxpayer has a good filing and payment history, and does not have a history of similar requests:
-
K-1 information needed for an accurate estimate of the taxpayer’s liability was not received until after the original due date, provided the taxpayer does not have a regular history of claiming late receipt of K-1 information. (See Examples 11 and 12)
-
A corporation or pass-through entity made an election to claim bonus depreciation after the original due date, and the resulting fixed-date conformity addition created a significant Virginia income tax liability. (See Example 13)
-
A corporation was part of a complex merger or restructuring and was unable to obtain income information in time to make an accurate estimate of its tax liability. (See discussion under Examples)
-
A corporation operating within an affiliated group did not receive accurate information for determining its apportionment factors until after the original due date, resulting in underpayment of tentative tax. (See discussion under Examples)
2Late Filing Penalty In addition to the general circumstances outlined above, the agency will usually waive the late filing penalty in the following situations:
-
The taxpayer voluntarily filed delinquent returns after discovering the liability, without being notified by the Department of Taxation. This situation is more common for corporations and pass-through entities, but can occur with individual filers. The waiver would be allowed only in a case where the taxpayer had reason to believe that no return was required.
-
The taxpayer discovered and corrected an error by filing tax-due amended returns for sales and use tax, employer withholding tax, or another non-income tax. This applies only in cases where the taxpayer was not notified of a discrepancy by the Department of Taxation, and where the error was corrected within a reasonable time – usually a year or less – after the original return was filed.
-
The taxpayer can prove that an attempt was made to e-file by the due date, but the return was rejected, provided the return is either resubmitted or filed on paper within 10 days.
Late Payment Penalty In addition to the general circumstances outlined above, the agency will usually waive the late payment penalty in the following situations:
-
The taxpayer can prove that an attempt was made to e-pay by the due date, but the payment was rejected or there was a bank error, provided the payment is either resubmitted or paid by check within 10 days.
-
The taxpayer was not aware that the tax due with an income tax return filed on extension must be paid on the date the return is filed, but the tax was paid by the extended due date and the taxpayer has not incurred similar penalties for previous years. This applies in cases where the return is filed before the extension expires.
One-Time Waiver for a Pass-Through Entity To allow the agency to equitably address waiver requests for $1,200 penalty assessed for late filing, the following criteria have been established.
- The request for waiver involves only one taxable year in the account; and
- Either the period in question is the initial period of liability for the PTE, or this is the first instance of late filing of Form 502; and
- There are no other penalty assessments or nonfilers outstanding in the PTE’s other business tax accounts.
3All criteria must be met for the assessment to qualify for waiver. The one-time waiver applies only to the late filing penalty of $1,200 assessed on a Form 502 that shows no withholding tax liability. For details on handling a one-time waiver case, see the procedure posted in TAXi.
Other Factors to Consider for Waiver of Penalty
IRS waiver: If the IRS has waived the corresponding federal penalty, this can work in the taxpayer’s favor. However, an IRS waiver does not guarantee a Virginia waiver, especially if the taxpayer has a poor filing history. Both the request to the IRS and the IRS approval should be considered before a determination is made.
Errors made by professional preparers: The agency does not generally waive penalties caused by errors made by professional tax preparers, or resulting from negligence on the part of a tax professional. The taxpayer can take legal action against the preparer under these circumstances.
Embezzlement or other criminal activity of an employee: A case of criminal activity by an employee requires detailed information. The taxpayer must be able to provide evidence of a criminal complaint, and the outcome of the case if charges were filed, or at least an official status of the case if prosecution has not taken place. It is not uncommon for the discovery of embezzlement to take up to 18 months; therefore, it is not unusual for an embezzlement case to involve multiple tax years or periods. However, if the delinquencies related to embezzlement extend for more that 18 months, we also have to consider whether the company had adequate accounting controls in place. In some cases, waivers may be granted for only some of the periods requested, or may not be granted at all.
Employee negligence or misconduct: In cases of employee misconduct, multiple tax years or periods may be affected. These cases should be evaluated in the same manner as embezzlement and criminal cases.
Oversight: The agency usually does not waive penalties in cases of simple oversight, such as a taxpayer forgetting to mail a return.
Interest Waivers As a general rule, the Department of Taxation does not waive interest charges that are associated with a tax liability because Section 58.1-105 of the Code of Virginia allows waiver of tax only in cases where an assessment is potentially invalid or liability is assigned to the wrong party (doubtful liability), or where the balance due cannot be collected (doubtful collectibility).
The agency may waive interest under the following circumstances
- The taxpayer can demonstrate that he or she never received an assessment prior to collection action, or was not aware of the assessment for an extended period after it was issued. In these cases, we may waive interest accrued during the period that the taxpayer was not aware of the liability.
4• The Department has agreed to waive penalties on bills that are over 30 days old.
Although the initial bill in a case like this would have shown only interest on the underlying tax, any interest accrued after 30 days would be partially accrued on the outstanding penalty. Therefore, the portion of interest accrued on the penalty would be waived as part of the penalty waiver.
5 Examples
General
Death of the taxpayer, taxpayer’s spouse or other close family member, or death of the taxpayer’s preparer, provided the death occurred at a time that would reasonably prevent timely filing.
Example 1. A joint income tax return for 2014 was filed on January 19, 2016, reflecting tax due of $4,500, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,350 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The husband responded to the assessment with a request for waiver of penalty. He explained that his wife, who had handled the couple’s tax matters, passed away unexpectedly on October 5, 2015. Along with the responsibilities for handling her estate, the taxpayer had to locate the tax records and get the help of an accountant. The taxpayers have an excellent filing and payment history.
The taxpayer’s spouse died just before the federal and Virginia extended due dates for filing the 2014 return. It would not be reasonable to assume that the surviving spouse could locate records and engage an accountant in time to file the Virginia return by November 1. It appears that the taxpayer acted as promptly as possible to file the return. The penalty should be waived.
Example 2. A joint income tax return for 2012 was filed on January 19, 2016, reflecting tax due of $4,500, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,350 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The husband responded to the assessment with a request for waiver of penalty. He explained that his wife, who had handled the couple’s tax matters, passed away unexpectedly on October 5, 2014. Along with the responsibilities for handling her estate, the taxpayer had to locate the tax records and get the help of an accountant. The taxpayers have an excellent filing and payment history.
The taxpayer’s spouse died almost a year after the extended due date for the 2012 return, and the taxpayer delayed another 15 months before filing the return. The information presented does not indicate any extenuating circumstances prior to the death of the spouse, or offer any explanation for the additional delay in filing. Unless the taxpayer can provide an acceptable explanation for the original failure to file the return and the extended delay in filing after his wife passed away, the request for waiver should be denied.
Illness of a taxpayer, spouse or other close family member, provided the illness was serious and occurred at a time that would reasonably prevent timely filing.
Example 3. A joint income tax return for 2014 was filed on January 19, 2016, reflecting tax due of $4,500, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,350 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The husband responded to the assessment with a request for waiver of penalty. He explained that his wife, who had handled the couple’s tax matters, passed away on October 5, 2015, after a lengthy illness that began with a cancer diagnosis in January 2013. When he began gathering records for preparation of the 2015 return, he discovered that the 2014 return had not been filed. His request for waiver includes documentation of his wife’s medical treatments and death. The taxpayers have an excellent filing and payment history.
6The taxpayer’s wife was unable to handle the couple’s tax matters because of her illness.
Because he was not accustomed to handling tax matters, it is unlikely that the taxpayer would have thought to check on tax filings for 2014. It appears that he filed as promptly as possible to file the return after discovering the delinquency. The penalty should be waived.
Example 4. A joint income tax return for 2012 was filed on January 19, 2016, reflecting tax due of $4,500, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,350 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The husband responded to the assessment with a request for waiver of penalty. He explained that he and his wife suffered from serious medical conditions that required surgeries, one in 2012 and one in 2013. Although documentation was provided to support his claim, no explanation was provided for the extended delay in filing the return. The taxpayers have an excellent filing and payment history.
From the information presented, it is likely that the taxpayers could not file their 2012 return by the extended due date of November 1, 2013. However, they have not documented any illnesses or other extenuating circumstances extending beyond 2013 that would explain the extended delay in filing. Unless they can provide an acceptable explanation for not filing the return prior to 2016, the request for waiver should be denied.
Floods, storms, or other natural disasters that prevent timely filing and/or payment, provided that the Tax Commissioner has issued an extension for affected taxpayers, or the Internal Revenue Service has provided an extension for affected taxpayers.
Example 5. The taxpayer, who is a resident of South Carolina, filed a 2014 nonresident income tax return on February 16, 2016. The return reflected total tax liability of $63,000 and tax due of $5,000, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,500 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The taxpayer requests waiver of the penalty, explaining that the IRS extended the 2014 due date to February 16, 2016 because of flooding throughout the state in October 2015.
Although the taxpayer did not provide supporting documentation, the IRS extension can be verified online. The penalty should be waived.
Example 6. The taxpayer, who is a resident of South Carolina, filed a 2014 nonresident income tax return on March 10, 2016. The return reflected total tax liability of $63,000 and tax due of $5,000, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,500 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The taxpayer requests waiver of the penalty, explaining that the IRS extended the 2014 due date to February 16, 2016 because of flooding throughout the state in October 2015.
Although the taxpayer did not provide supporting documentation, the IRS extension can be verified online. Since Virginia law sets the extended due date for filing an individual income tax return at 30 days after the expiration of a federal extension, the return was timely filed. The penalty should be waived.
Example 7. The taxpayer, who is a resident of South Carolina, filed a 2014 nonresident income tax return on June 10, 2016. The return reflected total tax liability of $63,000 and tax due of $5,000, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,500 (30%), plus
7interest on the tax due. The taxpayer requests waiver of the penalty, explaining that the IRS extended the 2014 due date because of flooding throughout the state in October 2015.
Although the taxpayer did not provide supporting documentation, the IRS extension can be verified online. The IRS extended the due date to February 16, 2016. Virginia law sets the extended due date for filing an individual income tax return at 30 days after the expiration of a federal extension. The Virginia return was filed more than 30 days after February 16, 2016.
Unless the taxpayer can provide an acceptable explanation for the additional delay in filing, the request for waiver should be denied.
Loss of records due to fire, theft or other disasters provided the taxpayer makes an effort to reconstruct records and file the affected returns within a reasonable period of time.
Example 8. A corporation filed its calendar year 2014 Form 500 on May 12, 2016, nearly seven months after the extended due date of October 15, 2015. The return shows total tax liability of $23,000 and net tax due of $4,200, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,260 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The company requested waiver of penalty, stating that a fire on its premises in February 2015 destroyed paper records and damaged computers and backup files. The company was able to reconstruct its records with help from an outside firm but, due to the extensive damage to the computer records, the process took nearly a year. Once the records were recreated, another few weeks were needed to have returns prepared. The request includes detailed documentation about the fire, as well as a statement from the firm that assisted in reconstructing the records. The statement includes a timeline of the reconstructions, showing that the taxpayer contracted with the firm in April 2015, and the work was completed in March 2016. The corporation has a good filing and payment history.
The fire and associated damage are well documented, and the taxpayer has provided proof that records were not available until March 2016. It is reasonable that the return preparation took a few weeks. The penalty should be waived.
Example 9. A corporation filed its calendar year 2014 Form 500 on October 25, 2016, more than a year after the extended due date of October 15, 2015. The return shows total tax liability of $23,000 and net tax due of $4,200, which was paid. An assessment was issued for late filing penalty of $1,260 (30%), plus interest on the tax due. The company requested waiver of penalty, stating that a fire on its premises in February 2015 destroyed paper records and damaged computers and backup files. The company was able to reconstruct its records with help from an outside firm but, due to the extensive damage to the computer records, the process took nearly a year. Once the records were recreated, another few weeks were needed to have returns prepared. The request includes detailed documentation about the fire, as well as a statement from the firm that assisted in reconstructing the records. The statement includes a timeline of the reconstructions, showing that the taxpayer contracted with the firm in April 2015, and the work was completed in March 2016. The corporation has a good filing and payment history.
The fire and associated damage are well documented, and the taxpayer has provided proof that records were not available until March 2016. Although it could be reasonably expected that final return preparation might take a few weeks after the records were completed, the taxpayer filed six months after the outside firm completed its work. No explanation has been provided for the 8delay. Unless the corporation can provide an acceptable explanation for the additional delay in filing, the request for waiver should be denied.
For pass-through entities only, a partnership experienced a technical termination for federal purposes, which required a short year return, provided the return is filed by the extended due date for the original taxable year.
Example 10. A partnership formed in 2010 filed timely calendar year returns for 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. Due to a sales of assets, the partnership experienced technical termination under federal law on August 10, 2014. The termination required that a short-year return for January 1, 2014 through August 10, 2014 be filed by December 15, 2014. The corresponding Virginia return was due on January 15, 2015. The partnership mistakenly filed both of its short-year returns, for the years ended August 10, 2014 and December 31, 2014, on October 15, 2015, which was the extended due date for December return only. The entity has a good filing and payment history.
This is a common filing error seen at both the federal and Virginia levels. Because the partnership filed both returns on a date consistent with the due date for its usual calendar year filing, the penalty should be waived.
Extension Penalty
K-1 information needed for an accurate estimate of the taxpayer’s liability was not received until after the original due date, provided the taxpayer does not have a regular history of claiming late receipt of K-1 information.
Example 11. Taxpayers filed a joint individual income tax return for 2015 on October 17, 2016, with payment for the full tax liability of $23,000. An assessment is issued for an extension penalty of $2,760 (12%), plus interest on the tax due. The taxpayers request waiver of the penalty, stating that their primary source of income is from a pass-through entity that did not furnish a Schedule K-1 until late September 2016. The taxpayers have an excellent filing and payment history.
The taxpayers have an excellent history of compliance and paid the balance of tax due with their return at the time of filing. A review of the return supports their claim that their primary source of income was from an S corporation. A review of the corporation’s return is inconclusive, but there is no evidence to contradict the taxpayers’ claim of late receipt of Schedule K-1. The penalty should be waived.
Example 12. Taxpayers filed a joint individual income tax return for 2015 on October 17, 2016, with payment for the full tax liability of $23,000. An assessment is issued for an extension penalty of $2,760 (12%), plus interest on the tax due. The taxpayers request waiver of the penalty, stating that their primary source of income is from a pass-through entity that did not furnish a Schedule K-1 until late September 2016. The taxpayers’ account shows two previous waivers of extension penalties for 2010 and 2012 for similar circumstances involving the same pass-through entity.
9A review of the return supports their claim that their primary source of income was from an S corporation. A review of the corporation’s return is inconclusive, but there is no evidence to contradict the taxpayers’ claim of late receipt of Schedule K-1. However, the taxpayers have encountered this situation before, and they should have made estimated payments to offset any potential tax liability. The request for waiver should be denied.
A corporation or pass-through entity made an election to claim bonus depreciation after the original due date, and the resulting fixed-date conformity addition created a significant Virginia income tax liability.
Example 13. A corporation filed its 2015 calendar year return on September 15, 2016, with payment for the full tax liability of $18,000. An assessment was issued for extension penalty of $1,800 (10%), plus interest on the tax due. The corporation requests waiver of the penalty, stating that the tax liability was created by a fixed-date conformity addback for bonus depreciation. Since the bonus depreciation election was not made until after the original due date, April 15, 2016, the corporation could not have anticipated the tax liability. The corporation has a good filing and payment history.
A review of the 2015 Form 500 shows that the corporation reported a net operating loss of $35,000, and a bonus depreciation addback of $350,000. After allocation and apportionment, its Virginia taxable income was $300,000, all of which was created by the addback. It is not uncommon for the bonus depreciation election to be made well after the end of a taxable year, so the corporation’s claim is reasonable. The penalty should be waived.
A corporation was part of a complex merger or restructuring and was unable to obtain income information in time to make an accurate estimate of its tax liability.
A corporation operating within an affiliated group did not receive accurate information for determining its apportionment factors until after the original due date, resulting in underpayment of tentative tax.
It is difficult to present examples of these circumstances because the situations are complex and varied. In general, we look for circumstances that seem reasonable. The question we need to consider as we review the case is whether the company had adequate controls in place to ensure tax compliance. Companies that encounter the circumstances outlined above usually have internal accounting staffs and external accounting support, so they must experience extreme circumstances to receive a waiver of penalty.
10
Virginia Real Estate Income Reporting GuidelinesDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---Sra
JE
mn
ie
eA
hoes
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Department of Taxation
Memorandum
TO
Richard Waugh, Audit Supervisor
FROM
Tim Winks OY
Assistant Commissioner
Office of Tax Policy
DATE
February 16, 1995
SUBJECT: Real Estate Transactions
QUESTIONS
1)
How should a real estate firm report its income - i.e. physical location of agency,
physical location of property being sold, physical location of closing, etc?
Answer
For any real estate firm physically located outside of Virginia, income
derived from services provided (i.e. listing and selling of realty) in
connection with the sale of Virginia realty would be Virginia source income
as defined by Code of Virginia § 58.1-302.
Firms located outside of Virginia doing business as corporations would
determine Virginia taxable income using allocation and apportionment. S
corporations, partnerships and limited liability companies with nonresident
shareholders, partners or members would also use apportionment and
allocation to determine income from Virginia sources. Nonresident sole
proprietorships would determine net income from Virginia sources based
upon proportional gross receipts related to the sales of real estate. (See
answer to Question #4 for additional detail.)
2)
What is the method that a firm should report the commissions to its individual
agents - should the commissions be identified by source property, or would that fall as
a responsibility of the individual agent?
--- Page 2 ---Real Estate Transactions
February 16, 1995
Page 2
Answer: Real estate brokers and agents may be recognized as either independent businesses or as employer-employee for federal income tax purposes. (See I.R.C. § 3508.) When the broker and agent are separate businesses, the broker would be responsible for identifying the source of their commissions only. Agents are responsible for identifying the source of their own commissions. (Please note brokers may be designated as the "real estate reporting person", as defined in !.R.C. § 6045(e), and thus be subject to the reporting requirements of Code of Virginia § 58.1-317 on ; the sales of real property by nonresidents of Virginia.)
In the case of a nonresident agent/employee whose primary method of compensation is commissions, income from Virginia sources would be determined by reference to commissions derived from sales of Virginia realty. |
If the nonresident agent/employee’s compensation consists of a base amount in addition to a commission, a portion of the base pay will be apportioned to Virginia. The proper method of determining the amount of base pay subject to Virginia individual income tax is to apportion this income based on the amount of time spent performing services in Virginia to the total amount of time spent performing services everywhere. For example, if employees are paid by the hour, keep track of the hours spent performing services in Virginia. (See PD 90-120.)
3) Does the location of the actual closing have any ramifications on the source of
the commissions?
Answer: No, Code of Virginia § 58.1-302 would control. (i.e. services performed by a firm or persons in connection with the sale of real property located in Virginia.)
4) if a firm is to report income based on the situs of a parcel, would the agency be
able to appropriate office expenses to the Virginia fees received, if the agency's office
is located in Tennessee?
Answer: Corporations with income from sources both within and without Virginia must allocate and apportion its Virginia taxable income. S corporations, partnerships and limited liability companies with nonresident shareholders, partners or members will compute the Virginia source income of these nonresidents in accordance with the corporate statutory formula. See enclosed PD 88-165 and PD 90-114. (See also, VR § 630-4-391 (C).)
--- Page 3 ---Real Estate Transactions
February 16, 1995
Page 3 A nonresident sole proprietor with income from business activity in Virginia will utilize an apportionment formula based on the gross receipts related to sales of real estate. Net income or loss from Virginia sources will be determined by applying a gross receipts factor to the net income or loss of the proprietorship reported on federal Schedule C. The gross receipts factor is a fraction, the numerator of which is the gross receipts related to the sales of real estate in Virginia and the denominator of which is the gross receipts related to the sales of real estate everywhere.
5) Are the commissions treated any differently when received by an agent who is
resident of a state with which Virginia has reciprocity? What are the ramifications of
this situation, if any?
Answer: For the states that Virginia practices statutory reciprocity under Code of Virginia § 58.1-332 (B), Virginia nonresident individuals are eligible for a credit against their income tax liability for taxes paid to their state of residence. For tax year 1994, Virginia practices this type of reciprocity with Arizona, California, the District of Columbia and Oregon. -
Under Code of Virginia § 58.1-342, Virginia practices reciprocity by both statute or agreement for those individuals who commute daily to Virginia for employment purposes. Code of Virginia § 58.1-342 designates special situations where nonresidents with Virginia source income from salaries and wages are not liable for the Virginia individual income tax. Code of Virginia § 58.1-342 is inapplicable to the extent individuals receive income other than salaries and wages. Therefore, income from real estate commissions would not fall under the protection of Code of Virginia § 58.1-342.
Virginia currently has written agreements with Maryland, Pennsylvania and West Virginia as authorized by Code of Virginia § 58.1-342 (B). The District of Columbia and Kentucky are reciprocity states by virtue of the operation of Code of Virginia § 58.1-342 (A).
SCENARIOS >A Tennessee resident works as a commissioned agent for a real estate firm physically located in Tennessee. The agent is licensed in both Tennessee and Virginia and actively shows and sells property in both states. The agent makes a sale of real estate located in Virginia for which a commission is generated.
--- Page 4 ---Real Estate Transactions
February 16, 1995
Page 4 Is the commission treated as Virginia source income which should be
reported as such on a nonresident tax return?
. Answer: Yes, the commission would be Virginia source income as defined by Code of Virginia § 58.1-302.
The agency for which the agent works will also receive a fee - is this amount also deemed Virginia source income to the agency’s owner/operator if a sole proprietorship, partners if a partnership, or the corporation? |
Answer: Yes, the commission received by the agency for the service of listing the
| property would be Virginia source income. Also, corporations, partnerships and sole proprietorships (see PD 88-212) which list and sell real estate cannot avail themselves of protection under Public Law 86-272. Public Law 86-272 applies to sales of tangible personal property and would be inapplicable to services.
If the actual closing takes place at a Tennessee location (i.e. the
. attorney’s office, the agency etc), does this have any impact?
Answer: No, see answer to question #3 above.
A Tennessee agency holds the listing for a Virginia parcel. The parcel is included in a multi-listing service so that other agents may have the opportunity to show and sell the property. When this property is sold, the agency holding the listing usually receives a commission as well as the agent making the sale and his/her associated agency. a. How is the commission received by the agency holding the listing treated for income tax purposes? b) Does the source of the income change since the agency holding the listing is once removed from the actual sale?
Answer: Part a) : The commission received by a Tennessee agency for the service of listing a Virginia. property would be Virginia source income per the answer to question #1 above.
Part b) : The character of the income to the listing agency is not dependant upon who actually sells the property. Both parties to the | transaction will have Virginia source income.
Virginia Lottery Winnings Tax GuidelinesDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---Virginia T. d Lottery Winnings nen The 1987 legislation establishing the state-operated lottery requires the withholding of state income tax for prizes awarded by the Virginia Lottery Department in excess of $5,000. Legislation also provides an in-dividual income tax subtraction for each single prize awarded by the Lottery Department of less than $600.
The following points outline how Virginia state income tax laws apply to lottery winnings:
Income Tax Withholding eS SA RP PR A THAIS ea
-
If the prize is more than $5,000, Virginia income tax (4%) will be withheld on the entire amount of the prize.
-
Withholding is also required for nonresident lottery winners.
-
Form W-2G will be issued for each prize of $600 or more.
-
Taxpayers must meet 90% of their state income tax obligation through the year either by withhold-Ing Or paying estimated taxes. Estimated income tax must be paid on lottery prizes the same as with any other income.
Reporting Lottery Winnings ii ES cl A, A
-
Lottery winnings must be reported for the taxable year in which the lottery drawing was held, not the date the winnings were claimed.
-
Any single prize of $600 or more is subject to state income tax.
-
Any single lottery prize of less than $600, to the extent included in federal adjusted gross income, may be subtracted in determining Virginia taxable income. (See Part III of Virginia Form 760.)
-
As in the past. taxpavers may itemize their gambling losses on the federal return. Itemizing losses on the federal return will not preclude a taxpayer from claiming the subtraction for prizes under $600 on the Virginia return. As a rule, gambling losses may not exceed gambling winnings.
Multiple Winners ppt ereeninmmeniciineneiijariors
- When a prize is claimed by a group, family unit, club, or other Organization, multiple winners will be required to file an IRS Form 5754 ("Statement By Persons Receiving Gambling Winnings") with the Lottery Department or attach a statement to their federal income tax return including a) name.
b. Social Security number or employer’s federal identification number, and 3) the amount each in-dividual or entity received from the lottery prize.
- Each individual person's or entity’s share of $599 or less will be subject to state income taxes if the total prize prior to distribution among the group, family unit, club or organization is $600 or more.,
Issued by the Virginia Department of Taxation 1/91
Virginia Pass-Through Entity Withholding GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
--- Page 1 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding
September 21, 2007
Article 16.1 of Chapter 3 of Title 58.1 (§ 58.1-486.1 et seq.) enacted by 2007 Senate Bill 1238 (Chapter 796) requires pass-through entities doing business in the Commonwealth and having taxable income derived from Virginia sources to pay a withholding tax equal to five percent of their nonresident owners’ shares of income from Virginia sources. These guidelines are published by the Department of Taxation (“TAX”) to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the new law.
The forms and accompanying instructions for this tax have not yet been developed.
Further information will be provided once they are available. While these guidelines and rules will be updated in the future as necessary, it is the intent of TAX to supplement
these guidelines with permanent regulations. Nothing in these guidelines shall be construed to affect the current withholding requirements applicable to employers that are provided for in Article 16 (§ 58.1-460 et seq.) of Chapter 3 of Title 58.1.
Definitions
“Income from Virginia sources” means the items of income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the ownership, sale, exchange or other disposition of any interest in real or tangible personal property in Virginia or attributable to a business, trade, profession or occupation carried on in Virginia or attributable to intangible personal property employed in a business, trade, profession or occupation carried on in Virginia. If the entire business of the pass-through entity is not deemed to have been transacted or conducted within the Commonwealth, then the “income from Virginia sources” means that portion of the pass-through entity's income that has been allocated and apportioned to Virginia in the same manner as corporations.
“Nonresident owner” means any person who is treated as a partner, member, or shareholder of the pass-through entity for federal income tax purposes and, in the case of an individual, is not a domiciliary or actual resident of Virginia, or, in the case of any other entity, does not have its commercial domicile in Virginia.
"Pass-through entity" means any entity, including a limited partnership, a limited liability partnership, a general partnership, a limited liability company, a professional limited liability company, a business trust or a Subchapter S corporation, that is recognized as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, in which the partners, members or
shareholders report their share of the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits from the entity on their federal income tax returns.
“Taxable income from Virginia sources” means the amount of income from Virginia sources allocated to all nonresident owners not exempt under the section titled “Who is Subject to the Withholding Tax” below. The income from Virginia sources should be allocated to the nonresident owners in proportion to their percentage of ownership or
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
participation in the pass-through entity or as provided in the partnership agreement or other entity document.
Withholding Tax Requirements
Pass-through entities that have taxable income from Virginia sources and that must allocate any portion of that income to at least one nonresident owner who was a nonresident owner during any portion of the previous taxable year must pay the withholding tax unless an exemption applies. If an owner was a nonresident owner for only a portion of the taxable year, the income allocated to such owner must be prorated by the number of days of residence outside of Virginia in order to determine the amount
on which the withholding tax must be paid.
This tax is effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2008. As a result, pass-through entities will be required to pay this tax for the first time when 2008 returns are filed in 2009.
Who is Subject to the Withholding Tax
Pass-through entities must pay the withholding tax for all nonresident owners, with the following exceptions:
Exception 1: Individuals who are exempt from paying federal income taxes by reason of their purpose or activities or who are exempt from Virginia income taxes. The exemption must apply to the individual’s share of the pass-through entity’s income. Examples of such exempt individuals are individuals who have been granted diplomatic immunity and individuals who did not have any liability for Virginia income tax in the previous year and who do not expect to have any liability in the current year.
Exception 2: Entities other than individuals and corporations that are exempt from paying federal income taxes by reason of their purpose or activities. The exemption from federal income tax must apply to the entity’s share of the pass-through entity’s income. Examples of such exempt entities are:
Example 1: Other pass-through entities. These pass-through entities will be responsible for paying the withholding tax on their own nonresident owners’ shares of income from Virginia sources. An entity desiring to avail itself of this exemption must furnish a statement on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner to the pass-through entity stating that it is treated as a pass-through entity under the Internal Revenue
Code.
Example 2: Entities exempt by reason of diplomatic immunity or pursuant to treaties between the United States and other countries. An entity desiring to avail itself of this exemption must furnish a statement on a form
- 2 -
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner to the pass-through entity stating that it has diplomatic immunity from federal income tax.
If such an entity is a second pass-through entity, however, it may only be exempt if it agrees to file a Pass-Through Entity Return of Income (Form 502), along with the accompanying schedules and documentation and either file a withholding tax return and pay the applicable tax or file a Unified Nonresident Individual Income Tax Return (Form 765) and pay the applicable tax.
Exception 3: Corporations that are exempt from Virginia income tax. Examples of such exempt corporations are:
Example 1: Certain banks, insurance companies and public utilities that
are subject to other taxes in lieu of Virginia income tax. A corporation desiring to avail itself of this exemption must furnish a statement on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner to the pass-through entity specifying the Virginia tax imposed on it in lieu of Virginia income tax.
Example 2: Corporations exempt from federal income tax under Internal Revenue Code § 501. A corporation desiring to avail itself of this exemption must furnish a statement on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner to the pass-through entity stating that it is exempt from federal income tax by reason of its purpose or activities and citing the relevant section and subsection of the Internal Revenue Code.
If a nonresident owner claims to be exempt from the withholding tax, the pass-through entity is required to obtain documentation from the nonresident owner setting forth the basis for such exemption. This documentation will be on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner and must be retained by the pass-through entity with its records.
The determination of nonresident status will be based on the owner’s address of record for the pass-through entity unless the pass-through entity has other information relating to the owner’s residence or commercial domicile by reason of the owner’s participation in management of the pass-through entity. If an owner is also employed by the pass-through entity the information relating to withholding on wages shall also be considered.
The pass-through entity shall provide with its return of withholding tax a list of every individual, corporation and other entity claiming exemption from the withholding tax on a
form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner. The list shall contain the name, federal social security number, employer identification number or other taxpayer identification number and the address of each nonresident owner claiming exemption, as well as a description of the basis for the claimed exemption.
- 3 -
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
Amount of Withholding Tax
The amount of withholding tax is equal to five percent of the share of taxable income from Virginia sources that is allocable to each nonresident owner. In determining the amount of withholding tax, the pass-through entity may apply any tax credits earned by it and allowable under the Code of Virginia that pass through to nonresident owners.
The credit or credits may not, however, reduce the tax liability of any nonresident owner to less than zero; nor may an unused credit be carried forward on a unified return.
The liability of the pass-through entity for withholding tax is determined annually without regard to whether or not the pass-through entity has actually withheld amounts from any owner’s distributions, allocations, or payments.
To the extent that a pass-through entity has paid, or reasonably anticipates paying,
Virginia withholding tax with respect to its present and former nonresident owners, the pass-through entity may make such adjustments to such owner’s allocations and accounts at such times as it and its owners may agree or as permitted by its operating agreement or charter.
Filing Requirements of the Pass-Through Entity
Pass-through entities that are required to pay the withholding tax must pay the required amount using a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner when the Form 502 must be filed, which is the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the taxable year. Although the time for filing the Form 502 may be extended, the time for paying the amount of withholding tax due will not be extended.
For taxable year 2008, if a filing extension for Form 502 has been elected, the pass-through entity must pay at least ninety percent of the withholding tax due for the 2008 taxable year in order to avoid a penalty. This payment must be made using a form prescribed by the Tax Commissioner.
In order to avoid a penalty in subsequent taxable years, the pass-through entity must pay either ninety percent of the withholding tax due for the taxable year or one hundred percent of the withholding tax paid for the prior taxable year, if that taxable year was a taxable year of 12 months and the withholding tax was paid for that taxable year. This payment must be made on or before the fifteenth day of the fourth month following the close of its taxable year using a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner.
The remaining portion of the withholding tax due, if any, must be paid at the time the pass-through entity files the Form 502 return on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner. If the balance due is paid by the last day of the extension period for
filing the Form 502 return and the amount of tax due with that return is ten percent or less of the withholding tax due for the taxable year, or if the taxpayer has paid one
- 4 -
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
hundred percent of the withholding tax paid for the prior taxable year, no penalty will be imposed.
If the return is filed within the six month extension, but the pass-through entity has failed to pay ninety percent of the tax due by the original due date, then the pass-through entity is subject to an extension penalty of two percent per month. The penalty is applied to the balance of tax due with the return from the original due date through the date the return is filed. The maximum extension penalty is twelve percent of the tax due.
If the return is filed within the six month extension, but the pass-through entity does not pay the full amount of the tax due at the time of filing, the unpaid balance will be subject
to a late payment penalty of six percent per month or fraction of a month from the date of filing through the date of payment, up to a maximum of thirty percent. The late payment penalty will be assessed in addition to any extension penalty that may apply.
If the return is filed after the extended due date, the extension provisions do not apply and the pass-through entity is subject to the maximum late filing penalty of thirty percent.
Interest on the unpaid balance of any tax and penalty is charged at the underpayment rate established by § 6621 of the Internal Revenue Code, plus two percent, from the due date until paid. Interest will be accrued on any balance of tax, regardless of whether the ninety percent payment requirement is met.
Statements Provided by the Pass-Through Entity
Pass-through entities that are required to pay Virginia withholding tax must provide each nonresident owner with a statement on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner that shows:
-
The name, address, federal employer identification number (FEIN), and Virginia account number of the pass-through entity;
-
The amount of Virginia taxable income allocable to the owner, whether or not distributed for federal income tax purposes by the pass-through entity to the nonresident owner;
-
The owner’s share of any credits taken into account by the pass-through entity in computing the withholding tax attributable to the nonresident owner; and
-
The amount of withholding tax paid on behalf of the nonresident owner.
The statement must be provided to each nonresident owner on or before the due date of the pass-through entity's Form 502 return, including extensions of time for filing that return, or by a later date as allowed by the Tax Commissioner. A copy of the statement must also be filed with the withholding tax return filed for the applicable taxable year in a manner prescribed by the Tax Commissioner.
- 5 -
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
This statement is in addition to the statements that are required to be filed as part of the pass-through entity’s Form 502.
Filing Requirements of the Nonresident Owner
The payment of the withholding tax does not relieve the nonresident owner of the obligation to file a Virginia income tax return. Penalty and interest may be imposed on any tax owed by the nonresident owner after credit for the withholding tax paid by the pass-through entity.
Upon filing an individual or corporate income tax return relating to income received from the pass-through entity, the nonresident owner will be allowed a credit for that owner's share of the withholding tax paid by the pass-through entity, provided that the pass-
through entity has filed its Form 502, the withholding tax has been paid in full, the nonresident owner has received the Form VK-1 and the statement described in the section titled “Statements Provided by the Pass-Through Entity” above, and the nonresident owner includes a copy of that statement with the income tax return.
Examples of the relationship between the time of filing by the pass-through entity and nonresident owner:
Example 1: The pass-through entity return is due on April 15th, but the entity chooses to extend the time for filing until October 15th. At that time, the entity files the Form 502, pays the withholding tax in full, and sends the VK-1 and statement to the individual nonresident owner. The individual nonresident owner may file a timely return by November 1st and claim the credit on that return.
Example 2: The pass-through entity return is due April 15th, but the entity chooses to extend the time for filing until October 15th. At that time, the entity files the Form 502, pays the withholding tax in full, and sends the VK-1 and statement to the individual nonresident owner. The individual nonresident owner does not receive the VK-1 and the statement before November 1st. Because the individual nonresident owner’s return is due November 1st, he must file a return without claiming the credit. After he receives the appropriate documentation, he may file an amended return to claim the credit and receive a refund.
An individual nonresident owner will not be required to file an individual income tax return if the individual consents to be included in the Form 765 filed by each applicable
pass-through entity in which he owns an interest and he or she has no other income from Virginia sources.
If an individual nonresident owner is included on one or more Form 765 but has other income from Virginia sources, he or she must file the Nonresident Individual Income Tax Return (Form 763). The individual shall deduct income that has previously been reported on the Form 765.
- 6 -
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
Exceptions
Publicly Traded Partnerships
A publicly traded partnership will not be required to pay the withholding tax if it is a publicly traded partnership as defined by § 7704 b of the Internal Revenue Code, as in
effect on January 1, 2007, is treated as a partnership for the purposes of federal income taxation, and files Virginia Form 502 and the related schedules.
Disregarded Entities
If a pass-through entity is disregarded for federal purposes, it is also disregarded for purposes of the Virginia income tax. As a result, the disregarded entity is not required to pay this withholding tax. This provision does not affect the existing income tax withholding requirements regarding employees of the disregarded pass-through entity however.
Unified Returns
The pass-through entity will not be required to pay the withholding tax if it files a Form 765. In order to do so, the pass-through entity must obtain the consent of each nonresident owner to be included in the return. Such consent must be on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner and must indicate that the nonresident owner
agrees to be taxed under the following conditions
-
The pass-through entity must provide a schedule containing the total income of the partnership and the amount attributable to Virginia under either the applicable state apportionment formula, as provided in Virginia Code §§ 58.1-408 through 58.1-421, or by using an approved alternative method. This schedule will be on a form to be prescribed by the Tax Commissioner.
-
The return will include each nonresident partner’s name, address, social security number and Virginia taxable income attributable to each nonresident partner.
-
The Virginia income tax will be computed at the highest rate specified under Virginia Code § 58.1-320 on the partnership's income attributable to the nonresident partners without benefit of itemized deductions, standard deductions, personal exemptions or credit for income taxes paid to states of residence.
-
An owner, officer or employee of the pass-through entity who is authorized to act on behalf of the pass-through entity in tax matters (authorized representative) must sign the unified return. By signing the return, the signer is declaring that he or she is the authorized representative of the pass-through entity and that each participant has signed a consent form authorizing the pass-through entity to act on the participant’s behalf in the matter of unified returns and acknowledging the
- 7 -
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines for Pass-Through Entity Withholding September 21, 2007
participant’s understanding and acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of participation in a unified return. The consent form must continue in force indefinitely until revoked in writing by the participant and permit the pass-through entity to file amendments or take other actions concerning the unified return without additional authorization from the participant. The consent forms must be maintained by the pass-through entity and provided to the Department for
inspection upon demand.
- Estimated payments on behalf of those included on a unified return must be made on a unified basis.
Participation in the unified return will indicate the consent of the nonresident owner to be taxed by the Commonwealth of Virginia.
Multiple pass-through entities under common ownership that wish to file a consolidated Form 765 must request permission from the Department of Taxation to do so.
Permission will generally be granted.
Undue Hardship
The pass-through entity will not be required to pay the withholding tax if the Tax Commissioner determines that compliance will cause undue hardship. A pass-through entity seeking an exemption on the basis of undue hardship may petition the Tax
Commissioner by letter explaining the facts and circumstances creating the hardship.
In addition to any other information that the pass-through entity believes is relevant to its petition for relief, the letter shall provide information to enable the Tax Commissioner to compare and evaluate the cost to the pass-through entity of complying with the withholding tax requirements and the cost to the Commonwealth of collecting income tax from any nonresident owners who do not voluntarily file Virginia income tax returns and pay the tax.
Approved
Janie E. Bowen Tax Commissioner
- 8 -
Updated Barge and Rail Tax Credit GuidelinesDoc ID: CorporateIndividual
Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines **These Guidelines supersede the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines that were issued by the Department on April 17, 2012 and December 7, 2012 (Public Documents 12-46 and 12-204).
Introduction
During the 2011 session, the Virginia General Assembly enacted House Bill 2385 and Senate Bill 1282 (2011 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 820 and 861), which established the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit. This legislation allows an international trade facility (as defined by Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09(A)) that transports containers by barge or rail, rather than by using trucks or other motor vehicles on Virginia’s highways, to claim an income tax credit equal to $25 per 20-foot equivalent unit (“TEU”) transported by barge or rail rather than by truck or other motor vehicle on Virginia’s highways.
Two additional port tax credits were enacted during the 2011 General Assembly session: the International Trade Facility Tax Credit (Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:06) and the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit (Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:10). These credits provide separate tax incentives for certain companies that use Virginia port facilities. Although all three credits offer incentives for port-related activities, each credit is mutually exclusive, and separate definitions and requirements apply to each credit. For Taxable Years 2011 through 2013, a taxpayer could qualify for more than one port-related tax credit in the same taxable year, but could not claim multiple port-related tax credits for the same activity or activities. For Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter, however, a taxpayer may claim both the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit and the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit for the same containers, noncontainerized cargo, or roll-on/roll-off cargo, provided such taxpayer meets the criteria of both tax credits.
During the 2012 session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 1183 and Senate Bill 578 (2012 Acts of Assembly, Chapters 846 and 849), which allowed taxpayers to also claim the credit for noncontainerized cargo in an amount equal to $25 per 16 tons of noncontainerzed cargo, effective for Taxable Years 2012 and thereafter.
During the 2014 session, the General Assembly enacted House Bill 873 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 423), which: (i) decreases the annual amount of the credits that the Department of Taxation (“the Department”) may issue in any fiscal year from $1.5 million to $500,000; (ii) expands the type of cargo that qualifies for the credit to include roll-on/roll-off cargo; and (iii) requires the Department to annually disclose information to the Virginia Port Authority regarding the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credits issued. In addition, 2014 House Bill 873 allows taxpayers to claim the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit for the same cargo.
These guidelines are issued by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit as required by Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09. These guidelines are exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) according to the provisions outlined in Va.
Code § 58.1-439.12:09. These Guidelines supersede the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Virginia Department of Taxation 1 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines Credit Guidelines issued by the Department on April 17, 2012 and December 7, 2012 (Public Documents 12-46 and 12-204). As necessary, additional guidelines will be published and posted on the Department’s website, www.tax.virginia.gov.
These guidelines represent the Department’s interpretation of the relevant laws. They do not constitute formal rulemaking and hence do not have the force and effect of law or regulation. In the event that the final determination of any court holds that any provision of these guidelines are contrary to law, taxpayers who follow these guidelines will be treated as relying on erroneous written advice for purposes of waiving penalty and interest under Va. Code §§ 58.1-105, 58.1-1835 and 58.1-1845. To the extent there is a question regarding the application of these guidelines, taxpayers are encouraged to write to the Department and seek a written response to their question.
Requirements for an International Trade Facility
The Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit is available for “international trade facilities” that transport containers by barge or rail, rather than by using trucks or other motor vehicles on Virginia’s highways. For purposes of this credit, an “international trade facility” is defined as a company that:
Is doing business in Virginia; Is engaged in port-related activities; Has the sole discretion and authority to choose the method used to move cargo originating or terminating in Virginia; Uses maritime port facilities located in Virginia; and Uses barges and rail systems to move cargo through port facilities in Virginia rather than trucks or other motor vehicles on Virginia’s highways.
For purposes of this credit, the term “international trade facility” refers to the company itself, rather than the facility where port-related activities are being conducted by the company. Each company that qualifies as an international trade facility will calculate one base year amount and one credit amount each year, regardless of the number of facilities owned, operated, or used by that company. Accordingly, if the amount of cargo transported by barge or rail at one facility decreases, this will affect the amount of credit that may be claimed overall, but may be offset by an increase in the amount of cargo that the company transports by barge or rail at another facility.
Although both the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit and the International Trade Facility Tax Credit require a taxpayer to be an “international trade facility,” the definitions vary slightly; accordingly, taxpayers should apply the definition for each particular credit separately.
“Port-related activities” are defined as any activities related to shipping through a Virginia port. Examples of port-related activities include warehousing, distribution, freight forwarding and handling, and goods processing.
Virginia Department of Taxation 2 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines Qualifying for the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit
Cargo qualifying for this credit must result from a diversion of shipments from Virginia’s highways. Accordingly, the credit may only be claimed for the number of containers (or the amount of noncontainerized cargo or units of roll-on/roll-off cargo) shipped by barge or rail in excess of the number of containers (or the amount of noncontainerized cargo or units of roll-on/roll-off cargo) shipped by barge or rail by the taxpayer during the immediately preceding taxable year. For purposes of this credit, the base year for computing the amount of cargo shipped by barge or rail is the immediately preceding calendar year. Taxpayers are responsible for retaining documentation regarding the number of containers shipped by barge and rail during each taxable year and must make them available to the Department upon request. Because the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit is granted at the company level, base year barge and rail volume is computed at the company level, rather than per facility.
Example 1: Computing Base Year Barge and Rail Volume Company A is a company that is engaged in port-related activities and uses two different maritime port facilities located in Virginia (“Facility 1” and “Facility 2”).
During the 2010 taxable year, Company A transports 150 TEUs by barge or rail through Facility 1 and 100 TEUs by barge or rail through Facility 2. Accordingly, Company A’s base year barge and rail volume is 250 TEUs.
To qualify for this credit, the international trade facility must act on behalf of a person or company that has an ownership interest in the cargo being transported.
In the case of containerized cargo, the credit can only be claimed once for each individual container, as determined by the alphanumeric identifier assigned to each container. In the case of noncontainerized cargo, the credit may only be claimed once for each net ton of cargo. In the case of roll-on/roll-off cargo, the credit may only be claimed once for each unit of cargo.
The company entitled to claim the credit is the company that (1) has ownership of the cargo at some point while it is being transported through Virginia (including upon shipment or on delivery) and (2) has control over the method used to move the cargo in Virginia. Ownership is determined by the terms of the contract between the two parties and is evidenced by the bill of lading. When cargo is moved using containers originating in Virginia, or when noncontainerized cargo or roll-on/roll-off cargo originates in Virginia, there is a presumption that the company exporting the cargo out of Virginia controls the method of transportation in Virginia. When cargo is moved using containers terminating in Virginia, or when noncontainerized cargo or roll-on/roll-off cargo terminates in Virginia, there is a presumption that the company receiving the import in Virginia controls the method of transportation in Virginia.
Virginia Department of Taxation 3 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines Example 2: Ownership of Cargo - Imports Company A is transporting one TEU of cargo through a Virginia maritime port to Company B. The cargo must be transported to Roanoke, Virginia. The terms of the contract state that the cargo will be shipped free on board (F.O.B.) destination. Accordingly, Company A will retain ownership until the cargo is delivered to Company B in Roanoke, and Company B will assume ownership upon delivery. The decision is made to ship the cargo by rail.
Both parties have ownership of the cargo at some point while it is being transported in Virginia. However, because the cargo is moved using containers that terminate in Virginia, there is a presumption that Company B controls the method of transportation in Virginia. Assuming that Company B qualifies as an international trade facility, Company B is entitled to count this cargo as one TEU moved by rail for purposes of the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit.
Example 3: Ownership of Cargo - Exports Company C is a Virginia company that is transporting one TEU of cargo through a Virginia maritime port to Company D, an international firm. The cargo must be transported from Richmond, Virginia to Norfolk, Virginia, and then from Norfolk International Terminals to the Port of Honfleur in France. The terms of the contract state that the cargo will be shipped F.O.B. Norfolk. Accordingly, Company C owns the cargo until shipment from Norfolk International Terminals, when Company D assumes ownership. The decision is made to transport the cargo by rail from Richmond to Norfolk.
Because the cargo is moved using containers that originate in Virginia, there is a presumption that Company C controls the method of transportation in Virginia.
Assuming that Company C qualifies as an international trade facility, it is entitled to count this cargo as one TEU moved by barge or rail for purposes of the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit.
Only cargo being shipped through maritime port facilities qualifies for purposes of this credit. A maritime port facility is the port in Virginia where the cargo is first loaded to or unloaded from a ship or barge. Shipments through inland ports or any other facility where cargo may be reshipped do not qualify for a second credit.
Finally, only international shipments qualify for the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit.
Shipments to a Virginia port from another state or domestic exports from Virginia do not qualify for this credit.
Computation and Carryover of Credits
The Barge and Rail Usage Credit is equal to $25 per 20-foot equivalent unit (TEU), 16 tons of noncontainerized cargo (for Taxable Year 2012 and thereafter), or one unit of roll-on/roll-off cargo (for Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter)transported by barge or rail rather than by truck or other motor vehicle on Virginia’s highways. For purposes of Virginia Department of Taxation 4 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines determining the number of TEUs transported by barge and rail, only full container loads qualify. A full container load (FCL) is a standard 20-foot, 40-foot, or 45-foot container that is loaded and discharged under the account of one shipper and is intended for one consignee. When computing the number of qualifying TEUs, one 40-foot container or one 45-foot container is equivalent to two TEUs.
A less than container load (LCL) is cargo that is insufficient in either weight or volume to qualify for the freight rates that apply to a standard shipping container and is therefore combined with cargo owned by other shippers or with cargo intended for at least one other consignee. An LCL does not qualify as a TEU for purposes of this credit.
The amount of the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit claimed for the taxable year cannot exceed the tax imposed for that year. Any credit not usable for the taxable year may be carried over for the next five taxable years or until such credit is fully taken, whichever occurs first. If a taxpayer is allowed another income tax credit or has a credit carryover from a preceding taxable year, the taxpayer is considered to have first utilized any credit allowed that does not have a carryover provision, and then any credit that is carried forward from a preceding taxable year, before using the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit for that year.
Example 4: Computation and Carryover of Credit for Containerized Cargo Company E is a calendar year filer that qualifies as an international trade facility (as defined by Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09(A)). During the 2010 taxable year, Company E ships one hundred 20-foot containers and fifty 40-foot containers by barge and rail. Company E’s base year barge and rail volume is computed as follows:
20-foot containers = 100 40-foot containers = 50 (x 2)
Total = 200 TEUs
During the 2011 taxable year, Company E ships three hundred 20-foot containers and one hundred 40-foot containers by barge and rail. Before applying the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit, Company E’s tax liability for the 2011 taxable year is $5,000.
Company E’s current year barge and rail volume is computed as follows
20-foot containers = 300 40-foot containers = 100 (x 2)
Total = 500 TEUs Virginia Department of Taxation 5 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines The amount of Company E’s Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit is computed by subtracting the base year barge and rail volume from the current year barge and rail volume, and then multiplying the total by the credit amount, as follows:
500 TEUs – 200 TEUs = 300 TEUs 300 TEUs x $25 = $7,500
Accordingly, Company E may apply for a credit equal to $7,500 by filing Virginia Form BRU. Assuming that Company E is granted the full $7,500 credit, it can only use $5,000 of credit in 2011. The remaining $2,500 credit amount can be carried forward for the next five taxable years or until the credit is fully taken, whichever occurs first.
Example 5: Computation and Carryover of Credit for Noncontainerized Cargo Company F is a calendar year filer that qualifies as an international trade facility (as defined by Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09(A)). During the 2011 taxable year, Company F ships 20,000 net tons of noncontainerized cargo by barge and rail.
During the 2012 taxable year, Company F ships 29,600 tons of net by barge and rail. Before applying the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit, Company F’s tax liability for the 2012 taxable year is $10,000.
The amount of Company F’s Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit is computed by subtracting the base year barge and rail volume from the current year barge and rail volume, and then multiplying the total by the credit amount ($25 per 16 net tons of noncontainerized cargo), as follows:
29,600 net tons – 20,000 net tons = 9,600 net tons 9,600 net tons x $25/16 net tons = $15,000
Accordingly, Company F may apply for a credit equal to $15,000 by filing Virginia Form BRU. Assuming that Company E is granted the full $15,000 credit, it can only use $10,000 of credit in 2012. The remaining $5,000 credit amount can be carried forward for the next five taxable years or until the credit is fully taken, whichever occurs first.
Example 6: Computation and Carryover of Credit for Roll-On/Roll-Off Cargo Company G is a calendar year filer that qualifies as an international trade facility (as defined by Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09(A)). During the 2013 taxable year, Company G ships 800 units of roll-on/roll-off cargo by barge and rail. During the 2014 taxable year, Company G ships 1,050 units of roll-on/roll-off cargo by barge and rail. Before applying the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit, Company G’s tax liability for the 2014 taxable year is $5,000.
The amount of Company G’s Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit is computed by subtracting the base year barge and rail volume from the current year barge and rail volume, and then multiplying the total by the credit amount. as follows: Virginia Department of Taxation 6 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines 1,050 units – 800 units = 250 units
250 units x $25/unit = $6,250
Accordingly, Company G may apply for a credit equal to $6,250 by filing Virginia Form BRU. Assuming that Company G is granted the full $6,250 credit, it can only use $5,000 of credit in 2014. The remaining $1,250 credit amount can be carried forward for the next five taxable years or until the credit is fully taken, whichever occurs first.
Administration of the Credit
To receive the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit, taxpayers must apply to the Department by completing Form BRU. This form and any supporting documentation must be completed and mailed no later than April 1 of the year following the taxable year during which credits were earned. Every taxpayer that applies for the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit must verify containers shipped through Virginia Port Authority-operated port facilities on the Virginia Port Authority’s website (www.portofvirginia.com).
A validation summary must then be attached to Form BRU. If any containers were shipped through non-Virginia Port Authority owned facilities, these containers should be listed on a schedule that must be attached to Form BRU.
For Taxable Years 2011 through 2013, the total amount of Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credits granted could not exceed $1.5 million per fiscal year. Effective for Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter, the total amount of Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credits granted cannot exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year. If the amount of credits applied for exceeds $500,000, the Department will allocate all credits on a pro rata basis. The Department will review all applications for completeness and notify taxpayers of any errors by June 1 of the calendar year in which Form BRU was submitted. If any additional information is needed, it must be provided no later than June 15 of that year to be considered for the tax credit. The Department will notify all eligible taxpayers of the amount of allocated credits by June 30 of the calendar year in which Form BRU was submitted.
Example 7: Applying for the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Company E is a calendar year filer that qualifies as an international trade facility (as defined by Va. Code § 58.1-439.12:09(A)). During the 2014 taxable year, Company A ships two hundred 20-foot containers and fifty 40-foot containers and is eligible for a Barge & Rail Usage Tax Credit equal to $7,500.
To receive this credit for Taxable Year 2014, Company E must submit Virginia Form BRU to the Department on or before April 1, 2015. On or before June 1, 2015, the Department will notify Company E of the amount of credit received. If the total amount of credits requested by all taxpayers on applications received by April 1, 2015 is $2.5 million, then all taxpayers will be allocated a credit equal to 20 percent of the requested amount. In this case, Company E would be allocated a credit equal to $1,500.
Virginia Department of Taxation 7 September 5, 2014 Updated Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit Guidelines Company E can then claim the amount of credit issued on its 2014 income tax return. If Company E files its income tax return for the 2014 taxable year before it receives notification from the Department, it can claim the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit by filing an amended return for the 2014 taxable year.
Upon receiving notification of the allowable credit amount, taxpayers may claim this amount on the applicable Virginia income tax return. Taxpayers are responsible for retaining documentation regarding the number of containers shipped by barge and rail during each taxable year, including a bill of lading for each container transferred by barge or rail. The bill of lading must contain the following information: port of entry, shipment date, container numbers, and origin and destination of shipments. Taxpayers are also responsible for retaining any other necessary supporting documentation. This information must be provided by the taxpayer upon request.
Effective for credits issued for Taxable Year 2014, the Department is required to annually provide information to the Virginia Port Authority regarding the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credits issued.
Interaction of Port-Related Tax Credits
For Taxable Years 2011 through 2013, a taxpayer could qualify for more than one port-related tax credit in the same taxable year, but could not claim multiple port-related tax credits for the same activity or activities. For Taxable Year 2014 and thereafter, however, a taxpayer may claim both the Port Volume Increase Tax Credit and the Barge and Rail Usage Tax Credit for the same containers, noncontainerized cargo, or roll-on/roll-off cargo, provided such taxpayer meets the criteria of both tax credits.
Additional Information
These guidelines are available online in the Tax Policy Library section of the Department’s website, located at www.policylibrary.tax.virginia.gov. For additional information, please contact the Department at (804) 367-8037 or the Virginia Port Authority at (800) 446-8098. For assistance with the container verification process, contact the Virginia Port Authority at (757) 391-6235 or helpdesk@vit.org.
Approved: _______ Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation 8 September 5, 2014
Guidelines for Accelerated Sales Tax PaymentsDoc ID: Sales
--- Page 1 ---
NOTE: ITEM 3-5.06 OF THE 2022 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2021 APPROPRIATION
ACT (HOUSE BILL 29, 2022 ACTS OF ASSEMBLY, SPECIAL SESSION I, CHAPTER
1. ELIMINATES THE ACCELERATED SALES TAX PAYMENT FOR ANY PERIOD
BEGINNING AFTER JUNE 30, 2021. PENALTIES AND INTEREST FOR ALL PRIOR
YEARS’ ACCELERATED SALES TAX PAYMENTS REMAIN DUE AND ARE
COLLECTIBLE.
GUIDELINES FOR THE
ACCELERATED SALES TAX PAYMENT
May 25, 2019
These Guidelines are effective for the additional payment made by dealers who are required to make accelerated sales tax payments in June 2019.
2019 House Bill 1700, the 2019 Appropriation Act, raises the accelerated sales tax threshold to taxable sales and/or purchases of $10.0 million or greater in the previous
fiscal year for the accelerated sales tax payment due in June 2020. The threshold remains at $4.0 million for the payment due in June 2019. Each dealer meeting this threshold is required to make a payment in June equal to 90 percent of its Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for June of the previous year. Each affected dealer will be entitled to take a credit for the amount of the accelerated sales tax payment on its return for June of the current year due July 20. The Department of Taxation (the “Department”) will notify each affected dealer in early May of this obligation to make an accelerated sales tax payment. The Department will provide each affected dealer with payment instructions, a payment voucher for the additional payment, and a worksheet to assist the dealer in reconciling its payment for its June tax liability due in July with the accelerated sales tax payment in late May. The thresholds for the accelerated sales tax payments and the enacting legislation are provided in the chart below.
Applied to Dealers Payment Enacting Legislation with Taxable Sales in June of and Purchases of House Bill 29 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 872) 2010 $1 million or more House Bill 30 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 874) House Bill 1500 (2011 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 890) 2011 $5.4 million or more House Bill 1300 (2012 Acts of Assembly Special 2012 $26 million or more Session I, Chapter 2) No change 2013 $26 million or more House Bill 1500 (2013 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 806) 2014 $48.5 million or more House Bill 5001 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapter 1) House Bill 1400 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 665) 2015 $2.5 million or more House Bill 1400 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 665) 2016 $2.5 million or more House Bill 1500 (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 836) 2017 $2.5 million or more House Bill 1500 (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 836) 2018 $4 million or more House Bill 5002 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Special 2019 $4 million or more Session I, Chapter 2)
1
[TABLE 1-1] Enacting Legislation | Payment in June of | | Applied to Dealers | | | | with Taxable Sales | | | | and Purchases of | House Bill 29 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 872) House Bill 30 (2010 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 874) | 2010 | $1 million or more | | House Bill 1500 (2011 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 890) | 2011 | $5.4 million or more | | House Bill 1300 (2012 Acts of Assembly Special Session I, Chapter 2) | 2012 | $26 million or more | | No change | 2013 | $26 million or more | | House Bill 1500 (2013 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 806) House Bill 5001 (2014 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapter 1) | 2014 | $48.5 million or more | | House Bill 1400 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 665) | 2015 | $2.5 million or more | | House Bill 1400 (2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 665) | 2016 | $2.5 million or more | | House Bill 1500 (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 836) | 2017 | $2.5 million or more | | House Bill 1500 (2017 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 836) | 2018 | $4 million or more | | House Bill 5002 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapter 2) | 2019 | $4 million or more | |
[/TABLE]
[TABLE 1-2] Payment in June of
[/TABLE]
--- Page 2 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
House Bill 1700 (2019 Appropriation Act) 2020 $10 million or more These guidelines (“Guidelines”) are issued by the Department to provide guidance to taxpayers regarding the accelerated sales tax payment. These guidelines are exempt from the provisions of the Administrative Process Act (Va. Code § 2.2-4000 et seq.) and only apply to the additional payment made by dealers who are subject to the accelerated
sales tax payment requirement. Unless noted otherwise below, the applicable Retail Sales and Use Tax Regulations (23 Virginia Administrative Code (VAC) 10-210-10 et seq.) continue to apply. To the extent that the legislative change requiring the accelerated sales tax payment conflicts with the regulations, the legislation supersedes the regulations, and these Guidelines, developed pursuant to the legislation, should be followed. As necessary, additional guidelines will be published and posted on the Department’s web site, www.tax.virginia.gov.
Accelerated Sales Tax Payment Requirement
Any dealer having taxable sales and/or purchases of $4 million or greater during the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2017 and ending June 30, 2018 is required to make an accelerated sales tax payment in June 2019 equal to 90 percent of his Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for June 2018.
The accelerated sales tax payment is due on or before June 30 if paying by electronic
funds transfer. If payment is made by another method, the payment must be made on or before June 25. In the event that either June 25 or June 30 falls on a Saturday or Sunday, any payment made on or before the next succeeding business day will be considered timely. For the June 2019 accelerated sales tax payment, payments made by electronic funds transfer are due July 1, since June 30 is a Sunday, and all other payments are due June 25. Dealers who are required to remit the Retail Sales and Use Tax by electronic funds transfer are also required to remit the accelerated sales tax payment for those accounts by electronic funds transfer. Dealers who are not currently required to remit the Retail Sales and Use Tax for specific accounts by electronic funds transfer may remit the accelerated sales tax payment for those accounts by either electronic funds transfer or by mail. (Item § 3-5.06, 2018 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 2).
Beginning with the July 2012 return, all monthly sales and use tax returns and payments are required to be filed and remitted electronically, unless a hardship waiver has been granted by the Tax Commissioner. Waivers will be granted if the Tax Commissioner finds that this requirement creates an unreasonable burden on the dealer. All requests for waiver must be submitted to the Tax Commissioner in writing. Waiver requests for the
June 2019 payment must be filed on or before June 7, 2019.
Affected Dealers
For the purposes of the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment, “dealer” includes every person who is required to collect and remit sales tax and also every person who is required to remit use tax to the Commonwealth.
2
[TABLE 2-1] | House Bill 1700 (2019 Appropriation Act) | | 2020 | $10 million or more
[/TABLE]
--- Page 3 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
Under current law, in general, and with limited exceptions, every dealer must file his Retail Sales and Use Tax return and remit the tax due for transactions occurring during the month on or before the twentieth day of the following month. (Va. Code § 58.1-615).
The applicability of the accelerated sales tax to each dealer will be determined each year by the Department based on the dealer’s taxable sales or purchases in the previous fiscal
year (July 1 through June 30) without regard to whether the dealer was subject to the accelerated sales tax payment in the past. Taxable sales or purchases will be computed without regard to the number of certificates of registration held by the dealer. The accelerated sales tax payment will not apply to persons who are required to file only a Form ST-7, Consumer's Use Tax Return. In addition to the sales and purchases reported by each dealer on his returns, a dealer's taxable sales and purchases include those sales and purchases assessed to the dealer by the Department for the previous fiscal year, including audit assessments and other adjustments to returns for the previous fiscal year.
Example 1
Dealer is a retailer who holds a certificate of registration for 8 locations and files one consolidated return for all locations. Each location had taxable sales of $7 million in Fiscal Year 2017 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2016, and ending June 30, 2017), for a total of $56 million in Fiscal Year 2017. Each location had taxable sales of $250,000 in Fiscal Year 2018 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2017, and ending June 30, 2018), for a total of $2 million in Fiscal Year 2018.
In June 2018, dealer was required to make an accelerated sales tax payment of 90 percent of his entire Retail Sales and Use Tax liability, less any applicable dealer discount, for June 2017. In June 2019, dealer would not be required to make an accelerated sales tax payment.
Example 2
Dealer is a retailer who holds a certificate of registration for 8 locations and files separate returns for each location. Each location had taxable sales of $7 million in Fiscal Year 2018 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2017, and ending June 30, 2018), for a total of $56 million in Fiscal Year 2018. Each location had taxable sales of $1,000,000 in Fiscal Year 2019 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2018, and ending June 30, 2019), for a total of $8 million in Fiscal Year 2019.
Regardless of the number of certificates of registration held by a dealer, the
Department will add together all of the taxable sales and purchases of the dealer when determining whether the dealer is subject to the accelerated sales tax payment. In June 2019, dealer will be required to make an accelerated sales tax payment of 90 percent of his entire Retail Sales and Use Tax liability, less any applicable dealer discount, for June 2018. In June 2020, dealer would not be required to make an accelerated sales tax payment.
3
--- Page 4 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
Exceptions
A dealer who would otherwise be required to make an accelerated sales tax payment but is no longer in business, will not be required to make the accelerated sales tax payment.
In making the determination regarding whether a dealer is exempt from the requirement to make an accelerated tax payment, a corporate or similar reorganization that simply
results in the use of a new Virginia Retail Sales and Use Tax registration number or Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) will not relieve the dealer from having to make an accelerated sales tax payment. Likewise, dealers who have filed a petition for a bankruptcy reorganization on or before June 30 would not be exempted from the requirement of making an accelerated sales tax payment.
Example 3
Dealer had taxable sales of $5 million in Fiscal Year 2017 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2016, and ending June 30, 2017) and was required to make the accelerated sales tax payment in 2018. Dealer goes out of business effective December 1, 2018.
Dealer would not be required to make the accelerated sales tax payment in June 2019.
Example 4
Dealer was organized as a corporation and had taxable sales of $15 million in Fiscal Year 2018 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2017, and ending June 30, 2018) and is required to make the accelerated sales tax payment in June 2019. Dealer reorganizes his business as a limited liability company effective December 1, 2018.
Dealer would be required to make the accelerated sales tax payment in June 2019.
Accelerated Sales Tax Payment and Reconciliation
In May of each year that a dealer is subject to the accelerated sales tax payment requirement, the Department will mail the dealer a notice and voucher listing the amount of the accelerated payment due. Unless the dealer has received a hardship waiver from the Department (see below), the amount due will be equal to 90 percent of his Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for the previous June. The accelerated sales tax payment will be due on June 25 for dealers paying by mail and on June 30 for dealers paying electronically. In the event that either June 25 or June 30 falls on a Saturday or Sunday,
any payment made on or before the next succeeding business day will be considered timely. The Department will not bill an account with a tax liability that is de minimus. Each mailing will also contain a reconciliation worksheet (see below). If a dealer does not receive a mailing and believes that he is liable to make the accelerated sales tax payment, he should contact the Department at 804.367.8037 for assistance.
4
--- Page 5 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
In July, dealers will reconcile their actual tax liability for June against the accelerated payment using their regular filing procedures. If a dealer files electronically using iFile or Web Upload, the Department will automatically reconcile the dealer's tax liability. If a dealer files by mail, the dealer should fill out his regular June Retail Sales and Use Tax return and compute his actual tax liability for June on the return, without regard to the accelerated sales tax payment. The dealer should then use the reconciliation worksheet
to subtract the amount of the accelerated sales tax payment from his actual June Retail Sales and Use Tax liability to determine the amount of the payment due with the return.
The dealer will be responsible for filing his regular June Retail Sales and Use Tax return and paying the amount due on or before July 20. The Department will verify that the accelerated sales tax payment and the payment made with the June return equal the actual tax liability shown on the June return. If the accelerated payment creates an overpayment for June, the dealer should follow the same procedure for the July return due in August. To the extent that a dealer is not able to claim the credit in its entirety on the July return, the Department will automatically issue the dealer a refund.
Example 5
Dealer had taxable sales of $52 million in Fiscal Year 2018 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2017, and ending June 30, 2018) and was required to make the accelerated sales tax payment. The dealer's Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for June 2018 was $5 million. Dealer's actual sales and use tax liability for June 2019 is $6 million.
In June 2019, dealer will be required to make an accelerated sales tax payment of $4.5 million ($5 million x 90%). By July 20, 2019, dealer will file his regular June Retail Sales and Use Tax return showing his actual tax liability for June of $6 million and remit a payment of $1.5 million, the difference between his actual Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for June 2019 and his accelerated sales tax payment ($6 million - $4.5 million = $1.5 million).
Example 6
Dealer had taxable sales of $52 million in Fiscal Year 2018 (the 12-month period beginning July 1, 2017, and ending June 30, 2018) and is required to make the accelerated sales tax payment. The dealer's Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for June 2018 was $5 million. Dealer's actual sales and use tax liability for June 2019 is $4 million. The dealer's actual sales and use tax liability for July 2019 is $4.5 million.
In June 2019, dealer will be required to make an accelerated sales tax payment of $4.5 million ($5 million x 90%). By July 20, 2019, dealer will file his June Retail Sales and Use Tax return showing his actual tax liability of $4 million and remit no payment with the June return, as his accelerated sales tax payment was greater than his actual Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for June 2019 by $500,000. On his July Retail Sales and Use Tax return, the dealer would show his actual tax liability of $4.5 million and remit a payment of $4 million, the difference between his actual Retail Sales and Use
5
--- Page 6 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
Tax liability for July 2019 and the remaining credit from the accelerated sales tax payment ($4.5 million - $500,000).
Beginning with the July 2012 return, all monthly sales and use tax returns and payments are required to be filed and remitted electronically, unless a hardship waiver has been granted by the Tax Commissioner. Dealers may remit the accelerated sales tax payment
online through Business iFile or by contacting their banks to initiate an ACH Credit and dealers may file returns online through eForms, Business iFile or Web Upload. Please refer to the Electronic Payments Guide available on our website, www.tax.virginia.gov, for details. Payments and returns may also be mailed.
Penalties and Interest
Except with respect to fraudulent returns, the failure to make a timely and full payment of the accelerated sales tax will subject the dealer to a penalty of six percent of the amount of tax underpayment. No other penalty for delinquent returns or payments will apply. (Item § 3-5.06, House Bill 5002 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapter 2)).
In the case of a false or fraudulent return where willful intent exists to defraud the Commonwealth of this tax, or in the case of a willful failure to file a return with the intent to defraud the Commonwealth of this tax, a penalty of 50 percent of the amount of the proper tax shall be assessed. (Va. Code § 58.1-635(A)).
The rate of interest on omitted taxes and assessments is the “Underpayment Rate” established pursuant to Va. Code § 58.1-15. (House Bill 5002 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapter 2)).
Dealers are also responsible for timely filing their return and paying the tax due for May on or before June 20 and their return for June on or before July 20. In the event that either June 20 or July 20 falls on a Saturday or Sunday, any payment made on or before the next succeeding business day will be considered timely. Failure to file or pay the full amount of tax due by the due date will result in the assessment of a penalty of six percent per month in addition to the tax owed. The maximum penalty is 30 percent, and the minimum penalty is $10.00. The minimum penalty applies to late returns even if there is no tax owed.
Hardship Exceptions
The Tax Commissioner may waive the requirement for dealers to make the accelerated
sales tax payment or allow the dealer to pay a lesser amount upon a finding that the accelerated payment requirement would cause an undue hardship. Any dealer otherwise required to make an accelerated sales tax payment must request a waiver from the Tax Commissioner in writing and clearly demonstrate the nature of the hardship with documentation and financial records. In general, if the dealer can show an undue hardship, the Tax Commissioner will allow the dealer to make an accelerated sales tax payment equal to 90 percent of the dealer's average monthly Retail Sales and Use Tax
6
--- Page 7 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
liability for the first quarter of the current calendar year. Undue hardship would include, but is not limited to:
-
The selling or closing of a significant part of the dealer’s business that results in the dealer’s sales and use tax liability in current months being substantially lower than his liability for the previous June;
-
A substantial decline in sales since the previous June;
-
Extenuating circumstances, such as a major change in the dealer’s business model, such that the accelerated payment amount would cause a financial hardship on the dealer;
-
Out-of-state dealers who no longer make sales in Virginia;
-
A dealer who is primarily eligible for the accelerated sales tax payment because of a one-time extraordinary event in the previous fiscal year; and
-
A dealer whose tax liability for the previous June included a one-time extraordinary event.
The Tax Commissioner will not waive the requirement for payment of the accelerated sales tax payment except in extraordinary circumstances.
Example 7
In June 2018, dealer was a retailer and had a Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for the month of $3 million. However, sales for the dealer have significantly dropped and dealer's average monthly sales and use tax liability for the first quarter of calendar year 2019 was $250,000.
Dealer may request in writing a waiver from the Tax Commissioner and provide any necessary documentation to demonstrate the drop in taxable sales. The Tax Commissioner may grant the dealer a waiver and dealer's accelerated sales tax payment will be $225,000 ($250,000 x 90%).
Example 8
In June 2018, dealer was both a wholesaler and a retailer and had a Retail Sales and
Use Tax liability for the month of $13 million. In January 2019, dealer closed down his retail locations and now only sells at wholesale. Dealer has had no sales tax liability since December 2018.
Dealer may request in writing a waiver from the Tax Commissioner and provide any necessary documentation to show the change in his business structure. The Tax
7
--- Page 8 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
Commissioner may grant dealer a waiver, and dealer will be relieved of his responsibility to make an accelerated sales tax payment.
Hardship waiver requests must be accompanied by full and complete documentation containing sufficient information so that the grounds upon which the dealer relies in requesting a hardship waiver are fully set forth to allow the Tax Commissioner to make
an informed determination.
Dealers should make every effort to submit requests for waivers as soon as possible in order to receive a timely decision from the Department. However, all requests for hardship waivers for the June 2019 payment must be received by the Department by June 7, 2019.
Applications for hardship waivers should be mailed to
Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 5771 Richmond, Virginia 23220-0771
Applications for hardship waivers may also be sent by fax to 804.225.3376. The Department is not responsible for delays resulting from a dealer using other addresses or fax numbers.
Until a dealer who is otherwise required to make an accelerated sales tax payment is
notified by the Department that he may pay a different amount or is not required to make an accelerated sales tax payment, the dealer must make an accelerated sales tax payment equal to 90 percent of his Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for the previous June on or before June 25 if paying by mail and on or before June 30 if paying electronically.
Requests for Reconsideration
In cases where a dealer is able to demonstrate that the Department’s determination on its request for a hardship exception was not based on correct or complete facts, the dealer may request reconsideration of the Department’s determination. Requests for reconsideration should be mailed to:
Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation Post Office Box 5771 Richmond, Virginia 23220-0771
Requests for reconsideration may also be sent by fax to 804.225.3376.
8
--- Page 9 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
In order for the Tax Commissioner to grant a request for reconsideration, the dealer must demonstrate one of the following:
- The facts upon which the original determination is based are misstated by the Tax Commissioner or are inaccurate, and the determination would have a different
result based on a correction of the Tax Commissioner’s misstatement of the facts presented or a clarification of the original facts presented in the taxpayer's request for a hardship waiver; or
- The dealer has discovered additional evidence or documentation that was not available to the dealer at the time the original request for a hardship waiver was filed with the Department, and the additional evidence or documentation would produce a result different from the original determination.
Requests for reconsideration will be reviewed as time permits. Although the Department will make every effort to answer each request for reconsideration in a timely fashion, until a dealer who is otherwise required to make an accelerated sales tax payment is notified by the Department that he may pay a different amount or is not required to make an accelerated sales tax payment, the dealer must make an accelerated sales tax payment equal to 90 percent of his Retail Sales and Use Tax liability for the previous June by June 25 if paying by mail and on June 30 if paying electronically.
Disposition of Revenues
With the exception of revenues distributed under the provisions of Va. Code §§ 58.1-605, 58.1-606, 58.1-638(A), 58.1-638(G)-(H), 58.1-638.2, and 58.1-638.3, all revenues collected from the accelerated sales tax payment will be considered General Fund revenue. However, no distribution of the state or local Retail Sales and Use Tax revenues will be made until the Tax Commissioner certifies the revenues. The Tax Commissioner shall certify the Retail Sales and Use Tax revenues generated by the accelerated sales tax payments as soon as practicable after the funds have been paid into the state treasury in any month for the preceding month. If the Governor determines on July 31 of each year that funds are available to transfer the state Retail Sales and Use Tax revenues in accordance with Va. Code §§ 58.1-638(B)-(F) and 58.1-638.1, he will direct the State Comptroller to make such allocation. (Item § 3-5.06, House Bill 5002 (2018 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I, Chapter 2)).
Additional Information
These Guidelines are available online in the Laws, Rules & Decisions section of the Department's website, located at www.tax.virginia.gov/content/laws-rules-decisions. For additional information, please contact the Department at 804.367.8037 or visit
9
--- Page 10 ---
Guidelines for the Accelerated Sales Tax Payment May 25, 2019
www.tax.virginia.gov.
Approved
Craig M. Burns Tax Commissioner
10
Virginia Tax Filing Status GuidanceDoc ID: Individual
--- Page 1 ---COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
Fiting Instructions
Department of Taxation (Check Proper Box)
MEMORANDUM Richmond, ginia 232681118 Subject; US
CI pub oe Marianas Cr iniaat: a a (} Mer TO: Molly Thurston, Supervisor ; Mitaine Socument a eatiaias ADA | .
Error Resolution Unit CL} fesing Lecce head Of Hy \s¢ hy!
DATE: June 24, 1988 fect
CJ] 56-2130 a RE: Head of Household Filing Status OC Compromizes
This will reply to your memorandum of June 1, 1988, in which you wish to determine the Virginia filing status of certain individuals who claim the head of household filing status for federal purposes.
FEDERAL LAW
Federal law generally limits the head of household filing status to individuals who are not married or were considered not married at the end of the taxable year and paid more than half the cost of keeping up a home that was the principal home for more than half the year for themselves and certain dependents (child, grandchild, other relative, etc.). For purposes of the head of household filing status, § 2(c) of the Internal Revenue Code provides that "an individual shall be treated as not married at the close of the taxable year if such individual is so treated under the provisions of section 7703(b)."
IRC § 7703(b) in turn provides that a married individual shall not be considered as married if certain tests are met. Generally, one must maintain a household for a child, provide over 1/2 of the costs of the household, and the spouse must not be a member of the household during the last 6 months of the taxable year.
VIRGINIA FILING STATUS
Virginia Regulation 630-2-341 (C) provides, "In determining whether two individuals are husband and wife for income tax purposes, the determination of marital status for federal income tax purposes will similarly control the determination of filing status for state income tax purposes." Since for federal income tax purposes an individual must be either not married or considered not married at the end of the taxable year to qualify to use the federal head of household filing status, such an individual must file their Virginia return using the single filing status. Such an individual may use the single filing status on his Virginia return, even though his spouse uses the married, filing separate filing status.
Please let us know if you have any further questions on this issue.
Z, $ . : } ) .
Danny M. Payne, Director ’ a Ae clot) © pw Tax Policy Division prkew . Cake a re Z
Euro Dollar Investment Income GuidelinesDoc ID: Corporate
--- Page 1 ---) . . | af S229 -Wo c | Sn a COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA | | ._ Department of Taxation ae ~ | Richmond, Virginia 23282 MEMORANDUM TO: William J. West, Supervisor | Technical Services Section
- Office Services Division DATE: - November 28, 1984 ; SUBJECT: Investment in Euro Dollars Foreign Source Income Subtraction ; The term "Euro Dollars" was coined in the 1970's to refer to deposits in foreign branches of U.S. Banks. The deposits were in dollars but were not subject to U.S. restrictions on payment of interest on demand “deposits. The term is now used loosely to refer to almost any foreign investment which is in dollars instead of a foreign currency.
Under I.R.C. Section 862 interest is from sources without the United States unless it is defined as being from sources within the United .
States under I.R.C. Section 861. The latter section defines the source of interest in terms of the residence of the debtor who pays the .. interest. There are a number of exceptions; among them is interest on “‘tdeposits with a foreign branch of a domestic corporation engaged in the commercial banking business.
It appears that almost all interest paid by a foreign person, corporation ar a foreign branch of a U.S. bank will be treated as from sources without the United States. Thus "Euro Dollar" interest appears to qualify for the Virginia subtraction for income from foreign sources.
The taxpayer is required to maintain the records necessary to prove that it is entitled to a foreign source income subtraction. Where the income in question has been treated as income from without the United States in -. the federal return most of the taxpayer's burden of proof has been satisfied. Where the income has been treated as domestic income in the federal return the auditor is entitled to presume that it is not foreign Source income unless the taxpayer can convincingly prove otherwise.
TN
--- Page 2 --- MEMORANDUM Page 2
When auditors are examining a subtraction for Euro Dollar interest, I suggest that they ask for I.R.S. Form 1118. If the income does not qualify as income from without the United States under federal law ° then it does not qualify for the foreign source income subtraction under Virginia law.
If the taxpayer claims that the income does qualify as income from without the United States under federal law but the taxpayer elected not to claim a foreign tax credit, then the auditor must investigate further ‘to determine the nature and source of the income and the expenses attributable to the income. Treasury Regulations Sections 1.861-1
- through 1.864-7 must be consulted. The procedure is set forth in Virginia Regulation Section 630-3-302.
PP er an Danny M. Payne, Director Tax Policy Division
dik
“Approved: Wired Zao . - H. Forst
Tax Commissioner - -
— |
EP TE MA IIT. Sal it Rar HER RRO RPE pe “W Nn ce a ee pe ene ee pe cows tad
Tax Administration Coordination AgreementDoc ID: Agreements
--- Page 1 --- AGREEMENT ON COORDINATION OF TAX ADMINISTRATION Section 1. Introduction
- 1: The Agency and IRS recognize the mutual benefits to be derived through coordination of their tax administration programs to secure ! returns, determine tax liability, and effect collection of taxes; and | the parties do hereby agree to continue, to the extent permitted by law, | the cooperative programs already established and to enter into additional | arrangements designed to improve the administration and enforcement of tax laws of their resiesive jurisdictions. Officials of the Agency, | acting under authority vested in or delegated to them to administer | Slate tax laws, and the appropriate officials of IRS will consult from time to time regarding their respective enforcement efforts and will establish mutually agreeable programs for the exchange of information | and assistance. | 1.2 This agreement provides the general basis for achieving | coordination of Federal and State tax administration. Specific arrange-ments will be initiated in a manner and at such time as are mutually agreeable to Agency and IRS officials. They shall explore and adopt ; mutually acceptable techniques and modes of exchange which will be most | beneficial to improved tax administration with the least possible inter-7 ruption of their respective operating routines and with strict adherence | to laws, regulations, and rules for protecting the confidentiality of | returns and return information. |
--- Page 2 ---ry = 2 = section 2. Definitions | For purposes of this agreement, the following definitions shall | apply:
- 1, Agency. ‘he term "Agency" means Virginia | (Name of State agency, Department of Taxation . body, or commission) | 2.2 IRS. The term "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, U. S. Department of the Treasury.
- 3 State. The term "State" means the Commonweal th (Name of Stute, of Virginia .
Commonwealth, etc.)
- 4 Agency Representative. The term "Agency Representative" ; means an Agency officer or employee designated in writing by the head | of the Agency as an individual who is to inspect or receive Federal | returns or Federal return information on behalf of the Agency as provided | by section 6103(d) of the Code, but only so long as the duties and | employment of such officer or employee require access to Federal returns | and Federal return information for purposes of State tax administration.
- 5 Federal Return. The term "Federal return" means any tax or information return, declaration of estimated tax, or claim for refund ! required by, or provided for or permitted under, the provisions of the | . Code which is filed with the IRS by, on behalf of, or with respect to any person, and any amendment or supplement thereto, including supporting | schedules, attachments, or lists which are supplemental to, or part of, | the return so filed. i
--- Page 3 ---. a
- 6 Federal Return Information. The term "Federal return informnation" means — (a) a taxpayer's identity, the nature, source, or amount of . his income, payments, receipts, deductions, exemptions, | credits, assets, liabilities, net worth, tax liability, tax withheld, deficiencies, overassessments, or tax .pay-| ments, whether the taxpayer's Federal return was, is being, | or will be examined or subject to other investigation or processing, or any other data, received by, recorded by, prepared by, furnished to, or collected by IRS with respect to a Federal return or with respect to the | determinaLlion of the existence, or possible existence, of liability (or the amount thereof) of any person under | the Code for any tax, penalty, interest, fine, forfeiture, | or other imposition, or offense; and ! (b) any part of any written determination or any background file document relating to such written determination (as such terms are defined in section 6110(b) of the Code) | which is not open to public inspection under section 6110 : of the Code. | 2.7 State Return. The term "State return" means any tax or | information return, declaration of estimated tax, or claim for refund | required by, or provided for or permitted under, the provisions of the | | . | . | | | |
--- Page 4 --- -4-internal revenue laws, or related statutes, of the State, and any . amendment or supplement thereto, including supporting schedules, attachments, or lists which are supplemental to, or part of, the return so filed. : 2.8 State Return Information. The term "State return infor-| mation" means a taxpayer's identity, the nature, source, or amount of | his income, payments, receipts, deductions, exemptions, credits, assets, | liabilities, net worth, tax liability, tax withheld, deficiencies, over-assessments, or tax payments, whether the taxpayer's State return was, is being, or will be examined or subject to other investigation or processing, or any other data, received by, recorded by, prepared by, furnished to, or collected by the Agency with respect to a State return or with respect to the determination of the existence, or possible ~ . existence, or liability (or the amount thereof) of any person under | : the internal revenue laws, or related statutes, of the State for any tax, penalty, interest, fine, forfeiture, or other imposition, or : offense.
- 9 Inspection. The term "inspection" means any examination of a return or return information. | 2.10 Disclosure. ‘The term "disclosure" means the making known to. | any person in any manner whatever a return or return information. | 2-11 State Tax Administration. The term "State tax administration" : (a) means — | |
--- Page 5 ---(i) the administration, management, conduct, direction, and supervision of the execution and application of the ; . revenue laws, or related statutes of the State, and . (ii) the development and formulation of State tax policy relating to existing or proposed internal revenue laws, or | related statutes, of the State, and . | (b) includes assessment, collection, enforcement, litigation, : and statistical gathering functions under such laws or statutes. =
- 12 Code. The term "Code" neans the Internal Revenue Code of 195),, as amended. | section 3. Disclosure of Federal Returns and Federal Return Information 3-1 Under the laws of the State, the Agency is charged with the responsibility for the administration of taxes imposed on jncome of ; (specify) | tndividual ti bi fiduciari tat | or storage for use or consumption of tangible personal property in this state: and the aeneral fund taxes of capital not otherwise taxed, bank ) stock, beer and beverage, license, and tobacco, and the special fund | taxes on aircraft, forest products, eggs, peanuts, slaughter hoas and feeder pigs, and soy beans . | Federal returns and Federal return information (whether originals, paper : copy, photocopy, microfilm, magnetic tape, or any other form) received
--- Page 6 ---. ~-6- : pursuant to this agreement will be used for the purpose of, and only to the extent necessary in, State tax administration.
3-2 This agreement constitutes the requisite authorization pursuant to section 6103(d) of the Code for IRS to disclose to, and permit inspection by, an Agency Representative of Federal returns and Federal return information relating to taxes imposed by chapter(s)
1, 2, 6, 11, 12, 21, 23, 24, 44, 52, and Subchapter A - Part I -ar ee eee: | es Subpart D and Part II, Subpart B of ee des Code.
3-3 Upon the occurrence of any change in employment, duties, or other relevant matters affecting an Agency Representative's right of access to Federal returns and Federal return information or status as
Agency Representative, the head of the Agency shall promptly advise IRS | in writing that such individual is no longer an Agency Representative. | 3-4 An Agency Representative to whom a Federal return of a tax-| payer or Federal return information relating to a taxpayer has been disclosed as provided by section 6103(d) of the Code and paragraph 3.2 . of this agreement may thereafter disclose such return or return infor-mation: : (a) to another employee of the Agency for the purpose of, and only to the extent necessary in, the eidniwtratton . of the State tax laws for which the Agency is responsible; | (b) to another officer or employee of the State to whom such | disclosure is necessary in connection with processing, storage, and transmission of such returns and return
--- Page 7 ---. a 7 — information and solely for purposes of State tax adminis tration and in a manner consistent with the requirements * of section 6./, of this agreement;
(c) to another person for the purpose of, but only to the extent necessary in, the programming, maintenance, repair, testing, and procurement of equipment used in processing or transmission of such returns and return information; or ;
(d) to a legal representative of the Agency, personally and directly engaged in, and solely for use in, preparation for a civil or criminal proceeding (or investigation which may result in a proceeding) before a State
| administrative body, grand jury, or court in a matter ‘ involving State tax administration, but only if --| (i) such taxpayer is or may be a party to such proceeding; (ii) the treatment of an item reflected on such return is or may be related to the resolution of an issue in the pro-ceeding or investigation; or | | (iii) such retuin or return information relates, or may | relate, to a transactional relationship between a person who | 3 is or may be a party to the proceeding and the taxpayer which | affects, or may affect, the resolution of an issue in such | proceeding or investigation. 3-5 A Federal return of a taxpayer or Federal return information relating to a taxpayer may be disclosed in a State judicial or
--- Page 8 ---| - 8 -administrative proceeding pertaining to State tax administration, but only if --(a) the taxpayer is a party to such proceeding and the re-turn or return information relates to the resolution of a tax issue in such proceeding; (b) the Lreatment of an item reflected on such return is directly related to the resolution of a tax issue in the proceeding; or (c) such return or return information directly relates to a transactional relationship between a person who is a partly to the proceeding and the taxpayer which directly affects the resolution of a tax issue in the proceeding. |
- 6 Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, IRS will not . disclose a Federal return or Federal return information under this section | to any person if such disclosure would identify a confidential informant or seriously impair a Federal civil or criminal tax investigation. The Agency | agrees that neither it nor its legal representatives will make any further use | | or disclosure of a Federal return or Federal return information disclosed to ! an Agency Representative by IRS if IRS notifies the head of the Agency in writing that such further use or disclosure would identify « confidential informant or | | . | | | : |
--- Page 9 --- -9-seriously impair a Federal civil or criminal tax investigation. The Agency further agrees that prior to disclosure of any Federal return or Federal return information in a State judicial or administrative proceeding as provided by paragraph 3.5 of this agreement, the head or legal representative of the Agency will notify IRS in writing of the intention to make such disclosure. No officer, employee, or legal representative of the Agency shall thereafter so disclose a Federal return or Federal return information in such State judicial or adminis-trative proceeding if, within 30 days following receipt of such written notice of intention to disclose, IRS notifies the head or legal repre-sentative of the Agency that such disclosure would identify a confidential informant or seriously impair a Federal civil or criminal tax investi-gation.
Section 4. Disclosure of State Returns and Return Information 4-1 This agreement constitutes the requisite authorization for the Agency to disclose to, and permit inspection by, officers and employees of IRS of State returns and State return information for the | purpose of, and only to the extent necestene in, the administration of 7 the internal revenue laws, or related statutes, of the United States. | Any such State returns and State return information so disclosed to, | | or inspected by, officers or employees of IRS become, in the hands of IRS, "taxpayer return information" as defined by section 6103(b)(3) | of the Code and may thereafter be disclosed by IRS only to such persons, | for such purposes, and under such conditions as may be prescribed by the Code. :
--- Page 10 ---| | - 10 -
- 2 The District Director(s) at Richmond, Virginia ———————7379 2$§ $e shall designate in writing to the Agency those officers and employees of IRS who are to inspect or receive State returns and State return information on behalf of IRS.
Section 5. Cooperative Audits and Other Cooperative Activities d+l Subject to the restrictions and other provisions of this . agreement and within the framework of available enforcement resources,
the Agency and IRS will develop cooperative return selection and exami-nation programs with the objective of avoiding unnecessary duplication of Federal and State audit efforts, thereby increasing overall Federal
and State audit coverage. Each will furnish to the other, in accordance
- | with mutually agreed schedules and routines, information on audit adjust-
-
ments made by its offices and such other information as will assist in determining final tax liability. -
5«2 Under such arrangements as may be feasible, the Agency and IRS will furnish to each other information which will assist in locating persons whose tax accounts are delinquent or who may be entitled to tax
. refunds. Additionally, the Agency and IRS will exchange lists of tax-
| payers and other information relevant to the identification of persons who have failed to file tax returns.
! 5*3 Information other than Federal or State return information which
| Agency and Federal tax officials may deem to be relevant or useful to the administration of State and Federal tax laws may be exchanged, if feasible, under arrangements made by the Agency and IRS. Such information may be furnished in the form of lists, magnetic tapes, transcripts, or abstracts.
--- Page 11 --- -ll-
5-4 In addition to the exchange of tax and other information, the Agency and IRS will, to the extent feasible, extend to each other assist-ance in other tax administration matters. This may include such activities as taxpayer assistance, stocking tax forms for the public, training of personnel, special statistical studies and compilations of data, develop-ment and improvement of tax administration systems and procedures, and such other activities as may improve tax administration.
Section 6. Safeguards and Other Requirements
- 1 As an express condition for the inspection and disclosure of Federal returns and Federal return information pursuant to this agreement, the Agency agrees to comply with the following safeguards and requirements prescribed by section 6103(p) of the Code and any implementation of such | safeguards and requirements as may be provided by regulations and published procedures:
(a) establish and maintain, to the satisfaction of IRS, a permanent system of standardized records with respect to any request made by the Agency for such inspection or disclosure, the reason for such request, and the date of such request, and, in addition, any disclosure made by or to it under the authority of this agreement; (b) establish and maintain, to the satisfaction of IRS, a secure area or place in which such returns or return information shall be stored; (c) restrict, to the satisfaction of IRS, access to such returns and return information to persons whose duties -| | |
--- Page 12 ---ue . -~-12-or responsibilities require access and to whom dis-closure may be made under the provisions of this agreement;
(d) provide such other safeguards as IRS may determine to be
necessary or appropriate to protect the confidentiality of such returns and return information;
(e) furnish a report by the last day of each calendar quarter to IRS describing the procedures established and utilized by the Agency for ensuring the confidentiality of such returns and return information;
(f) upon completion of the use of such returns or return
| information (1) either return such returns or return | information (along with any copies made thereof) to ; IRS or (2) make such returns, return information, and : copies undisclosable in any manner and furnish a written report to IRS describing how this was effected; and ; (g) permit IRS and, to effectuate the provisions of section 6103(p)(6)(A), the General Accounting Office to audit the extent to which the Agency is complying with the require-ments of this paragraph. | The conditions of subparagraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) above shall cease | to apply with respect to any Federal return or Federal return information if, and to the extent that, such return or return information is disclosed in the course of any State judicial or administrative proceeding and made a part of the public record thereof.
- 2 The Agency further agrees to inform in writing all Agency Representatives and other persons to or by whom disclosure or inspection
--- Page 13 --- -13-
of Federal returns or Federal return inform
ation is authorized by
section 3 of this agree
ment of the criminal penalties and civil liability
Pp
rovided by sections 7213 and 7217 of the Code for a disclosure of such
returns and return information whi
ch is unauthorized by the Code.
- 3 In recognition of their responsibilities under this agreement,
each party to the agreement shall, when requeste
d by the other party,
review with the other part
y its safeguard measures for protecting the
The District Director(s)
confidentiality of returns and return information.
or his delegate at Richmond, Virginia
and the
head of the Agency or his delegate will represent their respective
|
organizations for the purpose of such reviews.
- 4 Process
ing of Federal return information received by the Agency
(including tape reformatting or reproduction,
from IRS on magnetic tape
or conversion to punch cards or har
d copy printout) shall be performed
only by us
e of State owned or operated computer facilities and under
gency Representatives or other
the immediate supervision and control of A
authorized employees oO
f the Agency and in a manner which meets the
In those cases where
requirements of paragraph 6.1 of this agreement.
such computer facilities used by the
Agency are shared with other State
agencies, the se
ncy will assure that only those persons described in
section 3 of this agreement will have access to such
return information.
- 5 Because some taxpa
yers may be unaware that Agency tax officials
are autho
rized under Federal law to obtain Federal returns or Federal
return information for State tax administrat
jon purposes, the Agency
shall publicize, inam
anner satisfactory to IRS, that such returns or
rity granted by
return information was obtained pursuant to specific autho
the Code.
|
--- Page 14 ---a | - ln - | Section 7. Limitations 7-1 Subject to manpower and time considerations, IRS may in its discretion prepare and furnish to the Agency, upon written request by the head of the Agency, special tabulations or compilations of Federal returns or Federal return information to which the Agency is granted access pursuant to section 6103(d) of the Code and the terms of this agreement. : 7-2 Pursuant to the provisions of section 6103(p)(2) of the Code, IRS may charge the Agency a reasonable fee for furnishing Federal returns and Federal return information under the terms of this agreement. 7-3 Under no circumstances shall the Agency permit any Federal | return or Federal return information to be inspected by, or disclosed ! to, an individual who is the chief executive officer of the State or any person other than one described in section 3 of this agreement. : 7-4 Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, IRS shall not disclose or make known in any manner whatever to any person ! described in section 3 of this agreement — (a) any original, copy, or abstract of any return, payment, or registration made pursuant to chapter 35 of the Code | (relating to taxes on wagering); : (b) any record required for making any such return, payment, | or registration made or required pursuant to chapter 35, | which IRS is permitted by the taxpayer to examine or | which is produced pursuant to section 7602 of the Code (relating to the examination of books and witnesses); or
--- Page 15 ---| | - 15 -(c) any information obtained by the exploitation of any such return, payment, registration, or record made or required pursuant to chapter 35. 7-5 Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, IRS Shall not disclose or make known in any manner to any person described in section 3 of this agreement information which was obtained pursuant . to a tax convention between the United States and a foreign government.
Section 8. Officials to Contact for Obtaining Information | 8.1 Requests by the Agency ‘for Federal return information in | magnetic tape mode should be made to the Commissioner of Internal | Revenue, Attention ACTS:A. Requests for physical inspection or copying | of Federal returns showing addresses within the State should be made to | the Director, Internal Revenue Service Center, | Memphis, Tennessee | " (address) SSS | —_- ees and requests for inspection and copying of audit abstracts and reports pertaining to such returns should be made to the District Director(s) at | Richmond, Virginia , who will | be responsible for making the proper arrangements for such inspection.
- 2 Requests by the head of the Agency for Federal returns of tax-payers or Federal return information relating to taxpayers showing | addresses outside the State should be made to the appropriate District ! Director.
- 3 Requests by authorized officers and employees of the IRS for inspection or copying of State returns and State return information '
--- Page 16 ---a . - 16 -should be made to State Tax Commissioner "A tithe of agency official) SSS .
Section 9. Termination or Modification of Agreement 9-1 ‘The provisions of this agreement are subject to the provisions of the Code and implementing regulations and published procedures and to the provisions of State statutes and regulations, and this agreement may be terminated or modified at the discretion of IRS or the Agency on account of changes in Federal or State statutes and regulations or whenever in the administration of Federal or State tax laws that action seems appropriate.
- 2 Any unauthorized use or disclosure of Federal returns or | Federal return information furnished pursuant to this agreement, or | inadequate procedures for safeguarding the confidentiality of such | returns or return information, also constitutes grounds for termination | of this agreement and the exchange of information thereunder, subject to the rights of administrative appeal as provided by regulations prescribed by section 6103(p)(7) of the Code. | 9-3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, no | Federal return or Federal return information shall be disclosed after | December 31, 1978, by IRS to any person described in section 3 of this agreement if the requirements of section 6103(p)(8) of the Code are not | met. '
--- Page 17 ---| -17- APPROVED: '— (sigriature) Commissioner of Internal Revenue State Tax Commissioner . w. H. Forst (title of agency official) Signed at Richmond, Virginia Signed at Washington, D. C., this 3 this 17th day of December , 1978 Lyeday of Fans , 1972. * * * * : APPROVED, on behalf of the It is my opinion that under Commonwealth of Virginia applicable law of the (official name of the State) (official name , the of the State) (title of the agency official) and its officers and employees: [or] 8 ro is duly empowered and authorized to MOCAF “Yn MMM bind to the terms and conditions Governor y' | Mills E. Godwin, dr. / of this agreement all officers . : tintin and employees of the | Signed at _ Richmond, Virginia mp “erie : , to whom | this 17thday of December , 1976. ere? Cr 5 a | Federal returns and Federal return | information may be disclosed as | provided herein. | | | Attorney General
- : Signed at this __ day of » L97_-
--- Page 18 ---
AMENDMENT |
TO
AGREEMENT ON COORDINATION OF TAX ADMINISTRATION Section 6.4 of the Agreement on Coordination of Tax Administration, signed by the Conmissioner of Internal Revenue on January 14 , 1977, by the State Tax Commissioner , on May 9 , 1977, and (title of agency official ) by the Governor of the Commonwealth of (Governor or Al.lorney General) (State or Commonweal th) : Virginia is hereby amended to read as follows: (name of State )
- 4 Processing of Federal returns or Federal return information received by the Agency from IRS in the form of wicrofilms, pholoimpressions, magnetic tapes, or other format (including reformatting or reproduction, or conver-sion to magnetic tapes, punch cards, or hard copy printout) . and transmission and storage of such Federal returns or : Federal return information by or on behalf of the Agency | shall be performed only by use of State owned or operated computer or other facilities. In those cases where such facilities used by the Agency are shared with other State agencies, the Agency will assure that only those persons described in section 3 of this agreement will have access to Federal returns or Federal return information, that, in the case of processing of Federal returns and Federal return information, such processing is conducted under the ' immediate supervision and control of Agency Representatives or other authorized employees of the Agency, and that the processing, transmission, or storage of Federal returns or . Pederal return information by use of such shared facilities is performed in a manner which meets the requirements of section 6.1 of this agreement.
! APPROVED: C } . 3 War. 3 W. H. Forst oe issioner of Internal Révenue __ State Tax Commissioner u (title of agency official) Signed at | Richmond, Virginla | Signed at Washington, D. C., this | Mi LL A” LL — | this 9th day of May, 1977. [5 “aay ost 197 7. , . i | | | i
--- Page 19 ---. a APPROVED, on behalf of the It is my opinion that under applicable _Commonwealth of Virginia law of the -(official name of the State ) (official name of the State) . » the $e eee | (title of the agency official) | and its officers and employees: | eee ! (OR) , is duly empowered and authorized to : & Met Gaalaereh, bind to the terms and conditions of Governor . this amendment to the Agreement on : Signed at Richmond, Virginia Coordination of Tax Administration this 10°) day of May » 1977. all officers and employees of the ’ (official name of the State) to whom Federal returns and Federal return information may be disclosed as provided herein, ; pp poe Attorney General Signed at this day of , 197. ; . | ; : | . | .
Executive Summary
The enhanced compliance analysis of Department of Taxation guidance documents has achieved an overall reduction of 24.8% across 86 documents.